Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calenda... Show more
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calendar . .
Faculty
. General Education
Requirements
Majors
. . Pre-Professional Training
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
. International
Study
Honors Program
. Degrees
. ..
. ..
.
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E
.
.
.
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
. . Recreation .
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life
Student Services .
Housing .
Food S e r v i c e
MUS I P
..
.. .
. .
. . .
PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
.
.
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
. . Transfer . . Early
Decision
. Early Admission . . Advanced Placement
. . Advanced Standing
.
.
.
.
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D
.
.
. . . Deposits . . .
. . F i n a n c i a l Aid
Expenses
. 19 73- 74 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts .
Refunds ,
..
PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
.. .
.
..
. ..
. .
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
. P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal .
Grading
C r e d i t by Examination
. Classification .
Courses . . . Numbering .
Symbol
..
.. .
.
. .
PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 87, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the
q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
w i t h o u t notice
.
Glossary
of Terms
This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e
information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t .
I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have
about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r
phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e .
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC.
......The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and
customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
COURSE
.........A
MAJOR..
. . . . . . . .A
MINOR
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m
such as "Community Development and Organization."
Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg
and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
..........A
concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than
t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n
t h e maj o r .
ELECTIVE.
FEE..
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg
o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete
t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e
g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o
e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree.
. . . . . .A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor
b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e
department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e .
. . . . . . . . . .Charges
made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s
such a s l a b o r a t o r y .
Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses
and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e
a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and
governmental sources
LOA N . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t
based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of
t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t
o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT.
S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e
f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no
o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e
used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r .
Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e
i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972
AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In
January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly
In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly
e
Octobor nnd November
bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731
. 2f & ~ v e . S..
' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101.
sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota.
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y
.
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s
t h e "4- 1-4. I t
I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t
concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
ldentif i c a t i o n
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with
Founded more than 100 years
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC)
ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music
o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature
and
Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s :
1
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r .
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d .
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
a c a d e m i c excellence
.
I
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city.
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical S o c i e t y
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major
b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus.
Visiting
t h e Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s ,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n
making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and
a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l
discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n
t h e modern world.
The
4 - 1 - 4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t
.
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would
be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
7
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry,
mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics ,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses
c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s
w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and P h y s i c a l
Education
History
Mathemati cs
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Phi 1os ophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Pbysi c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Traini n g
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e
reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned
a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t
a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e
i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f
12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e
community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown
Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r
program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p
p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n
campuses .
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of
Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses
o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f
s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e
p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates
m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s
c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete
courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s .
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) .
Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of
courses
.
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r
i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n
t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may
a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be
approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and
t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t
e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s
g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
u
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently
Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each
y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For
i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman
s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r
s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
o f f e r e d each term.
S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through
which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y
t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e c o l l e g e .
For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s
Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s
n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t
from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree,
and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f
M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s )
11
Student
Life
Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r
commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n .
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e C e n t e r .
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n
s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n
p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious
Life
A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by
a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l ,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s
.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative o f f i c e s .
West Hall,
an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
13
TOWER APARTMENTS
-
now under c o n s t r u c t i o n .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each
residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students
who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded
upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing
education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and
f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s
Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l
f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob
experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r
personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y
o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high
school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
15
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
E a r l y Admission
An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously
completed.
Advanced S t a n d i n g
College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg
.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I
Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 )
Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A )
Future S i t e of Residence Tower
Urness Tower Residence
The College C e n t e r
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V )
The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A )
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5)
The Music B u i l d i n g (m)
S i Melby H a l l (G)
Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g
YO- ~ 9 )
East Hall C E H )
(#a
Admissions (Science 156) 433-936
Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ;
Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i
Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 135)
C a r e e r Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1s t f l o o r )
C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development
(Memorial 1st f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c
CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32;
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21
'
Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c
.
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1,845.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d
f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t
authorized.
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t
t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course o n l y .
F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e .
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00
Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00
.
(Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and
drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e
b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . )
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an
interim).
Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
-
$1,040 to $1,100
Men:
$1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00)
Women:
$1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l
b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
19
1973- 74
Cost
Summary
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
.............
$
10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e
t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .)
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00
.......
$
25.00
( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.)
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e )
Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been
accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1,
i i 1972
(payment i s due J a n u a r y 1
under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September,
and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
$25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e
p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g
t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s .
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d .
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l
Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass
s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l
Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity
Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan
( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Academic Administration
S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s
who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l
planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n
t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e
t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e
designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e
s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n .
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered
i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion o f a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s
t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e .
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s ,
psychology.
d.
A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s
requirement .
f.
A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s .
h.
Division
Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r .
Organization
The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
Department o f Psychology
Department o f Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Department
Library
Department
Department
of Education: Elementary Education, Geography,
S c i e n c e , Secondary Education
o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education
o f Music
HUMANITIES
Department of A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of R e l i g i o n
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e
credit for it.
A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r
s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y
scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r .
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F .
C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done
i n the Registrar's Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end
of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s
I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s
c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d
may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g
term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n
u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l
n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing.
A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h
f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one
f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d .
Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system,
w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed
i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e
i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N .
A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on
t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department
chairman .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an
extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f
permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r .
Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e
grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been
r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e
grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been
e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e
audited.
Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N .
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations
s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s
32 grade p o i n t s
J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s .
S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s
.......
To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r
f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e
c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses.
Courses
A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r
3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r
graduation.
Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r
i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n
course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e
cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o
determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e
numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n
g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen;
200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second
i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s
t h e course.
Symbol
Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
26
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages.
See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS :
History o f t h e United S t a t e s
American S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r
American S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490
Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 114
E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463
Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453
TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s
under m a j o r .
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n
under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295.
l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Art
P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ;
2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350.
-
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
8
I
t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
27
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e
of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
118 P A I N T I N G I
Introduction t o painting media and technique.
all, S p r i n g )
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d ,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 2 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and
observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques.
(Prereq. : 350.
F a l l , Spring)
355 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f painting.
(Prereq. : 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 .
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq. : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department
Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r
351, 352)
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n
academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112
on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g )
-
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
a
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
Chemistry 103. Spring)
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e .
112, Spring.
3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n ,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s .
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
Frereq
.: 112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g )
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
o r 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 .
Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s .
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r
d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s .
Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work.
( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
( 3 hours l e c t u r e ,
p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods.
3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended:
C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring)
expected t o a t t e n d .
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r .
( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 .
Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g )
.
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra.
Fall)
1I ' '
'A
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN:
SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of C o n t e n t s
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 42, EXPENSES
PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 142, FACULTY
PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 153, INDEX
PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC
COURSE
.......... The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
MAJOR
.............
.A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in
20 departments.
MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE
FEE
.......... ..A
course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
.................. Charges
LOAN
made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal is
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion of
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, i s
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities is available to
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC). Founded more than 100
years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s
centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second
century of Christian higher education.
The current student body of over 1600 i s
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are residentstudents,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service t o
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient,
Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available t o you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans in America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin Cities also appear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round,
the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. In the
winter you may join other students o n
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities in the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n onearea
or major.
Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand t h e
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial
Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the
Office for Civil Rights, Department of
The Campus
Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The University of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the
campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
in the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students t o learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
to exchange information vital i n the
process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
of the faculty and to attend classes,
Monday through Friday, when school is in
session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the office (332-5181).
Preferred times for campus visits are 9
a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements
may also be made to meet with a member
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
,<
- \.-
.-'
.Z
Campus Guide
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1. Admissions House
2. West Hall
3. Library
4. Science Hall
5. O l d Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10. Memorial Hall
11. Art Studio and Art Annex
12. O l d Music Hall
13. Si Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Music Hall
18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus o n Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located i n
relation t o each other.
Following i s a brief description of each
building.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Speech and Drama Building, was
acquired in 1959 and remodeled for
dramatic and other speech activities.
Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
in 1967, is a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided i n this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated i n 1955.
Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building houses about 60 students and
provides space for several faculty and
administrative otfices.
The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the
newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
-
-
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in
1964, houses the Department of Art on its
two floors.
West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus
area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r
students, faculty, and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry i s offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers i n business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks t o assist its students
through their academic experience t o
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities i n this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o
take a personal interest i n their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term
paper topics, and directions t o other local
sources of information,
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls i n
four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged in this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest i n
music may take form in the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study
and participation i n activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested' i n communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
I n the humanities area, students may
select courses i n literature, philosophy,
art, music, foreign languages, speech,
drama, and religion. Science courses may
be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry,
mathematics, or physics. Courses in social
and behavioral sciences are offered i n
science, psychology and sociology.
Proficiency in English writing must be
demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on urban concerns i s required
as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports.
For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, in the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course.
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill,
and
one or more writing and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the Universityof
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary. Programs have been designed to
fulfill the minimum requirements of the
Medical School of the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
the United States, to help determine
whether they possess an interest in law.
Since law schools encourage students to
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses i n
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year. .
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee i s required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect t o
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
participate in the cooperative program t o
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
undertake a specific course or major not
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and
leges have coordinated calendars. The
upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n
t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
another campus. A regularly scheduled
history, political science, psychology, and
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
sociology courses to fulfill the remainder
campuses.
of the distribution requir,ements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
ment whereby students may transfer the
Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer
novative curricular programsfor students,
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
interchange and sharing of academic perCollege.
sonnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
ing students in the school of nursing at
affairs conference, and development of
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and
struction in biology, chemistry, and other
resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
tions of the Upper Midwest.
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly t o the hospital.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program i n social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which
enables qualified students t o receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program i s completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student t o receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
wishes t o participate i n an international
program.
Admission t o this program requires an
application t o b e approved by t h e
director of 'the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates i n the
SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them t o spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity.
Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d
Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a
metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at
each other's campuses under certain
m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements.
Interested persons should contact the
Academic Dean.
While Augsburg
not
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
area and may be pursued by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
lnternational Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there is a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior t o the year one
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France;
The Goethe Institute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
o f study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re-
cently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office of the Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for
qualified students to pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered on a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks to
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life.
The transitional course, "The Adult
Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arisingfrom the return to
school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center i s a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus
Pastor has an office in the College Center
where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more
involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet i n the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate i n
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges. Check schedules for times when
there i s open use of the gymnasium and
the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context i n which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created t o support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services t o help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers t o the rnany questions
you have about college life.
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Minority Concerns. If you have some
special needs or simply want t o expand
your cross-cultural awareness, you can
contact a staff member t o help you find
out which resources and programs will
help meet your needs.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship
t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information o n
current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t b
improve your skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able t o
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two t o a room,with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
about 60 upperclass men and women.
Memorial's special advantage is that it i s
large enough t o meet new people, but
small enough to retain a friendly, close
atmosphere.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option is Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation is to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing i s available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements in the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one in the area of
education.
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this i s a good place to work them out.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure t o check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
International Students
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor
of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government is organized intothe
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held i n the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives i n the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
If you are a student from a foreign country
or would like to be part of the activities of
this group, contact the faculty member
who i s appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Academic
Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right t o inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n
the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact thecenter
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of success in college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal
recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
e'mployment practices.
A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
The Application Process
for Freshmen
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 15 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit i s granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not t o grant credit for courses where
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses i n religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students, seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must also complete the Department of
Second Step Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent t o the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4.. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
in the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them in the
transition to college and to the United
States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships is available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. If they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it i s extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The
admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program i s offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity to cope with a college
course after the junior year in high school.
Also,it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while in the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, t o
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfuIly completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
through some form of scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
combination of these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which i s required
for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all
other sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program to
which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student
Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by
April 1will be considered first. For further
information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board is $1620 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union to which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations in a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.1. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify for special benefits.
Amount i s dependent upon eligibility
as determined by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the n ~ r m afull-time
l
academic load. If
the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if
financial need i s established for those
not i n this category, the Federal
Government pays the full interest on
the loan while the student is in college.
When repayment begins, the student
pays the full 7% interest on the loan.
Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the
cost of education whichever i s less and
the aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for
special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected to
apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by
December 1, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS
to The American College Testing Pro-
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar-
ship'Grant
(Code 6500'
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with Droven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number is 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given t o those in
music and/or elementary education.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
-
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
deserving student.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
-awarded annually t o twodeserving
junior/ senior students.
-
4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship -distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students.
-
11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships
up t o $1000 each - awarded on the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority
Scholarship Program - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black
student.
3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for Minority Students - sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually t o members of racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to
a student(s) i n the senior class who i s
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically t o students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
junior/senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually to a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship -awarded to oneor more
upperclass students interested in the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to
.one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
CHEMISTRY
Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of
financial need.
Awarded to students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded to a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
-
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded
to qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded to able and
deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or thesciences
on basis of need and academic ability.
2. David and Michelle Christianson
~
~
t scholarship
h
~ - awarded
~
~
to an able and deservingstudent inthe
field of mathematics.
- Winners selected by English
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners
selected by Modern Language faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship - awarded annually to
juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
ENGLISH
faculty.
2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History
faculty.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring in history with preference
given to those who plan a career in the
field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by
Library staff.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
Winners selected by Music
1. O.T. Hertsgaard
Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
-
awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a major/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement in the art of singing.
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk
basis of skilled performanceor aptitude
in stringed instruments.
7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
student studying choral music.
5' The leonard
and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
Scholarship - awarded to upperclass
students seeking to acquire musical
and performance skills in instrumental
music with preference given to
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made to students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
faculty.
The Theodore
,.
-
icho~rs~ip
awardedannually
to an upperclass
student majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are for the
1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o
change without notice.
TUITION
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes is $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day.
- $3,365
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1978. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects t o omit an interim or t o
graduate in December, a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $470 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing i s one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $10.00 is required
from all new students.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge i s
$280.00.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Nursing Admission Test, $15
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are
$130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per
lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00
an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00
an interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made i n the Registrar's Office with
charges according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room - $1,620.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
In the event of excessive increases in the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded to
the student early in August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year i s due
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
20.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition
- $3,365
No student i s permitted to register if his or
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
Board and Room - $1,620
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII
resident students: $100.00 advance
deposit. Required at time of signing a
contract, to reserve a housing assignment
for the term beginning September.
Applied to the room charge.
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five days of classes.
90% .from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty advisers
who are readily available for consultation
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studies will include courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and to equip students for
lifetime sports.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
i s elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Duane lohnson
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, .German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number of interim
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the
Registrar's Office.
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in
one department, except 17 f o r
Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy
and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18
for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4
cours,es of internship and 8 courses
with a grade of P (two in the major
except Elementary Education and one
in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward
the 35 total courses required.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. (Except for
elementary education and Second
Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are
required.)
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishIll)
or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following eight areas (One
course may fulfill the requirement
in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies
of which not more than one may
be an interim course. For transfer
students, the number required i s
one for each year of study (or
equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published
each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
in order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim.
Students registered for three or more
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission to register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
Students are urged not t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result in a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for
two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
No Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383, and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system; some others
are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may
select the traditional grading system in
most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care
since some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according to dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I)may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that is to be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade
point average. Courses i n which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register-
ing for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
3 . 8 - 4.0 grade
Magnacumlaude
3.6
- 3.79
Cum laude
3.3
-
average
grade
average
3.59 grade
average
In order to qualify for graduation with
distinction transfer students must have
completed two years (fourteen graded
courses) of work at Augsburg College.
l ndependent Study
Independent study programs are offered
by many departments in the College.
These programs are often available to
conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on
an independent basis. Students interested
in registering for independent study must
first secure permission from the faculty
member who will direct the study as well
as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it in one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in
which the independent study is proposed
i s not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions to this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College i s approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consultwith the Officeof
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classifiedas full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran to
report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
Grade reports are issued to students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersoris or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered in the Division
of Professional Studies.
Classification
.
Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts.
Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts.
Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts.
..
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
A full course has the approximate value of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition to laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. Students should consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
department
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1977-78 .................................................
1,838
Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478
Summary of Graduates
.................................................... 6,991
.............................. 299
Graduates, 1870-1977
Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978)
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
of the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Crier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses in one of these areas and 3 in each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 237, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 720, 722, 123, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326,
370, 377, 427
Sociology 777, 373, 387,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat
other colleges should-be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery,
evangelicalism. Course content subject t o
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience i n urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year t o year. (Spring)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States since the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women in
American culture from the founding of
the colonies t o the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature i n area of student's choice. Consult
with director t o determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
courses including 386, 387, 388.
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118,221,223,225,
and 250.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
STUDIO ART
242 FILM M A K I N G
107 DRA'WING
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
250 CERAMICS I
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o the making
- of .pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
given t o black and white,
and
photographic processes.
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
in copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS I1
Advanced work in ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING I1
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718.
Fall, Spring)
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978)
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
478 SCULPTURE II
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
to determine project.
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Offered
7979-80)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoricto modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
Summer, 7977, 7979-7980)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century.
(Offered 7 935-75)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o modern times.
(Spring, 7979, Alternate years)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the
present. (Offered 7978-79)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7 980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
Early Christian through late Gothic and
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall
7977 and alternate years)
Biology
Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352;
Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics
121,122 also required. Students intending
to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses i n earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation i n
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours
laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor. Fall)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
107 and 703. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
Basic microbial features are considered as
well asapplications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course in which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #.
Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476.
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate
years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring)
473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes w h i c h occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well asdescriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business
Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379,
381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,
123, 251 and o n e additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least three upper division
courses are required. For those planning
on careers i n accounting, completion of
the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379,
478, and one other course from the
sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251, and one additional course
selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also
required. At least five upper division
courses are required. (392 i s strongly
recommended) In addition, courses i n
data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended.
NOTE: The department i s currently
planning to introduce a new major in
marketing and a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer-
aided Research Methods, lntroduction
to Marketing, Managerial Economics,
Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations
Research and Research Methods for
Economics and Business.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major i n Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible,in
order t o carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
A, analysis
of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
dent the opportunity to spend one full
term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken in Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s
strongly recommended. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
483 AUDITING
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the stu-
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
ECONOMICS
MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122,
123,251,258,454 and three other courses
of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics
122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other
course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379
and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly
encouraged to take other courses offered
in the department in addition to those
listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied
economics and a new area of public
policies studies.
In addition to the courses listed below.
the following courses are offered under
the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer
Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical
Economics, History of EconomicThought,
Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s ,
Research Methods for Economics and
Business and Advanced Economic
Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and
one other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the
above three areas should enroll in 122and
123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also
open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, eco-
nomic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term in order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
macro-models. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
An introduction to micro-economics.,the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
-
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 723. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and its role in
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not to the
major. This program w i l l afford the
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND
POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination
of wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems
of minority groups and poverty areas.
(Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity to analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent to one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken
as the advanced course. Licensure after
July, 1979, also requires three courses in
earth and life' sciences. Students are
advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance in planning a
course program early in their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115,
116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years o f #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall;
706, Spring)
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. :
706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry.
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
.analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r non-chemistry majors,
medical technologists, and others i n
allied health science programs whose
professional goals do not require either of
two-term organic course or the one-term
biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory.
Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol.
367. Credit cannot be earned for both
Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357,
352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775.
Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
is correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied i n
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts t o areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry i n the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds i n the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge
o f German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation t o solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare
expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
East Asian S t u d i e s
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Components of
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses i n Japanese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
-
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
?he courses, Orientatio" to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
to all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll in other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Steve Reuter, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Soc 231
Sociology of the Family
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music (1/2 course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (M course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
(W course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources i n the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(% course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. of Ed.)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select
a
situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract
must be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates on
details essential to the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions, and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
It i s the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements in a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
2.
3.
4.
5.
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if he or she has been admitted into
the program of t.he Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5
average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359,478; a minimum of one-half course
in special methods in the area of the
student's major, and a minimum of two
courses in Student Teaching.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special
methods and three courses in Student
Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them to teach in their area in all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the
major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary)
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing. Fall, Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(% course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256
or #. Fall, Spring)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses in special methods must be taken
from the department of the major field.
(Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #)
Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
360 American Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
% course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
?hcourse (Spring)
376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found in regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching
and program approval. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
--
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
359 REFERENCE SERV~CES
IN THE
research projects not otherwise provided
LIBRARY
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most
which meets the
of
frequently used by studentsand librarians.
faculty.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
399 INTERNSHIP
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation
to curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest in the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission to the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in American literature, one
course in the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly.,A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course i n the English
language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and
Guidance.
In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, to
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major
are encouraged to take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program to
department chairperson early in senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies to the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of the
courses listed under the American Studies
major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses in writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In
order to hold a place in their course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
The development of essays in a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
to stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, in
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring)
226 CREATIVE WRITING
The purpose of the course i s to encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing in
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according to the student's preference.
227 JOURNALISM
An introduction to newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student is first
introduced to the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
community news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o the emergence of
literary naturalism. Attention i s also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets t o Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given to the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
7 980-87)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80).
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship to the
literature. Special emphasis is given t o the
city as setting and symbol in modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
Discussion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the Department
Chairpersons.
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 7980-87)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open to juniors and seniors.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Open t o junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals
below their level may only do so for a
grade of P/N.
Students with previous
language
study should register in courses suited t o
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useableskill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career
information.
Language majors and minors must consult
with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and
Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
de.partmental honors must apply no later
than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed t o introduce the student with
no previous background in French t o the
language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See
above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintance with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century
French literary readings and a grammar
review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading.
For those who have studied most of the
basic structures: Two hours of laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating
ideas and building sufficient reading skills
t o pursue general reading in French.
Completes the review of basic structures
and more complex forms. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor.
Explores topics of current interest i n both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, and facility o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
(Fall 7 979)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Spring 7980)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years.
Spring 7980)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required o f all majors.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led to new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts i n French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual,social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training i n the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements i n style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.)
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic or
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also lnterim
offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered
on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
t o complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who
have had 111 or equivalent or less than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
(177, Fall; 772, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in termsof their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply to
the major or minor in German.
311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice i n
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE l
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the- elements of' theory
through reading, analyzing and discuss.
Ing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
377 or #. Offered on demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability t o express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. I n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980)
I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 371 or #.)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through
use of German as classroom language,
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Coethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century t o the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #)
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development
of reading skills through selections from
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of
the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according t o foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Japanese
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
wegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 772
or equivalent. Spring)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations in spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring)
Norwegian
312 OLD NORSE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411;
plus one course under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under
Scandinavian Area Studies.
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not reauired.
Norwegian language minors wili have
special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring
7 980)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
t o improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Nor-
This study o f Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work i n the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and
alternate years.)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring
7987. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered i n conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses i n humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld.
Laboratory work i s an integral part of the
course (777, Fall; 772, Spring)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high
school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion i n English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n
Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open t o all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352,
Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution to world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate
years)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377
or #. Offered on demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written re-
ports in the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the Modern Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in
Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Richard Nelson
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four. areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o
the regular history major a social science
maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
of a foreign language at the college level
(or its equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o one course credit) t o be
defended before a faculty committee.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directingfaculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall
7980-87)
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries. (Fall)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
(Fall, 1979-80)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation. (Spring,
7 980-87)
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
..
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
412
PERIODS
AND STUART
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and on the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods. (Fall)
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
t o the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course i s
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
The emphasis will be o n Western Asia.
Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
(Spring 7980-87)
463 MODERNSOUTHEAST
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
in this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus on
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80)
464 MODERN
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion
of China's i;olationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions of t h e 20th
century. (Fall)
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring
7980-87)
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires in Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply
for directed independent study. A maxi-
mum of one course in independent study
may be applied toward the major.
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns to be found in
our physical and. human environment.
(Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman)
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
,
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
to department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study in
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
ties in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear
equations, exponents and radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
in one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequali-
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications to the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily f r o m the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor i n
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N
ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa11)
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or
725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling dis-
tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between student and department.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction to computer methods
includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G
An introduction t o computer languages
and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
i n numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of
three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work
closely with the Medical Technology
adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by
the hospitals for the 12-month internship.
Students must negotiate directly with the
hospitals involved.
Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry
351-352. However, credit for both Biology
367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If
Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two
required upper division biology courses
may not include Biology 367.
Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics:
103 (or 121,122); one math course.
Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two
years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agencies for work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed on
Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related t o subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program i s
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
various types of barrios and t o public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures i n
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student selects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related t o subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and independent study.
382 FIELD EXPERIENCE
Structured field course focusing o n plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips t o other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits to
383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major i n Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of thesophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform i n music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance.Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
o f Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years, and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies including at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and i t s
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals i s required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
i s required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required t o pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring t o
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented in parallel, rather than in
sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
The
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
directors, and pre-theological stu-
of music through the
selected
of great 'Omstudy
posers from each period. Emphasis is
placed upon
between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fall)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
t o choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
dents.
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music
theory and history classes to the study of
the music of our time. Works of 20th
Century composers w i l l be chosen
according t o instrumentation and abilities
represented by the class, so that in-depth
analysis can prepare for performance. An
evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output
of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
M U S l C THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs i n
the surrounding area, with field trips t o
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background i n
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N
BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This i s
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students
with a repertoire of musical excellence.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
available to all students. For statement of
fees, see under Financial Information. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
The music organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally,
membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Choir
Membership by audition.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra.
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble,
String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
N a t u r a l Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-72
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Physical Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, grades 7-72
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-72
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses is designed to
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111,112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106)
General Chemistry
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
-
In order to make the program slightly
more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - c6mparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding the
Weather (the alternative course not
taken in the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology in
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation in chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
-
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers a second-step, upper
division major in nursing leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree.
Requirements for admission t o the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n
psychology and sociology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These
courses must be taken prior t o admission
into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits.
I n addition, each applicant to the nursing
major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the
past five years, must take a refresher
course prior to acceptance into the major.
A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take
this course at Augsburg by the end of the
first year.
MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
(Interpersonal Communications) i s
highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d
courses in sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall
GPA in the nursing courses i s required.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
This course is designed t o explore the
contemporary role of the nurse as a client
educator. Content on learning theories,
assessment, planning, communicating via
negotiated objectives, matching
methodology and evaluation techniques
within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
Through lecture-discussions, the class will
explore factors affecting one's influence
with individuals. Students will explore
their own leadership style as it relates t o
the professional nurse's role and the
theory of planned change. (Spring-junior
year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.)
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Through a lecture-discussion format, the
class develops a holistic health framework
within a family and community context.
Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social
trends are considered, as they relate t o
the individual's perception and state of
health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.)
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Clinical application of health concepts.
Students participate i n negotiated health
intervention and facilitation within a
selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
The professional nurse's role as advocate
and facilitator i s strengthened via the use
of a systematic process of assessment and
planning, intervention, and evaluation.
This negotiated process isexplored within
a developmental frame of reference with
application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the
major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
The research process and methodologies
appropriate t o nursing are the focus of
this course. Issues of ethics and nursing
research i n nursing studies are explored.
Students will critique nursing research
and design individual research projects.
(Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance
into the nursing major.)
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
This course will explore the process of
negotiating with individuals and groups
to identify learning needs and goals. We
will experience a variety of teaching
methods as we integrate therapeutic
communication techniques w i t h t h e
teaching process. (Fall-Senior year.
Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be
taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing
423.)
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V
This is a nursing synthesis seminar course
dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective
communication techniques, in facilitating
complex group or family interaction.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370,
317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken
prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP I
The preceptorship practicum is a flexible
approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen
area of study i n a selected practice setting.
This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning
expe.
riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty,
agencies, and clients i n initiating complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken
after or concurrent with Nursing 403.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP II
This course builds upon the knowledge
and skills obtained i n Contemporary
Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to
groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423,
430. To be taken after or concurrent with
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the
Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendationswill be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another i s that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. How dark were the
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual in the Renaissance and the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What i s the relation between faith and
reason?Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs.
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism.
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and
other issues are dealt with in a study of the
major representatives of linguistic
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language.
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences.
-
370 EXISTENTIALISM
440 THEORY O F BEING
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy)
Being i s the most important concept
which philosophy investigates. This
course studies some of the perennial
theories of metaphysics along with some
modern applications of these theories.
Students will have the opportunity to read
and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n
philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical
care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and
euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of
art, philosophy of literature, philosophy
of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested
prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol.
103. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy Major must be secured from the
Coordinator of Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI..
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major meets t h e
coaching requirement.
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHYMS
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
(See Health Education)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (1/2 course. Interim)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION
373 MODERN DANCE
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
to spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (I/.
course. Spring)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103.
Spring)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
CHILD
(See Health Education)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term)
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354
Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term)
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of
physical education. Open only to junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111;
Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241.
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol.
103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych.
105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for
teaching license.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course
1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
evaluation of tests i n health and physical
education. (Spring)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
Historical background, legal bases,school
health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer t o the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall; Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed t o serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications to both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus
Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722.
Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727,
Fall; 722, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
351,352 MECHANICS I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226.
357, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation i n
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students t o explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas.*
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Ad-
viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
For precise listing of terms in which
courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class
Schedule.
1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues i n American society.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in the electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential election3
(optional in non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy i n the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic t o be included
in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics i n the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
deration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
t o political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T
A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue to inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered o n demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
399 INTERNSHIP
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consi-
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.)
Topics defined through consultation
between instructor and student.(Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264,
265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also
required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the
senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from 299,399,
and 499 may be counted toward the
minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not
more than one course from among 299,
399, and 499 may be counted toward the
minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing i n Research Methods 11.
Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory in respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
-
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying
animals and human beings in their natural
habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals
and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
399 INTERNSHIP
490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics in
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior to
registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #).
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
methods used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
Fall, Spring)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students in psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all
other courses.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 481 and also including a seminar
especially for majors to be taken in the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted to the
minor. In order to prepare for teaching
about religion in public schools the
student should work closely with the
Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an
academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching,
and (b) a Religion major with courses 356,
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota
State Department of Education does not
at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implicationswill
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy
353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN
AMERICA
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7979-80)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious cornrnunities.
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n conflict with
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
An introduction to the theological
thought of the Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
475 JUDAISM
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period t o
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found in his writings. (Offered
7 979-80)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
An introduction to some representative
trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
495 SEMINAR
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 7980-87)
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
-.
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
A minor is presently under consideration.
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e
coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred )oel
255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L
IMPACT
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses
listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Language courses, i.e.,
courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian
Language Department or subdepartment
regardless of their content which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian
language. See, Norwegian courses listed
under Department of Foreign Languages.
An inquiry into the early impact of the
emerging Norwegian petroleum industry
upon the politics and economy of Norway
and, conversely,- of Norwegian political
perspectives and institutions, upon the
development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 7980)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land; aspects of Norwegian-American
culture.
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N
AMERICAN HISTORY
How did the O l d Stock American host
society receive the waves of newcomers
to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries?
How did the immigrants respond t o the
reception? Through case studies, selected
readings, class lecture, and discussions,
this course examines the encounter of the
new American culture with the older
European cultures.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST
SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience
i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians,
Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also
given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n
demand)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7981)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980)
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose
eddas of early Scandinavia, including
Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland
sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de
Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse,
Norse mythology and other topics. Taught
in English. Counts toward Scandinavian
Area Studies major when readings and
papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian
language. (Offered on demand)
364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN
CHURCH LIFE
Offered under Department of Religion.
(1980-81)
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies.
482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See description under Department of
Music.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of
being changed. For those graduating after
July 1, 1979 a new "competency based"
program will be in effect. See Department
of Education for further details. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned in any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics
and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation.
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology,
economics, sociology, psychology.
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political
science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5
courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the
following:
(1) at lea~t2coursesfrom
each of the 5
disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history.
(2) 1course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365.
(3) 1 course in American history.
\
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2
in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at
least 4 of these courses must be upper
division. 2 courses in political science,
1 course in the methodology of the
,
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362,
365
12 courses in non-western studies;
selected from the following, with at
least four disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study,
or interim course on a relevant topic.
Econ. 122, 258
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
(1) Required: lower division
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern foreign language.
(2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332.
(3) Electives: 7 courses selected from
this list. No more than five from any
one discipline.
Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474;
history
seminar, independent study, or interim
course on a relevant topic.
Sociology 241
4th term of college work i n a second
modern foreign language.
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology. The selection
of courses must be approved by one of
the faculty supervising the social science
major.
Social Work
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as t o sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social
work practice is the Bachelor of Science
program. The Bachelor of Arts degree
should be chosen only if the student does
not plan t o pursue a professional social
work career. Core program consists of
Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc.
121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social
Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464,
466, and 467. Recommended courses are:
one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727,
325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and
362, Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F
ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised
to choose the B.A. program unless the
student does not plan to enter social work
practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as
specified for the B.S. except that Social
Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not
required.
S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n
Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y
arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections
and Youth are possible. Specialization
consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic
aspects of the special area, plus field work
assignments in the senior year. A Human
Services Management specialization is
also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript.
257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned t o address needs
of olde,r population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, i t s ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi-
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior.
Spring)
364 FIELD WORK I
Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL WORK
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1)surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD W O R K Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be
studied i n the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (# half or full
credit. Interim)
Sociology
Chairperson: C. Nelson
M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly
recommended: a CHR course, internship,
independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety
o f learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted t o a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE
MODERN METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
orientation i n social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and
Psych. 705. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
in urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related t o
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
711 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP
RELATIONS
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention i s
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power i n the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #.
Fall)
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early i n the,senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting
courses required but not counting toward
the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130;
Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241,
375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize in any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
353 ADVERTISING
See under Department of Art
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
I, I1
See under Department of Art
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring)
See under Department of English
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
An introduction to commercial television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership
with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N
SOCIETY
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
See under Department of Political Science.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring)
352 PERSUASION
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
to major in theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228.
A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in
advanced acting and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses in voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the
children's theater interim. Strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
in dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Offered alternate years.)
229 STAGE DESIGN I
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterizationto
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
division students only. Offered alternate
years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
367 STAGE DIRECTION II
In-depth analysis
and practice in directingtypes of plays:
serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years.)
399
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
361 THEATER HISTORY
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.)
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate
years.)
429 STAGE DESIGN I1
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Offered alternate
years.)
Advanced design projects based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students t o respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic
fields. Students wishing t o develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior t o the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available i n the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARDOFREGENTS*
Mr. Ernest A. Alne
C.P.A.
Pasadena, California
Mr. Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Mrs. Norma Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Minnesota Gas Comaanv
,
,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Mr. john Lienemann
President
Estate and Business Planning
Consultants
Edina, Minnesota
Mr. James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and Management Committee
*as of September, 1978
Dr. Harold I.Lunde
Vice President, Planning and
Research
The May Department Stores
Company
St. Louis, Missouri
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Mr. Donald C. Padilla
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. George T. Pennock
Chairman of the Board
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Facilities Development Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community
Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman, Nominating Committee
Mr. Martin 0. Sabo
Speaker, Minnesota House of
Representatives
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. Bertil Sandberg
President
N.H. Sandberg Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Rev. Paul C. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Luther Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
Mr. N. Stanley Stake
Vice President and General
Manager
Commercial Division
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. Clair E. Strommen
General Agent
Strommen & Associates, Inc.
of Central Life Assurance Co.
St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Mrs. Mary Lou Williams
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Mr. John R. Winsor
Executive Vice President
Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d
Incorporated
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948,
Northwestern University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University
of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965,
Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa
Barbara
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
*BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University
*STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications
ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota
*BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
* J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University
of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson'
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Notre Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n
Leave 1978-79
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of
Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f
Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass)
*JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of
Kansas (Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota
JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University
of Minnesota
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of
Minnesota
WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School
of Pharmacy
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
Seminary
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of
America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D.
1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College
EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
*R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado
*LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson
*MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota
*PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba)
*MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko
Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
.Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
...............................
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl
Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder
Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace
Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne
Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke
DEVELOPMENT
.Glen W. Johnson
Vice President for Development
.Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
.Michael Walgren
Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden.
Director of Alumni and Parents Program
.Jeroy Carlson
Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson
........................
..........................
.............................
................
-
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos
Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions ................................
Assistant Director
Director of Transfer Programs
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor .................................
Admissions Counselor .................................
.David Benzel
..................................... Kathryn Lange
......................... .Jennifer Edwins
................................. .William Ross
.Anthony Harris
.Susan M. Bonner
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp
Director of Career Planning and Placement
.Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan
.............
Index
. .
.............................................................
Academic Administration
45
Academic Life
14
Accreditation
7
Administration
151
Admission t o the College
29
Advanced Placement
32
Advanced Standing
32
American Studies
54
Anthropology ..............................
133
Art, Department of
55
Biology. Department of
58
Board of Regents
141
Business Administration
61
Calendar
155
Campus Map ........................................................................
70
Chemistry, Department of
66
Chinese
82
Classification ........................................................................52
Communications
736
Computer Science
96
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
19
Continuing Education
21
Corrective Therapy ..............................................................
19. 710
Costs ............................................................................... 42
Course Descriptions
54
Course Value
52
Credit by Examination ................................................................
52
Dean's List
50
Degrees
22
Divisional Organization
45
Costs
42
East Asian Studies
70
Economics
61
Education, Department of
73
Engineering
19, 77
English, Department of
77
Enrollment ..........................................................................
53
Expenses ..........................................................................
42
Faculty ............................................................................. 142
Financial Aid
27,33
Five College Cooperative .............................................................
18
Food Service
28
French ............................................................................... 62
Foreign Language, Department of
81
Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................
52
General Education Requirements
15.46
Geography
94
German
85
Glossary of terms .....................................................................
4
Grading
48
Graduates, Summary of
53
Graduation Requirements
46
Graduation With Distinction ..........................................................
50
Greek
87
Health Education
110
Health Service .......................................................................
27
History of Augsburg College ...........................................................
6
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.....................................................................
.............................................................
.................................................................
..................................................................
....................................................................
........................................
..................................................................
..............................................................
...................................................................
..............................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
.............................................................................
....................................................................
...................................................................
..............................................
................................................................
.................................................................
........................................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
...............................................................................
....................................................................
..........................................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
........................................................................
.....................................................
..................................................
..........................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................
............................................................
..............................................................................
...................................................................
...............................................................
.....................................................................
............................................................................
..................................................................
...........................................................
..............................................................
..................................................................
............................................................................
....
......................................
.............................................................................
..............................................................................
.........................................................
...........................................
................................................................
....................................................
............................................................
.........................................................
..........................................................................
...............................................................
............................................................
..........................................................
..................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.....................................................
..............................................................
.......................................................................
.........................................................................
.............................................................
........................................................................
................................................................
...........................................................
H.istory. Department of
91
Honors Program
22
25
Housing
50
Independent Study
18
Inter-Institutional Programs
24
Intercollegiate Athletics
22
Internship Program
87
Japanese
136
Journalism .........................................................................
76
Library Science ...................
6
Location
Majors
15
94
Mathematics, Department of
19, 96
Medical Technology ..............................................................
....
97
Metro-Urban Studies .............
99
Music, Department of
103
MusicTherapy .....................................................................
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
104
Natural Science .....................................................................
22
New Dimensions Program
7
Non-Discrimination Statement
88
Norwegian
53
Numbering of Courses
106
Nursing ............................................................................
151
Personnel of the College
15
Pre-Professional Training .............................................................
108
Philosophy, Department of
110
Physical Education
12
Physical Plant
115
Physics, Department of
117
Political Science, Department of
47
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121
43
Refunds
47
Registration
124
Religion, Department of
23
Religious Life
127
Russian Area Studies
127
Scandinavian Area Studies
129
Social Science Majors ...............................................................
130
Social Work, Department of .........................................................
133
Sociology, Department of
89
Spanish ......................................................................
136
Speech, .Department of
23
Student Life .........................................................................
28
Student Rights
24
Student Services
21
Summer School
20
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
53
136
Theater Arts
140
Transdisciplinary Major
30
Transferto Augsburg
42
Tuition and Fees .....................................................................
50
Veterans
7
Visting the Campus
...........................................................
............................................................
......................................................................
.....................................................................
......................................................................
.......................................................................
..........................................................................
........................................................................
..............................................................
.................................................................
............................................................................
...................................................................
Academic Calendar For 1979-80
(Tentative: Subject t o Change)
Fall Semester 1979
Sept. 4-5
Sept. 6
Sept. 19
Oct. 22
Nov. 21
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Nov. 26
Dec. 12
Dec. 14-18
Dec. 19-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1980
Jan. 3
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1980
Feb. 7
Feb. 20
Mar. 28
Mar. 29-Apr. 6
Apr. 7
Apr. 25
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
8
Augsburg College Catalo!
2002-2004
AUGSBUR
C O L L E G E
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(61 2) 330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College and
i t s curriculum. Although
information was c... Show more
8
Augsburg College Catalo!
2002-2004
AUGSBUR
C O L L E G E
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(61 2) 330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College and
i t s curriculum. Although
information was current at
the time of publication, it i s
subject to change without
notice. The written policies in
the catalog are the College
policies in force at the time
of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to
know the requirements and
academic policies in this
publication. If you have
questions about anything in
this catalog, consult
Academic Advising, a faculty
adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar. Key
offices are listed on page 8
for correspondence or
telephone inquiries.
Published May 2002
n ureeuriy
from the President
I hope you are looking at this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome! All of us hope you find, in the
course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the
work, a clariifylng definition of the vocation to
which you feel called, and a confident satisfaction
that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the
community in which you will spend time for the
next several years.
If you're dipping into this volume to
find out about Augsburg College and the
education it offers, welcome to these pages! May
E
they convey the fundamental character of our
6
mission: to provide an education especially
serviceable in the contemporary world because it has been designed in the midst of and in full
contact with the critical social, economic, religious, and political phenomena of the modern city.
This education, however practical and professional, will be serviceable over the long haul only to
the degree that it respects and pursues certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal
arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it is offered for the sake of improving both its
students and the world itself.
O
-?
-
Y
h
h
The study you are undertaking at Augsburcjor thinking of undertaking-will occur on a
small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupiedwith your welfare
and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and
from which new destinations are reachable.
Bon voyage!
Sincerely yours,
,
William V. ~ r a h e
President
I1
"
I
.I
Academic Calendar - 4 7
]
Directory - 8
I.
'
Introducing Augsburg - 9
,L:
I'
I
1
I
I
/
.
.
-
Undergraduate Admissions 19
Day Program - 20
Weekend College - 21
Financing Your Education - 25
Student Life - 41
I
Academic Information - 53
lepartments and Programs - 89
Includes majors, minors,
and course descriptions
I
College Information - 279
Board of Regents - 280
ELCA, Education Division - 281
Faculty and Administration- 282
Faculty Emeriti - 298
Maps - 301, 302
I
Index - 304
For dates referring to academic registration deadlines, please reference the
ACTC newspaper.
Fall Term 2002
Summer....................................... F a n registration
Sept. 1-3ISun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation
Sept. 4lWed. ................................Upper-class validation
Sept. 4lWed. ................................ Classes begin
Oct. 25/Fri. ...............................
Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 18-Dec. 6lMon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration
Nov. 28Rhurs. ............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Dec. 2Mon. ................................Classes resume
Dec. 13/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 16-19lMon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2003
Jan. 13lMon. ................................Classes begin
Jan. 2OlMon. ................................ Martin Luther King Day-no classes
Mar. 3/Mon. .............................. Mid-term break begins
Mar. 10lMon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 18/Fri. ..................................Easter break
Apr. 2 1lMon.................................Classes resume
Apr. 7-18lMon.-Fri. .....................Early registration for fall
Apr. 25/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 28-May 1lMon.-Thurs. .......Final exams
May 41Sun. ...................................BaccalaureatdCommencement
Tentative--consult the 2003-2004 ACTC class schedule or Augsburg Registrat's
Office for changes and for academic registration deadlines
Fall Term 2003
Summer........................................F
a registration
Aug. 31-Sept. USun.-Tues. .........New student orientation
Sept. 31Wed. ................................. Upper-class validation
Sept. 3Mred. ................................. Classes begin
Oct. 24/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 17-Dec. 5/Mon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration
Nov. 271Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Dec. l/Mon. .................................Classes resume
Dec. 1UFri. .................................. Classes end
Dec. 15-18Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2004
Jan. 1UMon. ................................Classes begin
Jan. 19Mon. .............................. Martin Luther King Day-no classes
Mar. l/Mon. .................................M i d - t e a r break begins
Mar. 8/Mon. .................................Classes resume
Early registration for fall
Apr. 5-16/Mon.-Fri. .....................
Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 26-29Mon.-Thurs. ............. Final exams
May 2/Sun. ................................... BaccalaureatdCommencement
Fall Term 2002
June 10 ........................................Registration begins*
Aug. 9 .......................................... Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
...... Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
Sept. 13 .............................
notation on record
Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class
Oct. 21 ........................................
Class weekends: Sept. 6-8, Sept. 20-22, Oct. 4-6, Oct 18-20, Nov. 1-3, Nov. 15-17,
Nov. 22-24, Dec. 6-8
Winter Term 2003
Nov. 4 .......................................... Registration begins*
Nov. 29 ........................................Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
Jan. 17 .......................................
notation on record
Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class
Feb. 17 ......................................
Class weekends: Jan. 10-12,Jan. 24-26, Jan. 31-Feb. 2, Feb. 14-16, Feb. 21-23, Mar. 7-9,
Mar. 21-23, Apr. 4-6
Spring Term 2003
Feb. 17 ........................................ Registration begins*
Mar. 14 ..................................... .Jemote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Apr. 18 ........................................Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
notation on record
May 18 ........................................Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class
Class weekends: Apr. 11-13, Apr. 25-27, May 9-11, May 16-18, May 30-June 1,
June 13-15,June 27-29
*Questions related to course selection or degree completion should be reviewed with your
faculty adviser a week or two prior to registration.
Tentative--consult the 2003-2004 Weekend College class schedule or Weekend
College program office for changes
Fall Term 2003
Class weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 17-19, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, Nov. 14-16,
Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7
Winter Term 2004
Class weekends: Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Feb. 6-8, Feb. 13-15, Feb. 27-29, Mar. 12-14,
Mar. 26-28, Apr. 2-4
Spring Term 2004
Class weekends: Apr. 16-18, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, June 4-6, June 11-13,
June 25-27
Area Code
612
Access Center .............................................................................................................
.330-1749
Academic Advising..................................................................................................... .330- 1025
Academic Enrichment ...............................................................................................
..330.1165
Academic and Learning Services ................................................................................ 330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions ....................................................................................... ..330-1001
Toll-free number .......................................................................................
1-800-788-5678
AlumniParent Relations ...........................................................................................
3 3 0 1178
Toll-free number ......................................................................................
-1-800-260-6590
Athletics .....................................................................................................................
.330-1249
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ................................... 330-1053
Center for Service, Work, and Learning ....................................................................
330-1162
College PastorICampus Ministry ................................................................................ 330-1732
Public Relations & Communication .......................................................................... 330-1180
...............................
ConferenceEvents Coordinator ....................................... .
.
.
.330. 1107
Development (financial gifts to the College) ............................................................. 330-1613
Toll-free number ..............................................................................
1-800-273-0617
Enrollment Center .................................................................................................... .330-1046
Facilities Management ................................
.... ..........................................................
330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................ 330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000
.................................................................................................................. 330-1649
Fax
.............................................................. .330-1628
Graduate Programs ................................... ,
Human Resources ......................................................................................................
.330-1058
Lost and Found .......................................................................................................... .330-1000
President's Office ........................................................................................................
.330-1212
Registrar ......................................................................................................................
330-1036
Residence Life (Housing).......................................................................................
3 3 0 - 1 109
Rochester Program ...............................................................................................
507-289-6142
Student Activities ........................................................................................................
330-1111
..................................................................................................
Student Government
.330.11 10
Summer Session ........................................................................................................
.330- 1046
TRIOIStudent Support Services ................................................................................. .330-13 11
Weekend College ........................................................................................................
Mailing Address:
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Web Site:
www.augsburg.edu
330-1101
I
r
-
.
-
'I, L
4
I
-
-- 1
1
..I
I
I
.I
,.;
-
I
1 1 I
-
-
- -
-
-
About Augsburg - 10
I
Weekend College - 12
r
-
-
II
I
.
- L
'Ih
I -
--
Rochester Program - 13
>'
- -
Campus Location - 14
C
-
.
,
Facilities and Housing - 14
Youth and Family
Institute - 16
Associated Support
Organizations - 1
Policies - 17
Accreditation and
Memberships - 17
A
t Augsburg
- - College, we believe that
the college
experience
should be a time of
- exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively.
Selection from over 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 major*
or you can create your own major either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 58 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while
a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC
includes Augsburg College, College of St.
Catherine, Hamline University, Macalester
College, and the University of St. Thomas.
Through the Weekend College
Program, 17 majors are offered.
Emphasis on values, perspectives,
experience, and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg curriculum-the College's
general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses
requiring students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western
Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human
Identity, the Social World, Christian Faith,
The City Aesthetics, and the Natural World.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you
for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical
thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to
name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the mission of the College:
"To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the
context of a vital metropolitan setting, and
by an intentionally diverse campus community"
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
-
About Augsburg 11
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr.
became president. He worked to develop
college depaments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's theme
for over 130 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second
president (1876- 1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education
for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the serninary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church.
12 About Augsburg
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice
Arena, and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William V Frame became president
in August 1997. Under his leadership, the
college has sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education,
grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning
and the practical experience to succeed in
a global, diverse world.
In 1999, a new apament-style student
residence opened. Major renovation of
Sverdrup Hall created space for the
Enrollment Center, h e Women's Resource
Center, and the Honors Program Suite. A
skyway link connects Sverdrup Hall to
Lindell Library.
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now almost 18,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to undergraduate liberal
arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's
degree programs in social work, leadership,
nursing, physician assistant studies, and
education.
Augsburg also offers graduate and
undergraduate level nursing courses as
well as supporting degree courses through
its Rochester Program based in Rochester,
Minnesota.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg's Weekend College program
provides an educational alternative to
adults who desire college experience but
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a baccalaureate
degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more
areas of the liberal arts.
-
About Augsburg 13
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today with more than 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 17 majors,
Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest
program of this type among Minnesota private colleges. Faculty in Weekend College
are full-time Augsburg professors as well as
adjunct professionals. The Weekend
College student body is involved in student government, and students participate
in academic and extracurricular activities
such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations.
Augsburg Weekend College continues
to develop to meet the needs of the adult
and nontraditional student.
The Adult as Learner
Augsburg Weekend College is based on
the assumption that students who enroll in
the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a
combination of classroom experience and
individual study. Each course is divided
into periods of concentrated on-campus
study separated by time for independent
study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this learning format,
classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either
Friday evening, Saturday morning,
Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon.
Laboratoly sections or additional class
hours may be scheduled during the week.
Weekend College students may take from
one to four courses each term. Selected
courses are also available on weekday
evenings and are open to both day and
Weekend College students. The academic
year for Weekend College is divided into
three trimesters.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg's
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of
College facilities such as Lindell Library
and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and
dramatic presentations and athletic events.
Weekend College Faculty
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal degree
and all consider teaching to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support
and are secondary to their teaching. They
are actively involved in a dynamic faculty
development program that introduces
them to current thought in many fields,
but especially in teaching and learning
techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
ROCHESTER PROGRAM
Augsburg has established a branch
campus in Rochester, Minnesota. Classes
in Rochester meet on an evening or weekend schedule, making them accessible to
working adults. There are three trimesters
in each academic year, following the same
schedule as the Weekend College program.
14 About Augsburg
Several complete degree programs are
available through the Rochester campus. In
addition, students may work on a variety
of other majors through a combination of
Rochester-based courses and courses taken
in the day or Weekend College program on
the Minneapolis campus. Students who
enroll in Rochester courses are required to
have an individual e-mail address and have
access to the Intemet to facilitate the use
of technology in the learning and communication process. Further information may
be obtained from the Rochester program
website at <www.augsburg.edu/rochester>
or by calling the Weekend College
Admissions Office at 612-330-1101.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical
complexes-Fairview-University Medical
Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Comers theatre district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunneVrarnp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall,Murphy Place, Lindell Libra~yand the
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication.
Office of Undergraduate
Admissions-The central Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located at
628 2lst Avenue South and provides
offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their
parents. Weekend College admissions
counselors are located at 624 2lst Avenue
South.
Anderson Hall (1993)-Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies, the Master of Arts in
Leadership program, and the Youth and
Family Institute.
Edor Nelson Field-The athletic field,
located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the
playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome
covers the field during the winter months,
allowing year-round use.
Christensen Center (1967)-The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
and offices for student government and
student publications.
East Hall-Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP),
the Fond du Lac Tribal College Center, and
the Education and Housing Equity Project
at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
--
About Augsburg 1s
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication
(1988)-The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry, the
drama and communication offices, and the
StepUP program. The Foss Center's lower
level is home to the Academic Enrichment
Office, which includes the Groves
Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor
Center, and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory; and the Center for Learning
and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)
program.
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni
Center-Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center, with its Office of Alumni and
Parent Relations, is located in Smilqs Point,
2200 Riverside Ave.
Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community
The JamesC. Lindell Family Library
(1 997)-This library and information
technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. It is
located on the block of campus bordered
by 22nd and 2lst Avenues, and by
Riverside Avenue and Seventh St.
Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the fitness center, and general
auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson
Center Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1 973)-Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964)Murphy Place is home to the three of the
four components of the Office of
International Programs- Center for
Global Education, Global Studies, and
International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color -American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and
HispanicLatino Student Services.
Music Hall (1 978)-Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
New Hall (1 999)-A three-story
apartment complex along 20th Ave.,
between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors
and seniors in units from efficiencies to
two-bedroom suites.
Old Main (1 900)-Home for the
modem languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Science Hall (1949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
finance and administration offices, and various other program offices. In 1960 the
-
16 About Augsburg
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Srniley's Point (2000)-The Smiley's
Point building on Riverside Avenue, once a
favorite ice-cream parlor for Augsburg students, now houses the Institutional
Advancement and Community Relations
division, including the Development,
Alumni and Parent Relations, and Public
Relations and Communication offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)-Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains the Enrollment Center and the
Academic Advising Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1 967)-Named in honor
of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, this tower
provides living quarters for 324 students.
Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their
own lounge, study, and utility areas.
YOUTH & FAMILY INSTITUTE OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Acknowledging that faith is formed
through personal, trusted relationships,
often in the home, the Institute provides
consultation, resources, workshops, conferences and seminars designed to equip parents and families, lay professionals and
clergy for nurturing faith. The Youth and
Family Institute also supports the undergraduate major in youth and family ministry at Augsburg College by developing
coursework and teaching courses when
requested.
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement.
College of the Third Age-In 1976,
Augsburg initiated one of the first programs in the country that offers classes for
older adults, taught in their neighborhoods. Many of the instructors are retired
Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third
Age is located in Foss Center, Room 172.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
2lst Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP)-The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs
that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East
Hall.
-
About Augsburg 17
POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
(612) 330-1023.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society
Council on Social Work Education
(B.S.W. and M.S.W.)
National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
National League for Nursing
Committee for Accreditation of Allied
Health Programs (Master of Science
Physican Assistant Studies)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*The Higher Learning Commission of the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, 312-263-0456;
<www.higherlearningcommission.org>
Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, WE. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 8 percent represent other
Protestant denominations, and 17 percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation-The Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools.
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Committee for
Accreditation of Allied Health
Educational Programs. Approved by the
American Chemical Society, Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and the National League for
Nursing.
Member-Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, as described
on page 17.
Enrollment (Fall 2001-2002)-2,964
students from 39 countries.
Graduates-18,000 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 2001.
Student/Faculty Ratio-15 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 15-20.
Campus-17 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunneVelevatorsystem
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
Degrees Granted-B.A.,
M.A., M.S., M.S.W.
B.S., B.M.,
Financial Aid-Over 80 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
L i b r a r y a v e r 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000 though CLlC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
School Year-Two semesters from
September to May, and two summer
school sessions. Augsburg Weekend
College-trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Programtrimesters, September to June.
Major+More
departments.
than 50 majors in 23
Off-Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consomum for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), International Partners, Upper
Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE) , and extensive
cooperative education and internship
programs.
Athletic AffiliatiowMinnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
Policy-Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
For Day Program FIreshmen
Karl,, -dmission
A,
of Freshmen - 21
For Weekend College - 21
For Transfer Students - 22
For Former Students - 23
For Special Students - 23
(Non-Degree)
.
For International Students - 24
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We
want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community, and the community at large.
.
2
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
The College selects students on individual
merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual
orientation, or age.
Visit t h e Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and families with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-612-330-1001
or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the comer of Seventh Street and 21st
Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call
ahead.)
For Weekend College Admission information. call 612-330-1 101.
DAY PROGRAM FRESHMEN
Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. You may apply
online at <www.augsburg.edu/dayad/>.
T r a n s c r i p t s A n official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. If the student
has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institution should also be
sent. General Education Development
(G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead
of the high school transcript.
Test Scores-Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT are also accepted. Test scores
recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient.
Recommendations-Two letters of
academic recommendation are required.
References may use the Augsburg recommendation form in lieu of writing a letter.
If the applicant has been out of school for
some time, the form or letter may be completed by a supervisor, employer, or other
person for whom the applicant works.
Additional Information-If there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor.
I
-
Undergraduate Admissions 21
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may also defer a decision on a candidate's
admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester's
coursework, additional letters of recomrnendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decisiow
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $loo*
tuition deposit to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions within 30 days of
their financial aid notification. Extensions
may be requested in writing to the director
of financial aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$loo* tuition deposit to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Those students
who wish to live in College housing must
also submit a $200 housing deposit to the
Residence Life Office.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants
and arrange a personal interview with the
director of undergraduate admissions.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 non-refundable application fee to the
Augsburg Weekend College Admissions
Office. You may apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/wecad/>.
Transcripts-Have official transcripts
from all previous postsecondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office. Applicants with
less than one year of previous transferable
college work should also have their official
high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented instead of the
high school transcript.
Additional Information-If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
-
22 Undergraduate Admissions
Notification of Admissions Decision
-Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily
completed at accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer
coursework from two-year colleges once a
student has reached junior status. Students
may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year
colleges. Once a student reaches junior
status, no additional credits will transfer
from two-year institutions toward the
minimum of 32 credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. These courses can,
however, be used to meet liberal arts and
major requirements.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work for
admission to the College.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the registrar's office
based upon the official student
transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires
approval of the department. The major or
minor department may require certain
courses or a minimum number of courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State University and College
System who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and
have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA
or higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1. Admission will be with junior standing
following the Minnesota Transfer
Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg
equivalent courses (64 semester credits or
96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted once junior status is
reached. No additional courses may be
transferred from a community college.
2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement
-
Undergraduate Admissions 23
One graduation skill writing course in
the major
College algebra or Math Placement
Group 3
One lifetime sport
3. Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application
to majors. Some Augsburg majors require
additional prerequisite coursework beyond
the A.A. degree. Students are advised to
consult major departments for major
requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission
by the Admissions Committee after August
15 for entry in fall semester or December
15 for entry in spring semester.
FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar's office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DECREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
-
24 Undergraduate Admissions
7
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See
International Student Advising on page
49.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1 for fall, Dec. 1for spring.
For more information, call
612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678
(toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
Day Program costs
Tuition and Fees - 26
Room and Board - 26
Other Special Fees - 26
Deposits - 27
weekend College Costs - 27
Payments - 28
Financial Policies
Refunds - 28
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply - 30
Kinds of Aid
Academic and Achievement
Scholarships - 31
Leadership, Service,
and Performance
Scholarships - 32
Gift Assistance - 33
Loan Assistance - 34
Student Employment - 35
Sponsored Scholarships - 35
that course.
A,
1 students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................4
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
....................4
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge.
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service)
DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
............$17,825
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2002. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more course credits during the semester.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, and admission to most
College-supported events, concerts, and
lectures. The amount is payable in two
equal installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 2,100
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for
2,900
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2002-03 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
680
..................$
2,790
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
..................$
2,710
....................$
Student Activity Fee ................$
2,470
Flex 5 point plan
150
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ..................$
18
Information Technology Fee ..$
200
OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) ....................................$ 75
Late Registration ..............................$ 50
Petition fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Lifetime Sport
(part-time students) ...................$ 180
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ............. $ 650
-
-
Financial Information 27
Overload Fee
(per course credit over 4.5,
Day and WECRochesterNnited
combined) ..................................$2,100
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ...................$350
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ................ ..$ 75
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$I50
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$250
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ........................$ 25
Locker Rental ....................................$ 50
Student Parking Lot Permit
- c a r ........................................$ 108
-motorcycle ..............................$ 60
Transcript Fee
Regular service ............................$
5
7
Next day ......................................$
On demand .................................$ 10
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file
in registrar's ofice)
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to average
$100 per course.
DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable)
....................$
100
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only upon
graduation or withdrawal. Any net credit
balance (after all charges and/or fines) will
be refunded upon request of the student.
For more information, contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit
......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a conmact to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
following the conditions delineated in the
housing contract. The resident will be
responsible for all costs incurred due to
late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract.
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) ........................ $ 25
Tuition (per course) .........................$1,360
Tuition (per summer course 2002) ..$1,250
Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$ 9.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 680
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ...........................$ 180
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning ..................$ 130
Nursing Clinical Fee ....................... .$ 250
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150
Late Registration Fee ........................$ 50
Transcript Fee
Regular service ............................$
5
Next day .....................................$
7
On demand .................................$ 10
Petition Fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
-
7
28 Financial Information
PAYMENTS-DAY
PROGRAM
.
Semester Fees-Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment Center is sent to the student.
Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (2) Payment PlanUpon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the bill for each term.
PAYMENTS-WEEKEND
COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options-(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Payment
Plan-Upon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the bill for each term. (3) Employer
Reimbursement: students whose employers
reimburse them for all or part of their
tuition and fees may pay a $100 deposit
per course credit at the start of the term.
The balance, which is subject to finance
charges until paid, is due 50 days after the
last day of the term. Students on this plan
must file an employer reimbursement verification form each academic year. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse
for any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed
portion of tuition and fees must be paid in
full at the start of the term.
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of .67 percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an
approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
potion of their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be
adjusted for those students who withdraw
from the College or drop course(s) and
receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
Absence/Withdrawal from College form
available in the Enrollment Center. It must
be filled out completely, signed and turned
in to the Enrollment Center. Students who
properly withdraw or change to part-time,
who are dismissed, or who are released from
a housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition andlor room (except for
the minimum deduction of $100 to cover
administrative costs) in accordance with the
terms of their housing conmact and/or the
appropriate tuition refund schedule.
-
Financial Information 29
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center in
order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw (stop
attending) but do not complete the
drop/add form are responsible for all
charges. Financial aid may be adjusted
based on the student's last recorded date of
attendance. Refund calculations are based
on the date that the drop/add form is
processed.
Augsburg College Day Program
Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a
term and are not receiving Federal Title IV
financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid
includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant,
Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS
Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term.
Refund
Amount
Wnd
Period
100%
Through the first 10 days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the 1l t h day through the
15th day of classes
80%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
70%
From the 21st day through the
25th day of classes
60%
From the 26th day through the
30th day of classes
50%
From the 31st day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
Augsburg Weekend College Program
Refund Policy: This policy applies to new
and returning Weekend College students
who drop a portion of their scheduled
course load. It also applies to students who
completely withdraw from college and do
not receive financial aid.
Refund
Amount
100%
Refund
Period
Through the Friday following
the first class weekend (less a
$100 administrative fee if withdrawing from the current term
entirely)
80% Through the Friday following the
second scheduled class meeting
60% Through the Friday following the
third scheduled class meeting
40% Through the Friday following the
fourth scheduled class meeting.
No refund after the fourth scheduled
class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be
applied to the student account and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits,
etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund of any resulting credit balance
is determined. Please allow two weeks for
a refund.
The refund is a percentage of the full
tuition charged, not a percentage of any
deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits
made under the employer reimbursement
payment plan.
Rochester Program and United Hospital
Program Refund Policy: See the published
refund schedule for your program.
Federal Return of Funds Policy: This
policy applies to students who have completed at least one full term, withdraw
from all courses for the current term, and
receive federal Title IV financial assistance
(including Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins
Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent PLUS Loan).
The Return of Funds Policy is based on a
percentage derived from the number of
days attended divided by the number of
days in the term.
30 Financial Information
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Financial Petition Committee.
Petition forms are available in the
Enrollment Center.
MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the
percentage adjustment, upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor
stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment. Requests for medical refunds should be made through the
Financial Petition Committee.
UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Dean's Office in
Chnstensen Center.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure "Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid." This brochure is available
from the Enrollment Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Enrollment Center,
will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education
in a time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2001-2002 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
-
Financial laormation 31
HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web
at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students and their
parents may sign the FAFSA electronically
using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department
of Education. Instructions for requesting a
PIN can be found at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Be
sure to include the Augsburg College code,
002334, on your application. Submit your
application to the processing agency after
Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by April
15 for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to the
Enrollment Center.
4. Submit copies of federal tax forms
for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2001
to be considered for financial aid for 20022003). Tax forms are required for the student and parents of dependent students, or
spouse of student if filing separately
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid package
will be sent to the student. This package
includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued eligibility
SubsiclizedAJnsubsidized Federal
Stafford loan application
Students complete and return one copy
of their award letter to the Enrollment
Center. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford Loan application to receive Stafford Loan funds.
Applications for the SELF Loan and the
Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request.
KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships
and grants that might be available in their
own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation
Services, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children, and other sources.
Academic and Achievement
Scholarships
President's Scholarship-President's
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top
15 percent of high school rank and top 20
percent ACT/SAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15.
32 Financial Information
Regents' Scholarship-The Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before
May 1. Selection is based on high school
GPA and national test scores.
Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p
Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1.
Legacy Scholarship-These scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time
day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates;
siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors;
or children, grandchildren, or spouses of
long-term Augsburg employees. Deadline:
May 1.
Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84
minimum quarter (56 semester) credits
from a community college. A separate
application is required by April 1.
Science ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their high
school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg.
Deadline: May 1.
Youth and Family Ministry Partner
ScholarshipThese scholarships are
awarded by the partner congregation to a
full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in youth and family ministry. Deadline:
May 1.
Augsburg AmeriCorps
ScholarshipThese scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is
May 1.
Leadership, Service, and
Performance Scholarships
M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership
ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1.
Bonnie Wallace Leadership
ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1.
ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen
and transfer Asian American students with
a demonstrated record of and/or potential
for leadership. Limited to full-time day students. Deadline: June 1.
HispanicILatino Leadership
ScholarshipRecognizes incoming freshmen and transfer Hispanichtino students
with a demonstrated record of andlor
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students. Deadline: June 1.
PRIME Scholarship-This is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches
scholarships with Lutheran congregations.
Separate application is required by August
1. Church funds must amve at Augsburg by
October 1.
Performing Arts ScholarshipAwarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 15.
--
Financial Information 33
Hoversten Peace ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook
and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate
application is required by February 15.
Community a n d Public Service
ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a
demonstrated commitment to public and
community service. Separate application is
required by February 15.
Lutheran Leader ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen in the top
30 percent of their high school rank or ACT1
SAT test score who have demonstrated
leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their
pastor. A separate application is required
by February 15.
NASA ScholarshipAwarded to
freshmen (only) who have excelled in the
areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high
potential in careers related to aerospace
science, technology, and allied fields.
Aid Association f o r Lutherans1
Lutheran Brotherhood-Awarded on
financial need, participation in the
Lutheran church and available funds.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant-These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracurricular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment
Center for accepted enrollment patterns.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines maximum grant for
2002-03 is $4,000.
Bureau of Indian Affairsnribal a n d
State Indian Scholarship-Bureau of
Indian Affairaribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
AffairslTribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program o r t o your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
34 Financial Information
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan-A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000
($40,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1. Interest is capped at
8.25%.
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan-A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins
within 60 days of check disbursement at a
variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per
month. Application forms are available at
Augsburg College Enrollment Center or
the lending institution.
--
Financial Information 35
The Student Educational Loan
Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education
Services Office. Applications are available
from the Enrollment Center at Augsburg.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year,
juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th
month after you leave school. There are
no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on financial eligibility and potential
competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the
College is considered financial aid, just
like scholarships, loans, and grants. A
maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program and Minnesota State Work
Study Program-Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty staff, and
friends, offers more than 400 sponsored
scholarships.
All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic
achievement, financial need, and selection
criteria established by the donor. A list of
scholarships follows.
*Indicates endowed scholarships
1 GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial
Scholarship*
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland
Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Emma Johnston Mathwig Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships*
36 Financial Information
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship*
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
Senior Challenge Endowment Fund*
Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Xcel Energy Scholarship
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
Dain Rauscher Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
The Grace Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund*
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
ING Foundation Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Karen Neitge Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial
Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship*
Loren Manuel Schottenstein Memorial
Scholarship
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Wells Fargo Scholarship
CAMPUS MINISTRY/CHRISTIAN
SERVICE
John Andrew Adam Memorial
Scholarship*
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship*
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom
Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial
Scholarship*
Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Lee Family Scholarship*
-
-
Financial Information 37
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Pastor Carl 0. and Edith W. Nelson
Memorial Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
American Indian Scholarship*
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial
Scholarship*
Kemdgehiueller American Indian
Scholarship
James M. Kingsley American Indian
scholarshipL
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship*
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarships*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
Women of the ELCA Native Women's
Achievement Award*
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Class of 1998 Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes
Scholarship*
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Marina Christensen Justice Memorial
Fund*
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
Norman D. Holen Art Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Scholarship*
Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology
Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
38 Financial Information
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Malcom and Maybelle Estrem
Scholarship*
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship*
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship*
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship*
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship*
Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship*
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjornhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship*
Pederson Samuelson Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Murphy Square Literary Award*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Health and Physical Education
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship*
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship*
James P Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Mathematics
Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship*
Mathematics Scholarship
Robert Wick Scholarship*
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
-
Financial Information 33
Modern Languages
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language
Scholarship*
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel
Scholarship*
Music
Albert and Solveig Birkland Scholarship
Centennial Singers Scholarship*
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Leonard and Anabelle Dahlberg
Scholarship
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
Marjorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship*
Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship*
Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
Carol Halverson Heam Violin Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Orville and Gertrude Hognander
Scholarship
Robert Karlen Scholarship
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for
Excellence in Music*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Susan Halverson Mahler Viola
Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship*
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship*
St. John's Lutheran Church-John Nonis
Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial
Scholarship*
Henry P Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
Sampson Music Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship"
Nordic Area Studies
Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarslup*
Nursing
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship*
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physician Assistant
Alne Swensen Scholarship*
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Berth E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship*
W Financial Information
Physics
Floyd \! and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
Alfred A. Iversen Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship*
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion Scholarships
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship*
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship*
Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship*
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship*
Elias P Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial
Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship*
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Onesimus Scholarship*
Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*
Ronholm Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship*
Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship*
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
Arts/Religion Scholarship*
E
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
xperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
Student Government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Elections
are held in the spring for the next year.
Freshmen elect their representatives in the
fall of their first year. Many kinds of
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights,
and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Augsburg College created a program
entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the
generous support of the Lilly Endowment.
Established in Spring 2002, the Exploring
Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and
work. The program will assist students in
this journey by intentionally introducing
vocational themes into the cumculum, cocumcular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the
college. Exploring Our Gifts also provides
resources to encourage students to explore
Christian ministry. Contact the director of
Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the
clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student
offices in this area include the College
newspaper, the Echo; the yearbook, The
Augsburgian; Student Government; and the
Augsburg Student Activities Council.
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment, and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Student Activities Program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and
organizations that serve the student community Hundreds of major programming
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact
the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level
of the Christensen Center.
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
During 1999-2000, Augsburg men's and
women's athletics marked the 75th
anniversary of intercollegiate competition.
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
track and field, and golf.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
FINE ARTS
Student Life 43
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
The Academic Skills Center, located in
Room 18 of Foss Center, is designed to
offer students study-skills assistance so
that they may achieve academic success.
The center assists students in improving
their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and
comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic
testing is also available to assess skills in
reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will
assist students in developing effective and
efficient study skills.
1 ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER
Augsburg's mission focuses on student
learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student
learning, the student and academic affairs
offices work to bring together the student
learning found in the classroom with the
activities of experiential education and
work, residence life, and the learning
resources of the library and information
technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal
academic programs and requirements are
described on page 56.
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 49.)
SPORTS AND RECREATION
4 4 Student Life
-
The CLASS staff includes disability specialists who meet individually with students to provide them with general academic support services. This includes helping
students to develop the learning strategies
and organizationltime management skills
needed to be successful at the college level
Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS)-The Center
for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS) Program serves approximately
200 students and is recognized as a leader
in supporting college students with hidden
disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a
high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning,
attentional, and psychiatric disabilities who
demonstrate the ability and willingness to
participate in college-level learning.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES
The John Evans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing, and mathematics
through the use of computer software, as
well as to review and prepare software for
tests such as PPST, MCAT, LSAT, and GRE.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and
sophomore-level courses. The center also
notifies students of tutoring labs available
and coordinates supplementary instruction
sessions, in which tutors attend the classes
and lead discussions after class on major
concepts of the course.
*Individual meetings with the physical
disabilities specialist on a regularly scheduled basis
*Assistancewith organization and time
management issues
Access Center-The Access Center
provides support and specialized services
to students with documented physical disabilities. The goal of the Access Center is
to assist students in reaching their individual potential, to promote their independence, and to ensure their access to the
educational experience at Augsburg
College. Areas of assistance include but are
not limited to:
For more information, please contact
the CLASS Program at 612-330-1053 to
request a copy of the CLASS brochure
andfor to schedule an appointment with a
specialist.
The Groves Computer Lab is designed
for students with disabilities and contains
computers and adaptive equipment to
assist them in their academic progress.
This level of individualized, academic
support is possible through an endowment
from the Gage family, which allows the
CLASS Program to provide specialized services to its students, especially those with
learning disabilities.
and to acquire and refine self-advocacy
skills. During the semester, specialists meet
with students and take an active role to
assist them with advising and registration
for courses. Specialists also meet individually with students to review their documentation and determine appropriate academic accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, note taking services, taped
textbooks, adaptive technology (such as
dictation and voice recognition software,
book scanning software) and provides general computer assistance.
For more information, please contact
the Access Center at 612-330-1749.
Through a system of skyways and tunnels, the majority of the Augsburg campus
is accessible to those with mobility impairments ensuring access regardless of the
weather. There are a variety of modified
and fully accessible rooms available in the
residence halls.
The Access Center also provides academic accommodations for students. These
include providing note takers, taped texts,
typing of papers, sign language interpreters, and adaptive physical education
courses. Adaptive technologies available
through the center include Braille translating software, a Braille printer, CCTY TTY,
Jaws, and speech recognition software.
*Academic advising and registration
-Housing assistance
*Advocacywith faculty and staff
*Assistancewith community support
services and other non-academic issues
McNair Scholars Program-The
McNair Scholars Program is designed to
prepare participants for doctoral studies
through involvement in research and other
scholarly activities. The goal of McNair is
to increase graduate degree attainment of
students from underrepresented segments
TRIO programs are federal grant programs, funded by the U.S. Department of
Education, which seek to help students
overcome class, social, academic, and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO
programs are designed to help students
prepare for college, adjust to college life,
and attain good academic standing. They
also help students improve their likelihood
of transfer and graduation from a four-year
degree program in addition to preparation
for graduate school.
TRIO PROGRAMS
-
Student Life 45
*An intensive summer student-faculty
research collaboration
-An academic-year student-faculty
teaching collaboration
.Individual and group programs to
assure student academic success, including
preparation for the GRE
*Social and cultural activities to enrich
participants' academic perspectives
*Opportunities for conference travel
and professional presentation of students'
original research
*Assistancein identifying and applying
to Ph.D. programs and seelung scholarships
*Graduate school fairs, and aid to visit
the schools you apply to
*Financial aid exploration and fee
waivers for grad school application, as well
as McNair designated fellowships
*Activities to improve study and testtaking skills, as well as research and library
skills
The major components of the Augsburg
College McNair Scholars Program are:
Students eligible to become McNair
Scholars are sophomore, junior, and senior
undergraduates currently enrolled at
Augsburg, who exhibit strong academic
potential, and who are 1) low income and
first-generation college students, or 2)
members of groups underrepresented in
graduate education (i.e., BlacWAfrican
American, Hispanic, or American
IndianIAlaskan Native), or 3) individuals
from other groups underrepresented in
doctoral study (e.g., women in some areas
of science, persons underrepresented in
other disciplines). The Augsburg McNair
program serves 18 students per year.
of society and to encourage these students
to consider becoming college professors.
46 Student Life
-
The mission of the StepUP Program at
Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives
to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences, and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing
STEPUP PROGRAM
Students may apply for SSS anytime
after admission to Augsburg College. For
more information, an application, or to
make an appointment with an SSS adviser,
please contact SSS program staff at
612-330-1311.
*Individual academic advising and support
*Financial aid counseling
*Academic progress monitoring
*Academic success workshops
*Student leadership development
*SociaVculturalstudent events
*Summer Bridge program including
summer term college coursework, seminars, and advising for a small group of
incoming first-year students
*Need-based scholarships for first and
second year students participating in SSS
Augsburg Student Support S e ~ c e s
serves 160 students, including day and
Weekend College Students. Components of
the SSS program include:
Student Support Services-Student
Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO program
designed to support students toward college retention and graduation. The program serves students who are low income,
first generation college students (neither
parent has a four-year degree), and students with disabilities to develop the skills
and motivation necessary to successfully
pursue and earn a baccalaureate degree.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul Public School
D i s ~ c t sintended
,
to increase the number
of American Indian teachers in these districts. Funded by the Minnesota State
Legislature in 1990, this project is designed
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
Other components of the program are:
Assists with application process
Helps students secure financial aid
Nurtures students' identification as an
American Indian
Provides opportunities for students to
learn about their heritage
Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American
Indian culture
Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
The American Indian Student Services
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Inman students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to successfully navigate
Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
study and living skills that support them in
their academic progress toward a degree;
and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety.
-
The PAC serves the Augsburg College
community by providing culturally conscious personal, academic, financial, preprofessional and transitional support for
students of Afrikan descent. This service
The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces
its roots to an event held in 1968 called
"One Day in May" when Augsburg hosted
a series of interactive programs with the
community As a result, Black Student
Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the
years, into the PAC.
PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Augsburg Asian Student
Association is affiliated with the program.
The association organizes various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asians, other students at Augsburg, and
the surrounding community.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic pursuits, and
employment and placement referrals.
The Pan-Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian-American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute t b all aspects of academic and student life.
PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded
state teaching licensure may then apply
for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
student Life 47
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic1
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment, and placement referrals.
The HispanidLatino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
HISPANICILATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan
descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the
Augsburg community. PASU sponsors
social and cultural activities that are open
to all students. The PACPASU is located in
208- 209 Murphy Place.
enhances the recruitment, retention, and
graduation of Pan-Afrikan students and
enables their learning experience to be
interactive. The PAC brings the knowledge
and experience of Afrikan people in the
Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming and is a clearinghouse
for information regarding the Afnkan
Diaspora and networks with the PanAfrikan community. Its motto is "Learning
for all Afikan people, learning about all
Afrikan people."
4 8 Student Life
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
Health Promotion
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of
trained, experienced counselors.
Counselors serve as advocates providing
support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Counseling
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center was
built in 1993 and equipped with stationary
bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and
other aerobic workout machines. It
includes a weight room with universal and
free weight systems. All staff, students, and
faculty may use the center.
FITNESS CENTER
AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS
HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY
LEARNING ENVIRONMENT!
The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with
UFP -Smiley's Clinic. These services are
limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley's Clinic provides certain clinic
health services with a minimal co-pay at
the time of the visit. Emergency services of
any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley's
Clinic. Students with health insurance can
also access Smiley's Clinic for a variety of
clinic or other health services. A student's
health insurance provider will be billed for
medical services and the student will be
responsible for any co-pays or deductibles
associated with their insurance.
H HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES
Augsburg College does not require that
students have health insurance, with the
exception of international students and
students who participate in intercollegiate
athletics. If a student is not covered by a
health insurance plan, they may purchase a
student policy by contacting the Center for
Counseling and Health Promotion for
more information.
HEALTH INSURANCE
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 63 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 65.)
The International Student Organization
(ISO) provides a forum for the interests
and concerns of international students and
fosters productive interaction between
them, the college administration, and U.S.
students. This mission is accomplished
through yearly programming of events
such as International Week, sponsorship of
forums on international issues, and outings
to sites of interest in the community.
Information on how to get involved is
available through ISA.
New international students participate
in an orientation program that provides
practical information on housing, health
insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security
card. Students use intercultural communication theory to explore their adjustment
to a new culture and education system.
-Fulfilling duties of Designated School
Official (DSO) for F-1 student visa program and Responsible Officer (RO) for J-1
studentlscholar exchange program
-General advocacy for international
students
-Advising the International Student
Organization
*Facilitating intercultural skill building
sessions for students, faculty, and staff
-Celebrating diversity of cultures by
increasing awareness of internationallintercultural issues
Responsibilities of ISA include:
The Director of International Student
Advising advises international students on
educational, personal, and immigration
issues.
Student Life 4
-
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities, and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers, and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen
Center keeps students out of the weather
on the way to class.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership.
Research indicates that students living in
residence halls earn higher grades and gain
greater satisfaction during their college
career. Numerous events are planned to
welcome students to the community,
including dances, movie nights, coffee
house concerts and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who
live on campus are more likely to complete
their degrees. Residence life staff are on
hand to help students become acquainted
with life at Augsburg through social and
educational events. They are also ready to
assist students who need help or friendship.
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center, and Christensen
Center. With just over 900 students living
on campus, most students and faculty greet
each other by name.
;o Student Life
New Hall-Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two- and four-bedroom apartments with
full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and
chairs are provided. Underground parking
is available at an additional cost. Meal
plans are optional. This building is
designed to provide an environment for
juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
Anderson Hall-Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds,
dressers, desks, and chairs.
Mortensen Hall-This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It
is furnished with beds and dressers.
Urness Hall-All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Hall. This 9-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens
are not provided. Some single rooms are
available.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
June 1, as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after June 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action,
grievances, and grade appeals. These are
in the Student Guide.
STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
MurphylsLocated on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Commons-Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. Students on board
plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
FOOD SERVICE
Special Interest Housing-Special
Interest Housing is available to students
who are interested in creating a
livingllearning environment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, Preprofessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-UP
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and
administration) at Augsburg. This means
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
87 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
Students will receive official notices via
the student campus mail system (student
campus box), the A-Mail publication, and
the student's Augsburg e-mail account.
Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. Students should also routinely review
the A-Mail, published bi-weekly on-line,
and available in hard copy at locations
throughout campus.
OFFICIAL NOTICES
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available from the
Office of Academic and Learning Services.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar's office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial
Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office.
that faculty or others cannot write letters
of support/recommendation or nominate
students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-"directory information." It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 221 1
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Student Guide. Copies are available
from the Office of Academic and Learning
Services.
Employment
Title IX (for matters based on gender
or marital status)
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin).
-
FERPA - 87
Four-Year Assurance Program -
Evaluation and Grading - 79
Assessment of Previous Learn
Program - 83
Academic Progress, Probatio
and Dismissal - 85
Dean's List - 85
Graduation with Distinction Commencement - 86
General Education
Curriculum - 72
Graduation Requirements - 72
Skills Components - 74
Liberal Arts Perspectives - 76
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements -
Academic Policies and
Procedures - 69
Registration - 69
Crossover Registration - 71
Withdrawal from College - 72
8
Acadeniic Organil
and lPrograms Divisions ana uepartments - 5
Majors and Minors - 56
Teaching Licensure - 60
Pre-ProfessionalPrograms - 60
Honors Program - 61
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms - 6;
Study Abroad - 63
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning - 66
Graduate Programs - 67
Other Programs - 69
General Information - 54
Degrees Offered - 54
Academic Calendar - 54
Faculty - 55
Library and Information
Technology Services - 55
Academic Advising - 56
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and
education), the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of
social work degrees.
DECREES OFFERED
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
Required courses in Christian Faith are
designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning
of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to
the breadth and complexity of knowledge
and culture.
A
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar. (See Graduate Programs
on page 67.)
Augsburg offers two summer school sessions. A maximum of four course credits
(two per term) can be earned in the two
five-week-long summer sessions. The
Summer Session Catalog, published in the
winter of each year, is dstributed to all students.
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College are the same as their day
program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and majors.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. Some classes may meet
on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for three and one-half to four hours. (Refer
to the program schedule for weekday
evening meeting times.) Students may take
from one to four classes each term.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term. (See
Registration on page 69 and Calendars on
pages 4-7.)
The Augsburg day program follows the
semester calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course
credits each semester.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot
facility houses all library and information
technology functions of the College. In
addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the
Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections
and archives, cuniculum library, a computer lab and student computing Help Desk,
library instruction classroom, and facilities
for media viewing and listening. A skyway
links the new building to Sverdrup Hall
(the former library), which has undergone
renovation to house the Enrollment
Center, as well as additional computer labs
and multimedia classrooms, a lounge, and
vending area.
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or the highest degree in their
field, and all consider teaching to be the
focus of their activity. Faculty are also
involved in a variety of professional and
research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that
introduces them to current thought in
many fields, but especially in teaching
techniques and theories.
FACULTY
Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There
are desktop machines in two computer
labs and five computer classrooms, as well
as 80 laptops that can be checked out at
the IT Service Center for use in the library.
Other machines are available for student
use within academic departments. A campus-wide network provides access to
AugNet online services as well as support
for printing and internet access.
Appropriately equipped student-owned
machines can also be connected to the network to provide access from dormitory
room.
Computing
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit
Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu>
for more on IT at Augsburg.
lnformation Technology Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop
computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the
building to access these resources.
Library Resources
Academic lnformation 5
-
All current students are assigned to a
faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their
sophomore year, students are encouraged
Academic Advising orients new day and
Weekend College students to the academic
policies and procedures of the college and
assists students on initial course selection.
This office also provides interpretation of
general education requirements, administers entry-level skill assessments, interprets
graduation requirements, provides degreeplanning materials, and answers questions
on student academic progress. Academic
Advising functions as a supplement to the
faculty advising system at Augsburg
College.
ACADEMIC ADVISING
A campus-wide telecommunications
system enables easy and convenient voice
communication between students, faculty,
and staff. Students can leave voice mail
messages with any member of the faculty,
administration or the staff; voice mail
or call waiting are available to resident
students at a modest cost. Long-distance
service, billed to individual students,
can be arranged for any on-campus
residence phone.
Telecommunications
Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and
films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication
within the limits set by copyright law is
available. The library supplies TV sets,
VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape
recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-,
filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as
screens and carts. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center.
Media Resources
56 Academic Information
The college encourages students to
declare a major by the end of the sophomore year, and earlier in some disciplines.
Details of majors and minors are in the
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
MAJORS AND MINORS
Professional Studies-Anne Kaufman
(Chair). Education, health and physical
education, music, nursing, social work.
Social and Behavioral SciencesDiane Pike (Chair). Business administration, economics, history, political science,
psychology, sociology.
Natural Sciences and
Mathematics-Joan Kunz (Chair).
Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer
science, physics, physician assistant studies.
Humanities-Martha Johnson (Chair).
Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communication/theatre arts, College librarians.
The College cumculum is offered by 23
departments that are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
to declare their major and select a faculty
adviser by filling out a Major Declaration
Form. All day students are required to
meet with their academic adviser prior to
registration. All students are encouraged to
meet with their faculty adviser as often as
is necessary.
B. A list of proposed courses (minimum
of nine, no more than one of which is a
lower-level language course and at least
five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to
the program goals. Indicate how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated with a college major. Proposals will be
strengthened if an example of a similar
major from another institution can be
identified and compared with the student's
proposal. In addition, students should consult with the Center for Senrice, Work, and
Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should
A. A statement of learning goals and
objectives.
A student-designed major program proposal must include:
Students may design their own major
with the assistance and approval of three
advisers and subsequent final approval by
the Academic Affairs Committee (AAC). A
student-designed major allows flexibility in
selecting major courses. Any student wishing to design a major must complete a proposal, submit it with approval and supporting letters from three faculty advisers, and
obtain AAC approval of the program.
Students should seek AAC approval as
early as possible so that any changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into
the design without affecting the student's
proposed completion date. The deadline
for initial submission of the program
design to AAC is the first term in which
the student has achieved junior status; the
final version must be approved the term
before the student achieves senior status.
Student-Designed Major
course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
A. The major program should include
at least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the College.
Students wishing to develop a transdisciplinary major are to observe the
following:
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the transdisciplinary major. This major enables students
to respond to a particular career interest.
While such an individually developed
major may satisfy the particular interest of
a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate
study or pre-professional programs in some
academic fields.
Transdisciplinary Majors
Contract forms with additional information about the student-designed major
approval process are available from the
Enrollment Center.
C. A description of the studentdesigned major capstone course (INS 488:
at least .5 credit, P/N option), to be taken
sometime during the senior year. The student should devise the capstone course in
consultation with advisers. It should
require an integrative project/paper that
draws together the course work up to that
point and/or prepares one for further study
OR an honors project (to be approved by
AAC). In addition, at least one of the
advisers must specifically address the rationale for the proposed capstone course in
his or her supporting letter, though
approval of the self-designed major program by all advisers presumes their
approval of the capstone course.
provide information showing how the general education perspective and skill
requirements are to be fulfilled.
Academic Information 57
-
-
p v d by
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Economics/Business Administration
Finance
International Business
Management
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Communication Artskiterature
(Teacher Licensure Major)
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Rhetoric
Organizational Communication
public Relations and Advertising
Marketing Communications
Human Relations
Supervisory Management
Listings that are shaded are offered
ough both the day program and
ekend College. Weekend College
choose a major offered in
am if they wish. They may
e as many courses as possible throug
end College, then finish the major
program student. A change of proram is allowed once each academic year.
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Solid State Physics (B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
International Relations
In trrnational Business
Health Education
-
(licensure, WEC only)
Elementary Education ~ t u d i B
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (Teacher
Licensure Major)
A ~ ~ l i Economics
ed
East Asian Studies
I
rkt stnden* a d v i s a the departmnt &dfi
of the two majors to be mm-,
a d tk
h m i r t t e on Student Smdfng.
C Tht c u r i m m m r tse x
a f h l s u r h f f a 3 p b m m r v Cmrrut
Fc¶nsareamib&leinthtrtgbtrag~&
muacr for mcb a mjm prtx to t k end
B.Thcmadmsbnulddcagnand~a
58 Academic Information
International Business
International Relations
~eadershipStudies
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
ist tory
American Indian-S'idl'e's
Art
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business ~dministration
Chemistry
~ommunication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Film
Health Education
mm
Accounting
Community Studies
Crime and Community
Cultural Anthropology
Social Psychology
Student-Designed
Theatre Arts
Dance and Theatre (Teacher Licensure
Major)
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies1
Soci~?ag
SiFm w o r m
Political Science
Political Science/Economics (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Psychology
Social Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies 1
--
ACTC Majors-It is possible for day
students to complete other majors through
the Associated Colleges of the Tivin Cities
(ACTC). Students who wish to complete a
major offered at one of the other ACTC
1 Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan
Technological University.
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginninglintermediatdadvanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies
Modem Languages 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and fimily Ministry
Sociology
Social Ministries
Social Welfare
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy
women's S t u d i i
Academic Information 59
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementarylmiddle school
education with subject area specialties in
one of the following: mathematics, science,
communication artslliterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the specialty area. Students seeking
this licensure obtain an elementary education major with a subject area specialty.
Licensure is also available in the following
middle schooVhigh school fields: biology,
chemistry, communication artslliterature,
health, mathematics, physics, and social
studies. This license prepares people to
teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas obtain an
appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework.
Finally, specialist licenses are available in
art (K-12), vocal music (K-12), instrumental music (K-12), physical education
(K- 12), and dancdtheatre with a theatre
emphasis (K-12). This license prepares
people to teach in grades K-12. Students
seeking licensure in one of these areas also
obtain the appropriate subject area major
and complete the secondary licensure
Teaching Licensure
OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consortium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses
or complete ACTC majors under the
terms of the ACTC consortium agreements.
colleges must apply through the Augsburg
registrar's office. Some majors may have a
competitive application process with
acceptance determined by the major
department.
60 Academic Information
-
-
Pre-Law-Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
Pre-Engineering-See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
144-145.
Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses;
BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121, 122; CHM
115,116 (or 105, 106), 351,352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact Academic Advising early in
their freshman year to arrange for faculty
advising prior to their first term at
Augsburg.
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students seeking elementary licensure
have education department advisers.
Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure
have advisers in their subject area major
and in the education department. It is very
important that students work closely with
their advisers throughout their programs.
coursework. (See Department of Education
and subject area departments for more
information.)
Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, a n d Pre-Physical
Therapy-Coursework in preparation for
these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO
113, 114,215,367; MAT 145,146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476;
CHM 361.
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
-
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant to establish an Honors Computing
and Communications Lab, and to put the
program on a computational footing.
Students entering the program as freshmen
are required to take an honors version of
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science
and Communications, which establishes
crisp computing and communications
skills at the outset of their collegiate
careers. Other courses in the program
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior
year. Students graduate from the Honors
Program upon successful completion of the
program, which is noted on the transcript.
That notation provides an advantage for
both employment and graduate school
application.
HONORS PROGRAM
Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following science courses
are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM
1051106 or 115/116, CHM 3511352, BIO
113, BIO 114, BIO 215, BIO 355, BIO 369,
BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science
courses are also required.
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Academic Information 61
-
-
Associated Colleges of t h e Twin
Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to
take a course each semester at one of the
other campuses. This program is open to
sophomores through seniors. Please reference the ACTC newspaper for more
details. No additional fee is required for
Library a n d Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
1,300,000 volumes.
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance
of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a
3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last
two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr.
Larry Crockett, director of the Honors
Program, 612-330-1060.
During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester, and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum Program each term.
Seniors take a senior seminar which satisfies a perspective requirement, and are
required to complete an approved honors
project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors
Review, a yearly journal that publishes outstanding student papers.
make use of these computing skills in laboriented sequences exploring literature,
writing, history, religion, philosophy, and
social and natural science.
62 Academic Information
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Army ROTC-Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the registrar's office.
Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
registrar's office.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs ( H E C U A ~ - A U ~ Sin
~U~
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and
Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See
HECUA programs on page 65.)
Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program.
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain
new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students between the campuses.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs that best fit their academic,
career, and personal objectives. Assistance
is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs assist
students in integrating the experience
abroad into their coursework and
personal lives.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg and will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Courses abroad can fulfill major,
general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure.
Academic Requirements and Credit
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students
may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Namibia, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world
peace in Norway or thrill to the sounds of
The Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills,
strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience different cultures,
and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR
STUDY ABROAD
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other participants in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
They also travel together on two-week
seminars-from Mexico to Central
America, and from Namibia to South
Africa. The cost of these programs is equiv-
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place
leading to a more just and sustainable
world.
The Center for Global Education
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
Costs and Financial Aid
The deadline for application is Oct. 15
for off-campus study during spring term
and April 1 for off-campus study during
fall and summer terms.
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset, they are not required. Since it takes
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
Eligibility and Application
Academic Information 63
--
-
-
This program introduces students to the
key issues facing the Central Americans.
For two decades the people of Central
America have been in upheaval and have
experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civil war on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
religion, history, and economics. Augsburg
application deadline: April 1for fall, Oct.
15 for spring.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua)-Fall or Spring
This program is an intensive semester
of study and travel designed to introduce
students to the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women.
Students engage in gender analysis of key
social, economic, political, and cultural
issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore
the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender, and learn first-hand from both
women and men who are involved in
struggles for sustainable development and
social change. The program offers credit in
religion, interdisciplinary studies, political
science, and Spanish. Augsburg application
deadline: April 1.
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) Fall
alent to full tuition, room, and board for
one semester on campus, plus airfare.
(Some travel scholarships are available for
Augsburg students.)
64 Academic Information
This program examines these crucial
issues from the perspectives of the new
democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after decades
of apartheid South African colonialization.
South Afnca had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to
build nationhood and deal with the legacies
of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced
with the challenges posed by the rapid
process of globalization in today's world,
the challenges posed by under and unequal
development, and the long-term project of
decolonizing the mind. Credit is available
in history, religion, political science, and
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia) Spring
This program introduces students to the
socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women
and men from varying economic classes
and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central
America. Credit is available in Spanish, history, political science, and religion.
Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15.
Social and Environmental Justice: Latin
American Perspectives (Mexico)Spring
This intensive program of travel and
study is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently gained
independence and is making a transition
from colonialism to independence. Credit is
available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies.
Augsburg application deadline: April 1.
Multicultural Societies in Transition:
Southern Africa Perspectives
(Namibia)-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, with
travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides
an overview of history, culture, economy,
and politics of these regions. Students
study theories and models of development
and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context.
Augsburg application deadline: April 1.
Politics, Development and the City:
Guatemala and Ecuador- Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: April 1.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway-Fall
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador,
Ireland, or Guatemala. All programs
emphasize the impact of the social change
and cross-cultural factors on the human
community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships,
and field trips.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
interdisciplinary studies. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15.
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad
The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for
peace, and the progress being made.
Through a seven week internship, students
get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy
The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in
Coleraine. Application deadline: Oct. 15.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change-Spring
Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global
development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatemala, with travel to Cuba
or another Latin American country.
Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15.
Environment, Economy, and
Community in Latin America:
Guatemala and Cuba-Spring
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America. Application deadline:
Oct. 15.
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador-Fall
Academic Information 6
-
Service- and work-based experiential
education opportunities are closely related
to students' coursework, majors, andlor
career interests. Learning opportunities
may be in non-profit organizations,
schools, government agencies, community-
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an experiential educational focus
emphasizing the importance and value
for all students to engage in serviceand work-based learning experiences
throughout their college years. The
center encourages students to take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location
through the highly successful servicelearning, internship, and career planning
programs that link the College's academic
programs to community organizations and
businesses.
THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
May and summer courses to many parts
of the world enable students to earn credit
through short-term travel. Contact the
Global Studies office for the most current
list of programs.
May/Summer Abroad
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMorris. Additionally, International Partners
has student teaching options available in
Norway. Students have options for student
teaching in dozens of countries through
the International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education student teacher
coordinator.
56 Academic Information
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service- or work-based learning
Academic Internships
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors,
and campus ministry.
Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences. A key component
of community service-learning includes
reflection on and analysis of community
issues in order to promote personal and
educational growth and civic responsibility.
Through connecting classroom content
with service, Augsburg students learn from
and about the organizations where they
serve and deepen their understanding of
course knowledge. This dynamic and interactive educational approach employs reciprocal learning between the students and
the community. Community service-learning examples include tutoring at schools
and literacy centers, volunteering at homeless shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and
community centers, or working with cultural and environmental groups.
Community Service-Learning
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning includes the following programs:
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
based organizations, small and mid-size
companies, and large corporations.
Cooperative Education is a non-credit
transcript notation for paid work experiences related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is for students to apply
theory to practice in a work setting. Job
opportunities typically are part-time during
the academic year and/or full-time in the
summer and can begin and end anytime.
Students must register for the non-credit
transcript notation (GST 009), set learning
goals and evaluate their experience. The
director of the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning supervises co-op transcript
notation work experiences.
Cooperative Education
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), or summer
sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are
also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and
Grading on page 79.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships
are numbered 199 (see page 91).
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues,
and problems relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes
that today's leaders need a broad spectrum
of abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the
program operates on alternate Saturdays.
Augsburg College offers five graduate
degree programs: the Master of Arts in
Leadership, the Master of Social Work,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of Arts
in Education, and the Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies. Catalogs for
each degree program should be consulted
for complete information.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Career services are available to all students. Seniors are especially encouraged to
attend the annual private college job fair
with recruiters representing business and
the nonprofit and government sectors or
the education job fair.
Career Services is committed to assisting all students with choosing majors and
making career and vocational decisions.
This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career
Services provides students the opportunity
to actively participate in personal and
career assessments and one-on-one career
counseling/plaming, assists students with
internship and job search strategies, and
connects students to campus, community
and alumni resources.
Career Services
Academic Information 67
-
Within the framework of a Christian
liberal arts education, the Master of Arts
in Nursing Program is designed to prepare
nurses for advanced transcultural and community health nursing practice in a global
community and across care settings, with
particular emphasis on addressing health
A dual degree (Master of Social Work
and Master of Arts in Leadership for
Mission) is also available and is offered in
collaboration with Luther Seminary. The
dual degree is designed to meet the educational interests of people planning to serve
the spiritual and social needs of families,
individuals, and communities.
The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and
individuals within families, across the full
range of contemporary social work practice
settings. The program development, policy,
and administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The Master of Social Work (MSW)
prepares students for entering advanced
social work practice. The program builds
on the liberal arts base of the College and
supports the College's mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
I
58 Academic Information
The Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies (MSPAS) is designed for
students interested in careers as health care
providers. The mission of the program is
based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of,
and is oriented toward providing care to,
underserved populations. Students are well
educated in current medical theory and
practice in primary care medicine. All
physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is
three years long with classes held Monday
through Friday during the day
The Master of Arts in Education
(MAE) is a new program (starting Fall
2002) that offers initial licensure coursework at the graduate level in elementary
education, secondary education, and special education: EBD. Students are able to
take up to six licensure courses at the
graduate level and complete their licensure
programs with a combination of graduate
and undergraduate coursework. Students
can then apply their graduate level licensure courses to complete a master's degree
program. Students will complete their master's degrees through a combination of
MAL coursework and graduate level education coursework (total of nine courses).
Licensed teachers also can pursue special
education: EBD licensure at the graduate
level. The program is available through the
Weekend College schedule, and the admissions process begins with the Weekend
College Admissions office. For further
information, contact the Education
Department or the Weekend College
Admissions office.
disparities. The curriculum is grounded in
nursing science, public health principles,
theory-guided practice, and transcultural
care. Classes meet on an every other week
or one weekend a month basis in
Rochester andlor Minneapolis, Minn.
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the
Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of
the importance of Cana&an/U.S.relations,
and provision of opportunities to learn
directly from Canadians through visits and
exchanges.
Canadian Program
Contact the Office of Continuing
Studies at 612-330-1628 for information
about current and upcoming programs.
New programs are developed through
collaborations between academic and college departments that include Youth and
Family Institute, Social Work, Education,
and the Office of Continuing Studes.
Other organizations including the
Minneapolis and Saint Paul Public School
Districts, the Department of Children,
Families, and Learning, and the College
Board have developed programs through
the Office of Continuing Studies.
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide
working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College.
Continuing Education Program
OTHER PROGRAMS
information 69
To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Enrollment Center to petition the
Committee on Student Standing unless the
following apply: cumulative GPA of 3.0 to
3.49 may take a total of 5.0 course credits;
cumulative GPA of 3.5 or greater may take
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester.
Students registered for three or more
course credits in a semester are classified
as full-time students. Students registered
for two course credits are classified as halftime students.
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
LI REGISTRATION
To obtain further information about the
program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139 during Tuesday and Wednesday
office hours (10:OO a.m. to 2:00 p.m.). To
ask questions or to schedule a program,
call Karen A. Lindesmith, program director, at the above number.
Augsburg College demonstrates its
commitment to lifelong learning through
its College of the Third Age. For more than
25 years this program has brought classes
in the liberal arts and the humanities to
mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community Approximately fifty
retired professors are available to teach one
class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists 200 classes available for group study only (Note:
For individual study, call the Admissions
Office at Augsburg College at 612-3301001.)
College of the Third Age
Academic
-
Weekend College students may add
individual classes to their current schedule
and/or withdraw without notation through
Friday after the first class weekend. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after the class meets. Students
may petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class
through the Thursday prior to the second
class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add a class
Day students may add individual classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw without notation up through day 10
of the term. The signature of the instructor
is required to add a class after the class
meets. From day 11 through day 20, students may still petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission to add a
class. There is a fee for this petition. Day
20 is the last day to petition for adding a
class.
Although new day students may register up to five days after the semester
begins, registration is encouraged at the
regularly scheduled time. Reference the
ACTC Joint Class Schedule for the Day
school calendar and the WEC Class
Schedule for the WEC school calendar.
Weekend College students typically
register for one or two course credits each
trimester. Students registered for at least
two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term. Students registered for one course credit are considered
half-time for the term.
a total of 5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be
done at the Enrollment Center in person.
Please note: there is an additional tuition
charge for course loads over 4.5 course
credits (this includes combining the credit
load from both the day and WEC programs).
70 Academic Information
Office of Weekend College-412330-1782
Academic Advising-612-330-1025
Enrollment Center412-330-1046
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Summer session, Weekend College, and
graduate program courses are published in
separate schedules.
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following
academic year. Individual school course
listings are also available through the web
and should be checked to verify the correct
meeting times and room assignment. As
some courses are offered only in alternate
years, students should also consult with
departmental advisers when planning their
academic program.
Some late course registrations may be
subject to additional late fees.
Separate rules apply to Summer School.
Rochester students may add individual
classes to their current schedule andlor
withdraw without notation through
Monday after the first week of classes. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after a class meets and it must
be processed through the Enrollment
Center. Students may petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday
prior to the second week of classes. There
is a fee for this petition. The last date to
petition to add a class is the Friday before
the second week of classes.
is the Thursday prior to the second class
weekend.
The WEC program is not part of the
ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin
Students have registration priority in
their home program. Crossover registration
begins only after the open web registration
period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the registrar office web
page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at the
Enrollment Center. This registration option
is not available by web.
Day students taking over 4.5 credits
will pay the day part time rate for any
credits over 4.5 in their combined
day/WEC load (Spring day term will
include both Winter WEC and Spring
WEC). The maximum number of credits
that may be included in the day full time
tuition rate for students who cross-register
is 4.5 .
Students will be charged the rate of
their home program for courses in which
they enroll outside their home program.
The rate will be based on the maximum
credit load they are canying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms.
For example, a day program student taking
2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0
credits in the WEC program, will be considered full time and will be charged the
full time day program tuition rate. A WEC
student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program,
will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Every Augsburg undergraduate student
is admitted to a "home program," either
day or Weekend College. It is expected
that students will complete most of their
degree requirements through their home
program. However, students may register
for no more than 1.0 credit per term outside their home program. Enrollment will
be based on class availability
Crossover Registration Policy
-
The primary method of registration will
be via the web through AugNet during the
open registration period. Please reference
the ACTC Newspaper for specific dates.
Day students will be issued new PINS each
term prior to registration from their
assigned faculty adviser (please reference
the Personal Info screen on your AugNet
account for your assigned Faculty
Weekend College students may register
during the designated time prior to the
start of each term.
All day students are required to meet
with their academic adviser prior to registration. Freshmen and transfer students
may register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled day students
may register during the fall for the spring
term and during the spring for the fall
term.
Registration
Students may apply to change their
"home" program by filling out a Change of
Program form available at the Enrollment
Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one
each academic year.
Change of Program
Any undergraduate student taking a
graduate level course must have special
permission from the faculty director of the
program in which they wish to enroll.
Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay the graduate rate for
those courses. Any student enrolled in an
Augsburg graduate level program wishing
to take an undergraduate course will pay
the rate of the program in which the
course if offered.
Cities) tuition exchange program. WEC
students may NOT crossover to attend
ACTC courses.
Academic Information 7
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. Some departments will not
accept coursework taken more than seven
to ten years ago. Students must meet all of
Re-Admitted Students
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar's office informed of their current mailing address.
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this will result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the
Registrar's Office. A Withdrawal from the
College form may be obtained at the
Enrollment Center. Withdrawal from
College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved
by the Committee on Student Standing.
Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the registrar's
office.
Withdrawal from College
Once the open registration period closes, returning students registering for the
first time for the coming term will be
assessed a late registration fee. The
Enrollment Center will process all registration forms after the web closes.
Advisor). The Enrollment Center is also
available to process registration forms.
Note: Web registration may not recognize
prerequisites fulfilled in transfer work. In
these cases, please process your registration at the Enrollment Center.
72 Academic Information
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and v e d e d in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of
graduation (there may be no incompletes or
open courses on the academic record).
Each student must apply for graduation at the end of their junior year.
Students should apply before the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available at the Enrollment
Center.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the registrar's office about
specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a
major. See page 23 in Undergraduate
Admissions-Special Students (Second
Degree).
Faculty advisers, the Academic
Advising staff, department chairs, and the
registrar staff are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. All students are required to
file a graduation application with the
Registrar's Office one year prior to graduation.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
the requirements in effect under the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete
graduation requirements under the current
catalog will require re-evaluation of prior
coursework, including transfer credit, to
determine its applicability to the current
catalog requirements.
3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC 101)All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. See
the program section on the Augsburg
Seminar for a full description.
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and six course credits with a grade of Pass
(P). Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses
that may be applied toward the major and
minor programs, but normally students
may apply no more than two course credits
with P grades toward a major and no more
than one course credit with a P grade
toward a minor. The Departments of
Education and Social Work are examples
of departments that allow students to apply
more than two course credits with P grades
within the major program (two in major
field courses plus student teaching or field
work practicums).
1. Completion of 32 course
c r e d i S N o more than 13 course credits
may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music
performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy
(B.S.) - 17; and social work (B.S.) - 15.
Degree requirements include completion
of a minimum number of credits, a major,
the Augsburg Seminar (AUG 101), at least
one Augsburg Experience, a minimum GPA
in major(s)/minor(s) and in total course
work, residence, and general education
courses, including lifetime sports.
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
-
5. Grade Point Average-2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken
and specifically for all courses that apply
toward a major or special program. Some
majors, licensure, and certification require
higher grades in each course or a higher
grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education,
music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental
section for details.
An Augsburg Experience integrates
experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and
reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg
Experiences meet two criteria: (1)
Integrates experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Links on-campus
learning to the goals, mission, needs or
ideas of off-campus people, organizations
and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities,
and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may
be embedded in designated courses that
are part of the regular class schedule or
may be completed for zero credit outside
of the regular class schedule. The length of
time required, credit/no-credit status, and
grading options for approved Augsburg
Experiences will vary
4. Augsburg Experiences-All students must complete at least one approved
Augsburg Experience as a requirement for
graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and active participation in
the broader community, both locally and
globally Four categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg Experiences: internships, faculty-student research, community
service, and study abroad.
Academic Information 73
-
Based on the math assessment result,
students will be enrolled in the appropriate
courses or advised on preparation for
retaking the math placement assessment.
Students may retake the Math Placement
Assessment once during their first term of
enrollment. Students are required to take
the assessments before registering for the
first term and should achieve MPG 3 by
the end of their first year at Augsburg.
Take entry level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore
transfer students with fewer than 13
courses:
Placement in writing, math, modem
languages, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments. These tests
are a prerequisite for (not completion of)
graduation skills course requirements.
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinlung Modem Languages
Entry Level Skills Requirements
SKILLS COMPONENT
6. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 creditslrequirements) must be
completed at Augsburg or within an
approved ACTC exchange program. No
less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken
at Augsburg College. Contact the registrar's
office if an official interpretation is needed.
Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required to be taken
in residence within the major and minor.
Consult the catalog description of the
major/minor or the chairperson of the
department.
74 Academic Information
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill
course requirements, except one writing
skill course.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 1 11 Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course.
Transfer students who enter with 13
credits or more, or an A.A. degree accepted
in transfer, are exempt from critical thinking assessments.
Advanced Transfer Students
Freshman and sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all of
the Graduation Skill course requirements.
The BYU-CAPE assessment is offered
to students who have had at least a year of
Spanish, French, or German language studies in high school. The CAPE is a web
based language assessment designed to
assess and place students at the appropriate course level for language study
Students interested in waiving the modem
language requirement must complete this
assessment and place at the 311 level or
above.
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 11 1 Effective Writing.
Freshmen should complete the writing
requirement before the beginning of their
sophomore year. Attendance the first day
of class is required for both ENG 101 and
111.
General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Course work in a modem
language other than your native language
is also required. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0
or P is required for graduation. Students
Graduation Level Skills
Students are also permitted to retake
the Math Placement Exam during their
first term of enrollment at Augsburg
College.
Students in MPG 1may take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG. A grade of Pass,
2.0 or higher is required to advance to the
next math level.
All students are required to have their
MPG determined. In some cases, students
who have transferred in a mathematics
course taken at another college may have
their MPG determined by the Registrar's
Office. All other students must take the
Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is
administered by Academic Advising. The
exam is given during college registration
sessions and at other announced times
during the year. Practice questions and
other information are available from
Academic Advising.
Students are encouraged to advance
their MPG as soon as possible. Students
must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4
as a prerequisite.
Mathematics Requirement
-
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111, all Quantitative
Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequi-
Students whose native language is not
English and whose score is below the minimum on the ESL placement test must fulfill the English as a Second Language
(ESL) requirement. The requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ESL
course(s) and achieving a score above the
minimum on the ESL placement exam.
Students who complete the ESL requirement fulfill the modem language graduation skill requirement. Contact Academic
Advising or the English Department for
additional information.
There is a seven-year time limit on language courses presented for transfer and
automatic waiver. Hearing students who
have demonstrated competence in
American Sign Language by passing an
approved course sequence will have fulfilled the skill.
Requirements for the Modem Language
Skill are determined by placement test. For
a language previously studied, successful
completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P)
of one language course at your placement
level (112 or higher) satisfies the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of 111, 112 is
required (i.e. sequential courses in the
same language). Students whose placement
test is at 311 or higher will be exempted
from further language study.
are required to have two courses with
Writing Skill components (at least one
within the major) and one course each
with Critical Thinking, Speaking, and
Quantitative Reasoning Skill components.
These courses can simultaneously satisfy
skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major andlor general education perspectives.
Academic lnformation 75
Extend knowledge in liberal arts,
especially outside of one's major disciplinary field. This is done by 1) reflecting on
the importance and meaning of spirituality
in their lives and the distinctiveness of
Augsburg as a college of the Lutheran
Church in the city; 2) reflecting on diversity through intercultural awareness; 3)
reflecting on areas associated with liberal
arts, including aesthetics, human identity,
The goal of the Liberal Arts
Perspectives is to help students think systematically about what it means to be a
human. Perspectives courses should:
The General Education program consists of the first-year Augsburg Seminar for
day freshmen, the Augsburg Experiences,
the liberal arts perspectives, and the graduation skills. A primary objective is to
develop lifelong learning in the context of
the liberal arts and the mission of the
College.
GENERAL EDUCATION
Lifetime sports are non-credit courses
and are not included in the 32-course
requirement.
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students who are not health and
physical education majors or in intercollegiate athletics may test out of one lifetime
sport. Students may demonstrate proficiency in one of a selected list of lifetime
sports. There is a fee to take the lifetime
sport proficiency test. Students must satisfy
the second lifetime sport requirement by
enrolling in a lifetime sport course.
Lifetime Sports
site of Math Placement Group 3, and all
Critical Thinking Skill courses have the
prerequisite of passing the entry level
Critical Thinking Assessment or GST 100.
76 Academic Information
-
Up to three courses in religion may
be used to meet the perspective, The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith.
4. No student may count more than
one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective
requirements.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
1. A student will choose a minimum of
one course from each required perspective
category.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts
Perspectives, available on-line and from
the registrar's office. These choices are controlled by the following policies:
The general education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be human. The
goals of the perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses that have been
approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The General Education program should
also teach students the skills expected of a
college graduate in writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning.
Develop an appreciation of the role of
service to society.
Demonstrate connections between
liberal arts and the major field of study.
the social world, natural world, and westem heritage.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course from area 1 or 2 in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 13-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses from two different areas in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this perspective except for
the following:
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3 )
This perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
THE EIGHT LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World.
-
-
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet
this perspective for transfer students entering with 13 or more course credits.
Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2)
This perspective is intended to help
students critically examine tliemes (found,
for example, in literature,' philosophy, and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
Perspective: Western Heritage
One course credit or experience is
required to meet this perspective.
The City (C)
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences, or by designated
or college-approved non-credit experiences
(such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209
seminar related to the perspective.
This perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community
and should explore opportunities for service in the community
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
Academic Information 77
This perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers, and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and
methods will be provided to equip students
for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues.
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this perspective. One
course is required to meet this perspective
for transfer students entering with 13 or
more course credits.
Social World (SW 1 and 2)
This perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems
develop, to see the connections among
these systems, and to use this knowledge
as a participant in society
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required
to meet this perspective for transfer
students entering with 13 or more
course credits.
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Perspective: The Natural World
Aesthetics (A)
Perspective: The Social World
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this perspective.
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty, and
enhance life. This perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Perspective: Aesthetics
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Intercultural Awareness (IA)
This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students study a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the
world. In this course students critically
reflect upon ways their own cultural biases
operate when confronting other cultures.
This perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as people with
unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
Perspective: Human Identity
78 Academic Information
-
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N).
See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 73.
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this
kequirement.
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Performance below basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
Achieves above basic course
standards
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission
after determining that a student emergency
may delay completion of coursework.
Students who receive an incomplete grade
should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an
Application for Incomplete Grade Form
with the Registrar's Office that states the
reasons for the request, outlines the work
required to complete the course, and
includes the course instructor's signature.
The instructor may stipulate the terms and
conditions that apply to course comple-
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
0.0
1.0
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
Maximum number of course credits
taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of
Pass (P).
2.0
3.0
4.0
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
Numeric Grades
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
Pass/No Credit
Most courses are offered with grading
options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term. All changes in grading
option that are made after initial registration require the signature of an adviser or
the instructor.
Academic Information 79
Writing
Music Education (B.M.)
. . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.). . . . . . . . . . . .17
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
O Complete 32 course credits. Of these:
of three.
O Two different lifetime sports.
O Achieve a Math Placement Group score
.Modern Languages
Critical Thinking
Mathematics
D Satisfy entry level skill requirements in:
Augsburg Seminar (see page 98).
(Sophomore transfer students are
exempt from the Augsburg Seminar.)
O Complete the fall orientation and
All new freshmen and all freshman
and sophomore transfer students
must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer
credit may apply to these requirements):
This quick-reference checklist is an
abbreviated version of the general education curriculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the
complete degree requirements that begin
on page 72. Students are advised to read
carefully the full graduation requirements
and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
80 Academic Information
-
One course with a Critical
Thinking component
Two courses with Writing
components (one within the major)
the following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
O Complete courses designated to fulfill
following perspective requirements-one course for each perspective.
No more than three courses from the
same department may be used to fulfill
perspective requirements.
Three Christian Faith Perspectives
from different areas
One City Perspective
Two Western Heritage Perspectives,
each from different departments
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
Two Social World Perspectives, each
from different departments
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Natural World Perspectives, from
different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken (CHM 100 &
101; CHM 105 & 106; CHM 115 &
116; PHY 121 & 122; SCI 110 &
111)
Cl Complete courses that fulfill the
point average in major, minor, and in
total courses completed.
O Maintain minimum cumulative grade
D Complete a major.
Experience.
O Complete at least one Augsburg
All students are required to file a
graduation application with the
Registrafs Office one year prior to graduation.
0 Complete a major.
Experience.
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component
One course with a Speaking component
Other maximums are described on
page 73.
0 Complete at least one Augsburg
Two Modem Language Skill courses,
other than your native language
One course with a Critical Thinking
component
One course with a Writing
component within the major
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P (These
requirements may be met with
courses in the major or perspectives.)
0 Complete courses that fulfill the
One Natural World Perspective
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
One Social World Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
One Human Identity Perspective
One Western Heritage Perspective
One City Perspective
Two Christian Faith Perspectives
(one Christian Faith Perspective for
transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits)
D Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements:
D Maintain minimum cumulative grade
point average in major, minor, and in
total courses completed.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Music Therapy ( B . ) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
No more than 13 courses may be
from any one department, with the
following exceptions:
No more than three courses from the
same department may be used to fulfill perspective requirements.
0 Complete 32 course credits. Of these:
Ci Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
0 Two different lifetime sports.
writing.
0 Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
All transfer students (entering with
13 or more credits) must complete
the following requirements prior to
graduation (transfer credit may apply
to these requirements):
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component
One course with a Speaking
component
Two Modem Language Skill Courses,
other than your native language
Academic Information 8
-
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor has the right to not grant an
extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not
completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
tion. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and the filing of a grade before the final
day of the following academic term in the
student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the
course becomes 0.0.
12 Academic Information
Seniors-24 course credits completed.
Juniors-16 course credits completed.
Sophomores-7 course credits completed.
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Classification
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of credits attempted.*
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
Grade Point Average
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students may audit a course without charge.
The charge for part-time and Weekend
College students is listed under Weekend
College Costs in the Financing Your
Education section on page 27. The signature of the instructor is required to register
an audit. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within
two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance, and
any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W.
Auditing Courses
Advanced Placement Program Test
(AP)-The Advanced Placement Program
Test may allow students who have scores
of 3 , 4 , or 5 on the CEEB Advanced
Placement Test to receive college credit for
selected courses. A score of 4 or 5 is
required on the AP Language and
International Baccalaureate Program
(IB)-Courses earned from the
International Baccalaureate program will
be considered by the College for advanced
placement and appropriate credit.
Departmental guidelines are available at
the Registrar's Office.
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The
Assessment of Previous Learning program
(APL) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
-
The Portfolio Assessment
Program-This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student's previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the Registrar's Office. In completing
The Registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams-These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing centers for
this area are the University of Minnesota
and the University of St. Thomas.)
Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject examination may
receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information
about CLEP tests is available from the
registrar's office and Academic Advising.
Composition examination for credit for
ENG 111 Effective Writing. Additional
credit or placement is at the discretion of
the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Registrar's Office.
Academic Information 8
-
Transcript credit will be recorded with
the equivalent Augsburg course numbers
as determined by faculty reviewers.
Application of this credit toward the
Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
upper division requirements, and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the departments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic work
at Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
andlor systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the faculty team applies the following
criteria:
4 Academic Information
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ESL course can be counted only twice
Near the end of each term of the
English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
Students whose native language is not
English must take the ESL placement test
in conjunction with the English writing
placement test prior to registering for their
first term at Augsburg. Students' placement
in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental Writing,
or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be
determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning-While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the
student may use any combination of the
four assessment processes available in the
APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
departmental comprehensive exams, and
credit granted through portfolio assessment.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have
not earned additional zero grades, and if
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, &missal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's cornrnitment to academic progress is the major
consideration in deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain
majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point
average (GPA).
ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language skill requirement for graduation.
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
than 24 course credits
than 16 course
than 7 course credits
The Dean's List, compiled after each
semester, lists students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better.
Students must be full-time students (a
minimum equivalent of three full course
credits for a weekday schedule student or
two equivalent full course credits for a
Weekend College student), graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Courses
taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g.,
crossover courses taken in a Weekend
College trimester term by a day student or
in a semester term by a weekend student)
are not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If pennission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Dean's List
Senior -24 or more course credits
Junior-fewer
Sophomore-fewer
credits
Freshman-fewer
Student class years are based on the
number of courses completed:
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. .Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
Academic Information 8
-
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement iE (1) no
more than three course creditshequirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete summer or
fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. In addition, candidates who will complete in summer or fall
are required to sign a statement of understanding acknowledging remaining degree
requirements in order to participate in
commencement. A student will not graduate nor will a degree be conferred until all
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation replaces all previous
college honors and applies to all students
who complete degree requirements after
Jan. 1, 2000. Students achieving
Graduation with Distinction will have an
overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed
an outstanding project as determined by
the student's major department. To be eligible, a student must have at least 14 traditionally graded credits taken at Augsburg.
Most departments offer graduation with
distinction. For specific requirements,
please contact the applicable department.
To be considered for Graduation with
Distinction, a student should consult with
their major department no later than the
fall semester of their junior year.
Graduation with Distinction
36 Academic Information
This program applies to students who
enter the day school schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years-if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year Assurance Program
g u i d e l i n e ~ they
r
will receive the
remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few majors are excluded
from this program. Contact Academic
Advising for a list of eligible majors.
Students must complete a formal Four-Year
Assurance Degree Plan with the College
before the end of their sophomore year
(prior to completing 16 course credits) in
order to qualify. Contact Academic
Advising for details.
FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the
Enrollment Center about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
Veterans of Military Service
graduation requirements are met, regardless of participation in commencement.
Right to request amendment of
education records--You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One
exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials
with legitimate education interests. A
school official is a person employed by the
College in an administrative, supervisory,
academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or compa-
Right t o inspect and review education r e c o r d j o u have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review your
records.
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
-
The student's participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
The student's enrollment status (FTPT);
The student's academic class level;
The student's major field of study;
The student's date and place of birth;
The student's e-mail address;
The student's telephone number;
The student's address;
The student's name;
"Directory information" includes
t h e following:
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
Right to withhold disclosure of
"directory informationu-FERPA uses
the term "Directory Information" to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
ny with whom the College has contracted
(such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees, or a student serving on an official
committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another
school official performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review
an education record in order to fulfill his
or her professional responsibility.
Academic Information 8;
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Office
of the Registrar must be notified in writing
of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not received
by the regismar prior to Sept. 15 (or within
The student's photograph.
The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
The student's dates of attendance;
The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
The student's degrees and awards
received;
8 Academic Information
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
Reporting Educational Information
Right t o complain to FERPA
Office--You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of
Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, conceming Augsburg's failure to comply with
FERPA.
10 school days of the start of a subsequent
term for a new student), it will be assumed
that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new form for withholding
disclosure must be completed each academic year.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall andlor
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and
locations for fall and spring terms. This
information is also available on-line.
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered in the Division of Professional
Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six
quarter hours. Most courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work.
Credits
Descriptions and schedules for Summer
Session, the Master of Arts in Leadership,
the Master of Social Work, the Master of
Arts in Nursing, the Master of Arts in
Education, and the Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies courses are
published in separate catalogs.
A course schedule for all ACTC schools
is available on-line through the web
addresses published in the ACTC newspaper. They will contain the most accurate
and up to date information.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Class Schedule
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Weekend College classes are published
each spring in a separate booklet and
online.
90 DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
-
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Prior to the beginning of the tendregistration, interested students
must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission
to register.
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning
of the tendregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning regarding requirements and permission to register.
399
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning.
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
INTERNSHIPS
199
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to the current ACTC Joint
Class Schedule or the Weekend College
class schedule for information on when
specific courses are offered.
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
is prior approval by the professor teaching
the course.
Prerequisites
--
Departments and Programs 91
92
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
AMERICAN
INDIAN
STUDIES
See listing under Business Administration.
ACCOUNTING
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
299
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
-Departments and Programs
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn
Bollman, Tara Christopherson, John
McCaffrey
Art Faculty
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant
number of art galleries and museums in
the Twin Cities area.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity
involves manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
other fields, such as language, history,
drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher, graphic designer, architect, and art historian is to celebrate visual
experience through a variety of media and
art examples. In short, the visual arts teach
us how to see.
\ rt is important as a field of study
for our time, helping us to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made
design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at
Augsburg.
A
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses
including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I or ART 221
Sculpture I
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
or ART 325 Fiber and Form
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Studio majors must participate in at least
one exhibit during their senior year.
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Art
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Drawing
Students will use traditional drawing media and will develop their ideas and
skills with them. Emphasis is placed on foundational drawing concepts.
ART 107
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the
material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills.
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis
on the broad-edged pen.
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil.
ART 105
ART 106
ART 118
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the depanment.
STUDIO ART
Design
A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements
and principles.
ART 102
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
W STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART
210, ART 243, ART 244 and ART 249 or
349.
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Art History Minor
Architecture Minor
Departmental Honors
94 Art
-
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in
architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical
review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing
processes as modes of perception and cognition.
Design for New Media I
Exploration of the fundamental techniques and technologies used in digital
design.
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design in various media.
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored.
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design,
with emphasis on the computer. Theory and practice of coordinating visual
imagery and typography for print publications using page layout software.
Graphic Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page
layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and glazing.
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
Design for New Media II
Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART
215 or instructor permission)
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional
and contemporary typography; exploring letterfonw using digital, hand-set
type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
Fiber and Form
An introduction to hand papermaking and artist's books. Emphasis on exploration of fiber sources and book forms to create synthesis of original surface,
text, image, and sequence. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 215
ART 221
ART 223
ART 224
ART 225
ART 250
ART 306
ART 315
ART 320
ART 325
$200-225.
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
ART 210
ART 132
-
Art 95
Graphic Design II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
Sculpture II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and monolunique methods. Use of
larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
Print Making II
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent
watercolor.
Watercolor Painting
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
Painting II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
Ceramics II
Exploration of the creation of visual images using the computer as a paint
brush, pencil, pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on visual communication and expression. (Prereq.: Any ART, MIS, or CSC course)
Digital Imaging
An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for
print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225)
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Art History Survey
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity since 1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western examples.
History of Architecture after 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated
by Western and non-Western examples.
This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed
places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design, both in class and in frequent site visits to prominent
local examples of design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENG 111
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349)
ART 2491349 The Designed Environment
ART 244
ART 243
Note: The following courses are oflered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year
ART 240
ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY
ART 478
ART 368
ART 360
ART 355
ART 351
ART 340
ART 330
96 Art
-
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
American Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
19th- and 20th-Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
Renaissance and Baroque Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
Medieval Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
Scandinavian Arts
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"mditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
Women and Art
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints.
Tribal Arts and Culture
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
Internship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See listing under East Asian Studies.
ASIANSTUDIES
ART 499
ART 399
ART 299
ART 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 389
ART 388
ART 387
ART 386
ART 385
ART 382
ART 352
ART 290
-
Art 97
T
AUC 101
All freshman students must successfully complete the entire eight-week
Augsburg Seminar in order to fulfill the
graduation requirement, even if they drop
the linked content course. Permission to
complete the seminar after withdrawal
from the content course is at the discretion
of the instructor.
Augsburg Seminar (.25 course)
A series of fall-tern meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the
connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only)
At registration, all first-year students in
the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a
parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked'
courses integrate disciplinary content with
various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all
beginning students.
Augsburg Seminar
he initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting
period of change. The faculty and staff
wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students
and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation
weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban, liberal
arts college of the Church, the process of
learning in a community where ideas are
valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students.
The content course usually meets three
hours per week for the entire semester and
is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the
Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 8
weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg
Seminar offers the opportunity for further
discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on
campus life, academic resources and study
skills, and a hands-on introduction to the
Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the
content course is graded on a traditional
point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar.
B
Dale Pederson (Chair), Karen Ballen,
William Capman, Robert Herforth, Esther
~c~au~hlin
Biology Faculty
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a basis for further study
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to
careers in college or university teaching,
basic and applied research, and public
health. Many have entered professional
programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have
gone directly into secondary education,
biomedical industries, laboratory research,
natural resources, and environmental education.
An understanding of biological systems
depends, in part, on the principles of
physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important in the study of biology.
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understandmg important biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels.
Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans,
including advances in medicine, agriculture, and food science.
iology is the study of life, and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanhng
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
or CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry
A semester course in organic chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry
Required Supporting Courses
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
The ninth course may be any of the
upper division biology courses listed above
or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida
Keys.
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
5.
4.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
3.
B10 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
2.
1.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
B10 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
Nine courses including:
Major
-
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 113, 114,
215, and two upper division courses.
Minor
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
one course of approved independent study
with both oral and poster presentation and
written report. Project proposals should be
made to the department by Sept. 30 of the
senior year or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning to graduate in the following
December.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.7 in biology and 3.5 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in biology with both oral and
poster presentation and written report.
Project proposals should be made to the
department by Sept. 30 of the senior year
or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning
to graduate in the following December.
Graduation with Distinction
All transfer courses, including ACTC
courses, must be approved in writing by
the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within
the last 10 years will be considered. No
more than two upper division courses from
other institutions may be applied toward
the major.
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or h4AT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
MAT 114 Precalculus
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
100 Biology
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that may
differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major
requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication
of this catalog. Students therefore should
Teaching Licensure Major
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department.
Graduate and Professional Training
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty for information specific
to medical school application.
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. BIO 113 and 114 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and BIO 215 and Organic Chemistry
in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their
college careers. A GPA of 2.0 for BIO 113,
114, and 215 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology courses. A
grade of 2.0 or above is required for all
upper division courses applied toward the
major.
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ
systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three one-hour lectures. A
student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor. Fall)
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Prereq.:
MPG 2. Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the
major or minor)
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour
lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (WEC only
Three one-hour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
SCI 111
BIO 101
BIO 102
BIO 103
BIO 105
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the
Twin Cities.
Cooperative Education
to those students who bave completed at
least one upper division biology course and
have a GPA of 3.0 in biology.
SCI 110
Membership in the Augsburg Chapter of
this national biology honor society is open
Beta Beta Beta
consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to idenbfy current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements. All upper
division biology requirements for secondary
licensure must be completed before beginning student teaching.
-
Biology 101
BIO 369
BIO 361
BIO 355
BIO 353
BIO 351
BIO 215
BIO 185
BIO 114
BIO 113
lntroductory Organismal Biology
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermedialy metabolism and its integration. (Three
one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352.
Fall)
Biochemistry
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring)
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
Plant Biology
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215 and junior standing.
Spring)
Genetics
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: B10
113, 114. Spring)
Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years)
Invertebrate Zoology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352,
or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 351. Fall)
Introductory Cellular Biology
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate
on the biological aspects of such changes. Does not apply to the major or
minor. (WEC only)
The Biology of Aging
Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning,
metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO
113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring)
lntroductory Cenetics, Evolution, and Ecology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for
science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114,
and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three
one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent registration in CHM 105/115. Fall)
Plant Physiology
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers
are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Seminar (0.0 course)
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163. Fall)
Ecology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laborator. Prereq.: BIO 215,
CHM 351, junior standing. Spring)
Microbiology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215.
Spring)
Developmental Biology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory
perception aswell as neural and hormonal control of these functions, empha-sizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly. Prereq.:
BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall)
Animal Physiology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratoly. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life histoly. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 499
BIO 399
BIO 299
BIO 199
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: B10 215. P/N only)
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 91. (Prereq.: B10 215. P/N only)
Internship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91. (Prereq.: B10 113, 114. P/N only)
Internship
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
BIO 491
BIO 481
BIO 476
BIO 474
BIO 473
BIO 471
BIO 440
-
Biology 103
John C. Cemto (Chair), Nora M.
Braun, C. Lee Clarke, Jay Dobberstein,
Amin E. Kader (International Business
Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor (Finance
Coordinator),Jim Kattke, Steven J. LaFave
(Accounting Coordinator), Lori L. Lohman
(Marketing Coordinator), Fekri Meziou,
Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M. PalecznyZapp (Management Coordinator), Milo A.
Schield, David G. Schwain, Kathryn A.
Schwalbe (MIS Coordinator), Stuart M.
Stoller
Faculty
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a cumculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
0
BUS, ACC, MIS, MKT
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 73), students must
avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course lirmt per academic
department (14 courses for accounting
majors). Courses designated as ACC, BUS,
MIS, and MKT are considered as being in
the same academic department. Taking
extra electives, or choosing a particular
Graduation Requirements
Certificate programs in the Department
of Business Administration are designed to
meet the needs of working people looking
for specific skills to help them in their job,
or to pursue a new career. The Department
offers certificates in information technology, business management, and business
finance through the Weekend College program.
Certificate Programs
Within the business administration
major there are three specializations: management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting major there
are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and managerial
accounting.
Specializations
The Department of Business
Administration offers four majors: business
administration (BUS), accounting (ACC),
management information systems (MIS),
and marketing (MKT).
Majors
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, MIS, or marketing are strongly encouraged to select a
departmental adviser who teaches in their
major. This should be done by the end of
the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can
counsel majors on their careers, assist
majors in obtaining internships or jobs,
and provide letters of recommendation for
prospective employers or graduate programs.
Advising
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Transfer Students
combination of major and minor may
require students to complete more than
the minimum number of credits required
for graduation. Exceptions are noted in the
major.
t
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship
The international business faculty
actively support international study
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business or other overseas opportunities.
International Business
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning and department faculty to
obtain an internship (BUS/ACWMIS/MKT
399) during their junior or senior year.
Although an internship counts as part of
the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An
internship may satisfy the The City
Perspective if taken in conjunction with
GST 209. Internships can provide students
with experience that may be valuable in
competing for jobs after graduation.
Advisers should be consulted about internships.
Internships
Business Administration 10:
T
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 370 Data Management for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics
BUS 331 Financial Management
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The three specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
the following:
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
Investment Theory
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division
economics course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331Financial Management
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
and one additional upper division course in
either international business or international economics.
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
and one of
EC0 3 11
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 315
BUS 479
BUS 438
BUS 433
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as MUS 105.
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement and estate
planning.
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 214
BUS 242
BUS 254
BUS 295
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
MKT 252, and three courses in international business (one may be in international economics).
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting,
MIS or marketing.
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242, MKT 252, BUS 331 or BUS 379.
Other configurations may be permitted
with the approval of the department chair.
BUS 105
To quai*, a major must have a 3.7 GPA
in the major, a 3.5 GPA overall, and have
completed all courses appropriate for the
proposed project.
Departmental Honors
To qual*, a major must have a 3.5
GPA, must be an Honors Program senior
who qualifies for Graduation with
Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project.
Graduation with Distinction
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, MIS or marketing course.
-
Business Administration 10
-
-
BUS 433
BUS 424
BUS 379
BUS 368
BUS 362
BUS 340
BUS 331
BUS 301
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management,
corporate restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq: Bus 331)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creatinga controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242, 331,
379; MIS 175, MKT 252)
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and
interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 360 or 370 and
either MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional three-hour sessions are required, usually on a weekday evening.)
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or MKT 252, consent of instructor)
International Business
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
Human Resource Management
This course includes Financial Statement Analysis, Risk and Return, Security
Valuation, Capital Budgeting, Capital Structure and Working Capital
Management. (Prereq: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
Financial Management
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Business Law
(See Department of Philosophy for course description)
BUSIPHI 300 Business Law and Ethics
08 Business Administration
Investment Theory
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Topics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. Fall: evening)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Pre-req.: BUS 242)
International Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
Strategic Management
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and BUS 379)
Risk Management and Insurance
This is an introduction to investment decision making and portfolio management theory and practice. Other topics include Valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Pre-req: Bus 331)
BUS 499
BUS 399
BUS 299
BUS 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 495
BUS 479
BUS 465
BUS 440
BUS 439
BUS 438
Business Administration lo
Effective May 2006, students will need
to complete the equivalent of 150 semester
hours of education to be licensed as
Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This
can be completed in four years through
accelerated undergraduate work. Another
option is to complete a four-year Bachelors
degree plus a Masters degree.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
T h e major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has two tracks: general
accounting and professional accounting.
The general accounting specialization is
adequate for a wide variety of positions.
The professional accounting track includes
two specializations: public accounting and
managerial accounting. The public
accounting specialization is recommended
for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies.
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Accounting Core
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 370 Data Management for
Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law or PHI 300
Business Law and Ethics
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
ACC 326
ACC 324
ACC 323
ACC 322
ACC 295
ACC 222
ACC 221
Minor in Accounting
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
Six
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175, BUS
379, ECO 112, or 113.
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
Tax Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 379,
MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
Managerial Cost Accounting
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
Accounting Theory and Practice II
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Topics
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
Principles of Accounting II
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
Principles of Accounting I
GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair.
Departmental Honors
Accountinq 1
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Topics
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
Advanced Accounting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242,331,
379, MIS 175 or 360 or 370, MKT 252)
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the C P k role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
Auditing
ACC 499
ACC 399
ACC 299
ACC 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
Internship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 495
ACC 425
ACC 424
ACC 423
12 Accounting
-
A. 12 courses in business, accounting,
marketing, and MIS:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 33 1 Financial Management
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business
MIS 370 Data Management for Business
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
Management Information Systems
Major
he major in management infonnation systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, and marketing as well as from MIS. If students have a
weak computer background, they should
also take MIS 175 for the major.
T
To qualify, a major must have a 3.5
GPA, must be an Honors Program senior
who qualifies for Graduation with
Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project.
Graduation with Distinction
GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall,
complete a scholarly paper or paper from a
substantial work of applied consulting, and
present the final paper. Interested juniors
or seniors should contact their department
adviser.
Honors Major
Note: Completion of MIS 360 or MIS 370
satisfies any requirement for MIS 175.
Seven courses including:
MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252,
MIS 360 or 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and
one of the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318.
Minor in MIS
B. Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
MIS 376
MIS 375
MIS 370
MIS 360
MIS 295
MIS 175
14 MIS
-
Principles of Computing for Business
Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control,
and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242,
and either MIS 175,360, or 370)
Project Management
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture.
(Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252, and one computer course such as
MIS 175,360,370, or CSC 160)
Management Information Systems in the Organization
This course applies database management systems software capabilities to support the design and implementation of databases and related applications for
the purpose of business data management. Students will write, test, and debug
event-driven code in developing relational database applications. Students will
also learn the fundamentals of multi-user data management in network and
web environments. (Prereq.: MPG3, CSC 160, and MIS 175 or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175)
Data Management for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver and
Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision
support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175 or CSC 160 or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 360 satisfies any requirement for MIS 175)
Problem Solving for Business
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
Topics
An introductoly course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts
and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel,
Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving
business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a
strong computer background should take MIS 360 or 370 instead of MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Systems Analysis and Design
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Topics
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370, 375, 376, and 475)
Information Systems Projects
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 375,376, and either MIS 370 or CSC 352. Note: MIS 376 may be taken
concurrently with MIS 475)
MIS 499
MIS 399
MIS 299
MIS 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 495
MIS 476
MIS 475
-
MIS 11:
T
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer
decision-makingprocess. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and rnotivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class,
family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing
situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of
research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.:
MKT 252, BUS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor)
MKT 350
MKT 352
6 courses including
MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis
MKT 450 Marketing Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
MKT 350 Consumer Behavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
B. Required Marketing Courses
MKT 252
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
A. Business Administration Core
Requirements
Marketing Major
he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of marketing functions within both
business and not-for-profit organizations.
Career avenues include marketing
research, product management, marketing
communications (e.g., advertising, public
relations, sales promotion), and sales.
Marketing courses focus on integrating
both theory and practical applications,
with an emphasis on hands-on projects. In
addition, a unique course in the major,
"Building Working Relationships," provides an opportunity for students to examine interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Business Law and Ethics
Financial Management
Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 360 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 370 Data Management for
Business
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
MKT 252
PHI 300
BUS 331
MIS 175
Sales Management
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Topics
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT
252.)
International Marketing
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans.
(Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor)
Marketing Management
An introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion
as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
Advertising
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note:
Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
Marketing Communications
Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs
designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas
and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 499
MKT 399
MKT 299
MKT 199
See description on page 92.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MKT 495
MKT 466
MKT 450
MKT 357
MKT 355
MKT 354
-
Marketing 111
c
*To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists.
*To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
hemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding
changes in matter. Chemistry has been
described as the central science because
matter includes the entire physical world,
such as the things we use, the food we eat,
and even ourselves. Correlating the
insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas
that excite and offer opportunities to better
the entire world.
and two additional courses from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemishy
I, I1
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L.
Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz
Chemistry Faculty
*To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
*To provide an atmosphere of leamhg
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
12 courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
I, I1
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least three courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult
members of the chemistry department for
assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of b s catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
General Physics I, I1
Calculus I, I1
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
BIO 367
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
Overall GPA of 3.5 or higher, and completion of an approved research project in
the junior or senior year.
Graduation with Distinction in
Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory I
CHM 364, 365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory 11
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351,352, and CHM 353.
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Departmental Honors
-
Chemistry 11!
CHM 115
CHM 106
CHM 105
CHM 101
CHM 100
SCI 111
SCI 110
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall)
General Chemistry I
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
Principles of Chemistry II
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
2. Fall)
Principles of Chemistry I
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistly courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100, MPG 3. Spring)
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for
other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall)
Chemistry for Changing Times I
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratoly. Prereq.: SCI 110)
Natural Science II
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 )
Natural Science I
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term
sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
20 Chemistry
-
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
Physical Chemistry II
CHM 364
Properties of Polymers
CHM 367
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364
or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 365
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111)
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
Physical Chemistry I
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
CHM 363
CHM 361
CHM 353
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106
or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 116
Chemistry 12
CHM 497
CHM 495
CHM 491
CHM 482
CHM 481
CHM 470
CHM 464
-
(.O course)
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and
organic chemistry.
Topics in Chemistry
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
Chemistry Seminar
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship
between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs
are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic
substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. BIO 367 is recommended. Spring, alternate
years)
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (~hreehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352,353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
Advanced Organic Chemistry
22 Chemistry
-
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
Internship
See description on page 91
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
CHM 299
CHM 399
CHM 499
he Augsburg computer science
department strives to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications, and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or
cooperative education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us
with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add
practical applications to their education.
T
12 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
Computer Science Major
BACHELOR OF ARTS
.
Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Lany
Crockett, Jim Moen, Noel Petit, Larry
Ragland, Karen Sutherland
Computer Science Faculty
See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
lnternship
See description on page 91
CHM 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
-
Two courses from:
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
16 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
Computer Science Major
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200 at least one of
which is above 300
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design.
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4)
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 450
!24 Computer Science
13 courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
Major in Computational Economics
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Lany Ragland, Department of Computer
Science
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science
and six from economics with a required
capstone independent study. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Computational Economics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
CSC 160
Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to
count as a prerequisite for a computer science course.
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210,345; and one upper division computer
science course, and one of MAT 171 or
MAT 145.
Computer Science Minor
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
Departmental Honors
One upper division elective in philosophy
Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme I1
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early
Modem and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV
Twentieth Century Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
PHI 385 Introduction to Fonnal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
CSC 373
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
14 courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Smctures
CSC 320 Algorithms
Major in Computational Philosophy
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Computational Philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and seven from philosophy with a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Computational Philosophy
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computer Science 12
-
CSC 352
csc 345
CSC 320
CSC 273
CSC 272
CSC 270
CSC 240
csc 210
CSC 170
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
Database Management and Design
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
Principles of Computer Organization
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
Algorithms
Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of
computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently
with CSC 373. (Prereq.: None)
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
UNIX and C
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
FORTRAN
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT
145 or MAT 171)
Data Structures
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab.
Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
Structured Programming
126 Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and PHI 385)
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
CSC 320 and PHI 385 or concurrently)
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCPAP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345)
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing,
sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
Introduction to Al Robotics
Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who
have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273)
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II
CSC 499
CSC 399
CSC 299
CSC 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 495
CSC 451
CSC 450
CSC 440
CSC 431
CSC 373
Computer Science 12
Martha Johnson, Director
East Asian Studies Faculty
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
studies include government service, international business, journalism, language
instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural
communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for
those interested in education and work
with social and recreational agencies.
major in East Asian studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a
result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China, and other East Asian
nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country.
A
Hamline University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University
of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
Language Courses
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization.
Nine courses are required for the major.
Courses in the major must be preapproved by the campus adviser and are
distributed as follows: four courses in an
East Asian language; four additional courses,
two of which must be upper division
(strongly recommended that one of these
be a history course on China or Japan);
and an East Asian studies seminar. A term
of study abroad and the completion of a
minor in another discipline are strongly
recommended.
Major in East Asian Studies
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson,
612-330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan,
651-641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam,
651-696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen
Humeston, 651-690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, 651-962-5621.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate,
with the consent of the campus adviser.
Faculty advising is recommended at all
stages of the major to plan a coherent and
effective program.
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. Courses in
the minor must be pre-approved by the
campus adviser. A minor in East Asian
studies provides exposure to an area of
East Asia that would complement other
disciplines.
Minor in East Asian Studies
-
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature
The Modem Non-Western
World
Asian Philosophy
Understanding Asian America
Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
History of Religions
Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take independent
studies (299,499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
REL 356
THR 245
PHI 355
POL 282
POL 363
HIS 104
ENG 282
BUS 368
Approved Augsburg College courses for
the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
East Asian Studies 12
T
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management infor-
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the rapidly growing computer science field.
The combined economics/business administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields.
Finally, the teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid
background for teaching economics.
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
and three other upper division courses also
required:
MIS 175 F'rinaples of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
Finite Mathematics
or MAT 121
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
Major in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf, Stella
Hofrenning
Economics Faculty
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
mation systems, political science, histoly,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
and one other upper division business course.
and one other upper division economics
course, and six accountinglbusiness
administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379
Quantitative Methods
for Business and
Economics
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making With
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health
Economics.
Note: Students who plan to major in
the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study
Five economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
See Computer Science, page 124.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Minor in Economics
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Departmental Honors
See Political Science, page 229.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teacher Licensure Major
ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted
with the approval of the department chair.
Major in Computational Economics
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
EC0 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
or ECO 315
Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
EC03 18 Management Science
or ECO 415
Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499
Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Economics 131
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic
tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, or MIS.)
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2 )
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
ECO 110
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 295
ECO 31 1
ECO 312
ECO 313
132 Economics
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall: alternate years)
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall)
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On
demand)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 315
ECO 317
ECO 318
ECO 360
ECO 365
ECO 413
ECO 414
Economics 13
-
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Topics
ECO 499
ECO 399
ECO 299
ECO 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or
consent of instructor)
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 495
134 Economics
Students in all degree andlor licensure
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to begin-
Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level
licensure option will be available in weekend format to those already holding a B.A.
degree. Graduate courses taken for licensure can be applied to a Master of Art in
Education degree. Contact the Education
Department for information.
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend
formats. Weekend College degree and
licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication artdliterature, social
studies, and visual arts. Additional teaching majors are available through the weekday program and open to weekday and
weekend students who can take courses on
a weekday schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education
courses except field work and student
teaching are available on a weekend or
weekday late aftemoonlevening schedule.
Fieldwork and student teaching must be
completed during regular weekday hours.
All students must have some time available
each term for field experiences.
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendation for licensure to the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8),secondary (grades 5-12) in biology,
chemistry, communication arts~literature,
health, mathematics, physics, and social
studies, and K-12 licenses in visual art,
health, physical education, music, and
dancdtheatre, and special education: E/BD.
T
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure were implemented in the fall of
2000. Students who entered the College
under a previous catalog and who will
complete their licensure after August 31,
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching abroad program. Those interested
in further information should contact the
education department at least one year
prior to student teaching. Students who
teach abroad will do part of their student
teaching in the Twin Cities area under
direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Student Teaching Abroad
All students are expected to obtain an
education department adviser at the outset
of coursework. All students are expected to
become knowledgeable of programs and
follow through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
ning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I
exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing three
exams prior to recommendation for licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and
Teaching Test, and a subject matter test.
-
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change-see Education
Department for most current list):
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
INS 105 Intro. to American Indian
Studies or INS 260
Contemporary American
Indians (IA 1)
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
( W C T ) (if math specialty
area: MAT 331)
MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary
Society (QR) (if math: MAT
122 or 145)
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or PHY 116
Introduction to Physics (NW
l), (if science specialty area:
PHY 116)
PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary
Teachers (If science specialty
area: PHY 116 and geology)
BIO 102 The Biology World (NW 2)
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed
hey must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching.
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
2003 must comply with the new program.
No one will be licensed under programs
described in previous catalogs after August
31, 2003.
136 Education
Student Teaching Block
EDC 481,483,485 Student Teaching (3.0)
Student teaching is completed for licensure. It is not part of the major in elementary education. (S)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learners
EDC 480 School and Societv (WlISW)
Methods Block I1
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
StudiestThematic Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Methods Block I
EED 310 K-6 Methods: Health/PE (.5)
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
ArtsIChildren's Literature
Foundations Block I1 (courses beyond this
point require admissions to the department)
EDC 3 10 Learning and Development
(HI)
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Major Courses
Vicki Olson (chair), Joy Bartlett, Joseph
Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen
Irvine, Mary Jacobson, Anne Kaufman,
Lynn Lindoy Susan O'Connor, Ron
Petrich, Linda Stevens, Barbara West
Education Faculty
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry,
communication artditerature, dance/theatre, health, mathematics, music, physical
education, physics, and social studies.
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
the major, 2.0 in the specialty area, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
Under new licensure rules, the state of
Minnesota will require middle school specialty areas as a part of all elementary
teacher licenses. Teachers will be able to
teach at the middle school level in their
specialty area. Students must complete a
coursework program in one of the following areas: communication artshterature,
mathematics, science, or social studies. See
Education Department for specific courses
required in each area.
Methods Block I
ESE 300 ReadingMriting in the Content
Area
Foundations Block I1 (Courses beyond this
point require admission to the education
department.)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
(HI)
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Non-departmental requirements:
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 11'5 Chemical Dependency (.5)
INS 105 Intro. to American Indians or
INS 260 Contemporary
American Indians (IA)
Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level
elementary licensure option will be available through Weekend College. Licensure
will be obtained through a combination of
graduate and undergraduate credits.
Contact the Education Department for
information.
Graduation with distinction or departmental honors is available to elementary
education majors who maintain a 3.5 overall GPA and a 3.75 overall GPA in the
major. An honors project must be completed, beginning in spring of the junior year.
Guidelines for graduation with distinction
are available in the education department.
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
the elementary education major.
Secondary Education 13:
Creating Learning
Environments
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachindearning situations.
Computer training will be included in this course.
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
EDC 210
EDC 220
EDC 310
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: ENG 111,sophomore standing)
Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level
licensure option will be available through
Weekend college. Licensure will be
obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the
Education Department for
Students may no longer license in a
minor field of study
Art, dancdtheatre, music, and physical
education teacher education programs lead
to licensure for grades K-12.
tion program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas will take four courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching at
both the secondary and elementary levels.
Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students
who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education
major.
EDC 200
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary educa-
Art, DanceITheatre, Music, and
Physical Education Licensure (K-12)
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P
in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, non-departmental
requirements, and education program
courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better.
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching
(3.0-4.0). (S)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society (Wl/SW)
Methods Block I1
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
ESE 325
38 Secondary Education
-
-
-
The Special Needs Learner
The study of students with disability, special needs, and gftedness. Emphasis
on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes,
and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor)
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society, relationships with parents and community collaborative models, leadership and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
K-6 Methods: HealthIPhy Ed (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department)
K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Middle School Methods: Communication ArtsILiteratureWriting (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school level. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the
kindergarten and elementmy levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
EDC 410
EDC 480
EED 310
EED 320
EED 330
EED 331
EED 341
EED 342
EED 350
Elementary Education 13!
-
-
K-6 Methods: Social StudiesIThematic Studies (-5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED 380)
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 370
EED 380
ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught
concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
5-12 Methods: TheatreIDance
Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on
instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department)
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught
concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 300
ESE 325
ESE 310
ESE 320
ESE 330
EED 481, 483, 485,487 Student Teaching
Three to four courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio.
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
EED 360
140 Secondary Education
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high
school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development.
Required for communication artsfliterature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development.
Required for communication artsfliterature license. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cuniculum development.
Required for elementary concentration in communication araiterature.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. NOTE:
Students seeking 5-12 communication arts/literature license do not need to
take ESE 300.)
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Three to four courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require three courses. K-12 licenses require four.
Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio.
ESE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
ESE 370
ESE 360
ESE 352
ESE 351
ESE 350
ESE 340
P
-
Secondary Education 14
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral
disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual
models as they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
ENG 111 Effective Writing
INS 105 Introduction to American
Indian Studies
or INS 260 Contemporary American
Indians
Required Non-major Courses:
Beginning Fall 2002, a graduate level
licensure option will be available through
Weekend College. Licensure will be
obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact the
Education Department for information.
he special education EB/D major is
available only through Weekend College;
ideally, to people who are currently in
schools working with students with this
label. This major leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education with a
specialty in ernotionaVbehaviora1disabilities. Courses labeled SPE are to be taken
during the final year of coursework while
students are working in an EBD setting.
Variations on this ideal are possible; see the
Education Department for more information.
T
Required Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts1
Children's Literature
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
SPE 315 Critical Issues Seminar
SPE 400 Teaching Students with
Emotional and Behavior
Disabilities
SPE 410 Implementing Assessment
Strategies
SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral
Practices
SPE 440 Parent and Professional
Planning
Student Teaching
Summer Practicum
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual
program plans and to create effective learning environments for students
labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department)
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are
labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive
approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the department)
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with special needs,
specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with
community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and admission to
department).
SPE 420
SPE 430
SPE 440
Required courses:
EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 102 or PSY 105
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological assessment
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
pSy 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
pSy 353 D~~~~~~~~~~~~
Psychology~
Middle and Older Adult
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and
how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and
person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 410
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues.
-
Special Education 14:
Bachelor of ArtsIBachelor of
Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
University of Minnesota
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with two universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Because
of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg engineering adviser is
necessary. Applications for these programs
require the recommendation of the
Augsburg engineering adviser.
A
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
EDU 491
The curriculum is the same as the
B.A.B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cumculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of
Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
The Special Needs Learner
(see EDC course descriptions)
EDC 410
4 4 Special Education
-
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Michigan Technological University Further
information on these and other graduate
programs is available from the Augsburg
engineering adviser.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
This program enables students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
Michigan Technological University
Application for admission into the
B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.Ah4.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus I11
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
Engineering 14:
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library sci-
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, or tutoring in the writing lab.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
T
One upper division course in
American literature:
ENG 350 American Literature Before
1920
or ENG 351
American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature:
Medieval to Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature:
17th and 18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: The
Romantics and the Victorians
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature:
Homer to Dante
or ENG 272
European Literature:
Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Major
Nine courses above ENG 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce
Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan
Griffin,John Harkness, Dallas Liddle,
Roseann Lloyd, John Mitchell, Ronald
Palosaari, David Ross, John Schmit, Joan
Thompson
English Faculty
ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and
Reading
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval)
Note: If students choose two literature
courses, one must be in American literature (ENG 350 or 351) and one must be in
British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337,
338/438).
SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
Major Requirements (12 courses)
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 226 Creative Writing
or ENG 227 Journalism
or one additional upper division literature course (ENG 350 or 351 recommended)
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
ENG 271 or 272 European Literature
ENG 345 Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
ENG xxx Upper division literature course
(ENG 331,336,337, or
3381438 recommended)
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Communication ArtsILiterature
Teacher Licensure Major
Majors are encouraged to consult their
departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program
that involves considerable work in the
English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the department.
5-12 Methods: Speaking and
Listening
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy
(.5 course)
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Minor
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by
early Oct. in senior year for department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an independent study program (refer to
departmental guidelines).
Departmental Honors
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
This major is only for those who seek
to be licensed in communication artslliterature. Should licensure not be possible,
graduation can be achieved through an
English major, which requires at least two
additional, specific courses, or a speech
major.
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200,210,220,310; ESE 300; EDC 410,
480; student teaching. Contact an education department adviser for information.
ESE 352
ESE 351
English 14
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing
critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENC 111
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to
hold hislher place in the course.
ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course.
Prerequisite for an upper division literature
course is ENG 245 Introduction to
Literature and/or consent of the instructor.
Prerequisites
Students in Effective Writing (ENG
111) and Developmental Writing (ENG
101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week
of class (without special permission/petition). Students who choose to receive a
traditional grade in either course will
receive a grade of N (one time only) if their
work is below a 2.0. A student who
repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
required to enroll in ENG 101
Developmental Writing where they receive
more individual instruction than is possible
in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental
Writing with a grade of 2.0 or higher before
enrolling in ENG 111Effective Writing.
ENC 101
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in
composition must have a score of 4 or 5.
Students who do not show competence in
composition skills-such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and
constructing paragraphs and sentences-are
The Enqlish
- Placement Test
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer Students
Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l),
including ENG 225 and one upper division
course in writing.
Concentration in Writing
48 English
-
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American
Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects
and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions.
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals
is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas
of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG
111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print
and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and
verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal
and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
ENC 223
ENG 225
ENC 226
ENG 227
ENC 236
ENC 241
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in
ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 216
English 14
ENC 338
ENC 337
ENC 336
ENC 331
ENC 282
ENC 272
ENC 271
ENC 251
ENC 245
50 English
Introduction to Literature
Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
-for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction
with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the
instructor. Spring)
Shakespeare
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of
English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year.
Topics in Literature
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later
literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
European Literature: Homer to Dante
An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that
yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American
world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity the
shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American
thought by women and people of color.
Readings in American Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female
writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Topics
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Studies in Modern Fiction
Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic,
and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly
in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
American Literature Since 1920
Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th
century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that
stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
American Literature Before 1920
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository
essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the
communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of
instructor. MPG 3.)
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and
Research
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are
introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of
the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor.)
Introduction to the English Language
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
Advanced Creative Writing
ENC 436
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Women and Fiction
All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism or: in the case of
writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENC 382
ENC 361
ENC 351
ENC 350
ENC 347
ENC 345
ENC 341
English 1s'
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and technigues for
gatheTing information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with
which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with
applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 445
ENC 480
ENC 482
Playwriting
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires
completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92. Open to junior or senior English majors with an
overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair.
ENC 299
ENC 399
ENC 499
See listing under Modem Languages.
See listing under Modem Languages.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
ENC 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 325
See department listingfor a description of the following approved elective:
Shakespeare
Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to
Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 438
s
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills
of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by
the entry critical thinking assessment. This course may not be taken by students who have passed the Critical Thinking Assessment.
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be
taken by students who have completed eight credits.
Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs,
and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/se~cdcooperative
education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities
as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar,
completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a
systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar
enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective.
Permission of instructor. No course credit.
CST 100
CST 140
CST 200
CST 209
See listing under Modem Languages.
Cooperative Education
(.O course)
A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an
approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit.
CST 009
ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different
from the more traditional disciplines.
General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty
Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Amrnann,
Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Mary EwertKnodell, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri
Ludeman, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Missy
Strauch, Eileen Kaese Uzarek
Health and Physical Education Faculty
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate
athletic programs; intramural programs for
men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the recreational
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
v
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Fall: even years)
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials (Fall: odd years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Fall: even years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
HEALTH EDUCATION
-
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 232 Dance (Interim)
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (Interim)
HPE 323 Team Sports
HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 335 Outdoor Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Recommended: PHED 250, PHED 422,
PHED 423, and PHED 425 (at St.
Thomas).
Also required: 1,500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer to be completed
by December 31, 2003.
Internship in Athletic Training
requires:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
BIO 252 Human Physiology (at St.
Catherine)
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPED 425 Advanced athletic training (at
St. Thomas)
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
HPE 280 Coaching Theory
(Fall, even years)
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
35 12.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 101,115,210,223, 231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.
HPE 101, 110,114, 115,316,320,390,
450, BIO 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Minor
Minor
Health and Physical Education 15:
-
-
HPE 450
HPE 410
HPE 390
HPE 356
HPE 320
HPE 316
HPE 115
HPE 114
HPE 110
HPE 101
personal
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years)
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Fall: even years)
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teachingearning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Fall: odd years)
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Sunrey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of
tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either
HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon
growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standardsn and
pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Fall:
even years)
School Health Curriculum
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality (Spring)
Human Sexuality
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and services. (Fall, Spring)
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
Health and Safety Education
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community (Fall)
Personal and Community Health
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod*
Fitness for Life
HEALTH EDUCATION
156 Health and Physical Education
HPE 340
HPE 335
HPE 331
HPE 323
HPE 275
HPE 254
HPE 232
HPE 220
HPE 210
HPE 101
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
tion and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical educa-
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falllspring, even years)
Outdoor Education
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall)
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring)
Team Sports
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE
114. Spring)
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
A general overview of developmentalladapted physical education from early
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international dances. (Spring)
Dance
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to
physical activity (Spring)
Motor Learning
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring)
Introduction to Physical Education
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
Fitness for Life
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Health and Physical Education 15;
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring)
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall)
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of
tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either
HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103.
Spring)
Physiology of Exercise
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and
analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 499
HPE 399
HPE 299
HPE 199
See description on page 92. Open only to junior or senior majors.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 473
HPE 368
HPE 365
HPE 356
HPE 351
HPE 350
- Health and Physical Education
158
H
Nine courses (including HIS 495 seminar). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
Major
History Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Chair), Phil Adamo,
William Green, John Gregg, Don
Gustafson, Chris Kimball
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in several fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: "No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community"
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
Prerequisites
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit)
to be defended before a faculty committee.
Departmental Honors
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Minor
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure
medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern.
-
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
The Modern Non-Western World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern World
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
The Beginning of Western Culture
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 220
HIS 195
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures
and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life,
including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new
republic.
America to 1815
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
Topics in History
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan
and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and
different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 462)
HIS 1621462 20th Century South Asia
An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history
from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to
modem Latin America. Additional readings and written assignments will be
required for upper-division students. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 350)
HIS 150/350 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
HIS 104
HIS 103
HIS 102
HIS 101
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
Transfer Students
160 History
19th-Century U.S.
HIS 311
HIS 249
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
HIS 243
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
Topics in Women's History
(See Department of Art for course description)
The Designed Environment
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of Afiican American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
Topics in African American History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political and economic history of
Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the
period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
Minnesota History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modem legal system.
American Legal History
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
History of the Twin Cities
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
20th-Century U.S.
A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIS 242
HIS 241
HIS 234
HIS 228
HIS 225
HIS 222
HIS 221
History 16
-
HIS 348
HIS 347
HIS 346
HIS 336
HIS 335
HIS 332
HIS 331
HIS 326
HIS 323
162 History
Modern China
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
(Prereq.: 100-level course or consent of instructor)
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical
development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 179 in
International Studies.)
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
American Labor History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
American Urban History
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions
between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an
economic and military power.
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
Topics in U.S. History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
American Indian History
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 474
HIS 440
HIS 381
HIS 380
HIS 370
HIS 361
HIS 360
HIS 354
HIS 352
HIS 349
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
The World and the West
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
Topics in World History
With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class
examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of
women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period.
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and
North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public
roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early
American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods.
The History of Women in the West to 1870
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and'
the early years of the Reformation.
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
Modern Germany
(See Department of Art for course description)
The Designed Environment
History 16
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
(Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.)
lnternship
See description on page 91.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92. A maldmum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history)
HIS 399
HIS 499
Introduction to Computing and Communications
Integrated with HON 100, this course introduces computing basics, hardware
and software, the possibilities and limitations of computing, artificial intelligence, communications basics, the Internet, and some of the social, philosophic, and economic implications of computing.
Self-Identify and Society
Psychological, sociological, anthropological, and theological perspectives are
used to explore the role of the individual in community and other social institutions.
HON 160
HON 210
HON 100-101 Freshman Honors Seminar
This is the program's introduction to the Honors Program and to collegiate
scholarship. We explore an interdisciplinary mix of Western history, the Bible,
English literature, and philosophical texts as we assess the Western tradition
and Christianity's place within that tradition.
T h e r e are two ways to graduate from
the Honors Program- Graduate with
Distinction or Honors Program graduate.
Graduating with distinction requires satisfylng all program requirements, a 3.5 GPA,
Directed Study
See description on page 92. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 299
and successful completion of a departmental honors project. Honors Program graduate requires a 3.3 GPA and service on the
Honors Review editorial board. Students
take five of the following courses and four
mini-seminars. (Four mini-seminars equal
one credit.)
Internship
See description on page 91.
HIS 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 495
164 History
History of Jazz
Studies not only jazz as an art form, but as an expression of culture, race, gender, creativity, and community created by jazz musicians.
Philosophy of Science
Explores and assesses scientific theories, laws of nature, evidence, whether science generates truth, and, from more recent developments, the philosophical
implications of chaos and complexity.
Senior Honors Seminar
This capstone course explores one of three topics: the relationship of science
to religion, the life and thought of C.S. Lewis, or the history and significance
of Hispanic Christianity in the United States.
HON 241
HON 365
HON 401
L
Chemistry in Context
A one-semester introduction to science through selected topics in chemistry
that emphasize current issues in science. More specifically, it introduces honors students to science and scientific ways of knowing.
HON 214
L
The Poverty and Wealth of Nations
Adam Smith published The Wealth of Nations in 1776 puzzling over the question of who's rich and who's poor. Do we have any more answers now than he
did then? Emphasis in the course will be placed on understanding economic
systems from around the world and how individuals make choices within this
framework. This course fulfills the Social World Area 1 or 2 perspective.
HON 217
I
Human Community and Modern Metropolis
Using the basic concepts and methods of sociology, this course enables students to explore the concept of human community and the social institutions
which facilitate that community.
HON 212
For other interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
Augsburg also offers students the
oppomnity to major and minor in
Women's Studles, Metro-Urban Studies, and
American Indian studies.
dents are better prepared to become contibuting members of the global community.
Dyanamic Social Systems
This course is designed specifically to facilitate the development of this understanding through the exploration of alternative social science perspectives of
how social organizations function and adapt.
HON 21 1
nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad
spectrum of experience and coursework.
students
gain greater insight and understandmg of
cultures and ~ersvectivesdifferent from
their own. Through these experiences stu-
-
Honors Program 16:
-
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and
urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language.
Five courses including INS 105. At
least two must be upper division.
Minor
In addition student must complete five
electives. At least five of the courses
toward the major must be upper division.
Major
Ten courses including;
INS 105 Introduction to American
Indian Studies
INS 260 Contemporary American
Indians
HIS 326 American Indian History
REL 370 American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
INS 499 Capstone Project
Adjunct Faculty
Priscilla Buffalohead, Steve Chapman,
Robert Danforth, Rick Greschyk, Sophia
Jacobson, Dale Weston
American Indian Literature
(See Department of English for course description.)
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China.
ENC 216
INS 233
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, I1
(See Department of Modem Languages for course description.)
INS 105
Associated Faculty
Eric Buffalohead (Sociology), John Gregg
(History)
Coordinator
Eric Buffalohead
American Indian Studies is a major h a t
gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
North America. Students will be provided
with a multidisciplinary understanding of
the history and present situation of
American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, culture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces,
and the legal status and sovereignty of
American Indians. This course of study
exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures.
6 6 Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 499
INS 495
REL 370
HIS 326
INS 332
INS 320
ART 290
INS 264
INS 260
-
An independently designed research project to fulfill the capstone requirement.
Independent ResearchICapstone Project
This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and Ojibwe in
Minnesota from the time of contact to the present situation of both tribes.
Each group's history and experiences will be studied and compared. Major historical events will be examined as well as significant events important to each
group.
Minnesota lndians
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Department of History for course description.)
American lndian History
The objective of this course is to study Native American Storytelling from a
cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions ill be emphasized and
studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be
expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling
traditions.
Native American Storytelling
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It
examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to
Indian community life today.
American lndian Women
(See Department of Art for course description.)
Tribal Arts and Culture
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
American lndians in the Cinema
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current
issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American
Indian tribes today is highlighted.
Contemporary American lndians
Interdisciplinary Studies 16
-
In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down
the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to
the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees.
(Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test)
River Politics Field Seminar
This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of
the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships.
Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following coursesSOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
Building Working Relationships
(See Department of History for course description.)
Topics in African American History
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
The African American Experience in America
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
Introduction to Islam
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
Religion in African American History
Coordinator
The
of the 'lst century demands
complex skills. It is not enough to have an
area of expertise or be a good manager.
One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg
Norma Noonan
curriculum offers a minor in leadership
studies, drawing on a wide variety of
courses across disciplinary lines. A minor
in leadership studies can enhance your
major in a wide variety of disciplines
including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science,
economics, and psychology.
This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available
for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial
research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skilk in either archival
research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.:
upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in
the student's major, or consent of the instructors)
INS 381I581 Qualitative Research Methods
INS 342
INS 325
HIS 241
INS 232
INS 225
REL 231
68 Interdisciplinary Studies
Metro-Urban Studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in
sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and other related disciplines. Memo-Urban Studies is designed to
blend classroom and field experience, theory,
and internships that focus the content of
liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization.
Select two courses from the following list.
(No more than one per department.)
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
(prereq. BUS 242)
BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq.
BUS 242) [S]
HIS 222 20th-Century U.S. [WH, CT]
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
(WECDay) [HI, Sl
PSY 373 Industrial Organizational
Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or
105) [Sl
SPC 321 Business and Professional
Speaking
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
(no prereq.)
SPC 410 The Self and the Organization
(WEC) [HI]
Required electives: (2)
Principles of Management (no
.
prereq.)
SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq.
SOC 121 or permission of
instructor) [CT]
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
(no prereq.)
POL 421 (Topics: This topic only)
Becoming a Leader (prereq. one
POL course or permission of
instructor) [S] This course will
be the only integrative course
in the minor.
BUS 242
Required courses: (4)
Major
10 courses including:
ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 21 1 Community and the Modern
Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
or HIS 335 Urban American History
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Gany Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris
Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC) ,
Michael Shock (SWK)
Internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional courses
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies and the general
education Perspective on The City introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the
analytical and theoretical tools required to
understand and contribute to the metropolitan community. The Metro-Urban
Studies major and minor also provide
undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law,
public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community
organization, and theology.
Interdisciplinary studies 16
-
Internship
See description on page 91. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
Independent Study-Metropolitan
INS 399
INS 498
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, C e n ~ a l
-4merica. and the Twin Cities.
Also see In tcmaiioml Studies listings.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
instructor)
An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students),
URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS
THROUGH HECUA
INS 499
Directed Study
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 299
Resources
Internship
See description on page 91.
INS 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225, and two
of the following: HIS 335, SOC 381, or INS
399.
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics.
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses. (Courses fulfilling The City
Perspective generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
170 Interdisciplinary Studies
-
OR SPRING
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 91.
INS 359
INS 399
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Studv of the social and cultural historv of urban art. the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 91.
INS 331
INS 399
Ill. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (SUST, SAUS, CILA, AND
EECLA)
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 330
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
II. CITY ARTS-SPRING
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct obsewation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
INS 358
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)-FALL
Interdisciplinary Studies 171
-
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common val-
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
equivalent competency)
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
Requirements
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
172 Interdisciplinary Studies
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology or social work.
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modem Languages.
Other Requirements
Minor
Four upper division courses.
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
ues, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community.
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See Department of Art)
Scandinavian Arts
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Norwegian Language and Culture
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century h a t i * . Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian ISynng: alternate years)
The Modern Nordic Drama
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
The Modern Nordic Novel
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
Contemporary Norden
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
For degree and major requirements see page 275.
NAS 499
NAS 399
NAS 299
NAS 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 394
NAS 393
ART 382
NAS 377
NAS 372
NAS 352
NAS 351
NAS 230
Interdisciplinary Studies 17:
-
-
I
Required core courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Norma Noonan
Director
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study for
an Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
Two of the following:
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges
of Japan
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
Required core courses of the international
relations major, plus the following six
courses:
BUS 362 International Business
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
International Relations Major with
International Business Concentration
Interim courses, seminars, independent
study, topics courses, and courses at other
colleges/universities can be considered here
with the approval of the program director,
as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,368,465
ECO 317,360,365
HIS 346,348,352,354,440,474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 241
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
SWK 230
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modem language.
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policies
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College's strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenship.
I
GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In
addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
Departmental Honors
Note: Several of the business courses have
prerequisites. Please consult the catalog
and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses.
One elective from the list of international
relations major electives, excluding other
business, economics, and marketing courses.
One of the following:
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 365 Environmental Economics and
Sustainable Development
Students in good academic standing (a
minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus
through the study abroad adviser. In addition to semester and year-long programs,
summer abroad courses also provide a
number of educational opportunities.
Students interested in these or other external off-campus study experiences should
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distributiodgenera1 education, and graduation requirements
when approved by the appropriate program directors and faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Minor
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
International Studies 17;
The International Partners Program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved by Augsburg are listed below.
For information on these programs, contact
the academic programs abroad office.
The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic
work with real-life experiences. Students
learn not only from textbooks but live in
the midst of the society they are studying,
encountering the people and culture inside
and outside the walls of a classroom. All
programs include family stays, regional
travel, community-based living, and opportunities for volunteer work and internships.
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
contact the study abroad adviser.
Applications are due April 1 for the fall
term or academic year, and October 15 for
the spring term. The cost for many programs is comparable to full room, board,
and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same
basis as on-campus study.
76 International Studies
International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the Center for
Global Education.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Guatemala,
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community HECUA
programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room, and board for one
semester on campus, plus airfare.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Study abroad through International
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but is not limited to these
fields. The study program may be for one
year, one semester, or a summer session.
Participation may be on an individual basis
or as part of a student group. For further
information, contact the International
Partners office.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Europe. Under these
agreements International Partner students
from abroad receive part of their academic
training at Augsburg, and qualified
Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses
are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg.
Latin American Literature: Before 20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
SPA 356
SPA/INS/WST 399 Internship
REL/WST 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and social/political transformation.
POL/WST 359 Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact
these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies,
and revolution.
INS/WST 31 1 Gender, Health, and Development
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin
American development and educational theories and practices are examined,
as well as social change strategies.
Conversation and Composition
Improve written and Spanish language expression through discussions,
debates, oral reports, journals, and compositions, including formal letters,
newspaper articles, and position papers on key topics in Mexican current
events.
SPA 317
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required
course. Placement level determined by program director.)
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are
also approved for credit in women's studies. Participation in the program will fulfill the IA
general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a
Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit. Application deadline is April 1.
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
race, class, and gender, and leam first-hand from both women and men who are involved
in struggles for sustainable development and social change.
CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANCE IN MESOAMERICA
(MEXICO)-FALL
International Studies 17
Latin American Literature: Before 20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history
from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to
modem Latin America.
SPA 356
HIS 350
REL 313
Environmental Theology and Ethics
POLIWST 341 Environmental Politics
Topics studied include development politics in Latin America from preColumbian times to the present, environmental issues from a gender perspective, and political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development.
Conversation and Composition
Improve written and Spanish language expression through discussions,
debates, oral reports, journals, and compositions, including formal letters,
newspaper articles, and position papers on key topics in Mexican current
events.
SPA 317
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks,
taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.)
Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit, and
a Spanish course will fulfill one modem language skill credit.
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline
is Oct. 15.
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)-SPRING
SPA/REL/INSIWST 499 Independent Study
Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is
either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is
approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the
independent study.
Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change and/or development. 100 hours of community service
required.
78 International Studies
-
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of
development as well as particular strategies of development that are being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and
religious organizations.
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South
Africa, and the war for independence.
Political and Social Change in Namibia: Liberation,
Decolonization, and Nation Building
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
Internship
INS 312
REL 346
HIS 346
POL 353
INS 399
Participation in the program will fulfill the LA general education perspective credit. REL
346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit.
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore
the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAM IBIA)-FALL
REL/INS/WST 499 Independent Study
Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is
either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is
approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the
independent study.
SPAIINSIWST 399 lnternship
Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change andlor development. 100 hours of community service
required.
Learn about different approaches to environmental ethics in Latin America,
including indigenous, Jewish and Christian perspectives, liberation theology
and ecofeminism.
international Studies
17
-
Topics: Sustainable Economic Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in
the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and
present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students
examine the "theologies of liberation."
ECO 495
REL 366
RE1 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit.
Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit and
This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid
South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As
these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and
colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization
in today's world; the challenges posed by under and unequal development; and the longterm project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15.
NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history
from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to
modem Latin America.
HIS 350
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement
level determined by program director.)
Participation in the program will fulfill the IA general education perspective credit. REL
366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one modem
language skill credit.
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL OR SPRING
180 International Studies
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
Political and Social Change in Namibia: Liberation,
Decolonization, and Nation Building
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
Roots and Realities of Racism in Southern Africa and the USA: A
Comparative Examination
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political
victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism.
Internship
REL 346
POL 353
HIS 440
INS 399
Norwegian Language
Scandinavia in the World
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Urbanization and Sustainable Development in Scandinavia
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
INS 372
INS 377
INS 393
INS 394
INS 499
Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare
state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The cuniculum consists
of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the
welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of social democracy.
Students explore the relationship between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the European Union and broader global politics. Students have the
option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project. April 1.
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
INS 312
International Studies 1
Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development: Critical Social
Issues
Independent Study
INS 363
INS 499
Internship
Independent Study
INS 399
INS 499
Environment and development issues are examined by looking at market and community economy models and their respective practices and ethical implications. Participants
will conduct a variety of field projects in small groups to learn about the environment and
development efforts. Students gain hands-on experience field placements with organizations working in the Guatamalan Highland, exploring the limits and possibilities of classroom theories and concepts in the context of complex real-life experiences in the community. Each student carries out an independent study project on a topic of personal choice,
which includes field research. Oct. 15.
ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY IN LATIN AMERICA:
GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)-SPRING
(2 course credits)
Community Participation for Social Change
INS 366
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship
designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and
culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social change
are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems in
Eduadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these
challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in
Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or
Spanish. April 1.
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL
Development in the Latin American City
INS 362
INS 2611386 Spanish in the Field
The "Politics, Development, and the City" program explores historical and current
issues related to rural-urban migration, industrialization, government policies, and effects
on human communities. Students engage in dialogue with Latin American faculty, activists,
and leaders from local communities to understand local conditions and efforts at social
change. Learning is made vivid through field projects and interactions with organizations
working on urban issues. A "Spanish in the Field course facilitates language learning
directly related to content. April 1.
POLITICS, DEVELOPMENT, AND THE CITY: GUATEMALA AND ECUADOR-FALL
82 International Studies
-
The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications
Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course)
Independent Study Project (students chooses topic)
INS 385
INS 386
INS 499
Politics o f Conflict and Transformation
Internship
INS 317
INS 399
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MARKETING
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATIO
SYSTEMS
(2 course credits)
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 316
The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace
and the progress being made. Through a seven week internship, students get hands-on
experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human
rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the
UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine. Oct. 15
NORTHERN IRELAND: DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANGE- SPRING
Social Dynamics and the Environment
INS 384
International Studies 18
M
Students may choose coursework supporting study of mathematics as a liberal
art, its applications to science and engineering, its applications to actuarial science, computing, or economics, or in
preparation to teach. Augsburg's urban
Students majoring in mathematics
acquire the skills necessary to serve society
through a variety of careers. In addition to
acquiring computational and problem-solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg
develop their abilities to reason abstractly;
to conjecture, critique, and justify their
assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and
comprehend precise mathematical writing;
to speak and write about mathematical
ideas; and to experience working in teams
on mathematical projects. Students can
prepare for graduate school, for work in
business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in
grades K-12. Students majoring in many
disciplines find it helpful to acquire a
minor or a second major in mathematics.
athematics is the study of smcture and relationships and provides tools
for solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the
problem solving and quantitative reasoning
skills that are increasingly expected of
every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education.
Students may petition the department
to substitute alternative mathematics or
mathematics-intensive courses for one or
two MAT courses numbered above 200.
Such substitutions must be justified by a
compelling academic rationale defending a
coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline.
A minimum of three upper division MAT
courses are required. Note that MAT 331
does not apply toward the major but is a
recommended general education course for
majors.
Nine mathematics courses:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
structures
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 3 14 Abstract Algebra
or a modeling course, either MAT 247 or
MAT 385
MAT elective numbered above 200
Mathematics Major
Suzanne Doree (Chair), Nicholas Coult,
Rebekah Dupont, Matthew Haines,
Kenneth Karninsky
Mathematics Faculty
location allows students to gain experience
working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the
practicum and colloquium courses.
For distinction: GPA of 3.5 in MAT
courses numbered above 200,3.5 overall
GPA, a project, and approval of the mathematics department. For departmental honors: GPA of 3.5 in MAT courses numbered
above 200, 3.0 overall GPA, a project or
independent study course, and approval of
the mathematics department. Specific
requirements are described in "Guidelines
for Graduation with Distinction and
Departmental Honors in Mathematics"
available from the department.
Three supporting courses:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
or another CSC course with departmental
approval
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers, and
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for licensure
to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are
the same as the major, with the MAT electives specified as MAT 252 Exploring
Geometry and MAT 314 Abstract Algebra
and the additional course of MAT 331
History of Mathematics required. At the
time of publication, the mathematics
requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in grades K-8 are MPG 4 or
MAT 114 Precalculus, MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Behavioral
and Social Sciences, MAT 163 Introductory
Statistics or MAT 373 Probability and
Statistics I, MAT 252 Exploring Geomeq,
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures, and MAT 331 History of
Mathematics.
Teaching Licensure Major
Also required:
MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during junior and senior years.
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
math placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must
take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam,
Math Placement Croup (MPC)
-
At least one MAT course numbered above
200 must be taken at Augsburg.
Three electives numbered above 200, at
least one of which is numbered above 300,
other than MAT 331. Alternatively students
may complete a minor by taking the six
courses: MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163,
MAT 252, MAT 271, and MAT 331.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
Graduation with Distinction and
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
At least two MAT courses numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Two additional supporting courses from
the following list or substitutes with
departmental approval: BUS 331, CSC 170,
CSC 320, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (not
both), ECO 318, MAT 163 or MAT 173
(not both), PHY 121, PHY 122.
-
Mathematics 185
-
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only.
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and
everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. Students in MPG 3 or
higher may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school
algebra. WEC-additional sessions are required)
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications
in the social and behavioral sciences and business and quantitative reasoning.
Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of Western civilization with an emphasis on connections to teaching
mathematics to children. Students who have completed MAT 331 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 105
MAT 114
MAT 122
MAT 131
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
Prerequisites
student's MPG. Students are also permitted
to retake the Math Placement Exam during
their first term of enrollment at Augsburg
College.
MAT 103
which is administered by Academic
Advising. The exam is given during
College registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice
questions and other information are available from Academic Advising. Students in
MPG 1may take MAT 103 to advance to
MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 may take MAT
105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in
MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to advance to
MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a
186 Mathematics
Numeracy for Contemporary Society
An examination of the applications of mathematics in an interdisciplinary setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students'
life, work, and interests. Students who have completed a Quantitative
Reasoning course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3; Coreq.: CSC 160)
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Calculus Ill
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries
and geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning,
conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4)
MAT 163
MAT 171
MAT 173
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 247
MAT 252
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series with an emphasis on mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146)
MAT 132
-
MAT 385
MAT 374
MAT 373
MAT 355
MAT 331
MAT 327
MAT 324
MAT 314
MAT 271
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245,246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor)
Mathematics Practicum
Concepts of statistics including sampling distributions associated with the
normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT
373)
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts of probability including methods of enumeration, random variables
and probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem, and
important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245)
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modem computers, and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 146 and CSC 170 or consent of instructor.)
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. An examination of the interaction
between the development of mathematics and that of western civilization.
Does not apply toward the mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or
MAT 122 and MPG 4, junior or senior standing)
History of Mathematics
(See PHY 327)
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series
in a theoretical setting with an emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271)
Analysis
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271)
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146 or two of the following courses: MAT 145/122, MAT 163,
MAT 252, MAT 331)
Discrete Mathematical Structures
188 Mathematics
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit.
Independent StudyIResearch
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor). See also description on p. 92.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
METRO-URBAN
STUDIES
MAT 499
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing). See also description on p. 91.
MAT 1991399 Internship
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 491
Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, mathematical biology,
operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.: at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional
upper division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be
required)
MAT 395/495 Topics in MathematicdAdvanced Topics in Mathematics
Mathematics 1
-
Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, Donald
Steinmetz
Modern Languages Faculty
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or
minor in modem languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
The modem languages department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
he Department of Modem Languages
at Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should
go beyond career preparation and that
familiarity with the language and culture of
another people is an essential step in the
development of a truly global perspective.
T
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See majorlminor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
Transfer Students
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P
Majors seeking graduation with distinction must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major, 3.5
GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Graduation with Distinction
The minor consists of four courses
above 21 1 (Norwegian only: 21 1 and
above), including one in language and one
in literature or culture. At least three of
these courses must be taught in the target
language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
Minor
The major consists of nine courses
above 21 1 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including two courses in culture,
two courses in language, two courses in literature and three electives (from any of the
three areas above). At least seven of these
courses must be taught in the target language of the major and at least four of
them must be taken on the Augsburg campus.
Major
Since spring term 2001, Augsburg
College no longer offers a licensure program in modem languages.
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulaly
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
FRE 295
FRE 31 1
FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulaly building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovely of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112. WEC-additional sessions
required)
FRENCH (FRE)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people.
AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
Teaching Licensure
Study Abroad
Modern Languages 191
-
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
French Civilization Today
the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Advanced Conversation and Composition
FRE 499
FRE 399
FRE 299
FRE 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
Internship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
Internship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 495
FRE 41 1
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
FRE 350
FRE 332
FRE 331
192 Modern Languages
CER 351
CER 350
CER 332
CER 331
Conversation and Composition
CER 31 1
The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in
their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle
the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a
way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
Survey of Literature: Cerman Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany. Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
German Civilization and Culture II
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
German Civilization and Culture I
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
CER 295
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
CER 211, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions
required)
CER 111, 112 Beginning Cerman I, II
GERMAN (CER)
P
Modern Languages 19
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
CER 41 1
CER 495
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92.
CER 299
CER 399
CER 499
NOR 21 1
Intermediate Norwegian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.:
NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
JAPANESE(JPN)
lnternship
See description on page 91.
CER 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Marx, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modem age.
CER 354
-Modern Languages
194
Conversation and Composition
NOR 311
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
31 1.Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 499
NOR 399
NOR 299
NOR 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 495
NOR 41 1
NOR 353
NOR 350
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 21 1 or equivalent. Spring)
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
NOR 295
NOR 331
I
I
_
Modern Languages 195
OJIBWE(OJB)
Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film
SPA 312
Conversation and Composition
SPA 31 1
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice with emphasis
on the finer points of grammar. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: odd years)
Spanish Expression
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
SPA 248
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 21 1; spring: 212)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112. WEC-additional sessions required.)
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
W SPANISH (SPA)
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa)
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
(Alternate years: 111 fall of odd years; 112 spring of even years.)
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem
languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor.
W
-Modern Languages
196
Latin American Civilization and Culture
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Advanced Conversation and Composition
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and
oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note:
Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring:
even years)
Representative Hispanic Authors
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: odd years)
SPA 499
SPA 399
SPA 299
SPA 199
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
Internship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
Internship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 495
SPA 41 1
SPA 354
SPA 350
SPA 332
-
Modern Languages 19
M
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Bridget
Doak, Sally Dorer, Susan Druck, Lynn
Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth,
Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Mary
Horozaniecki, Ned Kantar, Kathy Kienzle,
Caroline Lemen, Steve Lund, Norbert
Nielubowski, Celeste O'Brien, Paul Ousley,
Part-time Faculty
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Merilee Klemp, Sonja Thompson
Participation in a variety of Music experiences including music ensembles, musictheater productions, private lessons, some
music courses, and additional Interim
courses or special performances is open to
students in any major area of study, with
permission from the instructor.
In Addition, we offer a Music minor and a
Music Therapy equivalency certificate.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Major)
Bachelor of Music (Music Education or
Performance Major)
Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy
major)
The Department of Music at Augsburg
College offers music training within the
context of a liberal arts education, and is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). The Music
Department offers three degree programs
and four majors as follows:
usic has the power to strengthen
the mind, heal the body, and unlock the
creative spirit. Whether we experience
music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it
adds a significant dimension to our lives.
Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of
Music for acceptance to a degree program
by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer
students should meet with a music adviser
immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to
establish an appropriate course of music
study and application/evaluation process.
All students interested in pursuing a
music degree at Augsburg are strongly
encouraged to contact a music faculty
adviser in their degree area as soon as
possible to ensure a smooth program of
study and timely completion of music
degree requirements.
Plus fulfillment of recital requirements as
given under each specific degree and major
Materials of Music I
Materials of Music I1
Aural Skills I
Aural Skills I1
Materials of Music 111
Materials of Music IV
Aural Skills 111
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of Music
I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music
I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
Large and Small Ensemble Participation
Performance Studies
Music Repertoire Tests
Piano Proficiency
MUS 101
MUS 102
MUS 111
MUS 112
MUS 201
MUS 202
MUS 21 1
MUS 212
MUS 231
Core Curriculum for all Music Degree
ProgramsIMajors
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Anderson
Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths, Angela
Wyatt
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Students select either
vocavgeneral or instrumentavgeneral
emphasis. In addition to applying to the
music department, bachelor of music education major candidates must also apply to
the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the bachelor of music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program.
Music Education M a j o r
H BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury
For acceptance to any music major degree
program, students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year or as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and any transferred credits
with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency
requirement
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumentlvoice (first
year)
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251,252,253,
254
Instrumental e m p h a s i ~ n course
e
credit
of music elective
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
Requirements
Core cuniculum plus:
MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5)
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
INS 105 or Intro. to Amer. Indian
Studies
INS 260 Contemporary American
Indians
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 220 Educational Technology
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education
Seminar
ESE 300 Readinwriting in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485,487 Student
Teaching
MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.25)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(25)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.25)
Music 19!
-
Two quarter course credits and six half
course credits of performance studies in
the major instrurnentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the
major instrurnentlvoice
Improvisation competency on major
instrurnentlvoice (may be fulfilled by MUS
129)
Pass piano proficiency test
Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in
music and the liberal arts. The program is
made available only to students of exceptional perfonning ability who are selected on
the basis of an audition/interview application
process. The bachelor of music performance
program prepares d t e d performers to compete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions.
Music Performance Major
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major
instrumentlvoice
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and 3.0 in the major
instrumentlvoice
Pass three music repertoire tests
Pass piano proficiency test
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice
Four quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble plus four semesters of
departmental ensemble work as assigned
by the student's academic adviser and studio instructor.
Or, for piano or guitar emphasis:
Instrumental emphasis-one and one half
course credits of music electives, one methods course for major inshument
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice
Pass three music repertoire tests
Piano or organ emphasis-MUS 436,456,
one course credit of music elective
One of the following three areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253, 254,
435, EDS 359, one course credit of music
elective
Requirements: 14.5 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 358
Full junior recital
MUS 459
Full senior recital
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
ins trumentlvoice (winds and percussionBand; strings-Orchestra; voice-Choir)
Two full course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumentlvoice
(fourth year)
Four half course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumentlvoice (second and third year)
!00 Music
Requirements: 23 course credits
Core cumculum plus:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274,275
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 311 or 312 Composition I or I1
MUS 372,373
Psychological
Foundation of Music I, I1
MUS 374,375
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half senior recital
EDC 4 10 The Special Needs Learner
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
MUS 358 Music Methods: Strings
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is
minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program,
which includes a full-time (six months or
1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility
approved by the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). This course of study
is chosen by students who wish to become
professional music therapists.
Music Therapy Major
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumendvoice
Core curriculum plus one full credit music
elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital) and
two additional music credits
Requirements
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Music Major
W BACHELOR OF ARTS
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Pass three music repertoire tests
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Two semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrumendvoice and residency at
Augsburg
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumendvoice
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
Strongly recommended:
MUS 359 Music Methods: Vocal
Music 201
--
-
Requirements: 8 credits
MUSBUS 105 The Music Business:
Marketing, Promotion,
Publishing, Recording
The music business minor is a course
of study designed both for the music major
desiring additional preparation in business
and for the non-music major interested in
pursuing a career in the music industry.
With the Music Business Minor, students
are given the opportunity to enroll in
coursework and participate in on-site field
experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today's
music indusq. The minor is a collaborative program between the Music and
Business Departments.
Music Business Minor
Candidates must submit an application for
admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year.
Pass one music repertoire test
Four consecutive quarter courses in a
major ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies
on the major instrumendvoice
One additional music course.
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
Requirements: 6 course credits
Materials of Music I, I1
MUS 101, 102
MUS111,112
AuralSkills1,II
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
submit an application for admission during
the first semester of residency at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency
program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student's degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
Music Therapy Equivalency/
Certification Program
All of the above courses plus two additional Music course credits beyond MUS 105
and MUS 295 (maximum of 1 credit in
MUE andlor MUP courses).
One of the following:
MUSBUS 295 Topics: Arts Management
and Concert Promotion
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
Music Minor
Pass three music repertoire tests
Pass piano proficiency test
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
MUSBUS 399 Internship Approved for the
Music Business Minor
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
202 Music
These musical organizations are open
to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are
required to participate in a major ensemble
on their major instrument (where possible)
during their time at Augsburg College.
Ensembles (MUE)
An honors project could include but is
not limited to one of the following: writing
and defending a senior thesis; presenting a
recital beyond that required by a degree;
composing a work not less than 15 minutes duration; conducting a concert; or a
project that combines any or all of the
above listed projects in a manner appropriate to a student's degree area.
A transcript showing a cumulative GPA
of 3.0 or higher in all music courses
An outline of the student's participation
in departmental activities demonstrating
leadership, musical goals and high musical
standards.
A proposal for an honors project
Students may qualify for departmental
honors by submitting a petition to the
music faculty before the end of the first
semester of the senior year. The petition
for honors should include:
Departmental Honors
submit the studio insmctor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury.
Private instruction in voice, piano,
organ, or any instrument is available for all
students in the following categories:
No credit-l/2 hour lesson, 3 hours of
practice per week
114 course credit-1R hour lesson,
4 hours of practice per week
1/2 course credit-1 hour lesson,
8 hours of practice per week
Lessons for credit require:
Private lessons
Jury examination at the end of each
semester
Attendance at departmental student
recitals and master classes
Attendance at concerts and recitals
Performance Studies (Private Lessons)
While the music department strongly
encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in
the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir,
Masterworks Chorale, Men's Chorus, or
Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy
the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Ensemble requirements are
fulfilled by participation for the entire year.
One quarter course credit per semester is
granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111, 112, 121,141); other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student
may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no
credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble
may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled during the first week of the
school year or by arrangement with the
individual ensemble director.
Music 20
-
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
repertoire lists.
Students planning a recital should
carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Concurrent registration in
performance studies in the major instrument/voice is required for recital
performance. At least two full-time music
faculty members and the student's private
instructor must be present to evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are
given a padfail grade.
Student Recitals
A semester of study consists of 14
weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury
examination. Music majors and minors are
required to register for music lessons for
credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being
sought). Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music, and private
instruction for credit is graded traditionally
Lessons for non-credit:
Students may take private lessons for
no credit and are not required to fulfill the
performance and listening requirements.
!04 Music
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for piano major and non-piano
major requirements and test dates.
Piano Proficiency
EXAMINATIONS
B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
MUS 31 1
MUS 212
MUS 21 1
MUS 202
MUS 201
MUS 112
MUS 111
MUS 102
MUS 101
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,
ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and
tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
Composition 1
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
Aural Skills IV
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
Aural Skills 111
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century
practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201
and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
Form and Analysis
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
Materials of Music 111
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
Aural Skills 11
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101. (Prereq.: Aural Skills Placement Test to be given in the
first week of class)
Aural Skills I
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a grade of 2.0 or
higher)
Materials of Music 11
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test to
be given in the first week of class)
Materials of Music I
THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule
or the music department for course offerings in each term.
Music 20
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,201)
History and Literature of Music II
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
102, 201)
History and Literature of Music I
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as BUS 105.
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student's basic skills of Music-Theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
MUSITHR 235 Skills of Music Theatre
MUS 232
MUS 231
MUS 130
MUS 105
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
Choral Conducting
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111, 231)
HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 344
MUS 342
Basic Conducting
MUS 341
(.5 course)
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. Contemporaly techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied
and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor)
MUS 312
!06 Music
Worlds of Music
MUS 320
Music o f the Romantic Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
Music o f the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western
Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing,
and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS
251, 252, 253, 254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 333
MUS 334
MUS 432
MUS 435
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
Music of t h e Classical Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 332
(.5 course)
Music of the Baroque Era
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 331
Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music:
A survey of non-Western musical cultures.
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 241
Music 20
Independent Study
(-5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
MUS 498
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
MUS 299
MUS 399
MUS 499
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading,
and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the
piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 152
MUS 155
MUS 158
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252) German Diction (253),
French Diction (254)
(each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music
education majors.
Improvisation in Music
(.O course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to
Instrumentalists and vocalists.
MUS 129
TECHNIQUE
lnternship
See description on page 91.
MUS 199
INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening,
analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 436
108 Music
Junior Recital
MUS 358
(.O course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
Senior Recital
MUS 459
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
MUS 272
MUS 373
MUS 372
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
Psychological Foundations of Music II
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
Psychological Foundations of Music I
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
MUS 271
MUSIC THERAPY
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
(.O course)
Senior Recital
MUS 458
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music
education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
(.O course)
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought.
MUS 456
Music 20
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
MUS 479
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months.
(1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation
requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests)
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests)
(.25 course each)
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music.
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Pradicums
MUS 473
MUS 472
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
110 Music
Augsburg Choir ( 2 5 course)
Riverside Singers o f Augsburg (.25 course)
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
Orchestra (.25 course)
String Ensemble (.O course)
Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
Concert Band (.25 course)
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
Jazz Ensemble (.25 course)
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
Piano Ensemble (-0 course)
MUE 112
MUE 113
MUE 114
MUE 121
MUE 122
MUE 131
MUE 141
MUE 142
MUE 143
MUE 144
MUE 145
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in the
Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, or
Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy
the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students.
MUE 111
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester
or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
then made at the discretion of the appro-priate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band
members.
ENSEMBLES (MUE)
Music 21
-
Baritone
Tuba
Percussion
Organ
Harp
Improvisation
MUP 142-442
MUP 143-443
M UP 144-444
MUP 152-452
MUP 159a
MUP 161-461
MUP 171-471
MUP 181-481
MUP 191-491
MUP 192-492
MUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 124424 Bass
MUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 134434 Saxophone
MUP 135-435 Flute
A student who cannot attend a scheduled
lesson is required to notify the teacher at
least 24 hours in advance; otherwise
except for illness immediately prior to
A semester of study is 14 weeks of
lessons and coaching.
Note carefully the following provisions:
Trombone
MUP 141-441
MUP 121-421 Violin
Credit is granted only for study with
members of the Augsburg
Department of Music.
the lesson, the student will forfeit the
right to a make-up lesson.
Guitar
Piano accompanying
Piano
Trumpet
MUP 137-437
Horn
are individualized to meet the experience,
ability, background and goals of the student. Students may register for 0.00 credits; 0.25 credits; or 0.5 credits in accordance with their specific degree requirements (see Music Department Student
Handbook for music degree and variable
credit performance studies requirements.)
MUP 111-411 Voice
H LESSONS
Performance Studies courses are available to music majors and non-majors and
Performance Studies at Augsburg
College provide a unique opportunity for
students to study on an individual basis
with artistlteachers who are active performers in this region and beyond.
PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP)
!12 Music
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements. All
upper division courses required for the
biology major must be completed before
student teaching.
Teaching Licensure Major
Coordinators
Karen Ballen (Biology), Sandra Olrnsted
(Chemist~y),Jeff Johnson (Physics)
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
he natural science licensure program
- for teachers is designed to provide smong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
T
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 355 Genetics
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
or BIO 474 Developmental Biology
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistq I, I1
One math course: MAT 114, 122, 145, or
163
Biology Major
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Broad base requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Broad Base Requirements
GEO XXX Introductory Geology
PHY 101 Introductory Astronomy
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 113 Introductory Organisma1Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General
Physics I, 11
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1
-
121,
See listing under Modem Languages.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
One year of general physics-PHY
122
Two courses from:
CHM 364,367,464,470,481,482
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 5-12)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement,
plus Graduation major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry I1
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
Physical Science Broad Base
Requirement
BIO 113, 114,215
PHY 101,106
Geology
One year of general chemistry-CHM
105,106 or CHM 115,116
Two additional physics courses above 122;
PHY 261 recommended
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
5-12)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement,
plus Graduation major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
'14 Natural Science Teaching Licensures
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Ruth Enestvedt,
Meny Beth Gay, Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss,
Linda Holt, Beverly Nilsson (Emerita)
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to
a bachelor of science degree with a major
in nursing, is accredited by the National
League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health
nurse registration in Minnesota. With two
additional courses, they are eligible to
apply for school nurse certification.
The bachelor's degree equips nurses
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at
Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle
challenging new positions in today's health
care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called
on to function in a variety of settings that
differ from those in the past. Today nurses
work in hospitals, clinics, corporations,
government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through
the entire life span for people of diverse
cultures and socioeconomic levels.
he Augsburg Department of Nursing
is designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
T
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum courses requiring additional weekday time.
More time may be required to complete the
total course of study depending on the
number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both
day school and Weekend College. Students
interested in pursuing the nursing major
should consult with the program coordinator from the Department of Nursing for
program planning.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed within two
academic years; however, students may
pursue their studies at a slower pace.
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at
the completion of Level I and Level I1
courses of study are required. Students also
must complete Augsburg's residence and
general education requirements.
Major
Nine courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 405 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 411 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
-
NUR 305
Nursing majors can complete the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis and
Rochester sites.
Students can complete their liberal arts
general education requirements by taking
courses in day school and Weekend
College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting
the nursing major.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are
available only through Weekend College.
Classes usually meet on alternate weekends
for one 3 1/2 hour time block. Clinical
practice usually occurs on weekdays.
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Options for Completing the Degree
6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
Augsburg or at another accredited college
or university.
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed
with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry,
anatomy and physiology, microbiology,
English composition, sociology, and psychology. These courses may be taken at
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate
degree or diploma nursing program with a
2.5 overall GPA.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2
GPA.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
Admission to the honors major requires:
a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall, application to the department chair
by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis
to be presented before a faculty committee
by April 15. Candidates register for NUR
499 to complete the honors requirement.
Departmental Honors
!16 Nursing
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in
nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse
families and explores theories related to family structure and function
throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is
examined. (Prereq.: NUR 306, 350)
LeadershipIManagement: Theory and Practice
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs
in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor.
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities.
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum*
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delively systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching~learningtheory, and basic public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 350
NUR 403
NUR 405
NUR 410
NUR 41 1
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92.
* This course involves an additional clinicalfee.
Note: I f NUR 41 1 is not taken immediatelyfollowing NUR 410, students are required to consult
withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more thanfive years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to
audit courses.
NUR 499
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
Independent Study:
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 330
NUR 432
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a
patientlclient situation.
NUR 306
Nursing 21
P
Philosophy Major
Eight courses including:
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 285 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early
Modem and 19-Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 Twentieth-Century Philosophy
Philosophy Faculty
David Apolloni (Chair), Markus Fuehrer,
Bruce Reichenbach
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism.
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by philosophers
from the past and present.
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and answering the
"big" questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241,242,343, and 344.
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Departmental Honors
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See course listing
on page 118.
Major in Computational Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
PHI 242
PHI 241
PHI 175
PHI 125
PHI 120
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
studen& will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy Topics include: the nature of being,
human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in
the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and
still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and
reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge,
and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus.
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Creek Philosophy
Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and
homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and
history of romantic love and its relationship to sex.
Philosophy of Love and Sex
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
Ethics and Human Identity
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
Ethics
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (like how
we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically
Philosophy 21
Philosophy and the Arts
Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting,
sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of
aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic
experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's
intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition.
PHI 365
PHI 355
PHI 350
PHI 344
PHI 343
PHI 300
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science)
Philosophy of Science
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of
reality, the self, and recommendations on how to live.
Asian Philosophy
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible?
Philosophy of Religion
A survey of major philosophical schools in the twentieth century: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and post-modem philosophy.
History of Philosophy IV: Twentieth-Century Philosophy
The major rationalists of the 17' century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the
major empiricists of the 18' century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis
of rationalism and empiricism, and 19' century Idealism and the reaction to it
(Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche).
History of Philosophy Ill: Early Modern and l%h-Century
Philosophy
Laws concerning property, contracts, agency, negotiable instruments and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Ethical concepts and
principles underlying individual rights and responsibilities in business.
Business Law and Ethics
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 2851385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
PHI 260
220 Philosophy
Existentialism
The course lays out some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully
applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Studies in the writings--both philosophical and literary-f
prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies. covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic
in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internship
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
Internship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 9 1.
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
PHYSICALEDUCATION
PHI 499
PHI 399
PHI 299
PHI 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 410
(See description for PHI 285/385)
PHI 3851285 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
PHI 380
PHI 370
Philosophy 22
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric
science and meteorology, oceanography,
biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments with some
degree of comprehension.
p
hysicists
. . are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called "natural philosophers,"
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society's understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Jennifer Posch
Physics Research Staff
Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson,
Kenneth Erickson, William Jasperson,
Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose
Wolf
Physics Faculty
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College's
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences and the Sverdrup
Laboratory for Solid State Physics, with
support from the National Science
Foundation, NASA, and other private and
public sources. Several students work as
research assistants in these efforts during
the academic year and in the summer.
Cooperative education, internship, and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
knowledge and problem-solving skills in
practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121,122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.7 in physics and 3.5 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
Graduation with Distinction
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 330
and PHY 430, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Physics Major with Concentration in
Solid State Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics 22
Introductory Astronomy
PHY 101
PHY 103
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SCI 111
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3.
Fall, spring)
the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization
to the present day Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 )
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and
rank in the upper third of their class.
SCI 110
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, 11
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Society of Physics Students
Teaching Licensure Major
- Physics
224
PHY 261
PHY 245
PHY 122
PHY 121
PHY 116
PHY 114
PHY 106
lntroductory Meteorology
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
Electronics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one one-and-one-half hour laboratory.
Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
Modern Physics
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
General Physics I
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3 . Fall)
Introduction to Physics
admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the
solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle
and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two
three-hour laboratoflecture periods. Prereq.: elementary education major and
MPG 3 . Fall, spring)
A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students
Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers
A survey of the basic principles of the Earth's weather and climate. Topics
include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone
depletion. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2.
Fall, spring)
Physics 22
Introduction to Space Science
pheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetos-
PHY 363
PHY 362
Mechanics II
PHY 352
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122,
MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
Electromagnetic Fields I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and
noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
the preparation of the thin films to their structural and magnetic characterization. Many different experimental techniques and methods will be discussed,
including Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sputtering, Diffraction methods, finnel
and Force Microscopy and various magnetomew methods. (Three one-hour
lectures. PHY 245 and PHY 351. Spring)
A study of the physics of thin (magnetic) films, covering the entire range from
Thin Films: Preparation Techniques and Methods for Structural
and Magnetic Characterization
PHY 351
PHY 330
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series,
series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal
functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring:
cross-listed with mathematics)
PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
PHY 320
!26 Physics
Plasma Physics
PHY 420
Introduction to Solid State Physics
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245,351. Spring)
Quantum Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be
explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into
account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prerequisite: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486
strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 499
PHY 399
PHY 299
PHY 199
See description on page 92. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 486
PHY 430
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour
per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Spring)
PHY 396
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour
laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing
or consent of instructor. Fall)
PHY 395
Physics 22
F
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major suppIies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
irmly
in the liberal arts tra. grounded
dition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
Departmental Honors
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Required elective-ne
of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki,
Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris,
Nonna Noonan, Joseph Underhill-Cady
Political Science Faculty
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division course
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary educaiton.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Minor
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Political Science Areas
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
into the Department of Education.
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods-capstone course (required for
licensure)
Political Science 22!
-
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and Ostakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed.
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials,
bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas,
including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented.
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing.)
POL 121
POL 122
POL 124
POL 241
POL 323
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
!30 Political Science
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 375
POL 421
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries valy. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 350
POL 351
POL 359
POL 459
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 160
POL 363
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 158
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 370
Political Science 23
0
0
y.4 r
K
,aO
2
O
G
v,
- n
w
$
2 5. 8
s 3 2.
z0 zg g*
9%g
;gg.
2.2
E$Cn
zg 0g
g.,gg
-.g
Z g m 2
5'4 2
In 5'
n
5 $ w c
ail %
g 7 0
2g.g
3, 5' C
g 5g.z
m e - . ,
pl
F -EagB a,, ~ ~
,3
LI.
g- - %3w %0.gcron
, K?
& gCK5
5 . q g~
-'C
g m g 50
3 g.2
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. .(Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper
division courses, or consent of instructor)
Political Analysis Seminar
Origins and evolution of Manrist theory and movements, emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and
economic dimensions, and changing role of Manrist doctrines in society.
(Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor)
Marxist Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
Topics in Democratic Theory
Lower Division Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Seminar
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys.
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 499
POL 399
POL 299
POL 199
See description on page 92.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants
exception.
lnternship
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 495
POL 483
POL 295
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 484
POL 382
POL 381
Political Science 23
-
~
Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Chair),
Grace Dyrud, Emily Hause, David Matz,
Nancy Steblay
Psychology Faculty
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizationalpsychology as well as expertise in psychological
applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through
a variety of learning experiences including
group and individual projects, association
with Augsburg's active Psychology Club,
Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student
research teams.
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior. The
study of psychology equips students to
understand and use the scientific method
to think creatively and critically beyond
the classroom. To prepare students for
graduate study and work in psychology,
the major emphasizes the complementary
components of a strong foundation in
research and theoretical work with the
application of knowledge and skills in
coursework, research experiences, and
internships within the community The
curriculum's emphasis on the experiential
dimensions of learning and the integration
of liberal arts and professional domains
prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social
services, research, law, government,
church, and medicine.
P
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be
counted.
*For WEC students, PSY 360 is recommended, not required, hence the WEC
major is 10 courses not 10.5
Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than the rninimuml0.5 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course
credits can count for graduation.
Electives (3 courses in psychology)
At least one course from the following:
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
PSY 363 Sports Psychology
PSY 368 Behavioral Healthcare
PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
PSY 385 Counseling Psychology
Professional Perspectives (2 courses)
PSY 399 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325 Social Behavior
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
Foundations of Psychology (5.5 courses)
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 315 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I1
PSY 360* Psychology Laboratory (.5)
The major is 10.5* courses
Major
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and
group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes,
and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.)
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 105
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,
399, and 499 may be counted.
Minor
PSY 102
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific coursework to strength-
Concentration in Social Psychology
GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall,
and completion of a high-quality research
project culminating the major program.
Formal application must be made during
the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements.
Successful completion of departmental
honors in psychology automatically qualifies the student for graduation with distinction from the college.
Departmental Honors/Craduation
with Distinction
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
en a cross-disciplinary social psychological
perspective. Students will participate in
internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
WEC psychology courses are offered
only on an alternating year basis.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
Psychology 23'
-
PSY 355
PSY 354
PSY 353
PSY 352
PSY 351
Psy 335
PSY 325
PSY 315
PSY 215
PSY 201
Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and
altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215)
Biopsychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215)
Cognitive Psychology
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Aging and Adulthood
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior.
Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or
105)
Child Development
Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy,
and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom
procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105)
Psychology and Law
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215)
Social Behavior
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. PSY 315 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 215. PSY 215 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 315. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of 2.0 or higher,
ENG 111)
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I1
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology.
This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research design and
data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data
analysis, and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 215 must precede PSY 315. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105, MPG 3)
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Health Psychology
236 Psychology
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
Behavior Analysis
Principles of lea&ing/behavior change and their application to self-management, family work, school, and clinic settings. ~ndihdualizedprojects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215)
Psychology Laboratory (.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member.
Concurrent enrollment in a full credit upper-level course (designated courses
will vary depending on the semester) and approval by the instructor are
required. (Prereq: Psy 102 or 105)
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or
105)
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports
and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team
development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting.
(Prereq: Psy 102 or 105)
Behavioral Health Care
Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health
care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial
health model. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-rnaking, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 356
PSY 357
PSY 359
Psy 360
PSY 361
PSY 362
PSY 363
PSY 368
PSY 371
PSY 373
Psychology 23
Historical Perspectives
Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social
policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research.
(Prereq.: PSY 215 and junior standing)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students'
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy.
Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an
honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or comparable course approved by instructor)
Advanced Research Seminar
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 215 and
consent of instructor)
Current Topics in Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Two PSY
courses plus PSY 102 or 105)
Counseling Psychology
Focus on the people in psychology's history their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20thlcentury,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual histoly. (Prereq.: PSY
102 or 105)
PSY 499
PSY 399
PSY 299
PSY 199
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
lnternship
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Directed study
See description on page 91. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course).
Internship
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 493
PSY 491
PSY 490
PSY 385
PSY 381
,313 Psychology
~e1i~i;i.i111, 221, or 33 1is prerequisite to all other courses. REL 111 or 221
is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg.
Junior or senior transfer students who are
required to take two Christian Faith
Perspective courses may take REL 331 as
the prerequisite for other courses.
I
Prerequisites
The Religion Department offers two
majors: Religion ( E L ) and Youth and
Family Ministry (YFM).
Majors
Beverly Stratton (Chair),Janelle Bussert,
Nancy Going, Lori Brandt Hale, Bradley
Holt, Rolf Jacobson, Lynne Lorenzen,
Philip Quanbeck 11, Mark Tranvik
Religion Faculty
eligion asks fundamental questions
of life and meaning: Who are we as human
beings? Where did we come from? Where
did the world come from?What do good
and evil mean in this time and
place? Students will wrestle with these
questions and with responses from the
Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions.
R
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the
department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Departmental Honors
Graduation with Distinction requires
application to the department chair in the
junior year. Specific requirements are available from the chair.
Graduation with Distinction
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Advising
All h-ansfer courses for majors and
minors, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the chair. Only
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last ten years will be
considered. In general, courses that meet
the transfer guidelines may only be applied
to elective or REL 111 credit for the major.
Transfer Courses
Courses designated REL and YFM are
offered by the religion department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses
may be applied toward the 32-course
requirement for graduation. Taking extra
electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum
32 courses required for graduation.
Graduation Requirements
A religion major encourages students to
seek their future in the world andlor
church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses,
youth and family ministry lay professionals
in congregations, and as social service and
human resource professionals in a wide
variety of settings.
Through the study of religion, students
will learn to understand, appreciate, and
articulate the Christian faith, as based in
the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church
and its history, and as interactive in the
contemporary world and with other world
religions. Students will also develop the
ability to read and interpret the Bible,
other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their
meaning for human life in relation to God
becomes evident. In addition students will
develop skills for becoming leaders in the
religious communities to which they
belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and
practices differ from their own.
Note: Not all courses that meet
Christian Faith Perspectives are REL
courses and do not count toward the religion major or minor.
Five religion courses including REL 111 or
331. At least two upper division courses
must be taken at Augsburg College.
Students are required to have at least a 2.0
GPA in courses counted toward the minor.
Religion Minor
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior
year. One New Testament Greek course
may be applied to the major.
or Option B:
REL 221 Biblical Studies
and three additional religion courses, two
of which must be upper division.
Option A:
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
and two additional religion courses, one of
which must be upper division.
and
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 356 World Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Religion Seminar
Religion Major
BACHELOR OF ARTS
REL 309
REL 308
REL 306
REL 302
REL 301
REL 231
REL 221
REL 111
Religions themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature,
holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy
will be explored through the medium of popular film.
Religion at the Movies
A study of poetry from the Christian tradition and its interpretation, focusing
on biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian hymns and
songs.
Psalms, Songs, and Religious Poetry
A study of Christian belief and paitice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the
deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and
cultural location of Christianity.
NonWestern Christianity
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul's letters, the gospels,
and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and
modem communities. Prerequisite REL 111.
Interpreting the New Testament
An investigation of the Torah, Prophets and Writings, including forms, genres,
historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by
ancient and modem Jewish and Christian communities. Prerequisite REL 111
and entry level critical thinking.
Interpreting the Old Testament
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism.
Religion in African-American History
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the
task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of
the church. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 301 or
302.
Biblical Studies
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine. Open
only to freshmen and sophomores. Not accepted for credit for students who
have taken REL 331.
Introduction to Theology
REL 111, 221, or 331 is a prerequisite for a17 other religion courses.
Religion 2
-
REL 363
REL 362
REL 357
REL 356
REL 353
REL 346
REL 343
REL 331
REL 320
REL 313
:42 Religion
Environmental Theology and Ethics
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
Religion in America
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
Theology of the Reformers
ures. Thinkers that may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable fig-
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
World Religions
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political
transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious
organizations. Taught in Namibia semester program.
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
Theology of Marriage and Family
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the
Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills.
Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students
who have taken REL 111 or REL 221.
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity
in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian
mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand's contemporary problems
such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar.
Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program.
REL 471
REL 441
REL 425
REL 390
REL 386
REL 383
REL 374
REL 370
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
Jesusand His Interpreters
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
Feminism and Christianity
A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
Christian Spiritual Practices
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology.
Theology of Death and Dying
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
Speaking of Genesis
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
Process Theology
larly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences.
A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particu-
Science and Religion
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENG 111, junior standing, and
REL 111, 221,' or 331)
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and sociavpolitical transformation. Taught in Mexico in short-term travel seminar or fall semester and in Central America fall or spring semester programs.
Religion 24
Paul the Apostle
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by
instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major
research paper. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall)
Seminar
Selected topics in religion.
Topics in Religion
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the
classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them.
Religion in Psychological Perspective
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
Christian Ethics
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church. (Prereq.: ENG 111and REL 111,
221, or 331)
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community
Judaism
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
(Prereq.: Pass or waiver of critical thinking entry level skills test)
Internship
See description on page 92.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on pages 91 and 246.
Internship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
See description on page 91. Limited to special cases
Philosophy of Religion
Religion and Society
PHI 350
SOC 360
See department listing for a description of thefollowing approved elective:
REL 499
REL 399
REL 299
REL 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 495
REL 490
REL 486
REL 483
REL 481
REL 475
REL 472
44 Religion
Youth and family ministry core:
YFM 207 Contextual Education
[required non-credit field experience]
YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
or YFM 316 Church and Culture in
Context
Theology core:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 495 Religion Seminar
Eleven courses including
Youth and Family Ministry Major
This major requires 150 hours of supervised contextual education (YFM 207) as
preparation for a 150-hour internship
(YFM 399) with a congregation or ministry
organization. Students may satisfy the City
perspective by taking GST 209 in conjunction with either of these experiential education components.
Students are accepted into the program
through a two-step candidacy process. Contact the youth and family ministry coordinator in the religion department about
when and how to apply for candidacy
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training,
using resources of the Youth and Family
Institute of Augsburg College.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
one formal, supervised field work experience:
YFM 207 Contextual Education (noncredit requirement)
YFM 399 Internship
or field work with youth and families,
supervised through another major and
approved by the Religion department
youth and family ministry coordinator.
one upper division YFM course from:
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
one Bible survey course from:
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
The minor consists of the following six
courses
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 232 Peer Ministry
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also
major or minor in religion.
and three supporting courses
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 351 Child Development
or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
YFM 399 Internship
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices
-
YFM 399
YFM 358
YFM 316
YFM 235
YFM 232
YFM 207
Supervised practice of youth and family ministry during 150 hours in an
approved congregational setting. Students complete a formal internship agreement and projects. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #2)
Internship
faith through Christian education and cuniculum, youth and family ministry,
and parish life.
A study of the role of congregations and families in shaping and nurturing
Life and Work of the Church
situation in Norway. Emphasis will be on the role of congregations and families in both Norway and the United States in shaping and nurturing faith
through Christian education and curriculum, youth and family ministry, and
parish life. Short term travel seminar, offered in the summer.
A study of Norwegian culture and church life and the contemporary religious
Church and Culture in Context
Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and
basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation.
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students reflect upon and relate their learning of theology, the youth and family ministry model, and supporting social science courses to experiences during
150 hours in an approved congregational setting. They discuss ministry issues
with peers and supervisors and begin preparation of their professional portfolios. This is a non-credit requirement for the major. It may be done over two
to three semesters. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #1)
Contextual Education (.O course)
:46 Youth and Family Ministry
T
Adviser
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, Harnline University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
his major, offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of
Central and Eastern Europe and Russia.
This interdisciplinary major offers an
opportunity to become well acquainted
with societies in socio-economical and
political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area.
Experience with the Russian language or,
through the University of Minnesota one of
the Eastern European languages, is
required. Russian, Central, and East
European studies is a sound liberal arts
major offering considerable flexibility and
career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science.
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or
equivalent competencies.
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track 1: Concentration in humanities
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 1,plus one
course from Track 2, as approved by adviser.
Track 2: Concentration in social sciences
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 2, plus one
course from Track 1, as approved by adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from either
Track 1 or Track 2.
D. Students are strongly recommended to
take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the
Central or East European countries during
a semester, Interim, or during the summer
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 612-330-1761;
Hamline, Karen Vogel, 651-523-2973;
Macalester, Gary Krueger, 651-696-6222;
and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour,
651-962-5164.
Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central, and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
Faculty Advising
ECO 317 at Augsburg Comparative
Economic Systems is equivalent to:
ECON 25 M Comparative Economic
Systems
ECON 349 C Comparative Economic
Systems
ECON 349 T Comparative Economic
Systems
HIS 348 at Augsburg Russia and the Soviet
Union in the 20th Century is equivalent to:
HIST 333 T Eastern Europe, 1914 to the
Present
HIST 373 H The Heart of Europe: Central
& Eastern Europe in the 20th Century
HIST 351 C Russia: The Last of the
Romanovs, Bolshevik Interlude, and the
Russian Republic
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
(Lettersfollowing course numbers designate location: H=Hamline; MzMacalester;
C=St. Catherine; T=St. Thomas)
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
Since courses with similar content may not
always have similar titles, students are
strongly encouraged to pay careful attention to the list below. The following courses are considered to be equivalent to one
another:
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See the adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
TRACK 2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission
of adviser)
POL 351 Topics in CommunistlPost
Communist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser)
POL 363 Russian and Chinese
Foreign Policy
TRACK 1
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church
HIST 60 M State and Society in Tsarist
Russia is equivalent to:
HIST 337 H Modem Russia from the
Empire to Revolution
4 8 Russian, Central, and East European Studies
7
s
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor's degree and seeking licensure
only.
Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, history, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 220 America to 1815
or HIS 221 19th-Century United States
or HIS 222 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Coordinator
Don Gustafson
tudents -preparing
- to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
T
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Department of Social Work. The Twin
Cities area provides both a variety of field
placements for social work students and
extraordinary community resources for the
classroom. The social, cultural, ethnic, and
economic diversity in this metropolitan
area enriches opportunities for social work
students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect, and work with people different
from themselves.
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg
has offered a full-time Master of Social
Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend
schedule.
he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in
the field of social work. The baccalaureate
social work (B.S.W.) program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education
and leads to a bachelor of science degree.
Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and
communities building on strengths, and to
develop, analyze, and influence social policy. The mission of the department is to
develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social justice and
empowerment towards the well-being of
people in a diverse and global society.
Anthony Bibus (Chair), Vern Bloom, Laura
Boisen (MSW Field Coordinator), Lois
Bosch (MSW Program Director), Francine
Chakolis, Sumin Hsieh, Barbara Lehmann,
Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten, Curt
Paulsen, Karen Robards, Nancy Rodenborg
(BSW Program Director), Glenda
Dewbeny Rooney, Michael Schock (BSW
Field Coordinator), Maryann Syers (Field
Education Coordinator)
Social Work Faculty
The social welfare minor and electives
in the department allow students from
other majors to gain knowledge about
human needs and growth, human services,
global social welfare, and the methods of
effective citizenship. Using this knowledge,
students are encouraged to apply their talents and skills to address the needs of society, always emphasizing social justice and
the central importance of diversity in the
social fabric of our world.
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems:
A Cross-Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required
in the supporting program. A statistics
course is recommended for students planning on graduate school.
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of
Social Work Research and
Evaluation (.5)
SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of
Social Work Practice and
Programs (.5)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
and one course from:
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Consult the social work department
student manual for graduation with distinction requirements.
Graduation with Distinction
Social work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the first practicum in the junior year.
Certain 300- and 400-level courses list
candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion or planned enrollment in all core
and supporting program courses below the
400 level are necessary for candidacy.
Candidacy
Social Work 251
-
Suggested c o u r s e ~ h o o s four:
e
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,
366,370,415,441, and 483.
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course+hoose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of
Social Work Practice and
Programs (.5)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development
in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to
many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace.
Exploring Human Services
This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work.
Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups.
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of
the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the
growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and
groups or special stresses is also a focus.
SWK 230
SWK 257
SWK 260
ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS.
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church-sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the following course of study:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With
Families and Groups
SWK 3 17 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of
Social Work Research and
Evaluation (.5)
Social Ministries
252 Social Work
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
This course focuses on social change through community organization and
influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human
service agencies, and policy practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental
responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically
will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar
SWK 317
SWK 402
Social Work Practice 11: With Families and Croups
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on
generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307,
and candidacy status)
SWK 316
This is the first part of a sequence introducing students to basic research
methods that social workers commonly use in their practice. Students learn
not only to become knowledgeable consumers of social work research but also
to develop beginning skills in evaluating social work practice and social service programs using quantitative and qualitative methods.
Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation
(.5 course)
Progressively-responsible, s u p e ~ s e dprofessional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading
only)
Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar
Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work
agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (concurrent &th
SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in day and WEC. P/N grading only)
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar and with SWK 301 in
the day program, and junior standing)
SWK 307
SWK 306
H COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 406
SWK 301
Social Work 25
This course reviews professional ethical practice, organizational analysis,
strategies for agency change, and client empowerment, and social work career
planning. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status)
The Social Worker as Professional
Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar
Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.:
Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar
This is the second part of a sequence in which students learn to use evidence
in evaluating whether their practice and programs are helping or harming
clients. Since these courses cover the graduation skill of Quantitative
Reasoning, students learn to apply techniques of statistics and data analysis in
research and evaluation. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3)
Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs
(.5 course)
SWK 499
SWK 399
SWK 299
SWK 295
SWK 199
See description on page 92.
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 91.
lnternship
See description on page 92.
Directed Study
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
Topics:
See description on page 91.
lnternship
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 419
SWK 41 7
SWK 407
SWK 403
!54 Social Work
s
Diane Pike (Chair), Eric Buffalohead,
Lars Christiansen, Gany Hesser,
Michael O'Neal, Tim Pippert, James
Vela-McConnell
Sociology Faculty
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, and field studies. The
department urges students to use
Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service
learning, and cooperative education enable
majors to apply the theories and research
skills of sociology while they explore
career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who
have majored in sociology are currently
employed in the human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice field, and
as professors of sociology. Others have
used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning, and
human services.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization in
groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social
world and how human beings come to
think and act as they do.
Students interested in community
crime prevention as well as the traditional
aspects of criminal justice-courts, prisons, probation, and law-will be served by
this concentration in the major. Additional
courses required for the concentration are:
SOC 211, SOC 231, SOC 265, SOC 277
and an upper division Internship approved
by the department. See Diane Pike for
advising and visit the department Web site
for details.
Concentration in Crime and
Community
This concentration is designed to give
sociology majors a concentration in urban
community studies, which includes an
applied sociology focus emphasizing city
and community planning with a required
internship. In addition to the seven core
courses, students are required to take four
additional courses: SOC 211, SOC 381,
SOC 399 and one additional elective. See
Gany Hesser for advising and visit the
department Web site for details.
Concentration in Community Studies
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each
required course to receive credit in the
major.
Major
Ten courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Organizational Theory
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Sociological Theory
SOC 495 Senior Seminar
and three additional sociology courses.
-
A course of study designed for students
who plan to work in organizational settings including corporate, government, and
non-profit sectors. Students will learn how
organizations are structured, function, and
change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed
and why they sometimes fail. The concentration both theoretically and experientially equips students with skills to effectively
lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving
their personal career and professional
goals. Courses required beyond the core
major requirements are: Work and Society
(SOC 222), a practicum in Advanced
Organizational Analysis and Development,
and three courses in related fields-one
from BUS 242 or ECO 113, one from
PSY 373 or BUS 340, and one from
SPC 345 or SPC 410. See Professor Lars
Christiansen for advising and visit the
department Web site for details.
Concentration in Organizational
Analysis and Development
This concentration offers sociology
majors an opportunity to examine and
develop the methods and theoretical perspectives used by cultural anthropologists
to study and understand the dynamics of
culture. To complete the concentration, the
sociology major must complete five additional courses beyond the seven core
courses. Two of those courses must be
SOC 241 and SOC 499. The remaining
three courses must be selected one each
from three course groupings: World
Cultures, Anthropological Research, and
Theoretical perspectives. See Eric
Buffalohead for advising and visit the
department Web site for details.
Concentration in Cultural
Anthropology
256 Sociology
To complete departmental honors in
sociology and graduate with distinction
from the college, the student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and
overall. In addition, students must: (1)
successfully complete an internship, independent study, or cooperative education
experience; (2) submit a portfolio including an honors essay and completed papers
and projects. See department chair and
website for specific requirements. An appli-
Departmental Honors/Craduation
with Distinction
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The intent of the social psychology
concentration is to provide sociology
andlor psychology students with a solid
disciplinary foundation along with specific
coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition to the seven required sociology
major courses, students must take:
PSY 105, PSY 325, SOC 399, and PSY 491.
See James Vela-McConnell for advising and
visit the department Web site for details.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme.
(Fall, spring)
Work and Society
Through a sociological analysis of the social and technical organization of
work in capitalist society, this course explores the various meanings of work,
the work ethic, the functions and schools of management, social relations at
work, and the character of past and contemporary occupations and industries.
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and
functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the
United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modem cultural and social
patterns. (Fall, spring)
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring)
Race, Class and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 21 1
soc 222
SOC 231
SOC 241
SOC 265
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are required to
have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting
toward the minor.
Minor
SOC 121
cation for departmental honors/graduation
with distinction must be completed by
spring of the junior year. Successful completion of
honors in socioloqualifies
the student for
gy
graduation with distinction from the college.
Sociology 25
Cultures of Violence
What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course
takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives to conflict. (Offered on
rotating schedule)
SOC290
Organizational Theory
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in tenns of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or consent of instructor. Fall)
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis-be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
Research Methods
Good research40 you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Social Psychology
How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 349
SOC 360
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 375
SOC 381
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 277
258 Sociology
-
Topics: Senior Seminar
This capstone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the
sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the
applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional
identity. Pass/No Pass grading. Seniors only. (Spring)
SOC 495
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andfor consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SOC 299
SOC 399
SOC 498
SOC 499
See listing under Modem Languages.
SPANISH
lnternship
See description on page 91.
SOC 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 485
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course
engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections
between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private
troubles with public issues. (Prereq: Soc 121 or consent of instructor)
Sociology 259
O
Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts Faculty
Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Robert
Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko,
Deborah Redmond
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
The Augsburg communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in
their programs.
Since communication careers demand a
broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major
or two minors in fields such as business,
economics, English, history, international
relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts.
ur quality
.
. of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality
of our communication. A
.
.
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts
and to improve communication skills.
Five additional electives from the following:
SPC 329, SPC 345, SPC 399, SPC 495, SPC
499; THR 350, THR 360; BUS 301. BUS
302; PHI 120, PHI 241, PHI 260; POL 380,
POL 326, POL 342, POL 370, POL 375;
PSY 325, PSY 371; REL 383; SOC 362,
SOC 363
Professional Communication Studies
Emphasis
Required of all communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 321 Business and Professional
Speaking
or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
or THR 360 Interpretive Reading
SPC 351 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
One of the following: ENG 223, 225,
226,227
12 courses overall-seven required core
courses and five courses within one of
seven emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these 12 courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
Communication Major
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Five electives from: BUS 242, 340, 440;
INS 325; MIS 175,379; PSY 373; SOC 349;
SPC 329,345,399,410
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Five electives from: INS 325; PSY 373,485;
SOC 231,265,349,375; SPC 329,345,
399,410,480
Human Relations Emphasis
Five electives from: BUS 252, 352, 355,
357,450; SPC 329,399,410,480; POL
342
Marketing Communications Emphasis
Five electives from: ART 132, 224, 225;
BUS 242,252,355; MIS 379; PSY 373;
SOC 349; SPC 345,399,410,480; POL
342
Students interested in this emphasis are
strongly urged to take ENG 227
Journahsm as part of the major.
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis
Mass Communication and journalism
Emphasis
Five electives from the following: SPC 343,
347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225,
330; ENG 226,227,241,327,347; POL
342,375; THR 232,325,350,360;
SPClTHR 333
Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,410,480,495,
499; ART 132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS
340,355 or 450; CSC 160; INS 325; PSY
325,371,373; SOC 265,349,375
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Departmental Honors
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or depament chair.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg's interscholastic forensics program. Day students are required to attend
at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC
188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to
document participation. Students should
be aware that the tournament season is
essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly
For All Seven Emphases
Option #2: A 20 page research paper with
complete documentation (using M U
Handbook as a style sheet)
Option #1: A 30-40 page research paper
with complete documentation (using M U
Handbook as a style sheet)
The project must result in one of the following options:
Criteria for project: the graduation with
distinction project must:
be centered on a topic in the SCT majors
be original and distinguished "by depth
of insight, by thoroughness of research,
by creativity;"
build on previous coursework in the
major as well as demonstrate proficiency
in General Education graduation skills of
writing, critical thinking, and speaking;
have an outcome made public through
public forum, symposium or performance;
result in the product or copy of the product retained by the college and archived
in the library
Eligibility: Students graduating with distinction in SCT must:
be a senior
maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major;
maintain a 3.5 GPA overall;
complete an individual project that is
departmentally approved according to
departmental criteria for graduation with
distinction;
have appropriate coursework for this
project;
register for 499 either in the fall or
spring of their senior year.
Please consult with your department
adviser regarding guidelines and procedures.
Graduation with Distinction
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Communication Minor
Note: The department will make
attempts to provide some budget and
resources (equipment, space) for graduation with distinction candidates on a firstcome, first-serve basis. However such
arrangements must be made early and are
purely up to discretion of the department,
depending on resources available at the
time. Availability of equipment, supplies,
budget and other resources cannot be guaranteed.
AND:
the carrying out of a substantial directing
project with a director's notebook, or
the execution of a substantial stage or
lighting design project including design
renderings and models, or
the execution of a substantial acting
recital including role analyses; notebook,
or
the execution of a substantial video or
film project including video scripts, story
boards of video/film project
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must
attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate,
speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may
take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both.)
Forensics Practicum
SPC 112
SPC 188
SPC/THR 216 Introduction to 16 mm Film
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm. filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic
forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring)
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring)
This major, which includes secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools
and allows them to become licensed to
teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in
major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major. All requirements in the major must be completed
prior to student teaching. The course
requirements for this program are listed in
the Department of English section of the
catalog.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
SPC 111
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a communication faculty
adviser.
Plus one of the following:
SPCJTHR 295 Topics: Screenwriting
THRIENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
SPC 347 Documentary Video
SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
SPCJTHR 216 Introduction to 16mm Film
SPCJTHR 333 Acting for Camera
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPCJTHR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
Film minor
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years)
Intercultural Communication
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or
112)
SPC 352
SPC 351
SPC 348
SPC 347
SPC 345
SPC 343
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: SPC 111
or consent of instructor. Spring)
Persuasion
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC
111 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Argumentation
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
SPC 343 or 347)
Broadcast Production II
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Documentary Video
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems. (Fall alternate years)
Organizational Communication
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken
concurrently with THR 333. (Fall)
Broadcast Production I
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies
to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate
years. Prereq: THR 232
SPCITHR 333 Acting for Camera
SPC 329
SPC 321
Interpersonal Communication
The Self and the Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
,A
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
A study of g o u p dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
Small Croup Communication
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Spring)
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
SPC 495
lnternship
See description on page 91.
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 92.
SPC 199
SPC 299
SPC 399
SPC 499
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication
Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
SPC 480
SPC/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways; and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read film as texts and
to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENG 241
and JR/SR standing)
SPC 410
SPC 355
SPC 354
See department listings for the following
approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 355
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENC 226
ENC 241
ENC 347
INS 325
MIS 379
PHI 120
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
T
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, education, business, communication, and jour-
Augsburg's location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students,) and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
he study of theatre is firmly
grounded
. in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speecWcommunication, art, music, history, English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts Program
offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing
a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural theatre.
Ten theatre practicum units distributed as
follows: 1-5 Practicum Units in the performance area from THP 111 or THP118; 4-8
Practicum Units in the production area
from THP 112, THP 113, THP 114, THP
115 or THP 116; 1-2 Practicum Units in
the artistic area from THP 117, THP 119 or
THP 120.
Two electives from:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
Eight core courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 328 Theahical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Ten THR courses-eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units
taken as THP courses.
Theatre Arts Major
BACHELOR OF ARTS
nalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department strongly
encourages a second major or minor in
such fields as speecWcommunication, art,
English, education, music, or religion.
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.5 GPAin the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candi-
Departmental Honors
Majors must participate in two out of
three dramatic productions every year.
Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
to have major participation in productions.
Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245, 361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365,366.
Unless you are a transfer student, all
eight core courses must be taken at
Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning
is required.
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
The following cross listed and capstone
courses are encouraged, but not required:
THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
THRENG 325 Playwriting
THRISPC 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
THR 002 or 005 is recommended to fulfill
one of the lifetime sports requirements.
Please note that all Theatre Practicum
courses count as one theatre practicum
unit except for THP 116, Stage
Management (3 practicum units) and THP
115 Assistant Stage Managements (2
practicum units), because of the exceptional time requirement of these two practicum
areas.
Theatre Arts
Plus one of the following:
SPCITHR Topics 295: Screenwriting
THRENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
SPC 347 Documentary Video
SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
SPCrrHR 216 Introduction to 16mm Film
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera
SPCrrHR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
Film Minor
Five theatre practicum units including
THP 111plus 4 theatre practicum units
from THP 112, 113, 114, 115, or 116. See
note above about THP 1151116.
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Theatre Arts Minor
Transfers: Transfer students are
required to take a minimum of three
Augsburg upper division theatre arts
courses.
Please refer to departmental guidelines
and procedures under Speech/Communication.
Graduation with Distinction
dates should meet with their departmental
adviser prior to their senior year to develop
a proposal for the honors project.
11 required theatre (THR) courses (nonpracticum) :
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 222' Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
This major, combined with secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of theatre and
dance in public schools and allows them to
become certified to teach at the elementary
through the secondary level. The major is
limited to licensure for teachers of dance
and theatre arts with a theatre specialization and does not include licensure with
dance specialization. All theatre courses
are taught in Day School only. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted
only to students who complete the requirements for this major with a minimum
grade of 2.0 in major and practicum courses, and with a minimum cumulative GPA
of 2.5 in the major. All theatre requirements must be completed prior to student
teaching. For additional education requirements, see the secondary education section
of this catalog and consult with the education department.
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure
Major
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
One recommended, but not required, theatre course:
THR'h4US 235 Skills of Music Theatre
'THR 222 is linked to an AUG SEM course,
but may be taken separately
'THR 295 has the following two prerequisites: THR/HPE, 002, Introduction to
Dance and THR/HPE 005, Modem Dance
and Improvisation (non-credit Lifetime
Sports classes) or an approved ACTC
dance course or consent of instructor.
For secondary education licensure coursework, see the secondary education section
of thls catalog and consult with the education department.
Also required:
ESE 320 Special Methods in Teaching
Theatre and Dance
Five total practicum units:
THP 111, 112, 113, 114 (light board operator); and one of the following: THP 115,
116, 117 (Assistant Director, Choreographer or Assistant Choreographer), or 120.
THR232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 2952 Topics: Modem Dance,
Improvisation and
Choreography
THR/ENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Theatre Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Theatre Arts 26
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis
on active participation and reflective writing. Teaching and instructional methods of creative drama are included in course content.
lntroduction to Theatre
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring)
Acting
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre
tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall)
lntroduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student's basic skills of Music-Theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
THR 232
THR 222
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 rnm. filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
THRISPC 216 lntroduction to 16 mm Film
THR 116
Dance and Improvisation
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 003, or instructor's permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002,003, 004,
or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THRIHPE 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern
(.O course)
to Dance (.O course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class
includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem
dance.
THRIHPE 002 Lifetime Sports-Introduction
!70 Theatre Arts
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years)
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will
execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take
theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the
Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR
228 or permission of instructor. Spring)
Theatrical Design
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
Theatre History and Criticism II
THR 362
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentially with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years)
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall: alternate years)
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small
and large groups. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Spring)
Interpretive Reading
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years)
THR 361
THR 360
THR 350
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies
to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate
years. Prereq: THR 232
THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera
THR 328
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one
literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Alternate years)
THRIENC 325 Playwriting
THR 245
Theatre Arts 27
Stage Direction
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical
collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of
two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor
required. (Prereq.: THR 361, or 362, or 328, or consent of instructor. Spring,
alternate years)
THR 366
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
THR 299
THR 399
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the 'Ontext of play Productions and are required for the Theatre
Arts Majorminor and the Dance-Theatre
Licensure Major. All THP Theatre
Practicum Courses are taken for non-credit
with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by
the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum
area for which student is registered, 2. pos-
THP courses require:
' Supervision by theatre faculty
' C ~ n ~ eof
n tinstructor
itive and professional attitude and work
ethic demonstrated by the student and 3.
demonstrated competency in practicum
area. The positive evaluation of each of the
areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a
minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a
P grade.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 92.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
THR 199
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 495
THRISPC 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. Prereq: ENG 241
and JWSR standing
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles
from the classics (Shakespeare, French neocl&sicism,~estorationcomedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and
THR 232. Fall or spring)
THR 365
!72 Theatre Arts
Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical
production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for DancdLicensure
majors only); or substantial participation as an actor in a Senior Directing
Project, in final scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at 2 Forensics tournaments (at least 20 hours coaching and competition).
Theatre Practicum: House Management
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Substantial participation (20 hour minimum) in house management, ushering,
or box office.
Theatre Practicum: Set, Lights, Costumes
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production.
Theatre Practicum: Running Crew
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes
from Stage Direction class.
Theatre Practicum: Assistant Stage Management
2 Practicum units (.O course)
Assistant stage management for main stage production.
Theatre Practicum: Stage Management
3 Practicum units (.O course)
Stage management for main stage production.
THP 112
THP 113
THP 114
THP 115
THP 116
tively because of the extraordinary
amount of time required of the student.
All other THP courses count as one
practicum unit each.
Transfer students are still responsible for
the full unit requirements (10 major/5
minor.) Six practicum units (major) or
three units (minor) must be completed
while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have
program verification or a letter from a
previous theatre adviser.
THP 111
Please note:
THP courses may be repeated.
Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards Practicum.
Work-study hours do not count towards
Practicum.
Completion of THP 115 and 116 count
as two and three practicum units respec-
A minimum of 20 hours of assessed participation by the student
Registration for THP course for semester
when practicum is completed
Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar's office
Theatre Arts 27
-
Theatre Practicum: Senior Directing Project
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Must be taken with THR 499.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
URBAN
STUDIES
THP 120
Theatre Practicum: Senior Design Project
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Must be taken with THR 499. A senior design project may be done in the area
THP 119
of scenery or lights in collaboration with another student's Senior Directing
Project if the student carries the design project out as a THR 499TTHP 119
combination.
Theatre Practicum: Senior Acting Recital
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Must be taken with THR 499.
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the
director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production).
Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 Practicum unit (-0 course)
THP 118
THP 117
274 Theatre Arts
Cass Dalglish (Coordinator),Kristin M.
Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Candyce
Clayton, Jacqueline devries, Grace B.
Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Doug Green, Milda
Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Barbara
Lehrnann, Lynne Lorenzen, Anita
Luttennan-Aguilar, Kathleen McBride,
Norma Noonan, Michael O'Neal, Timothy
Pippert, Judy Shevelev, Beverly J. Stratton,
Kathryn Swanson,Joan Thompson, James
Vela-McConnell
Women's Studies Faculty
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
he Women's Studies Program provides students with the oppo&nityto
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. his is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences.
T
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
approval of the women's studies program
coordnator.
Minor
Both majors and minors are encouraged
to participate in one of the gender-focused
semester study abroad programs offered
through Augsburg's Center for Global
Education. Two programs have been preapproved for women's study credit:
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall
semester) and Gender and the
Environment: Latin American Perspectives
(offered spring semester).
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies, WST 495
(Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved
women's studies courses, and should
include at least two courses in the social
sciences, two in the humanities, and one in
cross-cultural studies. At least three courses must be upper division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the Women's
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the graduation
skills requirements for the women's studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student's program must have the
written approval of the women's studies
program coordinator.
Major
Foundations in Women's Studies
WST 481
WST 366
WST 359
WST 341
INS 320
WST 313
Gender, Health, and Development
WST 311
in Latin America
Topics in Women's Studies
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
Women in Comparative Politics-Women
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice in
Latin America.)
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Politics
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
American Indian Women
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice in
Latin America.)
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology
and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
Topics in Women's Studies
U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course
includes guest speakers, a service-learning component at local glbtlsupporting
agencies, and some travel and experiences in the T e n Cities, including an
immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education
fee. Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history, sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s).
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary
lssues in Cay and Lesbian Studies
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
WST 281
WST 305
INS 233
WST 201
276 Women's Studies
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors
who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different
college each year.
lnternship
See description on page 91.
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 92.
WST 399
WST 499
Women and Art
Women and Fiction
Criticism
Topics in Women's History
History of Women t o 1870
History of Women Since 1870
Human Sexuality
American Women and Politics
Topics in American Politics
Topics in Comparative Politics
Psychology of Gender
Family Systems
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
Feminism and Christianity
ART 352
ENC 236 or
436
ENC 480
HIS 311
HIS 380
HIS 381
HPE 316
POL 124
POL 421
POL 459
PSY 371
SOC 231
SOC 265
REL 441
See department listingsfor descriptions of thefollowing approved electives:
Any must be approved in writing by the women's studies coordinator
Directed Study
See description on page 92.
WST 299
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 91.
WST 495
women's Studies 277
1
Campus Maps - 301,302
Faculty Emeriti - 298
Faculty and Administration - 282
Officers - 282
Administration - 282
Faculty - 284
ELCA, Division for
Education - 281
Board of Regents - 280
Treasurer
Ron Nelson '68
Vice Chair
James E. Haglund
"Philip Sty'lmd '79 (2006)
MVP-Channels, ADC Telecommunications,
Minneapolis, MN
Dean C. Kopperud (2004)
Senior Vice President, National Sales:
Director for Oppenheimer Funds, New
York, NY
"Jean M. Taylor '85 (2006)
President, ~ a ~ l Corporation,
or
Eagan, MN
Glen J. Skovholt (2006)
President, Government and Community
Strategies, St. Paul, MN
*Dr. Ruth Johnson '74 (2006)
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo
Clinic; Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, MN
David J. Larson (2002)
Retired Businessman, Golden Valley, MN
*Glen E. Person '47 (2005)
Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, MN
Ronald J. Peltier (2004)
President and CEO, Edina Realty Home
Services, Edina, MN
*Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2002)
Vice President and Controller, 3M
Company, Minneapolis, MN
*Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002)
Executive Director, The Dwight D.
Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, MN
Jennifer Martin (2007)
Senior Vice President Corporate and
Human Resources, Lutheran Brotherhood,
Minneapolis, MN
Rev. Jose Antonio Machado (2004)
Pastor, El Milagro, Minneapolis, MN
Gloria C. Lewis (2005)
Director, Office of Minority and
Multicultural Health, Minnesota
Department of Health, St. Paul, MN
Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005)
Founder and Board Chair, Minnesota Life
College, Richfield, MN
James E. Haglund
PresidentIOwner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, MN
"Michael R. Good '71 (2007)
Executive Vice President, NRT, Parsipanny,
NJ
,
*H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002)
AttorneyFartner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen
EL.L.P, Minneapolis, MN
Michael 0.Freeman (2006)
Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum,
Minneapolis, MN
*Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002)
President, Customized Employer Solutions,
LCC, Edina, MN
*Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, MN
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
Secretary
Joan Volz '68
Chair
Kathryn H. Tunheim
*Joan L. Volz '68 (2006)
Welch, MN
Rev. Harold Usgaard ex oficio (2002)
Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod
ELCA, Rochester, MN
Executive Director
Leonard G . Schulze
Secretary, Board of Directors
Dr. Dean Baldwin
Chair, Board of Directors
Raymond E. Bailey
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Sue Edison-Swift
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Director for Administration and
Planning
Vacant
DIVISION
FOR HIGHER
EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS
THEEVANGELICALLUTHERAN
CHURCH
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Kathryn H. Tunheim (2004)
President and General Manager, GCI
Tunheim, Minneapolis, MN
"Dr. P. Dawn Taylor '78 (2002)
Des Moines, IA
Board of Regents 28
Came Carroll (1997). Co-director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., Hamline
University.
Peggy Cemto (1991). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Hamline University.
Emiliano C h a d (2000). Director, HispanicLatino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul
Seminary School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas.
Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Robert Doljanac (1999). Director, Center for Learning and Adaptive Services. B.A., Indiana
University; M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Barbara A. Edwards (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of
Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Women's Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Ann L. Garvey (1998). Associate Dean for Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University;J.D., University of Minnesota.
Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Associate Dean for International Programs. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Administration
William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Certdied Public Accountant.
Christopher W. Kirnball (1991). Vice President for Academic and Learning Services and
Dean of the College. Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Susan J. Klaseus (2001). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community
Relations. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.P.A., John F: Kennedy School of
Government, Haward University; M.A., Hamline University.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Vice President for Enrollment and Market Development.
Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Betty A.Wade (2000). Chief Operating Officer. Director of Human Resources. B.A., M.P.A.,
Hamline University.
Officers of the College
Beginning year of service of faculty is indicated with parenthesis.
AND
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
L.P., University of Minnesota.
Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel E Jorgensen (2000). B.A., M.S., South Dakota State University.
Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Southern California.
Adrienne Kaufmann (2000). Program Director, Academic Program Development, Center
for Global Education. B.S., Mundelein College; M.A., Antioch University; Ph.D.,
George Mason University.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens
Point; M.S., Ohio University
Liz Knight (1994). Co-director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
Janeen McAllister (2001). Program Director, International Travel Seminars, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Macalester College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education.
B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
Regina McGoff (1992). Director of Marketing and Administration, Center for Global
Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Phoebe Milliken (2001). Acting site director, Namibia, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
Bates College; M.A., George Washington University.
Barbara E Nagle (1998). Director, Marketing. B.S., Ohio University.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University.
Cindy G. Peterson (1981). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English.
B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of
Texas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of
Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. Director, Rochester Program. B.A., St.
Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Administration 28
-
Nancy J. Baker (2000). Consulting Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part-time,
Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.D., University of MissouriColumbia.
Karen G. Ballen (1998). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Kalamazoo College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistRercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Carol E. Barnett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part-time, Music. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Joy E. Bartlett (2000). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., West Virginia State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
B
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Assistant Professor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.
and D.Pharm., University of Minnesota.
Thomas M. Allen (2001). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.EA., Wayne State University; M.EA.,
University of Minnesota.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Seminary.
Sheldon M. Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistFlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestem Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
A
Faculty
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The
American University.
Donald M. Warren (1978). Director, StepUP Program. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Joe Young (1998). Director, Pan-African Center. B.A., University of Minnesota.
284 Augsburg College Faculty
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees,
University of Minnesota.
C
Aroti G . Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William I! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W, University of
Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; MIA., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S.,
M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Christine A. Bosquez-Heman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies.
A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.P.A.S.,
University of Nebraska.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University
of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State
University.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology, Director of American Indian
Studies. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre
Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University
of Minnesota.
Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.S., PbD., University of Minnesota.
Marcia M. Byrd (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Mount St. Mary's College;
B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 28
-
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
MIA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Robert J. Danforth (2001). Instructor, part-time, Sociology, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Donna K. DeGracia (1998). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio
State University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Associate Professor of History. Director of A.C.T.C. Women's
Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Jay D. Dobberstein (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.
coursework completed, University of Minnesota.
D
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Florida State University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; M.EA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital
University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Coult (2000). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Carleton College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lany J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
286 Augsburg College Faculty
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Sally Gibson Dorer (1998). Studio ArtistJCello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music.
Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Steven A. Draheim (2001). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.EA., University of Minnesota-Duluth; M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Susan Sacquitne Dmck (1993). Studio Artisnoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Barbara A. Edwards (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of
Business Administration. B.A., College of St. Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst.
David L. 0.Ehren (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., Macalester College;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; MIA., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist~Tmmpet,part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio ArtistlFiano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Mary L. Ewert-Knodell (1998). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
M.A., Mankato State University.
E
-
Augsburg College Faculty 287
-
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Meny Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College; A.N.,
Anoka Ramsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University; M.S.,
University of Colorado.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistlClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College;J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Keith E Gilsdorf (2001). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State
University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln.
Nancy Schmidt Going (2001). Assistant Professor.of Religion. B.A., Valparaiso University;
M.A., Covenant Seminary.
Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University,
Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University.
C
Cherie L. Farseth (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Phillip E Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison;J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stacey R. Freiheit (2000). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Central
Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leola E. Dyrud Furman (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Chicago; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
288 Augsburg College Faculty
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John's University;
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Assistant Professor of Religioin. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMoms; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
Philip L. Harder (2000). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire.
H
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at The
University of Minnesota.
John C . Gregg (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Stanford University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Robert C . Groven (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.EA.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya I?Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 289
-
L
John U. Harkness (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Harvard University.
Lee Ann Hartmann (2001). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Augsburg
College.
Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Robert G . Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Angela K. Hochhalter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minneso ta-Winona.
Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of
Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
David R. Holmes, 111 (2001). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Carleton
College.
Bradley P Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota;
M.N., University of Washington-Seattle.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji
State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A.,
M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Sumin Hsieh (1999). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., Tunghai University,
Taiwan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lee (Charles L.) Hurnphries (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.M.,
M.M., C.Ph., Indiana University
Mary A. Hunt (2000). Studio Artistmian0 Accompaniment, part-time, Music. B.A., Fort
Wright College of the Holy Names; M.M., Boston University; D.M.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
290 Augsburg College Faculty
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A.,
University of California;J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A.,
University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple
University.
Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Augustana
College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute.
Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. A.B., Stanford University;
Ed.M., Haward Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University
K
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A.Ed., Hamline University.
Rolf A. Jacobson (2000). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Instructor of Sociology (American Indian Studies). B.A.,
Metropolitan State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of
Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kathleen A. Johnson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.. University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., Mankato State University.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Daniel E Jorgensen (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.S., South Dakota State
University.
J
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
I
-
Augsburg College Faculty 291
-
Stephanie L. A. Lach (2001). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Rochester Community
College; B.S., Augsburg College; M.B.A., M.S.N., University of Texas-Austin.
Bonita S. LaDuca (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mercyhurst College; M.S.,
Ohio University.
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan
State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., PbD., University of Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.S., Iowa
State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West Virginia University.
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College;
M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUW, M.M., Northwestern University.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Susan Rector Li (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S.N., Duke
University; J.D., University of North Carolina.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
L
Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio ArtistHarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee I. H e m p (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
292 Augsburg College Faculty
Sara G. MacDonald (2001). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Augsburg College.
Sharon B. Mahowald (2001). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-River Falls; M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., Forest Institute of
Professional Psychology.
David C. Matz (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Paul K. McAlister (2001). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Minnesota Bible College;
M.Div., Lincoln Christian Seminary; Ph.D., Bethel Theological Seminary.
John C. McCaffrey (2000). Assistant Professor of Art. B.EA., University of WisconsinMadison; M.EA., University of Miami-Coral Gables.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
Laurie H. Merz (2001). Studio ArtistBassoon, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of
Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A.,
University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
M
J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The
Claremont Graduate School.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University.
Steven F! Lund (1982). Studio Artisflrombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Kyle M. Lundby (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Dee A. Lundell (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Augsburg College Faculty 29
-
-
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
P
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artisfliano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University
Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A.
Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of
Wisconsin - Eau Claire; M.M., Eastman School of Music.
0
Susan K. Nash (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of
Minnesota.
Julie D. Naylor (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
N
James B. Moen (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
294 Augsburg College Faculty
-
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtisdGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
Karen Robards (2002). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Beloit College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., Washington University.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., Indiana
University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University;
M.S.W, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of
North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David A. Ross (2001). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Yale University; A.B.D., Oxford
University, St. Anne's College.
R
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Q
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W, Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Augsburg College Faculty 29
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University;
M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English.
B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University
of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W.,University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence, part-time, Speech, Communication,
and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A.,
University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.,
University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of
Modern Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trygve R. Skaar (2000). Studio Artist/, part-time, Music.
Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Saint Mary's College.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P: Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern
Colorado; MS., Mankato State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long
Island University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., D.Th., Luther Seminary.
S
296 Augsburg College Faculty
-
-
-
Anthony R. Wagner (1993). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., B.L.,
J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska;
M.F!H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
W
Joseph Underhill-Cady (1998). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Joan E. Thompson (1997). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
T
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana
College; two M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 29
-
-
'
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of ChemistryDean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
John W. Yaeger (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.S.W., Loyola University.
Larry J. Zimmerman (2000). Studio Artist, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M.,
Boston University.
Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Shimer
College; M.S., University of Utah.
X-Y-z
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
MS., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., MS., University of Muenster;
Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistISaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Calvin
coliege; M.B.A., Western ~ i c h i ~ University.
an
298 Augsburg College Faculty
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College;
M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., MS., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marie 0 . McNeff. Professor Emerita of EducationIDean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean ~fnerita.B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
~ a c d t yEmeriti 29
-
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W.,
Columbia University.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M I A . ,
University of Iowa.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania.
7
300 Faculty Emeriti
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2. Admissions Annex and Wcckcnd
Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic Field
and Seasonal Air Struchlic
5 . Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Center forWorship, Drama and Communication
9. Sverdrup Ilnll
10. Husby-Strom~nenTennis Courts
11. Icc Arena
12. Dcvclopment, PR/Comrnunications,
and Alumni/Parent Relations
13. Lindell Library
14. Maintennnce and Grounds Shop
15. Mortenscn Hall
16. Murphy Place
17. Murphy Park
18. Music Hall
19. Ncw Rcsidence Hall
20. Old Main
D. Faculty/Staff/Commutcr/Residcnt Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Admissions/Faculty/S taff Parking
H . Faculty/Staff Parking
I. Visitor Parking
J. FacultylStaff Parking
K. FacultylStaff Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M . Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
N. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
0. Fairview-University Parking Ramp
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C . Commutcr Parking
21. Anderson Hall
22. Quad
23. Scicncc Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain
major events on campus during evenings
and weekends, parking is also available in
the commuter and visitor lots.
I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 2lst Avenue South.
PUBLIC PARKING
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
4 MINNEAPOLIS
d
Augsburg College, as affirmed in
its mission, does not discriminate
on the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, natlonal or ethnic
origin, age, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance,
qr disability in its education
~olicies,admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs,
athletic and/or school
administered programs, except
in those instances where religion
is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg Collegt
is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations t c
its employees and Its students.
A
About Augsburg 10, 18
Academic and Achievement Scholarships
31-32
Academic Advising 56
Academic Calendar 4-7, 54
Academic Divisions 56
Academic Information 53
Academic Internships 66
Academic Policies and Procedures 69
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 85
Academic and Learning Services 44
Academic Skills Center 44
Access Center 45
Accessibility 18
Accounting 104, 110-1 12
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18
Activities 43
Admissions 14, 20-24
Administrative Officers of the College 282
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 83
Advanced Transfer Students 74
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 47
Air Structure 44
Alumni Center 15
American Indian Studies 166-167
American Indian Student Services 47
American Sign Language 191
AmeriCorp Scholarship 32
Anderson Hall 14, 50
Application Procedures 20, 31
Applied Economics 131
Architecture Minor 94
Art 93-97
Art History 93, 96-97
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 47
Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 128-129
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 83-84
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 59, 62
Associated Support Organizations 16
Athletic Affiliation 18
Athletic Training Internship 155
Athletics 43
Audit Fee 26
Auditing Courses 82
Augsburg Echo 43
Augsburg Experiences 73
Augsburg Seminar 73, 98
Augsburgian, The 43
Calendar 4-7, 54
Campus Location 14, 18, 301-302
Campus Map 301-302
Campus Ministry 42
Campus Tours 20
Canadian Program 69
Career Services 67
Carlson (JeroyC. Carlson) Alumni Center 1
Center for Global Education 15, 63, 176-18
Center for Global Education Courses 63-65,
177-181
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 44
Center for Service, Work, and Learning 66
Change of Program 71
Chemistry 118-123
Chinese 191
Chapel 15,42
Choir 43, 203, 21 1
Christensen Center 14
Class Schedule 90
Classification (Class Year) 82, 85
Coaching Endorsement 155
College Costs 2002-03 26
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 83
College of the Third Age 16, 69
Commencement 86
Commons 51
Communication 260-266
Communication ArtsILiterature Teacher
Licensure 147
Community Service-Learning 66
Community Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 255
Computational Economics 124
Computational Philosophy 125, 218
Computer Science 123-127
Concert Band 43, 203, 21 1
Continuing Education Program 69
Cooperative Education 67
Costs 26-27
Counseling 48
Counseling and Health Promotion 48
Course Descriptions 90-277
Credits 90
C
Biology 99-103
Board of Regents 280-281
Books and Supplies 27
Business Administration 104-109
Business Administration and
Economics Major 106, 131
B
Early Admission of Freshmen 21
East Asian Studies 128-129
East European Studies 247-248
East Hall 14
Echo 43
Economics 130-134
Economics/Business Admin. Major 106, 131
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
229
Edor Nelson Field 14
Education 135-144
Education for Service 11
Education (Master of Arts) 68
Elementary Education 136-137, 139-140
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 142-143
Employment 35
Engineering 144-145
English 146-152
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 84-85
English Placement Test 148
Enrollment 18
Enrollment Center 8, 70
Enrollment Deposit 27
Ensembles 203, 21 1
Entry-level Skills 74
Ethnic Studies 168
Evaluation and Grading 79, 82
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 18, 281
E
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major
269
Dean's List 85
Degrees Offered 18, 54
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 83
Departments and Programs 90-277
Deposits 27
Development 8
Directed Study 92
Directory 8
Directory Information 87-88
Dismissal 85
Discrimination Complaints 52
Divisions and Departments 56
Dormitories 14, 50-51
Dual Degree Programs 59, 68, 144-145
D
Crime and Community Concentration
(Sociology) 255
Crossover Registration 71
Cultural Anthropology Concentration
(Sociology) 256
Gage Family Endowment (CLASS) 45
General Education Curriculum 72-78
General Education Requirements 72-78,
80-81
General Studies 153
German 190, 193-194
Gift Assistance 33
Global Education Center 15, 63, 176-181
Global Education Program
Courses 63-65, 177-181
Grade Point Average 73, 82
Grading 79, 82
Graduate Programs 67
Graduation (Applying for) 72
Graduation Level Skills 75-76
Graduation Requirements 72-78, 80-81
Graduation With Distinction 86
Grants 33
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15
C
Facilities and Housing 14, 50-51
Facts and Figures 18
Faculty 18, 55, 284-298
Faculty Emeriti 298-300
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 31
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 51-52, 87-88
Federal Work Study Program 35
Fees 26-27
Film Minor 263, 268
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 106
Financial Aid 18, 30-40
Financial Policies 28-30
Fine Arts 43
Fitness Center 49
Food Service 51
Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages)
Forensics 261
Former Students 23, 72
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 15
Four-Year Assurance Program 86
French 190-192
Freshmen 20, 21
F
Experiential Education Programs 66-67
Explanation of Grades 79
Exploring Our Gifts 42
Index 30
Language Courses 190-197
Leadership (Master of Arts) 67-68
Leadership Studies Minor 168-169
Leadership, Service, and Performance
Scholarships 32-33
L
Karen M. Housh Tutor Center 44
K
Japanese 190, 194
JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center 15
john Evans Learning Laboratory 44
J
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 79, 82
Independent Studies 91, 92
lnformation Technology Resources 55
Inter-Institutional Programs 62
Inter-Race 16
Intercollegiate Athletics 43
Interdisciplinary Studies 165-173
lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 83
lnternational Business Minor 107
lnternational Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 106
lnternational Partners 176
lnternational Relations 174-175
lnternational Relations (International
Business) 174
lnternational Student Advising 49
lnternational Student Services 24, 49
lnternational Students 24, 49
lnternational Studies 175-183
Internships 66-67, 91
Intertribal Student Union 47
Intramural Athletics 43
I
Health and Physical Education 154-158
Health Clinic Services 49
Health Education 154-156
Health Insurance 49
Health Promotion 48
HECUA Courses 65, 181-183
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 62, 65, 176, 181-183
HispanicILatino Student Services Program
48
History 159-164
History of Augsburg College 10
Honors Program 61-62, 164-165
Housing 14-16, 26, 50-51
Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center 49
H
306 Index
-
Majors and Minors 56-59, 89-277
Management lnformation Systems 113-11
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 106
Maps 301, 302
Marketing 116-117
Master's Degrees 54, 67-68
Math Placement Group (MPG) 75, 185-18
Mathematics 184-189
McNair Scholars Program (TRIO) 45-46
Medical Refund 30
Melby Hall 15
Membershi~s17. 18
Memorial i a l l (sverdrup-~ftedalMemorial
Hall) 16
~ e t r o b r b a nStudies 170-171
Middle East Studies Minor 172
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNIlTP) 47
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 16
Minnesota Work Study Program 35
Minors 56-59, 89-277
MIS Courses 113-115
Mission Statement 10
Modern Language Skill 75
Modern Languages 190-197
Mortensen Hall 15, 50
Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 15
Murphy's 51
Music 198-212
Music Business Minor 202
Music Education Major 199-200
Music Ensembles 203, 21 1
Music Hall 15
Music Performance Major 200
Music Re~ertoireTests 204
Music ~ h ' e r ~a~~u~i v a l e n ~ ~ l ~ e r t i f i c a t
202-203
Music Therapy Major 201, 209-210
M
Learning Disabilities Program 44-45
Legacy Scholarship 32
Liberal Arts Perspectives 76-78, 80-81
Library and lnformation Technology
Center 15, 18, 55-56
Licensure (Teaching) 60, 135-144
Lifetime Sports 76
Lindell Library 15, 18, 55
Loan Assistance 34-35
Location 14, 18, 301-302
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 33
Q
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards 32
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 47
Pan-Asian Student Services 47
Part-Time Students 26-27
Pass/No Credit 73, 79
Pastor 42
Payments 28
Performance Studies 203, 212
Performing Arts Scholarships 32
Perspective Requirements 76-78, 80-81
Philosophy 218-221
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 32
Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center)
45
Phvsical Education 155. 157-158
~hisicalScience ~ e a c h i nLicensure
~
119,
214
Physician Assistant Studies (Master of
Science) 68
Physics 222-227
Piano Proficiency Test 204
Policies 17, 18, 51-52, 87-88
Political Science 228-233
Political Science/Economics teaching major
229
PortFolio Assessment Program 83-84
Pre-Professional Programs 60-61
Prerequisites 91
P,
Off-Campus Programs 18
Officers of the College 282
Official Notices 51
Ojibwe 190, 196
Old Main 15
Orchestra 43, 203, 21 1
Organizational Analysis and Development
Concentration (Sociology) 256
Orientation (AUG) 73, 98
0
NASA Scholarship 33
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
21 3-214
New Hall 15, 50
No-Credit Grades 79
Nordic Area Studies 172-173
Norwegian 190, 194-195
Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22
Number Grades 79
Numbering of Courses 90
Nursing 215-21 7
Nursing (Master of Arts) 68
N
Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area
Studies)
Scandinavian Urban Studies 65, 181
Scholarships 31-33, 35-40
School Year 4-7, 18
Science Hall 15
Science Scholarship 32
Secondary Education 137-138, 140-141
Service-Learning 66
Sigma Pi Sigma 224
Skills Requirements 74-76
Smiley's Point 16
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43
Social Psychology Concentration 235, 256
Social Studies 249
Social Welfare Minor 251
Social Work 250-254
Social Work (Master of Social Work) 68
Society of Physics Students 224
Sociology 255-259
Solid State Physics 223
Space Physics 223
Spanish 190, 196-197
Special Education 142-144
Special Interest Housing 51
Special Students (Non-Degree or Second
Degree) 23
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts 260-274
Sponsored Scholarships 35-40
Sports 43-44
5
Re-Admitted Students 72
Refunds 28-30
Regents 280-281
Regents' Scholarships 32
Registration 69-72
Religion 239-244
Religious Affiliation 18
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 50-51
Residence Requirements 74
Rochester Program 13, 70
~oom'bndBoard 26
ROTC 62
Russian, Central, and East European Studies
247-248
R
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 31
PRIME Scholarship 32
Probation 85
P~y~h010gy
234-238
Public Relations and Communication 15
Index 30
308 Index
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 60, 135-144
Test Scores 20
Theatre Arts 267-274
Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy
Minor 269
T
StepUP Program 46-47
Student Activities 43
Student Affairs (see Academic
and Learning Services) 44
Student-Designed Major 57
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 35
Student Employment 35
Student/Faculty Ratio 18
Student Government 42
Student Life 41 -52
Student Newspaper 43
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 18
Student Publications 43
Student Rights 51-52
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 50
Student Support Services (TRIO) 46
Student Teaching Abroad 65, 135
Studio Art 93-96
Study Abroad 63-65, 175-183
Summer Session 8
Support Programs 44-49
Sverdrup Hall 16
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 16
7
Yearbook 43
Youth and Family Institute 16
Youth and Family Ministry Major 245-246
Youth and Family Ministry Partner
Scholarship 32
x, y, z
Weekend College 12-13, 21, 27-28, 70-71
Withdrawal From College 30, 72
Women's Studies 275-277
Work Study Program 35
W
Veterans 86
Vocation 42
v
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE) 18
Urban Studies 169-171
Urness Hall 16, 50
U
Theatre Practicums 272-274
Transcripts 20, 21, 28
Transdisciplinary Major 57-58
Transfer Regents' Scholarship 32
Transfer Students 22-23
TRIO Programs 45-46
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 26-27
Tutor Center 44
C O L L E G E
AUGSBURG
SUPPLEMENT WITH ADDITIONS
AND CHANGE
2 0 0 2
T O
2 0 0 4
C A T A L O G
Minneapolis, Minnesota
C O L L E G E
AUGSBURG
I
I
I
Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change
without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic
policies contained in this publication and the 2002-2004 Catalog. If you have
questions about anything in this supplement or the Catalog, consult a faculty adviser,
the dean of the College, or the registrar.
Supplement information is listed under the same headings in the printed Catalog,
followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages in the Catalog for
complete information.
This catalog supplcmun t amends inrormatiou given in the 2002-2004 Augsburg
Catalog. OnIy those sections that havc srths~rentinlchni~gesare included. Coust~ltthe
registrar's of~icror the Augsburg C a l a l online
~~
at cww.augshur~.eriu/catal~)g>
[or
inronnaltion im ncw or deleted courses, changes in course titlcs, or descriptions.
Checklist and Summary of Requirements for Graduation (page 80) . . . . . .12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. .
Graduation Requirements (page 72)
Transfer Students (page 22)
5
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. .
Academic Calendar. Weekend College (page 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Calendar. Day Program (page 5)
Table of Contents
Spring Term 2004
Jan. 12Non. ................................ Classes begin
Jan. 19/Mon. .............................
Martin Luther King Day-no classes
Mar. 15/Mon. ............................. .Mid-term break begins
Mar. 22/Mon. ............................... Classes resume
.Early registration for fall
Apr. 5-16/Mon.-Fri. ....................
Apr. 9/Fri. ....................................Easter break
Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 26-29Non.-Thurs. .............Final exams
May M a t . ................................ .BaccalaureatdCommencement
Fall Term 2003
Summer...................................Freshman registration
Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. .........New student orientation
Sept. 3fWed. ............................... Classes begin
Oct. 24/Fri. ............................... Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 17-Dec. 5Non.-Fri. ............Spring term registration
Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 271Thurs. .............................
Classes resume
Dec. l/Mon. .................................
,.,,.Classes end
Dec. 12/Fri. ............................
Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
~www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Spring Term 2004
Class weekends: Apr. 16-18, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, June 4-6, June 11-13,
June 25-27
Winter Term 2004
Class weekends: Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Feb. 6-8, Feb. 13-15, Feb. 27-29, Mar. 12-14,
Mar. 26-28, Apr. 2-4
Fall Term 2003
Class weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 17-19, Oct. 31-Nov. 2, Nov. 14-16,
Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
cwww.augsburg.edu/enrolI/registrar>.
Students transferring from the Minnesota
State College and University System who
have completed the Minnesota Transfer
Curriculum, have earned the Associate of
Arts degree from MNSCU, and have a 2.5 (on
a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA or higher will be
given transfer status as outlined below.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the registrar's office based
upon the official student transcript(s1.
Acceptance of courses presented for a major
or minor also requires approval of the
department. The major or minor department
may require certain courses or a minimum
number of courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA)
of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on
previous college work for admission to the
College.
Augsburg College limits transfer
coursework from two-year colleges once a
student has reached junior status. Students
may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year
colleges. Once a student reaches junior
status, no additional credits will transfer
from two-year institutions toward the
minimum of 32 Augsburg credits required
for a baccalaureate degree. These courses
can, however, be used to meet Augsburg
Core Curriculum and major requirements.
Augsburg College welcomes students who
wish to transfer from other accredited
colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily
completed at accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not to grant credit
for courses where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions, and
to require that certain courses be taken at
Augsburg.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Replaces "ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS"
on pages 22-23 of current catalog
&
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission by
the Admissions Committee after August 15
for entry in fall semester or December 15 for
entry in spring semester.
Admission to a major, as well as
admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
3. Courses with D grades will not be accepted as
prerequisites or for application to majors. Some
Augsburg majors require additional prerequisite
coursework beyond the A.A. degree. Students
are advised to consult major departments for
major requirements upon transfer.
One Foundations of Fitness or activity
course if the student has transferred
an equivalent Foundations course.
This requirement is waived for
students who have transferred in two
equivalent courses.
College algebra or Math Placement 3
One graduation skill writing course in
the major
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill
requirement
The Modern Language requirement
One Augsburg Experience
Senior Keystone Course
REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and
Vocation Course
2. All Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements will be waived except:
1. Admission will be with junior standing
following the Minnesota Transfer
Curriculum. A maximum of 17 Augsburg
equivalent courses (64 semester credits or 96
quarter credits from a community college)
will be accepted once junior status is reached.
No additional courses may be transferred
from a community college.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1. Completion of 32 course creditsNo more than 13 course credits may be in
one department, except in certain approved
majors: accounting (B.A.) - 14; music
education (B.M.) - 17; music performance
(B.M.) - 20; music therapy (B.S.) - 17; and
social work (B.S.) - 15.
Degree requirements include completion of
a minimum number of credits, a major, the
Augsburg Core Curriculum, a minimum GPA
in major(s)/minor(s) and in total course work,
and residence.
Requirements f o r Undergraduate
Graduation:
All degree and course requirements must
be completed and verified in the registrar's
office prior to the anticipated date of
graduation (there may be no incompletes or
open courses on the academic record).
Students should apply before the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining
graduation requirements. Application forms
are available at the Enrollment Center.
Each student must apply for graduation
at the end of his or her junior year.
Students who enter an academic program
with a baccalaureate or higher degree should
contact the registrar's office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate
degree or for the equivalent of a major. See
page 23 in the printed catalog in
Undergraduate Admissions-Special Students
(Second Degree).
Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising
staff, department chairs, and the registrar staff
are available for counsel and assistance in
program planning.
The responsibility for seeing that all degree
requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. All students are required to file a
graduation application with the registrar's
office one year prior to graduation.
Replaces "GENERAL EDUCATION
CURRICULUM" on pages 72-78 of
current catalog
-7
An Augsburg Experience integrates
experiential learning with academic learning.
It demonstrates enhanced learning and
reflects research and best practices in
experiential education. Approved Augsburg
Experiences meet two criteria: ( I ) Integrates
experiential learning with academic learning
and (2) Links on-campus learning to the
goals, mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus
people, organizations and/or communities,
either through community partners,
4. Augsburg Experiences-All student
must complete at least one approved
Augsburg Experience as a requirement for
graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight
the College's commitment to experiential
education and active participation in the
broader community, both locally and globally
Five categories of approved experiential
learning opportunities are recognized as
Augsburg Experiences: internships, facultystudent research, community service, study
abroad, and off-campus immersion
experiences.
3. Completion of t h e Augsburg Core
Curriculum-Requirements for the Ausburg
Core Curriculum are listed in the next section
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two courses by independent1
directed study; four courses of internship; an
six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). To
graduate with Latin honors, students may
take no more than two P/N graded courses.
Each department sets its own limitations on
the number of P/N graded courses that may
be applied toward the major and minor
programs, but normally students may apply
no more than two course credits with P
grades toward a major and no more than one
course credit with a P grade toward a minor.
The Departments of Education and Social
Work are examples of departments that allow
students to apply more than two course
credits with P grades within the major
program (two in major field courses plus
student teaching or field work practicums).
Cultivates the transformative discovery of,
and appreciation for, one's place of leadership
and service in a diverse world-vocatio and
caritas.
Calls for common inquiry into questions of
Christian faith and the search for meaning;
and
-Provides a liberal arts foundation and
promotes the acquisition of intellectual and
professional skills:
The Augsburg Core Curriculum is designed
to prepare students to become effective,
informed, and ethical citizens through their
engagement in a curriculum that:
THE AUGSBURG CORE CURRICULUM
6 . Residence-The last year of full-time
study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last
9 creditslrequirements) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of 9
credits are to be taken at Augsburg College.
Contact the registrar's office if an official
inlerpretation is needed. Some departments
have a minimum number of courses that are
required to be taken in residence within the
major and minor. Consult the catalog
description of the majorlminor or the
chairperson of the department.
5. Grade Point Average-2.0 for most
majors. A minimum grade point average of
2.0 is required for all courses taken and
specifically for all courses that apply toward a
major or special program. Some majors,
licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point
average. (For example, see licensure in
education, music education, music
performance, music therapy, nursing, and
social work.) See the departmental section for
details.
professional activities, and/or travel. Augsburg
Experiences may be embedded in designated
courses that are part of the regular class
schedule or may be completed for zero credit
outside of the regular class schedule. The
length of time required, creditlno-credit
status, and grading options for approved
Augsburg Experiences will vary
All students must complete at least one
approved Augsburg Experience as a
requirement for graduation. Augsburg
Experiences highlight the College's
commitment to experiential education and
active participation in the broader
community, both locally and globally Five
categories of approved experiential learning
opportunities are recognized as Augsburg
Experiences: internships, faculty-student
research, community service, study abroad,
and off-campus immersion experiences.
Augsburg Experience
Transfer students entering with advanced
transfer status will take one Search for
Meaning course: REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation.
In these courses students articulate and
critically reflect upon Augsburg's concept of
vocation and ils meaning; Christian
theological concepts as well as concepts from
other religious traditions; and the meaning of
the Bible in Judeo-Christian thought, its
cultural contexts, and concepts of human
identity and vocation.
Two Search for Meaning course credits are
required except for the following:
Augsburg's Signature Curriculum is centered
on its identity as a college of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. As a college of
the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for
its educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church.
It consciously affirms that all students should
reflect upon the Christian scriptures,
theological concepts, ethical values, their
own faith and values, and religious concepls
outside of the Christian faith as part of
becoming educated.
Search f o r Meaning
THE AUCSBURG SIGNATURE
CURRICULUM
Skills Requirements
The Liberal Arts Foundation
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
The curriculum has three major components:
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses
THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATIOL
Engaging Minneapolis courses are specially
designed courses that make intentional and
substantial use of the resources of the Twin
Cities as they orient first-year weekday students
to the community where they will be studying,
living, and working during their college careers.
Most Engaging Minneapolis courses also fulfill
an Augsburg Core Curriculum or major
requirement. They normally are taken during the
first year, but may be taken in the second year.
Engaging Minneapolis
All students who enter the College as first-year
students in the weekday schedule program
must satisfactorily complete fall orientation
and the Augsburg Seminar. The Seminar is
attached to a first-semester major or Augsburg
Core Cuniculum course. Its purpose is to
introduce students to what it means to have
an Augsburg education and to help them
make the transition to college work.
Augsburg Seminar
In order to help them make the transition to
college and their new community, first-year
weekday program students are required to
take Augsburg Core Curriculum and
introductory major courses containing the
following components:
The Augsburg First Year
The Senior Keystone course connects the
broad liberal arts foundation with the
professional skills and in-depth study of the
major. It thus asks graduating students to
think critically, reflectively, and ethically
about their place in the world as leaders and
servants.
The Senior Keystone course provides a final
opportunity for exploring the central themes
of an Augsburg education- vocation and the
search for meaning in a diverse and
challenging world. Students will reflect upon
the meaning of their educational experiences
and consider issues of transition as they
prepare for their lives after Augsburg.
Senior Keystone
Writing
*Mathematics
Placement in writing, math, modern
languages, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments. These tests
are a prerequisite for (not completion of) core
and graduation skills course requirements.
*Modern Languages
*Critical Thinking
There are entry level skills assessments in:
Entry Level Skills Assessments
SKILLS REQUIREMENTS
Art, Music, Speech/Communications and
Theatre Arts.
Two courses or approved activities from two
different departments:
Fine Arts
Note: The signature Search for Meaning
courses do not count as Humanities Liberal
Arts Foundation requirements.
English, History, Philosophy, Religion,
Modern Language (literature courses)
Two courses from two different departments:
Humanities
Economics, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Two courses from two different departments:
Social and Behavioral Sciences
One course must be a lab science course.
Two courses from two different departments:
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Students choose two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially
designed interdisciplinary Connections
courses.) The list of courses meeting the
Liberal Arts Foundation requirement is
available online and from the registrar's office.
introduce students to knowledge and modes
of inquiry across a wide range of disciplines
and subjects. The course offerings in the
traditional liberal arts provide the opportunity
for students to acquire a broad and solid
foundation for their specialized study and
professional preparation.
,
Based on the math assessment result,
students will be enrolled in the
appropriate courses or advised on
preparation for retaking the math
placement exam. Students may retake the
Math Placement Exam once during their
first term of enrollment. Students are
required to take the Math Placement
Exam before registering for the first term
and should achieve MPG 3 by the end of
their first year at Augsburg.
u
All students are required to have their
math placement group (MPG)
determined. In some cases, students who
have transferred a mathematics course
taken at another college may have their
MPG determined by the registrar's office.
All other students must take the
Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which
is administered by the Academic Advising
Office. The exam is given during college
registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Mathematics Requirement
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are
exempt from the critical thinking
assessment.
Students who do not achieve the
minimum entry score on the placement
exam are reauired to take GST 100
Critical Thinking.
Critical Thinking
- Requirement
The Mathematics assessment and
requirement as described below.
The Modern Language assessment as
described below.
The Writing assessment and
requirement as described below.
Advanced transfer students (who enter
with 1 3 course credits or more or an A.A.
degree accepted in transfer) take only the
following entry level skills assessments and
fulfill the following requirements:
Freshmen (all students entering with fewer
than seven Augsburg course credits) and
sophomore transfer students with fewer than
1 3 course credits are required to take entry
level skills assessments and satisfy all skills
requirements.
~n
Students should complete ENG 111 by
the middle of their sophomore year since
it is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation
Skill courses.
ENG 111 Effective Writing or the
equivalent with a grade of 2.0, ,'F or
higher, is required. Attendance the first
day of class is required.
Students should complete ENG 111 by
the middle of their sophomore year since
it is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation
Skill courses.
Effective Writing
Core Skills
Students who have transferred in an
equivalent course to ENG 111 are
excused from the entry level exam.
The entry level assessment determines
readiness for ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Students who do not satisfy the entry
level skill in writing will be required to
take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111.
Writing Requirement
The BW-CAPE language assessment is
offered to students who have had at least
a year of Spanish, French, or German
language studies in high school. It is
designed to assess and place students at
the appropriate course level for language
study Students may waive the modern
language requirement by completing this
assessment and placing at the 311 level
or above.
Modern Language Requirement
Students are encouraged to advance
their MPG as soon as possible. Students
must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In
addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3 ,
or 4 as a prerequisite.
Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG
3 . Students in MPG 3 must take MAT
114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT
course changes a student's MPG. A grade
of Pass or 2.0 or higher is required to
advance to the next math level.
Two Foundations of Fitness courses are
required. HPE 001 Foundations of
Fitness (or a transfer equivalent) is
required of all students. The second
course may be chosen from a variety of
different lifetime activities. Students who
are not health and physical education
majors or intercollegiate athletes may test
out of one lifetime activity course.
Students may demonstrate proficiency
from a selected list of lifetime activities.
There is a fee to take the lifetime activity
proficiency test.
Foundations of Fitness
Students whose first language is not
English and whose score is below the
minimum on the ESL placement test
must fulfill the English as a Second
Language (ESL) requirement. The
requirement is satisfied by successfully
completing the ESL course(s) and
achieving a score above the minimum on
the ESL placement exam. Students who
complete the ESL requirement fulfill the
Modern Language Graduation Skill
requirement. Contact Academic Advising
or the English Department for additional
information.
Students who have demonstrated
competence in American Sign Language
by passing an approved course sequence
will have fulfilled the Modern Language
Skill.
There is a seven-year time limit on
language courses presented for transfer
and automatic waiver.
Requirements for the Modern Language
Skill are determined by placement test.
For a language previously studied,
successful completion (minimum grade of
2.0 or P) of one language course at your
placement level (112 or higher) satisfies
the requirement. For a language not
previously studied, successful completion
of a two-course sequence in the same
language with the minimum grade of
2.0P in both courses is required. Students
whose placement test is at 31 1 or higher
will be exempted from further language
study
Modern Language
All Writing Skill courses have the
prerequisite of ENG 111 or its equivalent. All
Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have the
prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3 , and
all Critical Thinking Skill courses have the
prerequisite of passing the entry level Critical
Thinking Assessment or GST 100.
Graduation skill requirements typically
are embedded in required courses in the
major. Some departments, however, designate
courses outside the major or elective courses
in the major that fulfill this requirement.
Academic advisers will provide a list of these
courses.
An Augsburg education includes enhancement
of certain skills during the years in college.
Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning,
speaking, and writing skills are deliberate
components of certain courses. Students are
required to have one course each with Critical
Thinking, Quantitative Reasoning, and
Speaking skill components, and two courses
with a Writing Skill component. These
requirements are modified for advanced
transfer students (see page 10).
Graduation Skills Requirements
Foundations of Fitness courses are
non-credit courses and are not included in the
32-course graduation requirement.
Complete at least one Augsburg
Experience
Complete the Augsburg First Year
requirements. (Sophomore transfer
students are exempt from these
requirements.)
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
Complete two (2) Search for
Meaning courses.
Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Complete the Augsburg Core
Curriculum.
Complete a major.
Maintain minimum cumulative grade
point average in major, minor, and in
total courses completed.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Other maximums are described on page 7
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . 20
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . 17
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
All new freshmen and all freshman and
sophomore transfer students must complete
the following requirements prior to graduation
(transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
This quick reference checklist is an
abbreviated version of the requirements for
graduation. As a summary, it is not
comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for
the complete degree requirements that begin
on page 7. Students are advised to read
carefully the full graduation requirements and
to consult frequently with their advisers to
ensure that all requirements for graduation are
met.
Replaces "CHECKLIST AND SUMMARY
OF GENERAL EDUCATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION"
on pages 80-81 of current catalog
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component.
One course with a Critical Thinking
component.
One course with a Speaking
component.
One course with a Critical Thinking
component.
Two courses with Writing
components.
Complete courses designed to fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (Courses
meeting these requirements are designated
by the major.)
Complete HPE 001 Foundations
of Fitness and one HPE activity
course.
Complete Modern Language
requirement (0-2 courses,
depending on initial assessment.)
Complete Eng 111
Achieve a Math Placement Group
score of three.
Modern Language Assessment
Critical Thinking Assessment
Writing Assessment
Mathematics Assessment
Fine Arts
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
Humanities
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses
from two different departments in each
domain. (Exceptions may be made for
specially designed interdisciplinary
Connections courses.)
2. Complete an Engaging
Minneapolis course.
1. Complete the fall orientation
and Augsburg Seminar.
...........
14
Complete Modern Language
requirement (0-2 courses,
depending on initial assessment.)
Achieve a Math Placement Group
score of three.
Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
Satisfy entry level skill requirements
in writing.
Fine Arts
Humanities
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially
designed interdisciplinary Connections
courses.)
Complete one Augsburg
Experience
Complete REL 300 Bible,
Christian Theology, and Vocation
course
Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
W Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete a major.
W Maintain minimum cumulative grade
point average in major, minor, and in
total courses completed.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Other maximums are described on page 7.
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . 17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . 20
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . 17
Accounting (B.A.) .
All advanced transfer students (those
entering with 13 or more credits) must
complete the following requirements prior to
graduation (transfer credit may apply to
these requirements):
W Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
W Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum
W Complete a major.
W Maintain minimum cumulative grade
point average in major, minor, and in
total courses completed.
Other maximums are described on page 7.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . .15
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . 17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . 20
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . 17
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . 14
W Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any
one department, with the following
exceptions:
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component.
Students entering under the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree
must complete the following requirements
prior to graduation:
One course with a Speaking
component.
One course with a Critical Thinking
component.
One course with a Writing
component.
Complete courses designed to fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a minimum
grade of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these
requirements are designated by the major.)
Complete HPE 001 Foundations of
Fitness or one HPE activity course
(depending on transcript
assessment.)
All students are required to file a
graduation application with the registrar's
office one year prior to graduation.
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component.
One course with a Writing
component.
Complete courses designed to fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P (Courses
meeting these requirements are
designated by the major.)
Complete HPE 001 Foundations of
Fitness or one HPE activity course
(depending on transcript
assessment)
Complete Modern Language
requirement (0-2 courses, depending
on initial assessment.)
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
Complete one college algebra course
course or achieve a Math Placement
Group score of three.
AucssuR~
\IV\IVW aunchurn d
u
22 1l Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
C O L L E G E
Show less
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Facu... Show more
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Requirements
Majors
Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
International
Study
Honors Program
Degrees
...
...
...
PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
Recreation
Intercollegiate Athletics
Religious L i f e
Student Services
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
...
PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
...
...
The Application Process
Transfer
Early
Early Admission
Advanced Placement
Decision :
Advanced Standing
...
..
...
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D
...
Expenses
1972-73 Cost Summary
Settlement o f Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
. . . Financial Aid
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Credit
Grading
by Examination
...
...
...
PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, PERSONNEL
PAGE 79, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e
q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
without n o t i c e .
Introduction
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s
t h e "4-1-4."
In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years
ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music
of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature a n d
Objectives
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major.
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world.
t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
imagination by encouraging and maintaining
academic e x c e l l e n c e .
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban
environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o
gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern
city.
t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional,
and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible
with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
L
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major
b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and
an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
6
CAMPUS GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
t 3.
14.
15.
16.
West Hall
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Urness Tower Residence for Women
The College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
The Quadrangle
Murphy Square
The Art Studio
Organ Studio
The Music Building
Si Melby Hall
Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
Speech and Drama Building
East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + )
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
Here you w i l l
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld.
d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng
f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n
t h e modern g o r l d .
_LX
.@
.a.
The
4-12a Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would
be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses
containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as
well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s .
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Physical Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Training
Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be
reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned
accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without
additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e
interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of
1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e
community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown
Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year
program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help
professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan
campuses
.
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of
Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses
offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of
students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable.
The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e
prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates
matriculation i n these co- learning courses
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s
coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete
courses toward t h e i r degrees.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI )
.
Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f
courses .
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s
.
.
Augsburg
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN)
This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program.
University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year
i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition
t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities
f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may
arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be
approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and
then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit
earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's
graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each
year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For
information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman
students with outstanding high school records. For superior
students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
offered each term.
Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through
which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity
t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e college.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as
Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as
necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional
information on t h e honors program i s available upon request
from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree.
I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate
a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music.
12
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r
commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your education.
Social and C u l t u r a l
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name
entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n
s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n
post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon.
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship.
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e
f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won
The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron
second time i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by
a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative offices.
West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o
t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The
b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as
apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each
r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s
who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r .
The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of
t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d .
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high
school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Ad mission
An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advance
Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y
completed.
Advance
Standing
College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
17
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1750.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered
f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00.
Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student
t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For
part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
.. .
4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00
Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00
(Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and
drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate
b a s i s of $20 a course.)
Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15 -00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an
interim).
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
- $987.00 t o $1,050.00
Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board.
(Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00)
Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board.
( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l
board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost
Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . .$987.00
-
............$
1,050.00
25.00
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. )
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable)
Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been
accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1
under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September,
1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
.
$25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be
prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be
arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding
term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following
schedule :
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s ,
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication
f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement
(PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s
must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
loans t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity
Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers
who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well
planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n
t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences.
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside
t h e United S t a t e s .
The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are
designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e
study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered
i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses
taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t year i n residence.
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e
Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following
departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s
requirement
.
Division
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Chairman: M r . Raymond E
. Anderson
Department o f A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department o f Music
Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Phys i cs
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Plzilip A, Quanbeck
Department o f Phi 10s ophy
Department o f Religion
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Geography, Library Science
Department o f History
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
Registration
A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive
credit f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r
semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly
scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days of t h e semester.
Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F .
Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done
i n t h e Registrar1s Office.
Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end
o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory.
I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters
consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e
following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring
term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation
u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term.
Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l
not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Credit
Examination
Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations
should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar.
Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations.
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with
f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one
f o r D and zero f o r F.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system,
with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed
i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course
i n which t h e student receives a grade of N.
A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on
t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor.
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an
extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f
permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester.
Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e
grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record.
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been
received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e
grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be
audited.
25
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages.
See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
G r i e r N ic h o l l
MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective
c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s .
courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
TEACHING MAJOR: 16
MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings
under major.
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion
under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the
integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
level of work.
all)
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One project of an interdisciplinary nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Field experience during interim
Art
P h i 1ip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from
221, 223, 225, 350.
486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221,
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e
of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
1 1 8 PAINTING I
Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r .
(Fall,
Spring)
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , Spring)
351 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring)
3 5 5 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g .
(Prereq.: 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
( P r e r e q . : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G
urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern
times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l
t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
M+70R1 &
-o
n
I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and
one t e r m
s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
1
1x3
& bob% mf -ar.
351, 3 5 2 ) .
1
A
-
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r
-
11 1 1 1 - i ; r l
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
--
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on
academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
I' cL
101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2
on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g )
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does
not apply toward the biology major. (Interim)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
For biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
112, Spring)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
laboratory.
Prereq.: 112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. :
112. Interim)
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereg.: 112.
Spring)
.
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223
or 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l )
,
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur
during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work.
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r .
Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
F a l l , Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
(Prereq
.: 262.
Spring)
3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral
topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g )
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive
coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which
i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MRTOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 .
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION:
SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
E : Five
courses i n Business Education.
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 .
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l
education requirements
.
MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
HONORS
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
(rnt e r i m )
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m )
2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h
s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g )
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or
equivalent
.
Spring)
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1972-73)
4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f
b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
Economics
MAJOR:
ECYINOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379.
ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) :
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from
b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required.
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and
comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n
a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r ,
t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education.
Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ;
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of
elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic
theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120.
(Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications.
(Prereq. : 123. F a l l )
3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m )
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization.
In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may
a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s
designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n
depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chal rman:
Chemistry
E a r l A1 t o n
GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY:
115,.116
( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and
P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y .
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d .
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading
a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e .
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3
hours o f laboratory.
105, F a l l ; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y ,
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry.
115, Fall; 116, Spring)
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or
115.
Spring)
351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of
modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism;
many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental
sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or
116.
251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g )
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g )
253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a
Prereq. : 352,
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362,
or#.
Fall)
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r
compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques.
1a b o r a t o r y
P r e r e q . : 362 o r #.
Spring)
.
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l )
4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
during t h e academic year.
Department of
Chairman:
E i n a r Johnson
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary
Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470,
and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y
S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic
m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw)
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s ,
opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary
school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y
education.
F a l l , Spring)
371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND' MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n
various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n
classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school
under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 ,
362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience
i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Secondary
Education
2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y )
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s .
Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l .
a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74)
Seminars
369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR
Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major
concentration. (1973-74)
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational
philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n
education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING
Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e
provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel.
Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching
experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS
This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t ,
t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n
understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college
and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d
o n l y 1972-73)
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a
survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human
environment.
Library
Science
2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n .
Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l )
3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study
of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l )
3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY
Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and
l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n .
(spring)
4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal
i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school
l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o
juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval.
Department of
English
A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the
major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses
250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n
American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h
219 and 320.
Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion
o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l
completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o
c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e
short story. (Fall, Spring)
2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
(Spring)
2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of
naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given
t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y
movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre,
and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the
Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o
s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language.
(Spring)
331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES
While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth
century
(Spring)
.
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e
t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ]
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
American, and Continental novels.
428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M
An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m .
S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ]
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Foreign Language
Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language
equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s ,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. ( F a l l )
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
( F a l l , Spring)
advanced placement.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g )
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand)
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s .
French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and
incorrect speech h a b i t s .
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression.
d e n md )
331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent
of instructor.
Offered alternate years.
F a l l 1973-74)
332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
1974-75)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance
through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1972-73.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French.
( S p r i n g 1973-74.
Offered every t h i r d year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
M
o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) ,
B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a
literature m d e a s that led
t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide,
A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n
A
*®.:
311 o r #.
F a l l 1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including
the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g
1972-73.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e
Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re;
form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.:
354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r )
S a r t r e , Camus,
i n theme and
311 or #.
332,
4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75.
Offered every t h i r d year)
4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions)
(Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level.
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual
i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s ,
i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d .
i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer
MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German.
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s .
112 F a l l , Spring)
2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n
speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by
(Offered a l t e r n a t e years.
3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l
English when h e l p f u l .
1973-74)
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism,
humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e
h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1972-73)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1 8 t h CENTURY
Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism,
with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y
h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions.
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY
Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and
Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent
t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74)
3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse,
-Kafka,
-Brecht,
Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e
concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including
control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language.
(Spring)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t .
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73;
112, F a l l 1973-74)
21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and
syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74)
Latin
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ;
112, Spring)
Russian
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN
For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and
d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e
i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian.
(111, F a l l ) 112, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJOR:
-
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring)
3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Spring 1972-73)
331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and
developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based
on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma
Lagerlof, P
ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge
of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape
.- . majors and minors w i l l be
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
-%--
- -
( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t
Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey
-$ o
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber
Knowledge of a
--+
Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n
l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d )
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course.
2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school Spanish)
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d .
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. :
112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n
Spanish.
3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e
pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y
movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical e x e r c i s e s .
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n
r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
( P r e r e q . : One survey course)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department
and
of
Physical
Chairman:
Health
Education
E. W. A n d e r s o n
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 ,
2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and
S o c i o l o g y 231.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 .
2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472.
10 c o u r s e s .
110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 ,
4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human
Physiology course are a l s o required.
~-
-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
COACHING ENDORSEMENT:
coaching.
5 courses.
5 courses.
4 courses.
1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 .
1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c
s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
(Fall, Spring)
110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid
Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body.
(Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105.
Spring)
3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program.
(Fall)
3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74)
4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures
(Fall)
4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y .
(Fall)
4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures.
(Spring)
4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS
Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by
h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h
programs. ( I n t e r i m )
4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l
4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Summer s c h o o l o n l y )
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q .: 351, 352.
4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education.
Open only t o majors.
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 courses plus 1 seminar.
A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas:
Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western.
A t least four o f these courses must be upper division.
Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o
apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed
independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be
applied toward the major.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before
the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language
at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course
credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR:
5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division.
Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300)
before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not
be taken i n sequence.
Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor.
1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring)
East through t h e high middle
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring)
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g )
2 2 2 U.S.
HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day.
(Fall)
.
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74)
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development.
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g )
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e
of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A
A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o
confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73)
464 MODERN CHINA
A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839.
The
erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The
N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e
opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74)
474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(1973-74)
.
495 SEMINAR
(Fall, Spring)
Department of
Mathematics
Chai rman : Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325.
MINOR:
5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l
e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f
j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education.
121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l
sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g )
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1
Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s
and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily
f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l )
.
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given
t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g )
2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring)
2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring)
2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability
distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l )
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1
A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several
variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory.
(Prereq. : 31 4 .
Spring)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l )
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 315, 324.
Spring)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t
registration.
Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Computer
Sclence
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL)
Medical Technology
This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical
Technology adviser.
.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223
( o r 351, 352), 353.
Department of Music
Chai man:
Leland Sateren
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457,
458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ;
2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double
- p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y
( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @
team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d
works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of
t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music
maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall]
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l )
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments.
all)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental
scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal
ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
(Spring)
4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY
(Fall)
.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and
minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same
teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l ,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r .
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments
Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t ,
b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Orchestra
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 .
b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
59
In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223
and 361;
-
or 351
352; or 351
361.
In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be
c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Department of
Chairman:
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the
o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y .
j u n i o r year.
T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c
o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a
d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement
.
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates,
Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played
i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c .
all, Interim, S p r i n g )
120 ETHICS
Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
130 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and
rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated.
all, S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For description see under course 110.
( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring)
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V :
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211,
2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 19 72-73)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 1973-74)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344.
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with
professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e
i n science.
F a l l , 1973-74)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such
themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
(Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e :
340.
F a l l , 1973-74)
61
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o ,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #.
S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
course i n philosophy.
S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physics
Chairman:
T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made
of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional
n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences.
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
mechanics, thermodynamics,
modern t o p i c s .
The course i s designed as
Medical Technology program.
Spring)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n
physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
121, Fall; 122, Spring)
2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, Spring)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . :
122.
Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1
A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m ,
central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1
The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s
t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour
l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an
important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g )
Department of
Chai rman:
Political Science
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may
be counted f o r t h a t a r e a .
The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g
158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.*
MINOR:
HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following:
T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be
3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l .
T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the
department
.
* T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area toward major o r minor requirements.)
--
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n
I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c .
T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y
s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n
e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
(No p r e r e q u i s i t e ;
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n t e r i m , 1972-73)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t
t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n .
Offered Fall term o f
e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e
F a l l , 19 7 2 )
.
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
See note under 326)
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
Spring, 1972-73)
11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73)
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms
of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972)
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. :
One course i n Political Science or #.
Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice,
including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One
course i n Political Science or #)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand.
Prereq. : #)
1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S
Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy. (Spring, 1972-73)
3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972)
.-.
L
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s
of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . :
One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
I V . PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I
The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73)
V.
P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73)
380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S
An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e
development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n
t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s .
(Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
VI
.
SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project.
(Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq. : #
.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane J o h n s o n
MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology,
s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A
structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n
major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory
i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t .
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g )
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
(Prereq. : 105.
Fall)
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h .
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall, Spring)
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . :
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The
major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363,
871-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s .
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department o f Philosophy
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario*
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o
a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l )
3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of
primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring)
3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH
The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration
of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The
function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a
consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these
roles. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an
of society and t h e relationship of these
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s
exploration of t h e changing patterns
changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church.
(Fa11 )
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973)
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. ( F a l l )
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. ( F a l l )
3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l )
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g )
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of
its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g )
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r .
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each
i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e
methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology
365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than
educational psychology), o r sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e
S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r
365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology,
sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined.
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t
l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l
Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104,
332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
Department of Sociology
Chairman:
Joel Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 ,
383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352.
1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e
p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s .
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and
l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( F a l l )
231 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s
examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play.
all)
3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS
Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y ,
and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency
service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and
methods of human service. ( F a l l )
3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK
Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student
i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d
agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective
use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s
having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned.
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor,
and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION
A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ;
and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n
and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g )
3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l
r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK
Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate
t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l
work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g )
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e
course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g )
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater
Chairman:
Arts
Raymond A n d e r s o n
CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r :
S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 ,
355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication.
Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives:
E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368
Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485
S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482
L i b r a r y 385
Computer S c i e n c e
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
SPEECH MAJOR:
5 courses
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352,
355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a
m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d .
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366,
467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be
c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an
E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f
the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening.
per week.
all, S p r i n g )
Meets f i v e times
-
I
-
1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish
workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l )
2 2 8 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
Practical work i n pantomime and
participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
An introduction t o the a r t of acting.
improvisation;
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of
significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements.
(Spring)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r role i n society.
(Spring)
3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION
Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
3 5 2 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech writing. (Spring)
3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring)
3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n
discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
Practice i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning
product ions and conducting rehearsals
(Spring)
.
76
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #. S p r i n g )
(Prexeq.:
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l )
487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g )
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f
primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
( F a l l , Spring)
General Information
Courses
A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e
approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l
of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation.
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods
per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks
i n length.
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings.
Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult
t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and
above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e
100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and
400's f o r seniors.
Symbol
Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of
#.
prerequisites.
Personnel
Administration
...................................Oscar A.
...................Burton
President
Vice President and Executive
A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President
Anderson
P. Fosse
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Librarian.
....................Kenneth C . Bailey
....................................Miss Mildred J o e l
.........................Miss Beverly Wegge
...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y
Business A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . .
Controller
D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . .
Director of t h e College Center
Director of Food Services
Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent
Director of Data Processing..
Manager of t h e Book S t o r e
............Warren
Cuolin
...................................... Wayne Pederson
...............,,..Eugene Ecklund
...................Douglas Wasko
.........................Carl Stromer
...........James Lancaster
...................David Pederson
..........................I r v i n g Hoe1
Development
Vice President f o r Development
Associate D i r e c t o r of Development
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development
Director of Alumni Relations
Public Relations Coordinator.
Manager, News Bureau
.................Glen
W. Johnson
...........Sigvald Hjelmeland
.................David Teslow
..................... J e r o y Carlson
................. .Michael Walgren
...............................Steven Vite
Student A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean o f Admissions
Associate Dean of Students; Director,
Career Planning and Placement
Director of Financial Aid.
Director of New Student Programs..
Director o f Residence Programs.
Associate Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
.....................Bruce L. Gildseth
............Miss Fern Martinson
......................Herald Johnson
...............Richard Thoni
.............Mrs. Joan Petersen
...............Donovan Lundeen
.............................David Gronner
Total Student
Enrollment
.............................. 1,968
....................................
332
................................ 1,817
.................................... 349
Academic Year, 1969-1970.
Summer Session, 1970
Academic Year, 1970-1971
Summer Session, 1971
Summary Of
Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1969
Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970)
Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971).
...
..
4,505
309
310
5,124
Show less
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit... Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
AUGSBURG
......................2
......................4
Visiting Students ................ 5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ................... 7
Lifetime Sports ...................45
Interim Abroad ..................4 7
Introducti... Show more
AUGSBURG
......................2
......................4
Visiting Students ................ 5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ................... 7
Lifetime Sports ...................45
Interim Abroad ..................4 7
Introduction
Options
Other Courses
................... 5 1
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1258 per
course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may
take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for
winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<wadeb@augsburg.edu>.
Introduction
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 47. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 8. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Introduction
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,726 for the Interim course plus a
$25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar
for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
office at their own school. There is an application processing
fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be
made to the Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199, 299, 399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2001
November 13 to December 1 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration
January 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time II-1:15 p.m
January 4 .
. . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 12 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 15. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 26.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim ends
January 30
......................Spring semester begins
February 2
................Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No
class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Accounting (ACC)
See listing under Business Administration.
Drawing
ART 107-J
Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara
Christopherson
The legendary light and geography of Provence has shaped art
history for centuries. In the last hundred years alone, it has
inspired countless works of art. Using French language and
personal art, students will immerse themselves in place, documenting their own inspiration with text and images of
Provence through journal, discussion, sketching and assemblage. The language, culture and art of Provence will come
alive for students, resulting in a very personal memoir
grounded in site-specific content. Students will spend the
majority of their time in Provence, winding up the program
with four days in Paris. For more information, contact Prof.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, (612) 330-1090 or Prof. Tara
Christopherson, (612) 330-1232.
Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in
the UMAIE booklet as Topics: The Artist's Book, Provence to
Paris.
Liberal Arts Perspective: ART 107 -Aesthetics
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee for
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
This course is an introduction to techniques commonly used
in biochemistry. Techniques include (but not limited to): protein extraction, dialysis, spectrophotometry, SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, ion exchange chromatography,
Western blots, measurement of enzyme activity, and thin layer
chromatography.
Note: BIO 368 cannot be used to satisfy an upper division
elective in the biology major.
Prerequisites: 2.0 in BIO 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Internal Audit and Management
Consulting
ACC 424-J
Instructor: Staff
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in a ~ - ~ o i t , ~ t i~nig~, ~ i ~nli~rl,lgcmcrlf,
ncc,
marketing, and MIS, we c x ; ~ n l i ~ l ae i~iisincss'iolcr-na1 cuii~rolsystems and operating c l l i z i c l ~ c y .13y s~cypingaway from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques,
"just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques,
disaster recovery planning, and report writing. Students will
be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project, and final examination.
Prerequisites: ACC 221&222, BUS 242,252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175&379
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking, Writing 1 & 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Old Main 11
Biology
d,
The Music Business: Marketin
Promotion, Publishing, Recor Ing
BUS 105-Jl305-J
MUS 105-Jl305-J
Instructor: Ned K a n t a r
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered
include contracts, business structures and basic business
essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the
role of agents and managers. Other topics included are music
and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and
recording. Objectives include giving students a basic working
knowledge and an understanding of the necessary survival
skills to succeed in the music industry, the ability to access
and lwowss i ~ i i i ~ r n l a t i oncctlccl
r~
I;II. solvi~lerylriciil t n i ~ s i c
(11' 111e liur~(lr.t'tlaol'
I,usir~uss ~ ~ ~ ~ o l ) :unil
l ~ ~nn
n siIw,li-rnc.ss
,
cirrcci. c ~ l , q ) o l + ~ u ~ ~c iv~i li le~ si l l~lic111~1sicind~uirl-y.'l'hc L,I)LII'SC is
OI>C'I\ I { ) l)o!l~i t l l j l ~ ';IIICI
~ . IOWC'I- tlivision sl i ~ d c ~ l l Illlllcr
s.
cliviilrc r , e c l u i r c d Io ri~riilllclc.:~
litla1 r . ~ s c ; ~ prw.
~~~Ii
s i r ~ nslucler~~s
ject. Examples include devising a specific marketing plan for
a venue, concert series or performing ensemble; researching a
specific career opportunity; or another approved project. For
interested students, an optional four-day trip to the
American Performing Arts Presenters (APAP) Annual
Conference in New York City, the largest booking conference
for concert presenters in the world, is scheduled for January
6-9, 2001. Students are responsible for the cost of transportation, room and board. Students will be evaluated on written
and oral presentations, including quizzes, research assignments and classroom projects-individual and/or symposium format.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: II
Room: MUS 4
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-J
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be
based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or
minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students
who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
International Marketing
BUS 466-J
Instructor: Wolfgang Winter
Issues and activities unique to marketing in an international
context. [Required for the new major in Marketing.]
Prerequisite: BUS 252
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Old Main 29
Personal Financial Management
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment, and retirement planning. BUS 295: Quizzes and exams. BUS 495: All of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
C3bjcctivus arc tcl
lcnrti conccpls unilc.~.lyi~lg
crr,;~tiitnof Web
1ugcs and b i u i ~ ~ cco~minunicatic~n
ss
v i ' ~(he I n~crnrl.Usc o l
r ~ l ~ t i i ) l ~latilb:1scs
i.~l
[or u c l v a ~ i ~ cqucrics,
d
fi~rms,altd rcpnr ts.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business
related problems. Students will complete three major projects
and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant
effort on projects and constant access to a computer.
Cooper;~lionw i ~ hl'cllow sluiltn(s in 1e;irning to aoply col-1cepts is cncou ~,i~p,cd.
A good gr~ispof blS Access is rcquiruil or
the williilgntss lo cxcrcisc cxccplic)nal effort in lt.;lri\ing tllc
tool.
Prerequisites: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instructor, or Math Placement
Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tme: II
Room: Lindell 16
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in modern, high-technology society such as the United
States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or
societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to
understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically
grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the
energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the
green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution,
genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems
are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via
lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand
ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the
score of total points on the daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Chemistry
I
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Noel Petit
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 202
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J
CSC 373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273, none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Forecasting Economic &
Business Activity
ECO 495-J
Instructor: Steve Huchendorf
This course is designed to prepare students for analyzing primary and secondary economic and business data in making
business decisions. Skills will be developed in various forecasting techniques as well as skills in using the statistical software package MINITAB. Course outcomes include building
knowledge of qualitative and quantitative forecasting techniques; identification of data patterns, scatter diagrams,
Economics
I
correlation analysis, moving averages, exponential smoothing
techniques, regression models, classical decomposition,
regression of time series, box-jenkins time series analysis, and
various qualitative forecasting techniques. Skills in the selection of the appropriate forecasting technique will be developed with a comparison of the characteristics of each technique. In addition to the forecasting techniques that are
learned in the course, students will also apply the concepts
with the statistical software package MINITAB. Course evaluation will include homework, computer assignments, exams
and a forecasting project. The forecasting project will apply
the course concepts to a student selected data series.
Prerequisite: ECO 112 or 113 or consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I I
Room: Sverdrup 201
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-J
Instructor: Susan OIConnor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor, or
consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 206
The Cuban Story: Quantitative
Journalism in Cuba
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish
Students will research and write stories with a statistical issue
at the core, doing their work where few U.S. citizens have
been able to travel or study-Cuba. They will study how to
evaluate and analyze information both numerically and verbally and how to communicate quantitative data. They will
study the Cuban economy and both the gains and challenges
politics have brought to Cuba. During the 10-day seminar,
students will interview economists, meet government officials,
travel to the country to consider food and farming, study
health care and education, and meet students and journalists.
Finally, students will write lucid investigative stories which
demonstrate that they have gained an ability to gather, handles, and present quantitative information in a precise and
readable style - in oral and written formats. The class will
have several meetings at Augsburg before the Cuba travel and
several following the group's return to the U.S. [This is a joint
day Interimlwinter WEC course with enrollment limits.]
Prerequisite: ENG 225, ENG 227 or consent of the instructor, Math Placement
Group 3
Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Time: arranged
Topics: Which West? The American
West in Film and Literature
ENG 282-A
ENG 382-A
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In this class you will read literature and view films in order to
learn about ways in which ideas about the American West
have helped to shape American identity and cohstructions of
the West. Although over 100 years have passed since Frederick
Jackson Turner announced the closing of the American frontier at the 1893 meeting of the American Historical Society,
the West has not lost its associations with the frontier and its
attendant mythology. You will learn that even as formulaic
fiction and film popularized this vision of the West, serious
writers and, more recently, filmmakers have been exploring
other possible versions of the West. Through focusing on
these explorations of the West as place, you will gain an
understanding of the role of myths, such as the romantic gunfighter's conquest of both Native peoples and land, in
American views of the West. You will also explore ideas such
as Manifest Destiny, individual freedom, and appropriate land
use. Because the West has always been filled with a plurality of
voices, you will look'at ways writers and filmmakers who have
visited, imagined, or lived in the West have both affirmed and
countered these myths and ideas in their work.
Course grades will be based on readinghiewing journals, a
three to four page paper, a final exam, and class participation.
Additionally, if you are enrolled in 382, you will read several
critical articles on reserve at Lindell Library, as well as an
additional novel. You will then write an additional short
paper on the novel using the critical ideas you have studied.
You will also give a brief presentation on your additional
reading.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-D
ENG 482-D
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in nineteenth-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its
end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain
have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout
the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural
set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories
about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood
and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful
series of works in which the action was set in the everyday
world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one
reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might
meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive,
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at
including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and
race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides
of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read
several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively
investigating the culture that produced them. We will read
original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn
about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in
which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate
the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why
these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one
additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and
share the results of their research with the class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Foss 20
Topics: The Heroic Journey
ENG 282-M
ENG 382-M
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"The hero," says Joseph Campbell, "Is the man or woman who
has been able to battle past his personal and local historical
limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms."
This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for
harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe.
The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero
and/or the redemption of the hero's society.
This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of
the hero by Lord Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard
Slotkin, among others. We will note that major heroic genres
in western tradition-the epic and romance-almost always
assume that the hero is usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus
we will analyze typical elements of the heroic warrior myth as
depicted in ancient and medieval epics and romance, but will
also pay particular attention to works that challenge or
enlarge the tradition. We will consider the implications of the
enduring popularity of warrior-hero renditions of the heroic
journey.
Evaluation is based primarily on papers. Class attendance is
mandatory. Do not take this course if you know that you will
need to miss more than two classes.
Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
English
Beginning French I
FRE I l l - J
Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara
Christopherson
This course is the same as ART 107-J Drawing. See p. 7 for
course description.
Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in the
UMAIE booklet as Topics : The Artist's Book, Provence to
Paris.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
C.S. Lewis and the Christian
Imagination
HON 401 -J
Instructor: Larry Crockett
For information, contact Prof. Larry Crockett,
(612) 330-1 160
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3.
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
Dance (men only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I- 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Honors
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-W .
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Xme: I - 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1 - 1/4,1/5,1/8,1/10,1/12,1/18,1/19,1/22,1/23,1/24,1/25
Room: Melby 119
School Health Curriculum(O.5 course
credit)
HPE 320-J
Instructor: Staff
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health
based upon growth and development for grades 5-12.
Examination of "Standards" and pedagogy for health education, curriculum and assessment included.
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I - Mondays, Wednesdays, and Alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supervision of
School Health
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 41 0-J
Instructor: Staff
Historical background, legal basis, school health services in
relation to community and school health programs and
resources.
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
-
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Health & Physical Education
1
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education
department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper divislon
Maximum Enrollment 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots
are filled)
The Use and Misuse of "Lessons" of
History in 20th Century European
Diplomacy
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This interim seminar examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Lenin,
Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty, Neville
Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the
Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's decision to sign a
non-aggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell in 1989. Through discussion of common readings and several small research assignments, the
course will focus on the popular myths that have developed
about these leaders and these conferences, and some of the
"lessons" that scholars and policymakers have drawn from
them.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and /or hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul
public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars
and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer
and self-evaluation as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructors: Garry Hesser and Joseph Young
Learn by visiting the historic sites and visiting with those who
brought about the most important changes in the 20th - century U.S. It could change your life, too. During the 1950s and
60s a series of major events and fundamental social change
occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will
seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the
U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from
each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 15. Then, this
intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense,
study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Selma,
Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta and Nashville-the places
where history was made and the museums that chronicle
those times. We will meet with and interview participants in
these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in
dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives
Interdisciplinary
include learning about the history and sociology of race and
ethnic relations in the U.S.; gaining insights from persons and
places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s;
documenting our personal and group experiences so that our
insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg
community and others; and increasing our skills for cross
cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: Students obtaining upper division credit will complete a
research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost: $600, plus the cost of your ineals and personal expenses
for 11 days. Covers all transportation and lodging for 11
nights.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 15, and ending on Friday, January 26.
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format
will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the
requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations and
discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be
expected to research employment trends and career options,
complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and self assessments and give individual and group presentations. Students
will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Lindell 16
Dakota History and Culture
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course examines Dakota culture and history from 1650
to the present. Emphasis will be on cultural changes and
development affecting the Dakota tribes in Minnesota.
Students will be required to conduct in-depth research and to
write a major paper of their findings. There will be an inclass final examination and questions will be given weekly to
facilitate discussions.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: II
Room: Music 23
Room: Murphy 111
*
To ics: The Czaeh Republic: Social and
Cu bra! Impact of the Emerging Free
7
Market Economy
INS 495-K
Instructor: ~ t StoHer
u
This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culturr and
society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central
Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life
experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and
how this differs from people in other countries. During week
one, there will be excursions and field trips, that will explore
the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art,
and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus
on the Czech Republic's recent membership in NATO.
Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern
Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it
approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the ex-communist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and
how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the
changes in social norms and values which underlie these new
economic initiatives. For more information and costs for the
trip contact Stu Stoller at (612) 330-1772
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business Administration
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor:Andrew Aoki
In this course, students will develop their ideas about social
justice, and apply them to urban issues. This is a course for
those who like discussing ideas, and who wish to become better thinkers. Students will develop their arguments in papers
and class discussions. Reading is light, and most of the material is covered only in class, so attendance is essential. Students
who anticipate having to miss one or more classes should not
take this course. The most successful students will be those
who are willing and able to engage in a rigorous and critical
examination of their own views. Participation is required,
including evaluating and commenting on the ideas of classmates.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Environmental and River Politics
POL 241-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North
America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where
they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem.
Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the
river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The River
stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power
and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be
learned from studying it.
Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the
changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity
and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed
in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and
popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and
cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas
of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction
between wilderness and civilization and the political function
of the line dividing those two realms.
We will explore the river through the eyes and experiences of
those who have worked and lived their lives along it, and
through site visits to locations along the river, speakers in
class, and on the Internet. Students will have an opportunity
to explore their own interests in the river through individual
projects, ranging from boat building, to lobbying at the State
Capital, to the various Mississippi floods, to river ecology and
"green consumerism." There will be opportunities to work
with local river-related groups on those projects. Throughout
the course students will be encouraged to dream, and to work
on taking that vision and making it a reality, in building support for a project, in networking, in having patience, in following through, in working hard, and at the end, having
something concrete to show for their efforts. These projects
can be a prototype for the future pursuit of a vocation to contribute to their world in whatever way one is called to do so.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tme: I
Room: Old Main 25
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PSY 335-J
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
REL 235-J
Instructor: Richard Hardel
This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide students with basic skills and understanding for designing an effective youth and family ministry in a congregation.
Students will study the latest research on children, youth, and
families from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of
home and congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith. They will learn the latest conceptual model of a
holistic approach to youth and family ministry.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
mme: II
Room: Music 24
Psychology
I
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come form Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
'lime: I
Room: Music 23
Topics: Psalms, Songs, and Religious
Poetry
REL 308-J
Instructor: Rolf Jacobson
A study of poetry from the Christian tradition, focusing on
biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian
hymns and songs. An introduction to interpretation of poetry and poetry set to song. Students will be evaluated based
on one major paper, leading three discussions of primary
texts, and on class participation and preparation.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Religion at the Movies
REL 309-J
Instructor: Lori Hale
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics,
human nature, holiness, faith and belief, salvation and
redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored
through the medium of popular film. Movies including the
"The Matrix'', "The Shawshank Redemption", "Babette's Feast'',
and "Wings of Desire" will be coupled with directed theological or historical readings. Essays, class participation, and a
final paper will serve as the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Music 22
The Vision of God in Nicholas of Cusa
and Martin Luther
REL 455-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik and Mark Fuehrer
This course examines the thought of two major thinkers from
the late medieval and reformation periods. We will read and
discuss primary texts from Cusa and Luther, focusing on the
theme of the "vision of God" Last three days of the course will
be held at a lodge in northern Minnesota. Three extended
essays will be the basis of evaluation. Team-taught by
Professors Mark Fuehrer (philosophy) and Mark Tranvik
(religion). A fee of $225.00 is required to cover lodging costs.
This will need to be paid by December 1,2000.
Transportation is student responsibility.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Religion
I
Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-1
SWK 257-J
Instructors: Vern Bloom and TBA
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours
in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of
practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic, and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
SWK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus and Ragnhild Collin-Hansen
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes,
meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures and
discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social
workers and possibly with families and children as well. There
will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and
practice in the US with those in Europe, especially Norway.
The principles of permanency planning, family-centered
practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in
child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while
preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will
also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service
strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color
by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students
will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power,
politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child
welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions
regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be
in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the
major paper or project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social Work Majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 8
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
SWK 307-J & K
Instructor: Curt Paulsen and Joe Clubb
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Human Community and the Modern
Metropolis
SOC 211-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be basis for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
Social Work
rrs
-
Foundations in Women's Studies
WST 201-J
Instructor: Julie des Jardins
This course offers an introduction to the interdisciplinary
field of women's studies. Students will explore the scope of
women's studies; develop greater understanding of diverse
women's status, contributions, and concerns nationally and
globally; and consider how women's studies and other academic disciplines influence our perspectives on women and
men, and on policies and actions affecting people's lives.
Throughout the course, we will make connections between
gender, racelethnicity, economic class, sexuality and other
differences in our analysis of women's experiences. Finally,
we will explore ways to put our knowledge into action.
This course requires active participation, daily reading and
several short writing assignments. In addition, we will take
field trips to visit some women's organizations in the Twin
Cities.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Old Main 13
Women's Studies
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball
HPE 002-B
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading:
PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room Melby Gym northlsouth courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-G
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Dance
HPE 002-T/THR 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
See course information listed under THR 002-T
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Satern Auditorium
Interim Abroad
Social Work in Nicaragua-Challenges
in Social Justice
+
January 7-26, 2001
SWK 295 (Contact your social work adviser about credit
options.)
Instructor: Randy Herman, Univ. of St.Thomas;
Augsburg Contact: Tony Bibus
Will introduce students to social issues faced by Nicaraguan
families and communities in both urban and rural settings.
Experiential in design, this course will provide opportunities
to meet Nicaraguan people in their homes, communities and
places of work. Spanish language proficiency is not required,
as interpretation will be provided as needed. The course will
include excursions to both rural and urban settings, opportunities for field experience and hands-on service, and classes in
Spanish conversation.
Cost: $2595, This includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Managua, all meals, lodging, ground transportation, program expenses and course tuition. Register for
course at Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also, make
application at the Center for Global Education in Murphy
Place. Application deadline: October 20, 2000. Maximum
Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad
Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612)
330-1 159.
+
Topics: Social Work & Education in
Norway
January 3-26, 2001
EDC 495-PISWK 295-P (Social work majors should
contact their adviser about credit options.)
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony
Bibus or Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and
health and welfare services to children, youth and families.
Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks:
"Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth'', or
"Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures,
field study, and practicum experience will introduce students
to the content and context of professional practice in Norway
as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools.
All classes will be taught in English and will contain both
U.S. and Norwegian students.
Prerequisites: Students signing up for the education track must have some
experience in cross-country skiing.
Cost: $2350. This includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway; all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. Register for course at
Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also make application
at the Center for Global Education in Murphy Place.
Application deadline: October 20,2000. Maximum
Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad
Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612)
330-1 159.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Africa and the Middle East
The Middle East: A Spiritual Geography
Tradition and Modernity in Africa: The Experience of Ghana
Asia
Development and Community in Bangladesh
Australia and the South Pacific
Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society
Europe
Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern
Ireland Context
British Henlth Girt': Mecli~r,qSl~cr.irllNeeds
,
and Music
Christian I,Viwslrip: 14r11t ~ j A r t Atz.l~itecture,
~ I N
I orw~~y
Sot:i(rl ht~rk1111tiEiiuci,~tiot~
'lilt, (:zcc/l Kcprrtliic: Sorii~ln r d C.i:lrlrirral I~lipnrl(I)' the
Kt1 I L : Y i11,q
~ lqrw M ~rk~+t
J EL+O/KJI
71y
7'11~
E~ig!isIlScl~ooinlrtl Ft:llr~lily:
A <A'o:nl~rl~nrri~ivc
.St!aly
Trikirr,qrr Qrrrrrr~ilr~rI.i:rrp irrlo Elrrgjr
' I ' h Ar!is~!sllook, ~ ' ~ O V C I I L to
- L ,Pdris: f i c g i r ~ t ~ D
i ~ I~ gY ~ W
i411ii
~I~~
7k;~irlrtirigI;ri,rr.l~ch
Helkrrrzi~~g
Br~~/nrt(l:
!I ( ~ i A~li.it,ir/
u
I ; r i ~ chcrs
~ Shaped the
I,ito?~lurc.arlll Art oJ'R4nilcrrrI;r~~lnr~rt
The I.r;tri/saipt,sc!il;rritl.r: C:IJ/III~J~IIJS,
A h 6 t . ~ and
, Parishes
The L m / ( ; ( ~ t ~ r r t ~ ~ !Ai uj it~~ t: ~ r , i ~it1~ (Pf~ris
~~rs
"Most German of the Arts": Music and German National
Identity
Psychoanalysis and Feminism: French, British, and American
Perspectives
Scandinavian Economy, Culture, and Society
Latin America and the Caribbean
The Cuba Story: Quantitative Journalism in Cuba
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Social Work in Nicaragua
Interim Abroad
Other lnterim Abroad Courses
HECUA
Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC
Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at St. Thomas
The Language of Desire: Theory and Practice of
the Love Poem For Advanced Creative Writers
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Leslie Adrienne Miller
What makes a poem hot? What gives language that extra
charge and sparkle? Why are bad poems about sex really bad?
What is the role of the erotic in a poem? In a love poem?
How do poems seduce us, engage our sense of physical desire
via our imagination? How can we be sure we've written a sexy
poem rather than a mere sex poem? How have poets
answered these and other questions across a variety of times
and cultural contexts? This course will explore these and
other related questions with the assumption that poetic language can and often should be sensual, erotic, sparky, a flirtation with the reader, and the understanding that the sexiest of
poems are seldom actually about the sex act itself. In this
course we will take a look at erotic elements in poems and
explore how poets handle physical desires of all kinds to
engage and seduce their readers. Students will explore a variety of ways to work with erotic language and subjects. We will
examine what makes particular images and metaphors sensual and how poets transform potentially dull and lor unsexy
subjects into vibrant and appealing answers to human desire.
The class will include in-class discussions of text, writers to
the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing
faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, con-
Interim Abroad
tact Cass Dalglish, (612) 330-1009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)
330-1423, before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 1-4 p.m.
Room: 108 Christ Child Hall. University of St. Thomas
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The washington Center 2001
Academic Seminars
The Presidential Inauguration
January 7-20, 2001
Pol 398-A
The Washington Center's "Campaign 2000" academic seminars
will conclude with a two-week seminar focusing on the inauguration of the next president. It examines the presidential
transition of power and explores how the new administration
succeeds in moving from campaign rhetoric to hallmarks in
public policy. Participants also join in the celebration, pomp,
and ritual of a presidential inauguration. One half credit is
available from the political science department for this twoweek program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars, and journals. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A; call her at
(612) 330- 1197; or e-mail <hedblom@augsburg.edu>. There
are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition
costs based on priority in registration through the political science department.
Other
Show less
7
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The Interim
The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College.
It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o em... Show more
7
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The Interim
The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College.
It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g , t o
i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus r e s o u r c e s i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
I'
Graduation Requirements
To g r a d u a t e , an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s of
which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m c o u r s e s ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than
t h e number o f y e a r s of f u l l time e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e . g . , a t r a n s f e r
s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one
interim for graduation).
There a r e no t u i t i o n r e f u n d s f o r s t u d e n t s who choose not t o e n r o l l i n
an interim course.
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
Gradin~ComeListings
Most i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4 . 0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a ~ a s s / ~c roe d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n
i s indicated i n the course description.
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m c o u r s e s have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments a n d / o r a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
Options
June I n t e r i m
At l e a s t two c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1977 s e s s i o n of summer
s c h o o l . An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m c o u r s e i n l i e u
of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e ; however, s t u d e n t s
p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of t h e
i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o take t h e June
i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r
summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
Internships
S t u d e n t s a r e n o t encouraged t o s e e k an i n t e r n s h i p c o u r s e assignment d u r i n g
the interim.
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p
from t h e f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o the
s p. r i n g term. O c c a s i o n a l l v a s t u d e n t who h a s had p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e
c a n d e v e l o p an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h i p which draws upon and expands t h e
p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e .
S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o
p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e
( S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 13.
,
1
I
I
Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study
S t u d e n t s may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n )
o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r t h e i n t e r i m .
F a c u l t y members
a r e s t r o n g l y d i s c o u r a g e d from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y per i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g independent
o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet d e p a r t m e n t a l requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n s t a t e m e n t from t h e f a c u l t y
member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e s t u d y
3) submit t o t h e I n t e r i m d i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of
t h e i n t e n d e d s t u d y ( t o p i c , p r o c e d u r e , end r e s u l t , and form of
evaluation).
S t u d e n t s n o t s u b m i t t i n g t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a n c e l l e d .
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s
can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m C e n t e r , Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l .
R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e Twin CiCy c o l l e g e s and a t S t . Olaf
w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . S t u d e n t s
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should
c o n s u l t with t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e
Hall).
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n c h a r g e s provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home
i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
J a n u a r y term. The waiver o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $350 f o r t h e
interim course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These
s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own h o u s i n g and b o a r d i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s ,
though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus h o u s i n g can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e
interim director.
Class Times
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s m e e t i n g s was w e l l a s t h e beginning time
w i l l be a r r a n g e d t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days of t h e
interim.
C l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9 : 0 0
and c l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 : O O .
Interim Calendar
November 1-4
Interim Registration
December 6
Interim Registration
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
Class I
9 : 0 0 a.m.
C l a s s I1
1 : U U p.m.
January 4
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
January 7
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system
J a n u a r y 21
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
J a n u a r y 28
I n t e r i m ends
&eck w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Center (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) o r w i t h
I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Mark Davis (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) .
Art
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and
o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m .
The making o f a 1 6 m sound f i l m .
L a h Fee o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None f o r Film-making I
You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e
Film-making I1
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
S p a t i a l Design
I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Thompson
The s t u d y of environmental forms and c o n t e n t i n l i v i n g , working,
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and r e c r e a t i o n from a v a r i e t y of p e r s p e c t i v e s i n c l u d i n g
f a m i l y , y o u t h , n a t i v e American, e l d e r l y , commerce, r e l i g i o n and t h e
i n d i v i d u a l . Course r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l i n v o l v e r e s e a r c h and s u r v e y
a c t i v i t i e s a t s e v e r a l o f f campus s i t e s such a s commercial, e t h n i c ,
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , r e l i g i o u s and group h o u s i n g c e n t e r s p l u s one p r o j e c t
t h a t m&y be u n d e r t a k e n i n d i v i d u a l l y o r i n groups o f two o r more.
Options a r e the development of e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n c e p t s i n a r t media
l i k e drawing, p a i n t i n g and assemblage a n d / o r t h e c r e a t i o n of f u l l
s c a l e e x p e r i m e n t a l environments. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l count toward an
a r t major.
Prerequisites :
None
aistribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Art S t u d i o
Biology-Physics
20322 ( B i o l o g y )
84322 ( P h y s i c s )
Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis):
S p e c i a l Science Seminar
Instructors :
Oak R i d g e
Robert Herforth
Kermit P a u l s o n
*
A s t u d y of n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s o n a p p l i c a t i o n s and " h a n d s - o n "
l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t
o f ( 1 ) i n t r o d u c t o r y work o n r a d i a t i o n d e t e c t i o n and m e a s u r e m e n t ( p h y s i c a l
s c i e n c e a p p l i c a t i o n s ) a t Augsburg.
( 2 ) p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e 1977 Oak
Ridge S p e c i a l S c i e n c e Seminar where t h e s t u d e n t h a s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o
d e s i g n h i s o r h e r c o u r s e o f s t u d y from p r o j e c t s i n n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental r a d i a t i o n , nuclear
m e d i c i n e , h e a l t h p h y s i c s , and r a d i o l o g i c a l s a f e t y , and ( 3 ) summary and
e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e program back a t A u g s b u r g .
T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h Oak R i d g e A s s o c i a t e d
U n i v e r s i t e s S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n , and i s t h e o n l y o p p o r t u n i t y O F
i t s k i n d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s . Two weeks o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be s p e n t
i n Oak R i d g e , T e n n e s s e e u t i l i z i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l s t a f f and l a b o r a t o r y
f a c i l i t i e s o f ORAU S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n . T h e s e f a c i l i t i e s p r o v i d e
the opportunity f o r l a b o r a t o r y experience not normally a v a i l a b l e t o
undergraduate students.
Time w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o t o u r t h e a r e a i n c l u d i n g t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y
and a l s o s p e c i a l l e c t u r e s , f e a t u r i n g s c i e n t i s t s rrom t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y , w i l l be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e S p e c i a l S e m i n a r P a r t i c i p a n t s .
Prerequisites:
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 30
Plants i n
---
Human S o c i e t i e s
(Have you t h a n k e d a p l a n t l a t e l y ? )
*
P r o f e s s o r Kermit Pnulson i s
o n l e a v e from t h e D e p t . o f
P h y s i c s b u t w i l l be on t h e
s t a f f o f O.R.A.U. - S p e c i a l
Training Division f o r t h i s
course.
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A S t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s
i'lanc a n a t o m y , m o r p h o l o g y , g e o g r a p h y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s
k b r i e f survey of the e n t i r e plant
t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d .
kingdom w i l l c o n c l u d e t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 213
Business-Economics
21495 ( B u s i n e s s )
22495 (Economics)
T o p i c s : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D a t a Processing/COBOL
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d f o r t h e s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n d a t a
p r o c e s s i n g a s p e c t s o f modern e l e c t r o n i c computer s c i e n c e . No p r e v i o u s
L e c t u r e , programming
knowledge of computer programming i s r e q u i r e d .
a s s i g n m e n t and i n - c l a s s e x a m i n a t i o n s .
I
I1
I11
O p e r a t i n g system/programmer-interface
1 ) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o o p e r a t i n g system concepts
2) F i l e s t r u c t u r e
3) Job flow and e x e c u t i o n
Job c o n t r o l l a n g u a g e
1) J o b c o n t r o l c a r d s
2) Permanent f i l e s
3 ) Loader c o n t r o l c a r d s
4) Other u t i l i t i e s
COBOL P r o g r a m i n g Language (Major t o p i c )
1 ) Elements
2) A d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s
$18 l a b o r a t o r y f e e
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 23
Economics
Principles
of
Economics
(Micro)
Instructor:
S n y t a Gupta
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o - e c o n o m i c s , t h e t h e o r y o f t h e h o u s e h o l d , f i r m ,
m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s , and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n s o f e l e m e n t a r y
economic t h e o r y t o m a r k e t p o l i c y .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 23
Chemistry
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
Instructors;
E a r l Alton
A r l i n Gyberg
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l cover g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s ,
and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n
by c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s normally i n t h e i n t e r i m of t h e i r sophomore y e a r .
Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should take o l e m i s t r y 353 i n t h e s p r i n g . There
w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s , l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s and a s s i g n m e n t s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution :
Chemistry 106 o r 116
None
Time:
I & I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ( I & 1 1 ) , S c i e n c e H a l l 327 (11)
Introduction
to
Chemical Research
I n s t r u c t o r s : Earl Alton
A r l i n Gyberg
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s j u n i o r and s e n i o r chemistry majors an o p p o r t u n i t y
t o become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h chemical r e s e a r c h by p u r s u i n g a t o p i c o r
problem i n d e t a i l . The f a c u l t y member w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n
a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems
a l r e a d y s t a r t e d o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . The
student i s required t o discuss h i s research with the i n s t r u c t o r before
t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r chemistry major
Distribution:
Time:
I & I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 318
E n e r g y A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Your F u t u r e
*' h w
Instructor :
John Holum
.a.a?&dLh&t. M $t@ihrXE~S- d'
11 b 'ha& .kta '
185. the &--y 5-e:w*"Ll
WL a t of
~ he
b k d k EU hzomnft k
~ d
p ~ d h s ti ; ~ ?
m e S w a . ~ i l' Q
h h n t b Xooi. $cGswiw ah-&.
W ~ r*e
L swtm f Wh*?
IE'~
yaw futura at& dmb&mr QW
\arZIRp $c, kh& h
m 4 5 @ar8 w&llsfh e r
ft ~ W ~ O U ITP
~ p
.
~ ~ i -fa. &OSP &&S~MI rff=~v&y, kdh
t l i a f m W U a p l baw~wdddrl gn * & h i
H b e x wit1 be ~h-dd!~ Thtk
WbMM BBuUSn* h*
I
bagw day4
c o u r s e w i l l d e a l h e a v i l y w i t h t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l background and a n e t h i c a l
f i b e r w i l l be needed.
Thiq C O I I ~ ~r Pv i l l d e a l h e a v l l v with t h e i n f o m a t l o n a l b a c k g r o u n d , b u t m o r a l and e t h i c a l i s s u e s a r e i n t e r t w i n e d . w e ' l l
u s e l e c t u r e s , s l i d e s , f i l m s and r e a d i n g s .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
High s c h o o l c h e m i s t r y o r e q u i v a l e n t
Urban o r N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 320
Education-Sociology
S c h o o l and t h e Urban
----
Community
Instructors:
J o e l Torstenson
C a r o l Morl
T h i s course i s e s p e c i a l l y designed LO study the h i s t o r i c a l , p o l i t i c a l ,
e c o n o m i c , and s o c i o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e u r b a n s e t t i n g t h a t r e l a t e t o
s c h o o l s and t e a c h i n g .
I t w i l l i n c l u d e a n a l y s i s of c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n t h e
S t . P a u l and M i n n e a p o l i s s c l ~ o o lcommunities. The i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l
u s e t h e Glenwood-Lyndale n e i g h b o ~ h o o d s i n n o r t h M i n n e a p c ~ l i s a s a l e a r n i n g
laboratory.
T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n Eor c r e d i t i n e i t h e r s o c i o l o g y o r e d u c a t i o n .
I t w i l l i u l f i l l t h e Urban Concerns r e q u i r e m e n t .
I t is a l s o considered
t h e Urban Course f o r t h e Urban E d u c a t i o n program.
Maximum e n r o l l m e n t :
Prerequisites :
20
P e r m i s s i o n of one of t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I
koom:
L i b r a r y 201
Education
Introduction
,
To E x c e p t i o n a l i t y
Instructor:
E i n s r Johnson
The c o u r s e w i l l g i v e a s u r v e y o f s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n i n c l u d i n g :
1 ) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d e s c r i p t i o n of e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n - t h e
p h y s i c a l l y h a n d i c a p p e d , t h e d e a f and b l i n d , m e n t a l l y r e t a r d e d and
emotionally disturbed.
2 ) Recent r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g on c a u s e s , d e f i n i t i o n s
and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f e x c e p t i o n a l i t y . 3 ) D i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f
mainstreaming.
Speakers w i l l include a c t i v e p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n t h e a r e a .
V i s i t s w i l l be made t o s c h o o l s f o r o b s e r v a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e i n s p e c i a l
education.
Special fees:
S p e c i a l l a b o r a t o r y f e e f o r Field t r i p s , f i l m s ,
h o n o r a r i a : $15.00
Prerequisites:
O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education, General Psychology o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room: L i b r a r y 4
S LuJenL T e a c h i n g
Instructor:
E i n a r 0 . .Inhnson
S t ~ ~ ~ l cw
n ti ls l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r L u l l d a y s .
Opportunities
a r e proviiled i o r e s p e r i e n c e i n o h s e r v i n g and c l i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g
e s p e r i e n c e s tin t l ~ es e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o i c o l l e g e
and I1iql1 s c l ~ o o lp e r s o n n e 1.
Prereguisites:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and c o m p l e t i o n 01 t e a c h e r a i d e work a n d
human r e l a t i o n s e l e m e n t s o r E d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s 2 6 5 , 359.
Time:
To he a r r a n g e d
Room:
Lihrory 8
D i s c o v e r y i n t h e World of K i n d e r g a r t e n
Instructor:
L a u r e t t a E. P e l t o n
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e d .
B e c a u s e a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y o p e n i n g d o o r s of knowledge, a
t e a c h e r n e e d s t o know a t what s t a t e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e an
e n v i r o n m e n t i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y of k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n
o f m a t e r i a l s , r e v i e w of t e a c h i n g a p p r o a c h e s and l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e .
Prerequisites:
O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n i n a n Urban S e t t i n g #255;
a d m i t t a n c e i n t o t h e Augsburg F d ~ ~ c a t i oprogram
n
or
an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Library 1
English
The L i t e r a t u r e
-
of T e r r o r : T a l e s of H o r r o r , Mystery,
InsLrucLor :
Detection
L o r r a i n e L i v i n g s ton
Do you have a penchant For merder and d e c t i o n ? Do you l i k e s p i n e t i n g l i n g h o r r o r s t o r i e s ? You w i l l be a b l e t o swap e x p e r i e n c e s w i t h
[ e l l o w s t u d e n t s a s you read hot11 c l a s s i c a l and modern m y s t e r i e s . A
s e l e c t e d r e a d i n g l i s t w i l l i n c l u d e such works a s G r e a t 'Tales o f H o r r o r
J e k y l and Mr. Flyde
by Edgar A l l e n P o e ,
by Mary S h e l l e y ,
by Robert Louis S t e v e n s o n ,
Moonsl-one Ihy W i l k i e C o l l i n s , The Hound oC
t h e B a s k e r v i l l e s by S i r A r t h u r Conan Ijoyle, Murder on Lhe O r i e n t Express
by Agatha C h r i s t i e , The Crooked Hinge Iby John Dicltson (:art-, T l ~ eImng
Goodbye by Raymond C h a n d l e r , Above S u s p i c i o n Iby llelen MacInnes, and
I n Coltl Blood by Truman Capote.
B r i e f L e c t u r e s w i l l he l o l l o \ ~ e c l Ihy
class discussions.
Each s t u d e n t w i l l w r i t e one s h o r t p a p e r on ;I st117j c . ~ ,
of h i s choice.
&-.
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i h ~ ~ t i o. n
Humanities
Tine:
I1
Room:
Old Main 21
~
Underground
Film
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
Although t h e t r a d i t i o n of t h e f e a t u r e - l e n g t h n a r r a t i v e f i l m i s g e n e r a l l y
well-known, s i n c e t h e 2 0 ' s t h e r e h a s been a n a l t e r n a t i v e f i l m t r a d i t i o n ,
v a r i o u s l y c a l l e d avant-garde, underground, personal, independent, o r
v i s i o n a r y f i l m . The c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t a s u r v e y o f f i l m s from t h i s
t r a d i t i o n , b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e French a v a n t - g a r d e f i l m s from t h e 4 0 ' s
onward. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h i s g e n e r a l s u r v e y of f i l m s and f i l m m a k e r s , t h e
works o f Maya D e r e n , James Brough t o n , Kenneth Anger, Bruce Conner,
S t a n Brakhage, and Bruce B a i l l i e w i l l be g i v e n s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s .
Conceptual approaches w i l l include Freudianism, s u r r e a l i s m , e x p r e s s i o n ism, a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m , l y r i c i s m , a b s t r a c t e x p r e s s i o n i s m , and s t r u c t u r a l i s m . The c o u r s e i s e s p e c i a l l y recommended t o s t u d e n t s w i t h i n t e r e s t s
i n f i l m , a r t , and p o e t r y . A $10 l a b o r a t o r y f e e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
o f f s e t t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e expense o f f i l m r e n t a l s . A t t e n d a n c e i s r e q u i r e d ,
s i n c e t h e f i l m s w i l l be shown d u r i n g c l a s s .
I
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Science H a l l 123
The Contemporary
Beyond S t a r T r e k :
S c i e n c e F i c t i o n Novel
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ron P a l o s a a r i and
S c o t t Schumack ( f r e e l a n c e
science f i c t i o n w r i t e r )
Science l i c t i o n i s often characterized as poorly w r i t t e n t a l e s o f rocket
s h i p s , r a y g u n s , and p l o t s t o t a k e o v e r t h e u n i v e r s e . Modern s c i e n c e
f i c t i o n , however, t r a n s c e n d s t h i s s t e r e o t y p e and i n c l u d e s many w e l l
w r i t t e n works of p s y c h o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e n e t r a t i o n .
This
c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e n o v e l of t h e 1 9 3 0 ' s and demons t r a t e t h e ways i n which s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t i n g h a s grown from i t s
p u l p o r i g i n s t o i t s p r e s e n t r e l a t i v e l y l i t e r a t e form.
The p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h e c o u r s e i n c l u d e c u r i o s i t y a b o u t o r i n t e r e s t i n
s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e a b i l i t y t o read two o r t h r e e n o v e l s a week.
Additional fee:
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Grading:
$10.00
S e e l a s t p a r a g r a p h of c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n
Humanities
Optional
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 25
C r e a t i v e W r i t i n g Workshop:
Poetry
Instructor:
J o n i s Agee
T h r e e s t u d e n t s from each of t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s o f t h e A s s o c i a t e d
C o l l e g e s o f t h e Twin C i t i e s w i l l be c h o s e n , o n t h e b a s i s o f p o r t f o l i o
submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t h e workshop. We w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e s u c h problems a s v o i c e , form/
c o n t e n t , e x p e r i e n c e , and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o c o n t e m p o r a r y w r i t i n g and p u b l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s .
Evaluation
w i l l b e made o n t h e b a s i s o f a body o f work completed by t h e end o f
t h e workshop.
C l a s s e s w i l l be i n a workshop f o r m a t and may i n c l u d e
attendance a t l o c a l poetry events.
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Lorraine Livingston
of t h e English f a c u l t y
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Time:
I1
Room:
College of S a i n t Catherine
T h e ~ r r ei n
---
London
Instructor:
T o n i Clark
T h e a t r e i n London w i l l p r o v i d e t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p e r i e n c e t h e f i n e s t
t h e a t r e i n t h e w o r l d . The h e a r t of t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a t t e n d i n g and
d i s c u s s i n g p r o d u c t i o n s of R e n a i s s a n c e , R e s t o r a t i o n and modern p l a y s
p e r f o r m e d by t h e Royal S h a k e s p e a r e Company, t h e Old V i c , t h e Young V i c ,
t h e N a t i o n a l T h e a t r e , and o t h e r s . We w i l l a l s o v i s i t t h e B r i t i s h Museum,
t h e V i c t o r i a and A l b e r t Museum, t h e N a t i o n a l P o r t r a i t G a l l e r y , t h e T a t e
G a l l e r y , t h e Tower o f London, and go t o S t r a t f o r d upon Avon. Time w i l l be
a l l o t t e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l s i g h t s e e i n g and s h o p p p i n g t r i p s , and f o r
i n v e s t i g a t i n g t h e i n c r e d i b l e v a r i e t y o f r e s t a u r a n t s i n t h e c i t y . The
g r a d i n g f o r t h e c o u r s e w i l l be P/N, based upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n d i s c u s s i o n
o f t h e p l a y s and p r o d u c t i o n s , and upon a j o u r n a l r e c o r d i n g s t u d e n t s '
i m p r e s s i o n s and a n a l y s i s of t h e p l a y s , d i s c u s s i o n s and e v e n t s o f t h e
Interim.
Approximate c o s t :
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
$895
None
Humanities
IN
English (Summer)
Potpourri :
R e a d i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t
Instructor:
B a r b a r a Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
r e a d i n g l i s t s of 10-12 books. These books w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h o t h e r s
i n t h e c o u r s e and t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n s m a l l g r o u p s , e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common themes, books, o r a u t h o r s .
Because s t u d e n t s w i l l h a v e
i n d i v i d u a l s c h e d u l e s , r e a d i n g l i s t s must be approved b e f o r e t h e end o f
s p r i n g term s o t h a t t h e s e s c h e d u l e s can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
suimner s e s s i o n .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Junior o r Senior standing
& consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Humanities
S u m e r 1977
Foreign Language (Summer)
70330
C u l t u r e o f French Canada
----
I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E . Johnson
( a s s i s t e d i n e d u c a t i o n by
Einar Johnson)
A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s f i r s t - h a n d knowledge o f s e v e r a l
a s p e c t s of French-Canadian c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e and c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e s t u d y o f b i l i n g u a l e d u c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l choose
and r e s e a r c h t o p i c s o n some a s p e c t s o f French-Canadian c u l t u r e b e f o r e
l e a v i n g , w i l l pursue ~t7m1
d u r i n g ilre e x p c r i e r ~ r e , snri w i l 1 make orill
at14 w r i t Len r e p o r t s . IVrer~cli ma 101~s :i1%11 mirmrs will work ,in F r e ~ l r l i .
l l e g - L ~ ~ n i r tign t l ~ cV o y a ~ e ~ lrounl
r
r y , t:l~e g r o u p wi l 1 v i s i r M o r ~ t - r e a l , l l ~ e
c i c v i n the wur1.d; I-lien s t u d y i ~ h o r , ~;I t
sectlrld I ; ~ r g e s r l ' r e i ~ d ~ - s t i c a k L n g
week i r i ~ ! u r ! h r r , r : ; l l i i ~ a loi [;l.e$~clrc 1 1 1 ~ u r-i.n
e l:,w~adrr;and u i l l t r u v e l
~ r v ~ ~ itile
\ < l r:;lul>e P c n i n s l ~[ a r o nl1servt: Yrcncli-Canadian r ~ i r a l I it'e. V j s i i H
t o s c h o o l s , museums, p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e v e n t s , e t c .
I n t e r v i e w s w i t h s p e c i a l i s t s i n t h e a r t s , e d u c a t i o n , and government.
Lodging i n t e n t s a t campgrounds and i n h o s t e l s .
Cooperative meals.
Offered f o r Foreign language general education d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement,
f o r French c r e d i t by a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , and f o r e d u c a t i o n
c r e d i t by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e e d u c a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t . G r a d i n g PIN o n l y .
1;
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Consultation with e i t h e r i n s t r u c t o r
F o r e i g n Language
Summer 1977
I
1
I
Norwegian Composition
Conversation
Instructor:
L e i f E. Hansen
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n
and o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n .
Some a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o r e g i o n a l
s p e e c h v a r i a t i o n s and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l l a n g ~ a ~ e s
o f Norway. T h e r e w i l l be a v a r i e t y of c o n t a c t s w i t h n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of
Norwegian now r e s i d i n g i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Norwegian 75211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s p e n d a t o t a l o f 5 h o u r s p e r w e e k
i n l a b o r a t o r y work a n d / o r f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e .
Distribution:
F o r e i g n Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 3
Spanisli
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
S t u d y of t h e o u t s t a n d i n g n o v e l i s t s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h
c e n t u r i e s o i S p a i n . T h e r e w i l l be o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n S p a n i s h .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
56352, 51353 o r e q u i v a l e n t
F o r e i g n Language
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 8
German Women W r i t e r s
---
Instructor:
William Oyler
Women w r i t e r s h a v e p l a y e d a s i g n i i i c a n t r o l e i n German l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e
20th c e n t u r y . T h i s f a c t i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y a p p r e c i a t e d i n American
s i n c e v e r y few works o f p r o m i n e n t German women w r i t e r s h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d
i n t o E n g l i s h , and most o f t h o s e which h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d a r e now o u t o f
p r i n t and t h e r e f o r e l a r g e l y i n a c c e s s i b l e .
As a b e l a t e d c o n t r i b u t i o n t o
t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Women's Y e a r , t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e r n i t s e l f e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h t h e r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o i n a r r a t i v e p r o s e , drama and p o e t r y
c r e a t e d by German w r i t e r s who happen t o be women and who r e p r e s e n t a g r e a t
v a r i e t y of p h i l o s o p h i c a l o u t l o o k s and l i t e r a r y s t y l e s . The r e a d i n g s and
d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be d e v o t e d p r i m a r i l y t o women of t h e 20th c e n t u r y , s u c h
a s R i c a r d a Huch , Anna S e g h e r s , I l s e A i c h i n g e r , I n g e b o r g Bachmann, C h r i s t a
Wolf, G e r t r u d von Le F o r t and E l i z a b e t h L a n g g a s s e r , a l t h o u g h t h e c o u r s e
w i l l b e g i n w i t h a b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e r o l e o f women i n German l i t e r a t u r e
and w i t h t h e s t u d y of a 1 9 t h c e n t u r y work by Germany's f i r s t g r e a t woman
w r i t e r w r i t e r of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a t u r e , A n n e t t e von D r o s t e - H u l s h o f f .
Readings w i l l be i n German. D i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be p r i m a r i l y i n German,
w i t h E n g l i s h t o be used a s needed. A q u e s t i o n t o be p u r s u e d : Is t h e r e
a u n i q u e l y f e m i n i n e p e r s p e c t i v e i n works o f German women w r i t e r s ?
Prerequisites:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
Distribution;
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 2
Linguistics
T h e o r i e s of Grammar
Instructor:
Donald Steinmetz
Comparative a n a l y s i s of v a r i o u s views of language r e p r e s e n t e d i n c u r r e n t
l i n g u i s t i c r e s e a r c h : tagmemics, s t r a t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformat i o n a l - g e n e r a t i v e grammar, c a s e grammar, g e n e r a t i v e s e m a n t i c s , with t h e
aim of i l l u m i n a t i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g p h i l o s o p h i c a l assumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l c r i t e r i a and t h e e x p l a n a t o r y g o a l s which d i s t i n g u i s h them.
The t h e o r i e s w i l l a l s o be c o n t r a s t e d with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s
w i t h a d j a c e n t d i s c i p l i n e s such a s a n t h r o p o l o g y , psychology, l o g i c and
conununication t h e o r y and t h e way i n which each t h e o r y s e e k s t o overcome t h e i n a d e q u a c i e s o f t r a d i t i o n a l grammar.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 4
General Studies
A Study
-
oT Values o r "Wha:
!.lal<es Llie World Co ~<ound"
InsrrucLor:
II
Sheldon Fardig
What a r e t h e e i f e c t s of p e r s o n a l v a l u e s upon I1um;ln I>ehavior? Yor~r own
v a l u e s ? Others v a l u e s ? An i n v e s t i g a l i o n of value awareness, value
dynamics, moral development and l i c e s L v l e s . An examination of tlle
v a l u e s of t h e s i l e n t m a j o r i t y and d i s c u s s i o n wit11 a u t h o r i t y r i g u r e s
concerning p u b l i c v a l u e s . These a r e some a r e a s l o r t l i s c u s s i o n and
r e s e a r c h . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l piclr :]I? a r e a r ~ i rn d i v i d u a l s t u d y and
eval.uation.
Some e x t r a c o s t s w i l l be i n v o l v e d i n Cield t r i p m i l e a g e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
11
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 213
H i s t o r y o f London
I
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
"When a man i s t i r e d o f London, h e i s t i r e d o f l i f e , f o r t h e r e i s i n
London a l l t h a t l i f e can a f f o r d " (Dr. Samuel J o h n s o n , 1 8 t h c e n t r u r y ) .
T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t promise a l l t h a t ! But London d o e s o f f e r much O F
v a l u e and i n t e r e s t t o s t u d y .
I t s a m a z i n g l y r a p i d growth s i n c e mid
1 6 t h c e n t u r y h a s meant t h a t Londoners h a v e F e l t , t h o u g h t a b o u t , and
responded t o modern u r b a n problems f o r a t l e a s t f o u r c e n t u r i e s . I t s
b u s i n e s s community was a t t h e f o r e f r o n t of economic change i n t h e
w e s t e r n world f o r s e v e r a l c e n t u r i e s .
S e v e r a l t i m e s t h e c i t y has
r e s p r e s e n t e d h i g h p o i n t s i n t h e h i s t o r y o f European c u l t u r e .
It has
had a m a s s i v e i n f l u e n c e on E n g l i s h s o c i e t y g e n e r a l l y ( w e l l i l l u s t r a t e d
by i t s demographic p r e p o n d e r a n c e i n t h e n a t i o n ) and a p o w e r f u l l e v e r a g e
on B r i t i s h p o l i t i c s (whose c a p i t a l was c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d j u s t a few
m i l e s up t h e Thames r i v e r ) . And f o r t u n a t e l y , i o r t h e p u r p o s e of o u r
s t u d y , t h e r e i s a g r e a t d e a l of l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e c i t y t h a t i s r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e . Urban h i s t o r y , and h o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e , a p p e a l s t o s t u d e n t s
of y a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s - g e o g r a p h y , a r c h i t e c t u r e , p o p u l a r c u l t u r e ,
economics, u r b a n p l a n n i n g , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , a s w e l l a s h i s t o r y . Both
i n c l a s s a c t i v i t i e s and s t u d e n t a s s i g n m e n t s , t h e r e w i l l be an e f f o r t t o
construct the course s o a s t o r e f l e c t t h i s i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y i n t e r e s t .
T h e r e w i l l be a wide c h o i c e i n t h e m a t t e r of a s s i g n m e n t s ; i t i s u n d e r s t o o d ,
t h o u g h , t h a t an i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t e m p h a s i z i n g l i t e r a t u r e o r a r c h i t e c t u r e
w i l l e v i d e n c e t h e i n s i g h t s and background g a i n e d i n t h e b r o a d e r c o n c e r n s
of t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
S o c i a l S c i e n c e and Urban S t u d i e s
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 1 8
From t h e I n d u s
-----
to Indira:
Epochs i n I n d i a n H i s t o r y
Instructor:
Don G u s t a f s o n
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e v a s t panorama o f
I n d i a n c u l t u r e from t h e e a r l y c i t i e s o n t h e I n d u s R i v e r t o t h e problems
and p o t e n t i a l s of modern I n d i a .
Not o n l y w i l l a wide v a r i e t y c i :epics
be c o v e r e d , but i n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be a g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e
m a t e r i a l s used
c u l t u r a l a r t i f a c t s , recordings, s l i d e s , novels,
r e l i g i o u s t e x t s , h i s t o r i e s , and who knows what e l s e .
--
prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
11
Room:
Library 1
C
I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e P r i n c i p l e s o f Sumerian
"Can These S t o n e s Speak?" &
Cuneiform W r i t i n g .
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard C. Nelson
A c u l t u r a l s t u d y of t h e Sumerian Ur 111 Dynasey and r e l a t e d mesopotamian
c i v i l i z a t i o n s through an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o cuneiform w r i t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l
l e a r n t o t r a n s l i t e r a t e ( i . e . r e n d e r t h e cuneiform s y l l a b l e s ) and t r a n s l a t e
Sumerian t e x t s of v a r i e d c o n t e n t s d a t i n g from 2,000 B.C No p r e v i o u s work
i n a n c i e n t h i s t o r y i s assumed. Due t o a l a c k o f r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e t e x t u a l
and l e x i c a l m a t e r i a l most w i l l have t o be xeroxed. Expect a charge of
about $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t .
T r a d i t i o n a l g r a d i n g a l l o w e d , but
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
PIN
i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended.
None
Social Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 28
Mathematics
The Mathematical
-
Content of Music
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
For hundreds of y e a r s , Westerners have made music conscious of
Pythagorean t h e o r i e s of harmony, but n o t o f any o t h e r m a t h e m a t i c a l
f e a t u r e s of t h e i r a r t . From a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y p o i n t of view, we can
r e c o g n i z e a s p e c t s of form and o f c o m p o s i t i o n a l d e v i c e s and r u l e s which
d e s e r v e t o be c a l l e d mathematics ( b u t t h e mere adherence t o which does
n o t g u a r a n t e e good m u s i c ) . A t t h e r i s k of i n t e l l e c t u a l s u p e r f i c i a l i t y ,
we w i l l probe ( a s i l l u s t r a t i v e ) m a n i f e s t a t i o n s o f a l g e b r a , geometry, and
p r o b a b i l i t y a s we can f i n d , l a y i n g the mathematical f o u n d a t i o n s a s we go.
Some of t h e p o s s i b l e m u s i c a l t o p i c s : v o i c e - l e a d i n g r u l e s ; Bach's canons;
r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; c o n s c i o u s l y m a t h e m a t i c a l composition
( e . g . , Xenakis).
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
No m a t h e m a t i c a l p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 28
Must read music.
Modern Math I d e a s Shock t h e L i b e r a l A r t s
------I n s t r u c t o r : Henry G. F o l l i n g s tad
A c o n t r o v e r s i a l look i n t o some u s e s and abuses o f modern math concepts
i n t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . Group and i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d y w i l l s t r e s s
t h e impact of math i d e a s and models on f i e l d s which r e l a t e t o t h e n a t u r e
and o r i g i n of t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. The focus w i l l
be on s p e c i a l t o p i c s i n astronomy and cosmology a s w e l l a s philosophy,
a n t h r o p o l o g y , geology, b i o l o g y , and theology.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 212
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data S t r u c t u r e s
Instructor:
James L. Johnson
O r g a n i z a t i o n a l and s t o r a g e t e c h n i q u e s n e c e s s a r y t o c r e a t e , m a i n t a i n , and
u s e a d a t a base on a d i g i t a l computer. Topics i n c l u d e ( a s time p e r m i t s ) :
computer r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of v a r i o u s t y p e s o f d a t a , c h a r a c t e r s t r i n g
manipulation, l i n e a r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , linked d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , t r e e s ,
g r a p h s , s o r t i n g , s e a r c h i n g , and mass s t o r a g e f i l e s .
Physical use of t h e
computer w i l l be minimal. Knowledge o f a programming language i s n o t
required.
Prerequisites:
S t u d e n t should be c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h t h e m a n i p u l a t i o n of
a b s t r a c t symbols a t a l e v e l which should be a t t a i n e d a f t e r
taking f i r s t year calculus o r equivalent course i n the
Natural Sciences.
Consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r i s
recommended p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
11
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 205
The B a s i c
--
Concepts
of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n
o f Elementary
Mathematics
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
-
f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who
Mathematics made s i m p l e
a r e a f r a i d of i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o
t e a c h i t t o elementary s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s of a r i t h m e t i c and
geometry o f t h e modern elementary s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 205
Music
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy
Instructor:
-
Roberta M e t z l e r
General overview of t h e f i e l d of music t h e r a p y
where i t i s u s e d ,
with whom, and how. I n c l u d e s f i e l d t r i p s t o music t h e r a p y s i t e s i n
Minnesota.
Recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o major i n m u s i c
t h e r a p y , and t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n g e n e r a l background i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e
u s e of music f o r t h e r a p e u t i c r e a s o n s .
Prerequisites:
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
I
Room:
Music 120
Opera Opera
I n s t r u c t o r s : Steve Gabrielsen
James Johnson
The p r o d u c t i o n of two o p e r a s i n c l u d i n g s i n g i n g , d a n c i n g , a c t i n g , s t a g e
d e s i g n , choreography. l i g h t i n g and promotion.
A week o f e v e n i n g performances.
Costumes s u p p l i e d by s t u d e n t s .
A u d i t i o n s w i l l be announced i n F a l l ' 7 6 .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Fine A r t s
Time:
I and I1
Room:
Music Auditorium
P i a n o Teaching Methods
-
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Metzker
A s t u d y o f t h e m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s used i n t e a c h i n g piano t o t h e
young s t u d e n t . No p r e v i o u s t e a c h i n g e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d but an average
Class w i l l i n v o l v e
p i a n o t e c h n i q u e and keyboard f a c i l i t y i s n e c e s s a r y .
work w i t h p i a n o l a b s , o b s e r v a t i o n , t e a c h i n g and d i s c u s s i o n w i t h
prominent p i a n o t e a c h e r s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Average piano t e c h n i q u e and keyhoard F a c i l i t y
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Time:
I
Room:
Music 1 0
Make Your Own Music
----
Instructor:
Robert Karlen
O f f e r s an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r t h e i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t t o l e a r n about
t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems and i n t h e c r e a t i o n of o r i g i n a l
works of m u s i c ; and t o t r y h i s hand a t u s i n g any o f t h e s e systems i n
c r e a t i n g h i s l h e r own compositions.
S e r i a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c
t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be i n c l u d e d .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Open t o music majors a s an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e , and t o
s t u d e n t s with l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music a s a lower
d i v i s i o n course.
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 20
Trends, I s s u e s ,
and
Leadership
&
Nursing
I n s t r u c t o r s : Pamela Larson
Donna P e t e r s o n
A course designed to i n v e s t i g a t e the current leadership responsibi i t i e s
of the p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e and t h e t r e n d s and i s s u e s e v o l v i n g i n
contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Admission t o t h e Augsburg n u r s i n g program o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution :
None
Time:
I
Room:
F a i r v i e w School of Nursing
Philosophy
Topics i n S c i e n c e and R e l i g i o n :
Or Adam Had Atoms
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some of t h e a r e a s of c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l
o r o t h e r w i s e , between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t .
I t w i l l be
l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Chiefly,
we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t of
view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f s o ,
what f o r m ( s ) i t might t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 25
Meister
---
E c k h a r t a s M y s t i c and P h i l o s o p h e r
Instructor:
Mark F u e h r e r
M e i s t e r E c k h a r t was one of t h e most a r t i c u l a t e spokesmen of t h e movement
known a s R h i n e l a n d M y s t i c i s m i n t h e l a t e m i d d l e a g e s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l
a t t e m p t t o a n a l y s e E c k h a r t ' s l a n g u a g e a s a m y s t i c and d e t e r m i n e what
p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s h e h o l d s and how t h e s e p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s
d e t e r m i n e h i s thought
.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 2 2
Physical Education
S p e c t a t o r s h i p o r Hev!
W h a ~ ' sGoing on Out T h e r e
Instructors:
Edor Nelson
Ed S a u g e s t a d
A c l a s s r o o m c o u r s e Eor t h e n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t .
An o r i e n t a t i o n o l t h e
s p e c t a t o r to the techniques, strategy, scoring, e t c . i n the sports
g f F o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , h o c k e y , and w r e s t l i n g .
This course does not
a p p l y t o the major i n physical education.
Prerequisites
Distribution:
:
None
None
Time;
I
Room:
Melby H a l l
12
Recreation A c t i v i t i e s
Rhythms
Instructor:
LaVonne P e t e r s o n
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
low-organized games, r e l a y s , camp a c t i v i t i e s , s k i t s and s t u n t s , m u s i c a l
games, s i m p l e c r a f t s , f o l k and s q u a r e d a n c i n g .
prerequisites:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g , n o t open t o Freshmen
Distribution:
I
Time:
Room:
Gymnasiu~niqorth Court
Physics
P r o g r e s s : R e a l i t y o r Myth?
1.
II
Instructor:
Mark E n g e b r e t s o n
S c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y played an i m p o r t a n t r o l e i n t h e development o f
t h e n o t i o n o f p r o g r e s s i n t h e e i g h t e e n t h and n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s .
New developments i n t e c h n o l o g y made p o s s i b l e t h e r a p i d growth of w e a l t h
and power i n much o f t h e w e s t e r n w o r l d . Now, however, " p r o g r e s s " h a s
l o s t i t s l u s t e r ; many a r e blaming s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y f o r b e t r a y i n g
t h e i d e a l s and dreams of modern s o c i e t y .
Thomas ~ u h n ' si m p o r t a n t book, The S t r u c t u r e o f S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s ,
p r o p o s e s t h a t t h e n o t i o n of p r o g r e s s i s i t s e l f C a u l t y . A f t e r a s t u d y
o f t h e s c i e n c t i f i c , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s r o o t s o f t h e i d e a o f p r o g r e s s ,
we w i l l c o n s i d e r t h e c u r r e n t d e b a t e a b o u t t h e u s e s and a b u s e s o f s c i e n c e
i n our world.
One s h o r t s e m i n a r and a w r i ~ t e nr e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d , i n a d d i t i o n t o
r o u t i n e r e a d i n g s . Guest l e c t u r e r s and f i l m s w i l l be i n t e r s p e r s e d w i t h
c l a s s r o o m l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Room:
None
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s r e q u i r e m e n t
11
Science H a l l 22
Understanding t h e Weather
Instructor:
Kenneth E r i c k s o n
4n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s w e a t h e r , i t s c a u s e s a n d c h a r a c t e r .
l e s i g n e d f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n w e a t h e r and w e a t h e r p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s
c o u r s e s e e k s t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b a s i c
s c i e n c e p r i n c i p l e s required f o r understanding weather.
It i s a l s o
h o p e d t h a t s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an a ~ p r e c i - t i c n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weat:her
p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h a n d f o r t h e manv and v a r i e d a s p e c t s o f w e a t h e r ,
i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather h a s on t h e e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s .
Topics
t o be d i s c u s s e d i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f s u n , e a r t h and a t m o s p h e r e ;
i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s s u c h a s t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s
a n d p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; u n u s u a l c o n d i t i o n s l i k e t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ;
t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r w e a t h e r m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ;
a v i a t i o n w e a t h e r ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f w e a t h e r o n p o l l u t i o n .
Course
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , f o r e c a s t i n g , and g u e s t
s p e a k e r s whenever p o s s i b l e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
High S c h o o l A l g e b r a
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
Science H a l l 22
Independent Study i n Experimental Physics
I n s t r u c t o r : T h e o d o r e Hanwick
This course provides t h e opportunity f o r students t o systematically
e x p l o r e a problem i n experimental physics.
The s t u d e n t s h o u l d s e l e c t
a t o p i c f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n from o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s p e c t r o s c o p y ,
h o l o g r a p h y , a s t r o n o m y , o r e l e c t r o n i c s . An i n - d e p t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e
s e l e c t e d t o p i c w i l l be a c q u i r e d t h r o u g h s t u d y o f a p p r o p r i a t e r e s o u r c e
n a t e r i a l a n d by means o f a c t u a l e x p e r i m e n t a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n .
Each s t u d e n t
i s r e q u i r e d , b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m , t o d i s c u s s h i s t o p i c o f
i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and p r e s e n t a t e n t a t i v e p r o p o s a l
: ! e s c r i b i n g how t h e s u g g e s t e d work i s t o be c o m p l e t e d .
A final written
-c;cr!
o n !he ~ r o j e c t\ $ i l l b e r e q u i r e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites:
Junior o r s e n i o r physics major o r permission of the
instructor.
Distribution:
Time: I
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 25
Political Science
R a t i o n a l Ignorance & J u s t i c e
Instructor:
Myles S t e n s h o e l
1
Focus i s upon John Rawls' e x t r a o r d i n a r y work, A Theory of J u s t i c e , and
h i s a t t e m p t t o p r o v i d e an a l t e r n a t i v e t o r e c e i v e d t h e o r i e s of p o l i t i c a l Course g o a l s w i l l be t o u n d e r s t a n d h i s t h e o r y , i t s
economic j u s t i c e .
s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses, i t s i m p l i c a t i o n s f o r c u r r e n t s t r u c t u r e s ,
programs and p r o p o s a l s . W r i t i n g ? Yes.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Freshmen o r sophomores by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r ,
J u n i o r s o r s e n i o r s who have a concern f o r v a l u e s and
a w i l l i n g n e s s t o w r e s t l e w i t h i n t e l l e c t u a l problems.
S o c i a l Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
Poli. Sci. (summer)
85340 ( P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e )
98340 (Speech)
The B r i t i s h
--
Design f o r Mass Media
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s ,
communications, s o c i o l o g y . B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y
p r o d u c t i o n . and c o n t e n t . We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c r e a s o n s f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s
w i t h BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper
and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of P a r l i a m e n t and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s o f mass
c m u n i c a t i o n s ; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s
t a k e v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r
nearby a r e a s .
Topics we w i l l s t u d y d u r i n g t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e i n t e r i m i n c l u d e
B r i t i s h views on t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e mass media, t h e n a t u r e of
p o l i t i c a l c o n t r o l s , funding p r o v i s i o n s and o t h e r s . Approximately t h e
l a s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work
(under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e c l a s s i n s t r u c t o r ) w i t h each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news p r o d u c t i o n ,
o r p r i n t c e n s o r s h i p r u l e s o r r a d i o o v e r s e a s programming, e t c . Some
i n d i v i d u a l s may s e l e c t t o p i c s r e q u i r i n g- r e g- i o n a l t r a v e l , such a s Wales,
o r S c o t l a n d . T h i s i s a c c e p t a b l e but w i l l be a s e p a r a t e c o s t and
i n d i v i d u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n England.
The same i n s t r u c t o r w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s f o r independent s t u d y i n
British politics.
Prerequisites:
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Social
Science
Grading:
Cost:
O p t i o n a l , p r e f e r e n c e t o PIN
$895.00
C
Psychology
-
Instructor:
General Psychology
Norman Ferguson
introducatioh t o the mador eontenk areas wtthlln psychology inciuding
b i ~ l ~ g i ~bgmla s of behevtor, develapmnt, Ieamkg, language and memDry,
perception a d s l e e p , rntrtivation and motion, pettionalfty, paychopathol~/ogy,
and psychotherapy. Reading turd dfaeusaim. me c2-a will be condudred
u a i n g the q u a a t i o r ~ - - a n m ~ and
open diseuslion method* Inatead oE using
klie Lecture mathad. Heavy emphasis w i l l be placed on inclass parrictpapion by eacft student. Mequoto preparation prier to each clasa swsion
w i l l be assumed.
Not recommended f o r s t n d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o major i n psychology.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Natural Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 19
The a i l d ' s
---
World:
Cognitive Development
Instructor:
Grace Dyrud
A s t u d y w i l l be made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n
o f e v e n t s ; n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n l a n g u a g e , r e a s o n i n g , and
judgment. There w i l l be a f e e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y $3.00 f o r m a t e r i a l s .
Pretequisites :
None
Distribution:
None
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 7
Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s
&
Behavioral Science
I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Marken
An i n t r o d u c a t i o n t o t h e u s e of computers f o r t h e a n a l y s i s o f b e h a v o r i a l
d a t a and s i m u l a t i o n o f b e h a v i o r a l p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o
w r i t e programs t o do s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s e s s u c h a s c o r r e l a t i o n and l i n e a r
r e g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , and c h i - s q u a r e .
Programs w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o s t u d y t h e b e h a v i o r of programs
w r i t t e n i n FORTRAN I V .
which s i m u l a t e i n t e r e s t i n g b e h a v i o r a l and b i o l o g i c a l p r o c e s s e s such a s
p e r c e p t i o n , l e a r n i n g , and e v o l u t i o n . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d o
a programming p r o j e c t on a t o p i c o f i n t e r e s t . T o p i c s f o r p r o j e c t s have
been q u i t e v a r i e d and h a v e ranged From d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f theorems i n
s t a t i s t i c s t o s i m u l a t i o n o f rumor p r o p a g a t i o n i n crowds.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
G e n e r a l Psychology
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Scierice H a l l 312
Women and God
Instructor:
Eugene S k i b b e
For men and women: What i s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e o f women i n r e l a t i o n
t o God and i n t h e c o n t e x t o f o r g a n i z e d r e l i g i o n , e s p e c i a l l y t h e o l r i s t i a n
r e l i g i o n ? T h i s i s n o t o n l y an academic problem, which i n v o l v e s a n a l y z i n g
p a s t t r a d i t i o n s and i n s t i t u t i o n a l a r r a n g e m e n t s , b u t a l s o a p e r s o n a l
q u e s t i o n , which c a n be answered o n l y by p e r s o n a l r e f l e c t i o n and m u t u a l
In
d i s c o v e r y . H o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e n e f i t p e o p l e i n both ways.
e a r l y s t a t e s o f d e s i g n i n g t h e c o u r s e t h e t e a c h e r w i l l s e e k h e l p irom
s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n t h i s t o p i c . The c o u r s e w i l l p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e a
s t u d y o f ( a ) r e f e r e n c e s t o women i n B i b l i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , ( b ) n o t a b l e
women i n W e s t e r n r e l i g i o u s h i s t o r y , ( c ) t h e r o l e o f women and t h e female
p r i n c i p l e i n non-Western r e l i g i o n s , ( d ) f u n d a m e n t a l problems of human
p e r c e p t i o n , l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e w i t h r e g a r d t o r e a l i t y and s e x u a l i t y ,
( e ) t h e r e l a t i o n o f t h e G o s p e l t o s e x u a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , ( f ) women
r e l i g i o u s and t h e o l o g i c a l l e a d e r s t o d a y . The a p p r o a c h w i l l i n c l u d e
a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s , o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , and ( p r o b a b l y ) a
w r i t t e n r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t . Taught ( o r c o o r d i n a t e d ) by a man.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Religion
Time:
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 320
Social Work
Practicum i n Human S e r v i c e s
Instructor:
Vern Bloom
With f a c u l t y a p p r o v a l , s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement a s a h a l f - t i m e
v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n .
O p p o r t u n i t y t o know
s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , and c a r e e r
a s p e c t s i n t h e h e l p i n g v o c a t i o n s . Independent s t u d y w i t h a t e n paper
r e p o r t and review c o n f e r e n c e s . E s p e c i a l l y r e c m e d e d f o r freshmen
and sophomores.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Required f o r S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
Time:
I
Room:
Memorial H a l l 1
Sociology-SocialWork
Human S e r v i c e
----
Issues i n Selected
Areas
Instructor:
Tony Wagner
Seminars c o n s i s t i n g of a n i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e major s o c i a l p o l i c y i s s u e s
and s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s t r u c t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d with s e l e c t e d a r e a s of s o c i a l
work p r a c t i c e .
Areas i n c l u d e s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , mental r e t a r d a t i o n ,
a l c o h o l and chemical dependency, y o u t h , a g i n g , w e l f a r e e c o l o g y , and
s e r i s m i n s o c i a l work. F i e l d e x p e r i e n c e o f 16 h o u r s p e r week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
351 and j u n i o r , o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r
Required f o r S o c i a l Work majors
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 1
Principles
of Sociology
Instructor:
Robert Grams
Both the p o p u l a r p r e s s and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s s u g g e s t an i n c r e a s e d
concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s .
One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about t h e l a c k of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g the
d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the
i n a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h .
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an overview of what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t h a s t o o f f e r
i n r e g a r d t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e c o u r s e c o n s i s t s of a
each of which p r o v i d e s an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s
s e t of u n i t s
a n a l y s i s o f some a s p e c t of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached
through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments
designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s being l e a r n e d .
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Social Science
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 27
Blue C o l l a r s and Hard H a t s :
-----
The C u l t u r e of t h e Working Class
Instructor:
Cordon Nelson
I n an i n c r e a s i n g l y b u r e a u c r a t i c s o c i e t y , t h e manual l a b o r e r and c r a f t
worker have tended t o be r e l e g a t e d t o a s t e r e o t y p e d , s u b c u l t u r e s t a t u s
i n American urban l i f e . T e l e v i s i o n ' s Archie Bunker i s a s good an example
a s any of t h e s t e r e o t y p e . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e American working
c l a s s , e s p e c i a l l y a s i t i s found i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , i n an a t t e m p t t o
d e t e r m i n e whether t h e s t e r e o t y p e i s a v a l i d one. The c o u r s e w i l l
i n c l u d e r e a d i n g s i n some of t h e c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e on t h e t o p i c , f i e l d
o b s e r v a t i o n s i n working c l a s s s e t t i n g s , and a f i n a l examination.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
S o c i a l S c i e n c e o r Urban
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 21
R a c i a l and
--
M i n o r i t y Group R e l a t i o n s
I n s t r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo
The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n
i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f s e l f - u n d e r s t a n d i n g .
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d on P/N b a s i s o n l y .
prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 27
Speech
Values and
--
Conununication:
Socrates, Jesus, Kierkegaard,
Buber
I n s t r u c t o r s : Ray Anderson
John Benson
A s ~ u i l vc ' r i Ivrrns uT t l i s c o u r s c v h i c l ~a r e inrenrleil 1 0 c:rrnml~tiic:~teb a s i c
valries and view8 o t l iTe. The Lulms are many n11c1 v a r i e d , emhrecing H I ~
r l Fvcrse a c t i v i 1 : i e s as S v c r n r i c qliesr i o n i u p , Jesus's u s e o l p a r a b l e and
sy~~lrolic
a c t i o n : Kierlte,qanrd ' a i . ~ ~ d i r c ccommuni
t
c a t i o r r , am! H r ~ l j e r ' sw e
of u f d i a l o g u e . A l l Inur 0 1 c l ~ e s einen e:rplurect l lie r e l a c i o n s l ~ i po f i o n
and corxext i n com\~unicotion. A c e n t r a l rocus w i l l !IF: How and wily d i d
these men conununicntc as they d i d ? 7lie course w 3 1 1 i n v n l v e l e c r u r e s ,
r e a d i ~ q s ,d f s c ~ ~ s s i ~ >papers
ns,
and 9 tudeni s p e e c l ~ e s . Sume a t tendance a L
events ouestcLe of class may he r e q u i r e d ,
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
None
Does n o t f u l f i l l r e l i g i o n r e q u i r e m e n t , but may be used
f o r s p e e c h , c o m u n i c a t i o n s o r r e l i g i o n major.
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 7
C ~
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Cmnnunications i n Mexico
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
The i n t e r i m w i l l be based i n Mexico C i t y , Oaxaco, and a ~ e n e d i c ' t i n e
monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i t h s m a l l g r o u p
f i e l d t r i p s t o o t h e r p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l b e by
c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . Mexico p r o v i d e s a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l ,
s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t than o u r own. The
c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e ways i n which t h e s e a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape t h e communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and non-verbal.
We s h a l l
a t t e m p t t o examine t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
betbeen c u l t u r e s and e x p l o r e t h e ways t h e s e b a r r i e r s can be broken down.
T h i s w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d through d i r e c t c o n t a c t with s e v e r a l d i m e n s i o n s
of Mexican l i f e - urban Mexico C i t y , t h e indigenous c u l t u r e of Oaxaca,
a d i s c i p l i n e d m o n a s t i c community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a s m a l l v i l l a g e .
S e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l p a p e r
w i l l be r e q u i r e d .
The c e n t r a l focus of t h e i n t e r i m i s an e x a m i n a t i o n o f
t h e p r o c e s s of communication between c u l t u r e s and t h e ways i n which
communication b a r r i e r s can be broken down. C o n s i d e r a b l e a t t e n t i o n w i l l
be g i v e n t o t h e way i n which c u l t u r a l v a l u e s e f f e c t t h e communication
process.
To accomplish o u r t a s k , we w i l l focus on such i s s u e s a s : t h e
c m u n i c a t i o n p r o c e s s w i t h i n t h e group i t s e l f ; t h e dynamics o f d e v e l o p ment w i t h i n t h e Third World n a t i o n s ; t h e o l o g i c a l i s s u e s r e l a t e d t o human
communication and Third World development; s p e c i f i c elements o f Mexican
c u l t u r e ; and t h e t h e o r y o f i n t e r c u l t u r a l communication.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Cost:
e s t i m a t e d $490.00
Theater Practicum:
C h i l d r e n ' s T h e a t e r Production
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
The members o f t h e c l a s s w i l l p l a n , r e h e a r s e , e x e c u t e t h e t e c h n i c a l
a s p e c t s o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n , and p r e s e n t t o a u d i e n c e s composed p r i m a r i l y
of c h i l d r e n a d r a m a t i c p r o d u c t i o n approximately 50 m i n u t e s i n l e n g t h .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I and I1 (9:30-12:OO;
Room:
Speech Auditorium
1:OO-3:OO)
A r t11:
-
The A r t s of Europe
Instructor:
R e i d a r Dittmann
B e g i n n i n g w i t h a b r i e f s t a y i n I t a l y f o r a background e x p o s u r e t o t h e a r t
o t t h e R e n a i s s a n c e i n F l o r e n c e , t h e Yourse w i l l f o c u s on n i n e t e e n t h
c e n t u r y movements a s shown i n g a l l e r i e s i n Z u r i c h , Munich, Cologne,
Amsterdam, P a r i s , and London. R e l a t i v e l y b r i e f s t a y s i n t h e c i t i e s en
r o u t e w i l l be f o l l o w e d by one week each i n P a r i s and London. S t u d e n t s
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o keep a j o u r n a l and p r e p a r e an e v a l u a t i v e p a p e r on
a s i n g l e a r t i s t r e p r e s e n t e d i n one o r more o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n s viewed.
Prerequisite:
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
For d i s t r i b u t i o n r e c o g n i t i o n , c o n s u l t Chairman, Department
of Art
Enrollment:
Cost:
25
$895.00
Asian Studies
---
IIa:
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l R e l a t i o n s
Instructor:
Ola E M i l l e r t
A s t u d y o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n of c u l t u r e s , A s i a n , P o l y n e s i a n , and American,
which h a v e come t o i n t e r a c t w i t h each o t h e r i n Hawaii.
Participants will
be assumed t o have b a s i c f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e American component, arid t h e
c o u r s e w i l l t h e r e f o r e c o n c e n t r a t e on Asian and P o l y n e s i a n t r a d i t i o n s a s
shown i n s o c i a l c u s t o m s , r e l i g i o n , and t h e a r t s , and on t h e consequences
o f t h e i r i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e American t r a d i t i o n i n t h e 5 0 t h s t a t e .
Two weeks a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n H o n o l u l u , w i t h l e c t u r e r s from
b o t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii and t h e East-West C e n t e r , w i l l be f o l l o w e d
? y a t h i r d week a t Brigham Young U n i v e r s i t y - Hawaii Campus a t L a i e .
Representatives o f the various Polynesian i s l a n d s w i l l t a l k about t h e i r
h e r i t a g e , and p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l have a c c e s s t o t h e p o l y n e s i a n C u l t u r a l
C e n t e r w i t h i t s d i s p l a y s and performances.
I n t h e f i n a l week a t t h e
Makapalo R e t r e a t C e n t e r on t h e i s l a n d of Hawaii, t h e r e w i l l be summary
d i s c u s s i o n s and symposia based o n p a p e r s w r i t t e n by s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r
s p e c i a l p r o j e c t . Ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e h i s t o r i c s i t e s , e t h n i c
and a r t museums, r e l i g i o u s s h r i n e s --and t h e b e a c h e s . H a w a i i i t s e l f i s
a l i v i n g laboratory of i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
N~~~
Enrollment:
Cost :
25
$895.00
ST. OLAF INTERIMS ABROAD
Biology I I e o r I I I e : Human Ecology i n I s r a e l
I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l Palm
~ k l i g n d dto p m c e o study a d d 5 s m Q a f the 5 n b a m a b i e ~and
ra~&$o@ttps bm'kween mn , h u miltom and ItOhry, and the esxvfrmment
ta w k i & taa ,lPvea, tha EQU~BI WdLl be + n t e t e r d @ c i y in nawn.
U a c-.y
Wif~hi%
wiqw rnrrge PC u~f,mnticCgeerlagia;L, raciiil, a m d c a d &tnsXcal peqgecttvos, the pussuit @1
&a -emt
of a n can
' f i e l d trip8 w d JeterubaLm, to' llielf I*,
be partsuulnzLy r&m&,in&
khk W6t&mnma maboacd, &F sud~ t l d s e r a ,Lgw desert, and the
Red Sea a t E i l a t w i l l provide ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n a t t h e c e n t e r s
of a n t i q u i t y . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s w i l l p r o v i d e
t h e background f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a paper d e a l i n g with some s p e c i f i c
t o p i c i n human ecology i n I s r a e l .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one s e m e s t e r of biology and one s e m e s t e r of b e h a v i o r a l
science.
Enrollment:
cost:
30
$1,100.00
Classics
u: Mediterranean
Culture
Instructor:
Lloyd Gunderson
The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y
viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. Daily l e c t u r e s
and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and
M a l l i a , and c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological
Museum a t Heracleum.
I n Athens and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h the a i d of t h e
famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age of the Yycaneans,
and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
Prerequisites
: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
D i s t r i b u t i o n : None
Enrollment:
Cost:
25
$975.00
I, I
I I
French 111:
French Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n P a r i s
Instructor:
Verena Conley
F o r advanced s t u d e n t s i n French. A t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t e g r a t e d
w i ~ ha n a l y s i s a n d t l i s c t ~ s o i o n , V l s l l r : l o a r t i s t i c snrl c u L ! ~ ~ r i exhibits.
#l
~ ' W Df u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s ( L O V e r s a i l l e s and dlartres) wi1I1 CL-encli-speak~ I I Kl c c l u r r r a .
i l p ~ i o n a iwcek-end C S C I I C S ~ O I I H to N ~ r m : ~ l i r l y . S t u d y oi
items 0 1 t o p i c a l i n ~ e r e s Li r l t l ~ ed a i 1 y ant! week1 y p r e s s .
One o f t h e
m o a t imlmrtnnt aspecks o f l a n e ~ ~ ~ rs t, ur d y d u r i n g the perio<l I s he four
l i u r ~ r so l cnnvers:ttional p r a c t i c e 411 Rrotrys u l t h r e e each, wilt1 a I'l*vnclj
s t u d e n t o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y of P a r i s a c t i n g a s t u t o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep
a d a i l y j o u r n a l i n French i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e c t i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and
o b s e r v a t i o n s on French l i f e .
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
Enrollment:
Cost:
15
$895.00
German I I b :
--
E n c o u n t e r w i t h t h e Two Germanys
Instructor:
Hanno K l a s s e n
A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways o f Germany s i n c e 1945. Two weeks w i t h t h e
p e o p l e o f t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c w i l l be f o l l o w e d by a c o n c l u d i n g
s t a y i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c o f Germany. The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o u s e
t h e German l a n g u a g e f o r a c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f t h e two Weltanschauugen
which h a v e shaped v e r y d i f f e r e n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s .
I n t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c t h e Youth H o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i l l be t h e
c o n t a c t base.
S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t h e r p l a c e s o f c u l t u r a l i n t e r e s t .
Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n f o r i n q u i r i e s i n t o l i f e i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c .
Students w i l l l i v e with h o s t f a m i l i e s . I n d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t with t h e people
i s s t r e s s e d . L e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s , r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s ,
v i s i t s t o s o c i a l and w e l f a r e i n s t i t u t i o n s , and a t t e n d a n c e a t a r t i s t i c
p e r f o r m a n c e s and e x h i b i t i o n s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e
e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o k e e p
a journal.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Enrollment:
Cost:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
None
20
$895.00
Interdisciplinary J
&
:
I n d u s t r i a l Democracy i n Europe
Instructor:
Daniel Hellinger
I n t e r n a t i o n a l economic f o r c e s see111 L u i ~ ed r a w i n g Europe t o g e t h e r , w h i l e
e t h n i c and c l a s s c o n f l i c t s w i t h i n i n d i v i d u a l s t a t e s a r e s t r a i n i n g
n a t i o n a l c o h e s i v e n e s s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s o n t h e f o r c e s o f c o h e s i o n
and c o n f l i c t , b o t h economic and p o l i t i c a l , which a r e s h a p i n g t h e form
and s c o p e o f i n d u s t r i a l d e m o c r a c y i n Europe. D i s c u s s i o n p l a n n e d w i t h
b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , t r a d e u n i o n i s t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s .
C i t i e s on t h e
i t i n e r a r y a r e Amsterdam, B r u s s e l s , Luxembourg, S t r a s b o u r g , P a r i s and
London.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
None
E n r o l l m e n t : 25
Cost:
$895.00
M u s i c a:
Instrumental
-
2
Music i n England 1825-1977
Instructor:
M i l e s H. J o h n s o n
An i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e o f 45-80 s t u d e n t s , s e l e c t e d by a u d i t i o n , w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n a w o r k - s t u d y program d i v i d e d i n t o two s e g m e n t s :
1. The h i s t o r y , d e v e l o p m e n t , m u s i c a l and i n s t r u m e n t a l s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e
l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e B r i t i s h Wind Band. D a i l y l e c t u r e s a n d / o r r e h e a r s a l s
w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and w i t h B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n s and m u s i c i a n s .
These w i l l
t r a c e wind m u s i c from H a n d e l t h r o u g h t h e g i a n t s s u c h a s H o l s t
2. S t u d y p r o j e c t s by g r o u p s o f s t u d e n t s on a s p e c t s o f m u s i c a l
isolated island culture.
Sample t o p i c s : The M u s i c o f H a n d e l , C a t h e d r a l
F e s t i v a l s , BBC and Music i n E n g l a n d , Music and Times o f E l g a r , J a c o b .
S o u r c e s f o r r e s e a r c h i n c l u d e t h e B r i t i s h Museum, C a t h e d r a l l i b r a r i e s .
L e c t u r e s and s t u d y w i l l be s u p p l e m e n t e d by a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s a n d
f i e l d t r i p s t o O x f o r d , Cambridge a n d C o v e n t r y .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Acceptable audition
Distribution:
Enrollment:
Cost:
For d i s t r i b u t i o n recognition,
Department o f Music
45-80
$895.00
c o n s u l t w i t h Chairman,
Religion
E:C h r i s t i a n
Rome t o 1600 A.D.
I n s t r u c t o r : Harold Ditmanson
A s t u d y d e s i g n e d t o make C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y come a l i v e through an exp1.ora t i o n o f C h r i s t i a n Rome a s an example of Western C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y i n
i n microcosm.
Readings and l e c t u r e s w i l l be c a r e f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d with
d i r e c t e x p o s u r e t o s i t e s , monuments, a r t and a r t i f a c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e
development o f t h e a u r c h i n Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan c i t y , the
s e m i n a r w i l l c o v e r i t s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n t o a C h r i s t i a n c e n t e r and i t s
c o n t i n u e d importance throughout the Middle Ages. Recources i n c l u d e t h e
V a t i c a n Museum, Catacombs, B a s i l i c a e of S t . P e t e r and P a u l , papal tombs,
etc.
B r i e f v i s i t s w i l l be made t o F l o r e n c e , A s s i s i , Subiaco, Pompeii,
Pisa.
Prerequisites :
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Religion
Enrollment:
Cost:
35
$895.00
Religion
E:
Proclamation
S o c i a l Concern i n
------
of
Development: Dynamics
aristian
t h e Third World
I n s t r u c t o r : Ansgar Sovik
The s t u d y w i l l focus on t h e r e l a t i o n of o l r i s t i a n proclamation t o p o v e r t y ,
p o l i t i c a l o p p r e s s i o n and s o c i a l i n j u s t i c e i n t h e T h i r d World, and t h e
& r i s t i a n s V r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make
p o s s i b l e a t r u l y human e x i s t e n c e .
The Roman C a t h o l i c B e n e d i c t i n e
Monastery a t Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i l l house p a r t i c i p a n t s . Members
o f t h e Monastery s t a f f and o t h e r q u a l i f i e d l e c t u r e r s w i l l s h a r e i n
d i r e c t i n g t h e r e a d i n g , s t u d y , and d i s c u s s i o n o f L a t i n American " l i b e r a t i o n
t h e o l o g y , " r e p r e s e n t e d by such w r i t e r s a s Bonino, Camera, T o r r e s ,
G u i t i e r r e s , F r i e r e , Gheddo, Paz, and G o u l e t , and by t h e " C h r i s t i a n f o r
S o c i a l i s m " movement i n L a t i n America.
D i r e c t exposure t o and involvement
i n community development p r o j e c t through which the church i s s e e k i n g t o
a c t u a l i z e i t s s o c i a l concern w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e program.
Week-end f i e l d t r i p s w i l l f e a t u r e a r e a s of c u l t u r a l and r e l i g i o u s i n t e r e s t
such a s Mexico C i t y , t h e pyramids of T e o t i h u a c a n , t h e c o l o r f u l Aztec
m a r k e t town of T e p o z t l a n , t h e m a g n i f i c e n t a r c h a e o l o g i c a l remains a t
Oaxco, t h e c r a f t s c i t y of Taxco, e t c .
Prerequisites :
Freshman r e l i g i o n
Distribution:
Religion
Enrollment:
Cost:
20
$310.00 p l u s t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
Russian
Ia:
- I-
USSR:
A
-
C u l t u r a l Experience
Instructor:
James Walker
Focus on Kiev, Moscow, and Leningrad -- with t r i p s t o Zagorsk and
Vladimir-Suzdal -- t o e x p e r i e n c e a p o r t i o n of t h e r i c h c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e
of t h e Russian p e o p l e , from t h e i r c l a s s i c church a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e i r
b a l l e t , from t h e i r f o l k music t o t h e i r contemporary a r t . Each p a r t i c i p a n t
w i l l be expected t o read i n a s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Russian c u l t u r e a s
p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e course and upon r e t u r n t o campus submit a p a p e r on
one a s p e c t of s p e c i a l i z a t i o n based on s u c h r e a d i n g and p e r s o n a l e x p e r i e n c e s
i n t h e USSR. B r i e f v i s i t s t o Prague, Czechoslovakia and Warsaw, Poland.
Prerequisites:
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
1
Enrollment: 25
Cost:
$995.00 (round t r i p t r a n s p o r t a t i o n i s from Chicago)
Spanish
m: Spanish
Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t r e i n Madrid
Instructor:
Leon Narvaez
Aimed a t improving spoken S p a n i s h , widening c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e , and
becoming a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t r e .
Based i n Madrid w i t h
s t u d y t r i p s t o A v i l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y of t h e F a l l e n , E l E s c o r i a l , and
Segovia. A c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e t i m e s a week by S p a n i s h
s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Madrid, f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h e P r a d o and
o t h e r museums, a t t e n d a n c e a t t h e a t r e performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s
and d i s c u s s i o n .
The group w i l l a l s o a t t e n d c o n c e r t s of t h e Madrid
Symphony, f i l m showings, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l f u n c t i o n s , a s w e l l a s
p r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a j o u r n a l
i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Consent of I n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
None
Enrollment:
Cost:
15
$895.00
INTERIM 1977
Addendum # 1
Education
-
Discovering t h e World of Kindergarten should be 44331 (Elementary) r a t h e r
t h a n 45331.
Foreign Language
76457
Spanish Novel
- Prerequisites
should be 76352, 76353
History
Mass Movements --i n t h e Black
-
Community: 1880-1940
Instructor:
Ralph L. Crowder
The c e n t r a l focus of t h i s course w i l l be an examination of s e l e c t e d mass
movements w i t h i n t h e Afro-American community d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of 18801940. Our i n q u i r y w i l l be guided by an a n a l y t i c a l and h i s t o r i c a l
c r i t i q u e of c r i t i c a l e r a s and key p e r i o d s w i t h i n t h e l a t e 1 9 t h and e a r l y
20th c e n t u r y Black experience. An e s t a b l i s h e d s e t of c r i t e r i a (eg.
movement composition and s t r u c t u r e , p a t t e r n s of r e c r u i t m e n t , i d e o l o g i c a l
underpinnings, g o a l s , e t c . ) w i l l s e r v e a s t h e p r i n c i p a l means of i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Throughout t h e c o u r s e , l e c t u r e s , s l i d e showings, r e c o r d s , t a p e s
and o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s w i l l amplify r e q u i r e d readings and r e s e a r c h .
E s s e n t i a l l y t h e course w i l l n o t o n l y d e f i n e Black H i s t o r y a s a w r i t t e n
and documented e x p r e s s i o n of a people; but i n a d d i t i o n , we w i l l t a p t h e
s o - c a l l e d e x p r e s s i o n s of t h e " i n a r t i c u l a t e " a s l e g i t i m a t e h i s t o r i c a l
concerns. T h e r e f o r e , t h e i s s u e of Black s u r v i v a l , s u r v i v a l s k i l l s , and
r a c e r e j u v e n a t i o n w i l l p l a y a paramount r o l e w i t h i n o u r a n a l y s i s . Two
a d d i t i o n a l a r e a s of concern w i l l be t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of v a r i o u s segments
of t h e w h i t e community and t h e n e c e s s i t y t o d e f i n e and understand t h e
meaning and impact o f HISTORY.
It i s impossible t o understand t h e p o t e n t i a l and meaning o f t o d a y ' s
s t r u g g l e f o r Black l i b e r a t i o n w i t h o u t an understanding of i t s p a s t .
Black ~ m e r i c a n shave and c o n t i n u e t o e x i s t i n t h r e e dimensions ( i . e . t h e
products of an unescapable h i s t o r i c a l
p a s t , t h e p r e s e n t and t h e f u t u r e )
r e a l i t y f o r g i n g a r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p with t h e p r e s e n t and d e s t i n y
of t h e f u t u r e . To make h i s t o r y one must comprehend h i s t o r i c a l f o r c e s
t h e f i r s t s t e p t o freedom f o r any oppressed people i s t o f i n d and f r e e
t h e i r h i s t o r y . A c r i t i c a l understanding of Mass Movements w i t h i n t h e
Black Community can and must p l a y a v i t a l r o l e w i t h i n t h i s s e r i o u s
challenge.
--
--
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
A p r i o r h i s t o r y course i s suggested. Lower D i v i s i o n
s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission.
S o c i a l Science
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 19
Mathematics
61242
-
Basic Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n of Elementar
m m a t i c s w i l ~ c o u n ta s N a t u r a l Science d i s t r i b u t i o n requiremznt
Music
1 ' 82325
Modern N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Music N o t a t i o n and I t s Uses
I n s t r u c t o r : Leland S a t e r e n
A s t u d y of contemporary musical s c o r e s which employ n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n ,
followed by o r i g i n a l c l a s s work i n n o t a t i n g musical sounds v i a g r a p h i c symbols.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Music 82224 (Theory)
None
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 10
Philosophy
-
c o u r s e s number 82135 and 82435 should be 83135 and 83435
P o l i t i c a l Scieace/Speech, Communication
85342 ( P o l i t i c a l Science)
98342 (Speech)
Mass Communication
-
Society
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
E f f e c t s of mass communication on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
S o c i a l Science o r Humanities o r Urban S t u d i e s
Time:
I1
Room:
Old Main 8
P o l i t i c a l Science
(Summer )
85340
The B r i t i s h
-
Design f o r Mass Media
is
CANCELLED
The wrong course d e s c r i p t i o n was i n c l u d e d i n I n t e r i m c a t a l o g .
Physics
Progress
Or D i s a s t e r : Where Is Mankind Going?
Instructor:
It should be:
Mark Engebretson
Like i t o r n o t , s c i e n c e h a s become a v i t a l s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l f o r c e i n
modern America, m o s t l y f o r t h e wrong r e a s o n s . While " b e t t e r l i v i n g through
chemistry" and "progress i s our most important product" f i l l t h e media, s e r i o u s
t h i n k e r s g r a p p l e w i t h t h e u r g e n t problem of s u r v i v a l amid p o l l u t i o n , o v e r p o p u l a t i o n ,
and t h e i n c r e a s i n g r o b o t i z a t i o n of man.
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l look a t many of t h e misconceptions of s c i e n c e , and a t some of t h e
s o c i a l i s s u e s f a c i n g s c i e n t i s t s and n o n - s c i e n t i s t s a l i k e :
Texts :
A. Readings on t h e i d e a of p r o g r e s s : how we g o t h e r e
r e l i g i o u s and s o c i a l r o o t s
of t h e popular b e l i e f i n p r o g r e s s through s c i e n c e .
B. & I n q u i r y i n t o t h e Human P r o s p e c t , H e i l b r o n e r : c i v i l i z a t i o n a s we know i t
may be doomed!
The Next 200 Years Kahn; Mankind i s making more p r o g r e s s than ever!
C. The S t r u c t u r e of S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , Kuhn: s c i e n c e does n o t n e c e s s a r i l y
l e a d t o p r o g r e s s o r happiness.
D. The P o v e r t y of Power, Commoner: a c a r e f u l s t u d y of t h e o p t i o n s i n o u r f u t u r e .
-
- - - - J
Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s .
Films w i l l augment l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n .
P r e r e q u e s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Time:
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 22
Pra,rams in EL. ope
Program in Africa
Economics IIc: Business and Economics:
Multinational Corporations focus on Egypt119
Amin Kadir, Augshurg
Art 11: The Arts of Europe
6m Reidar Dittmann, S t . Oluf
Cost: $+@tH0
W i t h l l ~ t ~ ~ ~ i uionul
l t i ~d~- tu) rt l ) ~ ~ r ~for111
i t i ~ rO~~i ~ ~ I I S ~ Tt v
I ~- ~ S
i~
WII!
1 1 l ~ ~ ~ r v i Ill
u iIi<l ) t i i ~ ! , -~~I ~ ~ S ~ I I \rt)rIci.
CS~
tit) IIIS(JII~~II~
ii~m
art5rkp:111{11111 11rol1~~1ot1t
IIIY
~%;III\ ; \ ~ ~ i ' r i ~rt~r1>oriil
~rr
\vt)rltl. Since I(,$I
l < ~ y ~ , t iI<OI
i )~
SIITI,~
I t
i d j 1 1 kqnidlltls ;lrr 11t1t
f ~ ~ l f i l I p~IICI
[ l Inui11rtrn11)vtitioli is 1ni11im:iI. I ' l p p t is r c ~ * ( ~ i v iriy: ~ r ~ u ;cr tht c ~ ~ t i cth(rsi.
~ r ! d ~ ~ from
y s 111c, ~ r ~ ~ r r ~ Irr~sir~r.ss
r:;rr~
rulnlnlrnlty, I$LtI
h:
r:
r~
IaItI
i oI
tC
~c' ~
s ~"
l t u r ;und
i l 1.t41grr~us
11~l i d s pla\ u r ~ ~ a jr (d~vr111 31311 I~IIK 1t5I)USIII~!\S
ns11-1117~ I I I ~
prnctivcs, t l ~ crlrc
- ~ r l r ~ i t cdiduretlt I.~IIIII111ust'I)! t l r r C'i~itetl
States. Thus thesuccess of multinational corporations i n
I<~>-g?t(I~~)L,IILIS
tfr ;i I;lrgc d ~ g r v t 011
, I1i1b1riil)llit I ~LICI~I~SI
I
to
IIIC,ch:rr;lctt!r c ~ E
f \ lltilc18 IIII~III(YS
.ipl~roii~I~i*+.
I'iirti~,il,;u~thu i i f ~ t ~IIIC
~ IIILI~~II.
( l ~ ,t I'I(II~~II
c ~ w l j r > r i i t i11r11l
it~~~
td 111isinfis~ I~I~ 1 1 e r~1r1t1
: i I it5 r ~ j l vi l l l*:gyl~lTI ~ r i i ri1.111~lr
l
\\,it IT
c ~ n y ! l y ! (111
~ tt1t6~ ~ i ~ t i oI ~
~ iS
' s~ ~hih~or!
I I C S, t111.
S rolv I I ~
IIICIII~r ~ ~ i l c< ~ y i ~ rl d
' si ~ i i ) i r 11rs
trill IAI~IHII, Ihr lm;il ~ ~ ( ~ n usys1~111,
1it:Is. U I I ~ 1111: r o l r tlf YO) t-rn111~11t
ill co111rt11
of Ihe 11i1lIIJI>'S
woriomy. I.ec:tur~?i l>y IIII~
i v r unlwrts will hc :id(l~d
ro t h ( s ~
I+ ~llr
instructl~r\vIln i s t ~ i n l s c l l :I ~
< ~ !~* p t i a ~
I'hccuunc.
~.
will
Ilc bnscd i n t:;uru ~rmitlll i c l d trips t o :\luh:ir~cIri~l.Saqclrlr:~,
Memphis, Luxor, and Aswan.
Does not count toward major
Fulfills distrihution requirement nl :\trgsbttrg on/!/
Grading: Optional
Enrollment:
Cost: $895.00
Beginning w i t h a brief stay i n Italy for a background expos
ure to the art of the Renaissance i n Florence, the course will
focus on nirli!tt,rr~tllthtalttur! II~{JV~IIIPII~S ;IS shown i n galleries
i n Zurich, M~III~C.~I.
( :(1111g1itn.
.\IIS~
1~ri1:111i,Paris, and London.
Relatively Ilrit-t ~ t i i y 5ill LIlt-cllir.~I~II
I.OII~V will be followed
Students will be reby one wevk rgucl~i r ~P:iri> iirrtl I+OI~{~IIII,
quired to keep a journal and prepare an evaluative paper o n
a single artist represented i n one or more o f thecollections
viewed.
Counts totvard hrt Major
Fulfills distril~utio~~
requirement (Area B )
Enrollment. 8
Prerequisite:Consent of Instructor
Classics 11: Mediterranean Culture Cost: $975.00
Lloyd Gunderson, S t . Oluf
.fhr c.lvilizatirrn ( ~ (;r{btu.c
f
I r r m tllt.
Hronzr :\gr thrt111gh
vim r(l tram t \\,o 11r111i*i]>~tI
l~~i*i~tiut~s,
Ilernr-lcuri~;IIILI
;Z~~II!IIS,
l>uily Irvturos i i l ~ tvisits
l
t o Hrunzr
Age Mino:111sites iil (:rctc at LIIDSSOS.
t ' l ~ i ~ i s t;1
o1~1d
. Millliii,
( : ! i ~ ~ s i ~ * i411tiq11it
hl
v
;111dt!lt~w:III t ct1tit111
t o t l\v vast IX>IIIX-I
i o 111
~ tht!
~ ~\rcli:~t!o~o~ical Museum at Heracleum. In Athens and its environs, w i t h
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycanaeans, and field trips t o Classical
sites.
Counts toward mejor.
Fulfills distril~utionrequireme~~t
(Area A or B).
Enrollment: 25
French 111: French Language, Culture,
Cost: $895.00
and Theater in Paris
Verena Conley, S t . O l ~ f
German IIb: Encounter with the T w o Germanys
Hanno Klassen, S t . O l ~ f
Cost: $895.00
:\stud! I J ~tile xepurute rvuys olC;errlr;lily sillc~e1945. 'I*\r,rr
\r*i.ckb r v i l l ~
t l i v r ~ r p l cof tllc. (:crnl:lr~ Dt:uurcr;rtic I{c'l)~rl)lic
~ r , i~i ~
) ~e t J i ~ o t v c n ci t ?r ~
c * ~ u t5t;iy
i i ~ ~111
g t11t. i;t!<it~rd~l >,11>1ic
.Il ~ v r ~ ~* ~ur ~i~us rrtlesig~letl
o f <;~*~III~III>,
st*
l t r 4 1 s tIlc
~~ Ci~rrnik1~\~tl~II~I~L
for
- ii i , t ~ n ~ ~ - ~ i i r5111cly
u t i v t -n f tlie t w o ~ ~ ' ~ ~ I ~ ; I ~ I S ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I I
sr,I~iclrII:IVI-~IILI~)~~~I
vt-r, (llffrrerrt p o l i t i ~ * ;l~~l i i t i o t ~ s
I n theGerln:111I)clnrwri~tir.Hepublic i h c j r l u t h Hostel i n
Leipzi w i l l IIC
tliccontnrt 1 ) ~ sSide
~ . trips will hcamade to
other j a c e s 11tcult~1r111
ir~tcrt.st.M u n r r h \\illh e t h e location
for inquiries into l ~ f ill
c thc I;edc.r;il Ilcpublic. Students \\,ill
l i v e w i t h host famllitbs I n ~ l i \ ~ ~<.ot~tact
d ~ ~ u lw i t h the people
is stressed. Lecturtdr :!nil dihc~lssior~s
t r i t h students and reli~ior~
R~~JIII)~,
s
vibita to .rwi:lI 311dv t ! l f : ~ r ~I t*~ s t i t i ~ l i ( l t and
~s,
IIIIL*IIL~~I~ICP
at ; ~ r t i ~ tli >
c ~~ ~ r f i ~ r ~A~I I~~ ri -i ~
s l~~ci lt i~i lsi ~Daily
~~~s
dih~ll%~itlllh.
Pi~rti<,ijml~
11rt.
t s ra)r~t*l,tcttt o sj)in:~k(:rrri~an at all
I irr~e,. I.:;lcl~ s ~ ~ i d c is
u tr w l i l i r c d t o kcel) it jourllal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A )
Enrollment: 20
Prerequisite:German 32
.
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Pat Quade, S t . 'Oluf
Cost: $895.00
Study o f drama through attendance at performances. More
than 40 theatres make L o n d o n the theatrical center of the
E r ~ n l i s l ~ - s p er ~\vurl(I
k i ~ ~311~1will c n i t I ) l ~S~U~PIIIS t o uxperlerlue variutles opdrunratic ruductio~ti.r r ~ u d c r iuld
r ~ tradi~lrruul.'I'lle courscb rvill ill\'oS)vc plu! i l t t e ~ l d u n cuntl
i ~ rlisCUS~IIIII,
I)i~rk>lsgt.
o\)s(:rv:lllcrri alld c.trr~scrvetlu~~.
Supplrb111e11tii1
vtslts ,irt5 p1ut111tdti1 l l ~ ~ c u l t u~ r~~l t~r ilt c t i (111
~ n1,011$
IIOII,
Stri~tforcl,Oxford, L I I I ~ ( : ~ ~ n ~ I > r i i Ii111cI
g e , l o ;I rcprcose~it;ilivt. rryiouel t Iltwtrr, S t ~ r d c ~will
~ t skeep j t r ~ ~ r n s l ~ .
(:OIIII~\
to\\;ir(l Engl~shor Speech major
Ftrlfills d~stril~utlo~r
ret~ulreme~~t
(Area :\ or HI
Grading is Pass/ No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
F o r advanced students i n French. Attendance at performances intc pr,~letl\tit li analysis i111t1clixc~~ssion.
\'isils 11);1rtistic and ctlht;rrt~ ex hillits. T w o full-tl:~ycoxcurslorla( t o (\.cbr.
Interdisciplinary IIb: Theatre in London
sailles and (:hafires) n i t h French-s leakin lectnrrrs. OptiilnToni C. 'l'hornton, .-Iugsl~urg
al week-enrl r.wcursir,ns t o Normiln& Stll$y of items t r i trlplCost: $895.00
r.;d i ~ i f v r l r rill
l tlrc! tiail! a1111 trci.kly prt:w. 0 1 i vc ~ thc
f
rnnst
Theatre i n London will provide the opportunity t o experst utiy c l u r i ~ q
the pcriod is LIlr
i1r11lort11111
; + u p ~ ~oft sI21r~u11jic
ience the finest theatre i n the world. T h e heart of the course
fnur Ittrun c ~ c't~nvt-rwtiol~:II
f
I)~;II'LI~P
ill KruuI)h of tllrci+
%%'ill
~ r l t u r ~ t ~~l rI~IdgIi h~~ ~ l r s ipl r~tg~ d t ~ ~ t hi ~ fIt:l~:~issal~ce,
rfl s
~:III,~I,wit11 ;I Irrtb11r11
51 IIC~~-III
t l w [ 111ivd!rsityt ~ 1':irls
f
;IV~III~
r n pcr*t!d
1)) the R ( y a l
I l e s t o r i t t i ~ i111d
~ r ~ i ~ ~ o i l c~IIv.
in t i ~ t n r S
. l u d t ! ~ ~tvlll
t s lir~-i)
~i
t l . ~ i l yji1iis11111
ill F r ( : ~ ~ cl11ci1rli
Sh;lkcspoirt. (:trrnp~rlv.I 1 e 0 l c l VIC, the YOIIIIR Vic, the NaI 111to t ! ~ w t r ~
IIII~
. ~ ~ ~ r ~ e r I>II
v : ~ l i t ~ ~ ~ ~
p ~ ~ r rc-fleclic)~~>
~ ~ t l r ~III~
tiirrlul I hcetrt.. :~llrlrrthcrs, \'isits t o ttic R r i t i ~ hkltlseurl~,
lirollrl~l i f e
the Victoria and Albert Museum, the National Portrait
Counts toward French major.
(;ollcry. the T a l e (:nllery, t l ~ 'fnsver
c
of I,rrndorr, the tiuust3
Fulfills distribution reuuirement (Area A).
of t':~rlinme~rt,r u ~ Stratford
d
up011hvon. 'I'irnc \\ill be nlGrading is Pas No Credit only.
luttuti for i n d r p c n d r r ~ iictivilics.
t
crudes \rill I)<!l m e d
Enrollment:
Prerequisite: French 51 with minimum grade of BI t f p~
lu~
~ and
s
produou p 1 1participition i a ~ ~ C . U S S ~ I J I of
s t t ~ d r ~ l tisl n' p r c ~ s s ~ o ~ l ~
tior~s,UIII~ 111x31111 j ~ t r r t ~ rl ct l~ o r d i r l g
u ~ t irnnlyses
d
of t h u plays, tlisc~~ssions
a~ld
c v r ~ ~ot fstile
Interim.
Counla l~rtvurtll'r~gllsl~
rlr 5fwtr.h major.
Fulfillr rll*frlln~titlnr ~ r l i ~ i r t ! r l r c ~ ~ ~ .
Gradi~tg1% l'ad No 1:rr-cIilo111y
Enrolln~c~~t,
If
~L!II
Program in the Middle East
Interdisciplinary IIc:
Industrial Democracy in Europe
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $895.00
Daniel Hellinger, S t . Olof
Harold Ditmanson, S t . Olclf
Il~tcrrru~ir~n;ll
ccrulomic L t r r ~ aeerrl
~ s l o b e drltwirig Icuro e
t11gct11t~.
w f ~ i l t * t : t l i iA~ Z~ rI ~lass ~ * < ~ ~ ~wilf lItin
i c ~i s~ ~ ~ l l
slalc% :Ire a1 ri1ir11I I lllitio~iill
~
rc~ht!$ivt!tli?is.T ~ ~ + I ' ~ I11.I111
I~SU
.rn~Ict>nflict,I~rrlllc~rlliorntc
frrruk olr I he forces <)Ictrllt.jtcl~~
a n d political, which are shaping t h e form a n d scope of industrial democracy in Europe. Discussion planned with
businessmen, scholars, t r i d e unionists a n d politicians. Cit'ies
on t h e itinerary a r e Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg,
Strasbourg, Paris a n d London.
C:ounts to\vard Political Science or Economics major (depending
upon the type of requirements completed)
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area C )
Enrollment: 25
Prerequisites: One course in Economics or onecourse in Political
Science or com~letionof a short readine list us a substitute.
A study desi 11iv11 4 3 1r1i1kc<;I\ristiili~11is1c)ry(.ottle aIis,t~
f
I t r ~ n l :is
r ;UI r.ii~n~l,lc
tlf
through a n ex$a;l i l r l l ~ l (:lirihtl;t~i
vWestern
i ~ ~C h~r i s~t i ; ~ ~Iristtlr!
,
in rntcrar~t~amI l t ~ : ~ d i ;utll
~ t g It-(.tures will be carPF~~IIy
i ~ t t c # r i l l t ~wit
l 11 dirc1'1 C " X I X I L I I ~!<IP
sites, monumenls, ilrt : L I I L ~:rl.tii;it:tb relilterl I c i l h r d r v r l r q ~ ment of t h e Church in Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan city,
t h e seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian
center a n d its continued importance ttrrtjuyhu~ltt b c Mirlrllc
Ages. Resources include t h e v a t i c a n Mtisutl~t~,
Col:~cu~mt>s.
Basilicae of St. Peter a n d Paul, papal tolnI)s, ctc I5ricf v ~ r i l s
will b e m a d e t o Florence. Assisi, Subiavo, I'clmpri~. I'is:~.
Counts toward Religion major
Fulfills general requirement.
Enrollment: 35
Prerequisite: Religion 11, or erluivale~lt,interest in Christian history, and npproval of Religion Department chairman.
Music IIg: Instrumental Music
in England 1825-1977
Russian Ila: USSR: A Cultural Experience
Cost: $895.00
Miles H . Johnson, S t . O l ~ f
An instrumental ensemble of 45-BOstudents, selected b
audition. will participate in a work-study program d i v i d e l
into two segments:
1. T h e history, development, musical and instrumental
structure, a n d t h e literature of t h e British W i n d Band. Daily
lectures and/or rehearsals with t h e instructor and with
British historians a n d musicians. These will trace wind music
from Handel l l t r o ~711~ ~hibgiants such as Holst and Britten.
2. Study prrjt.ctsj,y lrlmps of students on aspects of musical life in a n istrli~teiliskllri I cu It u re. Sample topics: T h e Music of Handel, Cathedral Festivals, BBC a n d Music in
England, Music a n d Times of Elgar, Jacob. Sources for
research include t h e British Museum, Victoria a n d Albert
Museum, Cathedral libraries. Lectures and stud will be
supplemented by attendance at concerts a n d fierd trips t o
Oxford, Cambridge a n d Coventry.
(bunts toward Music major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area B )
Enrollment: 45-80
Prerequisite: Acceptable Audition
James Walker, St. Olc~f
Cost: $995.00
round trip trc~nsportationfrom Chicirgo
Focus on Kiev, Moscow a n d Leningrad - with trips to Zagorsk a n d Vladimir-Suzdal - t o experience a portion of t h e
rich cultural heritage of t h e Russian people, from their
classic church architecture to their ballet, from their folk
, r r rE::lct~
; ~ r ~ 1):lrticipant will b e ex1n11sir.I ( r tlruir c l ~ i ~ l t ~ ~ r ~ [irrl.
I > ~ ~ ,ti1t ~rw(I
! ~ li l l ;I 511t1*ii1iiv,tvliirtit t ~ titishian
f
culture as
L ~
rrturfl t o campus sub[)rrp;~retirint r ~ tr ho V O ~ I T ~~ CI I up1111
mit a paper o n o n e a s p w t rrf ~ ~ ~ c c ~ a l i z abased
t i o n on such
reading a n d personal c x p c r i u ~ ~ c in
u s t h e USSR. Brief visits
to Prague, Czechoslovukin i111tlM'arsaw, Poland.
Counts to\r,ard Russian major.
Does not fulfill distribution requirement
Enrollment: 25
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture,
and Theatre in Madrid
Cost: $895.00
Leon Narvaez, S t . Olc~f
blmed a Improvingspoken S p b h , widening cuhud exwience,and b b i r g ncqmhted wikb the S
tm -in
Mrdrid with rtutiy ttlp to A v u ~ ,
Valley of the Fitllen, El b & l , mid Sc ovla &tl*itia
Includetutoring three Hnm a wehk by &ankh skudab
from bheUdvsrstty of Mudrld. h uent vUts to t h e Prado
E&!!k-
and other mseumr, a t t h d a * athearmptqfaqnances
intpl~iutad
with analysis and dlwwlon. Tbe group will
l a wandswcem of the Madrid Symphony, fUm show-
Ings, a n d other cultural functions, as well as Protestant
and Catholic church services Students will keep a journal
rn Spunrsh
CounU tnw&dSpanlsh major
Fulf~lbd*ihut~on requirement (Area A )
c r d d b.PasgrNo
~ ~
Credit only
E n r o l k d : I3
Prereqursrte Spanrsh 51 wlth mlnrmum grdde of R-
Biology IIe or IIIe:
Human Ecology in Israel
Cost: $1,100.00
Daniel palm, -St. Olclf
Drsigrrccl t o p r r ~ m o t ea stt~cl)iriltl discovery of t h e interactons u11d relr~tiurlsl~ips
betwccu rn:ln, his v u l ~ u r ea n d history,
a n d 121c(!nvirrlrllncut in whirl1 11e livm. !l~c!course will be
interdisciplinan I I I ~i:~tui-1:.I I I u cotilltry \\it11 a I I I I ~ L ~riIrigt.
~IP
of climatic, geolt~gicr~l,
r:tCiitl, n'rrtlrrrnic ; I I L histciric.ul
~ ~
~,)cl'~
spectives, t h e p t ~ r s ~r ~h iI hi.
l usct'nt o l nl:lll C ~ I I II I Ix~rtic~~lslrIy
rewarding. Field t r i p rrrounrl J ~ - ~ I S : I ~ tVo I(:;tlilee,
II,
1111:
Mediterranean sc.:il)rri~rrl.Ihe J I K ~ n~ildt!rl~t%>,
~II
Negrv tlcsert, a n d t h e Red Sea i ~ Eilat
t
\\ill prrlvide tl~nplerrppnrtunity
t o learn at t h e centers (11onfirluitv. I.ectur*, discussicit~s,
a n d assigned readings will ~rttvirlctht. Ircluk~rounrlfor tllc
preparation of a puprr rleit/irlg ncith s o m e sj,rcitic topir in
h u m a n ecology in Israel.
Counts toward Biology major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (~\reoD )
Enrollment: 30
Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of behavioral science.
Programs in Mexico and the Caribbean
Program in Hawaii
Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development:
Dynamics of Christian Social Concern
Cost: $310.00
in the Third World
pltrs trcinsportution
Ansgar Sovik, St. Ol(lf
Asian Studies IIa:
Hawaiian Intercultural Relations
Olaf Millert, St. Olrif
cultural a n d archaeological sites. Emphasis o n differing
cultural values in t h e Spanish language area.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Grading is Pass/ No Credit only.
Prerequisite: Spanish 51
' 1 . 1 ~st I I ~ : \ \ i l l l(wiis W I tl~i!r c h t it111 of t :Itrid ~ I I TpI r i ~ ~ - l i t ~ ~ t ; t t ioti 1i1 Ixlvtbrfy. udllic.:~lolq>r{:h\itlr~i ~ n dwtiill i n j l ~ s l ill
i~~
Interdisciplinary IId: Intercultural
tl~[:'ftlird bl~[lrlc~.
i111~ltilt. (:hrbstia~~s'r i ~ I ~ o ~ ~ s i lfor
j i l tvork.
i~y
Cost: $490.00
Communication in Mexico
i r ~ gt~r\vilrrintruc.turrs !hot nlnkc presil,lc ;I trrilv h11mn11
Joel Mugge, Augshurg
rxittrnru. 'I'hv ~ I I H H ~( ~i Jt Ihrllir. llcrledirtrr~uhlo~iasler, :11
\r.ilT hourr purt rr.lpalrtr. hl ur~l.
iihuutrprc Ilair I:uc:r~luv:~c;~
tluvrd i l l hIuxict>(:itv, Ouxnca, arid [I I~r!nt:dirtirtculnllnsl ~ ~stnfl illid OI her q~laliJic(iI C Y 11rrr~
~
h e n ol t IIP h , l ( ~ l l i'ry
L T * (:IICTIIIII,IIC~I,
\\,it 11 SIII~III
Icry i l l t Ilc \,iII;~gt.of : \ ~ I U : I I U ~Ittb:Ir
i g r ~ u d i n kA, I I I ~ I ~;111cl
, ~ I ~ S C I I ~ S I I I I I K ~ I M tie111
*t~llls l ~ i l ~l d i~r ~r~ e~t i lt11tI ~ trlpb Itr trllter ptirls of 111thc t ~ c ~ n l r 'I'ruvcl
y.
to
of L.utin I \ I I I C I ~ ~ ' U
~ IlIl i ~ t ~ IrI I~~ ~~{ It I iI I(R ~\ ~r q~> r ~ ~ ( ~ l l lry
fr(l
~
bl cxictj provi(i~>
h l t ~ x l c \sill
t ~ h e h v u11,1rlt,rl)i~s, I I I1rai11,
l.
'1111rrw,I;uItii.rr~q I.'ril~l.e,
sl~c:lrwrilcrs ;rc n t ~ i l i n ~C:lhrli~rti,
:t st7tlir1p nhrrin znai~?~ l uItl ivr~l.hwi:~l,uncl r r ~ l i ~ i t >v tl~~s l i ~ t ~
C ~ i v ~ l dl i1~~,t.~I ~, I I I( ; I I \ I ~ V I , :it~[lI)! thr ''(;hri%t~ I I I I Sf i ~ r
ar[> mud^ ditfrrt*iit fr~tiitotIr II\\~II.
'rl~t?rotlrw will ex1)liirtb
Srw*iulis~n"~ r ~ a r v t ~ i ri rr ir ~IAutir~
~ t :\rilrric:t, Dtrtr.1 t:ulltrrurt.~o
ways in which tllusia :tq)ec.ts of culture influence a n d shape
~~t
i111ii~ ~ I V ~ ~ I V ~ IillI I~P! ~I ~I II I I I I I I ~ dT vI v~ ~i ?VI r ) p n ~ eprtijrct
t h e communication pr(~'ch5,both verbal a n d non-verbal. An
I I I ~ [ ) I I ~w11it.h
I I t IIV r11t1wI1is s i ~ - k i r itgu a c l ~ i a l i wits s<wi:ll
examination of tht- I ~ a r r i e nthat block effective communicatirtn l w l t t e ~ . cultures
n
urlcl explrrrt. thr. ways ~ h r r i I~orricrs
*
concoril \\'ill Ilc i u ~int egriil lirrrt o f t hc progrunt Wct!k-end
call 11e tlrokc~ldown will hr facilititted ~ I I I . ~hI .dIi r ( ~ ,Ct O I ~ ~ : I C I
fivlil lrilis tvill fc11t11rc41r~ibsoi c u l l u r ~ al n d r c l i g i o ~ ~in.s
of 'l'eol ilruuc-all.
tc!rc>t, a1lc.h :ds kfexico (:it\. lllc ~>vruniitis
with scvr:rul rlimensions r)f M r r i r a n lifr - t.l!ran
Mllxicrl <:it?,
1 IIC coIorl'1~1
;\ACV ~ n : l r k ~I f( * \ v ~<>(
I * I ' q x > ~ t l :tiIIL~ ~311q11ifi.
tllc i ~ i d i ~ e ~ uculture
lus
of Oax:lc.:I, a disciplined monastic
OL'JII a r c l l : ~ t ~ ~ l ur(*~i~uins
~ i ~ ~ t l~t OLIXI.<~,
t lit, ~ ' r i ~ f~t 'sl t ! of
ll
Several
t.rrnlm~i~~It!,
; ~ n tdh e residents 11l:i s r ~ ~ evillage.
'l'uxcrr. PIC.
pri~wrllrlr.kl e ~ t sa, n extensive d:~ily jourtliil, a n d a final paper
Counts to\vard Religion major
will b e required.
Fulfills general requirement.
Does not count tolvard major.
Enrollment: 20
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshmen religion
Grading is PasVNoCredit only.
Enrollment: 40
."
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish in
Cuernavaca, Mexico
Cost: $450.00
plus trnnsportnlion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
(formerly C I D O C )
lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish Language in t h e native
setting with native-speaking instructors, at t h e Cuernavaca
Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Strong emphasis
o n t h e development of functional languageskills at t h e
upper-intermediate level. T h e relationship of language t o
culture is also treated. Occasional trips t o important cultural
and archaeological sites. A " working ' language course in an
exciting a n d colorful setting.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32.
Grading is Pass/ No Credit on1
Prerequisite: Successful compttion of Spanish 31 01 equivalent
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cuernavaca, Mexico
Cost: $450.00
plus transportution
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
(formerly C I D O C )
lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish langua e a t t h e advanced
level in a nativesetting with native-spea&ing instructors
o f t h e C:ucrllnvar:l Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
S t n r n ~r!lnptlusis o n t h e development a n d perfecting of langungcskills at t IIP advanced level. Trips to important
Interdisciplinary Ile: French and Art:
French Caribbean Culture
Cost: $895.00
Mary E. Johnson, :\ugshurg
Stuilin i l l tllp :hrI. Iiiston.. III\I\~C'.
IJIILI 1.uItura1 richness of
Haiti artrl hlarti~iil.l~lv.
tllelr rule 111 tltc French-speaking
v : ~ ~r r f I h e Caribbean.
\r,orld. ilrltl I heir s i # ~ t i f i c i ~ l ~ (:I : Wlrl
After four cl;t!,s ol ~ntclrsivcprrp;lr:tljol~Ian campus, t h e
t\vo itnri unt: hi111' u.rrks in I l.iit i, a n d o n e
grolrp \r.ill s~~r'liti
w r r k ~ I hlrtrti~liqt~tI
rvitl~;i p n s s i t j l c ~ l ~ijl pl ( ; ~ ~ u t l e l o u p e .
I,rctilrrs, rrarlii~gs,firld er;pcrirl~crs,or:d re >arts a n d a
jourr~i~l
rt!qi~irr(I. 111Ilaiti, s l r ~ d i still
~ s irlcltlc!r \*isitsto art
galleries, t h e C e n t r e D'Art, t h e Albert Schweitzer Hospital,
t y I laiti, t h e Citadelle 1,iiIcrric~rc.~ l l Sc t i ~ ~ b
( h e Il n i v t ~ r ~ l irf
factory, a n d other ilrterrhf sprrls. SinlS O I I CI '~i ~ l ~ c IiI ~\ug:Ir
.
Il:w c.~rli)hasiswill pertain in M a r t i n i q u ~Offerrrl for Frt*ilc.h
credit o n laltermcdi:tte a n d advanced levels. :~nrl/or:Irl
f dclr:lrtn~t:nt.
rrrtlit iir~rlcprnclct~t
study) by permissic~tlr ~arl
niuj<)r
Does nut carulll lo\ri~r~l
Fulfills distrilr~~~ion
rcrl~rirl.rnr~,t
at . \ ~ r g . ~ b t t r g o n l ~ ~
Gradili~is Rted No (:rt.di( ~ I I I I V .
Enrollrncrlt 85
~
Cost: $895.00
A study of t h e interrelation of cultures, Asian, Polynesian,
a n d American, which h a v e c o m e to interact with each other
in Hawaii. Participants will b e assumed to have basic familiarity with t h e American component, a n d t h e course \rill
thereforeconcentrate on Asian a n d Polvnesian traditions
as shown in social customs, religion, and t h e arts, a n d on
t h e consequences of their interaction with t h e American
tradition in t h e 5 0 t h state.
T w o weeks at theuniversity of Hatvaii in Honolulu, with
lecturers from both t h e University of Hawaii a n d t h e EastWest Center, will be follo\t,ed by a third t\:eek at Brigham
Young University - Hawaii Campus at Laie. Representatives
of t h e various Polvnesian islands will talk about their
heritage, and participants \\,ill have access to t h e Polynesian
Cultural Center with its displavs a n d performances. In t h e
final week at t h e Makapalo Retreat Center on t h e island of
Iiarvi~ii.t Ili?rt*will I)e !,unlrli;lr) disct~ssion.;; ~ n tsyn~pohia
l
I ~ i i t r 1111
l p;l[Irrs uritt~-tl11) s t i ~ d ( * ~ itlrot~l
tts
thcir ~ ~ l t i ' i i ~ l
[>rojtx*t,r\rritIlc o[)port~lnilyt o vxplort. hist(jr1c 5 i t t ~<-I hnic
iuld ilrl muaeunls, ri.lifiinus shr111fi- ilrld t lie l~t.at.ht-. Hawaii
itself is :i I l v i n ~Iahorator! of ~nturl:ulturitl rrliltinns
Counts toward hsian Studies major
Fulfills no distril~utionrequirement.
Enrollment: 25
Show less
C O L L E G E
Transforming Education
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College and
its curriculum. Although
information was current a t
t h e time o f publi... Show more
C O L L E G E
Transforming Education
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College and
its curriculum. Although
information was current a t
t h e time o f publication, it is
subject t o change without
notice. The written policies in
the catalog are t h e College
policies i n force a t the time
o f printing. It is the responsibility o f each student t o
know the requirements and
academic policies in this
publication. If you have
questions about anything i n
this catalog, consult
Academic Advising, a faculty
adviser, the dean o f the
college, o r the registrar. Key
offices are listed o n page 8
for correspondence o r
telephone inquiries.
Published May 2004
-Y
n UI GGLII
13
from the President
I hope you are looking a t this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome! All of us hope you find, in the
course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the
work, a clarifying definition of the vocation to
which you feel called, and a confident satisfaction
that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the
community in which you will spend time for the
next several years.
I-
If you are reading this to find out more about
Augsburg College and an Augsburg education,
welcome to these pages. I believe you will find
5
that they not only tell you about the character
+.
and essence of our institution, but also about our
mission of service, particularly about those whom we serve in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg
College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, and it is in the city
that our College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will find a setting that not only
provides a great learning laboratory, but one in which you will be able to share your own talents
and skills. Augsburg's challenging academic environment is enhanced by both educational and
service experiences that trandorm theory into action and unite the liberal with the practical in
preparing students as leaders for service in a global society.
Y
F
.
The study you are undertaking at Augsburg-r
thinking of undertaking-will occur on a small
campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and
the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
A you join Augsburg, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and
from which new destinations are reachable.
Bon voyage!
Sincerely yours,
William V. Frame
President
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2004
Summer...................................... F r e s a n registration
Sept. 5-7lSun.-Tues. ....................New student orientation
Sept. 81Wed. ................................ Classes begin
Oct. 29/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 15-Dec. 3/Mon.-Fri. ............Registration for spring
Nov. 25Dhurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 29/Mon. .............................. Classes resume
Dec. 17/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 20-23IMon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2005
Jan. 18Dues..................................Classes begin
Mar. 21/Mon. ............................... M i d - t e r m / break begins
Mar. 29/rues. ................................ Classes resume
Apr. 4- 15/Mon.-Fri. .....................Registration for fall
Apr. 29/Fri. .................................. Classes end
May 2-5IMon.-Thurs. .................Final exams
May 7lSat. .................................... BaccalaureatdCommencement
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2005
Sept. 7/Wed. .................................Classes begin
Oct. 28/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 241Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 28/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Dec. 16/Fri. .................................. Classes end
Dec. 19-22tMon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2006
Jan. 17/Tues. .................................Classes begin
Mar. 2O/Mon. ....................
.
,
...... Mid-term break begins
Mar. 27/Mon. ............................... Classes resume
Apr. 14/Fri.................................. ..Easter break
Apr. 28/Fri. .................................. Classes end
May 1-4hion.-Thurs. .................Final exams
May 6lSat. ....................................BaccalaureatdCommencement
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
~.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2004
June 7 .......................................... Web opens for registration*
Aug. 13 ........................................ Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Sept. 10 ........................................s t day to add class without faculty signature
Sept. 17 ........................................ Last day to add class with faculty signature**
Sept. 23 ........................................ s t day to petition Student Standing Committee to add a
class
. L a day to drop class without record notation
Sept. 17 ......................................
Last day to change grade option or withdraw from class**
Oct. 27 ....................................
Class Weekends: Sept. 10-12, Sept. 24-26, Oct. 8-10, Oct. 22-24, Nov. 5-7, Nov. 19-21,
Dec. 3-5, Dec. 10-12
Winter Term 2005
Nov. 1 ..........................................
Web opens for registration*
Dec. 17 ........................................ Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Last day to add class without faculty signature
Jan, 7
Last day to add class with faculty signature**
Jan. 14 .........................................
Last day to drop class without record notation
Jan. 14 .................
Jan. 20 .......................................... Last day to petition Student Standing Committee to add a
class
Feb. 16 ........................................ s t day to change grade option or withdraw from classx*
Class Weekends: Jan. 7-9, Jan. 21-23, Feb. 4-6, Feb. 11-13, Feb. 25-27, Mar. 11-13,
Mar. 18-20, Apr. 1-3
Spring Term 2005
Web opens for registration*
Feb. 7 .......................................
Mar. 25 ........................................Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Last day to add class without faculty signature
Apr. 15 ........................................
Apr. 22 ........................................ Last day to add class with faculty signature**
Apr. 28 ........................................ Last day to petition Student Standing Committee to add a
class
Last day to drop class without record notation
Apr. 22 .......................................
Last day to change grade option or withdraw from classx*
May 25 ....................................
Class Weekends: Apr. 15-17, Apr. 29-May 1, May 13-15, May 20-22, June 3-5, June 10-12,
June 24-26
*Questions related to course selection or degree completion should be reviewed with your
faculty adviser at least two weeks prior to registration.
**Time 1 and 2 classes meeting for two or four sessions have different registration deadlines. Consult the registrar's Web page for details
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar's Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
~www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2005
Class Weekends: Sept. 9-11, Sept. 23-25, Oct. 7-9, Oct. 21-23, Nov. 4-6, Nov. 18-20,
Dec. 2-4, Dec. 9-11
Winter Term 2006
Class Weekends: Jan. 13-15,Jan. 27-29, Feb. 3-5, Feb. 17-19, Feb. 24-26, Mar. 10-12,
Mar. 24-26, Apr. 7-9
Spring Term 2006
Class Weekends: Apr. 21-23, Apr. 28-30, May 12-14, May 19-21,June 2-4, June 16-18,
June 23-25
Area Code
612
Access Center ..............................................................................................................
330-1749
Academic Advising......................................................................................................330-1025
Academic Enrichment ................................................................................................
.330-1165
Academic and Student Affairs.................................................................................... .330.1024
................................................... .330-1001
Undergraduate Admissions ............................
Toll-free number .....................................................................................
1-800-788-5678
.................................................. 330-1178
AlumniParent Relations ...........................
Toll-free number .......................................................................................
1-800-260-6590
......................................................................................................................
Athletics
330-1249
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ................................... 330-1053
Center for Service, Work, and Learning .................................................................... .330-1148
.330-1732
College Pastor/Campus Ministry ...............................................................................
..........................................
.............................
Public Relations & Communication
-.330-1180
ConferenceEvents Coordinator ................................................................................. 330-1107
Development (financial gifts to the College) .............................................................330- 1613
Toll-free number ............................ ......-................................................... 1-800-273-0617
330-1046
Enrollment Center ................................
Toll-free number ................................. .---. ................................................ 1-800-458-1721
Facilities Management ...............................................................................................
.330-1041
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000
.................. 330-1649
Fax ....................*.......................................‘.........
...............
..............................................................
...............................
Graduate Programs
330-1101
Human Resources ...................................................................................................... .330-1058
Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................
330-1000
President's Office ........................................................................................................
.330-1212
Registrar .............................. .....-.................................................................................. 330-1036
Residence Life (Housing)........................................................................................... .330-1109
Rochester Program...............................................................................................
507-288-2886
Student Activities ........................................................................................................
330-1111
Student Government ................................................................................................... 330-1 110
Summer Session .............................-- ..........................................................................
.330- 1046
TRIO/Student Support Services .................................................................................. 330-13 11
Weekend College .................................................................................................
3 3 0 - 1101
Mailing Address:
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Web Site:
www.augsburg.edu
A
Selection from over 50 majors
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is the
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Augsburg graduates
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively.
Augsburg offers more than 50 major*
or you can create your own major, either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 58 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while
a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC
includes Augsburg College, the College of
St. Catherine, Hamline University,
Macalester College, and the University of
St. Thomas.
Discovering your gifts and talents
The Weekend College Program offers
18 majors.
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg Core Cumculum- designed
to prepare students to become effective,
informed, and ethical citizens. Through
"Search for Meaning" courses, students
explore their own unique gifts and interests and find where their own talents intersect with the needs of our global society.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve for a
lifetime-writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a
few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the mission of the College:
"To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the
context of a vital metropolitan setting, and
by an intentionally diverse campus community."
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
--
About Augsburg 11
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr.
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's theme
for over 130 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second
president (1876-19071, required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education
for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church.
12 About Augsburg
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice
Arena, and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a cumculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William \! Frame became president
in August 1997. Under his leadership, the
College has sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education,
grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning
and the practical experience to succeed in
a global, diverse world.
Augsburg also offers graduate and
undergraduate level nursing courses as
well as supporting degree courses through
its Rochester Program based in Rochester,
Minnesota.
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now almost 18,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to undergraduate liberal
arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's
degree programs in business, education,
leadership, nursing, physician assistant
studies, and social work.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg's Weekend College program
provides an educational alternative to
adults who desire college experience but
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a baccalaureate
degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more
areas of the liberal arts.
--
About Augsburg 13
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today with approximately 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 18 majors,
Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest
program of this type among Minnesota private colleges. Faculty in Weekend College
are full-time Augsburg professors as well as
adjunct professionals. The Weekend
College student body is involved in student government, and students participate
in academic and extracurricular activities
such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations.
A Community of Learners
Augsburg Weekend College continues
to develop to meet the needs of the adult
and nontraditional student.
The heart'of any educational institution
is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal degree
and all consider teaching to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support
and are secondary to their teaching. They
are actively involved in a dynamic faculty
development program that introduces
them to current thought in many fields,
but especially in teaching and learning
techniques and theories.
The Adult as Learner
Augsburg Weekend College is based on
the assumption that students who enroll in
the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a
combination of classroom experience and
individual study. Each course is divided
into periods of concentrated on-campus
study separated by time for independent
study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this learning format,
classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either
Friday evening, Saturday morning,
Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon.
Laboratory sections or additional class
hours may be scheduled during the week.
Weekend College students may take from
one to four courses each term. Selected
courses are also available on weekday
evenings and are open to both day and
Weekend College students. The academic
year for Weekend College is divided into
three trimesters.
Essential to the goals of Augsburg's
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of
College facilities such as Lindell Library
and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and
dramatic presentations and athletic events.
Weekend College Faculty
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
ROCHESTER PROGRAM
Augsburg has established a branch
campus in Rochester, Minnesota. Classes
in Rochester meet on an evening or weekend schedule, making them accessible to
working adults. There are three trimesters
in each academic year, following the same
schedule as the Weekend College program.
-
14 About Augsburg
Several complete degree programs are
available through the Rochester campus. In
addition, students may work on a variety
of other majors through a combination of
Rochester-based courses and courses taken
in the day or Weekend College program on
the Minneapolis campus. Students who
enroll in Rochester courses are required to
have an individual e-mail address and have
access to the Internet to facilitate the use
of technology in the learning and communication process. Further information may
be obtained from the Rochester program
website at <www.augsburg.edu/rochester>
or by calling the Weekend College
Admissions Office at 612-330-1101.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical
complexes-Fairview-University Medical
Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Comers theatre district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Augsburg is located just blocks away from
two Hiawatha Line light rail stations.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnevramp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, Lindell Library and the
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Offices-The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for the day program is located on the first floor of
Christensen Center. The Weekend College
Admissions Office, Rochester admissions,
and the Graduate Studies Admissions
Office are located at 624 21st Avenue
South.
Anderson Hall (1 993)-Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies; the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning; and the Office of
Public Relations and Communication.
Christensen Center (1967)-The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
and offices for student government and
student publications. The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor.
East Hall-Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Fond du Lac Tribal College Center.
Edor Nelson Field-The athletic field,
located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the
playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome
covers the field during the winter months,
allowing year-round use.
-
About Augsburg 15
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication
(1 988)-The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry, the
drama and communication offices, and the
StepUP program. The Foss Center's lower
level is home to the Academic Enrichment
Office, which includes the Groves
Computer Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor
Center, and the John Evans Learning
Laboratory; and the Center for Learning
and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)
program.
Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community
The JamesC. Lindell Family Library
(1 997)-This library and information
technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. It is
located on the block of campus bordered
by 22nd and 21st Avenues, and by
Riverside Avenue and Seventh St.
The jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center-Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center, with its Office of Alumni and
Parent Relations, is located inSrmley's Point,
2200 Riverside Ave.
Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center,
and general auditorium purposes. The
Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973)-Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 19641, it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964)Murphy Place is home to the three of the
four components of the Office of
International Programs- Center for
Global Education, Global Studies, and
International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color -American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and
HispanidLatino Student Services.
Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty
New Hall (1 999)-A three-story
apartment complex along 20th Ave.,
between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors
and seniors in units from efficiencies to
two-bedroom suites.
Old Main (1900)-Home for the
modem languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
-About Augsburg
16
Science Hall (1 949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
finance and administration offices, and various other program offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Smiley's Point (2000)-The Smiley's
Point building on Riverside Avenue, once a
favorite ice-cream parlor for Augsburg students, now houses the Institutional
Advancement and Community Relations
division, including the Development
offices and Alumni and Parent Relations.
Sverdrup Hall (1 955)-Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains the Enrollment Center and
Academic Advising, as well as classrooms
and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)-Named in honor
~ ~
of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, t h tower
provides living quarters for 324 students.
Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their
own lounge, study, and utility areas.
ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement.
College of t h e Third Age-In 1976,
Augsburg initiated one of the first programs in the country that offers classes for
older adults, taught in their neighborhoods. Many of the instructors are retired
Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third
Age is located in Foss Center, Room 172.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
2lst Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (M MEP)-The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs
that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East
Hall.
-
About ~ u ~ s b u r17
g
H POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
612-330-1023.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
ACCREDrrATlON AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society
Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education
Council on Social Work Education
(B.S. and M.S.W.)
National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education
National League for Nursing
Accreditation Review Commission on
Education for the Physician Assistant
(ARC-PA)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, Minnesota Private College
Council, National Society for Experiential
ducat ion, and Campus Compact.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*The Higher Learning Commission of the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, 312-263-0456;
<www.higherlearningcommission.o r p
Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 16 percent represent the
Roman Catholic Church, and 18 percent
represent other denominations and religions.
Accreditation-The Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Accreditation Review
Commission on Education for the
Physician Assistant (ARC-PA). Approved
by the American Chemical Society,
Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy,
Inc., National Association of Schools of
Music, and the National League for
Nursing.
Member-Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, as described
on page 17.
Enrollment (Fall 2003)-3,172
dents from 29 countries.
W
Financial Aid-Over 80 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
CI
Library--Over 180,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
CI
School Year-Two semesters from
September to May, and two summer
school sessions. Augsburg Weekend
College-trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Programtrimesters, September to June.
M
Majors-More than 50 majors in 35
departments and programs.
CI
Off-Campus Programs-The Office
of International Programs offers study
abroad programs throughout the
world, including Augsburg's own
Center for Global Education and
International Partners programs.
Augsburg is also a member of the
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA).
CI
Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
CI
Policy--Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
stu-
Graduates-18,000 graduates from
1870 through August 2003.
Student/Faculty Ratio-15 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 13-17.
Campus-17 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility
Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skywayItunneVelevatorsystem
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
Deqrees
- Granted-B.A., B.S., B.M.,
M.A., M.B.A., M.S., M.S.W.
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
- and character. We
want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community, and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
The College selects students on individual
merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual
orientation, or age.
Visit t h e Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and families with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.--612-330-1001
or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor of the Christensen Center.
For Weekend College admission information, call 612-330-1 101.
DAY PROGRAM FRESHMEN
Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. Students may
apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/day>.
Transcripts-An official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. If the student
has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institution should also be
sent. General Education Development
(G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead
of the high school transcript.
Test ScoresFreshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred; results
from SAT are also accepted. Test scores
recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient.
Recommendations-Two letters of
academic recommendation are required.
References may use the Augsburg recommendation form in lieu of writing a letter.
If the applicant has been out of school for
several years, the form or letter may be
completed by a supervisor, employer, or
other person for whom the applicant
works.
Additional Information-If
there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor.
--
Undergraduate Admissions 21
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester's
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision-Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. The first offers of admission
are made on November 1. After that, students are notified of the admissions decision usually within three weeks after the
application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $loo*
enrollment deposit to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions within 30 days of
their financial aid notification. Extensions
may be requested in writing to the director
of financial aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100" enrollment deposit to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Those students
who wish to live in College housing must
also submit a $200 housing deposit along
with the housing contract to the Residence
Life Office.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants
and arrange a personal interview with the
director of undergraduate admissions.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 non-refundable application fee to the
Augsburg Weekend College Admissions
Office. Students may apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/weekendz.
Transcripts-Official transcripts from
all previous postsecondary institutions
should be sent directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office. Applicants with
less than one year of previous transferable
college work should also have their official
high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented instead of the
high school transcript.
Additional Information-If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
22 Undergraduate Admissions
Notification of Admissions Decision
-Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
W TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other colleges or
universities. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses completed at regionally
accredited institutions with a grade of
2.O/C or better. Augsburg does not grant
credit for developmental courses, technical
courses, or courses with grades below
Z.O/C. The College reserves the right to
require that certain courses be taken at
Augsburg.
Augsburg operates on a course credit
system rather than semester or quarter
hours. Augsburg course credits are equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter
hours. Transfer credits from semester or
quarter hour institutions are converted to
Augsburg credits by dividing by four or
six, respectively.
Augsburg College limits transfer credits
from two-year colleges. Students may
transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits
(96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges.
Once a student reaches these credit limits,
no additional credits will transfer from
two-year institutions toward the 32
Augsburg credits required for a baccalaureate degree. Courses taken beyond the credit limit can, however, be used to meet liberal arts and major requirements. Augsburg
students should consult with their faculty
adviser and the Office of the Registrar
before taking courses at other institutions.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of at least 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) in
previous college work is recommended for
admission to the College.
The evaluation of transfer credits is
completed by the Office of the Registrar
and is based on a student's official transcripts. The registrar's office evaluates
coursework for credit and for applicability
toward Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements. Academic departments are
responsible for evaluating the applicability
of coursework toward a student's major or
minor. The major or minor department
may require certain courses or a minimum
number of courses be taken at Augsburg.
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State College and University
System who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and
have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA
or higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1. Admission will be with junior standing following the Minnesota Transfer
Curriculum. A maximum of 16 Augsburg
equivalent credits (64 semester credits or
96 quarter credits from a community college) will be accepted. No additional credits may be transferred from a community
college.
2. All Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements will be waived except:
REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation Course
Senior Keystone Course
One Augsburg Experience
I
-
Undergraduate Admissions 23
-
Modem Language requirement (0-2
courses, depending on initial assessment)
One college algebra course ( W T
105) or Math Placement Group 3
One course that meets the
Quantitative Reasoning Graduation
Skill requirement
One course in the major that meets a
Writing Graduation Skill requirement
HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or
one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment).
This requirement is waived for students who have transferred two
equivalent courses
3. Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application
to majors. Some Augsburg majors require
additional prerequisite coursework beyond
the A.A. degree. Students are advised to
consult major departments for major
requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission
by the Admissions Committee after August
15 for entry in fall semester or December
15 for entry in spring semester.
FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official tran-
script sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a.petition to the registrar's office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Students who have graduated from
Augsburg who are returning to complete a
second major will not be awarded a second
degree unless it is a different degree from
the first awarded. Minors are not noted on
the transcript if they are completed after a
baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DECREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
-Undergraduate Admissions
24
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
International students are a vital part of
the Augsburg community. (See
International Student Advising on page
49.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and financial requirements. All applicants
must provide proof of financial solvency
Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1 for fall, Dec. 1 for spring.
For more information, call
612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678
(toll free); e-mail
<admissions@augsburg.edu>;or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
I
I ) '
, .-' ,':,
.- ,
:I,
,
\
*
,
I
I
!
.
,
I4
1 students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
Full-time students-see
page 84.
DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
............$20,260
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2004. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more course credits during the semester.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, and admission to most
College-supported events, concerts, and
lectures. The amount is payable in two
equal installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 2,460
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester andlor an
Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for
that course.
audit policy on
Room Rent
(on average, includes basic
services) ..................................$ 3,100
(Detailed room rates and housing options
are available through the Office of
Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2004-05 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
763
..................$
2,980
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
..................4
2,900
....................$
2,650
Student Activity Fee ................S
180
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ..................$
18
Information Technology Fee ..$
300
Flex 5 point plan
OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
$ 90
students) .................................
Late Registration .............................. $ 50
Petition fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Lifetime Sport
(part-time students) ................... $ 180
Extended Payment Plan Fee ............$ 50
-
Financial Information 27
Overload Fee
(per course credit over 4.5,
Day and WEC/Rochester/United
combined) ..................................$2,460
Private Music Lessons, per semester
(14 lessons-.0 cr. or .25 cr.) ......$350
(14 lessons-.5 cr.) ......................$700
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..................$100
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$150
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$350
Zero-credt seminar (part-time
students) .......................................$763
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students) ....................... .$ 25
Locker Rental ....................................$ 50
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ........................................... $ 200
-motorcycle .............................. $ 100
Transcript Fee
Regular service ........................... .$
5
Next day .....................................$
8
On demand ................................. $ 15
Special Examinations,
Cap Q Gown Costs
(Schedule onfile in registrar's office)
BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to average
.OO per course.
H DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable)
....................$
100
Required of all new students after
lcceptance. The enrollment deposit is credted to the students' account only upon
yaduation or withdrawal. Any net credit
lalance (after all charges and/or fines) will
]e refunded upon request of the student.
For more information, contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit ......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages andlor fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
following the conditions delineated in the
housing contract. The resident will be
responsible for all costs incurred due to
late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract.
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) ......................... $ 25
Tuition (per course) .........................$1,525
Tuition (per summer course 2004) ..$1,400
Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$11.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 763
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ......................... ..$ 180
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning ..................$ 150
Nursing Clinical Fee ........................$ 250
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150
Late Registration Fee ........................$ 50
Transcript Fee
Regular service ............................$
5
8
Next day ......................................$
On demand ..........................,......$ 15
Petition Fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Zero-credit seminar .......................... .$ 763
Extended Payment Plan Fee .............$ 50
-Financial Information
28
PAY MENTS-DAY
PROGRAM
Semester Fees-Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment Center is sent to the student.
Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and
December 15 as billed; (2) Extended
Payment Plan-an extended payment plan
is available each semester. Details are
included with the bill for each term.
PAYMENTS-WEEKEND
COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options-(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Extended
Payment Plan-an extended payment plan
is available each semester. Details are
included with the bill for each term. (3)
Employer Reimbursement: students whose
employers reimburse them for all or part of
their tuition and fees may pay a $100
deposit per course credit at the start of the
term. The balance, which is subject to
finance charges until paid, is due 60 days
after the last day of the term. Students on
this plan must file an employer reimbursement application form each academic year.
The student is responsible for payment of
the balance should the employer not reimburse for any reason. If the employer offers
partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed
portion of tuition and fees must be paid in
full at the start of the term.
-
~
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of .67 percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an
approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s1
. . and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Withdrawal
from College form available in the
E m o h e n t Center. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the
Enrollment Center. Students who properly
withdraw or change to part-time, who are
dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor room (except for the
minimum deduction of $100 to cover
administrative costs) in accordance with the
terms of their housing conmact and/or the
appropriate tuition refund schedule.
-
-
Financial Information 29
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center in
order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw (stop
attending) but do not complete the
drop/add form are responsible for all
charges. Financial aid may be adjusted
based on the student's last recorded date of
attendance. Refund calculations are based
on the date that the drop/add form is
processed.
Augsburg College Day Program
Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a
term and are not receiving Federal Title IV
financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid
includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant,
Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS
Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term.
Refwut
Amount
ReJund
Period
100%
Through the first 10 days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the 1l t h day through the
15th day of classes
80%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
70%
From the 21st day through the
25th day of classes
60%
From the 26th day through the
30th day of classes
50%
From the 31st day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
Augsburg Weekend College Program
tefund Policy: This policy applies to new
ind returning Weekend College students
who drop a portion of their scheduled
:ourse load. It also applies to students who
:ompletely withdraw from college and do
lot receive financial aid.
Refund
Amount
100%
Refund
Period
Through the Friday following
the first class weekend (less a
$100 administrative fee if withdrawing from the current term
entirely)
80% Through the Friday following the
second scheduled class meeting
60% Through the Friday following the
third scheduled class meeting
40% Through the Friday following the
fourth scheduled class meeting.
No refund after the fourth scheduled
class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be
applied to the student account and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits,
etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund of any resulting credit balance
is determined. Please allow two weeks for
a refund.
The refund is a percentage of the full
tuition charged, not a percentage of any
deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits
made under the employer reimbursement
payment plan.
Rochester Program and United Hospital
Program Refund Policy: See the published
refund schedule for your program.
Federal Return of Funds Policy: This
policy applies to students who have completed at least one full term, withdraw
from all courses for the current term, and
receive federal Title IV financial assistance
(including Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins
Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent PLUS Loan).
The Return of Funds Policy is based on a
percentage derived from the number of
days attended divided by the number of
days in the term.
-
-
30 F~nanc~al
Information
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Financial Petition Committee.
Petition forms are available in the
Enrollment Center.
attendance. Proof can include, but is not
limited to, statements from each instructor
that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at
another college or university If approved,
grades of W will be recorded and charges
for the term dropped. The administrative
cancellation fee is $300.
MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the
percentage adjustment, upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor
stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment. Requests for medical refunds should be made through the
Financial Petition Committee.
UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the enfire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Enrollment
Center.
A student who registers, does not
attend any classes, and does not withdraw
may petition to withdraw retroactively. The
student must petition within six months of
the end of term and provide proof of non-
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure "Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid." This brochure is available
from the Enrollment Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Enrollment Center,
will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education
in a time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2003-2004 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
-
Financial Information 31
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1.Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web
at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>.Students and their
parents may sign the FAFSA electronically
using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department
of Education. Instructions for requesting a
PIN can be found at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>.
Be sure to include the Augsburg College
code, 002334, on your application. Submit
your application to the processing agency
after Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by
April 15 for priority consideration.
3. Complete the current year
Verification Worksheet, available at
cwww.augsburg.edu/enroll>,and submit it
to the Enrollment Center.
4. Submit copies of federal tax forms
For the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2003
to be considered for financial aid for 20042005). Tax forms are required for the stulent and parents of dependent students, or
spouse of student if filing separately.
WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid package
will be sent to the student. This package
includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued eligibility
SubsidizedIUnsubsidizedFederal
Stafford loan application
Students complete and return one copy
of their award letter to the Enrollment
Center. In addition, the student must complete and return the Stafford Loan application to receive Stafford Loan funds.
Applications for the SELF Loan and the
Parent PLUS Loan are sent upon request.
H KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships
and grants that might be available in their
own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation
Services, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children, and other sources.
32 Financial Information
Academic Excellence Scholarships
President's Scholarship-President's
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must have a 3.7 or
higher GPA and a 27 or greater ACT composite (or a combined SAT score of 1210 or
greater). Separate applications are required.
The application deadline is February 1.
Phi Theta Kappa S c h o l a r s h i p
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.5 GPA. Call
Undergraduate Admissions for info., 612330-1001.
Achievement Scholarships
Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before
May 1 for fall or Dec. 1 for spring.
Selection is based on high school GPA and
national test scores.
Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p
Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1 for fall or
Dec. 1 for spring.
Augsburg Legacy Award-These
scholarships provide tuition benefits to
full-time day students working toward
their first bachelor's degree who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of
Augsburg graduates; siblings of current
Augsburg students; children or spouses of
current ELCA pastors. Deadline: May 1 for
fall or Dec. 1 for spring.
Science ScholarshikThese scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their
high school class or ACTISAT test score,
majoring in chemistry or physics at
Augsburg. Deadline: Accepted for admission by May 1.
Augsburg AmeriCorps
Scholarship-These scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is
May 1.
Minority Encouragement Program
Scholarship-The Minority
Encouragement Program Scholarship recognizes freshmen who have graduated
from a St. Paul public high school in good
standing and who participated in their
school's Minority Encouragement Program.
MEP students are assured of receiving a
minimum award of $5,000 per year upon
admission to Augsburg College.
Application deadline is May 1.
Leadership, Service, and
Performance Scholarships
Ethnic Leadership ScholarshipsEthnic Leadership Scholarships recognize
incoming freshmen and transfer students
with demonstrated scholarship and a
record of, andlor potential for, leadership.
Eligible students must be full time in the
day program and have the recommendation of the appropriate Augsburg Ethnic
Student Services program director and
another individual knowledgeable about
the student's extracurricular activities. The
application deadline is May 1. For more
information and an application, contact:
American Indian Student Services,
612-330-1144
Hispanic-Latino Student Services,
612-330-1309
Pan-Afrikan Student Center, 612-3301022
Pan-Asian Student Services, 612-3301530
Financial Information 33
Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i v
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 1.
Minnesota State Scholarship a n d
Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment
Center for accepted enrollment patterns.
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
PRIME Scholarships (Paired
Resources in Ministry a n d Education)
-Augsburg College will match congregational grants or scholarships up to a maximum of $750 ($1,500 total award) per student per year. Deadline for application is
February 1.
CALL Scholarships (Congregations
and Augsburg support Lutheran
Leaders) -Augsburg College CALL
Scholarships recognize incoming students
of high academic achievement with a
demonstrated record of leadership within
their Lutheran congregations. Augsburg
will provide a double match of congregational grants or scholarships up to $750
($2,250 maximum award) for students
who meet the leadership criteria as specified on the application. The awards are
renewable, depending on the class level at
entry point (i.e., a new entering junior will
have two years of eligibility). Final selection of CALL Scholarship recipients is
made by the College. Deadline for application is February 1.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant-These
awards are based on financial eligibility
academic record, and participation in
extracurricular activities in school,
community, and church.
Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines maximum grant for
2003-04 is $4,050.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian ScholarshipBureau of
Indian Affairflribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairnribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
34 Financial Information
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan-A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000
($40,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1. Interest is capped at
8.25%.
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniorsfieniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan-A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins
within 60 days of check disbursement at a
variable interest rate not to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per
month. Application forms are available at
Augsburg College Enrollment Center or
the lending institution.
-
Financial Information 35
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on financial eligibility and potential
competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the
College is considered financial aid, just
like scholarships, loans, and grants. A
maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program and Minnesota State Work
Study Program-Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff, and
friends, offers more than 400 sponsored
scholarships.
All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic
achievement, financial need, and selection
criteria established by the donor. A list of
scholarships follows.
*Indicates endowed scholarships
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial
Scholarship*
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship* ,
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland
Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Emma Johnston Mathwig Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship*
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
Senior Challenge Endowment Fund*
Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Xcel Energy Scholarship
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
36 Financial Information
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
Dain Rauscher Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
The Grace Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund*
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
ING Foundation Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Karen Neitge Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0 . Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial
Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship*
Loren Manuel Schottenstein Memorial
Scholarship
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Wells Fargo Scholarship
CAMPUS MINISTRY/CHRISTIAN
SERVICE
John Andrew Adam Memorial
Scholarship*
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship*
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom
Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial
Scholarship*
Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Lee Family Scholarship*
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Pastor Carl 0 . and Edith W. Nelson
Memorial Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATlONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
American Indian Scholarship*
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
I
-
Financial Information 37
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial
Scholarship*
KerridgdMueller American Indian
Scholarship
James M. Kingsley American Indian
Scholarship*
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship*
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarships*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
Women of the ELCA Native Women's
Achievement Award*
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Class of 1998 Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes
Scholarship*
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Marina Christensen Justice Memorial
Fund*
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
Norman D. Holen Art Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Scholarship*
Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology
Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Malcom and Maybelle Estrem
Scholarship*
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship*
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship*
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship*
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
38 Financial Information
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship*
Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship*
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship*
Pederson Samuelson Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Murphy Square Literary Award*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. P A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Health and Physical Education
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship*
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship*
James P Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0 . J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Mathematics
Floyd \! and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship*
Mathematics Scholarship
Robert Wick Scholarship*
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
Modern Languages
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language
Scholarship*
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel
Scholarship*
Music
Albert and Solveig Birkland Scholarship
Centennial Singers Scholarship*
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Leonard and Anabelle Dahlberg
Scholarship
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
Marjorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship*
Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship*
Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
Carol Halverson Heam Violin Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
Financial Information 39
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Orville and Gertrude Hognander
Scholarship
Robert Karlen Scholarship
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for
Excellence in Music*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . ~ o w e r - ~ d r d Male
k a ~ Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Susan Halverson Mahler Viola
Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship*
Edwin W and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship*
St. John's Lutheran Church-John Nonis
Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial
Scholarship*
Henry P Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
Sampson Music Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Nordic Area Studies
Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
Nursing
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship*
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physician Assistant
Alne Swensen Scholarship*
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Berth E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship*
Physics
Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
Alfred A. Iversen Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship*
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion Scholarships
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship*
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship*
Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship*
Financial Information
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship*
Elias F! Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial
Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship*
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Onesimus Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*
Ronholm Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship*
Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship*
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo F: Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
ArtsReligion Scholarship*
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and develo~ment"'0 occur in formal and
informal activities of the Colleg'e and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staffhave
officesin the F ~~ ~~ b
~~ ~, i Center
~ kl , ~
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
Augsburg College created a program
entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the
generous support of the Lilly Endowment.
in Spring 2002, the Exploring
Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and
work. The program assists students in this
journey by intentionally introducing vocational themes into the curriculum, co-curricular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the
College. Exploring Our Gifts also provides
resources to encourage students to explore
Christian ministry Contact the director of
Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program.
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights,
and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student Government is organized into
several committees. Elections are held in
the spring for the next year. Freshmen
elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are possible-program planning, writing,
editing, or service opportunities. If you
want to get involved, contact the president
or vice president of the student body in
their offices in the lower level of the
Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and
organizations that serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, speakers, and visiting personalities
in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (student lounge) is a popular hangout located in the lower level. Many of the
clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student
offices in this area include the College
newspaper, the Echo; the yearbook, The
Augsburgian; Student Government; the
community senrice organization, the LINK;
and the Augsburg Student Activities
Council (ASAC).
--
Student Life 43
FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
swimming, track and field, and golf.
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
4 4 Student Life
7
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for all students
as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 49.)
Augsburg's mission focuses on student
learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student
learning, the student and academic affairs
offices work to bring together the student
learning found in the classroom with the
activities of experiential education and
work, residence life, and the learning
resources of the library and information
technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal
academic programs and requirements are
described on page 56.
ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER
The Academic Skills Center, located in
Room 18 of Foss Center, is designed to
offer students study-skills assistance so
that they may achieve academic success.
The center assists students in improving
their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and
comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic
testing is also available to assess skills in
reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will
assist students in developing effective and
efficient study skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for con-
tent tutoring in most freshman- and
sophomore-level courses. The center also
notifies students of tutoring labs available
and coordinates supplementary instruction
sessions, in which tutors attend the classes
and lead discussions after class on major
concepts of the course.
The John Evans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing, and mathematics
through the use of computer software.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES
Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS)-The Center
for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented cognitive, psychological, and neurological disabilities.
CLASS has been recognized as a leader in
its field, helping these students gain full
access to the college cuniculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg's commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education
to students with diverse backgrounds,
preparations, and experiences.
Students who qualify for assistance
from CLASS work directly with one of our
disability specialists to develop an appropriate educational plan. These plans may
include:
Accommodations for testing and
classroom (e.g., extended time, notetaking)
Referrals to other campus resources
(e.g., tutoring, general technology
assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid)
-
Student Life 45
Use of assistive technology through
the Groves Computer Laboratory
Individual meetings (weekly or occasional) with a specialist for assistance
with academic, organizational, and
time management skills
CLASS specialists may also consult
with instructors, academic advisers, and
other members of the college faculty, staff,
or administration to ensure that students
have every opportunity for success. Taking
advantage of those opportunities, however,
remains the student's responsibility.
These services are available to any
Augsburg student who establishes eligibility by submitting appropriate documentation to the CLASS office. A copy of the
Guidelines for Documentation of a
Disability can be obtained by contacting
the CLASS Office. CLASS also provides
informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to
help students determine whether they
should seek a thorough evaluation by a
qualified professional.
These services are made possible in part
through endowment support provided by
the Gage Learning Disabilities Program
Endowment and the Groves Foundation.
Access Center-The Access Center
provides support and specialized services
to students with documented physical disabilities. The goal of the Access Center is
to assist students in reaching their individual potential, to promote their independence, and to ensure their access to the
educational experience at Augsburg
College. Areas of assistance include but are
not limited to:
*Individual meetings with the physical
disabilities specialist on a regularly scheduled basis
-Assistance with organization and time
management issues
-Academic advising and registration
-Housing assistance
-Advocacy with faculty and staff
-Assistance with community support
services and other non-academic issues
The Access Center also provides academic accommodations for students. These
include providing note takers, taped texts,
typing of papers, sign language interpreters, and adaptive physical education
courses. Adaptive technologies available
through the center include Braille translating software, a Braille printer, CCTY TTY,
Jaws, and speech recognition software.
Through a system of skyways and tunnels, the majority of the Augsburg campus
is accessible to those with mobility impairments ensuring access regardless of the
weather. There are a variety of modified
and fully .accessible rooms available in the
residence halls.
TRIO PROGRAM
TRIO programs are federal grant programs funded by the U.S. Department of
Education, which seek to help students
overcome class, social, academic and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO
programs are designed to help students
prepare for college, adjust to college life,
and attain good academic standing. They
also help students improve their likelihood
of transfer and graduation from a four-year
degree program in addition to preparation
for graduate school.
TRIO/Student Support ServicesStudent Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO
program designed to help students persist
in college and graduate in a timely manner.
The program serves students who are lowincome, first-generation college students
(neither parent has a four-year degree) and
students with disabilities to develop the
skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a baccalaureate
-
-
46 Student Life
degree. Participants in TRIOISSS must also
be U.S. citizens, permanent residents or
refugees, must demonstrate academic need
for program services, and be committed to
succeed in college.
Augsburg TRIOIStudent Support
Services serves 120 students from the point
of admission through graduation, including transfer students, Day program and
Weekend College Students. TRIOISSS typically admits 25 new students to the program each year.
Major components of the Augsburg
College TRIO/SSS program include:
*Individual academic advising and support, including appropriate goal attainment
strategies and self-advocacy skill-building
*Academic program planning, including pre-registration for each term, major
and career decision-making, and extended
four-year planning
*Financial aid counseling and education
*Academic progress monitoring, weekly
progress meetings for students on academic probation
*Academic success workshops, group
academic skill development
*Student leadership development and
opportunities for conference travel
*Social and cultural activities and student-led events
*Summer Bridge program including
free summer-term college coursework,
academic seminars, adjustment-to-college
workshops, and advising for a small group
of incoming first-year students
*Need-based scholarships for first- and
second-year students actively participating
in TRIOISSS
*Program-sponsored tutoring, academic
learning communities and supplemental
instruction in select academic subjects
Students may apply for TRIOISSS any-
time after admission to Augsburg College,
however preference is given to students
who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more information, an application, or to make an appointment with a
TRIOISSS Advisor, please contact TRIOISSS
program staff at 612-330-1311.
STEPUP PROGRAM
The StepUP Program is an Augsburg
College program for men and women in
recovery from addiction to alcohol and
other drugs who are pursuing their college
education. The StepUP Program concurrently supports Augsburg students in their
academic studies and their recovery.
The StepUP Program offers separate
chemical-free housing accommodations,
advocacy with faculty and staff, weekly
individual support meetings with the director or assistant director, referrals to campus
services, and extracurricular team building
and community activities.
Requirements for admittance into the
StepUP Program include an agreement to
live in StepUP housing, a minimum of six
months continuous sobriety, and a commitment to a 12-step abstinence-based
recovery program.
StepUP promotes the vision of belonging and being at peace with oneself, while
respecting the hard work of personal
growth. We encourage students to create
friendships and form bonds, some of
which will carry throughout a lifetime.
StepUP celebrates recovery in community as a normal part of personal growth.
Students are challenged to take responsibility for themselves and their decisions while
maintaining a healthy respect for the disease of chemical dependency. StepUP students join together for mutual support and
to help one another access additional
opportunities outside of StepUF!
-
Student Life 47
HISPANICILATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Services
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Indian students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to successfully navigate
Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program
Assists with application process
Helps students secure financial aid
Nurtures students' identification as an
American Indian
Provides opportunities for students to
leam about their heritage
Provides opportunities for the campus community to leam about American
Indian culture
Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, intended to increase the number of
American Indian teachers in these districts.
Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature
in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded
state teaching licensure may then apply
for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
The Hispanic/Latino Student Senices
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, scholarships,
orientation and registration, academic
planning, career counseling, housing,
internships and employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanid
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian-American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic pursuits, and
employment and placement referrals.
The Augsburg Asian Student
Association is affiliated with the program.
The association organizes various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asians, other students at Augsburg, and
the surrounding community.
48 Student Life
PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces
its roots to an event held in 1968 called
"One Day in May" when Augsburg hosted
a series of interactive programs with the
community. As a result, Black Student
Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the
years, into the PAC.
PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious
personal, academic, financial, pre-professional and transitional support for students
of Afrikan descent. This service enhances
the recruitment, retention, and graduation
of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their
learning experience to be interactive. PAC
brings the knowledge and experience of
Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming
and advises the Pan-Afrikan Student
Union.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan
descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the
Augsburg community. PASU sponsors a
variety of social and cultural activities. The
offices of PAC and PASU are located in
Murphy Place 208 and 209.
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of
licensed psychologists. Services include
individual counseling, group counseling,
psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach.
Students may discuss personal issues
such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
motivation, transitions, family issues, selfimage, difficult decisions, eating concerns,
grief and loss or other issues with the psychologist. Professional counseling can
make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased selfunderstanding and personal growth.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
HEALTH INSURANCE
Augsburg College does not require that
students have health insurance, with the
exception of international students and
students who participate in intercollegiate
athletics. If a student is not covered by a
health insurance plan, they may purchase a
student policy by contacting the Center for
Counseling and Health Promotion for
more information.
HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES
The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with
UFP-Smiley's Clinic. These services are
limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley's Clinic provides certain clinic
health services with a minimal co-pay at
the time of the visit. Emergency services of
I
Student Life 49
7
any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley's
Clinic. Students with health insurance can
also access Smiley's Clinic for a variety of
clinic or other health services. A student's
health insurance provider will be billed for
medical services and the student will be
responsible for any co-pays or deductibles
associated with their insurance.
#
For more information regarding counseling, health promotion, health insurance
or health clinic services, call 612-330-1707
or visit <www.augsburg.edu/cchp>.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS
HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY
LEARNING ENVIRONMENT!
FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center was
built in 1993 and equipped with stationary
bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and
other aerobic workout machines. It
includes a weight room with universal and
free weight systems. All staff, students, and
faculty may use the center; some hours are
reserved for classes.
ISlrs mission is to serve the educational
and personal development needs of the
international student body in a way that
embraces our common humanity and cultural diversity.
The director of International Student
Advising is responsible for:
*Fulfilling duties of Principal
Designated School Official (PDSO) for F-1
student visa program and Responsible
Officer (RO) for J-1 student/scholar
exchange program
*General advocacy for international
students
*Advising the International Student
Organization
*Facilitating intercultural skill building
sessions for students, faculty and staff
*Celebrating diversity of cultures by
increasing awareness of internationavintercultural issues
New international students participate
in an orientation program that provides
practical information on housing, health
insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security
card. Students use intercultural communication theory to explore their adjustment
to a new culture and education system.
The International Student Organization
(ISO) provides a forum for the interests
and concerns of international students and
fosters productive interaction between
them, the college administration, and U.S.
students. This mission is accomplished
through yearly programming of events
such as International Week, sponsorship of
forums on international issues, and outings
to sites of interest in the community.
Information on how to get involved is
available through ISA.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 63 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 66.)
50
Student Life
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center, and Christensen
Center. With just over 900 students living
on campus, most students and faculty greet
each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance
of the residential experience during the
college years. Studies show that students
who live on campus are more likely to
complete their degrees. Residence life staff
are on hand to help students become
acquainted with life at Augsburg through
social and educational events. They are
also ready to assist students who need help
or friendship.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership.
Research indicates that students living in
residence halls also earn higher grades and
gain greater satisfaction during their college career. Numerous events are planned
to welcome students to the community
including dances, movie nights, coffee
house concerts, and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities, and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers, and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen
Center keeps students out of the weather
on the way to class.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
May 1, as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after May 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
Urness Hall-All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Hall. This nine-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens
are not provided. Some single rooms may
be available.
Mortensen Hall-This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It
is furnished with beds and dressers.
Anderson Hall-Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds,
dressers, desks, and chairs.
New Hall-Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two- and four-bedroom apartments with
full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and
chairs are provided. Underground parking
is available at an additional cost. Meal
plans are optional. This building is
designed to provide an environment for
juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
-
Student Life 51
Special Interest Housing-Special
Interest Housing is available to students
who are interested in creating a
living~learningenvironment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-up
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar's office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available from the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs.
OFFICIAL NOTICES
FOOD SERVICE
Commons-Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. Students on board
plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
Murphy's-Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action, and
grievances. These are in the Student Guide.
Students will receive official notices via
the student campus mail system (student
campus box), the A-Mail publication, and
the student's Augsburg e-mail account.
Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. Students should also routinely review
the A-Mail, published on-line, and available in hard copy at locations throughout
campus.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
87 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student, except in limited circumstances. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the
52 Student Life
official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty
or others cannot write letters of
support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-"directory information." It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the Office of the Registrar.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial
Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin).
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Title IX (for matters based on gender
or marital status)
Employment
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
General Information - 54
Degrees Offered - 54
Academic Calendar - 54
-
I
r
7
~ibra6
and Information
Technology Services - 55
Academic Advising - 56
T
Academic Organization
and Programs - 56
Divisions and Departments - 56
Majors and Minors - 56
Teaching Licensure - 60
Pre-Professional Programs - 60
Honors Program - 61
Inter-Institutional Programs - 62
Study Abroad - 63
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning - 66
Graduate Programs - 68
Other Programs - 70
I
Academic Policies and
Procedures - 70
Registration - 70, 73
Crossover Registration - 72
Withdrawal from College - 73
Student Standing/
Petition Process - 74
Re-Admission - 74
.
-
Graduation Requirements - 75
Graduation Requirements- 75
Liberal Arts Foundation - 77
Skills Requirements - 78
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements- 82
--
Evaluation and Grading - 80
Explanation of Grades - 80
Assessment of Previous Learning
Program - 85
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal - 87
Dean's List - 87
Latin Honors - 88
Commencement - 88
Four-Year Assurance Program - 89
m
$
L
'
C
B
h
h
-
FERPA - 89
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, fine arts,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the
general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and complexity of
knowledge and culture.
Required Search for Meaning courses
are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition, introduce them to
other faith traditions, and encourage them
to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
H DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and
education), the master of business administration, the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of
social work degrees.
H ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Augsburg day program follows the
semester calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course
credits each semester.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term. (See
Registration on page 70 and Calendars on
pages 4-7.)
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. Some classes may meet
on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for three and one-half to four hours. (Refer
to the program schedule for weekday
evening meeting times.) Students may take
from one to four classes each term.
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College are the same as their day
program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and majors.
Augsburg offers two summer school sessions. A maximum of four course credits
(two per term) can be earned in the two
five-week-long summer sessions. The
Summer Session Catalog is published in the
winter of each year.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar, except for Physician
Assistant Studies. (See Graduate Programs
on page 68.)
--
Academic Information 55
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particu-
larly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or the highest degree in their
field, and all consider teaching to be the
focus of their activity Faculty are also
involved in a variety of professional and
research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that
introduces them to current thought in
many fields, but especially in teaching
techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000square-foot facility houses all library and
information technology functions of the
College. In addition to the 180,000 volume
main collection, the Lindell Library
includes the Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections and archives, curriculum
library, a computer lab and student computing help desk, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and
listening. A skyway links the building to
Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which
has undergone renovation to house the
Enrollment Center, as well as additional
computer labs and multimedia classrooms,
a lounge, and vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop
computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the
building to access these resources.
lnformation Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit
Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu>
for more on IT at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There
are desktop machines in two computer
labs and five computer classrooms, as well
as 80 laptops that can be checked out at
the IT Service Center for use in the library.
Other machines are available for student
use within academic departments. A campus-wide network provides access to
AugNet online services as well as support
for printing and internet access.
Appropriately equipped student-owned
machines can also be connected to the network to provide access from dormitory
rooms.
56 Academic Information
7
Media Resources
Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and
films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication
within the limits set by copyright law is
available. The library supplies TV sets,
VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape
recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-,
filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as
screens and carts. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center.
ed 12 or more credits, students are
required to declare their major and select a
faculty adviser by filling out a Major
Declaration Form and returning it to the
Enrollment Center. All day students are
required to meet with their academic
adviser prior to registration. All students
are encouraged to meet with their faculty
adviser as often as is necessary.
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
Telecommunications
A campus-wide telecommunications
system enables easy and convenient voice
communication between students, faculty,
and staff. Students can leave voice mail
messages with any member of the faculty,
administration or the staff; voice mail
or call waiting are available to resident
students at a modest cost. Long-distance
service, billed to individual students,
can be arranged for any on-campus
residence phone.
ACADEMIC ADVISING
Academic Advising orients new day and
Weekend College undergraduate students
to the academic policies and procedures of
the college and assists students on initial
course selection. This office also provides
interpretation of core curriculum requirements, administers entry-level skill assessments, interprets graduation requirements,
provides degree-planning materials, and
answers questions on student academic
progress. Academic Advising functions as a
supplement to the faculty advising system
at Augsburg College.
All current students are assigned to a
faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their
sophomore year, when they have complet-
The College curriculum is offered by 24
departments that are grouped into three
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Fine Arts a n d Humanities-Art,
communication studies, English, history,
modem languages, music, philosophy, religion, theatre arts, College librarians.
Professional Studies-Business
administration, education, health and
physical education, nursing, physician
assistant studies, social work.
Natural a n d Social SciencesBiology, chemistry, computer science, economics, mathematics, physics, political science, psychology, sociology.
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
The college requires students to declare
a major by the end of the sophomore year,
and earlier in some disciplines. Details of
majors and minors are in the course
description section. Unless otherwise indi-
-
-
Academic Information 57
cated, majors are part of the bachelor of
arts degree.
2. Develop a student-designed major
program proposal that includes:
Student-Designed Major
a. A statement of learning goals and
objectives.
Students may design their own major
with the assistance and approval of three
advisers from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg
College Academic Affairs Committee
(AAC). A student-designed major allows
flexibility in selecting major courses. Any
student wishing to design a major must
complete a proposal, submit it with
approval and supporting letters from three
faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval
of the program. Students should seek AAC
approval as early as possible so that any
changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting
the student's proposed completion date.
The deadline for initial submission of the
program design to AAC is the first term in
which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the
term before the student achieves senior status.
Students wishing to design majors
must:
1. Develop the student-designed major
in concert with three faculty advisers from
relevant fields, who together constitute the
Review Team. All advisers must sign the
proposal cover sheet and submit supportmg letters of approval to AAC. Supporting
letters should assess BOTH the student's
~bilityto complete the proposed major and
:he validity and value of the proposed
najor, including (in at least one of the let:en) the proposed capstone course. The
tdvisers' signatures and supporting letters
.epresent their approval of the program,
ncluding the capstone course, and their
:ommitment to oversee the student's
xogress.
b. A list of proposed courses (minimum
of nine, no more than one of which is a
lower-level language course and at least
five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to
the program goals. Indicate how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated
with a college major Proposals must
include research describing comparable
programs of study at a minimum of three
other academic institutions. In addition,
students should consult with the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should provide information showing how the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements (including graduation skills) are to be fulfilled.
c. A description of the student-designed
major capstone to be taken sometime during the senior year. The student should
devise the capstone in consultation with
advisers. It should require an integrative
project/paper that draws together the
course work up to that point andlor prepares one for further study In addition, at
least one of the advisers must specifically
address the rationale for the proposed capstone in his or her supporting letter,
though approval of the student-designed
major program by all advisers presumes
their approval of the capstone course.
3. Submit the completed proposal and
supporting documentation to the AAC
Chair. The student will be informed of the
date that AAC will hear the proposal. The
student and advisers, one of whom must
attend, will be invited to a meeting if AAC
has questions.
58 Academic Information
If AAC approves the proposed major
program, the student will be expected to
complete the program designed and still
meet all of the other Augsburg degree
requirements as stated in the college catalog.
Students who design their own majors
will meet with their advisers regularly
throughout the design and subsequent
evaluation of their program. Changes in
the approved student-designed major may
be made through the normal petition
process to the Student Standing Committee
with adviser approval.
Listings that are shadedire offered
through both the day progran1 and
Weekend College. Weekend (Iollege
students may choose a major offered in
the day program if t hey wish. They ma)7
take as many courst:S as possible throu)~h
Weekend College, tlhen finish the majo~
r as
--*
-L-- -- -4a day program studr11~.
r i L I I ~ I I ~U
C
I plogram is allowed once each academic year.
A
--a
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Rhetoric
Human Relations
" "--'--'kg Communications
:elations and Advertising
;ory Management
C U ~ L ~ ~Science
U L C (B.A.
~
or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
East Asian Studies
Economics
Applied Economics
~omputational~conomics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (B.A. or B:S.licensure)
Special Education: EmotionaYBehavioral
Disabilities (WEConly)
.
-.
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English
Film
Finance
Health Education (B.A. or B.S.)
History
International Relations
International Business
~ a n a ~ e m e1nformation~Systems
nt
Marketing
Mathematics (B.A. or B.S.)
Metro-Urban Studies
Modem Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
-
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology (B.A. or B.S.)
Life Sciences (B.A.)
Business-~dministration
Economics/Business Administration
--International~usiness
Management
Music Business
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Clinical Lab Science (B.S.)
- ~ c k i m u n l ~ a t i oStudies
n
Communication Arts/LiteratFe
(Teacher Licensure Major)
-1.-
7
'
usic
Music (B.A.)
Music Business Concentration (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
ordic Area Studies
ursing (B.5.-Weekend College only)
hilosophy
Computational Philosophy
hysical Education (B.A. or B.S.)
hysics (B.A. or B.S.)
Solid State Physics (B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
olitical Science
Political Science/Economics (Teacher
Licensure Major)
sychology
Social Psychology
eligion
YOU t h ' K d x m i l y K4iZisRussian, Central and East European Area
Studies 1
~ c ~ W ~ r k ~ ~ ~ )
oclology
Community Studies
Crime and Community
Cultural Anthropology
Social Psychology
Gtudent-Designed
heatre Arts
Dance and Theatre (Teacher Licensure
Major)
Women's Studies1
ccounting
merican Indian Studies
Lrt
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art
liology
iusiness Administration
:hemistry
:ommunication
-
Academic lnformation 59
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Film
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Leadership Studies
Management Information Systems
Mathema tics
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies
Modem Languages 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Peace and Global Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth andPFamily~ k i s t r y
Sociology
Social Welfare
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy
women's Studies
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
-
-
60 Academic Information
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan
Technologcal University.
ACTC Majors-It is possible for day
students to complete other majors through
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). Students who wish to complete a
major offered at one of the other ACTC
colleges must apply through the Augsburg
registrar's office. Some majors may have a
competitive application process with
acceptance determined by the major
department.
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consortium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses
or complete ACTC majors under the
terms of the ACTC consortium agreements.
OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementary/middleschool
education with subject area specialties in
one of the following: mathematics, science,
communication artsAiterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the specialty area. Students seeking
this license obtain an elementary education
major with a subject area specialty.
Licensure is also available in the following
middle schoolhigh school fields: biology,
chemistry, communication artslliterature,
health, mathematics, physics, and social
studies. This license prepares people to
teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas obtain an
appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework.
Finally, specialist licenses are available in
art (K-12), vocal music and instrumental
music (K-12), physical education
(K-12), and dancdtheatre with a theatre
emphasis (K-12). This license prepares
people to teach in grades K-12. Students
seeking licensure in one of these areas also
obtain the appropriate subject area major
and complete the secondary licensure
coursework. (See Department of Education
and subject area departments for more
information.)
Students seeking elementary licensure
have education department advisers.
Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure
have advisers in their subject area major
and in the education department. It is very
important that students work ;losely with
their advisers throughout their programs.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact Academic Advising early in
their freshman year to arrange for faculty
advising prior to their first term at
Augsburg.
Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses:
-
-
Academic Information 61
BIO 113, 114,215; PHY 121,122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 1061,351,352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
144-145.
Pre-Law-Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
jtudents'with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
zourses, including ENG 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105,106); CHM 351,352; BIO
113,114,215,369; MAT 145,146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in prepa:ation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476;
CHM 361.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre'hysician Assistant, a n d Pre-Physical
rherapy-Coursework in preparation for
hese programs should be discussed with a
aculty member in the Department of
3iology.
Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a pro;ram designed to fulfill minimum
,equirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
1061,351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 100, 200; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following science courses
are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM
105/106 or 115/116, CHM 351/352, BIO
113, BIO 114, BIO 215, BIO 355, BIO 369,
BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science
courses are also required.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is rooted in the
Augsburg Core Curriculum. As such it is
shaped by the themes of Vocatio
(Vocation), Caritas (service and leadership); and citizenshipin a diverse world,
both locally and globally. The Honors
Program recasts this distinctive mix by
underscoring the public uses of knowledge, by recognizing that intelligence
expresses itself in many ways, and by
embracing an intentional interdisciplinarity
in its curriculum. While celebrating the
signature elements of the Augsburg Core
Curriculum, the Honors Program transpos-
-
-
62 Academic Information
es them to a new key, even a kind of academic jazz, in which committed students are
encouraged to traverse new domains and
improvise novel themes appropriate to new
circumstances.
The Honors Program is a community of
people who are committed to achieving an
exceptional education by exploring the
many dimensions of fundamental ideas.
Fundamental ideas such as "all people are
created equal" and "all knowledge begins
with experience" shape our construction of
the valuable, our deliberations regarding
the ethical, and even our identification of
the factual. Honors education believes that
when we engage freely in Socratic dialogue
about knowledge and wisdom, we find our
noblest calling as people.
The Honors Program strives to provide
an enriched environment in which the pivotal questions of human experience can be
explored and the skills to navigate a complex world can be mastered. Honors students learn the value of interpersonal networking and team-generated solutions to
new ~roblemsthat emerge in dynamic,
worldwide markets and evolving political
realities. In fact, graduation from the program is advantageous for graduate school
admission or career placement.
Contact the director for information
about the Honors Program curriculum.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
1,300,000volumes.
Associated Colleges of t h e Twin
Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to
take one course each semester at one of the
other campuses. This program is open to
sophomores through seniors. No additional
fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music or
approved independent studies. Students
may elect to participate in the cooperative
program to gain new perspectives, to get
better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major
not offered on the home campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students
between the campuses.
Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (H ECUA)-Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and
Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See
HECUA programs on page 65.)
Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
registrar's office.
Army ROTC-Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the Office of the Registrar.
Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
he University of Minnesota under an
greement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
he Registrar.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
or graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
4 OPPORTUNITIES FOR
STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg students are talung advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students
may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Namibia, examme prospects for peace in Northern
Ireland, study geology and ecology in
Vonvay, have a paid corporate internship
n Germany, or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
louse. Study abroad provides opportuniies to develop critical thinking skills,
itrengthen language competencies, further
:areer paths, experience different cultures,
tnd gain knowledge about the increasingly
nterdependent world.
Icademic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of sev:ral majors at Augsburg and will add an
ntemational dimension to any academic
Irogram. Courses abroad can fulfill major,
iugsburg core cuniculum, and graduation
equirements when approved by academic
~dvisersand department chairs before
leparture. Any approved study abroad pro-
Academic lnformation 63
gram will also fulfill the Augsburg
Experience.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs that best fit their academic,
career, and personal objectives. Assistance
is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs assist
students in integrating the experience
abroad into their coursework and personal
lives.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset, they are not required for all study
abroad programs. Since it takes some time
to prepare for studying abroad, students
should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years.
The application deadline for spring
term, non-Augsburg study abroad programs is September 30 and for summer
session, fall term, and year long, nonAugsburg study abroad programs the application deadline is March 1.The application
deadlines for Augsburg programs are listed
below for each program. Please contact the
study abroad advisor in the Office of
International Programs for deadlines on
summer and short-term study abroad
courses.
Costs a n d Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
-
-
64 Academic Information
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other students in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
In the Mexico and Namibia programs, students travel together on two-week seminars-from Mexico to Central America,
and from Namibia to South Africa. The
cost of these programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room, and board for one semester
on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel
scholarships are available for Augsburg students.)
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) Fall
Learn about the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experience and empowerment of women.
Students will engage in gender analysis of
key social, economic, political and cultural
issues in Mexico and El Salvador; explore
the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender; learn first hand from both women
and men who are involved in struggles for
sustainable development and social
change. The program offers credit in religion, political science, women's studies,
and Spanish. Internships and independent
studies are also available. The program
begins with a one-week seminarlorientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and
ends with a two-week seminar in El
Salvador. Students stay in guest houses
while traveling, spend approximately six
weeks in Augsburg housing, and 4-6 weeks
living with Mexican host families.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish
course or its equivalent. Application deadline: April 1.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia) -Fall
or Spring
This program examines the crucial
issues of nation-building, globalization,
and decolonizing the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies of southem Africa. Namibia won its independence
in 1990 after decades of apartheid under
South African colonization. South Africa
had its first democratic election in 1994.
As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of
apartheid and colonialism, they are faced
with the challenges posed by today's world:
rapid globalization and under and unequal
development. Decolonizing the mind is a
long-term project. Credit is available in
history, religion, political science, and
interdisciplinary studies. Application deadlines are April 1 for the fall semester, and
October 15 for the spring semester.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua) -Fall or Spring
This is an intensive semester of study
and travel designed to introduce students
to the key issues facing Central Americans.
Students will explore the history, culture,
and struggles of the people of Guatemala,
El Salvador, and Nicaragua, as well as
study approaches towards social and economic development. Course credit may be
earned in Spanish, religion, history,
women's studies, and economics. Students
spend the first five weeks in Guatemala,
Academic Information 65
the next four weeks in El Salvador, and the
final six weeks in Nicaragua. Prerequisites:
one college-level Spanish course or its
equivalent is required, and coursework in
macro Lnd microeconomics is strongly recommended. Application deadlines: April 1
for fall semester, Oct. 15 for spring semester.
Social and Environmental Justice:
Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)
-Spring
This is an intensive program of study
and travel that explores socioeconomic and
political issues with a focus on the impact
of environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Students will examine
the ethics of land distribution, environmental racism, ecofeminism, social change,
and the complexity of gender; class, race,
and ethnicity in Latin America. Credit is
available in Spanish, history, political science, religion, and women's studies.
Internships and independent studies are
also available. The program includes a twoweek seminar in Chiapas and Guatemala.
Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend approximately six weeks in
Augsburg housing, and six weeks living
with Mexican host families. Application
deadline is October 15.
Social Work in a Latin American
Context (Mexico)-Spring
This program was created to satisfy the
curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to
develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on
social and economic justice. It includes
Spanish language study and social work
courses. Social work field placement is also
available for qualified students. Students
live with Mexican host families for six
weeks. Application deadline: September
15.
International Partners
International Partners offers a broad
range of learning opportunities in Norway
and Germany. Students can choose from
several options: group programs, "tailormade" individual study programs, and
practical professional experiences that may
include a paid internship. Program length
varies from ten days to two semesters. All
course work is in English. Some travel
scholarships are available. For further
information contact the International
Partners office.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in full semester programs
in Norway, Ecuador, Ireland, Guatemala,
and the Twin Cities. All programs emphasize the impact of civic engagement, social
change and cross-cultural factors on the
human community HECUA programs
emphasize intense language experience,
internships, andlor field study
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway-Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
66 Academic Information
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: April 1.
Politics, Development and the City:
Guatemala and Ecuador-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, with
travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides
an overview of history, culture, economy,
and politics of these regions. Students
study theories and models of development
and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context.
Augsburg application deadline: April 1.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change- Spring
The "Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change" program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for
peace, and the progress being made.
Through a seven week internship, students
get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy.
The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in
Coleraine. Application deadline: Oct. 15.
Student Teaching Abroad
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America. Application deadline:
Oct. 15.
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMoms. Additionally, International Partners
has student teaching options available in
Norway. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education student teacher
director.
May/Summer Abroad
Environment, Economy, and
Community in Latin America:
Guatemala and Cuba-Spring
Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global
development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatemala, with travel to Cuba
or another Latin American country.
~ u g s b u application
r~
deadline: Oct. 15.
May and summer courses to many parts
of the world enable students to earn credit
through short-term travel. Offerings
include Summer Session I in Mexico via
the Center for Global Education. Contact
the study abroad adviser in the Office of
International Programs for the most current list of programs.
THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive resource cen-
.
-
Academic Information 67
ter incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance
and value for all students to engage in service- and work-based learning experiences
and the exploration of personal and professional vocation throughout their college
years. The center encourages students to
take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan
location through the highly successful service-learning, internship, and career planning programs that link the College's academic programs to community organizations and businesses.
Service- and work-based experiential
education opportunities are closely related
to students' coursework, majors, andlor
career interests. Learning opportunities
may be in non-profit organizations,
churches, schools, government agencies,
community-based organizations, small and
mid-size companies, and large corporations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effectivepreparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning includes the following programs:
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and civic engagement. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection, on and
analysis of community issues in order to
promote personal and educational growth
and civic responsibility. Through connecting classroom content with service,
Augsburg students learn from and about
the organizations where they serve and
deepen their understanding of course
knowledge. This dynamic and interactive
educational approach employs reciprocal
learning between the students and the
community. Community service-learning
examples include tutoring at schools and
literacy centers, volunteering at homeless
shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and community centers, or working with cultural
and environmental groups.
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors,
and campus ministry.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service- or work-based learning
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit. Internships can be registered for 1
course credit or .5 course credit.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), or summer
sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are
also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and
Grading on page 80.
A maximum of four courses of intemship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
-
68 Academic Information
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a non-cre&t
transcript notation for paid work experiences related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is for students to apply
theory to practice in a work setting. Job
opportunities typically are part-time during
the academic year andlor full-time in the
summer and can begin and end anytime.
Students must register for the non-credit
transcript notation, set learning goals and
evaluate their experience. The director of
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
supervises co-op transcript notation work
experiences. Academic internships and
cooperative education may be used to fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
Career Services
Career Services is committed to providing opportunities and programs to help
students discover their unique gifts, talents, skills, and interests, explore career
paths, and grapple with questions of vocation and purpose in a changing world. This
process is often times viewed as an important part of a student's development while
attending college. To aid in this process,
career staff provide career related assessments, one-on-one career planning and
coaching, and assistance with choosing
majors, locating internships, preparing for
job searches and graduate school applications, and making connections to community and alumni resources.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers six graduate
degree programs: the Master of Arts in
Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Science
in Physician Assistant Studies, Master of
Social Work. Catalogs for each degree pro-
gram should be consulted for complete
information.
The Master of Arts in Education offers
initial licensure coursework at the graduate
level in elementary education, secondary
education, and special education: EBD.
Students are able to take up to six licensure courses at the graduate level and complete their licensure programs with a combination of graduate and undergraduate
coursework. Students can then apply their
graduate level licensure courses to complete a master's degree program. Students
will complete their master's degrees
through a combination of MAL coursework and graduate level education coursework (total of nine courses). Licensed
teachers also can pursue special education:
E/BD licensure at the graduate level. The
program is available through the Weekend
College schedule, and the admissions
process begins with the Weekend College
Admissions office. Two new licenses will
be in place by Fall 2004-Reading (K-12)
and Special Education LD. The special
education LD license is available either as
an initial license or as an additional license
for licensed teachers. The reading license is
offered as an endorsement to an existing
license. For further infomation about the
programs, contact the Education
Department or the Weekend College
Admissions office.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues,
and problems relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes
that today's leaders need a broad spectrum
of abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the
program operates on alternate Saturdays.
I
-
Academic Information 69
The Master of Arts in Nursing prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural community health
nursing practice across care settings, with
emphasis on addressing health inequities
among diverse populations. The program
is offered within the context of a Christian
liberal arts education. Graduates are eligible to apply for national certification in
Advanced Community Health Nursing, or
Advanced Nursing Administration through
the American Nurses Credentialing Center
(ANCC), andfor Transcultural Nursing
through the Transcultural Nursing Society
(TCNS). Classes meet on an immersion
schedule (every other week or once per
month) that may include weekday
evenings and Saturdays. Web-enhanced
pedagogies are used for all classes. The
Master of Arts in Nursing Program is
accredited by the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education in accordance with its accreditation standards and
procedures.
The Master of Business
Administration is designed to give students mastery of the tools and principles
needed for career advancement and business success. Designed to be completed in
21 months, the program offers a cohort
format, encouraging small-group collaboration with a high level of personal attention
from faculty. Field-study projects enable
students to apply classroom learning to the
business environments.
The Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies is designed for students
interested in careers as health care
providers. The mission of the program is
based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of,
and is oriented toward providing care to,
underserved populations. Students are well
educated in current medical theory and
practice in primary care medicine. All
physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is
three years long with classes held Monday
through Friday during the day
The Master of Social Work prepares
students for entering advanced social work
practice. The program builds on the liberal
arts base of the College and supports the
College's mission to nurture future leaders
in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and
individuals within families, across the full
range of contemporary social work practice
settings. The program development, policy,
and administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
A dual degree (Master of Social Work
and Master of Arts in Leadership for
Mission) is also available and is offered in
collaboration with Luther Seminary. The
dual degree is designed to meet the educational interests of people planning to serve
the spiritual and social needs of families,
individuals, and communities.
-Academic Information
70
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide
working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College.
Programs are developed through collaborations between academic and administrative departments of the College and community organizations. These collaborations
have included the Departments of
Business, Biology, the Center for
Leadership Studies, Education, Nursing,
Religion, Social Work, Institutional
Advancement, and organizations including
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, Minnesota Department of Education,
Twin Cities Public Television (TPT), and
the Midwest Regional Office of the College
Board. Augsburg College is a Lifelong
Learning Partner with the ELCA.
Contact the Office of Continuing
Studies at 612-330-1406 for information
about current and upcoming programs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated
in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred
Joel bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals
of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S.relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from
Canadians through visits and exchanges.
College of the Third Age
Augsburg College demonstrates its
commitment to lifelong learning through
its College of the Third Age. For more than
25 years this program has brought classes
in the liberal arts and the humanities to
mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community. Approximately fifty
retired professors are available to teach one
class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists over 200
classes available for group study only.
(Note: For individual study, call the
Admissions Office at Augsburg College at
612-330-1001.)
To obtain further information about the
program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139 during Tuesday and Wednesday
office hours (10:OO a.m. to 3:00 p.m.). To
ask questions or to schedule a program,
call Karen A. Lindesmith, program director, at the above number.
II REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester.
Students registered for three or more
course credits in a semester are classified
as full-time students. Students registered
for two course credits are classified as halftime students.
To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Enrollment Center to petition the
Committee on Student Standing unless the
following apply: cumulative GPA of 3.0 to
3.49 may take a total of 5.0 course credits;
cumulative GPA of 3.5 or greater may take
a total of 5.5 course credits without peti-
--
Academic Information 71
tioning. All overload registrations must be
done in person at the Enrollment Center.
Please note: there is an additional tuition
charge for course loads over 4.5 course
credits (this includes combining the credit
load from both the day and WEC programs). Auditing classes over the 4.5 overload limit will also incur a tuition charge.
Weekend College students typically
register for one or two course credits each
trimester. Students registered for at least
two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term. Students registered for one course credit are considered
half-time for the term.
Although new day students may register up to five days after the semester
begins, registration is encouraged at the
regularly scheduled time. The Day program
calendar and the WEC school calendar are
both available through the registrar's web
page.
Day students may add individual classes to their current schedule or withdraw
without notation through day 10 of the
term. The signature of the instructor is
required to add a class after the fifth day
From day 11 through day 20, students may
still petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class.
There is a fee for this petition. Day 20 is
the last day to petition for adding a class.
Students registered for day program
Time l/Time 2 (Tl/T2) courses that meet
only part of the term may add or withdraw
without notation through the fifth school
day after the start of the course. Changing
grade option or withdrawing with a W is
allowed through the fourth week of T1/T2
classes. Specific dates for each term are
listed under "Combined Academic
Calendars" at <www.augsburg.edu/enrolV
registrar>.
Weekend College students may add
individual classes to their current schedule
or withdraw without notation through
Friday after the first class weekend. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after the class meets. Students
may petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class
through the Thursday prior to the second
class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add a class
is the Thursday prior to the second class
weekend.
Students registered for Weekend
College Tl/T2 courses may add or withdraw without notation through the Friday
after the first weekend class meeting.
Changing grade option or withdrawing
with a W is allowed through the Tuesday
after the second weekend class meeting.
Rochester students may add individual
classes to their current schedule andlor
withdraw without notation through
Monday after the first week of classes. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after a class meets and it must
be processed through the Enrollment
Center. Students may petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday
prior to the second week of classes. There
is a fee for this petition. The last date to
petition to add a class is the Friday before
the second week of classes.
Students registered for Rochester Tl/T2
courses may add or withdraw without
notation through the Monday after the first
week of the class. Changing grade option
or withdrawing with a W is allowed
through the Monday after the second week
of the class.
Separate rules apply to Summer School.
Some late course registrations may be
subject to additional late fees.
72 Academic Information
ACTC school course listings are also
available online and should be checked to
verify the correct meeting times and room
assignment. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Summer session and graduate program
courses are published in separate schedules.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Enrollment Center-612-330-1046
Academic Advising412-330-1025
Office of Weekend College-412330-1782
Crossover Registration Policy
Every Augsburg undergraduate student
is admitted to a "home program," either
day or Weekend College. It is expected
that students will complete most of their
degree requirements through their home
program. However, full-time students may
register for up to 1.0 credits per term outside their home program. Enrollment will
be based on class availability.
Students will be charged the rate of
their home program for courses in which
they enroll outside their home program.
The rate will be based on the maximum
credit load they are carrying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms.
For example, a day program student taking
2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0
credits in the WEC program, bill be considered full-time and will be charged the
full-time day program tuition rate. A W C
student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program,
will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Day students taking over 4.5 credits
will pay the day part time rate for any
credits over 4.5 in their combined
day/WEC load (Spring day term will
include both Winter. WEC and Spring
WEC). The maximum number of credits
that may be included in the day full-time
tuition rate for students who cross-register
is 4.5 .
Students have registration priority in
their home program. Crossover registration
begins only after the open web registration
period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the regispar's office
web page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at
the Enrollment Center. This registration
option is not available by web.
The WEC program is not part of the
ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities) tuition exchange program. WEC
students may NOT crossover to attend
ACTC courses.
Students must have completed their
undergraduate degree and be admitted to a
graduate program before taking graduate
level courses from that program (an exception is made for AAC-approved courses in
the Department of Nursing and the joint
B.A. AccountingMAL). Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay
the graduate rate for those courses. Any
student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate
level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay the rate of the
program in which the course is offered.
Change of Program
Students may apply to change their
"home" program by filling out a Change of
Program form available at the Enrollment
Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one
each academic year.
-
-
Academic Information 73
Registration
All day students are required to meet
with their academic adviser prior to registration. Incoming freshmen and transfer
students may register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled
day students may register during the fall
for the spring term and during the spring
for the fall term.
Weekend College students may register
during the designated time prior to the
start of each term.
The primary method of registration will
be via the Web through AugNet during the
open registration period. Please reference
the academic calendar for specific dates.
Day students will be able to register only
after meeting with their faculty adviser.
The Enrollment Center is also available to
process regismation forms. Note: Web registration may not recognize prerequisites
fulfilled by transfer work. In these cases,
please process your registration at the
Enrollment Center.
Once the open registration period ends,
returning students registering for the first
time for the coming term will be assessed a
late registration fee. The Enrollment
Center will process all registration forms
after the Web closes.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this will result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the
Enrollment Center. A Withdrawal from the
College form may be obtained at the
Enrollment Center or downloaded from
the registrar's Web page. Withdrawal from
the College cannot occur during final
examination week unless a petition is
approved by the Committee on Student
Standing. Withdrawal from college and any
consequential adjustments in accounts are
effective as of the date the Withdrawal
from College form is returned to the registrar's office.
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar's office informed of their current mailing address.
Military Called to Active Duty
Augsburg College will allow students to
withdraw from courses without penalty if
they are called to active duty as military
reservists, National Guard, or for other
military service. This shall include a 100%
refund of tuition and fees upon verification
of call to active duty. The student must
provide a copy of orders.
If the student is called to duty after the
deadline to drop a course, the registrar will
place a W for the course(s) along with a
notation on the transcript that the student
was called to active duty. This is to assist
the student with any financial aid complications that may arise from a failure to
note attendance on the transcript, and also
indicate that the withdrawal was outside of
the student's control.
Alternatively, the college supports faculty in enabling students who are called to
active duty and have substantially completed a course, to assign a grade based upon
the coursework completed, or work out an
"incomplete" agreement. Students who are
able to complete some of their courses
would have their refund adjusted to reflect
this.
Students who are being placed on
active duty should contact the registrar
andlor the Office of Academic and Student
Affairs as soon as possible so the College
can notify all parties and aid in this
process.
-
74 Academic Information
Student Standing Committee
The Student Standing Committee deals
with requests for minor exceptions to academic policies and procedures. Typically,
the Committee reviews requests for:
Changes after registration deadlines
(adding, withdrawing, or grade option
changes)
Note: Petitions for an exception to the
published registration deadlines will
require a $50 petition fee attached to the
petition. This fee is non-refundable regardless of the outcome of the petition.
Extending time for an incomplete.
Permission to take a course overload.
Minor exceptions or transfer course
substitutions for academic requirements.
In addition, the Committee reviews students' transcripts in determining academic
probation or dismissal from the College on
academic grounds. The Committee also
hears appeals from students who have been
dismissed for academic reasons.
The Committee reviews student
requests for readmission to the college
after dismissal or returning after leaving
while on probation.
The Committee typically meets every
other week throughout the school year
(September-April),and once a month during summer.
Note: Petitions involving adding or
dropping courses/withdrawing from college after the deadline must be submitted
within six months of the published registration deadline for the term involved.
Petition Process
Step 1: Pick up a petition form at the
Enrollment Center or download from the
registrar's Web page: <www.augsburg.edul
enroll/registrar/index.html>.
Step 2: Fill out the petition form completely Include documentation for illness.
Have your advisor, instructor, or department chairs sign and add comments concerning your request. Petitions without
comments from faculty will be returned for
completion.
Step 3: Return the completed petition
form to the Office of the Registrar1
Enrollment Center, include signed
drop/add form and $50 check if applies.
Step 4: A copy of the petition with the
Committee's decision is returned to the
student's campus box after the committee
meets
Re-Admitted Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. The election to complete a
degree under a new catalog must be submitted in writing to the registrar's office.
Some departments will not accept coursework taken more than seven to ten years
ago. Students must meet all of the requirements in effect under the catalog they
choose. Choosing to complete graduation
requirements under the current catalog
will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine its applicability to the current catalog
requirements.
Students who graduated from Augsburg
who are returning to complete a second
major will not be awarded a second degree
unless it is different from the original
degree awarded. (B.A., B.M., B.S.) Minors
are not noted on the transcript if they are
completed after a baccalaureate degree has
been awarded.
--
Academic Information 75
The responsibility for ensuring that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. All students are required to
file a graduation application with the registrar's office one year prior to graduation.
Faculty advisers, the Academic
Advising staff, department chairs, and the
registrar staff are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar
about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent
of a major. See page 23 in the printed catalog in Undergraduate Admissions-Special
Students (Second Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation at the end of his or her junior year.
Students should apply before the start
of their last academic year to confirm
remaining graduation requirements.
Application forms are available at the
Enrollment Center or on the registrar's
Web page.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Office of the Registrar prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a
major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a
minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and
in total course work, and residence.
1. Completion of 32 course credits
-No more than 13 course credits may be
in one department, except in certain
approved majors: accounting (B.A.) - 14;
music education (B.M.) - 17; music performance (B.M.) - 14.5; music therapy (B.S.)
- 17; and social work (B.S.) - 15.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and six course credits with a grade of Pass
(P). To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than two P/N
graded courses. Each department sets its
own limitations on the number of P/N
graded courses that may be applied toward
the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than
two course credits with P grades toward a
major and no more than one course credit
with a P grade toward a minor. The
Departments of Education and Social Work
are examples of departments that allow
students to apply more than two course
credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums).
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
3. Completion of the Augsburg
Core Curriculum-Requirements for the
Augsburg Core Curriculum are listed in
the next section.
4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken
and specifically for all courses that apply
toward a major or special program. Some
majors, licensure, and certification require
higher grades in each course or a higher
grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education,
music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental
section for details.
76 Academic Information
5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no fewer than
seven of the last nine credits/requirements)
must be completed at Augsburg or within
an approved ACTC exchange program. No
fewer than a total of nine credits are to be
taken at Augsburg College. Contact the
registrar's office if an official interpretation
is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required
to be taken in residence within the major
and minor. Consult the catalog description
of the major/minor or the chairperson of
the department.
THE AUCSBURC CORE
CURRICULUM
The Augsburg Core Cumculum is
designed to prepare students to become
effective, informed, and ethical citizens
through their engagement in a cumculum
that:
Provides a liberal arts foundation and
promotes the acquisition of intellectual
and professional skills;
Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for
meaning; and
Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, one's place of
leadership and service in a diverse worldvocatio and caritas.
The curriculum has three major components:
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
The Liberal Arts Foundation
Skills Requirements
THE AUCSBURC SIGNATURE
CURRICULUM
Search for Meaning
Augsburg's Signature Curriculum is
centered on its identity as a college of the
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
As a college of the Church, Augsburg
accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as
revealed in scripture and the creeds
affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should
reflect upon the Christian scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own
faith and values, and religious concepts
outside of the Christian faith as part of
becoming educated.
In these courses students articulate and
critically reflect upon Augsburg's concept
of vocation and its meaning; Christian theological concepts as well as concepts from
other religious traditions; and the meaning
of the Bible in Judeo-Chnstian thought, its
cultural contexts, and concepts of human
identity and vocation.
Two Search for Meaning course credits
are required except for the following:
Transfer students entering with
advanced transfer status will take one
Search for Meaning course: REL 300 Bible,
Christian Theology, and Vocation.
The Augsburg First Year
In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community,
first-year weekday program students are
required to take courses containing the following components:
Augsburg Seminar
All students who enter the College as
first-year students in the weekday schedule
program must satisfactorily complete fall
orientation and the Augsburg Seminar. The
Seminar is attached to a first-semester
major or Augsburg Core Curriculum
course. The purpose of the Seminar is to
introduce students to an Augsburg education and to help them make the transition
I
Academic Information 77
to college work.
Engaging Minneapolis
Engaging Minneapolis courses are specially designed courses that make intentional and substantial use of the resources
of the Twin Cities as they orient .first-year
weekday students to the community where
they will be studying, living, and working
during their college careers. Most Engaging
Minneapolis courses also fulfill an
Augsburg Core Cumculum or major
requirement. They normally are taken during the first year, but may be taken in the
second year.
Augsburg Experience
All students must complete at least one
approved Augsburg Experience as a
requirement for graduation. Augsburg
Experiences highlight the College's commitment to experiential education and
active participation in the broader community both locally and globally. Five categories of approved experiential learning
opportunities are recognized as Augsburg
Experiences: internships, faculty-student
research, community service, study abroad,
and off-campus immersion experiences.
An Augsburg Experience integrates
experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and
reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg
Experiences meet two criteria: (1)
Integrate experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Link on-campus
learning to the goals, mission, needs, or
ideas of off-campus people, organizations
and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities,
and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may
be embedded in designated courses that
are part of the regular class schedule or
may be completed for zero credit outside
of the regular class schedule. The length of
time required, creditlno-credit status, and
grading options for approved Augsburg
Experiences will vary.
Senior Keystone
The Senior Keystone course provides a
final opportunity for exploring the central
themes of an Augsburg education-vocation and the search for meaning in a
diverse and challenging world. Students
will reflect upon the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of
transition as they prepare for their lives
after Augsburg.
The Senior Keystone course connects
the broad liberal arts foundation with the
professional skills and in-depth study of
the major. It thus asks graduating students
to think critically, reflectively, and ethically
about their place in the world as leaders
and servants.
THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses
introduce students to knowledge and
modes of inquiry across a wide range of
disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal arts provide
the opportunity for students to acquire a
broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation.
Students choose two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially
designed interdisciplinary Connections
courses.) The list of courses meeting the
Liberal Arts Foundation requirement is
available online and from the registrar's
office.
The Liberal Arts Foundation requirements for some bachelor of science majors
may vary. Students must consult with the
major department to determine the options
available. The following bachelor of sci-
78 Academic Information
ence majors are approved for modifications
in the Liberal Arts Foundation or Modem
Language Core Skill requirements: biology,
clinical laboratory science, elementary education (LAF option only), health education
(teaching licensure only, LAF option only),
mathematics, physical education (teaching
licensure only, LAF option only), and
physics.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Two courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Physics.
One must be a lab science course.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Two courses from two different departments:
Economics, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Humanities
Two courses from two different departments:
Communication Studies, English,
History, Philosophy, Religion, Modem
Languages (literature and culture courses)
Note: The signature Search for Meaning
courses do not count as Humanities
Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Fine Arts
Two courses or approved activities
from two different departments:
Art, Music, Theatre Arts.
SKILLS REQUIREMENTS
Entry Level Skills Assessments
There are entry level skills assessments
in:
Critical Thinking
Mathematics
Modem Languages
Writing
Placement in writing, math, modem
languages, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments. These tests
are a prerequisite for (not completion of)
core and graduation skills course requirements.
Freshmen (all students entering with
fewer than seven Augsburg course credits) and sophomore transfer students with
fewer than 13 course credits are required
to take entry level skills assessments and
satisfy all skills requirements.
Advanced transfer students (who
enter with 13 course credits or more or
an A.A. degree accepted in transfer) take
only the following entry level skills
assessments and fulfill the following
requirements:
The Mathematics assessment and
requirement.
The Modem Language assessment
and requirement.
The Writing assessment and requirement.
Critical Thinking Assessment and
Requirement
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking assessment.
Students who do not achieve the minimum entry score on the placement exam
are required to take GST 100 Critical
Thinking.
Mathematics Assessment and
Requirement
All students are required to have their
math placement group (MPG) determined.
In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at
-
Academic Information 79
another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. All other
students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during college registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Based on the math assessment result,
students will be enrolled in the appropriate
courses or advised on preparation for
retaking the math placement exam.
Students may retake the Math Placement
Exam once during their first term of
enrollment. Students are required to take
the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve
MPG 3 by the end of their first year at
Augsburg.
Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG. A grade of Pass
or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to
the next math level.
Students are encouraged to advance
their MPG as soon as possible. Students
must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2,3, or 4
as a prerequisite.
Modern Language Assessment and
Requirement
The BYU-CAPE language assessment is
offered to students who have had at least a
year of Spanish, French, or German language studies in high school. It is designed
to assess and place students at the appropriate course level for language study.
Students may waive the modern language
requirement by completing this assessment
and placing at the 311level or above.
The Modem Language Core Skill
requirement for some bachelor of science
majors may vary. Students must consult
with the major department to determine
the options available. The following bachelor of science majors are approved for
modifications in the Liberal Arts
Foundation or Modem Language Core
Skill requirements: biology, clinical laboratory science, elementary education (LAF
option only), health education (teaching
licensure only, LAF option only), rnathematics, physical education (teaching licensure only, LAF option only), and physics.
Writing Assessment and
Requirement
The entry level assessment determines
readiness for ENG 111Effective Writing.
Students who do not satisfy the entry level
skill in writing will be required to take
ENG 101 Developmental Writing before
ENG 111.
Students who have transferred in an
equivalent course to ENG 111 are excused
from the entry level exam.
Core Skills Requirements
Effective Writing
ENG 111 Effective Writing or the
equivalent with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher,
is required. Attendance the first day of
class is required.
Students should complete ENG 111by
the middle of their sophomore year since it
is a prerequisite for Writing Graduation
Skill courses.
Modern Language
Requirements for the Modem Language
Core Skill are determined by placement
-Academic Information
80
test. For a language previously studied,
successful completion (minimum grade of
2.0 or P) of one language course at your
placement level (112 or higher) satisfies
the requirement. For a language not previously studied, successful completion of a
two-course sequence in the same language
with the minimum grade of 2.OR in both
courses is required. Students whose placement test is at 311 or higher will be
exempted from further language study
There is a seven-year time limit on language courses presented for transfer and
automatic waiver.
Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled the Modem Language Core
Skill.
Students whose first language is not
English and whose score is below the minimum on the ESL placement test must fulfill the English as a Second Language
(ESL) requirement. The requirement is Satisfied by successfully completing the WL
course(s) and achieving a score above the
minimum on the ESL placement exam.
Students who complete the ESL requirement fulfill the Modem Language Core
Skill requirement. Contact Academic
Advising or the English Department for
additional information.
Lifetime Fitness
Two lifetime fitness courses are
required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
(or a transfer equivalent) is required of all
students. The second course may be chosen from a variety of different lifetime
activities (HPE 002,003 Lifetime Activity
courses). Students who are not health and
physical education majors or intercolletest Out of One lifetime
giate
activity course. Students may demonstrate
proficiency from a selected list of lifetime
activities. There is a fee to take the lifetime
activity proficiency test.
Foundations of Fitness courses are
non-credit courses and are not included in
the 32-course graduation requirement.
Graduation Skills Requirements
An Augsburg education includes
enhancement of certain skills during the
years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing
skills are deliberate components of certain
courses. Students are required to have one
course each with Critical Thinking,
Quantitative Reasoning, and Speaking skill
components, and two courses with a
Writing Skill component. These requirements are modified for advanced transfer
students (see page 82). A minimum grade
of 2.0 or P is required to satisfy a graduation skill requirement.
Graduation skill requirements typically
are embedded in required courses in the
major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective
courses in the major that fulfill this
requirement. Academic advisers will provide a list of these courses.
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111or its equivalent. All
Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have
the prerequisite of Math Placement Group
3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses
have the prerequisite of passing the entry
level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST
100.
.
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
-tten papers, oral
and other
types of evaluation.
-
Academic Information 81
Most courses are offered with grading
options-traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
Maximum number of course credits
taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of
Pass (P).
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this
requirement.
To be eligible for graduation with
Latin Honors, students may elect only 2
P/N credits.
See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 75.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
2.0
Meets basic standards for the
course
1.0
Performance below basic course
standards
0.0
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission
after determining that a student emergency
may delay completion of coursework.
Students who receive an incomplete grade
should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an
Application for Incomplete Grade Form
with the Office of the Registrar that states
the reasons for the request, outlines the
work required to complete the course, and
includes the course instructor's signature.
The instructor may stipulate the terms and
conditions that apply to course completion. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and the filing of a grade before the final
day of the following academic term in the
student's program. If the work is not com-
-
82 Academic Information
This quick reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the requirements for graduation.
As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree
requirements that begin on page 75. Students
are advised to read carefully the full graduation
requirements and to consult frequently with
their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman and
sophomore transfer students must complete
the following requirements prior to graduation
(transfer credit may apply to these requirements):
CI Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 7.
O Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
LI Complete a major.
O Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
Complete two (2) Search for Meaning
courses.
Complete the Augsburg First Year requirements. (Sophomore transfer students are
exempt from these requirements.)
1. Complete the fall orientation and
Augsburg Seminar.
2. Complete an Engaging Minneapolis
course.
Complete at least one Augsburg
Experience
(Exceptions may be made for specially designed
interdisciplinary Connections courses.)
Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Humanities
Fine Arts
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
Critical Thinking Assessment
Mathematics Assessment
Modem Languages Assessment
Writing Assessment
Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
Complete ENG 111
Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
and one HPE lifetime activity course.
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
Two courses with Writing components.
One course with a Critical Thinking component.
One course with a Speaking component.
One course with a Quantitative Reasoning
component.
All advanced transfer students (those
entering with 13 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
Li Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .14.5
Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 75.
I
-
Academic IlnformaRion 83
O Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
0 Complete a major.
0 Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course
Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Students entering under the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree must
complete the following requirements prior to
graduation:
O Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.)
.
Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially designed
interdisciplinary Connections courses.)
Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Humanities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 7.
O Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
O Complete a major.
0 Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
Fine Arts
Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments and
Core Skills Requirements:
Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
Complete Modem Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment.)
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
One course with a Writing component.
One course with a Critical Thinking component.
One course with a Speaking component.
One course with a Quantitative Reasoning
component.
Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course.
Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
Complete one college algebra course
course (MAT 105) or a Math Placement
Group 3.
Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment)
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
One course in the major that meets a
Writing Graduation Skill.
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill.
All students are required to file a
graduation application with the
Office of the Registrar one year prior to graduation.
-
84 Academic Information
pleted by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the
course becomes 0.0.
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor has the right to not grant an
extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not
completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned..
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students will be charged an audit fee if their
total credit load is over 4.5 credits. The
charge for part-time and Weekend College
students is listed under Weekend College
Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 27. The signature of the
instructor is required to register an audit.
Students who audit a course should confer
with the instructor within two weeks of
the beginning of the term to determine
expectations, attendance, and any other
requirements. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be
listed with a grade of W. Audited courses
do not count toward graduation and do
not fulfill general education requirements.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work aansferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of credits attempted.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Sophomores-7
pleted.
course credits com-
Juniors-16
course credits completed.
Seniors-24
course credits completed.
--
Academic Information 85
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The
Assessment of Previous Learning program
(APL) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and ( 2 ) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
International Baccalaureate Program
(IB)-Courses earned from the
International Baccalaureate program will
be considered by the College for advanced
placement and appropriate credit. Credit
granting guidelines are available in the registrar's office.
Advanced Placement Program
(AP)-Augsburg allows students to earn
credit for scores of 3, 4, or 5 on selected
Advanced Placement tests. A score of 4 or
5 is required on the AP Language and
Composition examination for credit for
ENG 111 Effective Writing. Inquiries
should be addressed to the Office of the
Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing centers for
this area are the University of Minnesota
and the University of St. Thomas.)
Students who score at or above the
American Council on Education's recommended score on an approved examination
may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Information
about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams-These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
There is a departmental exam available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program-This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study hrectly related
to the student's previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the Office of the Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous
learning, the faculty team applies the fol-
86
Academic Information
lowing criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
andlor systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four credits of academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be recorded with
the equivalent Augsburg course numbers
as determined by faculty reviewers.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning-While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg allows a maximum of eight credits (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate
degree) to be obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the
eight credits for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the five assessment processes available in
the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
IB exams, departmental comprehensive
exams, and credit granted through portfolio
assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Students whose primary language is not
English must take the ESL placement test
in conjunction with the English writing
placement test prior to registering for their
first term at Augsburg. Students' placement
in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental Writing,
or ENG 111 Effective Writing will be
determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
2171218 until such time that they pass the
ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ESL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the modem
language core skill requirement for
graduation.
-
-
Academic Information 87
ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point
average (GPA) .
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain
majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Student Standing
Committee. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the primary consideration in deciding whether or not
to dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission from the Student Standing
Committee to re-enroll. Students who have
been dismissed may apply for readmission
after one year, at which time the Student
Standing Committee will review the application for readmission accompanied by any
statements and evidence attesting to his or
her commitment to academic success.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have
not earned additional zero grades, and if
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Student class years are based on the
number of courses completed:
Freshman-fewer
Sophomore-fewer
credits
Junior-fewer
than 7 course credits
than 16 course
than 24 course credits
Senior- 24 or more course credits
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after each
semester, lists undergraduate students
whose grade point average for a semester is
3.5 or better. Students must be full-time
students (a minimum equivalent of three
full course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Courses taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a
Weekend College trimester term by a day
student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when
determining the Dean's List. If permission
is given by the student, an announcement
is sent to the hometown newspaper of each
student on the Dean's List.
-
88 Academic Information
Latin Honors
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement by conferring Latin honors upon completion of a baccalaureate
degree.
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement if: (1) no
more than three course creditslrequirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete summer or
fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program. In addition, candidates who will complete in summer or fall
may be required to sign a statement
acknowledging remaining degree requirements in order to participate in commencement. A student will not graduate nor will
a degree be conferred until all graduation
requirements are met, regardless of participation in commencement.
This designation and the standards set
are in effect for all students who complete
degree requirements in May 2004 or later.
Latin honors replaces the previous honors
designation of "With Distinction." Students
may also receive honors recognition for
departmental honors and for participation
in the honors program. (See individual
department and program descriptions for
details.)
Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude: 3.9-4.0 GPA plus
successful completion of the summa oral
examination.
Magna cum laude: 3.8-3.89 GPA.
Cum laude: 3.6-3.79 GPA.
To be eligible, a student must complete
a minimum of fourteen traditionally graded credits at Augsburg and have no more
than the following number of elective
passlno pass graded credits at Augsburg
(classes offered only as P/N by the department will not be counted, nor will "N"
grades):
2004 graduates-6
2005 graduates-4
2006 graduates-3
2007 and thereafter-2
For additional information, including
the guidelines for the Summa Cum Laude
oral examination, go to the Latin Honors
section at <www.augsburg.edu/enrolV
registrar>.
EnrollmentIDegree Verifications
Augsburg College has authorized the
National Student Clearinghouse to act as
its agent for verification of student enrollment and degree status.
Contact information is as follows:
National Student Clearinghouse
13454 Sunrise Valley Road, Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
Web: <www.degreeverifyorg>
Phone: 703-742-4200
Fax: 703-742-4239
E-mail: degreevenfy@studentclearing
house.org
-
-
Academic Information 89
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the
Enrollment Center about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the day program schedule as fulltime freshmen in the fall of 1996 and
thereafter. New freshmen are assured that
they will be able to graduate in four
years-if they maintain continuous fulltime enrollment for four years, maintain a
2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year
Assurance Program g u i d e l i n e ~ they
r
will receive the remaining required courses
free of additional tuition. A few majors are
excluded from this program. Contact
Academic Advising for a list of eligible
majors. Students must complete a formal
Four-Year Assurance Degree Plan with the
College before the end of their sophomore
year (prior to completing 16 course credits) in order to qualify. Contact Academic
Advising for details.
4 FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records-You have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review your
records.
Right to request amendment of
education records-You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One
exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials
with legitimate education interests. A
school official is a person employed by the
College in an administrative, supervisory,
academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted
(such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees, or a student serving on an official
committee, such as a disciplinary or gnevance committee, or assisting another
school official performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review
an education record in order to fulfill his
or her professional responsibility.
90 Academic Information
Right to withhold disclosure of
"directory information"-FERPA uses
the term "Directory Information" to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
"Directory information" includes
t h e following:
The student's photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Office
of the Registrar must be notified in writing
of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not received
by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within
10 school days of the start of a subsequent
term for a new student), it will be assumed
that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new form for withholding
disclosure must be completed each academic year.
The student's date and place of birth;
Right t o complain to FERPA
Office-You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of
Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with
FERPA.
The student's major field of study;
Reporting Educational lnformation
The student's academic class level;
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
The student's name;
The student's address;
The student's telephone number;
The student's e-mail address;
The student's enrollment status
(FT/HT/LHT);
The student's participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
The student's degrees and awards
received;
The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
The student's dates of attendance;
The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
92 DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
-
a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and-truthare interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Weekend College classes are published
each spring in a separate booklet and
online.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Sumnier
Session, the Master of Arts in Education,
Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of
Arts in Nursing, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies, and Master of
Social Work courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered in the Division of Professional
Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six
quarter hours. Most day program courses
meet for three 60-minute periods or two
90-minute periods per week with additional time required for laboratory work. All
full credit Weekend College courses meet
for eight 3.5-hour sessions during fall and
winter terms, and for seven +hour sessions during spring term.
Class Schedule
Numbering
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall andlor
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The schedule of classes offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) for fall and spring terms is only
available ,on-line.
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
--
Departments and Programs 93
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
n the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
s prior approval by the professor teaching
the course.
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to Augnet Records and
Registration for information on when specific courses are offered.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
INTERNSHIPS
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning.
2. Register for the Internship during
the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of
registration. (Students may pre-register
without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end
of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
InternshipIOn-campus
InternshipIOff-campus (.5)
InternshipIOn-campus (.5)
InternshipIOff-campus
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Prior to the beginning of the tendregistration, interested students
must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Internship/On-campus
InternshipIOff-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
InternshipIOff-campus
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
94 ~ e ~ a r t m e nand
t s Programs
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning
of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental
internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning regarding requirements and permission to register. (Off-campus 397/399
internships are one option for the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.)
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
See listing under Business Administration.
A,
erican Indian Studies is a major
that gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
North America. Students will be provided
with a multidisciplinary understanding of
the history and present situation of
American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, cul-
ture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces,
and the legal status and sovereignty of
American Indians. This course of study
exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures.
Coordinator:
Eric Buffalohead
--
American lndian Studies 95
Associated Faculty:
Eric Buffalohead (Sociology), Elise
Marubbio (English), John Gregg (History)
Adjunct Faculty:
Sophia Jacobson, Steve Chapman,
Richard Gresczyk, Dale Weston
American Indian Studies Major
Ten courses including;
INS 105 Introduction to American
Indian Studies
ENG 216 American Indian Literature
INS 105
or INS 264 American Indians in the
INS 260
HIS 336
REL 370
INS 499
Cinema
Contemporary American
Indians
American Indian History
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
Capstone Project
In addition student must complete four
electives. At least five of the courses
toward the major must be upper division.
Minor:
Five courses including INS 105. At least
two must be upper division.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
Designed to introduce students to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, this course includes an overview of American Indian history, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, and American Indian literature, art, music, and language.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
ENC 216
American lndian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature, and the ways in
which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking
skills through in-class presentation and small group discussion.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China.
i l S 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
96
American lndian Studies
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
In this topics-oriented course, students focus on issues that face contemporary
American Indians, including tribal sovereignty and identity politics, treaty
rights, language retention and education, religious freedom, and Indian
activism.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Indians in the Cinema surveys various images of American Indians created by
Hollywood and television. Focusing on films from the 1910s to the present,
the course provides an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century,
and how it is reflective of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States.
INS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the course examines the vital roles
and contributions of women in past and present tribal cultures. It explores the
continuity of women's roles over times and the changes in these roles, precipitated by the influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how
American Indian women have crossed cultural boundaries and influenced
non-tribal communities through their activism and traditionalism. This course
is cross-listed with Women's Studies.
INS 332
Native American Storytelling
The objective of this course is to study Native American Storytelling from a
cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and
studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be
expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling
traditions.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
INS 495
Topics in American Indian Studies
Individual courses designed to investigate specific topics such as Indigenous
Filmmakers, American Indian Women in Film, Contemporary Indigenous
Issues of North and South America, and American Indian literature Seminar.
INS 499
Independent ResearchICapstone Project
An independently designed research project to fulfill the capstone requirement.
A,
is important as a field of study
for our time, helping us to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have made
design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at
Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher, graphic designer, architect, and art historian is to celebrate visual
experience through a variety of media and
art examples. In short, the visual arts teach
us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity
involves manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
other fields, such as language, history,
drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant
number of art galleries and museums in
the TWin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn
Bollman, Tara Christopherson,John
McCaffrey
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
or ART 325 Fiber and Form
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Studio majors must participate in at least
one exhibit during their senior year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identlfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses
including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I or ART 221
Sculpture I
Departmental Honors
Art History Minor
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Graphic Design
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
Eight art courses, including four in
graphic design, one art history, and three
electives.
Architecture Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART
210, ART 243, ART 244 and ART 249 or
349.
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. Some studio courses have
lab fees.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifylng foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements
and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Introduction to basic drawing concepts, media, and surfaces.
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
ART 105
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the
material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis
on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil.
-
Art 99
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
ART 210
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in
architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical
review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing
processes as modes of perception and cognition.
ART 215
Design for New Media I
Exploration of the fundamental techniques and technologies used in digital
media, focusing on web design.
ART 221
ART 223
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design in various media.
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design.
Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print
publications using page layout software.
ART 225
ART 250
Graphic Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page
layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and glazing.
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 315
Design for New Media II
Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART
215 or instructor permission)
ART 320
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional
and contemporary typography; exploring letterforms using digital, hand-set
type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 325
Fiber and Form
An introduction to hand papermaking and artist's books. Emphasis on exploration of fiber sources and book forms to create synthesis of original surface,
text, image, and sequence. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
100 Art
ART 330
Graphic Design II
An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for
print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 340
Digital Imaging
Exploration of the creation of visual images using the computer as a paint
brush, pencil, pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on visual communication and expression. (Prereq.: Any ART, MIS, or CSC course)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Study of transparent watercolor, emphasizing perceptual painting and abstraction from observation in the studio and on location.
ART 368
Print Making II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and monolunique methods. Use of
larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year:
ART 243
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated
by Western and non-Western examples.
ART 244
History of Architecture after 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity since 1750, as illustrated by Western and non-Western examples.
ART 2491349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, the intentionally designed
places in which we live. We will investigate architecture, landscape architecture, and urban design; class sessions consist almost exclusively of walking
tours and site visits to prominent examples of design excellence. (Prereq.:
None for ART 249; ENG 111 and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for
ART 349)
-
Art 101
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 388
19th- and 20th-Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
ART 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
ASIANSTUDIES
See listing under East Asian Studies.
T
he initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting
period of change. The faculty and staff
wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students
and to help them become part of this academic community. Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation
weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban, liberal
arts college of the Church, the process of
learning in a community where ideas are
valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students.
Augsburg Seminar
At registration, all first-year students in
the day program enroll in a selected content course or course pair and a parallel
Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked' courses
integrate disciplina~ycontent with various
learning strategies and community-building opportunities beneficial to all beginning students.
AUC 101
B
Each content course normally meets
three hours per week for the entire semester and is valued at 1.0 course credit. The
Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for
eight weeks for a .25 course credit. The
Augsburg Seminar offers the opportunity
for further discussion of topics from the
paired content course, along with presentations on campus life, academic resources
and study skills, and a hands-on introduction to the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood.
While the content course is graded on a
traditional point basis, the Augsburg
Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (PIN).
However, performance in the course is
linked to performance in the seminar.
All freshman students must successfully complete the entire Augsburg Seminar in
order to fulfill the graduation requirement,
even if they drop the linked content
course. Permission to complete the seminar after withdrawal from the content
course is at the discretion of the instructor.
Augsburg Seminar (.25 course)
A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the
connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only)
iology is the study of life, and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
-
-
Biology 103
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important
biological processes, particularly those at
the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to
humans, including advances in medicine,
agriculture, and food science.
An understanding of biological systems
depends, in part, on the principles of
physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important in the study of biology.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a basis for further study
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to
careers in college or university teaching,
basic and applied research, and public
health. Many have entered professional
programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have
gone directly into secondary education,
biomedical industries, laboratory research,
natural resources, and environmental education.
Biology Faculty
William Capman (Chair), Ralph
Butkowski, Robert Herforth, Dale
Pederson, Mark Strefeler
Students may choose one of the following degree options: Bachelor of Science in
Biology, Bachelor of Arts in Biology, or
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Nine courses including:
BIO 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
and
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 481 Ecology
and five upper division biology courses
chosen from the following list:
BIO 351
BIO 353
BIO 355
BIO 361
BIO 369
BIO 440
BIO 471
BIO 473
BIO 474
BIO 476
BIO 481
BIO 495
Invertebrate Zoology
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Genetics
Plant Biology
Biochemistry
Plant Physiology
Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Developmental Biology
Microbiology
Ecology
Special Topics in Biology
BIO 491 Biology Seminar (non-credit)
is required of all juniors and seniors.
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Science
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry
CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 145/146 Calculus
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The same biology course requirements
as for the Bachelor of Science degree, but
with the following supporting courses:
104 Biology
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Arts
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General
Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory
Statistics
or PSY 215 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences
This major is appropriate for students
also seeking secondary teaching licensure
in biology.
Requirements are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology degree, but
with the following differences:
Only four upper division biology courses are required (one from each grouping)
Two additional science courses are
required, chosen from the following list:
PHY 101
PHY 106
An introductory geology course
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
All transfer courses, including ACTC
courses, must be approved in writing by
the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within
the last 10 years will be considered. No
more than two upper division courses from
other institutions may be applied toward
the major.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
one course of approved independent study
(Bio 499) with both oral and poster presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the department
by Sept. 30 of 'the senior year or Feb. 28 in
the case of students planning to graduate
in the following December.
Minor
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 113, 114,
215, and two upper division courses.
In planning their courses of study students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. BIO 113 and 114 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and BIO 215 and Organic Chemistry
in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their
college careers. A GPA of 2.0 for BIO 113,
114, and 215 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology courses. A
grade of 2.0 or above is required for all
upper division courses applied toward the
major.
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty for information specific
to medical school application.
-Biology 105
Graduate and Professional Training
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian,. etc.). have sDecific requirements that should be discuised
with an adviser in the department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has s~ecific
licensing requirements for biology teachers, the science portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg Life Sciences major.
The state requirements may be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
A
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biolOgy requirements for
licensure
must be completed before beginning student teaching.
Beta Beta Beta
Membership in the Augsburg Chapter
of this national biology honor society is
open to those students who have completed at least one upper division biology
course and have a GPA of 3.0 in biology.
.
Cooperative Education
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identif~lng
and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratoky. Prereq.: SCI 110)
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspecrive.
Includes discussion of the maIeculat and celiular lmik oi life, g n e t i a . organ
systems, and human impact on the errvi-rommt. (Three one-horn lectures. A
student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor. Prereq.: CHM 100 or another chemistry course strongly
recommended. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Prereq.:
MPG 2. Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the
major or minor)
106 Biology
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour
lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Prereq.: CHM 100 or
another chemistry course strongly recommended. Spring)
BIO 113
lntroductory Organismal Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for
science majors, including diversity natural history, physiology, and structure.
BIO 113,114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday
field trips. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent
registration in CHM 105/115. Fall)
BIO 114
lntroductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology
Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning,
metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO
113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 215
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO
113, 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall)
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three
one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 352. Fall)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the processes involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
-
Biology 107
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions,
emphasizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215, and PHY 116 or 122 strongly recommended. Fall)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur
during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of devel-
opment. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215.
Spring)
Microbiology
BIO 476
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215,
junior standing. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or h4AT 122 or MAT 163. Fall)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including oral presentations. Guest speakers are often
invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Courses covering special topics not otherwise covered by our other course
offerings. Topics may vary.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BIO 199
(
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 93. (Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. P/N only)
BIO 299
BIO 399
Directed Study
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 93. (Prereq.: BIO 215. P/N only)
BIO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
(Prereq.: BIO 215. P/N only)
BUS, ACC, FIN, MIS, MKT
0
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Majors
The Department of Business
Administration offers five majors: business
administration (BUS), accounting (ACC) ,
finance (FIN), management information
systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT).
Specializations
Within the business administration
major there are three specializations: management, music business, and international
business. Within the accounting major
there are three specializations: general
accounting, public accounting, and managerial accounting.
Certificate Programs
Faculty
John C. Cerrito (Chair), Nora M. Braun
(MIS Coordinator), C. Lee Clarke, Marc
Isaacson, Amin E. Kader (International
Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor
(Finance Coordinator), Jim Kattke, Steven
J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohman (Marketing
Coordinator), Fekri Meziou, John Molloy,
Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M. PalecznyZapp (Management Coordinator), Milo A.
Schield, David G. Schwain, Kathryn A.
Schwalbe, Stuart M. Stoller (Accounting
Coordinator)
Certificate programs in the Department
of Business Administration are designed to
meet the needs of working people looking
for specific skills to help them in their job,
or to pursue a new career. The Department
offers certificates in information technology, business management, and finance
through the Weekend College program.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimum
number required (see page 75), students
must avoid taking too many electives in
the major or minor or exceeding the 13course limit per academic department (14
courses for accounting majors). Courses
designated as ACC, BUS, FIN, MIS, and
MKT are considered as being in the same
academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination
of major and minor may require students
to complete more than the minimum
number of credits required for graduation.
Exceptions are noted in the major.
-
Business Administration 109
Internships
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning and department faculty to
obtain an internship
(BUS/ACC/FIN/MIS/MKT 399) during
their junior or senior year. Internships can
provide students with experience that may
be valuable in competing for jobs after
graduation. Advisers should be consulted
about internships.
Advising
International Business
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS,
or marketing are strongly encouraged to
select a departmental adviser who teaches
in their major. This should be done by the
end of the sophomore year at the latest. In
addition to advising, departmental faculty
can counsel majors on their careers, assist
majors in obtaining internships or jobs,
and provide letters of recommendation for
prospective employers or graduate programs.
The international business faculty
actively support international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business or other overseas opportunities.
Transfer Students
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
T
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The three specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 270 Data Management for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics
FIN 331 Financial Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
and one additional upper division course in
either international business or international economics.
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
sonfigurations.
Specialization in Music Business
See description and requirements in the
Music section of the catalog.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or FIN 331 Financial Management
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
MKT 252
BUS 379
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS
or marketing course.
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of.Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course
--
Business Administration 111
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242, MKT 252, FIN 33 1 or BUS 379. Other
configurations may be permitted with the
approval of the department chair.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
MKT 252, and three courses in international business (one may be i n international economics).
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting,
MIS or marketing.
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
i n international economics.
BUS 105
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as MUS 105.
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
PHI 300
Business Law and Ethics
(See Department of Philosophy for course description)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
112 Business Administration
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or MKT 252, consent of instructor)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
How to read and interpret data to make better business decisions. Topics
include descriptive statistics (emphasis on confounding and conditional reasoning) and statistical inference (confidence intervals and statistical significance). Software used is either Minitab or Excel. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 260 or
270 and either MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional sessions
are required, usually on a weekday evening.)
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 379,
FIN 331, MIS 175, MKT 252)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: FIN 331 and BUS 379)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Pre-req.: BUS 242)
BUS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. Fall: evening)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
7
-
Business Administration 113
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus.
half credit) on page 93.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
BUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
BUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 94.
T h e major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has two tracks: general
accounting and professional accounting.
The general accounting specialization is
adequate for a wide variety of positions.
The professional accounting track includes
two specializations: public accounting and
managerial accounting. The public
accounting specialization is recommended
for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
Effective May 2006, students will need
to complete the equivalent of 150 semester
hours of education to be licensed as
Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) . This
can be completed in four years through
accelerated undergraduate work. Another
option is to complete a four-year Bachelors
degree plus a Masters degree.
Accounting Core
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 270 Data Management for
Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics
FIN 331 Financial Management
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
-
Accounting 115
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, FIN 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175, BUS
379, ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,379,
MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of -planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, FIN 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPAk role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
116 Accounting
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Studenrs work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,379,
FIN 331, MIS 175 or 260 or 270, MKT 252)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
ACC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
ACC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
T
he Finance major
prepares
students
.
for professional careers in corporate
finance and the financial services industry.
Besides careers in the financdaccounting
area in all businesses large and small, this
major leads to careers in banking, brokerages, insurance, and investment banking.
Courses focus on financial theory and
practice, investments, accounting theory,
money and banking, and international
finance.
Students are encouraged to complete an
internship prior to graduation.
Proficiency in the use of spreadsheets
such as Excel is expected.
Coursework provides a foundation for
graduate school and professional career
examinations such as the Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA) conducted by the
Association for Investment Management
and Research (AIMR).
-
Finance 117
BUS 379
Finance Maior
Finance Core Requirements
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 270 Data Management for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics
FIN 331 Financial Management
Required Finance Courses
5 courses including:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I (Prereq: ACC 222)
FIN 433 Financial Theory: Policy and
Practice (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438 Investment Theory (Prereq:
ENG 111 and FIN 331)
FIN 460 International Finance (Prereq:
FIN 331)
EC0 315 Money and Banking (Prereq:
ECO 112)
FIN 240
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement and estate
planning.
FIN 331
Financial Management
This course includes financial statement analysis, risk and return, security valuation, capital budgeting, capital structure and working capital management.
(Prereq: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
FIN 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management,
corporate restructuring and corporate governance. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438
Investment Theory
This is an introduction to investment decision making and portfolio management- theory and practice. Other topics include valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 460
International Finance
This course develops tools for practicing multinational financial management
including: currency exchange rates, risk, forecasting, spot and forward
rates, hedging, international monetary and trade flows as represented in
the accounting and macroeconomic identities for current account and
trade deficits. This course extends the framework of financial management
to include international transactions as well as ethical considerations.
(Prereq: FIN 331)
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, finance and
marketing as well as from MIS. If students
have a weak computer background, they
should also take MIS 175 for the major.
MKT 252
MIS 260
MIS 270
MIS 375
MIS 376
MIS 475
MIS 476
Principles of Marketing
Problem Solving for Business
Data Management for Business
Management Information
Systems in the Organization
Project Management
Systems Analysis and Design
Information Systems Projects
Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
Minor in MIS
Management Information Systems
Major
12 courses in business, accounting, marketing, and MIS:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
FIN 331 Financial Management
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
Seven courses including:
MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or MKT 252,
MIS 260 or 270, MIS 375, ECO 113, and
one of the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318.
Note: Completion of MIS 260 or MIS 270
satisfies any requirement for MIS 175.
-MIS 119
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts
and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel,
Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving
business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with a
strong computer background should take MIS 260 or 270 instead of MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver and
Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision
support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Completion of MIS 260 satisfies any requirement
for MIS 175)
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
This course applies database management systems software capabilities to support the design and implementation of databases and related applications for
the purpose of business data management. Students will write, test, and debug
event-driven code in developing relational database applications. Students will
also learn the fundamentals of multi-user data management in network and
web environments. (Prereq.: MPG3. Completion of MIS 270 satisfies any
requirement for MIS 175)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanrhg of using idomration ?stems to ~ p p o r st ~ n k a t i o n a ~
objectives. Topics include snaregic planning md rises 01 inkmarion sy.;tems,
busines procrrss analysis. and understnnding of the rechnolog architecture.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or MkT 252, and ENG 311 )
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control,
and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 260)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 260,270, and 375)
120 MIS
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376, and 475)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
MIS 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
MIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
T
he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of marketing functions within both
business and not-for-profit organizations.
Career avenues include marketing
research, product management, marketing
communications (e.g., advertising, public
relations, sales promotion), and sales.
Marketing courses focus on integrating
both theory and practical applications,
with an emphasis on hands-on projects. In
addition, a unique course in the major,
"Building Working Relationships," provides an opportunity for students to examine interpersonal, group, and organizational relationshi~s.
'
-
Marketing Major
ACC 222
BUS 242
MKT 252
PHI 300
FIN 331
MIS 175
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Business Law and Ethics
Financial Management
Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 270 Data Management for
Business
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Required Marketing Courses
6 courses including:
MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis
MKT 450 Marketing Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
MKT 350 Consumer ~ehavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355 Marketing
" Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
Marketing Core Requirements
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer
decision-making process. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and motivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class,
family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing
situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of
research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.:
MKT 252, BUS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor)
122 Marketing
MKT 354
Sales Management
Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs
designed to cany out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas
and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note:
Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 357
Advertising
Introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as
important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either
MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans.
(Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor)
MKT 466
International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to marketing in an international
setting. Emphasis on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252)
MKT495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MKT 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
MKT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
MKT 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
MKT 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
c
hemistry is the science that examnes and works toward understanding
changes in matter. Chemistry has been
described as the central science because
matter includes the entire physical world,
such as the things we use, the food we eat,
and even ourselves. Correlating the
nsights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas
hat excite and offer opportunities to better
he entire world.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education cumcuum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemlstry major that meets the chemistry backyound required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
h e following objectives to help its stulents develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of suffi:ient rigor and depth to enable our graduktes who complete our ACS chemistry
najor to compete successfully with their
leers of similar ability in graduate school
)r research positions.
*To provide programs of study for proessional goals in addition to the tradition11positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Ron L. Fedie (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg,
Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olmsted
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, I1
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
and two additional courses from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
124 Chemistry
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
BIO 367
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, I1
Calculus I, I1
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least three courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult
members of the chemistry department for
assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, I1
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry I, I1
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory I
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory I1
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modem Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chernistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115,116, CHM
351,352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
-
Chemistry 125
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term
equence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
f H M 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemisuy. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for
other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100, MPG 3. Spring)
EHM 105
Principles of Chemistry 1
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confidmr about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 f m CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour T a b ~ r a t oP~rereq.:
~
MPG
2. Fall)
I H M 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
I H M 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 4. Fall)
126 Chemistry
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
Chemistry I, II
CHM 351,352 Organic
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step
Descriptive material is correlated by means of
. synthesis.
.
modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106
or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Cowrs graximetric and volumemc analysis and solution equilibrium in derail
a d gives an inrroduction ta eIectrochemica1 and specmphotometric techniques of analyis. The labomto. involves quant5irauve analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one f m - h o u r
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
Physical Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental applimtion of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364
or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
-
Chemistry 127
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR. L% NMR,and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced ropics in organic spnth=is. (Three hours of lecture, sir hours of hborator)?
Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpfrrl. FaU)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal chmisay examines the organic chemisq of drug design znd drug
action Students study the mechanisms of drug banspert across biological
membranes. absorpdon. dismibntion, and dmg excretion; the relatienship
beween smcture and activity molcnilz recognition process in dmg-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms: and the meiabohcpathmp by which dmgs
are detoxified. -4lso studied are the concepv nsed in rhe design of therapeutic
snbstances. (Prereq.: CtOn 352. BIO 367 i s se~ommended.Spring, al~ernare
yc5d
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and
organic chemistry.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
128 Chemistry
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
CHM 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. (Prereq.:junior or senior standing)
c
linical laboratory scientists perform
complex biological, microbiological, and
chemical tests on patient samples. They
also use, maintain, and troubleshoot
sophisticated laboratory equipment in the
performance of diagnostic tests. The clinical laboratory scientist analyzes these test
results and discusses them with the medical staff. Hdshe also possesses the skills
required for molecular diagnostic tests
based on DNA and RNA technologies. In
addition, the clinical laboratory scientist
will find opportunities in test development, experimental design, administration,
and education.
The cuniculum requires a minimum of
six semesters on campus to complete the
pre-requisite curriculum. Students spend
an additional 12 months of clinical education in a hospital-sponsored, accredited
program during their senior year. A bachelor of scieace degree is awarded at the satisfactory completion of all required course
work.
Admission to the clinical laboratory science major is on a competitive basis.
Students apply for admission to the clinical
laboratory science program early in the
spring semester of the academic year just
prior to the beginning of their professional
studies, typically in the junior year. Formal
acceptance into the hospital-sponsored
program is based on the submission of an
application for admission to the major,
personal recommendations, review of academic performance, and interview with the
Program Admission Committee. A minimum grade point average of 2.75 overall as
well as in science and mathematics courses
is strongly recommended. Acceptance into
the hospital program is not guaranteed by
the College. The hospital program affiliated
with Augsburg is the Fairview Health
Services. The program is in the process of
receiving accreditation by the National
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W Bryn Mawr,
Suite 670, Chicago, IL. 60631, 773-7148880.
During the clinical component in an
accredited hospital program, students will
register for 12.25 credits. The clinical
phase routinely begins in June with anticipated graduation the following spring.
Graduates of the program are eligible to sit
for certification examinations offered by
national certification agencies.
Hospital affiliates of Augsburg College
Fairview Health Services
FUMC-University
FUMC-Riverside
Fairview-Southdale
Fairview-Ridges
Generalized four-year academic plan for
Clinical Laboratory Science (CLS) majors
To complete the program in four years,
students must:
a. achieve MPG 3 or 4, AND
b. qualify for ENG 111, AND
c. score above 45 on the critical thinking exam, AND
d. do not require ENG 217/218, AND
e. meet graduation skills requirements
within the major and supporting courses,
AND
f. satisfy the Engaging Minneapolis
requirement with BIO 1131114
130 Clinical Laboratory Science
First year:
Fall Term:
BIO 113: Organismic Biology
CHM 105 or CHM 115: General Chemistry
REL 100: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Term:
BIO 114: Genetics, Evolution & Ecology
CHM 106 or CHM 116: General Chemistry
ENG 111
Elective
Second Year:
Fall Term
BIO 215: Cell & Development
CHM 351: Organic Chemistry I
Re1 200: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Term
BIO 355: Genetics
CHM 352: Organic Chemistry I1
MAT 163: Statistics (QR)
Elective
Third Year:
Fall Term
BIO 369: Biochemistry
BIO 473: General Physiology
Elective
Elective
Spring Term
BIO 476: Microbiology
BIO 4xx Immunology
Elective
Elective
Fourth Year: Clinical Program
Summer Session
CLS 400: Introduction to CLS
CLS 405: Body Fluids
CLS 410: Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 415: Clinical Immunology
CLS 420: Immunohematology
Clinical Rotations:
Fall & Spring Semester
CLS 450: Applied Clinical Chemistry
CLS 455: Applied Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 460: Applied Immunology
CLS 465: Applied Immunohematology
CLS 470: Applied Clinical Microbiology
Fall Semester
CLS 425: Clinical Chemistry
CLS 430: Clinical Microbiology
CLS 433: Virology/Mycology/Parasitology
CLS 435: Molecular Diagnostics
Clinical Rotations
Spring Semester
CLS 440: Laboratory Management &
Education
CLS 445: Research Design & Methods
CLS 475: Advanced Applications in CLS
CLS 480: Advanced Topics in CLS
CLS 485: Advanced Studies in CLS
BIO 490: Keystone course
Clinical Rotations
Special core requirement courses and
professional courses must be completed
with a grade of "C" or above. Students
must meet all college graduation requirements including those for General
Education, grade point, College residency
and total credits.
0
ur discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided
by the need to make communicative choices that are artful, ethical, and effective.
Students who major in communication
studies are concerned with: interpersonal
relationships, mass media, public advocacy
and social influence, group and organizational dynamics, and intercultural dimensions of communication.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Communication Studies Faculty
Deborah Redrnond (Chair), Wes
Ellenwood, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson,
David Lapakko
4 BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Studies Major
12 courses overall-seven required core
courses and five courses within one of
seven emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these courses must be taken at
Augsburg.
Required of all Communication Studies
majors:
Public Speaking
COM 111
COM 188
Forensics Practicum (noncredit)
COM 321
Business and Professional
Speaking
or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
or THR 360 Interpretive Reading
Argumentation
COM 351
Persuasion
COM 352
COM 354
COM 355
Interpersonal
Communication
Small Group
Communication
One of the following: ENG 223, 225, 226,
227
Professional Communication Emphasis
This area is intended for students interested in studying communication from an
artistic and humanities perspective. It is
appropriate for career interests such as:
communication graduate school; other
professional graduate programs (e.g. law
school), rhetorical criticism, political communication and being a professional trainer, communication consultant, professional
speaker, or speech writer.
Five additional electives from the following: COM 329,345,399,495,499;
THR 350,360; BUS 301,302; PHI 120,
241,260; POL 380,326,342,370,375;
PSY 325, PSY 371; REL 383; SOC 362,
SOC 363
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Appropriate for: business related
careers such as professional manager, sales,
management consulting, technical consulting, internal communications, organizational or industrial consulting, human systems analyst or designer, and also graduate
programs in organizational studies.
Five additional electives from the following: COM 329,345,399,410,480,
495,499; BUS 242,340; CSC 160; INS
325; PSY 325,371,373; SOC 265,349,
375
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Appropriate for students seeking management careers (see Organizational
Communication electives)
132 Communication Studies
Human Relations Emphasis
Appropriate for students pursuing the
study of how organizations manage their
internal structure and personnel. People
who work in this area deal with such
issues as discrimination, work rules,
employee relations, etc.
Five additional electives from: COM
329,345,399,410; INS 325; PSY 373,485;
SOC 231,265,349,375
Marketing Communication Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis focus on the
communication aspects of the marketingcommunication mix. This emphasis is particularly helpful for students interested in
an organizational role in marketing communication.
Five additional electives from: COM
329,399,410,480; BUS 252,352,355,
357,450; POL 342; INS 325
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for the growing fields public relations, crisis management, as well as advertising and promotional communication. An
internship in public relations, advertising,
or a related field is required.
Five additional electives from: COM
345,399,410,480; ART 132,224,225;
BUS 242,252,355; INS 325; MIS 379; PSY
373; SOC 349, POL 342
Mass Communication and Journalism
Courses are designed to prepare students for entry into television, film, journalism, e-media, (both performance and
production), media criticism and policy, or
graduate school in mass communication or
journalism.
Five electives from the following: COM
247,343,348,399,499: ART 132,215,
224,225,315,330,340; ENG 226,227,
241,327,347,445; POL 342,375; THR
232,325,333,350,360; BUS 254, INS 331
For All Seven Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg's interscholastic foremics program. Day students are required to attend
at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing
COM 188 (Forensics Practicum) is
required to document participation.
Students should be aware that the toumament season is essentially from October
through mid-March, and should plan
schedules accordingly.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (COM 399) as one
of their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Film Major
The Augsburg film major reflects our
belief that students are transformed
through a well-rounded cumculum that
encourages creativity, critical analysis and
inquiry, ethical considerations, and an
understanding of the synergy between theory and practice. The major explores the
tension between art and commerce
through dialogues with film industry members, internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and our Film Artist
series. Students will gain experience in
-
Communication Studies 133
scripting, directing, editing, and acting for
both 16mm film and digital. Students will
be introduced to the study of film theory,
criticism, and culture. Students are encouraged to double major or to seek minors in
related fields such as art, English, theatre,
philosophy, communication studies,
women's studies, and American Indian
studies, to name a few.
Film Faculty
Deb Redmond (Program Director),
Kristin Anderson, Julie Bolton, Michael
Burden, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Wesley Ellenwood, Darcey Engen, Doug
Green, Martha Johnson, Elise Marubbio,
John McCaffery, John Mitchell, Robert
Thom
Required of all Film Majors:
Six Core Courses
C O m H R 216 Intro to 16mm Film
Intro to Cinema Arts
ENG 241
ENG 495
History of Film
COMITHR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
COM 247
Documentary
THR 232
Acting
Five electives (three must be upper
division) must be chosen from the three
defined tracks below in consultation with
your advisor who is designated by the
program director. Note that not all elective
courses are offered every year, so altematives within the track may have to be
chosen.
Track #1 Production: This track is
designed for students interested in producing films/videos. Electives include:
C O m H R 495 16mm Film 11, COM 343
Studio Production, COM 348 Digital Video
Production, COM 499 Independent Study,
Art 132 Photography ART 215 Design for
New Media I, ART 315 Design for New
Media 11, ART 340 Digital Imaging, MUS
130 Intro to Music and the Fine Arts, THR
328 Stage Design.
Track #2 Performance: This track is
designed for students interested in acting
and directing. Electives include: THR 333
Acting for the Camera, THRENG 325
Playwriting, THR 366 Stage Direction,
THR 325 Stage Design, THR 360
Interpretive Reading, THR 350 Voice for
Stage and Screen,THR 499 Independent
Study, ENG 499 Screenwriting
Track #3 Theory & Culture: This track
is designed for students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and cultural context. Electives include: ENG 295 Writing
for the Arts and Popular Culture, ENG 245
Introduction to Literature, ENG 480
Criticism, COM 499, INS 495 Indigenous
Filmmakers, INS 264 American Indians in
Cinema, WST/INS 481 Native American
Women & Film, ART 240 Art History, PHI
260 Philosophy and the Arts, PHI 120
Ethics, SPA 248 Spanish and Latin
American Culture Through Film, REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (COM 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
134 Communication Studies
Communication Studies Minor
Six courses including:
COM 111 Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or COM 343 Studio Production
COM 35 1 Argumentation
or COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
COM 345 Organizational Communication
or COM 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Film Minor
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
C O M H R 216 Introduction to 16mm
Film
THR 333 Acting for Camera
COM 343 Studio Production
C O M H R 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
Plus one of the following:
THRIENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
COM 247 Documentary
COM 348 Digital Video Production
THR 366 Stage Direction
INS 495 Indigenous Filmmakers
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be courses
offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors
must obtain prior approval from a communication studies faculty adviser.
Communication ArtsILiterature
Teacher Licensure Major
This major, which includes secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools
and allows them to become licensed to
teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in
major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major. All requirements in the major must be completed
prior to student teaching. The course
requirements for this program are listed in
the Department of English section of the
catalog.
COM 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either
COM 111and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring)
COM 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic
forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring)
--
Communication Studies 135
COMITHR 216 Introduction to 16 mm Film
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm. filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in BIW.
COM 247
Documentary
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility. The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: COM 111 or
112)
COM 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Fall: alternate years)
COM 343
Studio Production
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken
concurrently with THR 333. (Fall)
COM 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
COM 348
Digital Video Production
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
COM 343 or 347)
COM 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: COM
111 or consent of instructor. Fall)
136 Communication Studies
COM 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: COM
111or consent of instructor. Spring)
COM 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Spring)
COM 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
COM 410
Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
COMITHR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENG 241
and JRISR standing)
COM 480
Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication
Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
COM 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
COM 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
COM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
COM 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
COM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
-
See department listings for the following
approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 355
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENC 226
ENC 241
ENC 347
INS 325
MIS 379
T
he Augsburg computer science
department strives to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications, and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We
-
Computer Science 137
PHI 120
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
soc 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or
cooperative education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us
with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add
practical applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Lany Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett,
James Moen, Noel Petit, Charles Sheaffer,
Karen Sutherland
138 Computer Science
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
CSC 345
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
12 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4)
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design.
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
16 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
Two courses from:
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science
and six from economics with a required
capstone independent study Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics. or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Lany Ragland, Department of Computer
Science
-
Computer Science 139
Major in Computational Economics
13 courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computational Philosophy
Computational Philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and seven from philosophy with a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Philosophy
14 courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 373 Symbolic Programming and
Artificial Intelligence
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early
Modem and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV
Twentieth Century Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in computer science major
courses, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210,345; and one upper division computer
science course, and one of MAT 171 or
h4AT 145.
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to be counted as
completing a major requirement. A course
must also be completed with a grade of 2.0
or higher to count as a prerequisite for a
subsequent computer science course.
140 Computer Science
-
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CSC 170
Structured Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab.
Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT
145 or MAT 171)
CSC 240
lntroduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MPG 4)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 373
Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
An introduction to programming in functional, symbolic languages, such as
Lisp or Scheme. Techniques for implementing such languages, including metacircular interpretation and garbage collection. Applications to selected problems from artificial intelligence. (Prereq: CSC 210)
-
Computer Science 141
CSC 431
Introduction to Al Robotics
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing,
sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 44.0
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; clientlserver databases and workstations; TCPAP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 240 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
PHI 385, or concurrent registration, and CSC 320)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and PHI 385)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
csc 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
csc 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
CSC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
A
major in East Asian studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a
result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China, and other East Asian
nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
studies include government service, international business, journalism, language
instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural
communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for
those interested in education and work
with social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the major.
Courses in the major must be preapproved by the campus adviser and are
distributed as follows: four courses in an
East Asian language; four additional courses,
two of which must be upper division
(strongly recommended that one of these
be a history course on China or Japan);
and an East Asian studies seminar. A term
of study abroad and the completion of a
minor in another discipline are strongly
recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamline University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University
of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
-
East Asian Studies 143
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. Courses in
the minor must be pre-approved by the
campus adviser. A minor in East Asian
studies provides exposure to an area of
East Asia that would complement other
disciplines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate,
with the consent of the campus adviser.
Faculty advising is recommended at all
stages of the major to plan a coherent and
effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson,
612-330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan,
651-641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam,
651-696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen
Humeston, 651-690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, 651-962-5621.
Approved Augsburg College courses for
the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses) :
BUS 368
ENG 282
HIS 104
HIS 323
PHI 355
POL 282
POL 363
REL 356
THR 245
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature
The Modem Non-Western
World
Modem China
Asian Philosophy
Understanding Asian America
Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
History of Religions
Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take independent
studies (299, 499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the field of computer science. The combined economics/business administration
major allows students great flexibility in
order to explore both fields. Finally, the
teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background
for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management information systems, political science, history,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic creht.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning
Major in Economics
Economics Core:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 480 Research Methods in
Econometrics
and three other upper division economics
courses
Supporting Classes
Statistics Class:
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Prerequisites: MIS 175 Principles of
Computing for Business
or MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Mathematits Class:
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & I1
-
Economics 145
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 480 Research Methods in
Econometrics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five economics courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course.
Six accounting/business
administration/MIS courses:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 33 1 Financial Management
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other upper division business
course.
Teacher Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students, therefore,should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
See Political Science.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall;
a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
1 4 6 Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
This course studies the economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment especially in the areas of education, housing and
transportation and is designed for those students who do not plan to major in
economics, business administration, or MIS.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies.
ECO 31 1
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring and alternate Winter
Trimester)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall and alternate Winter Trimester)
-
Economics 147
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined andcompared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: Every 3 years)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
dechons. Emp&
is on applications such as transportation. marketing, portfolio selecrion, environmental, protectim, the shortest r m t e , and inventory
models. (Pmq.:ECO 113, FvIfG 3. Fal? Trimester and Spring Semester)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. Every 3
years)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: BUS 279, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122)
ECO 480
Research Methods in Econometrics
This course provides an introduction to the application of statistical models
and methods to economic problems. Emphasis is on use of econometric software to analyze data and to test hypotheses. Prerequisite(s): ECO 112, ECO
113 and ENG 111
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. (P/N Grading only.)
ECO 299
ECO 399
Directed Study
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. (Prereq.: 50% of the major or consent of instructor.
P/N grading only.)
ECO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendation for licensure to the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8), secondary (grades 5-12) in biology,
chemistry, communication arditerature,
health, mathematics, physics, and social
studies, and K-12 specialist licenses in
visual arts, physical education, music, and
dancdtheatre, and special education: E/BD
(WEC only).
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend
formats. Weekend College degree and
licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication arditerature, social
studies, visual arts and special education.
Additional teaching majors are available
through the weekday program and open to
weekday and weekend students who can
take courses on a weekday schedule. All
prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education courses except field work
and student teaching are available on a
weekend or weekday late afternoon1
evening schedule. Fieldwork and student
teaching must be completed during regular
weekday hours. All students must have
some time available each term for field
experiences.
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I
exam prior to beginning 3 0 0 4 0 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing three
exams prior to recommendation for licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and
Teaching Test, and a subject matter test.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
All students are expected to obtain an
education department adviser at the outset
of coursework. All students are expected to
become knowledgeable of programs and
follow through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching abroad program. Those interested
in further information should contact the
education deuariment at least one vear
prior to student teaching. Students who
teach abroad will do part of their student
teaching in the Twin Cities area under
direct ~~~~b~~~faculty supervision.
-
A graduate level licensure option is
available in weekend format to those
already holding a B.A. degree. Graduate
courses taken for licensure can be applied .
to a Master of Arts in Education degree.
Contact the Education Department or
Weekend College Admissions for information.
Students in all degree and/or licensure
L
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure were implemented in the fall of
2000. No one may be licensed under programs described in catalogs prior to 2002.
150 Education
I
Students who entered the College under
earlier catalogs must comply with the
requirements of the new licensure programs.
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed
they must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching. Degree-seeking students may choose
between bachelor of arts and bachelor of
science Liberal Arts Foundation requirements in consultation with the department.
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change-see Education
Department for most current list):
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Math sequence for non-math specialty
students
Option A is for students who have completed either one of the following courses.
This is the old course sequence that is
being phased out during 2004-2005.
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary
Society
Option B is for students who have not
taken either MAT 131 or 132. This is a
new course sequence that will become permanent after 2004-2005. Math Placement
what courses must be
taken.
Education Faculty
Vicki Olson (Chair), Joy Bartlett, Chris
Brown, Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire,
Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson, Anne
Kaufman, Carol Knicker, Lynn Lindow,
Susan O'Connor, Ron Petrich, Linda
Stevens, Barbara West
MPG 3:
MPG 4:
MAT 137 Math for Elementary
Teachers I (required)
MAT 138 Math for Elementary
Teachers 11 (required)
MAT 137 (optional)
MAT 138 (required)
Science sequence for non-science specialty
students
Option A is for DAY students who do not
have college level science courses in their
background.
SCI 110 Natural Science I
SCI 111 Natural Science I1
Option B is for WEC andlor transfer students with at least one college level science
course accepted in transfer or for day students who have already started this
sequence.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary
Teachers
or EED 200 Elementary Education Earth
Science (summer school, only)
BIO 102 The Biological World
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (,5)
EDC 290 Topics: MN American Indians
(.5)
-
Elementary Education 151
Foundations Block I1 (courses from this
point and on require admissions to the
department)
EDC 3 10 Learning and Development
(HI)
Methods Block I
EED 31 1 K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical
Education (.25)
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
Arts/Children's Literature
Methods Block I1
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
Studies/Thematic Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learners
EDC 480 School and Society
Student Teaching Block
EED 481,483,485 Student Teaching (2.03.0). Student teaching is required for licensure. Students with an elementary major
who do not complete student teaching can
graduate through the elementary education
non-licensure major.
Middle School Specialty Areas (requirements subject to change-see Education
Department for most current list)
Communication Arts Specialty
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
SPC 351 Argumentation (Pre-req.: SPC
111 or permission of instructor)
EED 331 Middle School Writing Methods
(.5)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Adolescent
Literaturmeading in the
Content Areas
Social Studies Specialty
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
HIS 120,121
or 122 US History
ECO 113 Microeconomics
Choose 1: HIS 103: HIS 104; PSY 105;
SOC 121; SOC 241
Human or Cultural Geography (take elsewhere-see Education Department for
suggestions)
ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social
Studies (.5)
Math Specialty
MPG 4 or MAT 114 Precalculus
MAT 122 Calculus for the Behavioral
Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematics
MAT 331 History of Mathematics
ESE 331 Middle School Methods:
Mathematics (.5)
Science Specialty
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry 11
or CHM 116 General Chemistry I1
BIO 101 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
PHY 106 Meteorology
Geology (take elsewhere-see Education
Department for suggestions)
ESE 341 Middle School Methods:
Science (.5)
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
the major, 2.0 in the specialty area, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
-
152 fiementar)/ Education
College. Licensure is obtained through a
combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. The graduate credits can be
used toward the MAE degree. Contact the
Education Department for information.
the elementary education major requirements.
A graduate level elementary licensure
option is available through Weekend
point and on require admission to the education department.)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry,
communication artslliterature, dancdtheatre, health, mathematics, music, physical
education, physics, and social studies.
Methods Block I
ESE 300 Readineriting in the Content
Area
ESE 325 Creating Learning
Environments
Methods Block I1
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society (Wl/SW)
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481,483,485 Student Teaching (2.03.0). (S)
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P
in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, non-departmental
requirements, and education program
courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better.
Non-departmental requirements:
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Art, Dancenheatre, Music, and
Physical Education Licensure (K-12)
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools ( 5 )
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 290 Topics: MN American Indians
(.5)
Foundations Block I1 (Courses from this
'
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas will take two to three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary
(101
-snasu! 30 uo!sqmad p a d s ro luauuedap 01 uo~ss!urpapue ~ s d :.barard)
d
.pai~nba~
a~uauadxayIOMplaIa wuapnls ueqrn jo spaau uo snJoj 1e!~adspue
'sauonno mnurEem aaaqse sluapnls lie dlaq 01 saJrnosa1 pue sanbtuy~aluo
qssqdu~q.ssaupayrB pue 'spaau ispads ;4q!qaqp qlpw sluapnls 30 Xpnls a q l
l a u ~ e asi p a a ~~epadsa q l
OLP3a3
(~uaunredap01 uo!ssppe pue ~ s d :.barad)
d
.aJuauadxa ylOMpla!d .suogaqdde uroorssqs uo p a q d s! qseqdma @pads
.Bu~mealpue % u q x a l o lpaqdde SE s~rdolMoloq~Xsdleuogasnpa JO Xauns y
6u!nas 1euo!$e3np3ue u! $uawdola~aapup 6u!u~eal
O L E Da]
.arnqnJ pue 'aSen8ual 'holsq 'luamma~o%
l e q y ue!pu~ ue~uaurypaseq
slda~uospue 'map ppom 'luamos Iernqns 30 mapuaao u v
(s-)sue!pul ue>!lauy NW :s3!dol
- ~ p qa ~ d m o : ,
062 Da]
.asrnoD qq1 u1 papn~~u!
aq 11" B u ~ e lalnduo3
a
.suogetu!s Ku!
-meay%u!q~ea~
103 qeuawm pa-q-~a~ndmospue lenw-o!pne aAgDajJa 30 uog
- e n p a pue 'uogsnpord 'uope~edard'uogJalaS .Bo~ouqsalleuogsn.11~~~
jo asn
aq1 qBn01q1 uogesrunuIuIo330 suo!suamFp ~es!qdosol!qd pue 1~~!8oloqsl(sd
(as~no:,
r(601ouq3al leuope3np3
ozz D a j
.amllnJ pue 'aK-e&ue~'hol
-qq 'JU~UIUI~AOB
1aqg u e ~ p uu-e~uaurv
~
pasaq-~rlosauu~~q
aspduro~1eq1 qdas
~
aagJaffg
-1102 pua 'mapppom 'lualuos IertuIns aq1 puelsrapun : 3 'a3!1~erd
JO p~epu~rls
~m ay, ? asrnoJ qql u! passarppe o s ~ y.saqunururoJ pue
s ~ o o q mo
~ s l~edur!quamala asaql moq SE IIam SE X11'fuosrad sn ~ s e d sq a a
u s ssauareme ue
-oarals pu-e uogmquu~qp'axpnCard moq JO s~sX1me~ e ~ gpue
appod
11 'suopelai u m n q p u h~~ s r a a pu m n q au!urma 11" as11103 s ! ~
sueipul u e q ~ a u v~ w / & ! s l a ~ ! a
goz 3 a 3
s-)
(Ku!pueis arouxoqdos '1I 1 3 ~ :.barard)
g
.pai~nbaramauadxa yiompIag
u e q q .uralsXs ~ o o q umuamv
~s
ay, jo suo!lapunoJ ps!qdosol!qd pue p u o 1
-qq uo qseqdurq .uo!ssqord 2u1q~aa1
aqljo mapuaao pue uoprno~dxalaam3
6u!nas ueqJn ue u! uo!$e>np] 01 uo!$elua!Jo
0 0 3~a 3
' u 0 g ~ o 103
J ~suo!ssFurpv 3m
'21->I sap& roj a ~ n s u a s ~
ro ~ u a a ~ e d uopmnpz~
aa
ay, ~ s a u o - ~ pea1 suneI8ord uogesnpa rayseal uo!leJnpa
-aFpan alenpeBrapun p u alenpeB
~
jo uog
1eJ!sXqd pue 's!snur 'aneay,psuep ' 1 ~
-eu!q11103 e q s n o q p a y a q o q arnsuasq
. I O ~ ~uogesnpa
UI
- a a a ~ p >puayaaw q 8 n o q aIqEI!eAe
D!snuI jo IoIaysaq arl, roj auaura~!nba
s! uogdo arnsuaq Iaaal a~anpeBv
ay, a~aldurosX11qssa3sns O ~ M
auap
154 Elementary Education
EDC 480
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer, only)
This course is designed to provide hands-on investigations that model modem
inquiry learning and teaching strategies. It meet. the basic earth science subject matter standards for initial licensure. This is a content intensive course.
Plan to spend much time outside of class reading and completing assignments.
EED 311
K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 312
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 320
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience required. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to deparment)
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts/ Children's Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
This course will focus on writing strategies and processes appropriate to middle level students. Emphasis will include the writing process, types of writing,
and integrated writing across the curriculum. This course is required for students seeking elementary licensure with a communication artditerature specialty.
EED 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
-
Secondary Education 155
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED
380)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio.
ESE 300
ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondaly techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork
experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note:
Students seeking the 5-12 Communication Artskiterature license do not need
to take this course.)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of h e social sciences in middle w d high schools.
and
Emphasis on insrmctiod s B ~ K ~ @
E mrriculum development Middle
school portion required for elementary concenmtion in sock1 studies taught
concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (-5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
iSE 320
iSE 325
5-12 Methods: Theatre/Dance
.
Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on
instructional strategies and cumculum development. Fieldwork experience
required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department)
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students
seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not need to take this course.)
156 Secondary Education
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementaly concentration in mathematics taught
concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development.
Also required for elementary concentration in communication artdliterature.
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development.
Required for communication artditerature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high
school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development.
Required for communication artditerature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Fieldwork experience'required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 481,483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to
three. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program
portfolio.
ENG 111 Effective Writing
T h e special education EB/D major is
available: only through Weekend College;
deally, to people who are currently in
schools working with students with this
abel. This major leads to Minnesota teachng licensure in special education with a
specialty in emotional/behavioral disabilities. Courses labeled SPE are to be taken
during the final year of coursework while
students are working in an EBD setting.
Variations on this ideal are possible; see the
Education Department for more inforrnation.
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
The Education Department intends to
put in place a Special Education: Learning
Disabilities program by academic year
2004-2005. Contact the Education
Department or WEC Admissions for information.
Required Non-major Courses:
3PE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Required Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 290 Topics: MN American Indian
(.5)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/
Children's Literature
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
SPE 315 Critical Issues Seminar
SPE 400 Teaching Students with
Emotional and Behavior
Disabilities
SPE 410 Implementing Assessment
Strategies
SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral
Practices
SPE 440 Parent and Professional
Planning
SPE 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching
Summer Practicum
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral
disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual
models as they relate to this category of disability (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
iPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the pre-reforial to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and
how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and
person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
158 Special Education
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual
program plans and to create effective learning environments for students
labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department)
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are
labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive
approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 440
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with special needs,
specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with
community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111,PPST and admission to
department).
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Student teaching occurs during the last year of coursework within
an internship context.
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor is
available through the weekday program.
Required courses:
EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner
EDU 49 1 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 102 or PSY 105
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and ~ i l ~ sofi Social
s
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological assessment
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
DC 410
DU 491
-
Engineering 159
The Special Needs Learner
(see EDC course descriptions)
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
rrangements with two universities to
llow students to earn a bachelor of arts
egree from Augsburg College and an engieering degree from either the University
f Minnesota Institute of Technology,
viinneapolis; or Michigan Technological
Jniversity, Houghton, Michigan. Because
f the special requirements and opportunies of these programs, early consultation
vith the Augsburg engineering adviser is
ecessary. Applications for these programs
equire the recommendation of the
ugsburg engineering adviser. Contact Jeff
ohnson, Physics Department,
12-330-1070.
Jniversity of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
~ugsburgcooperative arrangement provides
or two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of
ingineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students
o receive a bachelor of arts degree from
~ugsburgCollege and a bachelor of engileering degree from the University of
dinnesota. The program typically involves
hree years at Augsburg and two years at
he Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of
Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The cumculum is the same as the
B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate cuniculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
160 Engineering
Application for admission into the
B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.N.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Michigan Technological University
This program enables students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate
programs is available from the Augsburg
engineering adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus 11
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
T
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of hvital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through worlung in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English
Language Learners (ELL) students, or
tutoring in the writing lab.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library sci-
ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce
Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan
Griffin, John Harkness, Colin Irvine, Dan
Jorgensen, Dallas Liddle, Roseann Lloyd,
Elise Marubbio, John Mitchell, John
Schmit, Cary Waterman, Susan Williams
Major
Nine courses above ENG 111,including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature:
Homer to Dante
or ENG 272
European Literature:
Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature:
Medieval to Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature:
17th and 18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: The
Romantics and the Victorians
One upper division course in
American literature:
ENG 350 American Literature Before
1920
or ENG 351 American Literature Since
1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
162 Enqlish
Majors are encouraged to consult their
departmental adviser regularly A student
with a double major or special program
that involves considerable work in the
English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the department.
Communication ArtsILiterature
Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Major Requirements (12 courses)
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 226 Creative Writing
or ENG 227 Journalism
or one additional upper division literature course (ENG 350 or 351 recommended)
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
ENG 271 or 272 European Literature
ENG 345 Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing
ENG xxx Upper division literature course
(ENG 331,336,337, or
338/438 recommended)
Note: If students choose two literature
courses, one must be in American literature (ENG 350 or 351) and one must be in
British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337,
338/438).
SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval)
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and
Reading
ESE 351
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Speaking and
Listening
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy
(.5 course)
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200,210,220,310; ESE 300; EDC 410,
480; student teaching. Contact an education department adviser for information.
This major is only for those who seek
to be licensed in communication artdliterature. Should licensure not be possible,
graduation can be achieved through an
English major, which requires at least two
additional, specific courses, or a speech
major.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for the
education licensure program no later than
the spring of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by
early Oct. in senior year for department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an independent study program (refer to
departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
-
English 163
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l),
including ENG 225 and one upper division
course in writing.
Transfer Students
required to enroll in ENG 101
Developmental Writing where they receive
more individual instruction than is possible
in ENG 111 Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101 Developmental
Writing with a grade of 2.0 or higher before
enrolling in ENG 111Effective Writing.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG
111) and Developmental Writing (ENG
101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week
of class (without special permission/petition). Students who choose to receive a
traditional grade in either course will
receive a grade of N (one time only) if their
work is below a 2.0. A student who
repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
The Enqlish Placement Test
Prerequisites
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in
composition must have a score of 4 or 5.
Students who do not show competence in
composition skills-such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and
constructing paragraphs and sentences--are
ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course.
Prerequisite for an upper division literature
course is ENG 245 Introduction to
Literature and/or consent of the instructor.
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
ENG 101
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to
hold hislher place in the course.
Developmental Writing
A preparatoly course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENC 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing
. critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
164 English
ENC 216
American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature, and the ways in
which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking
skills through in-class presentation and small group discussion.
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in
ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals
is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas
of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG
111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print
and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and
verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal
and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 236
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
ENC 241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
-
English 165
ENC 245
Introduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female
writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that
yield an understanding of our Westem heritage and contemporary American
world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the
shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American
thought by women and people of color.
ENC 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later
literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year.
ENC 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of
English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENC 338
Shakespeare
Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
-for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction
with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the
instructor. Spring)
166 English
ENC 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are
introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of
the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor.)
ENC 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository
essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the
communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of
instructor. MPG 3.)
ENC 350
American Literature Before 1920
Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th
century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that
stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modem sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic,
and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly
in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
All 400-level courses will involve some reading and study of literary criticism or; in the case of
writing classes, of what writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENC 436
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to
Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of insmctor. Spring)
-
English 167
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for
gathering information. (Prereq.:ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories with which graduate
programs in English, as well as in women's and cultural studies, expect familiarity, including feminist, poststructuralist, and historicist approaches. In a
seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and
experiment with applications to a small group of literaly and cinematic texts.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
See department listing for a description of the following approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ENC 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
ENC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
ENC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires
completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair.
ENC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. Open to junior or senior English majors with an
overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair.
FILM
See listing under Communication Studies.
FINANCE
See listing under Business Administration.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
See listing under Modem Languages.
FRENCH
See listing under Modem Languages.
S
ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways that are different
from the more traditional disciplines.
General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty
CST 009
Cooperative Education
(.O course)
A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an
approved co-op education work assignment, satisfactory completion of the
evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
Designed to develop critical thinking skills, this course strengthens the ability
of students to comprehend, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate ideas and arguments. Students identified by the entry Critical Thinking Assessment are
required to complete GST 100. Students who have passed the Critical
Thinking Assessment may take the class only with the permission of the
instructor.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be
taken by students who have completed eight credits.
CST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments. Focus on association, causation, observational studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias
and chance. Review common techniques involving statistical opportunism.
Study conditional reasoning using English to describe and compare rates and
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use standardization to take into
account the influence of confounders. Analysis of statistically-basedarguments. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation and communication. (Prereq.;
MPG 3.1
GERMAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION-HPE 169
v
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the ~ e ~ a r t k eof
nt
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the recreational
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate
athletic programs; intramural programs for
men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
4 HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Fall: even years)
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials (Fall: odd years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Fall: even years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues (Fall:
even years)
Anatomy and
BIO 103
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
urna an
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may ddfer slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
'
Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Paul Grauer, Alvin
Kloppen, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Missy
Strauch, Eileen Kaese Uzarek
170 Health and Physical Education
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for the teacher licensure major.
Consult your faculty adviser for Augsburg
Core Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
Minor
HPE 101, 110,114,115,316,320,390,
450. BIO 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
'
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 254 Introduction to Development1
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 324 K-6 PE Games and Activities
HPE 334 7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
HPE 335 Outdoor Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for the teacher licensure major.
Consult your faculty adviser for Augsburg
Core Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
Minor
HPE 101, 115, 210, 223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3 100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
HPE 280 Coaching Theory
(Fall, even years)
--
-
Health and physical Education 171
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and services. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexualiry. (Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon
growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standards" and
pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Fall:
even years)
HPE 356
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of
tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either
HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teachingearning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Fall: odd years)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Fall: even years)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological,political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years)
172 Health and Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 001
Foundations of Fitness (.O course)
This course is required of all Augsburg students. It seeks to improve the student's knowledge and understanding of the components of physical fitness and
how they contribute to personal lifelong health and well being. This course is
designed to not only provide knowledge but also to discuss and analyze ways
an individual can assess, monitor, motivate and discipline himherself to maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness.
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Activity (.O course)
Lifetime Activity courses are designed to improve proficiency in a selected
physical activity. Students will be able to understand and demonstrate basic
skills, strategy and rules of the activity. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
(.5 course)
Introduction to Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning (.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to
physical activity (Spring)
HPE 254
lntroduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmentalladapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE
114. Spring)
HPE 324
K-6 PE Games and Activities
This course integrates theory and practice in teaching age and skill appropriate activities to elementary students. (Spring)
HPE 334
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiating selected sports activities.
(Fall)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falllspring, even years)
-
I
Health and Physical Education 173
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical educa-
tion and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and
analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103.
Spring)
HPE 356
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of
tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG 111, HPE 101 and either
HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult w i d department chair for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-1 2)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
HPE 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
HPE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: "No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in several fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Jacqueline devries (Chair), Phil Adamo,
Bill Green, John Gregg, Don Gustafson,
Chris Kimball
medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit)
to be defended before a faculty committee.
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 100-level courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Prerequisites
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 280 and
480). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
-
History 175
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
HIS 101
courses at Augsburg including HIS 280 and
480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 120
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures
and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life,
including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new
republic.
HIS 121
19th-Century U.S.
A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIS 122
20th-Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 1501350 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies in Latin American history
from Pre-Columbian times through the conquest and colonial periods up to
modem Latin America. Additional readings and written assignments will be
required for upper-division students. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 350)
176 History
HIS 1621462 20th Century South Asia
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan
and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and
different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 462)
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
HIS 234
Minnesota History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political and economic history of
Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the
period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Gamey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 249
The Designed Environment
(See Department of Art for course description)
-
History 177
HIS 280
The History Workshop
This course introduces history majors and minors to the historian's craft.
Students will examine the development of the discipline of history, the methods of analysis used by professional historians today, and the varieties of applications for history in professional careers and public life. Students will also
gain and sharpen the research and writing skills critical to their success in
upper-level history courses. Guest speakers and off-campus site visits will
enhance course content.
HIS 282
The History of Women Since 1850
This course examines in comparative perspective women's changing political,
economic, social and sexual status since the nineteenth century, with attention
given to social, racial and ethnic, and sexual differences among women.
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions
between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an
economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
HIS 338
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modem legal system.
178 History
HIS 343
American WestIFrontier History
An examination of the history of the American West as place (real and imag-
ined) and process (shifting hests' or frontiers) from the colonial period to the
present. Special emphasis on changing interpretations of the American West
and the importance of the West in shaping American culture and society.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 179 in
International Studies.)
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
HIS 349
The Designed Environment
(See Department of Art for course description)
HIS 350
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
For course description, see HIS 150
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Modern Britain and the Commonwealth
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
A version of HIS 350 taught on-site in Mexico through Augsburg's Center for
Global Education. Cross-listed with Women's Studies.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
History 179
HIS 369
The Early and High Middle Ages
This course examines the history of Europe and the Mediterranean from c.
300 to 1350 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt
to understand medieval society. In addition to the "traditional" political narrative, it also looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of medieval life.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
This course examines Western Europe's crusading era (1095-1291 AD), a time
when warriors from the Christian West attempted to "take back" the Holy
Land from its Muslim occupiers. Through a close reading of primary sources,
we will examine such issues as Pilgrimage, Holy War, and the complex relationships between East and West, between Muslims and Christians. We will
pay particular attention to the question of historical representation.
HIS 378
Medieval Church
This course examines the history of the medieval church from Constantine the
Great to Martin Luther (c.300 to c. 1517 AD) It uses a variety of written and
visual sources in an attempt to understand the medieval church and its influence, not only in religious matters, but also in the social and political spheres.
Cross-listed with REL 378.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 462
20th Century South Asia
For course description, see HIS 162.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 480
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
(Prereq.: HIS 280. Generally offered Fall and Spring terms.)
180 History
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history)
T
he Honors Program is rooted in the
Augsburg Core ~u&ulum. As such it is
designed to prepare students to become
effective, informed, and ethical citizens
through their engagement in a cumculum
that:
Provides a liberal arts foundation and
promotes the acquisition of intellectual
and professional skills;
Calls for common inquiry into questions
of Christian faith and the search for
meaning; and,
Cultivates the transformative discovery
of, and appreciation for, one's place of
leadership and service in a diverse
world-vocatio and caritas.
The Honors Program recasts this distinctive mix by underscoring the public
uses of knowledge, by recognizing that
intelligence expresses itself in many ways,
and by embracing an intentional interdisciplinarity in its cumculum. While celebrating the signature elements of the Augsburg
Core Cumculum, the Honors Program
transposes them to a new key, even a kind
of academic jazz, in which committed students are encouraged to traverse new
domains and improvise novel themes
appropriate to new circumstances.
The Honors Program is a community of
people who are committed to achieving an
exceptional education by exploring the
many dimensions of fundamental ideas.
Fundamental ideas such as "all people are
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 181
created equal" and "all knowledge begins
with experience" shape our construction of
the valuable, our deliberations regarding
the ethical, and even our identification of
the factual. Honors education believes that
when we engage freely in Socratic dialogue
about knowledge and wisdom, we find our
noblest calling as people.
The Honors Program strives to provide
an enriched environment in which the pivotal questions of human experience can be
explored and the skills to navigate a complex world can be mastered. Honors students learn the value of interpersonal networking and team-generated solutions to
new problems that emerge in dynamic,
worldwide markets and evolving political
realities. In fact, graduation from the program is advantageous for graduate school
admission or career placement.
I
nterdisciplinq studies programs
draw
.
upon and combine coursework from multiple academic disciplines to provide both
broad perspective and in-depth focus on an
area of study Through interdisciplinary
programs and courses, students can gain
greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their
own. Augsburg offers a number of majors
that are interdisciplinary in nature. They
include:
In addition to completing the Honors
Program courses that fulfill Augsburg Core
Cumculum requirements, students complete the language requirement (if it is a
requirement for their degree), Foundations
of Fitness, the lifetime activity course,
Effective Writing, any required entry level
assessments, and graduation skill requirements.
Students may enter the Honors
Program at three points (first or second
semester of first year; first semester of second year). Students must fulfill requirements of all four years to complete the
Honors Program and thereby satisfy the
Augsburg Core Cumculum requirements.
Contact the director for additional
information about the Honors Program
curriculum and academic requirements.
American Indian Studies
East Asian Studies (ACTC)
International Relations
Metro-Urban Stumes
Nordic Area Studies
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies (ACTC)
Women's Studies (ACTC)
These majors, their descriptions and
requirements are listed alphabetically within the Departments and Programs section
of the catalog. Other interdisciplinary
course offerings are listed under
International Studies.
182 Interdisciplinary Studies
SPC 321
Coordinator
Norma Noonan
The world of the 2lst century demands
complex skills. It is not enough to have an
area of expertise or be a good manager.
One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg
curriculum offers a minor in leadership
studies, drawing on a wide variety of
courses across disciplinary lines. A minor
in leadership studies can enhance your
major in a wide variety of disciplines
including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science,
economics, and psychology.
Required courses: (4)
Principles of Management (no
prereq.)
SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq.
SOC 121 or permission of
instructor)
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
(no prereq.)
POL 421 (Topics: This topic only)
Becoming a Leader (prereq. one
POL course or permission of
instructor) This course is the
only integrative course in the
minor.
BUS 242
Required electives: (2)
Select two courses from the following list.
(No more than one per department.)
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
(prereq. BUS 242)
BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq.
BUS 242)
HIS 222 20th-Century U.S.
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
(WECDay)
PSY 373 Industrial Organizational
Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or
105)
SPC 355
SPC 410
Business and Professional
Speaking
Small Group Communication
(no prereq.)
The Self and the Organization
(WEC)
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
Requirements
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
equivalent competency)
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
See International Relations, page 185.
Interdisciplinary Studies 183
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
INS 325
Building Working Relationships
This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of
the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships.
Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following coursesSOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down
the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to
the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees.
(Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test)
INS 381
Qualitative Research Methods
This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available
for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial
research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skills in either archival
research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.:
upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in
the student's major, or consent of the instructors)
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which provides students
with the basis for informed global citizenship, preparing them for graduate study or
careers in foreign service, nonprofit, or
international business. The student may
focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core
of seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study
opportunities throughout the year.
Competency in one language is required,
and some students study two languages.
All majors complete a significant senior
research project and thesis on a topic of
their own choosing.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Director
Joseph Underhill-Cady
Required core courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policies
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modem language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,368,465
ECO 317,360,365
HIS 323,346,348,350,352,354,440,474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 241
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
S W 230
Seminars, independent study, topics
courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the
approval of the program director, as well as
a fourth term or higher of college work in
a second foreign language.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
lnternational Relations Major with
lnternational Business Concentration
Required core courses of the international
relations major, plus the following six
courses:
BUS 362 International Business
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
Two of the following:
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges
of Japan
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
One of the following:
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 365 Environmental Economics and
Sustainable Development
One elective from the list of international
relations major electives, excluding other
business, economics, and marketing courses.
Note: Several of the business courses have
prerequisites. Please consult the catalog
and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In
addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
lnternational Relations 185
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
lnternational Relations Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
The Peace and Global Studies minor
focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance and inter-cultural understanding in
moving toward a less violent world; it
takes advantage of the campus resources of
the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted each
year by Augsburg College) and the Center
for Global Education. The minor is structured as a learning community that
involves students, faculty, staff, and community members; it'focuses on experiential
learning that emphasizes the interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental sustainability Students will draw
on study abroad in taking local actions to
address global issues.
The minor consists of two required
courses (POL 160 and SWK 230), two
upper division electives (chosen from ECO
365, REL 366, HIS 332, HIS 350, I N S M T
311, POUWST 341, REL 313, POUWST
359, INS 312, REL 346, HIS 346, POL 353,
ECO 495, SOC 240, ENG 361, and other
topics or study abroad courses, with
approval of program director), a senior
keystone seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peacerelated activities. See International
Relations Program Director for full program description.
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College's strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenship.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, general education,
and graduation requirements when
approved by the appropriate program
directors and faculty before departure. Any
approved study abroad will also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience.
Students in good academic standing (a
minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus
through the study abroad adviser. In addition to semester and year-long programs,
summer abroad courses also provide a
number of educational opportunities.
Students interested in these or other external off-campus study experiences should
contact the study abroad adviser.
Application deadlines are listed for each
program. Please contact the study abroad
adviser in the Office of International
Programs for a list of deadlines for summer
and short-term study abroad courses. The
cost for many programs is comparable to
full room, board, and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is
granted on the same basis as on-campus
study.
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic
work with real-life experiences. Students
live in the midst of the society they are
studying, encountering the people and culture inside and outside the walls of a classroom. All programs include family stays,
regional travel, community-based living,
and opportunities for volunteer work and
internships.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved by Augsburg are listed below
For information on these programs, contact the semester programs abroad office.
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Norway and Germany.
Under these agreements International
Partner students from abroad receive part
--
International Studies 187
of their academic training at Augsburg, and
qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed
admission to partner institutions, where
courses are pre-approved for credit toward
graduation requirements at Augsburg.
Study abroad through International
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but offers training in
more than a dozen other fields as well. All
coursework is in English. The study program may be for one year, one semester, or
a summer session. Participation may be on
an individual basis or as part of a student
group. For further information contact the
nternational Partners office. Application
deadlines are April 1 for fall semester and
year long programs and October 15 for
spring semester programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers full-semester programs through HECUA in Norway,
Guatemala, Ecuador, and Northern Ireland.
All programs emphasize the impact of
social change, civic engagement, and crosscultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost
is similar to full tuition, room, and board
for one semester on campus, plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below For information
on these programs, contact the Center for
Global Education.
I CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE I N MESOAMERICA
(MEXICO)-FALL
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce stuients to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
:mpowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
?olitical, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
:ace, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved
n struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program begins with a
me-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and ends with a two-week
;eminar in El Salvador. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, in Augsburg housing
~pproximatelysix weeks, and with Mexican host families for 4-6 weeks.
All students will be expected to take POYWST 359, REUWST 366, and at least one
jpanish course. In addition, they may choose between taking a second Spanish course or
:ompleting an internship or field research (independent study).
Augsburg application deadline: April 1. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or
ts equivalent.
188 International Studies
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
,
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Advanced Conversation
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or or equivalent.)
POLIWST 359 Women, Gender, and Social Change in-Latin America
An exploration of gender politics in Latin America. Particular attention is
given to women's organizing efforts around issues of domestic and political
violence, ecology, human rights, democracy, political participation, and revolutionary social change.
RELIWST 366 Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to sociaVpolitica1 transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
I
-
International Studies 189
NSISPAIWST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequistes: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
NSIRELISPAIWST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
I SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTALJUSTICE:LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)-SPRING
This is an intensive program of study and travel that explores socioeconomic and political issues with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students will examine the ethics of land distribution, environmental racism, ecofeminism,
social change, and the complexity of gender, class, race, and ethnicity in Latin America.
Credit is available in Spanish, history, political science, religion, and women's studies.
internships and independent studies are also available. The program includes a two-week
;eminar in Chiapas and Guatemala. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend
ipproximately six weeks in Augsburg housing, and six weeks living with Mexican host
imilies.
All students will be expected to take the following three courses: a Spanish course,
- I l W S T 355, and P O W J T 341 or REyWST 313. For their fourth course, they may
: h a benveen taking a second Spanish course, or completing an internship or field
search (independent study).
Augsburg application deadline is Oct. 15. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course
)r its equivalent.
iPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop she four basic slalls: understanding, spspeaking, wding, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introdnc~anto c u l m of the 5-h-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
;PA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
-
190 International Studies
SPA 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper diesion courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Advanced Conversation
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 3 11 level on placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 31 1 or equivalent.)
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
31 1 or equivalent.)
HISIWST 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in Mexican and Central American
history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and raciavethnic
oppression and the history of resistance and social change in Latin America
from the Conquest to the present day.
POL341/WST 341 Environmental Politics
Explores enivornmental politics in Latin America from pre-Columbian times
to the present. Applies a gender perspective to analyze environmental issues
and examines political and economic policies that promote andfor hinder sustainable development.
REL/WST 313 Environmental Theology and Ethics
Explores different approaches to environmental ethics in Latin America,
including indigenous, Jewish and Christian perspectives, liberation theology
and ecofeminism.
INS/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequisites: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
-
International Studies 191
NS/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
I SOCIAL WORK IN A LATIN AMERICAN CONTEXT (MEXICO)-SPRING
This program was created to satisfy the cumculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformaive, experiential learning focused on social and economic justice.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 15. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course
3r its equivalent. (Students may choose to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of
lanuary, prior to the start of the semester.) Priority is given to social work majors.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
-Aims to dwelop the four b& skills: understanding, speaking, reading,and
writing of elementary Spanish. htroducrion to culture ot the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican insmcrors. (No prerequisite far SPA f 1l.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
5PA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
;PA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
,PA 316
Advanced Conversation
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
;PA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
192 International Studies
7
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
3 11 or equivalent.)
SWK 294
International Social Welfare: The Mexican Context
Develops students' understanding of current social, economic, political and
cultural realities in Mexico through an exploration of Mexican culture and history. Emphasis on intercultural communication and the role of U.S. foreign
policy in Mexico. Aims to frame students' knowledge of contemporary social
welfare and social work practice with migrants and immigrants in the
Minnesota and the U.S. at large.
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Croups
Develops student understanding and working knowledge of human behavior
in families and in groups. The Mexican context of family and group work will
be examined and uniquely Mexican models will be explored and discussed in
relation to current family and group theory. Groups can be used to accomplish
individual, family, organizational andlor community goals. Students will practice skills needed to be an effective group member and facilitator in class. A
six-week home stay with a Mexican family will provide an opportunity to
learn about Mexican family structure through personal experience.
SWK 295
Comparative Social Policy
Aims to prepare social work students to function as informed and competent
participants in efforts to achieve change in social policies and programs. This
course in comparative social policy uses Mexico and the United States as a
context for studying policy formation, implementation, analysis and the influence of values on these processes. Central to this course is a service-learning
component. Those enrolled in Social Work Field Experience may use the same
field setting for both courses. Roles and responsibilities of generalist social
workers and citizens in formulating, implementing and evaluating policy
responsive to social needs are addressed. United States and Mexican immigration and migration policies will be used a primary vehicle for this critical
analysis.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. Contributes approximately 100 hours to the practicum hours
required for the BSW degree for those students with Spanish language oral
competency. Involves sharing of experiences with other students in a small
group seminar. (Prereq.: intermediate Spanish, candidacy status; concurrent
with SWK 316. P/N grading only).
International Studies 193
H SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL OR SPRING
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Ceneal Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in El Salvador,
and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. All students will take the following 4 courses: 1) one
Spanish course, 2) REL 366,3) HISM7ST 355, and 4) ECO 495,
Application deadline is April 1. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its
equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211
for 212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Advanced Conversation
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite:SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 31 1 level on placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
194 International Studies
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite:
SPA 3 11 or equivalent.)
HISIWST 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and raciauethnic oppression and the history of
resistance and social change in Latin America from the Conquest to the present day Examines the Pre-Columbian period, the conquest and colonial periods, and concludes with the post war period in Central America.
ECO 495
Topics: Sustainable Economic Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in
the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to sociaVpolitica1transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-FALL OR SPRING
This program examines the crucial issues of nation building, globalization, and decolonizing the mind from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonization. South
Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today's world; the challenges posed by
under and unequal development; and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind.
Augsburg application deadline: Oct. 15.
INS 312
REL 346
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
--
International Studies 195
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This contse is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movemen= that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
HIS 440
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the US: Struggles
Against Colonialism, Apartheid and Segregation
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political
victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism.
INS 399
Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the
opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency. This
replaces the Religion and Social Change course.
INS 499
lndependent Study
Students may design a proposal to conduct an independent study of a topic
related to their major or minor
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL
Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare
state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The cumculum consists
of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the
welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of a social democracy
undergoing major changes in response to immigration. Students explore the relationship
between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the
European Union and broader global politics. Students have the option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project. April 1.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
INS 394
Urbanization and Sustainable Development in Scandinavia
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
-International Studies
196
POLITICS, DEVELOPMENT, AND THE CITY: GUATEMALA AND CUBA-FALL
The Politics, Development, and the City program explores historical and current issues
related to rural-urban migration, industrialization, government policies, and effects on
human communities. Students engage in dialogue with Latin American faculty, activists,
and leaders from local communities to understand local conditions and efforts at social
change. Learning is made vivid through field projects and interactions with organizations
worlung on urban issues. A Spanish in the Field course facilitates language learning directly related to content. April 1.
INS 2611386 Spanish in the Field
INS 362
Development in the Latin American City
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development: Critical Social
Issues
INS 499
Independent Study
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship
designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and
culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social change
are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems in
Ecuadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these
challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in
Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or
Spanish. April 1.
INS 366
Community Participation for Social Change
INS 399
Internship
INS 499
Independent Study
(2 course credits)
-
International Studies 197
ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY IN LATIN AMERICA:
GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)-SPRING
Environment and development issues are examined by looking at market and community economy models and their respective practices and ethical implications. Participants
will conduct a variety of field projects in small groups to learn about the environment and
development efforts. Students gain hands-on experience field placements with organizations working in the Guatarnalan Highland, exploring the limits and possibilities of classroom theories and concepts in the context of complex real-life experiences in the community Each student cames out an independent study project on a topic of personal choice,
which includes field research. Oct. 15.
INS 384
Social Dynamics and the Environment
INS 385
The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications
INS 386
Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course)
INS 499
Independent Study Project (students chooses topic)
NORTHERN IRELAND: DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANCE-SPRING
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical,
political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace and the
progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience
with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine. Oct. 15
INS 316
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 317
Politics of Conflict and Transformation
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MARKETING
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
M
athematics is the study of structure and relationships and
tools
for solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the
problem solving and quantitative reasoning
skills that are increasingly expected of
every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education.
Students majoring in mathematics
acquire the skills necessary to serve society
through a variety of careers. In addition to
acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg
develop their abilities to reason abstractly;
to conjecture, critique, and justifj their
assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and
comprehend precise mathematical writing;
to speak and write about mathematical
ideas; and to experience working in teams
on mathematical projects. Students can
prepare for graduate school, for work in
business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in
grades K-12. Students majoring in many
disciplines find it helpful to acquire a
minor or a second major in mathematics.
Students may choose coursework supporting the study of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and
engineering, its applications to actuarial
science, computing, or economics, or in
preparation to teach. Augsburg's urban
location allows students to gain experience
working with mathematics through intemships, cooperative education, and the
practicum and colloquium courses.
Mathematics Faculty
Rebekah Dupont (Chair), Tracy
Bibelnieks, Nicholas Coult, Suzanne Doree,
Matthew Haines, Kenneth Kaminsky.
Bachelor of Arts
Mathematics Major
Twelve courses including
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus I11
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
Two MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Students may petition the department
to substitute alternative mathematics or
mathematics-intensive courses for one or
two MAT courses numbered above 200.
Such substitutions must be justified by a
compelling academic rationale presenting a
coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline.
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
Two supporting courses from the following
list or substitutes with departmental
approval: CSC 170, CSC 320, ECO 112 or
ECO 113 (not both), ECO 318, ESE 330,
FIN 331, MAT 163 or MAT 173 (not both),
PHY 121, PHY 122.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium during junior and senior
years.
Depending on the choice of electives, up to
two additional communication skills
courses (one in writing, one in speaking)
may also be required.
-
Mathematics 199
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science
Mathematics Major
The requirements for the Bachelor of
Science degree are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts degree with Mathematics
Major except that the two MAT electives
and two supporting courses must be chosen from a focus area approved by the
department. Sample focus areas:
Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science:
Two of MAT 355,374, or 377; ECO 112 or
113;MAT 173,ECO 318, orFIN331.
Computational Mathematics: Two of MAT
355,377, or approved 395; CSC 170; CSC
320.
Physical Sciences: Two of MAT 247, 327,
or 355; PHY 121-122.
Teaching Mathematics: MAT 252; MAT287;
MAT 314; ESE 330.
In addition, an experiential component
in the focus area is required, such as an
internship, volunteer or paid work experience, undergraduate research project, or
other experiences approved by the department. Such experiences may also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience requirement if
approved.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers. The
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the
major, with the electives specified as, MAT
252 Exploring Geometry, MAT 287 History
of Mathematics, MAT 314 Abstract
Algebra, and ESE 330 5-12 Methods:
Mathematics. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in
grades 5-8 under elementary education
licensure are MPG 4 or MAT 114
Precalculus; MAT 145 Calculus 1 or MAT
122 Calculus for the Behavioral and Social
Sciences; MAT 163 Introductory Statistics;
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry; MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures; and
MAT 287 History of Mathematics.
Elementary Education majors seeking middle school mathematics licensure are
strongly encouraged to consult with a
mathematics department advisor before
enrolling in the 200 level MAT courses.
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
GPA of 3.5 in MAT courses numbered
above 200,3.0 overall GPA, an honors project, and approval of the Mathematics
Department. Specific requirements are
available from the department.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus 11
Three MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Alternatively students may complete a
minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145,
MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 271,
and MAT 287.
At least one MAT course numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
200 Mathematics
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
minor.
Math Placement Croup (MPC)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
Math Placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar's office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
in calculus should consult with the
Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during college registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Students in MPG 1may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment
at Augsburg College.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business and
everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a
year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and hgonomemc functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
deparanent. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
-
-
Mathematics 201
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications
in the social and behavioral sciences and business. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 123, MAT 131, or MAT 137.
Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 129, MAT 132, or MAT 138.
Students who have successfully completed a higher number MAT class, a statistics class, or any
other quantitative reasoning class must obtain departmental approval before registering for
MAT 123, 129, 137, or 138.
MAT 123
Mathematics Sampler
An examination of intriguing mathematical ideas including geometrical and
numerical patterns, and axiom systems such as set theory, non-Euclidean
geometries, alternative arithmetic, and infinity with an emphasis on problemsolving strategies, logic, and mathematical reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 129
Practical Applications of Mathematics
An examination of applications of mathematics in contemporary society, with
an emphasis on quantitative reasoning including an introduction to probability
and statistics and topics such as the mathematics of finance, graph theory,
game theory, voting theory, linear programming, or cryptography. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
MAT 137-8
Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I & II
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis and probability with an emphasis on the processes of problem solving, reasoning, connections, communication, and representation. These courses are
designed for prospective K-6 elementary school teachers. (Prereq.: MPG3 for
MAT137; MAT 137 or MPG4 for MAT138.)
MAT 145-6
Calculus 1 & ll
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146.)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, anaIysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3.)
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics, with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3, Coreq.: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance. (Prereq.: MPG 3.)
202 Mathematics
MAT 245
Calculus Ill
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146.)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271.)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and
geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theoly, and formal logic, with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146 or MAT 163 and MAT 145 or MAT 163 and MAT 122 and
MPG 4 Also recommended: CSC 160)
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. (Prereq. : MAT 145 or MAT 122
and MPG 4)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 and MAT 271)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series
in a theoretical setting. (Prereq.: ENG 111, MAT 271 Also recommended: MAT
245, MAT 246 or MAT 247, and at least one MAT courses numbered 300 or
higher.
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modem computers, and applications. (Prereq: MAT 146 and CSC 170 or consent of instructor).
-
Mathematics 203
MAT 373-4
Probability and Statistics I & II
Concepts of probability and statistics including methods of enumeration, random variables, probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit
Theorem, sampling distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics.(Prereq.: MAT
245 for MAT 373. Also recommended MAT 271. MAT 373 for MAT 374.)
MAT 377
Operations Research
Concepts of linear programming and its applications to optimization problems
from industrial settings including the simplex method, sensitivity analysis,
duality theory, alternate optima, and unboundedness with an emphasis on
both the mathematical theory and the application to current business practice.
(Prereq.: MAT 246)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a senice learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor)
MAT 3951495 TopicsIAdvanced Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as actuarial mathematics, complex analysis,
mathematical biology, chaotic dynamical systems, combinatorics, graph theory,
topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq: at least two MAT courses
numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional upper
division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be required)
-
MAT 491
-~
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporaly applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Canies no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 1991399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing). See also description on page 93.
MAT 499
Independent Study/Research
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor.) See also description on page 94.
M
etro-Urban studies is a multidisciplumy major and minor taught by faculty
in sociology, economics, history, political
science, social work, art and other related
disciplines. Metro-Urban studies is designed
to blend classroom and field experience, theory, and internships that focus the content
of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization.
Metro-Urban studies and general education's Engaging Minneapolis introduce
students to the wide variety of developing
careers related to urban and metropolitan
affairs and equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and contribute to the metropolitan
community. The Metro-Urban studies
major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in
planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization,
and theology.
internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional comes
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris
Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC),
Michael Shock (SWK)
DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major
10 courses including:
ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 21 1 Community and the Modem
Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
or HIS 335 Urban American History
or ART 249/349 HIS 249/349 The
Designed Environment
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 PoliticaVShtistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses.
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics instead of
ECO 110.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 21 1, HIS 225/249/349,
and two of the following: HIS 335, SOC
381, or INS 399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
-
-
Metro-Urban Studies 205
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other inteinship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations
that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independentlydesignedcourse developed by a student (or p u p of students),
utiliring the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
insmctor)
INS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to interdisciplinary field
learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, Northern Ireland, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)-FALL
OR SPRING
This Semester in the Cities program focuses upon the Twin Cities meeo area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct obsewation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
206 Metro-Urban Studies
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identlfy inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 93.
II. CITY ARTS-SPRING
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 93.
Ill. ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY: SCIENCE, POLITICS AND PUBLIC
POLICY -FALL
Focuses on the social, scientific, ecological and economic underpinnings of public policy
and conflict over natural resources and environmental quality.
INS 345
Social Dimensions o f Environmental Change
INS 346
Adaptive Ecosystem Management
INS 399
Internship (2 course credits)
IV. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (SUST, SAUS, CIIA, AND
EECIA)
T
he Department of Modem Languages
at ~ u ~ s b u r ~ k o lcontributes
le~e
in many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should
go beyond career preparation and that
familiarity with the language and culture of
another people is an essential step in the
development of a truly global perspective.
The modem languages department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese,Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the aistry may wish to take a second major or
minor in modem languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
Modern Languages Faculty
Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechluanWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, Donald
Steinmetz
Major
The major consists of nine courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including two courses in culture,
two courses in language, two courses in literature and three electives (from any of the
three areas above). At least seven of these
courses must be taught in the target language of the major and at least four of
them must be taken on the Augsburg campus.
Minor
The minor consists of four courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211and
above), including one in language and one
in literature or culture. At least three of
these courses must be taught in the target
language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
Departmental Honors
Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must apply in the junior
year. Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major,
3.5 GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or F!
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
208 Modern Languages
Study Abroad
Teaching Licensure
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Since spring term 2001, Augsburg
College no longer offers a licensure program in modem languages.
4 AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people. (Fall: 101; spring: 102, Prereq.: 101)
4 CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
W
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC-additiona1 sessions required)
FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
-
Modern Languages 209
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 41 1
FRE 495
.
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
FRE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
FRE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
-
210 Modern Languages
GERMAN (GER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC-additional
sessions required)
CER 21 1, 212 Intermediate German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
GER 295
GER 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, A u s ~and
,
~witzerlandsince the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in
their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle
the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a
way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
-
-
Modern Languages 21 1
CER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Marx, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modem age. (Prereq.: 311)
CER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
CER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
CER 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
CER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
JAPANESE(JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian studies program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
H NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111)
NOR 211
-
Intermediate Norweaian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.:
NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
-
212 Modern Languages
NOR 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel-
opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Intenuhips and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
NOR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
-
Modern Languages 213
OJIBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modem
languages department and as part of the American Indian Studies major.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Fall:
111; Sring: 112, Prereq.: 111.)
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC-additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. IPrereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice with emphasis
on the finer points of grammar. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: odd years)
214 Modern Languages
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 31 1 or
consent of instructor. Spring: odd years)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic Authors
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and
oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note:
Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring:
even years)
SPA 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 31 1 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
SPA 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
SPA 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
M
usic has the power to strengthen
the mind, heal the body, and unlock ;he
creative spirit. Whether we experience
music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it
adds a significant dimension to our lives.
The Department of Music at Augsburg
College offers music training in the context
of a liberal arts education, and is an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). The Music
Department offers three degree programs
and five majors as follows:
Bachelor of Arts (Music Major or Music
Major with Music Business
Concentration)
Bachelor of Music (Music Education or
Performance Major)
Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy
Major)
In addition, we offer minors in music,
music business, and a Music Therapy
equivalency certificate program.
Participation in a variety of music experiences including large and small ensemble
courses, music theater productions, performance study, and music courses are open
to students from all majors, with pennission from the instructor.
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Ned Kantar, Merilee Klemp
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Carol
Barnett, Marv Dahlgren, Bridgt Doak,
Susan Druck, Lynn Erickson, Janet Fried,
Jennifer Gerth, Bradley Greenwald, Nancy
Grundahl, Mary Horozaniecki,Jim
Jacobson, Kathy Kienzle, Caroline Lemen,
Steve Lund, Laurie Merz, Celeste O'Brien,
Paul Ousley, Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths,
Sonja Thompson, Angela Wyatt
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Anderson
Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of
Music for acceptance to a degree program
by the end of their sophomore year.
Transfer students must meet with a music
adviser immediately after enrolling at
Augsburg to establish an appropriate
course of music study and application
process. All students interested in pursuing a music degree at Augsburg must contact a music faculty adviser in their
degree area as soon as possible to ensure
a smooth program of study and timely
completion of music degree requirements.
Degree Program Advisors:
Jill Dawe - BM Music Performance
Stephen Gabrielsen - BA Music
Peter Hendrickson - BM Music
Education
Roberta Kagin - BS Music Therapy
Ned Kantar - BM Music Education
Robert Stacke - Transfer Students
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the steps outlined in the Music Student
Handbook, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore
jury.
Music Degree Core Curriculum for all
ProgramsJMajors
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music 11
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
216 Music
MUS 112
MUS 201
MUS 202
MUS 211
MUS 212
MUS 231
Aural Skills I1
Materials of Music 111
Form and Analysis
Aural Skills 111
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music I1
Large and Small Ensemble Participation
Performance Studies
Music Repertoire Tests
Piano Proficiency
Plus fulfillment of recital requirements as
given under each specific degree and
major.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Student select either
vocaVgenera1 or instmmentavgeneral
emphasis. In addition to applying to the
Music Department, Bachelor of Music education major candidates must also apply to
the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the Bachelor of Music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.5 in all music courses in necessary for the music education licensure pro-
w"--
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 311 Composition I
MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5)
MUS 358 Half Junior Recital
MUS 459 Full Senior Recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 220 Educational Technology
EDC 290 Topics: MN American Indians
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education
Seminar
ESE 300 Readinwriting in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481ESE 483 Student Teaching
MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.5)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5)
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251,252,253,254
Instrumental emphasis- one course credit
of music elective
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the major insh-umentlvoice (first
year)
Four half course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumentlvoice (second and third year)
-
Music 217
Two full course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumendvoice
(fourth year)
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrumenthoice
(winds and percussion, Band; strings,
Drchestra; voice, Choir). You must participate in the ensemble for which you want
to teach.
Music Education majors whose major
performance medium is piano, organ, or
pitar are required to enroll in 4 semesters
~flessons on a minor performance medilm that allows them participation in the
:orresponding large ensemble. Examples:
4 music education major in the vocal-gen:ral track who selects piano as a major perormance medium (rather than voice) is
equired to take a minimum of four semes.ers of voice lessons, in addition to partici~atingin a large group vocal ensemble for
:ight semesters.
A music education major in the instrunental-general track who selects piano,
)rgan, or guitar as a major performance
nedium is required to take a minimum of
our semesters of lessons on a band or
rchestral instrument, in addition to paricipating in a correspondinglarge group
nstrumental ensemble for eight semesters.
=oursemesters in an Augsburg small
:nsemble on the major instrumendvoice
mprovisation competency on major
nstrumendvoice
mprovisation
Lrea of Emphasis:
InstrumentaVGeneral Certification
Two semesters of traditional MUE
chamber music
Two semesters MUS 129
Improvisation- OR- one semester
MUS 129 Improvisation and one
semester jazz band
VocaVGeneral Certification
Two semesters traditional MUE chamber music
One semester MUS 129 Improvisation
One semester MUSITHR 235 Music
Theatre
(Vocalists taking MUS 129 will also be
expected to comp from a lead sheet andlor
sing with the combo.)
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and in themajor instrumendvoice
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
This major is a focused classical training program designed to challenge the
musical skills and performing ability of the
individual musician. Students interested in
pursuing this degree are selected through
an audition/interview process (see Music
Department Handbook) and should have
demonstrated performance ability an
excellent GPA in music coursework, a selfdirected learning style, and a passion for
developing their skills through intensive
work and practice in a chosen performance
area.
This degree best prepares students for
private and studio teaching, professional
performing opportunities, auditions, and
graduate school.
Requirements: 14.5 course credits
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 358 Full Junior Recital
MUS 459 Full Senior Recital
One of the following three areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251,252,253,254
218 Music
435, EDS 359, one course credit of music
elective
Piano or organ emphasis-MUS436,456,
one course credit of music elective
Instrumental emphasis- one and one half
course credits of music electives, one
methods course for major instrument
Two quarter course credits and six half
course credits of performance studies in
the major instrurnentlvoice
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice
and residency at Augsburg
Or, for piano or guitar emphasis:
Four semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble plus four semesters of departmental ensemble work as assigned by the
student's academic adviser and studio
instructor.
Four semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all
music courses and 3.0 in the major instrumentlvoice
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B.S. in music therapy is
minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program,
which includes a full-time (six months or
1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility approved by the American Music
Therapy Association (AMTA). This course
of study is chosen by students who wish to
become professional music therapists.
Requirements: 23 course credits
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 311,312 Composition I or 11
MUS 372,375 Psychological Foundation
of Music I, I1
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
In ternship
MUS 458 Half Senior Recital
EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 340 Music Therapy Methods I:
Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
MUS 345 Music Therapy Methods 11:
Voice, Piano, Percussion
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design
Procedure, and Analysis I
Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major
instrurnentlvoice
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrumentlvoice
and residency at Augsburg
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble on the major instrurnentlvoice
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
-
Music 219
H BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
or desire to enter one of the many music
related business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements
Music core cumculum and:
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 458 Senior Recital
One credit of approved courses outlined in
the Music Department Student Handbook.
One credit of upper division music
courses.
Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major
instrument/voice
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voice
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble on the major instmmental/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
music business studies. The music business major has two tracks: the Bachelor of
Arts in music with music business concentration (designed for the performing
artist) and the Bachelor of Arts in business administration with specialization in
music business (designed for the
music/business student).
B.A. in Music with Music Business
Concentration
Requirements: 19.5 credits
Music core cumculum and:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
MUSBUS 105 Music Business
MUSBUS 245 Arts Management
MUSBUS 399 Internship
SPC 111 Public Speaking
MUS 458 Senior Recital
Eight quarter course credits of performance studies in the major
instrument/voice
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voice
Pass three music repertoire tests
Two semesters in an Augsburg small
ensemble on the major instrumentaVvoice
Music Business Major
Pass piano proficiency test
The music business major prepares students to enter today's music industry and
to pursue career opportunity where the
arts and commerce intersect. Courses in
music, performing arts, and business combine with field observations and internships. These experiences prepare students
[or careers in fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and
general music business. The program
affords both the performing artist and the
~usinessstudent the opportunity to pursue
Pass three music repertoire tests
B.A. in Business Administration with
Specialization in Music Business
Requirements: 16 credits
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
or MIS 270 Data Management for
Business
-Music
220
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Marketing
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 301 Business Law
or PHI 300 Business Law and Ethics
FIN 331 Financial Management
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUSBUS 245 Arts Management
MUSIBUS 399 Internship
SPC 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits- OR-2 MUS credits and
1 MUE credit, selected from:
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 112 Aural Skills I1
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 241 History of Jazz
MUS 320 Worlds of Music
MUS xxx Finalehlusic Tech Software
(Other MUS courses as approved by advisor)
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 credits
MUS 101, 102 Materials of Music I, I1
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music I1
One credit of additional music courses.
Four consecutive semesters in a major
Augsburg ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies on
the major instrument/voice
Pass one music repertoire test
Candidates must submit an application for
admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year
Music Business Minor
The music business minor is a course
of study designed both for the music major
desiring additional preparation in business
and for the non-music major interested in
pursuing a career in the music industry
With the music business minor, students
are given the opportunity to enroll in
coursework and participate in on-site field
experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today's
music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the music and business departments.
Requirements: 8 credits
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business:
Marketing, Promotion,
Publishing, Recording
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
MUSIBUS 399 Internship (approved for the
Music Business Minor)
One of the following:
MUSIBUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
All of the above courses plus two additional music course credits beyond MUS 105
and MUS 245 (maximum of 1 credit in
MUE and/or MUP courses)
Music Therapy
Equivalency/Certification Program
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
-
Music 221
Music Therapy Association to become prolessional music therapists. This equivalen7 program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student's degree and skill level,
~ndividualrequirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy. There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
rnsemble for four terms and successful
:ompletion of a two-year music theory
rquivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
:quivalency/certification students must:
submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at
Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and eansferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
)e based on the successful completion of
he above, as well as on the student's perormance at his or her first jury.
Iepartmental Honors
Students may quahfy for departmental
ionors by submitting a petition to the
nusic faculty before the end of the first
iemester of the senior year. The petition
or honors should include:
I
I
A transcript showing a cumulative GPA
of 3.0 or higher in all music courses
An outline of the student's participation
in departmental activities demonstrating
leadership, musical goals and high musical standards.
A proposal for an honors project
An honors project could include but is
not limited to one of the following: writing
and defending a senior thesis; presenting a
recital beyond that required by a degree;
composing a work not less than 15 minutes duration; conducting a concert; or a
project that combines any or all of the
above listed projects in a manner appropriate to a student's degree area.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice is required for recital performance. At least two full-time music faculty members and the student's private
instructor must be present to evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are
given a padfail grade.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog.
B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
222 Music
W EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music
Student Handbook for piano major and
non-piano major requirements and test
dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the re@trar's Web site
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>or the Music Department for course offerings in each
term.
W THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP
MUS 101
Materials of Music 1 (.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part
writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement
Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondaly dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 129
Improvisation in Music
(.O course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to instrumentalists and vocalists.
MUS 201
Materials of Music 111
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
-
Music 223
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 21 1
Aural Skills 111
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Ranges and characteristics of voices and orchestral instruments, standard notation and score layout; related twentieth-century literature. (Prereq.: Passing
MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Contemporary approaches to melody, harmony, tonality, rhythm and form.
Serialism, exoticism, indeterminacy, electronic minimalism, special effects.
Related literature (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or
permission from instructor)
vlUS 341
Basic Conducting (.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111,231)
AUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
lnUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
I HISTORY AND LITERATURE
AUS 105
AUS 130
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as BUS 105.
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
224 Music
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
102,201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,
201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
The role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts
administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry,
and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed.
Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and
in benefiting from practical field experience.
MUS 320
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western musical cultures.
Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire (.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe,
Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253,
254 or permission from instructor)
-
Music 225
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire (.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening,
analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232)
H PERFORMANCE TECHNIQUE
MUS 235
Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student's basic skills of music-theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253),
French Diction (254)
(each ;25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors.
MUS 358
MUS 458
Junior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only One-half hour recital at repertoire level 111 for music
education majors, one hour recital at level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
Senior Recital
(.O course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only One hour recital at repertoire level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at level V for music performance majors. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
METHODS AND PEDAGOGY
MUS 355
MUSIC METHODS: STRINGS
MUS 356
MUSIC METHODS: BRASS/PERCUSSION
MUS 357
MUSIC METHODS: WOODWINDS (.5 course)
MUS 359
MUSIC METHODS: VOCAL
MUS 456
(.5 course)
(.5 course)
(.5 course
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Explores the methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. This
course has a community service-learning requirement that pairs each
Augsburg Student with 1-2 elementary school children to whom they will
teach piano.
226 Music
PERFORMANCE-BASED COURSES
ENSEMBLES (MUE)
These courses are open to students from all degree programs and majors.
LARGE ENSEMBLES
Please note that only large ensemble participation (Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, Masterworks Chorale, or Riverside Singers) for credit
will satisfy the ensemble requirements of the music major, music minor, and general education requirements. Large ensemble requirements are fulfilled by yearlong participation
with 0.25 credit granted each semester, and non-music majors may choose traditional or
P/N grading or an audit (V) designation. (A maximum of two credits for large ensemble
participation may be used towards graduation requirements). Transfer students must participate in an Augsburg ensemble during their entire residency
Auditions for membership in a large ensemble are scheduled during the first week of
each semester or by contacting the ensemble director.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir
(.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers o f Augsburg
(.25 course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale
(.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra
(.25 course)
MUE 141
Concert Band
(.25 course)
SMALL ENSEMBLES
These courses are offered each semester for 0.0 credit (with the exception of Jazz
Ensemble). The small ensembles study and perform music that is written for one person
per part.
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber Music
(.O course)
MUE 122
String Chamber Music
(.O course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music
(.O course)
MUE 142
Brass Chamber Music
(.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble
(.25 course)
MUE 144
Percussion Chamber Music
(.O course)
MUE 145
Piano Chamber Music
(.O course)
MUE 196
Community Jazz Band
(.O course)
-
Music 227
PERFORMANCE STUDY (MUP)
Is available to students from all majors and degree programs, and consists of 14 weekly
private lessons with Augsburg faculty. Students may register for half hour lessons for 0.0
credit or .25 credit, or one hour lessons for 0.5 credit. The semester goals for each performance study course are set at the discretion of the faculty instructor and may include concert attendance, studio class, a jury or additional requirements, in accordance with the student's abilities, experience and intended major. 0.0 credit lessons have less stringent course
goals.
MUP 111-411
Voice
MUP 141-441
Trumpet
MUP 121-421
Violin
MUP 142-442
Trombone
MUP 122-422
Viola
MUP 143-443
Baritone
MUP 123-423
Cello
MUP 144-444
Tuba
MUP 124424
Bass
MUP 152-452
Piano
MUP 131-431
Oboe
MUP 159
Piano accompanying
MUP 132-432
Bassoon
MUP 161-461
Guitar
MUP 133-433
Clarinet
MUP 171-471
Percussion
MUP 134434
Saxophone
MUP 181-481
Organ
MUP 135-435
Flute
MUP 191-491
Harp
MUP MUP 137-437
Horn
MUP 192-492
Improvisation
MUP 193-493
Composition
Note carefully the following provisions:
A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the summer
are arranged privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least
24 hours in advance; otherwise except for illness immediately prior to the lesson, the
stuclent will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Department of Music.
CROUP INSTRUCTION (MUS)
The following classes consist of group lessons on a particular instrument and are recommended as a starting point for students who are beginners, and for music majors needing to fulfill a proficiency requirement. After completing group instruction, students may
choose to pursue performance studies (see above). These courses do not have a performance study fee attached.
228 Music
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading,
and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the
piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
MUS 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
MUS 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
MUSIC THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement.
MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Pradicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hour
per week. No course credit.
-
Music 229
MUS 340
Music Therapy Methods I: Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
Basic techniques for strings, brass, and woodwinds with application for the
use of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 345
Music Therapy Methods II: Voice, Piano, Percussion
Basic techniques for voice, piano and percussion with application for the use
of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music.
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274, 275, 374, 375, and pass piano,
guitar and vocal proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.5 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months
(1040 hours). Application for internship must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire
tests)
T
he natural science licensure program
for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
Coordinators
Dale Pederson (Biology), Sandra Olmsted
(Chemistry), Jeff Johnson (Physics)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements. All
upper division courses required for the
biology major must be completed before
student teaching.
Broad Base Requirements (also for 5-8
General Science licensure)
GEO XXX Introductory Geology
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 101 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, I1
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
I1
Biology Major-B.A. in Life Sciences
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Broad base requirements (substitute BIO
113 and 114 for BIO 101 and 102), plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 369 Biochemistry
or BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 355 Genetics
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
or BIO 474 Developmental Biology
MAT 114,122,145,163, or PSY 215
-
Natural Science Teaching Licensure 231
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 5-12)
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
5-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, 11
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
I1
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry I1
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two courses from:
CHM 364,367,464,470,481,482
One year of general physics -PHY 121,
122
Two additional physics courses above 122;
PHY 261 recommended
One year of general chemistry- CHM
105, 106 or CHM 115,116
Other Requirements
N
ordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency. Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modem Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology or social work.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norderl
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: altanate years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in ~ o k e g i a n(Spring:
.
alternate years)
-
Nordic Area Studies 233
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
NAS 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
See listing under Modem Languages.
T
he Augsburg
of Nursing
- Department
is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities
in the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding: Nurses practice in hospitals, clinics, corporations, parishes, government agencies, schools, and community
organizations, or in their own practices.
Wherever they work, nurses provide comprehensive health care for persons, groups
and communities of diverse cultures and
socioeconomic levels throughout the life
span.
The bachelor's degree equips nurses to
synthesize working knowledge from the
liberal arts with the art and science of
nursing. The nursing program at Augsburg
also provides educational opportunities to
increase skills in critical thinking, clinical
investigation, and decision-making in
preparation for challenging new nursing
positions in emerging care systems.
Augsburg's nursing program, which
leads to a bachelor of science degree with a
major in nursing, is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of
the program are eligible to apply for a public health nurse registration certificate in
Minnesota.
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Ruth Enestvedt,
Meny Beth Gay, Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss.
Adjunct Faculty: Linda Holt, Luann
Watson, Susan Hageness, Kia James,
Audrey Erwin, Marty Aleman, Maralou
Brose, Deborah Schumacher, Beverly
Nilsson (Emerita)
Major
Seven courses including:
NUR 305 Communication
NUR 306 Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 403 Families and the Life Cycle
NUR 405 Leadershipmanagement
NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 41 1 Community Health Nursing I1
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 are
required. Students also must complete
Augsburg's residence and general education
requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed within 15
months; however, students may pursue
their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekday evenings with a
practicum course (NUR 41 1) requiring
additional weekday time. More time may
be required to complete the total course of
study depending on the number of liberal
arts (general education) courses needed to
complete the BSN degree, and the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should consult with the program coordinator, Luann
Watson, from the Department of Nursing
for program planning.
-
Nursing 235
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major
requires: a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major
and 3.3 overall, application to the department chair by November 1 of the senior
year, recommendation by nursing faculty,
and honors thesis to be presented before a
faculty committee by April 15. Candidates
register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2
GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from a nationally accredited associate
degree or diploma nursing program with a
2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently. registered
to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
clinical practice: ~~~l~~~~~
4. current
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
5. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursing this degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are available through Weekend College. Classes
usually meet on alternate weekday
evenings for one 3-1/2 hour time block.
Clinical practice usually occurs on weekdays.
Students can complete their liberal arts
general education requirements by taking
courses in day school and Weekend
College. It is recommended that most liberal arts
be taken before
the nursing major.
Nursing majors can complete courses
toward the baccalaureate at the
Minneapolis campus, United Hospital site,
and Rochester site.
NUR 305
Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theory-based nursing practice and research. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and applied to practice
and research.
236 Nursing
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 403
Families and the Life Cycle
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with diverse families and
explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life
span.
NUR 405
LeadershipIManagement
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs
in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor.
NUR 410
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, groups, and communities.
(Prereq: Math Placement 3 or MAT 105)
NUR 411
Community Health Nursing II*
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/leaming theory, and public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq: NUR 410)
NUR 495
Topics in Nursing (optional)
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch (optional)
See description on page 94.
Note: I f NUR 41 1 is not taken immediately following NUR 410, students are required to consult
withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more thanfive years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to
audit courses.
* This course involves an additional clinical tuition and hours.
P
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most othe; disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concemed with asking and answering the
"big" questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by philosophers
from the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism.
Philosophy Faculty
Markus Fuehrer (Chair), David Apolloni,
Bruce Reichenbach
Philosophy Major
Eight courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
or PHI 385 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Early
Modem and 19-Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 Twentieth-Century Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy See course listing
on page 139.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241,242,343, and 344.
238 Philosophy
-
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (how we
know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles, whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical
vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world
philosophically
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Consideration is given to the nature and history of romantic love and its relationship to sex. Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage,
pornography, and homosexuality are considered.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the
rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive
reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Creek Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and
still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and
reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge,
and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy. Topics include: the nature of being,
human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in
the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
-
Philosophy 239
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting,
sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of
aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic
experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's
intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition.
PHI 300
Business Law and Ethics
Laws concerning property, contracts, agency, negotiable instruments and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Ethical concepts and
principles underlying individual rights and responsibilities in business.
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Early Modern and 19th-Century
Philosophy
The major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kantk synthesis of rationalism and empiricism, and 19th century Idealism and the reaction
to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche).
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy
A survey of major philosophical schools in the 20th century: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and post-modem philosophy
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible?
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of
reality, the self, and recommendations on how to live.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-f
prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
240 Philosophy
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
The course lays out some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully
applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic
in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343, 344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
PHI 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
PHI 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 94.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
p
hvsic~ts
' . are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called "natural philosophers,"
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society's understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography,biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments with some
degree of comprehension.
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and advanced degree
levels, and administers Aughurg College's
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences and the Sverdrup
Laboratory for Solid State Physics, with
support from the National Science
Foundation, NASA, and other private and
public sources. Several students work as
research assistants in these efforts during
the academic year and in the summer.
Cooperative education, internship, and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
knowledge and problem-solving skills in
practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson,
Kenneth Erickson, William Jasperson,
Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose
Wolf
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
242 Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 1% Calculus I, I1
MAT 245,247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Elecmomagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory I1
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM
lo6
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
MAT 245,247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
lo57
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major with Concentration in
Solid State Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 330
and PHY 430, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121, 122 during the freshman year,
y durand MAT 245 and 247 (or p ~ 327)
ing [he sop~omoreyear.
-
Physics 243
\
Teaching Licensure Major
Society of Physics Students
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and
rank in the upper third of their class.
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, I1
PHY 101
lntroductory Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition
the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization
to the present day. Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics. (Two three-hour lecturedaboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3.
Fall, spring)
SCI 106
lntroductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth's weather and climate. Topics include
winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and
hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion.
(Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall,
spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3 )
244 Physics
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
PHY 114
Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers
A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students
admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the
solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle
and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two
three-hour 1aboratoryAectureperiods. Prereq.: elementary education major and
MPG 3. Fall, spring)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
PHY 320
lntroduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetos-
pheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
-
Physics 245
4
PHYIMAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series,
series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal
functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of insmctor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring:
cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 330
Thin Films: Preparation Techniques and Methods for Structural
and Magnetic Characterization
A study of the physics of thin (magnetic) films, covering the entire range from
the preparation of the thin films to their structural and magnetic characterization. Many different experimental techniques and methods will be discussed,
including Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sputtering, Diffraction methods, Tunnel
and Force Microscopy and various magnetometry methods. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245 and PHY 351. Spring)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics I1
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and
noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122,
MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
Students work in small groups on advanced experiments from various physics
subfields (including modem physics, electronic instrumentation, magnetism,
and optics) with a focus on the role of experiments, interpretation of data, and
scientific communication. Incorporates an introduction to LabVIEW software
for computerized data acquisition and experiment control. (One three-hour
laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: junior or
senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall)
246 Physics
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. A thorough exploration of interface hardware and
software design (LabVIEW) for computer-controlled experiments followed by
application of these techniques to advanced experiments in high vacuum
physics and technology, modem optics, and other areas. (One three-hour laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior
or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 430
Introduction to Solid State Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be
explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into
account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486
strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245,351. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
PHY 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
PHY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of cam. paigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Milda Hedblom,
William Monis, Norma Noonan, John
Shockley,Joseph Underhill-Cady
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 PoliticakPatterns and Processes
POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective--one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
-
248 Political Science
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specdic requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary educaiton.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division course
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
ESE 310 5-12 Methods: Social StudiesCapstone course (required for
licensure)
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
into the Department of Education. To be
licensed in social studies, additional education courses and the social studies core are
required.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
--
Political Science 249
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and stakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed.
POL 323
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials,
bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas,
including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented.
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing.)
250 Political Science
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
-
Political Science 251
I
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four
courses in the international relations sequence)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at
least junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle
of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
POL 282
POL 380
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes
some coverage of Asian American history and looks at struggle to define Asian
Americans.
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
252 Political Science
I
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
-
POL 484
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements, emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and
economic dimensions, and changing role of Marxist doctrines in society.
(Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor)
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper
division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the constmction and execution of political surveys.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject rnatter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
POL 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
POL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior. The
study of psychology equips students to
understand and use the scientific method
to think creatively and critically beyond
the classroom. To prepare students for
graduate study and work in psychology,
the major emphasizes the complementary
components of a strong foundation in
research and theoretical work with the
application of knowledge and skills in
coursework, research experiences, and
internships within the community. The
curriculum's emphasis on the experiential
dimensions of learning and the integration
of liberal arts and professional domains
prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social
services, research, law, government,
church, and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industriaVorganizationa1psychology as well as expertise in psychological
applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through
a variety of learning experiences including
group and individual projects, association
with Augsburg's active Psychology Club,
Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student
research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Chair),
Grace Dyrud, Emily Hause, David Matz,
Nancy Steblay, Sean Truman
Major
The major is 10.5" courses
Foundations of Psychology (5.5 courses)
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 315 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I1
PSY 360* Psychology Laboratory (.5)
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325 Social Behavior
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Professional Perspectives (2 courses)
PSY 399/396 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
PSY 263 Sports Psychology
PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
PSY 385 Counseling Psychology
Electives (3 courses in psychology)
Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than the minimum10.5 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course
credits can count for graduation.
"For WEC students, PSY 360 is recommended, not required, hence the WEC
major is 10 courses not 10.5
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 299,399/396, and 499
may be counted.
254 Psychology
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological
perspective. Students will participate in
internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall,
and completion of a high-quality research
project. Formal application must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chair for more detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 105, and
four electives. A minimum of two courses
must be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299,399/396,
and 499 may be counted.
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 215
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology.
This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research design and
data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data
analysis, and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 215 must precede PSY 315. (Prereq.: PSY 105, MPG 3, and sophomore status)
Psy 235
Psychology and Law
Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy,
and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom
procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: PSY 105)
PSY 250
Child Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior.
Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or
105)
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 253
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 256
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 105)
PSY 261
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 262
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 263
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports
and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team
development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting.
(Prereq: Psy 105)
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
256 Psychology
PSY 295
Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 315
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. PSY 315 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 215. PSY 215 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 315. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of 2.0 or higher,
ENG 111)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 and junior standing)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memoly, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 and junior
standing)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and
altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 and junior
standing)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learninghehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 and junior standing)
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 and
junior standing)
Psy 360
Psychology Laboratory
(.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member.
Concurrent enrollment in a full credit upper-level course (designated courses
will vary depending on the semester) and approval by the instructor are
required. (Prereq: Psy 215)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY
105 and junior standing)
-
Psychology 257
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the'people in psychology's history, their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual histoly. (Prereq.:
PSY 105 and junior standing, or consent of instructor)
PSY 385
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: PSY 215,
or PSY 105 and junior standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or consent of instructor)
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students'
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy
Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an
honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or comparable course approved by instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social
policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research.
(Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. (Prereq.: PSY 105 and one other psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 94. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 3991396 lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
PSY 399 involves an off-campus internship; PSY 396 involves an on-campus
internship. (Prereq.: PSY 315)
PSY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. (Prereq.: PSY 315)
258 RELIGION, YOUTH AND
-
MINISTRY-REL,
FAMILY
YFM
R
eligion asks fundamental questions
of life and meaning: Who are we as human
beings? Where did we come from? Where
did the world come from? What do good
and evil mean in this time and
place? Students will wrestle with these
questions and with responses from the
Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions.
Religion Faculty
Philip Quanbeck I1 (Chair), Janelle
Bussert, Nancy Going, Lori Brandt Hale,
Bradley Holt, Russell Kleckley, Lynne
Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Beverly Stratton,
Mark Tranvik
mum of 13 total REL and YFM courses
may be applied toward the 32-course
requirement for graduation. Taking extra
electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum
32 courses required for graduation.
Transfer Courses
All transfer courses for majors and
minors, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the chair. Only
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last ten years will be
considered. In general, courses that meet
the transfer guidelines may only be applied
to elective credit for the major. Students
who have taken an approved introductory
course in Bible and/or Christian theology
at another college may take REL 300 in
place of the college REL 100 and 200
requirement; consult the registrar's office.
Majors
Advising
The Religion Department offers two
majors: Religion ( E L ) and Youth and
Family Ministry (YFM).
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Departmental Honors
Prerequisites
Religion 100 or 300 (for advanced
transfer students) is prerequisite to all
other courses.
Graduation Requirements
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the
department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Courses designated REL and YFM are
offered by the religion department. A maxi-
Through the study of religion, students
will learn to understand, appreciate, and
articulate the Christian faith, as based in
the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church
and its history, and as interactive in the
contemporary world and with other world
religions. Students will also develop the
ability to read and interpret the Bible,
other religious texts, and various expres-
Reliqion 259
sions and practices of faith, so that their
meaning for human life in relation to God
becomes evident. In addition students will
develop skills for becoming leaders in the
religious communities to which they
belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and
practices differ from their own.
A religion major encourages students to
seek their future in the world andlor
church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses,
youth and family ministry lay professionals
in congregations, and as social service and
human resource professionals in a wide
variety of settings.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
REL 210
REL 495
Research Methods in Religion
Religion Seminar
Five additional electives
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior
year. One New Testament Greek course
may be applied to the major.
Religion Minor
Five religion courses including REL 100
and 200. (Advanced transfer students take
REL 300 and four electives.)
Note for majors and minors: At
least two upper division courses must be
taken at Augsburg College. Students are
required to have at least a 2.0 GPA in
courses counted toward the major or
minor. One or two courses in Youth and
Family Ministry (YFM) may count toward
the religion major or minor.
Eight courses including:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning I1
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
This introductory course will explore some of the biblical and theological
resources that the Christian tradition, seen through the lens of vocation,
brings to the search for meaning. Not accepted for credit for students who
have taken REL 300.
REL 190
Christianiv and Contemporary Culture
This introductory course will explore some of the biblical and theological
resources that the Christian tradition brings to the dialogue with contemporary culture. The specific focus will vary; possible topics may include
Christian perspectives on and responses to: political life, religious pluralism,
global communities, consumerism, the media and the internet, ecological concerns, apocalyptic expectations, violence in society, health care issues, new age
spiritualities, and others. NO PREREQUISITE.
-
260 Religion
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisitefor all other religion courses.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students' own theological questions and
positions and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of
biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. (Prereq.: REL 100 and critical thinking
entry level skill pass or GST 100)
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
An introduction to the study of the main disciplines within the academic
study of Christianity (Bible, theology, and church history), including methods
and research skills. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and REL 200)
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the
task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of
the church. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 301 or
302.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism.
REL 300
Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
This foundational course for advanced transfer students explores the Bible,
Christian tradition, and vocation. Students will articulate their own theological
questions and positions and begin to recognize and evaluate religious claims
in a world of many religions. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not
accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 100, 111, 221, or 331.
REL 301
lnterpreting the Old Testament
An investigation of the Torah, Prophets, and Writings, including forms, genres,
historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by
ancient and modem Jewish and Christian communities. (Prereq.: REL 100 or
300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST 100)
REL 302
lnterpreting the New Testament
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul's letters, the gospels,
and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and
modem communities.
REL 306
NonWestern Christianity
A study of Christian belief and practice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the
deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and
cultural location of Christianity.
REL 308
Psalms, Songs, and Religious Poetry
A study of poetry from the Christian tradition and its interpretation, focusing
on biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian hymns and
songs.
Reliqion 261
REL 309
REL 313
Religion at the Movies
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature,
holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy
will be explored through the medium of popular film.
Environmental Theology and Ethics
An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program.
REL 320
Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity
in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian
mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand's contemporary problems
such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political
transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious
organizations. Taught in Namibia semester program.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers who may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers ,
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Prereq.: ENG 111and REL 200 or 300)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
262 Religion
7
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and sociaVpolitica1 transformation.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENG 111, junior standing, and
REL 100 or 300)
REL 374
Science and Religion
A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particularly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences.
REL 383
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, joumaling, and service to the poor.
REL 435
Vocation and the Christian Faith
This course will examine vocation in the Bible, the Christian tradition, and
contemporary culture. Students will be challenged to make vocation the lens
through which they view their lives and communities.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
-
Religion 263
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
(Prereq.: Critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST 100)
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian church. (Prereq.: ENG 111and REL 200 or
300)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Selected topics in religion.
REL 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by
instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major
research paper. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and REL 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
REL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. For religion majors only.
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
HIS 378
Medieval Church
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
SOC 360
Religion and Society
=YOUTH
AND
FAMILY
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training.
Students are accepted into the program
through a two-step candidacy process. Contact the youth and family ministry coordinator in the religion department about
when and how to apply for candidacy.
This major requires 150 hours of supervised contextual education (YFM 207) as
preparation for a 150-hour internship
(YFM 399) with a congregation or ministry
organization. YFM majors are encouraged
to plan class schedules to allow for either
extending the internship experience for a
full year, or completing the internship
semester while carrying only one additional class. Consult the youth and family ministry coordinator for advising.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Eleven courses including
Theology core:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning I1
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 495 Religion Seminar
Youth and family ministry core:
YFM 207 Contextual Education
[required non-credit field experience]
YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
or YFM 316 Church and Culture in
Context
YFM 399 Internship
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices
and three supporting courses
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 35 1 Child Development
or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also
major or minor in religion.
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
The minor consists of the following six
courses
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning I1
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 232 Peer Ministry
one Bible survey course from:
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
one upper division YFM course from:
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
-
Youth and Family ~ i n i s t e265
one formal, supervised field work experience:
YFM 207 Contextual Education (noncredit requirement)
YFM 399 Internship
or field work with youth and families,
supervised through another major and
approved by the religion department youth
and family ministry coordinator.
YFM 207
Contextual Education (.O course)
Students reflect upon and relate their learning of theology, the youth and family ministry model, and supporting social science courses to experiences during
150 hours in an approved congregational setting. They discuss ministry issues
with peers and supervisors and begin preparation of their professional portfolios. This is a non-credit requirement for the major. It may be done over two
to three semesters. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #1)
YFM 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
YFM 235
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and
basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation.
YFM 316
Church and Culture in Context
A study of culture and church life and the contemporary religious situation in
another country. Emphasis will be on the role of congregations and families in
both that country and the United States in shaping and nurturing faith
through Christian education and curriculum, youth and family ministry, and
parish life. Short term travel seminar, offered in the summer.
YFM 358
Life and Work of the Church
A study of the role of congregations and families in shaping and nurturing
faith through Christian education and curriculum, youth and family ministry,
and parish life.
YFM 399
Internship
Supervised practice of youth and family ministry during 150 hours in an
approved congregational setting. Students complete a formal internship agreement and projects. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #2)
YFM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 94.
T
his major, offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC), seeks to give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of
Central and Eastern Europe and Russia.
This interdisciplinary major offers an
opportunity to become well acquainted
with societies in socio-economical and
political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area.
Experience with the Russian language or,
through the University of Minnesota one of
the Eastern European languages, is
required. Russian, Central, and East
European studies is a sound liberal arts
major offering considerable flexibility and
career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or
equivalent competencies.
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track 1: Concentration in humanities
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 1,plus one
course from Track 2, as approved by adviser.
Track 2: Concentration in social sciences
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 2, plus one
course from Track 1, as approved by adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from either
Track 1 or Track 2.
D. Students are strongly recommended to
take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the
Central or East European countries during
a semester, Interim, or during the summer
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
'
-
Russian, Central, and East European Studies 267
TRACK 1
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church
TRACK 2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission
of adviser)
POL 351 Topics in CommunistPost
Communist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser)
POL 363 Russian and Chinese
Foreign Policy
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See the adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
Since courses with similar content may not
always have similar titles, students are
strongly encouraged to pay careful attention to the list below. The following courses are considered to be equivalent to one
another:
(Letters following course numbers designate location: H=Hamline; M=Macalester;
C=St. Catherine; T=St. Thomas)
See Nordic Area Studies.
HIST 60 M State and Society in Tsarist
Russia is equivalent to:
HIST 337 H Modem Russia from the
Empire to Revolution
HIS 348 at Augsburg Russia and the Soviet
Union in the 20th Century is equivalent to:
HIST 333 T Eastem Europe, 1914 to the
Present
HIST 373 H The Heart of Europe: Central
E\r Eastern Europe in the 20th Century
HIST 351 C Russia: The Last of the
Romanovs, Bolshevik Interlude, and the
Russian Republic
ECO 3 17 at Augsburg Comparative
Economic Systems is equivalent to:
ECON 25 M Comparative Economic
Systems
ECON 349 C Comparative Economic
Systems
ECON 349 T Comparative Economic
Systems
Faculty Advising
Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central, and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda Paleczny-Zapp, 612-330-1761;
Hamline, Karen Vogel, 651-523-2973;
Macalester, Gary Krueger, 651-696-6222;
and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour,
651-962-5164.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
Coordinators
Don Gustafson, degree-seeking students.
Anne Kaufman, licensure only and MAE
graduate students.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
HIS 220 America to 1815
or HIS 221 19th-Century United States
or HIS 222 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, histoly, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor's degree and seeking licensure
only.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
T
he social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in
the field of social work. The baccalaureate
social work program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and
leads to a bachelor of science degree.
Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and
communities building on strengths, and to
develop, analyze, and influence social policy. The mission of the department is to
develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social justice and
empowerment towards the well-being of
people in a diverse and global society.
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg
has offered a full-time Master of Social
Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend
schedule.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Department of Social Work. The Twin
Cities area provides both a variety of field
placements for social work students and
extraordinary community resources for the
classroom. The social, cultural, ethnic, and
economic diversity in this metropolitan
area enriches opportunities for social work
students to learn to understand, appreciate,
respect, and work with people different
from themselves.
The social welfare minor and electives
in the department allow students from
other majors to gain knowledge about
human needs and growth, human services,
global social welfare, and the methods of
effective citizenship. Using this knowledge,
students are encouraged to apply their talents and skills to address the needs of society, always emphasizing social justice and
the central importance of diversity in the
social fabric of our world.
Social Work Faculty
Anthony Bibus (Chair), Laura Boisen
(MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch
(MSW Program Director), Francine
Chakolis, Annette Gerten, Barbara
Lehmann, Rosemary Link, Sharon Patten,
Curt Paulsen, Karen Robards (BSW
Program Director), Nancy Rodenborg
(BSW Field Coordinator), Glenda
Dewbeny Rooney, Michael Schock,
Maryann Syers (Field Education
Coordinator)
270 Social Work
-
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of
Social Work Research and
Evaluation (.5)
SWK 403 Research 11: Evaluation of
Social Work Practice and
Programs (.5)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems:
A Cross-Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required
in the supporting program. A statistics
course is recommended for students planning on graduate school.
In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social Work Department does
not grant social work course credit for life
experience or previous work experience.
Candidacy
Social work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the first practicum in the junior year.
Certain 300- and 400-level courses list
candidacy as a prerequisite. An application,
written self-statement, reference letters,
and the completion or planned enrollment
in all core and supporting program courses
below the 400 level are necessary to apply
for candidacy
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender
and one course from:
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
-
Social Work 271
ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS.
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development
in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to
many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work.
Students must arrange to perform 40 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of
the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the
growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and
groups or special stresses is also a focus.
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental
responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically
will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 406
Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies
This course focuses on social change through community organization and
influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human
service agencies, and policy practice in the local community. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar and with SWK 301 in
the day program, and junior standing)
SWK 307
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work
agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Concurrent with
SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in day and WEC. P/N grading only)
-
272 Social Work
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Croups
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on
generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307,
and candidacy status)
SWK 317
Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading
only)
SWK 402
Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation
(.5 course)
This is the first part of a sequence introducing students to basic research
methods that social workers commonly use in their practice. Students learn
not only to become knowledgeable consumers of social work research but also
to develop beginning skills in evaluating social work practice and social service programs using quantitative and qualitative methods.
SWK 403
Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs
(.5 course)
This is the second part of a sequence in which students learn to use evidence
in evaluating whether their practice and programs are helping or harming
clients. Since these courses cover the graduation skill of Quantitative
Reasoning, students learn to apply techniques of statistics and data analysis in
research and evaluation. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3)
SWK 407
Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar
Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.:
Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 41 7
Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar
Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 419
The Social Worker as Professional
This course reviews professional ethical practice, organizational analysis,
strategies for agency change, and client empowerment, and social work career
planning. (Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status)
-
Social Work 273
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
SWK 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
s
ociology is the study of society as a
whole and i f human social organization in
groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social
world and how human beings come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, and field studies. The
department urges students to use
Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service
learning, and cooperative education enable
majors to apply the theories and research
skills of sociology while they explore
career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who
have majored in sociology are currently
employed in the human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice field, and
as professors of sociology. Others have
used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as l a y the
ministry, social work, urban planning, and
human services.
Sociology Faculty
James Vela-McConnell (Chair), Eric
Buffalohead, Lars Christiansen, Gany
Hesser, Michael O'Neal, Diane Pike, Tim
Pippert
Major
Ten courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Organizational Theory
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Sociological Theory
SOC 490 Senior Seminar
and three additional sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each
required course to receive credit in the
major.
Concentration in Community Studies
This concentration is designed to give
sociology majors a concentration in urban
community studies, which includes an
applied sociology focus emphasizing city
and community planning with a required
internship. In addition to the seven core
courses, students are required to take four
additional courses: SOC 211, SOC 381,
SOC 399 and one additional elective. See
Gany Hesser for advising and visit the
department Web site for details.
Concentration in Crime and Deviance
Students interested in community
crime prevention as well as the traditional
aspects of criminal justice-courts, prisons, probation, and law-will be served by
this concentration in the major. Additional
courses required for the concentration
include: SOC 265, SOC 277, a deviance
course, PSY 335, and an upper division
Internship approved by the department.
See Diane Pike for advising and visit the
department Web site for details.
-
Sociology 275
Concentration in Cultural
Anthropology
This concentration offers sociology
majors an opportunity to examine and
develop the methods and theoretical perspectives used by cultural anthropologists
to study and understand the dynamics of
culture. To complete the concentration, the
sociology major must complete five additional courses beyond the seven core
courses. Two of those courses must be
SOC 241 and SOC 499. The remaining
three courses must be selected one each
from three course groupings: World
Cultures, Anthropological Research, and
Theoretical Perspectives. See Eric
Buffalohead for advising and visit the
department Web site for details.
Concentration in Organizational
Analysis and Development
A course of study designed for students
who plan to work in organizational settings including corporate, government, and
non-profit sectors. Students will learn how
organizations are structured, function, and
change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed
and why they sometimes fail. The concentration both theoretically and experientially equips students with skills to effectively
lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving
their ~ersonalcareer and professional
goals. Courses required beyond the core
major requirements are: Work and Society
(SOC 222), a practicum in Advanced
Organizational Analysis and Development,
and three courses in related fields-one
from BUS 242 or ECO 113, one from
PSY 373 or BUS 340, and one from
SPC 345 or SPC 410. See Lars Christiansen
for advising and visit the department Web
site for details.
Concentration in Social Psychology
The intent of the social psychology
concentration is to provide sociology
andlor psychology students with a solid
disciplinary foundation along with specific
coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in l a y consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition to the seven required sociology
major courses, students must take:
PSY 105, PSY 325, SOC 399, and PSY 491.
See James Vela-McConnell for advising and
visit the department Web site for details.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in
sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall.
In addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio including an honors
essay and completed papers and projects.
See department chair and website for specific requirements. An application for
departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of
276 Sociology
the junior year. Successful completion of
departmental honors in sociology automatically qualifies the student for graduation
with distinction from the college.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are required to
have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting
toward the minor.
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 222
Work and Society
Through a sociological analysis of the social and technical organization of
work in capitalist society, this course explores the various meanings of work,
the work ethic, the functions and schools of management, social relations at
work, and the character of past and contemporary occupations and industries.
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and
functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the
United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modem cultural and social
patterns. (Fall, spring)
SOC 240
Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social Movements
Why do people engage in protests and join social movements? What conditions are necessary for the formation of social movements? Why and how do
social movements emerge, and decline? Is violence a legitimate strategy of
social change? What impacts do social movements have on social institutions,
the state, culture, and even personal identity? The purpose of this course is to
explore these and other questions through studying social movement theory
and several social movements occurring over the last two centuries. (Prereq:
SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
-
Sociology 277
SOC 241
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring)
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality--receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy (Fall)
SOC 290
Cultures of Violence
What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course
takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives to conflict. (Offered on
rotating schedule)
SOC 295, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 495 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
SOC 349
Organizational Theory
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis--be it in an academic joumal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
-
278 Sociology
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research40 you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and field
research in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 390
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course
engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections
between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private
troubles with public issues. (Prereq: Soc 121 or consent of instructor)
SOC 410
Practicum in Organizational Analysis and Development
In this course students and the professor work together-as a team-to discuss readings, to visit and analyze local organizations, and work on a project
with a community partner. We will explore organizational theory through classic, pathbreaking, and contemporary readings in the fields of the sociology of
organizations and organizational theory, discuss those ideas in their own
terms, in relation to other theories, and in application to our experiences with
local organizations. (Prereq: SOC 222 and SOC 349)
SOC 485
Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 490
Senior Seminar
This capstone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the
sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the
applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional
identity Pass/No Pass grading. Seniors only. (Spring)
-
Sociology 279
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
SOC 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
SOC 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211-andlor consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
T
he study of theatre is firmly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speech/communication, art, music, history, English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts
Department offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while
also providing a solid base in classical,
modem, contemporary, and multicultural
theatre.
~
-
Augsburg's location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theame professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students,) and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, edu-
cation, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department strongly
encourages a second major or minor in
such fields as communication arts, art,
English, education, music, or religion.
Theatre Arts Faculty
Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Sandra
Schulte
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
Ten THR courses-eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units
taken as THP courses.
Eight core courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Two electives from:
THR 226 Movement for the Theatre
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
Ten theatre practicum units distributed as
follows: 1-5 practicum units in the performance area from THP 111 or THP 118; 4-8
racticum units in the production area
rom THP 112, THP 113, THP 114, THP
115 or THP 116; 1-2 practicum units in
he artistic area from THP 117, THP 119 or
THP 120.
Please note that all theatre practicum
ourses count as one theatre practicum
unit except for THP 116, Stage
Management (three practicum units) and
THP 115 Assistant Stage Managements
two practicum units), because of the
xceptional time requirement of these two
practicum areas.
The following cross listed and capstone
courses are encouraged, but not required:
THRMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
THRIENG 325 Playwriting
THR 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
THR 002 or 005 is recommended to fulfill
one of the lifetime sports requirements.
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
Unless you are a transfer student, all
eight core courses must be taken at
Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning
is required.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
a r t s should begin with courses THR 226,
222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only
Majors must participate in two out of
5ree dramatic productions every year.
jtudents must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
:o have major participation in productions.
-
-
Theatre Arts 281
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors can&dates should meet with their departmental
adviser prior to their senior year to develop
a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
required to take a minimum of three
Augsburg upper division theatre arts
courses.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five theatre practicum units including
THP 111plus four theatre practicum units
fiom THP 112,113, 114,115, or 116. See
note above about THP 115/116.
Film Major and Minor
See a description and requirements for
the film major and minor in the
Communication Studies section of the catalog.
282 Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism 11
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure
Major
This major, combined with secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of theatre and
dance in public schools and allows them to
become certified to teach at the elementary
through the secondary level. The major is
limited to licensure for teachers of dance
and theatre arts with a theatre specialization and does not include licensure with
dance specialization. All theatre courses
are taught in day program only. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted
only to students who complete the requirements for this major with a minimum
grade of 2.0 in major and practicum courses, and with a minimum cumulative GPA
of 2.5 in the major. All theatre requirements must be completed prior to student
teaching. For additional education requirements, see the secondary education section
of this catalog and consult with the education department.
11required theatre (THR) courses (nonpracticum) :
THR 116 Creative Drama: Acting and
Improvisation
THR 222' Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 2952 Topics: Modem Dance,
Improvisation and
Choreography
THWENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Theatre Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Five total practicum units:
THP 111, 112, 113, 114 (light board operator); and one of the following: THP 115,
116, 117 (Assistant Director, Choreographer or Assistant Choreographer), or 120.
Also required:
ESE 320 Special Methods in Teaching
Theatre and Dance
For secondary education licensure coursework, see the secondary education section
of this catalog and consult with the education department.
'THR 222 is linked to an AUG SEM course,
but may be taken separately
THR 295 has the following two prerequisites: THR/HPE, 002, Introduction to
Dance and THR/HPE 005, Modem Dance
and Improvisation (non-credit Lifetime
Sports classes) or an approved ACTC
dance course or consent of instructor.
One recommended, but not required, theatre course:
THRMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
-
Theatre Arts 283
THRIHPE 002 Lifetime Sports-Introduction
to Dance (.O course)
This course offers an o v e ~ e w
of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class
includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem
dance.
THRIHPE 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern
(.O course)
Dance and lmprovisation
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 003, or instructor's permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002, 003, 004,
or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama: Acting and lmprovisation
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, improvisation, acting
with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. Teaching and
instructional methods of creative drama are included in course content. This
course is primarily designed for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward
the theatre arts major.
THRICOM 216 lntroduction to 16 mm Film
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm. filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in BIW.
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 226
Movement for the Theatre
This course will explore principles of movement used in the art of acting. The
goal will be to improve the actor's physical energy, concentration, balance,
control, clarity timing, spontaneity, and energy. This course will use established theory and techniques in neutral mask, Asian martial arts, and physical
and vocal characterization exercises. Students will examine various performance paradigms and see professional productions.
THR 228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic, and creative processes. Students will execute practical projects, attend
theatre tours, see professional productions, and participate on the Theatre
~
lab requireDeparment's fall production. Open to all students. F O hour
ment. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental, and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama. Students attend and review local professional productions. (Prereq.: Theatre major or consent of instructor. Spring,
284 Theatre Arts
THRIMUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student's basic skills of music-theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years)
THR/ENC 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one
literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will
execute three design projects using a research based design process. Class will
take theatre tours, host visiting artists, and have a practical involvement in
two Augsburg College productions. Forty hour lab required, materials needed.
(prereq.: THR 228 or junior status. Spring)
THR 333
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies
to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. Students are strongly encouraged to take SPC 343 concurrently or prior to taking this course. Alternate
years. Prereq: THR 232
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of narrative verse and dialogue forms of
drama. Study, written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small and large groups. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the clas-
sical Greek through the Italian Renaissance period. Reading of plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall: alternate years)
-
-
Theatre Arts 285
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Italian Renaissance through the contemporary theatres. Reading of plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentially with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course provides students with performance skills and the ability to recognize differentiating clues that identify the style of a play. Through class exercises, scene study, and character analysis, students will gain insight into the
performance de&inds of a specific style. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics (Shakespeare,French neoclassicism, Restoration comedy, realism,
and non-realism), culminating in a public recital. (Prereq: THR 222 and THR
232 and 362 or consent of instructor. Fall or Spring)
THR 366
Stage Direction
The goal of the course is to understand and master basic principles and skills
of stage direction: directing concepts, stage techniques, terminologies, script
analyses; audition, casting, and rehearsal planning and techniques; blocking,
stage dynamics, working with actors, and the overall staging of a play.
(Prereq.: THR 362, or consent of instructor. Spring, alternate years)
THRISPC 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema's larger societal value and impact. Prereq: ENG 241
and JR/SR standing
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
THR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
THR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
-
286 Theatre Arts
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the context of play productions and are required for the theatre
arts majorlminor and the dance-theatre
licensure major. All THP theatre practicum
courses are taken for non-credit with
Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by the
faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum
area for which student is registered; 2. positive and professional attitude and work
ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3.
demonstrated competency in practicum
area. The positive evaluation of each of the
areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a
minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a
P grade.
THP courses require:
Consent of instructor
Supervision by theatre faculty
A minimum of 40 hours of assessed participation by the student
Registration for THP course for semester
when practicum is completed
Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar's office
Please note:
All majors will complete at least one
THP unit in costumes.
THP courses may be repeated.
Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards practicum.
Work-study hours do not count towards
practicum.
Completion of THP 115 and 116 count
as two and three practicum units respectively because of the extraordinary
amount of time required of the student.
All other THP courses count as one
practicum unit each.
Transfer students are still responsible for
the full unit requirements (10 major/5
minor.) Six practicum units (major) or
three units (minor) must be completed
while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have
program verification or a letter from a
previous theatre adviser.
THP 11111211131 Theatre Practicum: ActingIPerformance
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical
production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for dancdlicensure
majors only); or substantial participation as an actor in a senior directing project, in final scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at two Forensics tournaments (at least 30 hours coaching and competition).
THP 11211221132 Theatre Practicum: House Management
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Substantial participation (30 hour minimum) in house management, ushering,
or box office.
THP 113/123/133 Theatre Practicum: Set, Lights, Costumes
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production.
-
Theatre Arts 287
THP 114/124/134 Theatre Practicum: Running Crew
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes
from Stage Direction class.
THP 115/125/135 Theatre Pradicum: Assistant Stage Management
2 Practicum units (-0 course)
Assistant stage management for main stage production.
THP 11611261136 Theatre Practicum: Stage Management
3 Practicum units (.O course)
Stage management for main stage production.
THP 117112711371147 Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the
director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production).
THP 118
Theatre Practicum: Senior Acting Recital
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Must be taken with THR 499.
THP 119
Theatre Practicum: Senior Design Project
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Must be taken with THR 499. A senior design project may be done in the area
of scenery or lights in collaboration with another student's Senior Directing
Project if the student cames the design project out as a THR 4991THP 119
combination.
THP 120
Theatre Practicum: Senior Directing Project
1 Practicum unit (.O course)
Must be taken with THR 499.
URBAN
STUDIES
See Metro-Urban Studies.
T
he Women's Studies Program
provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences. The
Women's studies program offers both a
major and a minor, and provides students
with academic preparation for careers in
human services, education, and social
work as well as graduate study.
Women's Studies Faculty
Cass Dalglish (Coordinator), Kristin M.
Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Candyce
Clayton, Jacqueline deVries, Grace B.
Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Doug Green, Milda
Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Barbara
Lehmann, Lynne Lorenzen, Anita
Lutterman-Aguilar, Elise Marubbio,
Kathleen McBride, Norma Noonan,Michael O'Neal, Timothy Pippert, Judy
Shevelev, Beverly J. Stratton, Kathryn
Swanson,James Vela-McConnell
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies, a midlevel course in feminist theory or feminist
philosophy selected from an approved list,
WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST
399 (internships).
The remaining six electives are to be
selected from approved women's studies
courses, and should include at least two
courses in the social sciences, two in the
humanities, and one with a racial, ethnic,
or global emphasis. At least three courses
must be upper division courses. Students
may take courses at any of the colleges
participating in the Women's studies program. However, at least three courses must
be completed at Augsburg. The writing
component of the graduation skills
requirements for the women's studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student's program must have the
written approval of the women's studies
program coordinator. Both majors and
minors are encouraged to participate in
one of the gender-focused semester study
abroad programs offered through
Augsburg's Center for Global Education.
Two programs have been pre-approved for
women's study credit: Crossing Borders:
Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(offered fall semester) and Social and
Environmental Justice: Latin American
Perspectives (offered spring semester).
Minor
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
--
Women's Studies 289
approval of the women's studies program
coordinator.
Transfer Students
Students who transfer to Augsburg
College and wish to complete a major or
minor in women's studies are urged to consult with the director of women's studies
immediately upon transfer.
The Women's studies program has an
articulation agreement with Century
College that governs Century College students with a women's studies certificate
who transfer to Augsburg. Transfers from
other colleges and universities must consult with the director of women's studies
for approval of courses for the major or
minor.
WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
Thii course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
WST 305
Issues in Cay and Lesbian Studies
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary
U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course
includes guest speakers, a service-learning component at local glbt/supporting
agencies, and some travel and experiences in the Twin Cities, including an
immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education
fee. Prerequisites:WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history, sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s).
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology
and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and EnvironmentalJustice:
Latin American Perspectives)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 341
Environmental Politics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental
Justice:Latin American Perspectives.)
290 Women's Studies
I
WST 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice:
Latin American Perspectives.)
WST 359
Women, Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 481
Topics in Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors. It is also
required of minors who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is
offered at a different college each semester.
Internships and Independent Study Courses (Must be approved in writing by the women's studies
coordinator):
WST 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 94.
WST 399
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 93.
WST 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 94.
-
Women's Studies 291
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives:
ART 352
Women and Art
ENC 236 o r 436 Women and Fiction
ENC 361
Modern Fiction
ENC 480
Criticism and Theory
HIS 282
History of Women Since 1850
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
POL 124
American Women and Politics
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology o f Gender
SOC 231
Family Systems
SOC 265
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
See listing under Religion.
Board of Regents - 294
ELCA, Division for
Education - 295
Faculty and Administration - 296
Officers - 296
Administration - 296
Faculty - 298
Faculty Emeriti - 315
Campus Maps - 318,319
Chair
Jean M. Taylor '85
Secretary
Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81
Vice Chair
H. Theodore Grindall76
Treasurer
Joan L. Volz '68
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Dan W. Anderson '65 (2009)
President, Swenson Anderson Financial
Group, Minneapolis, MN
Rev. Craig Johnson (2005)
Bishop, Minneapolis Area Synod,
Minneapolis, MN
*Gary E. Benson '70 (2008)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, MN
*KinneyJohnson '65 (2008)
Partner, Sequel Venture Partners, Boulder,
Rev. Robert Berg (2005)
Bishop, Northwest Synod of Wisconsin,
Rice Lake, WI
*Ruth E. Johnson '74 (2006)
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo
Clinic; Mayo Breast Clinic, Rochester, MN
*Jackie Cherryhomes '76 (2004)
Government Relations Consultant,
Cherryhomes-Tyler LLC, Minneapolis, MN
Gloria C. Lewis (2005)
Director, Office of Minority and
Multicultural Health, Minnesota
Department of Health, St. Paul, MN
*Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2008)
President, Customized Employer Solutions,
LCC, Minneapolis, MN
William V Frame (2006)
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN
Michael 0.Freeman (2006)
Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum,
Minneapolis, MN
*Michael R. Good '71 (2007)
President and CEO
Sotheby's International Realty
*H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2008)
Attorneypartner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen
P.L.L.P., Minneapolis, MN
James E. Haglund (2006)
PresidentIOwner, Central Container
Corporation, Brooklyn Park, MN
Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005)
Founder and Board Chair, Minnesota Life
College, Richfield, MN
co
Jennifer H. Martin (2007)
Senior Vice President Corporate
Administration, Thrivent Financial for
Lutherans, Minneapolis, MN
*Julie R. Nelson '83 (2008)
Executive Director, The Dwight D.
Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis, MN
"Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2008)
Vice President and Controller, 3M
Company, St. Paul, MN
*Glen E. Person '47 (2005)
Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, MN
Wayne Popham (2006)
Attorney, Popham Law Office,
Minneapolis, MN
-
Board of Regents 295
Glen J. Skovholt (2006)
President, Government & Community
Strategies, St. Paul, MN
Marshall S. Stanton (2009)
Vice President and CRM Medical Director,
Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN
*Philip Styrlund '79 (2006)
President, The Summit Group, Apple
Valley, MN
Emily Anne Tuttle (2009)
Retired, Wayzata, MN
Sandra L. Vargas (2008)
County Administrator, Hennepin County,
Minneapolis, MN
*Joan L. Volz '68 (2006)
Attorney, Welch, MN
*Jean M. Taylor '85 (2006)
President, Taylor Corporation, Eagan, MN
*F! Dawn Taylor '78 (2008)
Chief Operating Officer, Silver Glade
Properties LLC, Des Moines, LA
DIVISION
FOR HIGHER
EDUCATIONAND SCHOOLS
THEEVANGELICALLUTHERAN
CHURCH
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair, Board of Directors
Dr. Rod Schofield
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Secretary, Board of Directors
Rev. Linda J. Kraft
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Vacant
Executive Director
Leonard G. Schulze
296 AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
FACULTYAND
-
Beginning year of service offaculty is indicated with parenthesis.
Officers of the College
William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Christopher W. Kirnball (1991). Vice President for Academic and Student Affairs and Dean
of the College. Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Susan J. Klaseus (2001). Vice President for Institutional Advancement and Community
Relations. B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.P.A., John E Kennedy School of
Government, Harvard University; M.A., Hamline University.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Vice President for Enrollment and Market Development.
Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; MS., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Betty A.Wade (2000). Chief Operating Officer. Director of Human Resources. B.A., M.P.A.,
Hamline University.
Administration
Leif Anderson (1996). Chief Information Officer and Director of Information Technology.
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Tracy Beckman (2003). Director, Government and Community Relations. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.P.A., John E Kennedy School of Government, Harvard
University.
Trena Bolden (2002). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Carrie Carroll (1997). Director of Admissions, Adult Programs. B.A., Hamline University.
Peggy M. Cemto (1991). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Hamline University.
Emiliano Chagil (2000). Director, Hispanichtino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul
Seminary School of Divinity - University of St. Thomas.
Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of
Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
David Fenrick (2003). Program Coordinator and Faculty Liaison, Center for Global
Education. B.A., Gordon College; M.A., Luther Seminary; M.Div., Wesley
Seminary.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Women's Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
-
Augsburg College Administration 297
Ann L. Garvey (1998). Associate Dean for Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Associate Dean for International Programs. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
L.P., University of Minnesota.
Herald A. Johnson (1968). Assistant Vice President for Enrollment and Market
Development. B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel F. Jorgensen (2000). Director, Public Relations. Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,
M.S., South Dakota State University.
Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Southern California.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens
Point; M.S., Ohio University.
John I! Knight, Sr. (1999). Director, Development. B.A., Bethel College; M.P.A., The
George Washington University.
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
Janeen McAllister (2001). Program Director, International Travel Seminars, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Macalester College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education.
B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
Regina McGoff (1992). Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University.
Cindy G. Peterson (1981). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Patrice Salrneri (2002). Director, StepUP Program.
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English.
B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., University of
Texas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of
Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
298 Augsburg College Faculty
Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Amy L. Sutton (2002). Director, AlumniRarent Relations. B.S., M.S., South Dakota State
University.
Jeffrey S. Swenson (1989). Controller, Administrative Accounting. B.A., Augsburg College.
Paul L. Temo (1990). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College.
Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. Director, Rochester Program. B.A., St.
Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The
American University.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S. and
D.Pharm., University of Minnesota.
Phillip A. Alioto (2004). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Marquette
University; M.B.A., Northland University; Ph.D., California Coast University
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistRlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy M. Atwater (2004). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State
University: M.A.M., College of St. Scholastica.
Antonio Ortega Ayala (2003). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global
Education. M.A., LaSalle University, Mexico City. C.P.A. Teaching Certificate
degree, Colegio Angloamericano.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 299
Xenia Barahona (2002). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Universidad Centroamericana; M.A., Tufts University
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio ArtistPercussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
R. Samuel Barber (2002). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Upper Iowa
University; M.S., Minnesota State University, Mankato.
Carol E. Barnett (2000). Studio ArtistfComposition, part-time, Music. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Joy E. Bartlett (2000). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., West Virginia State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Aroti G . Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Tracy A. Bibelnieks (2002). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Heather K. T. Bidinger (2003). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Med.S., St. Louis University.
William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1983). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; MIA., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1976). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.S., M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Christine A. Bosquez-Herman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies.
A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.P.A.S.,
University of Nebraska.
Michele R. Braley (2002). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University
of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Jacquylynn Brickman (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., St. Mary's University.
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
300 Augsburg College Faculty
Christopher Rhys Brown (2003). Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison,
Instructor of Education. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.Ed., University of
Sydney, Australia.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., MS., Florida State
University.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology, Director of American Indian
Studies. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical
Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees,
University of Minnesota.
Maria S. Ceplecha (2003). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., University of
Dallas; M.A., New York University Graduate School in Spain.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Peggy M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W , University of Minnesota.
Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Florida State University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; M.EA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. A.A., Golden
Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest Texas
State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital
University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 301
Thomas S. Conroy (2002). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. A.A., Minneapolis
Community College; B.A., Northeastern Illinois University; M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Teresa A. Cook (2000). Instructor, part-time, General Studies. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A.L., Augsburg College.
Nicholas A. Coult (2000). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Carleton College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
D
David S. Dahl (2000). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Augustana College; M.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Liv Dahl (2003). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Marvin D. Dahlgren (2002). Studio Atist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.A., MacPhail
School of Music.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Kim Davidson (2003). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.EA., Washington University; M.A., School for International Training.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastrnan School of Music.
Urbanus B. Dax (2002). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of the North, South Africa; M.S., Mankato State University.
Donna R. DeGracia (1998). Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State
University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Jacqueline R. devries (1994). Associate Professor of History. Director of A.C.T.C. Women's
Studies. B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
R. David Dexter (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.D., University of Minnesota.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.
coursework completed, University of Minnesota.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Michael L. Douglas (2003). Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part-time, Physician
Assistant Studies. B.S., Vanderbilt University; M.D., Quillen College of Medicine
of East Tennessee State University.
-Augsburg College Faculty
302
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
E
Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst.
Elizabeth B. Eicher (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.EA., Syracuse University.
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey K. Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas;
M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist~Trumpet,part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.EA., D .M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio ArtistIPiano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Kevin G. Ewert (2002). Assistant Professor of Computer ScienceMIS. B.S., North Dakota
State University; M.A., M.S., Saint Mary's University-Rochester; A.B.D., Nova
Southeastern University.
F
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs. Associate Professor of
Business Administration. B.A., College of St. Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edith E. Ferber (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A.T., Indiana University.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 303
Gordon R. Flanders (2003). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Michael 0.Freeman (2002). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Rutgers College;
J.D., University of Minnesota.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Bennet B. Fuller (2004). Instructor, part-time, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
Southeastern Massachusetts University; Ph.D., Boston University.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Gamey (1998). Associate Dean for Student Affairs. Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University; J.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Merry Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College; A.N.,
Anoka Rarnsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University; M.S.,
University of Colorado.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistIClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Keith E Gilsdorf (2001). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State
University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln.
Nancy Schmidt Going (2001). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Valparaiso University;
M.A., Covenant Seminary.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown
University.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at The
University of Minnesota.
John C. Gregg (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Stanford University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Iowa.
-
304 Augsburg College Faculty
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education and Modem Languages.
B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. G r i f f i (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University
Lyle M. Griner (1996). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Northem Iowa;
M.A., Luther Seminary.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Concordia
College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.EA.,
University of Minnesota.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
H
Susan M. Hageness (2002). Adjunct Instructor of Nursing. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John's University;
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Curtis W. Hammond (2003). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
M.S., University of Oklahoma.
Alyssa N. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
Tabitha K. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.P.H., M.S., University of Minnesota.
John U. Harkness (2001). Instructor of English. B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
-
Augsburg college Faculty 305
Gany W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Stella K Hofrenning (2000). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of
Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Bradley I! Holt (1978). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota;
M.N., University of Washington-Seattle.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji
State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Mary A. Hunt (2000). Studio Artisfliano Accompaniment, part-time, Music. B.A., Fort
Wright College of the Holy Names; M.M., Boston University; D.M.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Lisa L. Hyland (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-River Falls.
I
Colin C. Irvine (2003). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Carroll College; M.A.,
University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Marquette University.
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; MS., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Chad A. Israelson (2002). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., University of Wisconsin,
Lacrosse; M.A., University of Nebraska.
Elena Izaksonas (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.M!, University of
Michigan.
I
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
James A. Jacobson (2002). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A., Ed.D., Hamline University.
Ronald L. Jacobson (2002). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., North
Dakota State University; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University;
M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Sociology (American Indian Studies).
B.A., Metropolitan State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kia M.G. James (2003). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., B.S.N., St. Olaf College;
M.PH., Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
306 Augsburg College Faculty
William H. Jasperson (1990). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Eric R. Johnson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Amherst College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Daniel E Jorgensen (2002). Director, Public Relations. Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,
M.S., South Dakota State University
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A.,
University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A.,
University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple
University
W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Augustana
College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute.
Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. A.B., Stanford University;
Ed.M., Harvard Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University.
Anne M. Kaulinan (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mary Beth Kelley (2004). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Eau Claire; M.Ed., Bethel College.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio ArtistHarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Christopher W. Kimball (1991). Vice President for Academic and Student Affairs and Dean
of the College. Associate Professor of History B.A., McGill University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Newbeny College;
M.Div., Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; D.Th., University of Munich.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Eastman School of Music.
-
Augsburg college Faculty 307
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Carol M. Knicker (2002). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Southwest State
University; M.S., Mankato State University; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
Margaret A. Knutson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Hamline University.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard J. Kramer (2003). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Heidi M. Kreutzer (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Gregory l? Krueger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Southwest Minnesota
State University; M.A., Hamline University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan State
University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
VelrnaJ. Lashbrook (2000). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership and
Nursing. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West
Virginia University.
Edward Bok Lee (2002). Instructor, part-time, Communication Studies. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.EA., Brown University.
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College;
M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio ArtistlFrench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., University
of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Karoline M. Lewis (2003). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Northwestern University;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; A.B.D., Emory University.
Teny L. Lewis (1995). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A.S., Siena Heights College; M.P.A.S., University of Nebraska.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemary J. L h k (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sarah F! Lockwood (2002). Studio ArtistPiano Accompaniment, part-time, Music. B.M.,
DePauw University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
308 Augsburg College Faculty
Lori L. Lohrnan (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont
Graduate School.
Michael S. Lotti (2003). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Philosophy B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Phil., Ph.D., University of Swansea, Wales.
Mary E. Lowe (2003). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University;
M.Div, Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Graduate Theological
Union.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University.
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist~Trombone,part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Ann L. Lutteman-Aguilar (1993). Interim Academic Director, Instructor, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
M
Paula S. Martin (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Maine; M.Ed.,
Framingham State College.
M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Assistant Professor of English (American Indian Studies).
B.EA., Cleveland Institute of Art; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona.
David C. Matz (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Craig D. Maus (2002). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. A.A., North
Hennepin Community College; B.S., Mankato State University; M.B.A., University
of St. Thomas.
Ioanna Mavrea (2003). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Glassboro State College;
MS., Ph.D., University of Connecticut.
Paul K. McAlister (2001). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy B.A., Minnesota Bible College;
M.Div., Lincoln Christian Seminary; Ph.D., Bethel Theological Seminary.
Kathleen A. McBride (1994). Regional Co-Director, Instructor, Center for Global
Education. B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
John C. McCaffrey (2000). Assistant Professor of Art. B.EA., University of WisconsinMadison; MIA., University of Miami-Coral Gables.
Carol T. McCoy (2003). Adjunct Faculty Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
Michael J. McIlhon (2000). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.B.A., M.A., University of
Iowa.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University
Kirsten A. S. Mebust (2004). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 309
Laurie H. Merz (2001). Studio ArtistBassoon, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of
Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., Califomia State University-Northridge.
Karen Coe Miller (1998). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A.,
University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
Cassandra M. Moe (2002). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., University of Maryland.
James B. Moen (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Patsy H. Mogush (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John W. Molloy (2003). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Sheila M. Moriarty (2002). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of
Minnesota.
Paulus Nanghambe Ndamanomhata (2002). Instructor, Center for Global Education. B.A.
degrees, Ogongo Agricultural College and United Lutheran Theological Seminary;
M.A., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; Ph.D., Natal University.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio ArtistRiano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University
Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G . Olson (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., University
of Minnesota; M.B.A., Minnesota State University.
Vicki L. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
310 Augsburg College Faculty
Shawn A. Osell (2002). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., University of MinnesotaDuluth; M.A., Mankato State University
Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of
Wisconsin - Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music.
P
Stephen A. Pacholl (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Sally Bruyneel Padgett (2003). Instructor, part-time, Religion. A.A., San Jacinto College;
B.A., University of California, Riverside; M.A., Azusa Pacific University; Ph.D.,
University of Durham, England.
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Ronald G . Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael F. Pattison (2003). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Curtis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Meredith A. Pederson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., St. Mary's University
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
Cvetanka T. Perovic (2003). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., University
Ciril and Metodi; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 311
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck I1 (1987). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Theological Seminary.
R
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Christopher Karstens Randall (2004). Instructor, part-time, Psychology (Capella
University). A.B., Wabash College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Karl P.Raschke (1999). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., M.EA., University of Minnesota.
0. Nicholas Raths (1988). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modem Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
Frances M. Reisner (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., Winona State University.
Karen J. Robards (2002). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Beloit College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., Washington University.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana
University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University
Glenda Dewbeny Rooney (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James M. Russell (2003). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., M.A., Drake
University.
Barry D. Rutman (2000). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. M.A., Montclair
State University.
s
Cynthia D. Sautter (2002). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus
College; M.Div., United Theological Seminary; Ph.D., The Graduate Theological
Union.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University;
M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Dean for Adult Programs. Associate Professor of English.
B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University
of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence and Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota.
31 2 Augsburg College Faculty
David G . Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A.,
University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.,
University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Came B. Senske (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Dean for Professional Development. Professor of
Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
N. Kay Shager (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education and Mathematics. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of California, Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
John S. Shockley (2002). Visiting Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Texas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Trygve R. Skaar (2000). Studio Artist/, part-time, Music.
Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Saint Mary's College.
Sheilah I! Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State
University.
Alyssa E. Snyder (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Lisa K. Sperling (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Mankato State University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John I! Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.S., Mankato State University
-
Augsburg College Faculty 313
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island
University.
Theresa A. Stoller (2003). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Augsburg
College.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A.,
D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Michelle J. Strauch (2000). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
North Dakota State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse.
Mark S. Strefeler (2003). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., Pennsylvania State
University; MS., North Carolina State University; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana
College; two M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
T
Brenda J. J. Talarico (2003). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; PA. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.P.A.S., University
of Nebraska Medical Center.
Michael D. Thompson (2002). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Fordham University; Ph.D., Pacific University.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Andrew P. Tix (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert K. Tom (2002). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.EA., University of Hawaii;
M.EA., Temple University.
Beth M. Torstenson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Diane Townsend-Anderson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; J.D., Hamline University.
Phala Tracy (2003). Studio ArtistIHarp, part-time, Music. B.M., Oberlin Conservatory of
Music; MIA., California Institute of the Arts.
Daniel 0.Trainer, IV (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Rochester
Institute of Technology; M.A., Gallaudet University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Lilly Program Director. Associate Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sean D. Truman (2002). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Reed College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Connecticut.
Fidel Xinico Tum (1993). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Francisco Marroquin University; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary.
314 Augsburg College Faculty
-
U-v
Joseph Underhill-Cady (1998). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Carleton
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine;M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W
Andrew Ward (2001). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Philosophy B.A.,
Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Martha A. (Cary) Waterrnan (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of
Denver; B.S., M.A., Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Luann Watson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.A., Normandale Community
College; B.S., M.A.L., Augsburg College.
David R. Weiss (2002). B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., Wartburg Theological Seminary;
M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia E Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; MS., Syracuse University. .
Thomas R. Westbrook (2002). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., M.Arch., University of
Minnesota.
Dale A. Weston (2001). Instructor, part-time, Sociology, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Hamline University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Susan L. Williams (2002). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of Muenster;
Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany.
Timothy D. Wrenn (2002). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., South Dakota
State University; M.S., Mankato State University.
-
Faculty Emeriti 315
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio ArtistlSaxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Calvin
~ o l i e ~M.B.A.,
e;
Western ~ i c h i ~ University.
an
X-Y-z
John W. Yaeger (2001). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.S.W., Loyola University.
Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Shimer
College; M.S., University of Utah.
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of ChemistryDean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vern M. Bloom. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College;
M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
316 Faculty Emeriti
Beverly C . Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University
Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
J e n y Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-Residence Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Concordia College-Moorhead; M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Robert A. Karlen. Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of CalifomiaBerkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff. Professor Emerita of EducationDean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C . Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C . Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C . Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
Faculty Emeriti 31 7
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W.,
Columbia University.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. BB.A.,Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
PbD., Cornell University
Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania.
21sl Ave S
20th Ave. S.
Iu,
I
4 MINNEAPOLIS
-
,
ST. PAUL )
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 22nd Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain
major events on campus during evenings
and weekends, parking is also available in
the commuter and visitor lots.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 22nd Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in
its mission, does not discriminate
on the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, national or ethnic
origin, age, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance,
or disability in its education
policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs,
athletic and/or school
administered programs, except
in those instances where religion
i s a bona tide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College
is committed to providing
reasonable accommodationsto
its employees and its students.
A
About Augsburg 10, 18
Academic and Achievement Scholarships 32
Academic Advising 56
Academic Calendar 4-7, 54
Academic Divisions 5 6
Academic Excellence Scholarships 32
Academic Information 53
Academic Internships 67
Academic Policies and Procedures 70
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 87
Academic Skills Center 44
Academic and Student Affairs 44
Access Center 45
Accessibility 18
Accounting 1 14-1 16
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18
Activities 43
Admissions 14, 20-24
Administrative Officers of the College 296
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 85
Advanced Transfer Students 82
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 48
Alumni Center 15
American Indian Studies 94-96
American Indian Student Services 47
American Sign Language 208
Anderson Hall 14, 50
Application Procedures 20, 31
Applied Economics 145
Architecture Minor 98
Art 97-101
Art History 97, 100-101
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 47
Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 142-143
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 85-86
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 60, 62
Associated Support Organizations 16
Athletic Affiliation 18
Athletics 43
Audit Fee 26
Auditing Courses 84
Augsburg Core Curriculum 76
Augsburg Echo 43
Augsburg Experience 77
Augsburg Seminar 76, 102
Augsburg Signature Curriculum 76
Augsburgian, The 43
B
Bachelor of Science (Liberal Arts
requirement options) 77-78, 79
Beta Beta Beta 105
Biology 102-107
Board of Regents 294-295
Business (Master of Business
Administration) 69
Business Administration 110-1 13
Business Administration and
Economics Major 110, 145
Business Management Certificate 108
c
Calendar 4-7, 54
Campus Location 14, 18, 31 8-31 9
Campus Map 318-31 9
Campus Ministry 42
Campus Tours 20
Canadian Program 70
Career Services 68
Carlson (Jeroy C. Carlson) Alumni Center 15
Center for Global Education 15, 64-65,
186-195
Center for Global Education Courses 64-65,
186-1 95
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 44-45
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
66-68
Change of Program 72
Chemistry 123-128
Chinese 208
Chapel 15, 42
Choir 43, 226
Christensen Center 14
Class Schedule 92
Classification (Class Year) 84, 87
Clinical Lab Science 129-1 30
Coaching Endorsement 170
College Costs 2004-06 26-27
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 85
College of the Third Age 16, 70
Commencement 88
Commons 51
Communication Studies 131-1 37
Communication ArtsILiterature Teacher
Licensure 134, 162
Community Service-Learning 67
Community Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 274
Computational Economics 138-139
Computational Philosophy 139, 237
Computer Science 1 37-141
-
Index 323
Concert Band 43, 226
Continuing Education Program 70
Cooperative Education 68
Costs 26-27
Counseling 48
Counseling and Health Promotion 48
Course Descriptions 92-291
Course Numbers 92
Credits 92
Crime and Deviance Concentration
(Sociology) 274
Crossover Registration 72
Cultural Anthropology Concentration
(Sociology) 275
Enrollment 18
Enrollment Center 8, 72
Enrollment Degree Verification 88
Enrollment Deposit 27
Ensembles 226
Entry-level Skills 78-79
Ethnic Student Services 47-48
Evaluation and Grading 80-81, 84
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 18, 295
Experiential Education Programs 66-68
Explanation of Grades 80-81, 84
Exploring Our Gifts 42
D
Facilities and Housing 14-16, 50-51
Facts and Figures 18
Faculty 18, 55, 298-317
Faculty Emeriti 315-31 7
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 31
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 51-52, 89-90
Federal Work Study Program 35
Fees 26-27
Film 132-133
Finance 116-117
Finance Certificate 108
Financial Aid 18, 30-40
Financial Policies 28-30
Fine Arts 43
Fitness Center 49
Food Service 51
Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages)
Forensics 132
Former Students 23, 74
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 15
Foundations of Fitness 80
Four-Year Assurance Program 89
French 207-209
Freshmen 20, 21
F
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major
282
Dean's List 87
Degrees Offered 18, 54
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 85
Departments and Programs 92-291
Deposits 27
Development 8
Directed Study 94
Directory 8
Directory Information 90
Dismissal 87
Discrimination Complaints 52
Divisions and Departments 56
Dormitories 14, 50-51
Dual Degree Programs 59, 68, 144-145
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 21
East Asian Studies 142-143
East European Studies 266-267
East Hall 14
Echo 43
Economics 144-148
Economics/Business Admin. Major 110, 145
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
248
Edor Nelson Field 14
Education 149-159
Education for Service 11
Education (Master of Arts) 68
Elementary Education 150-152, 153-154
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 157-158
Employment 35
Engaging Minneapolis 77
Engineering 159-160
English 161-167
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 86
English Placement Test 163
C
General Studies 168
German 207, 210-211
Gift Assistance 33
Global Education Center 15, 64-65,
186-195
Global Education Program
Courses 64-65, 186-195
Grade Point Average 75, 84
Grading 80-81, 84
Graduate Programs 68-69
Graduation (Applying for) 72
Graduation Level Skills 75-76
324 Index
Graduation Requirements 75-80, 82-83
Grants 33
Graphic Design Certificate 98
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15
H
Health and Physical Education 169-173
Health Clinic Services 49
Health Education 169-171
Health Insurance 48
Health Promotion 48-49
HECUA Courses 65-66, 187, 195-197
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 65-66, 187, 195-197
HispanicILatino Student Services Program
47
History 174-180
History of Augsburg College 10-12
Honors Program 61-62, 180-181
Housing 14-16, 26, 50-51
Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center 49
Human Relations (Communication Studies)
132
I
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 81, 84
Independent Studies 93, 94
lnformation Technology Certificate 108
lnformation Technology Services 55-56
Inter-Institutional Programs 62-63
Inter-Race 16
Intercollegiate Athletics 43
Interdisciplinary Studies 181-183
lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 85
lnternational Business Minor 111
lnternational Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 110
lnternational Partners 65, 186-187
lnternational Relations 184-185
lnternational Relations (International
Business) 185
lnternational Student Advising 49
lnternational Students 24, 49
lnternational Studies 186-197
Internships 66-67, 93-94
Intramural Athletics 43
J
Japanese 211
JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center 15
John Evans Learning Laboratory 44
K
Karen M. Housh Tutor Center 44
Keystone (Senior Keystone) 77
L
Language Courses 207-214
Latin Honors 88
Leadership (Master of Arts) 68
Leadership Studies Minor 182
Leadership, Service, and Performance
Scholarships 32-33
Learning Disabilities Program 44-45
Liberal Arts (Bachelor of Science Options)
77-78, 79
Liberal Arts Foundation 77-78, 82-83
Library and lnformation Technology
Center 15, 18, 55-56
Licensure (Teaching) 60, 149-153, 157
Life Sciences 104
Lifetime Activities 80, 172
Lindell Library 15, 18, 55-56
Loan Assistance 34
Location 14, 18, 318, 319
Lutheran Congregational Scholarships 33
M
Majors and Minors 56-60, 91-291
Management lnformation Systems 118-120
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 110
Managerial Accounting 114
Maps 318, 319
Marketing 121-122
Marketing Communication (Communication
Studies) 132
Mass Communication and Journalism
(Communication Studies) 132
Mastefs Degrees 54, 68-69
Math Placement Group (MPG) 78-79, 200
Mathematics 198-203
Medical Refund 30
Medical Technology 129
Melby Hall 15
Memberships 17, 18
Memorial Hall (Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall) 16
Metro-Urban Studies 204-206
Middle East Studies Minor 182
Military Called to Active Duty 73
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 47
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 16
Minnesota Work Study Program 35
Minors 59, 91-291
MIS Courses 118-120
Mission Statement 10
Modern Language Skill 79-80
Modern Languages 207-214
Index 325
Mortensen Hall 15, 50
Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 15
Murphy's 51
Music 215-229
Music Business 219-220
Music Education Major 216-217
Music Ensembles 226
Music Hall 15
Music Performance Major 21 7-218
Music Repertoire Tests 222
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification
220-221
Music Therapy Major 21 8
N
National Student Clearinghouse 88
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
230-231
New Hall 15, 50
No-Credit Grades 81
Nordic Area Studies 232-233
Norwegian 207, 21 1-212
Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22
Numeric Grades 81, 84
Numbering of Courses 92
Nursing 234-236
Nursing (Master of Arts) 69
0
Off-Campus Programs 18
Officers of the College 296
Official Notices 51
Ojibwe 213
Old Main 15
Orchestra 43, 226
Organizational Analysis and Development
Concentration (Sociology) 275
Organizational Communication
(Communication Studies) 131
Orientation (AUG) 77, 102
p,
Q
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 48
Pan-Asian Student Services 47
Part-Time Students 26-27
Pass/No Credit 75, 81, 88
Pastor 42
Payments 28
Peace and Global Studies Minor 185
Performance Studies 227-228
Philosophy 237-240
Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center)
45
Physical Education 170, 172-173
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 124,
231, 243
Physician Assistant Studies (Master of
Science) 69
Physics 241-246
Piano Proficiency Test 222
Policies 17, 18, 51-52, 70-74, 80-81, 84-90
Political Science 247-252
Political Science/Economiu teaching major
248
Portfolio Assessment Program 85-86
Pre-Professional Programs 60-61
Prerequisites 93
President's Greeting 2
Probation 87
Psychology 253-257
Public Accounting 114
Public Relations and Advertising
(Communication Studies) 132
Public Relations and Communication 14
R
Re-Admitted Students 23, 74
Recitals 221
Refunds 28-30
Regents 294-295
Registration 70-73
Religion 258-263
Religious Affiliation 18
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 50-51
Residence Requirements 76
Retaking courses 84
Rochester Program 13-14, 71
Room and Board 26
ROTC 62-63
Russian, Central, and East European Studies
266-267
5
Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area
Studies)
Scandinavian Urban Studies 65, 181
Scholarships 31-33, 35-40
School Year 4-7, 18
Science Hall 15
Secondary Education 152-153, 155-156
Senior Keystone 77
Service-Learning 67
Sigma Pi Sigma 243
Skills Requirements 78-80
Smiley's Point 16
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43
Social Psychology Concentration 254, 275
Social Studies 268
326 Index
Social Welfare Minor 270
Social Work 269-273
Social Work (Master of Social Work) 69
Society of Physics Students 243
Sociology 274-279
Solid State Physics 242
Space Physics 242
Spanish 207, 21 3-214
Special Education 157-159
Special Interest Housing 51
Special Students (Non-Degree or Second
Degree) 23
Sponsored Scholarships 35-40
Sports 43-44
StepUP Program 46
Student Activities 43
Student Affairs (see Academic
and Student Affairs) 44
Student-Designed Major 57-58
Student Employment 35
Student/Faculty Ratio 18
Student Government 42-43
Student Life 41 -52
Student Newspaper 43
Student Publications 43
Student Rights 51-52, 89-90
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 50
Student Standing Committee 74
Student Support Services (TRIO) 4 5 4 6
Student Teaching Abroad 66, 149
Studio Art 97-100
Study Abroad 63-66, 186-197
Summer Session 8
Supervisory Management (Communication
Studies) 131
Support Programs 44-49
Sverdrup Hall 16
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 16
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 60, 149-153, 157
Test Scores 20
Theatre Arts 280-287
Theatre Practicums 286-287
Transcripts 20, 21, 27, 28
Transfer Students 22-23, 82-83
TRIO Program 45-46
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 26-27
Tutor Center 44
U
Unofficial Withdrawal 30
Urban Studies 204-206
Urness Hall 16, 50
v
Veterans 89
Vocation 42
W
Weekend College 12-13, 21, 27-28, 71-72
Withdrawal From College 30, 73
Women's Studies 288-291
Work Study Program 35
Writing Concentration 163
x, y, z
Yearbook 43
Youth and Family Ministry Major 264-265
Show less
INTERIM 1974
Interim Dates
January.. 3.- (Thursday)
January .4_.
(Friday)
January 25
January 30
(Friday)
(Wednesday)
Interim begins.
C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m.
C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day f o r cancel/add - including
Independent Study.
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s .
In... Show more
INTERIM 1974
Interim Dates
January.. 3.- (Thursday)
January .4_.
(Friday)
January 25
January 30
(Friday)
(Wednesday)
Interim begins.
C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m.
C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day f o r cancel/add - including
Independent Study.
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s .
Interim ends.
Requirements and Course Load
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e c o l l e g e year. The number of
i n t e r i m s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation i s equal t o one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e
number of y e a r s of f u l l - t i m e enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
full-time f o r four years i s required t h r e e interims; a student enrolled f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d one i n t e r i m . While a s t u d e n t i s n o t r e q u i r e d
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m , he/she pays t u i t i o n f o r an i n t e r i m during each year
he/she i s e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e a t Augsburg. T u i t i o n f o r t h e i n t e r i m i s p a i d a s
a p a r t of t h e f a l l t u i t i o n payment. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an i n t e r i m i n h i s
major o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one i n t e r i m of i t s
majors, and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l i n t e r i m i n h i s major. Beyond t h e two i n t e r i m s i n h i s major each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c t i n t e r i m s o u t s i d e
h i s major.
One i n t e r i m course i s t h e l i m i t of t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g
t h e one-month term.
June I n t e r i m s
Each year i n t e r i m c o u r s e s w i l l be c f f e r e d f o r t h e following June term
of summer school. A s t u d e n t may e n r o l l i n a June i n t e r i m course in l i e u of
t h e January t e r m . I f he/she e l e c t s June r a t h e r than January, t h e r e w i l l be
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge. Students planning t h e June i n t e r i m i n l i e u of
January, however, must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e June i n t e r i m a t t h e time of i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n addi t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r one summer course
tuition.
D i s t r i b u t i o n Requirements and Grading
Each department a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one i n t e r i m course t h a t w i l l
f u l f i l l the d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graduation. Each i n s t r u c t o r determines t h e manner i n which he w i l l grade t h e i n t e r i m . The grading i s l i s t e d
with each i n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . ~ r a d i t i o n a l ;P/N; Optional.
C l a s s Meetings
An i n t e r i m course should make t h e same time demands upon t h e s t u d e n t
a s a standard semester course. The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings
i s not r i g i d l y f i x e d . Students, however, should plan f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n of about t e n hours p e r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i l l be l a b s ,
f i e l d study, t r a v e l , readings, r e p o r t s , and papers.
A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days of
the
t-e-r i m . C
-- - - i-n
-.
- l a s s I w i l l m e e t on t h e f i r s t day
- a t 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1
-
-
-
w i l l meet on t h e f i r s t day a t 1:00 p.m.
On-Campus C l a s s e s and Off-Campus Classes
The following calalogue l i s t s t h e Interim courses a v a i l a b l e a t
Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e courses, Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r
t h e i r I n t e r i m a t Hamline, Macalester, o r S t . Catherines i n S t . Paul, and
a t S t . Olaf i n N o r t h f i e l d . Should s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s about o t h e r campus I n t e r i m s and major requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t with t h e department chairman of t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s about othercampus I n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, they should c o n s u l t with
the Registrar.
Independent Study
Students may e l e c t an independent study program f o r t h e Interim. I f
they p l a n such, they must meet t h e department's requirements f o r independe n t study. They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e time of r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e
I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement from t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c t
t h e i r independent study program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t i v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g
bibliography, f o r t h e independent study must be submitted t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r
no l a t e r than January 3 , 1974. No independent study may be undertaken a f t e r
January 4, 1974.
C l a s s Day
The Interim day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time. These time p e r i o d s
are f l e x i b l e , but. t h e f l e x i b i l i t y w i l l be determined by t h e i n s t r u c t o r and
t h e c l a s s a t the f i r s t session.
Cancelling and Adding
Friday, January 4 , 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g and adding a
course.
Students with p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s about t h e I n t e r i m should c o n s u l t
D r . Mark ~ a v i s ,Associate Dean, Science H a l l 135, Extension 402.
Department of A r t
10150
Jewelry
Experience i n making m e t a l jewelry with an emphasis on d e s i g n ,
m a t e r i a l s , and p r o c e s s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Holen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
Enrollment : 12
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I
Room: Lower l e v e l , S c u p l t u r e S t u d i o , A r t B u i l d i n g
10242
Film Making
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . Discussion and
o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
Enrollment: 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I1
Room: Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g and A l l 0
Fee: $50
'
Department of Biology
20110
Man and the Environment
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic
mechanisms. The impact man h a s made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h urbani z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n and t h e p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . Some l a b o r a t o r y
demonstrations of t h e l e c t u r e concepts and d i s c u s s i o n s on t h e
p r e s e n t n a t u r a l s i t u a t i o n i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c .
I n s t r u c t o r : Mickelberg
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None.
( I f you can s e e l i g h t n i n g and hear thunder,
y o u ' r e in!)
Enrollment: 30
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I
Room: 213 and 202 S c i e n c e H a l l
20353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
comparative study dealing with classification, morphology,
evolution, distribution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates.
A
Instructor: Herforth
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Biology 12 (General Biology)
Enrollment : 20
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: L e c t . , 205 - Lab 214 Science Hall
. .
20471
,
Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultra-structure.
Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological studies, studies
in cell physiology and biochemistry.
Instructor: Kerr
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Biology 112 (General Biology); Recommended Chem.
223 or 351 and Physics 123
Enrollment: 15
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 227 Science Hall
Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and
Economics
21102
Principles of Financial Accounting
Formulation of general purpose financial statements, and their
evaluation from perspectives of various user groups such as
creditors, investors, governmental agencies, and the public.
Instructor: O'Malley
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: 101 1nt.roduction t.o Accounting
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 27 Old Main
21495
Topics:
Introduction to Operations Research
Lectures, discussions, meetings with the members of the staff
or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings
in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business.
Instructor: Matsumoto
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 25
Grading : Optional
Time: I
Room: 22 Old Main
22120
Yes
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; ~istributingFree Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Note: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in either
Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll
in 122 rather than 120.
Instructor: Sabella
Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban)
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 8 Old Main
22122
Principles of Economics
An introduction of macro-economics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to current economic
problems.
Instructor : Herforth
~istributionrequirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 23 Old Main
Department of Chemistry
34104
P a t t e r and P l a s t i c s
Wrap t h e wgrld i n p l a s t i c s - - a t l e a s t then it can be handled,
squeezed, and s a t on, without s o i l . Plastics-what? L e t ' s f i n d
out! Does i t fume o r only f u s e ? Find o u t f o r yourself how good
o r how bad t h e types of p l a s t i c s a r e . Lectures and Laboratory.
No p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t it s u r e w i l l h e l p i f you know some chemistry.
I n s t r u c t o r : Agre
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
34353
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
320
Science H a l l
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
This course w i l l cover volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric
techniques of a n a l y s i s . The course i s t o be taken by chemistry
majors, normally i n t h e I n t e r i m of t h e i r sophmore year. Medical
t e c h n o l o g i s t s should t a k e Chemistry 353 i n t h e s p r i n g semester.
There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Chemistry 106 o r 116
Enrollment: 25
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
34498
Time:
Room:
I
315 Science H a l l
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Chemical Research
Junior and s e n i o r chemistry majors have a n opportunity t o become
acquainted with chemical r e s e a r c h by pursuing a t o p i c o r problem
i n d e t a i l . A t l e a s t one member of t h e chemistry f a c u l t y w i l l work
with s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s of t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n
of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of
s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . Off-campus a c t i v i t i e s such a s r e s e a r c h a t
Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d
t o d i s c u s s h i s r e s e a r c h b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Alton
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : junior o r s e n i o r Chemistry major
Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Grading: ~ r a d i t i o n a l
Room: 318
Science H a l l
DeDartment of Education
44495
Elementary Classroom Teaching S p e c i a l t i e s
Opportunity t o r e s e a r c h s p e c i f i c problem l e a r n i n g a r e a s , t o
c o l l e c t and/or c r e a t e l e a r n i n g p r o j e c t s , t o apply r e s u l t s i n
t h e experience of t u t o r i n g an i n d i v i d u a l o r a very small group
and t o become acquainted with v a r i o u s t y p e s of contemporary
methods i n teaching. Student may r e s e a r c h innovative school
systems. The course w i l l be organized t o meet education des i r e s of i n d i v i d u a l c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Pelton
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Major i n elementary education and consent of
instructor.
Time:
I1
Enrollment: 20
Room: Library 4
Grading: P/N
44275
~ x p l o r i n gt h e World of t h e Pre-Schooler
Experience i n planning, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s
f o r Day C a r e Center f o r use i n nursery school and e a r l y c h i l d hood education. I n a d d i t i o n t o classroom l e c t u r e s , s t u d e n t s
w i l l be assigned t o Day Care Centers and Nursery Schools f o r
o b s e r v a t i o n s and p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o elementary education majors
Time: I
Enrollment: 20
Room: L i b r a r y 4
Grading: P/N
-Secondary Education
45375
Audio-visual I n t e r n s h i p
The s t u d e n t w i l l be assigned f u l l time t o work c l o s e l y with t h e
Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r of a p u b l i c school having an o u t s t a n d i n g
audio-visual department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have experiences i n
a l l of t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n of an
audio-visual department.
I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No
Enrollment: 15
Grading: P/N
No
Time:
Room:
I1
Library I
45478
School and Society
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o
s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced
by a study of e d u c a t i o n a l philosophy and t h e development of
American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be
studied.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fardig
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
No
Time:
Room:
I1
315 Science H a l l
Department of English
54219
Writing f o r Pleasure
(Advanced Writing: C r e a t i v e )
The focus w i l l be on d e s c r i p t i v e and n a r r a t i v e w r i t i n g , both
p r o s e and poetry. Each s t u d e n t may work a t h i s own l e v e l and
experiment with d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of w r i t i n g . C l a s s p e r i o d s w i l l
be s p e n t i n d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n of t h e s t u d e n t ' s work.
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s who complete t h i s course w i l l comprise t h e
s t a f f of Loose Change, t h e c o l l e g e l i t e r a r y magazine, and w i l l
prepare t h e s p r i n g i s s u e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Livingston
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : 111 o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
Enrollment: 12
Room:
Grading: Optional
54239
I1
22
Old Main
Women Writers and Woman's I d e n t i t y
A study of some female w r i t e r s of t h e t w e n t i e t h century, including
V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r f i c t i o n
and p o e t r y what it means t o be a woman. I n a d d i t i o n t o reading f o r
c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n , each s t u d e n t w i l l read i n some depth t h e work of
one woman w r i t e r of h i s / h e r choice.
I n s t r u c t o r : C. Nicholl
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
25
Old Main
54289
D. H . Lawrence:
The S e n s i t i v e Rebel
D. H . Lawrence sought t o open f o r d i s c u s s i o n any i s s u e s t h a t he
saw a s neglected: t h e r o l e of passion i n l i f e , t h e t h r e a t of
mechanical humans, t h e sexual r e l a t i o n s h i p , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of
body and s p i r i t , and o t h e r s . He has been l a v i s h l y p r a i s e d and
s t r o n g l y denounced. He has been r e c e n t l y attacked a s an a n t i f e m i n i s t and more r e c e n t l y defended. This course w i l l attempt
t o answer some of t h e c u r r e n t q u e s t i o n s about Lawrence and t o
i n v e s t i g a t e h i s major works and themes.
I n s t r u c t o r : Sargent
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
54349
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
21
Old Main
Psychology and L i t e r a t u r e
Our age i s one of i n t r o s p e c t i o n . I n some r e s p e c t s psychology
i s t h e "philosophy" of t h e 20th century. L i t e r a t u r e , l i k e
psychology, e x p l o r e s t h e deeper regions beyond t h e c o l l e c t i v e
unconscious, t o expose t h e hidden s p r i n g s t h a t motivate human
behavior. This course w i l l t h u s focus on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of
psychology t o l i t e r a r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , with emphasis on Freudian
c r i t i c i s m and a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m derived from Jungian psychology. L i t e r a r y readings w i l l p r i m a r i l y involve s h o r t f i c t i o n ,
along with one novel and s e l e c t e d poems.
Instructor: Mitchell
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
Enrollment: 35
Grading: Optional
54445
Potpourri:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
19
Old Main
Reading For Fun and C r e d i t
The purpose of t h e course i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an opportunity
t o r e a d some of those books t h a t he has been introduced t o but
which he h a s n o t been a b l e t o r e a d . The s t u d e n t w i l l determine
h i s reading l i s t i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
junior o r s e n i o r standing and consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Prerequisite:
Time: I
Grading: Optional
Enrollment: 12
Room: 201 Science H a l l
54459
Life As Literature: The Art of Biography
The course emphasizes the development of twentieth century
biography, its stylistic devices, and its place as a literary
genre. For course projects, students may study the work of a
major biographer, or examine several biographers on the same
subject, or research and writ? brief biographies.
Instructor: Wood
~istributionrequirement: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: ~ibraryI
Department of Foreign Language
70115
French in canada (Quebec)
Students will enroll in the January Interim Study term at Lava1
University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking
university in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups
and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of
French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social
and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian
Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in
French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families.
Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: None
Cost: Approximately $450
Enrollment: 20
70335
French Civilization and Theatre in Paris
A month of intensive "total immersion" in Parisian life with
special emphasis on the contemporary civilization and theatre.
Current magazines and newspapers will serve as one prime source
of information; conversation classes, visits to monuments, art
galleries, and cultural points of interest in and near Paris
(including Versailles, Fontainebleau, Chartres, etc.), and study
of drama related to attendance at theatrical performances will
complete the experience. Designed for all students wishing to
deepen and broaden their proficiency in French.
Instructor: Johnson
~istributionrequirement: Yes
Prerequisite: Intermediate French completed before January, 1974,
or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment : 15
Grading: Optional
Cost: $650
72312
Intensive conversational German
This course is designed to help the student develop conversational
fluency in German. All class work is oral. Topics of current
interest are discussed in German. Emphasis on current usage (slang,
idioms, etc )
.
Instructor: Jaunlinins
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: 212 or permission of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Grading: Optional
Room: 4 Old Main
74244
Russian Literature in Translation
The course focuses on the works of Alexander Solzhenitsyn (Cancer
Ward, First Circle) and other contemporary Soviet writers (many of
them anti-establishment) against the background of traditional
Russian literature (Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and others) and the dramatic changes which Russian and Soviet society have experienced in
the twentieth century.
Instructor: Baltina
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
2 Old Main
General Studies
58269
A Winter Happening
A first hand experience in snowshoeing, snowmobiling, and winter
camping in the BWCA of Northern Minnesota and Canada. A study of
the ecology, economy, and history of the Northshore of Minnesota.
Instructor: Gulden
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisite: None
Enrollment: 19
Time: I
Grading: P/N
Room: 34 Science Hall
Cost: $150 - $250 Considerably less if you have your own
equipment.
Interested students see Dean Gulden in his office (S-108)
58279
Quakerism: Beliefs and Practices; historical and modern
A survey of the history, organization, and religious beliefs
and practices ef the Religious Society of Friends. Quaker
biography and novels will constitute part of required reading.
Visits to local Friends' Meetings and local office of American
Friends' Service Committee.wil1 be included. Students will be
given opportunity to compare their own religious heritage to
various aspects of Quakerism.
Instructor: Sibley
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: 11
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Room: MHI
58289
Memorial Hall
Counseling Skills: Compone~tsof Helping Relationships
An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic
skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive
understanding and practical competency in individual and group
counseling situations. Learning will be based on an experiential
and applied model.
Instructor: Thoni
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 25
Grading: P/N
58320
Time:
Room:
I
MHI
Memorial Hall
Ancient American Civilizations: Maya, Aztec, Inca (On-Campus)
The course will seek to acquaint the student with the native
heritage of the southern Americas and provide information on
basic materials on the ancient cultures to enable intelligent
individual study. The three ancient civilizations constitute
the high water mark of Indian cultural achievements.
Instructor: Reichenbach
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
7 Old Main
Department of Health and Physical Education
55232
Recreational A c t i v i t i e s and Rhythms
Theory and p r a c t i c e in teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k
and square dancing.
I n s t r u c t o r : Peterson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment: 45
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
55475
No
Time:
Room:
I
12
&
13 S i Melby
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
This course w i l l attempt t o prepare t h e student t o be a q u a l i f i e d
gymnastics coach and judge. I t w i l l bring o u t new s p o t t i n g and
coaching techniques i n t h e f i e l d of gymnastics. The main emphasis
w i l l be on judging of t h i s s p o r t . There w i l l be p r a c t i c a l experience of judging a c t u a l high school and college meets. The culminating a c t i v i t y w i l l be t o take the S t a t e High School League t e s t
f o r t h e judging of gymnastics and t h e r e f o r e become an o f f i c i a l r e g i s t e r e d judge f o r the s t a t e of ~ i n n e s o t a . I t i s required t h a t
students p a r t i c i p a t e (perform-spot-assist) with t h e Augsburg
Women's Gymnastic Team.
I n s t r u c t o r : Pfaff
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : PE 472 S e l f - t e s t i n g A c t i v i t i e s f o r Women o r 1 year
experience on a college gymnastics team f o r women.
Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Room: 13 S i Melby
55482
Coaching of Sports
Theory and techniques of coaching.
injuries.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c
I n s t r u c t o r s : C a r i s , Inniger, Nelson, Saugestad
~ i s t r i b u t i o nr e q u i r ~ n t : No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : ( None
.
Time: I
Enrollment : 40
Room: 13 S i Melby
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
x , ~ "
Department of Historv
56150
Historical Perspectives on the Urban Crisis
Modern history as seen in the history of four cities: Florence
14th and 15th Centuries) , Paris (17th Century) , London (18th
Century) , and Berlin (20th Century)
.
Instructor: Gisselquist
Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban)
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 35
~ r a d i n ~ :Optional
Time: I1
Room: 18 Old Main
56460
Jawarharlal Nehru
-A
Man of Two Worlds
A case-study of one of Asiads most prcaninent and charismatic
statesmen of the 20th Century. Students will encounter the
famous Indian political leader's struggle to reconcile the norms
of his British educational background with the practices and
political processes of the British Imperiad system in India. The
course will include use of audio-visual material (films and re.corded speeches), written primary sources (J. Nebru's letters and
autobiography), biographies of Nehru and other historical sources.
The Ames Library at the U. of M. will be extensively utilized.
Instructor: Jensen
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrolhsnt: 20
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 7 Old Main
56260
Discover Your P a s t :
Minnesota, Museums and H i s t o r i c a l S i t e s
The i n t e r i m w i l l focus on t h e f a m i l i a r i z a t i o n and use of
museums and h i s t o r i c a l s i t e s a s a v e h i c l e toward understanding
our p a s t . Students w i l l v i s i t s e v e r a l museums and h i s t o r i c a l
s i t e s i n o r d e r t o g a i n a c r i t i c a l understanding of what t h e s e
f a c i l i t i e s can provide concerning Minnesota and a r e a h i s t o r y .
There w i l l be two extended f i e l d t r i p s which w i l l r e q u i r e s t u d e n t s t o supply t h e i r own personal camping equipment and prov i s i o n s . Readings, p r o j e c t s , and c l o s e cooperation with
personnel and f a c i l i t i e s of t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y
w i l l combine t o i n t r o d u c e g e n e r a l c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s a s w e l l
a s enhance our a p p r e c i a t i o n of museums and h i s t o r i c a l sites.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Chrislock and Nelson
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No
Enrollment: 50
Grading: Optional, b u t P/N s t r o n g l y recommended
Cost: Estimated $75
$135
-
Department of Mathematics
61141
Three Modern Odysseys I n and O u t of Our Space-Time Universe
A c o n t r o v e r s i a l r e s e a r c h t r i p , with a f l a v o r of mathematical
concepts, i n t o sane moder? problems of u n i v e r s a l i n t e r e s t . The
f i r s t odyssey i s an expose of c h a o t i c elements of modern knowledge systems, w i t h emphasis on c o n t r a d i c t i o n s i n t h e s c i e n c e s ,
philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey i s a t r i p through
time and space, f r m t h e p a s t t o t h e p r e s e n t r e l a t i v i t y u n i v e r s e
and i n t o t h e f u t u r e . The r o l e of mathematics i n t h e formation
of t h e cosmic models of our universe i s s t r e s s e d . The t h i r d
odessey i s an' attempt t o look a t our space-time universe from
an o b j e c t i v e viewpoint i n and o u t of space-time, based on conc e p t s from mathematics, the:sciences, and B i b l i c a l theology.
The mathematical background needed f o r t h i s course i s minimal.
InGtructor: F o l l i n g s t a d
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement.:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
212
Science H a l l
65245
Introduction to Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods and use. Fortran IV
computer lanuage with applications to various fields. Course
does not apply toward a major or minor in Mathematics.
Instructor: Persons
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: High school algebra or the equivalent
Time: I
Enrollment : 40
Grading : Optional
Room: 19
Laboratory Fee for Computer Time: $15.00
Department of Music
82380
Music of the Western Church
Develogment and influence of the music of the Christian church.
Designed for the general student as well as for the organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students.
Instructor: Sateren
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment : 40
Grading: Traditional
82382
The:
Room:
I
Music 20
Jazz Ensemble
The course will consist of an intensive study and preparation of
the best representative literature scored specifically for the
medium. In addition, all participants will develop improvisational
ability, learn a history of jazz styles and their relation to the
ensemble, compose a jazz ensemble chart, and improve aural perception of changes and repertoire.
Instructor: Carlson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
East Hall
- Music
82391
Master S t r i n g C l a s s
The study and performance of s o l o l i t e r a t u r e f o r v i o l i n and
v i o l a from t h e c l a ~ ~ i romantic,
c,
and contemporary e r a s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Vuicich
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o v i o l i n i s t s and v i o l i s t s with t h e approval
of t h e i n s t r u c t o r
Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Grading: P/N
Room: Music Auditorium
82395
Opera Workshop
The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance of an opera.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, Vuicich
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement : No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Limited t o competent musical performers. See
instructor.
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Auditorium
82490
Piano Pedagogy
Survey of m a t e r i a l s , procedures and techniques used i n t h e
t e a c h i n g of piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t .
I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Keyboard a b i l i t y
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I
Music 10
Department of Philosophy
83430
A Dialogue w i t h P l a t o
This course w i l l attempt t o e x p l o r e what P l a t o has t o s a y about
t h e problems of l i f e , thought, and being. The following d i a l o g u e s
w i l l be read: Symposium, Phaedrus, Theaetetus, Pannenides, S o p h i s t ,
and t h e Timaeus. The c l a s s w i l l be conducted p a r t l y on a l e c t u r e
b a s i s and p a r t l y a s a seminar with s t u d e n t s r e p o r t i n g on t h e i r own
research i n Plato.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
21
Old Main
Department of Physics
84161
Understanding the Weather
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character.
Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction,
this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the relationship of sun, earth
and atmosphere; important physical quantities such as temperature
and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather
monitoring and control; and the inEluence of weather on pollution.
Possible course activites include experimentation and forecasting,
field trips and guest speakers.
Instructor: Erickson
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 35
Grading: Traditional
84322
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
22
Science Hall
Nuclear Radiation Physics
A study of radioactivity from both an experimental and theoretical
basis. Laboratory expeiience using various detection and measurement systems for both charged particle and gamma radiation together
with isotopic neutron sources for the production of radioisotopes.
Production of radioactive isotopes, energy and half-life measurement, counting statistics, absorption and moderation of radiation,
standardization, neutron activation analyses and health physics
consideration. The course is planned to be a cooperative venture
with the Special Training Division of Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Subject to approval of the Physics Department and the
The course will be taught in full or in part at the labO.R.A.U.
oratories of the 0.R.A.U.--Special
Training Division, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee.
Instructor: Paulson
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites:
Enrollment: 15
Time:
Grading: Optional
Room:
Fees: Travel expense to Oak Ridge, Tennessee
I1
30 Science Hall
Department of Political Science
85324
Impact Watergate
A study of the impact and implications for institutions and
processes of government of the Watergate scandal. Students will
select a specific subject for intensive personal research and
inquiry and will write a paper incorporating their findings.
the President; the
Among probable subjects: Watergate and
Executive Office of the President; the FBI; the CIA; Election
Finance; the Department of Justice; the Party System; the
Democratic Party; the Republican Party; Election Reform; Vice
Predidency; Bureaucratic Morale; International Politics; the
Problem of National Security; the Doctrine of Separation of
Powers; Economic Problems; Public Opinion; Congressional Power;
the Law and Order Issue; the 1976 Election; the Groupthink
Analysis; Congressional Inquiry; Presidental Impeachment; the
Twenty-Fifth Amendment; Federalism and the Federal Courts.
-
Instructor: Stenshoel
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: 2.8 minimum GPA, either overall or during the
fall term, at least four courses in the social
and behavioral sciences, of which at least one
has been in political science.
Time: I1
Enrollment: 30
Roam: 34 Science Hall
Grading: Optional
85356
Public Opinion and Political Behavior
Study of the dynamics of public opinion and the determinants of
voter choice through original group research, secondary analysis
of survey findings, and cooperative work with the ~innesotaPoll
organization.
Instructor : Hedblm
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor
Time: I
Enrollment: 30
Room: 34 Science Hall
Grading: Optional
85357
Life Styles in Soviet Society:
Diversity within Uniformity
Seminar on Soviet society and life styles, focusing on youth.
Contrasts and diversity in the U.S.S.R.,
including visits to
two or three Soviet republics. Special readings and seminar
sessions prior to departure. The foreign component will include
discussions with Soviet youth and a broad cultural, historical
and political program. Report due upon return.
Instructor: Noonan
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: POL 85351; one or two terms of Russian language;
permission of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time: June 1974
Cost: $1150. (This is an estimate since the Russians have not
set their 1974 prices.)
Alternate course to be offered if foreign-based interim is
cancelled. Date for determining cancellation is December 8.
85365
People, Elites and Foreign Policy
Who makes foreign policy and how--an analysis of the foreign
policy decision process, determinants of alternatives, national
goals and other factors influencing foreign policy. Opportunity
for the student to investigate area and topic of own interest.
Seminar will focus on one or two case studies.
Instructor: Noonan
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Enrollment : 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 201 Science Hall
Department of Psychology
86105
General Psychology
An introduction to the understanding of human behavioral processes. Specific topics to be studied include: brain function,
learning principles, motivation & emotion, social influences on
behavior, and abnormal behavior. This course will have no basic
textbook, but instead a series of smaller books re3ated to specific
areas within psychology. Students will be expected to take an
active role in conducting class meetings. This course is primarily
designed for juniors and seniors who are not majoring in psychology.
Instructor: Ferguson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: P/N
86280
Psychology in Action
Time:
Room:
I1
205 Science Hall
...Today and Tomorrow
Observation of and active inquiry into the psychologist's world
in industry, business, and education. mphasis on exposure for
each student to a wide variety of work opportunity and activity
related to training in psychology. Will include classroom and
off-campus learning experiences. (Modest additional expense for
transportation within the Twin Cities area.)
Instructor: Anderegg
~istributionrequirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: P/N
86374
Time:
Room:
I1
205 Science Hall
Social Change: Facilitation and Adaptation
Study of research and naturalistic observations .on the following
topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and organizations;
power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and
conditions; orgeizations involved in social change; adaptation to
the future futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislature.)
-
Instructor: Dyrud
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: General Psychology, 86105
Enrollment: 30
Time:
Grading: P/N
Room:
I
22 Science Hall
Department of Religion
87352
Theology and Forms of Christian Worship
A study of the origins of Christian worship and its modern
developments. The class will meet in several urban churches
and participate in the life of the congregation. Class meetings
will be held three times a week and on worship days. Representative religious groups will include the Jewish synagogue, the
Roman and Orthodox Catholic churches, and one or two Protestant
denominations.
Instructor: Ollila
Distribution requirement: Yes, Urban
Prerequisites: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
87370
Time: I
Fbom: 18 Old Main
Myth and Culture
study of the function and meaning of myth in several selected
societies, ranging from primitive to modern, to see the place of
myth in each. The Nuer (Africa), ancient Babylonia, Patristic
Christian civilization of the late Roman Empire, and modern
Christianity in the West will be studied. There will be also an
effort to re-tell the myths in 20th Century idiam using the
creative arts, such as short stories, plays, painting, and poetry.
A
Instructor: Benson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: 111 or 121
Enrollment: 40
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 2 Old Main
Department of Sociology
94378
Alternate Life-styles and Consciousness: An Examination of
Possibilities
This course intends to examine, through empirical example and
relevant literature, the resurgence of conscious attempts to put
together new forms of social life: rural and urban communes,
intentional communities, co-op living and buying and other
residential and economic groupings differing froin the usual established forms. Simultaneously, there is growing interest in
such seemingly disparate topics as altered states'of consciousness, organic food, fundamental aspects of religion--Christian
alternatives. (The list is longer.) We see today clear evidence
for both the intent to experiment with new life ways and the
intent to view the world from a different place. Basically,
perhaps, these two issues are the same. We will consider points
at which the two issues of new life-ways and "new" consciousness
touch and merge.
Instructor: Gerasimo
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: At least one course in anthropology, sociology
or psychology. Juniors and seniors will be given first chance.
Enrollment: 35: Augsburg 20, and 15 to be split between InterLutheran College Interim and Take-5 colleges.
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 27 Old Main
94480
The British New-Town Movement and the Modern Metropolis
study of the origins of the New Town Movement and an examination
of the place of new towns in the planning and development of
comprehensive communities in modern metropolitan regions. Backg~oundreadings on the New Town Movement in Europe will provide
conceptual framework for the study. A central feature of the
interim will be a visit to London, England, and its surrounding
new towns.
A
Instructor: Nelson
~istributionrequirement: No
Prerequisites: Upper-class standing or permission of instructor
Enrollment: Open
Grading: P/N
95257
Volunteer Service and Independent Study
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time
volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know
social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and
career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with
a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended
fqr freshmen and sophmores.
Instructor: Steen/Wagner
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Enrollment: 30: 20 from Augsburg, 5 from Take-5 colleges and 5
from St. Olaf
Grading: Optional
Time: TBA
Mom: Memorial Hall #1 7:00 p.m.
8:00 p.m. daily for linkage
seminars
-
95352
Selected Programs in Social Work
A seminar in social security (required), and an additional
seminar selected from such topics as mental retardation, public
housing, and status of women and welfare. Field experience extended from 95351 at 16 hours per week to learn by practice the
skills of casework and/or group work.
Instructor: Wagner
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Social Work 351
Enrollment: Limited to Augsburg majors in Social Work
Grading: Traditional
Time: I1
Room: 28 Old Main
95372
Aging in Urbanized America
A basic course in social gerontology that focuses upon biological
and psychological aspects of aging; consideration of social and
cultural aspects in America that tend to define aging as a problem. National, state, and local policies and programs for the
elderly. Two, 2-hour sessions per week plus one session for
special lecture or field visiting.
1nstructor : Steen
Distribution requirement:
Enrollment: 12
Grading: Traditional
Seniors in Social Work or consent of
instructor
Time: I
Room: 28 Old Main
Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts
98285
Theatre Practicum
Students accepted for this course will work full-time on the
production of a play.
Instructor: Cole
~istributionrequirement: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
1:00 p.m. in Speech Auditorium)
Time: TBA (First meeting
-
98354
Interpersonal Cammunication
An introduction to the dynamics of interpersonal cammunication.
Instructor: B. Addison
Distribution requirement: Yes
Enrollment: 30
Grading : -Optional
.
Time: I1
m o m : Iota House
AITGSRIIIIC, A N D ST. OLAF INTEliIMS ABROAI)
1974
E U R O P E
ART I I A :
Malcolm Gimse
S t . Olaf
Medieval and Rena i s s a n c e A r c h i t e c t u r e
i n t h e H i l l C i t i e s of I t a l y
A l o n ~t h e Apennine s l o p e s l i e some o f t h e most b e a u t i f u l c i t i e s o f E u r o p e , c o n t a i n i n g
c h u r c h e s and s e c u l a r s t r u c t u r e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e b e s t i n m e d i e v a l and r e n a i s s a n c e
a r c h i t e c t u r e . The c o u r s e , b e g i n n i n g and t e r m i n a t i n g i n Rome, w i l l i n c l u d e f i e l d t r i p s
t o O r v i e t o , Assisi, P e r u g i a , U r b i n o , A r e z z o , and S i e n a , and a n e x t e n d e d s t a y i n F l o r e n c e .
A s p e c i a l e x c u r s i o n w i l l be made t o Raventia t o s t u d y t h e s p l e n d i d B y z a n t i n e monuments
there.
COST:
CLASSICS IIA:
Mediterranean Culture
$680.00
W i l l i a m Narum
S t , Olaf
The c i v i l i z a t i o n o f Greece from t h e Bronze Age t h r o u g h C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from
two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum 'and A t h e n s . D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze
Age Minoan s i t e s i n C r e t e a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , p l u s c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o
t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e A r c h a e o l o g i c a l Museum a t Hercaleum. I n A t h e n s and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h t h e a i d o f t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age
o f t h e Mycenaens, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area B).
Counts toward m a j o r .
FRENCH IIIA: T h e a t e r ,
C u l t u r e , Language i n P a r i s
COST:
$735.00 '
Mary J o h n s o n
Augsburg
A combination o r i e n t a t i o n - l a n g u a g e - c u l t u r e - t h e a t e r - c o u r s e .
One-and-a-half h o u r s of
c l a s s e a c h morning. A f t e r n o o n g e n e r a l l y r e s e r v e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l v i s i t s t o monuments,
museums, p o l i t i c a l m e e t i n g s , e t c . , d e p e n d i n g on t h e p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t o f t h e s t u d e n t s .
L a t e a f t e r n o o n t w i c e w e e k l y , two h o u r s o f F r e n c h c o n v e r s a t i o n p r a c t i c e w i t h a F r e n c h
s t u d e n t - m o n i t o r f o r e a c h g r o u p o f t h r e e o f o u r s t u d e n t s . An a v e r a g e o f two t h e a t e r
p e r f o r m a n c e s a week. Two f u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s w i t h F r e n c h - s p e a k i n g l e c t u r e r s t o
V e r s a i l l e s and C h a r t r e s . S t u d c n t s w i l l s t u d y i n c l a s s t h e p l a y s t h e y a r e t o a t t e n d .
The c u l t u r e - c i v i l i z a t i o n c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on i t e m s o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e
d a i l y and weekly p r e s s . Each s t u d e n t w i l l keep a d a i l y l o g book i n F r e n c h . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k F r c n c h a t a l l t i m e s and a l l work w i l l be done i n F r e n c h .
,
F u l f i l l s d i i t r i b u t i o n rcquircmcnt.
GERMAN I I A :
C o u l ~ t s toward m a j o r .
E n c o u n t e r w i t h t l ~ uTwo Gern~:inies
COST:
$675.00
Hanno K l a s s e n
S t . 01ilf
A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways of Germany s i n c e 1945. Thc f i r s t two weeks w i l l be s p e n t
w i t h t h c people. o f t h e Gcrrual~L)clliocratic R c l ~ u l ~ l i cand
,
t h e r e s t o f t h e time i n t h e
F e d e r a l K c p u h l i c . 'l'lic cour:;c i s d e s i ~ : r ~ ~ t?ot l u s e t h e Gcrnlan 1an):uage f o r a compara t i v c
* nicll l ~ a v csllnpcd v e r y d i f f c r c n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s .
, s t u d y of tlie two We1 t a n s c l i n t ~ l ~ ~ l : : cwh
(GERMAN IIA
-
Continued)
What h a s happened t o t h e Cer1:ians undcr t h e i n f l u e n c e o f two d i f f e r e n t i d e o l o g i e s and
governments?
I n t h e Gcrr~ian D c ~ n o c r a t i cI i c p u h l i c L c j p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t b a s e . S i d e t r i p s w i l l be
made t o o t l l c r p l a c c s uE c u l t u r a l i n t c r c s t (Dresden, Weimar). Co1ol;ne a n d / o r Munich w i l l
be t h e l o c a t i o n of o u r i n q u i r i c s i n thc Federal Republic.
E v e r y e f f o r t w i l l be madc t o s t r e s s c o n t a c t w i t h t h e p e o p l e , r a t h e r t h a n . j u s t w i t h
o f f i c i a l a g e n c i e s . I t i s llopcd t h a t t h e s t u d e n t s c o n l i v e w i t h h o s t f a m i l i e s i n b o t h
c o u n t r i e s . Whenever p o s s i b l e , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s a t u n i v e r s i t i e s
and o t h e r s c h o o l s w i l l be a r r a n g e d . A r t g a l l e r i e s , c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , and a r t i s t i c p e r formances w i l l be i n c l u d e d i n t h e program.
A l l p a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be
held.
Each s t u d e n t is e x p e c t e d t o keep a journal i n which a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f t h e
l i f e o f e a c h c o u n t r y is t r a c e d , a n a l y z e d , and c o m p a r e d . The c o u r s e would l e n d i t s e l f
t o c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d i e s o f t h e c h u r c h , t h e e d u c a t i o n a l s y s t e m , s o c i e t y , l i t e r a t u r e , and
t h e a r t s . F o r t h e l a n g u a g e m a j o r , t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n t h e German used i n b o t h c o u n t r i e s
c o u l d be t h e main f o c u s .
f)
'L
Counts toward
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area A ) .
major. P r e r e q u i s i t e :
German 32 ( o n l y German w i l l be s p o k e n ) .
COST:
HISTORY IIB: The. B a l t i c
N a t i o n a l i t i e s and S o v i e t A s s i m i l a t i o n
Robert Nichols
S t . Olaf
$665.00
&The a i m s and i m p a c t o f S o v i e t p o l i c y i n t h e once i n d e p e n d e n t n a t i o n s o f t h e s o u t h e a s t e r n
B a l t i c , w i t h e m p h a s i s on E s t o n i a . S i n c e t h e p e o p l e s o f t h e B a l t i c - - w i d e l y d i v e r g e n t
among t h e m s e l v e s - - a r e more n a t i o n a l i s t i c t h a n a n y o t h e r g r o u p s i n t h e S o v i e t Union (with
t h e p o s s i b l e e x c e p t i o n s o f G e o r g i a n s and A r m e n i a n s ) , S o v i e t n a t i o n a l i s t p o l i c y h a s been
more o v e r t i n t h e B a l t i c t h a n i n t h e o t h e r r e p u b l i c s . h i s makes t h e B a l t i c r e g i o n a n
i d e a l l o c a t i o n f o r t h e s t u d y o f m e a s u r e s used by t h e S o v i e t government t o overcome
n a t i o n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and b u i l d a " h i g h e r s o c i a l i s t n a t i o n a l i t y . " The problem, which
h a s t r u l y proved i n t r a c t a b l e f o r t h e S o v i e t s t a t e , is one o f t h e c e n t r a l p r o b l e m s f a c i n g S o v i e t p o l i t i c a l l i f e . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep j o u r n a l s and w r i t e p a p e r s .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
INTERDISCIPLINARY IIA:
Prerequisite:
His tory 11,12,41
T h e a t e r i n London
, or
52.
COST:
$945.00
Ron Lee
S t . Olof
The drama t h r o u g h a t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t h e t h e a t r e c c n t c r o f t h e E n g l i s h s p e a k i n g w o r l d . S t u d e n t s w i l l e x p e r i e n c e v a r i e t i e s of p r o d u c t i o n s , modcrn and
traditional.
P l a y attendance w i l l Ile broa(lctie~1i)y d i s c \ ~ s s i u no f p l ~ ~ y s1 1, : j c l c ~ t ~ ~ ; c
I ~ London
CS
and
v i s i t s and c o n t a c t w i t h a c t o r s and c r i t i c s . Ol.llc?r c111~ t ~ r r iIlC S ; ~ L I01
s u r r o u n d i n g s w i l l bc i ncluded i n t h e pro):ram.
One i)r more r e p r c ' s v n t a t i v c rcl:ional
t h e a t r e s w i l l be i n e l u d c d i n t h e i t i n e r a r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l b c r e q u i r e d t o ki\cp j o u r n a l s .
F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n rcqui.rcmcn t i n Area A and B.
C o u n t s toward c l c p o r t m c n t a l m a j o r .
Thomas Enger
S t . Olaf
INTERDISCIPLINARY I1.C: PC?1 i t i c n l
Economy o f F r a n c e and Swi t z e r l o n d
S w i s s and Frcncll c c o n o ~ n i cp o l i c i e s and t h c i r f o r m a t i o n i n view o f cconomic s t r u c t u r e and
s i z e , g o v e r n m e n t a l s t r u c t u r c , p o l i t i c s and n e u t r a l i t y , and c u l t u r e . Emphasis on
t r a d c , moncLary and f i s c a l p o l i c i c s , and p o l i t i c a l d e c i s i o n making on f e d e r a l , l o c a l ,
and r e g i o n a l l e v e l s .
I n t e r n a t i o l ~ a leconomic and i m m i g r a t i o n p o l i c - i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , trntlc rlrlionis t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . Monetary p o l i c i e s and
b a n k i n g p r a c t i c e w i l l bc prcscntccl i n s e m i n a r s a t ttie Banquc d e F r a n c e , Banque N a t i o n a l c
s u i s s e and p r i n c i p a l p r i v a t e hanks. F i s c a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h
g o v e r n m e n t a l o f f i c i a l s on f e d e r a l and l o c a l l e v e l s . The OECD i n P a r i s w i l l a l s o be cons u l t e d on p o l i c i e s s i n c e P r a n c e and S w i t z e r l a n d a r e b o t h members o f t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n .
Visits w i l l be made t o p r i n c i p a l c i t i e s s u c h a s P a r i s , Geneva, B e r n , B a l e , S t r a s b o u r g ,
and Lyon.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : One c o u r s e i n economics and one c o u r s e i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ; a l a n g u a g e
c o u r s e e m p h a s i z i n g c u l t u r e may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r one o f t h e f o r m e r c o u r s e s .
COST:
$665.00
I
I
MUSIC IIA: Music H i s t o r y and
E v e n t s i n Munich, S a l z b u r g , and Vienna
S i g u r d Fred r i c k s o n
S t . Olaf
A c o u r s e based on a t t e n d a n c e a t Music e v e n t s - - c o n c e r t s ' , o p e r a s , r e c i t a l s - - i n t h e s e
p r i n c i p a l music c e n t e r s o f t h e German s p e a k i n g w o r l d . I n i t i a l v i s i t s t o Munich and
S a l z b u r g w i t h a t t e n d a n c e a t Munich P h i l h a r m o n i c and o p e r a p e r f o r m a n c e s ; chamber music
p e r f o r m a n c e s i n S a l z b u r g and i n v e s t i g a t i o n s o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f S a l z b u r g
i n t h e music w o r l d w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o Mozart mementos. The p r i n c i p a l p e r i o d
o f t i m e w i l l be s p e n t i n V i e n n a , a c i t y which s t a n d s a s a s i n g u l a r monument t o t h e
development and c o n t i n u a t i o n o f music a r t . A t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s and o p e r a s . Visits
t o s i t e s o f h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e , t o museums, l i b r ~ r i e sand a r c h i v e s . A b r i e f conc l u d i n g s t a y i n London.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Consent of i n s t r u c t o r .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t i n a r e a B.
COST:
NORWEGIAN IIA:
L e a r n i n g Norwegian i n Norway
(Augsburg Course Number 75111)
$680.00
L e i f Hansen
Augs b u r g
An i n t e n s i v e four-week i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Norwegian l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e . The i n t e r i m i s
d e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no background i n Norwegian l a n g u a g e . D u r i n g t h e s t u d y
s t u d e n t s w i l l c o v e r t h e e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e f i r s t s e m e s t e r o f Norwegian l a n g u a g c . I n
a d d i t i o n t h e g r o u p w i l l examine c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e i n Norway t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , r e a d i n g s ,
and v i s i t s t o . Norweqian homes, c l l r ~ r c t l e s , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s . Much o f t h e
s t u d y w i l l t a k e p l a c e a t a permanent l e a r n i n g c e n t e r .
Counts toward l a n g u a g e requirement.
RELIGION IIA:
C h r i s t i n n Romc
Counts toward m a j o r .
COST:
$675.00
Harold D i trilanson
S t . Olaf
The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i J n i t y and Lllc c h u r c h ~hrnu!:Ii s t u t l y and o b s e r v a t i o n o f liolnc a s a
v i s u a l s i t e o f W e s t e r n CI1risL.in11d c v c l o p m c n t . Kccldi.n!:s and l e c t u r e s c a r e f u l l y i n LC!g t a ted w i t h v i s i t s Lu Iilonuolc1IlL:;, 111U:jc\llllS, ancl arclicolo!; i c a l :;i t e s . S t i ~ d yo f P ~ ~ J I I
!
!I
(RKLIGION IIA
-
Continued)
Romc a n d t h e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f tlrc c i t y i n t o a c e n t e r o f e a r l y C h r i s t i a n i t y ;
the c i t y
d u r i n l ; t h e Middle Ages and R c n a i s s a n c e .
The l a s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l i n c l u d e an e x t e n d e d f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and F l o r e n c e ,
and o t h e r t r i p s o u t o f Romc w i l l i n c l u d e v i s i t s t o O s t i a , S u b i n c o , and Pompeii.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Fresll~nan Religion.
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
RELIGION I I B :
F u l f i l l s general requirement.
COST:
C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t Dialogue
$680.00
J o h n Stumme
S t . Olaf
The g e n e r a l p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be t o g i v e b o t h academic and e x i s t e n t i a l e x p o s u r e
, t o a l l l e v e l s o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t d i a l o g u e a s i t now e x i s t s p r i m a r i l y i n E a s t e r n
and W e s t e r n Europe. Through c o n t a c t s w i t h t h e Church, h e r h i s t o r y and p r e s e n t d a y l i f e
w i l l be s t u d i e d . Through o f f i c i a l c o n t a c t s w i t h government o f f i c e s and u n o f f i c i a l cont a c t s w i t h c r i t i c a l r a d i c a l g r o u p s , i n b o t h t h e E a s t and t h e West, a n a t t e m p t w i l l be
made t o l e a r n and e x p e r i e n c e t h e a c t u a l p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . F i n a l l y , t h r o u g h c o n t a c t s
w i t h a s m a l l group of i n d i v i d u a l s involved e i t h e r o f f i c i a l l y o r u n o f f i c i a l l y i n d i a l o g u e ,
a n a t t e m p t w i l l be made t o e v a l u a t e t h e n a t u r e , d e v e l o p m e n t , and p o t e n t i a l o f t h e
phenomenon o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t D i a l o g u e
.
Prerequisites:
Some knowledge o f German h e l p f u l b u t n o t r e q u i r e d .
SOCIOLOGY IIA: The New Town
Movement i n Contemporary England (Augsburg Course Number 94481)
1
COST:
$665.00
Gordon N e l s o n
Augsburg
The s t u d y o f t h e new town d e v e l o p m e n t , p r i m a r i l y i n t h e London r e g i o n (Harlow, S t e v e n a e e ,
and Welwyn). A r e v i e w o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l emergence o f t h e new towns o f England a s w e l l
a s a n e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e o f t h e new town movement i n t h e p l a n n i n g and development
&'of
c o m p r e h e n s i v e m e t r o p o l i t a n E n g l a n d . Background r e a d i n g $ w i l l be a s s i g n e d .
r,wtr
w
Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
SPANISH I I A AND I I I A : S p a n i s h
Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n Madrid
COST:
$665.00
James Dunlop
S t . Olaf
A four-week r e s i d e n c e i n Madrid w i t h t h r e e one-day s t u d y t r i p s t o n e a r b y c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s .
To improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken S p a n i s h , widen h i s c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e and a c q u a i n t him ,
w i t h t h e S p a n i s h t h e a t e r ; t h e r e w i l l be s i x h o u r s o f tutorj.11;; a wcek w i t h S p a n i s h
s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of M a d r i d , f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h c P r a d o and o t h e r e x c e l l e n t
museums, and a t t e n d a n c e a t a n a v c r a g e o f t h r e e t h e a t e r p e r f o r m a n c e s p c r week. I n
a d d i t i o n , t h e r c w i l l b e r e g u l a r d i s c u s s i o n s c o n c e r n i n g S p a n i s h t h c a t e r . and c i v i l i z o t i o n
and s e m i n a r s w i t h P r o f e s s o r s Manuel Mcdina and San Miguc.1 of t h c I n s t i t u t c o f Europcan
S t u d i e s . S u p p l e m c n t a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e t h c Madrid symphony, P r o t c s t a n t and
C a t h o l i c c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , Ilamenco t a b l a n s , s o c c e r garncs, f i l m s , and a v i s i t t o t h e
f a s c i n a t i n g R e a l F a b r i c a d e T a p i c e s t o s e e t a p c s t r i c s b e i n g rnanufacturcd.
(P-NC o n l y )
Counts toward l a n g u a g e r c q u i r e m e n t .
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m c n t (Area A ) .
I I I A c o u n t s toward mdjor. P r c r c q u i s i t c s :
f o r l c v c l I I A ; t h r e e semcs t e r s o f Spani:;h,
COST: $665.00
f o r l e v e l 111; c o m p l c t i o n o f S p a n i s h 51 w i L l i g r a d e o f 1)- o r I l i g h c r .
A F R I C A
/
HISTORY IIA: A f r i c a on A F r i c a n Terms: A Case
S t u d y o f Two A f r i c a n S t a t c s - - ( ; l ~ n n a and TOGO
T e r r y Add i s o n
Augsburg
P r c - c o l o n i a l West A f r i c a . Thc c o l o n i a l p e r i o d i n Ghana and Togo. The s t r u g g l e f o r i n dependence, b o t h p o l i t i c a l +I
e c o n o ~ n i c . F o r c e s a t work i n t h e emerging new West A f r i c a :
t h e p e o p l e s , t h e l e a d e r s , and t h e c u l t u r e s o f t h e New A f r i c a .
Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
M I D D L E
Counts toward m a j o r . COST:
$1,135.00
E A S T
RELIGION I I C :
-
I s r a e l : A n c i e n t and Modern
(Augsburg Course Number 87370)
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Augsburg
' 11
f i e g o a l o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be t o become b e t t e r a c q u a i n t e d w i t h I s r a e l from a t w o - f o l d
a s p e c t , f i r s t a s t h e s i t e o f many i m p o r t a n t e v e n t s i n b i b l i c a l h i s t o r y , and s e c o n d l y ,
a s a modern n a t i o n which h a s i t s l i f e i n a complex p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . Three s p e c i f i c
a r e a s w i l l b e v i s i t e d : N o r t h e r n G a l i l e e , J e r u s a l e m and i t s e n v i r o n s , and B e e r Sheba and
t h e Hegev. While t h e s t a y w i l l b e i n J e r u s a l e m , t h e r e w i l l be f i e l d t r i p s t o p l a c e s
o f h i s t o r i c a l and a r c h a e o l o g i c a l interest. I n a d d i t i o n , v i s i t t o a k i b b u t z and l e c t u r e s
f r o m government r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s w i l l i n d i c a t e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and c o n c e r n s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y
life.
C o u n t s toward g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t .
L A T I N
Counts toward m a j o r .
COST:
$925.00
A M E R I C A
HISTORY I I C AND I I I C :
Problems o f Madern Mexico
C l i f f o r d Hauberg
S t . Olaf
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e g i v e n i n C u e r n a v a c a , Mexico, and a l l s t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o
d o r e s e a r c h and w r i t e a p a p e r on some s i g n i f i c a n t problem o f p r e s e n t d a y Mexico--urban
o r r u r a l p o v e r t y , i n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n and p o l l u t i o n , e d u c a t i o n , e t c .
Prerequisite:
ward m a j o r .
R e a d i n g knowledge o f S p a n i s h p r e f e r r e d :
H i s t o r y 35 o r 36.
Counts t o -
JOINT INTERIM, 1 9 7 4
p t a n n e d and e p o n e o r e d b y
t h e American Lutheran S t u d e n t Conference
FOCUS ON COMMUNITY CONSCIOUSNESS
C6mmunity O r g a n i z a t i o n s :
How does a c o m m u n l t y i n t l m e s o f
g r e a t s t r e s s and c o n s t a n t change o r g a n l z e i t s e l f h u m a n l y
and effectively t o p r e v e n t d l s l n t e g r a t i o n and t o g a l n t h e
l n l t i a t i v e f o r I t s e l f ? The l e a r n l n g o f t h e c l a s s I s b y
t h e mode o f e n c o u n t e r and p a r t l c i p a t l o n I n a g e n c l e s and
t h e c o m m u n l t y o f t h e Model C l t i e s a r e a I n t h e S o u t h s i d e
o f Minneapol I s .
U r b a n s e m l n a r s w i l l be he I d t h r e e mornl n g s e a c h week.
P l a c e m e n t s o f e a c h s t u d e n t a r e made I n
A
s u c h a g e n c l e s as T e n a n t U n l o n s , A l t e r n a t e S c h o o l s .
525.00 f e e f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t s I s c h a r g e d .
L l m l t i s 25.
..
S t . O l a f Sponsored
James S t e w a r t ,
Department o f Socloiogy
I n s t i t u t i o n a l Communities:
The modern t e c h n o l o g i c a l s o c i e t y
h a s h a n d l e d many o f I t s " m l s f l t s " by p l a c i n g them I n
I n p r i s o n s , homes
e n f o r c e d o r semi-forced communltles
How I s communf o r t h e aged, m e n t a l l y 1 1 I and r e t a r d e d .
I t y p o s s i b l e i n such c l r c u m s t a n c e s ? Are such l n s t l t u t l o n a1 f o r m s a f o r e c a s t o f w h a t may I l e ahead f o r a l l o f u s ?
O r a r e t h e r e o t h e r d l r e c t l o n s ? And w h a t a r e t h e p o l l t i c s
i n v o l v e d ? S t u d e n t s w i 1 l have asslgnments I n c o n n e c t i o n
w l t h v a r l o u s l n s t l t u t i o n s and t h e r e w l l l a l s o be s e m i n a r s .
A f e e o f $25.00 f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t I s c h a r g e d .
--
Augustana Sponsored
Mark Warde l I ,
Department o f Sociology
Alternate Life-Styles:
What i s t h e m e a n l n g o f t h e new comm u n i t y I l f e - s t y l e s whlch a r e happening I n Western l l f e ?
A r e new m o d e l s . f o r c o l l e c t i v e s and communes v l a b l e f o r
t h e f u t u r e ? M y s t l c l s m has a l s o e n t e r e d t h e c u r r e n t s o f
t h e p r e s e n t y o u n g e r s o c i e t y w l t h an e v e r d e e p e n l n g qua1 l t y .
How w l l l I t i n f l u e n c e and be I n f l u e n c e d by C h r i s t l a n l t y .
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h l s a r e n a w i l l occupy t h e month's work
o f t h e c l a s s w l t h e n c o u n t e r and r e f i e c t l v e s e m l n a r s .
Augsburg Sponsored
J e r r y Gerasimo,
~ e ~ a r t m e no tf U r b a n S t u d l e s
R i t u a l s f o r an Open S o c i e t y :
A r e t h e r e ways by w h i c h t h e
C h r l s t i a n c o m m u n i t y ' s r i c h t r a d l t l o n o f l i t u r g y c a n comb i n e w i t h t h e i n n o v a t l ve a p p r o a c h e s t o w o r s h i p on t h e
c o n t e m p o r a r y s c e n e t o become a f r e e l ng e x p e r l e n c e f o r
I n t e n t i o n a l c o m m u n l t l e s b e n t on s o c l e t a l r e n e w a l ? Can
s t r u c t u r e s o f worship f r e e r a t h e r than blnd? Encounter
w 1 t h c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d I t i o n a I , E a s t e r n and W e s t e r n
church l i f e w i l l o c c u r , mixed w i t h sernlnars.
P a c i f i c Lutheran Sponsored
Gordon L a t h r o p , Campus P a s t o r
W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s :
One way t h e p o v e r t y - s t r l c k e n
beyond b o t h Western
b u t c u l t u r a l l y - r l c h T h i r d World
can be e x p e r l e n c e d I s t h r o u g h L a t i n
S o c l e t y and R u s s l a
American eyes.
I s t h e r e a way i n s u c h a s e t t i n g as t h i s
t h a t t h e s t u d e n t can c a t c h a g l i m p s e o f t h e r e a l l t y o f
l i f e I n L a t i n A m e r i c a ? What w i l l i t mean t o l i v e " I n t h e
direction o f t h e T h l r d W o r l d ? " And how can t h e c h u r c h
become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e w o r l d l e v e l o f c o m m u n i t y ? An
e x p a n s l v e l o o k w l l l be t a k e n t h r o u g h e n c o u n t e r s w l t h T w l n
C l t y L a t i n s a t t h e U n l v e r s l t y o f M i n n e s o t a and e l s e w h e r e .
S p a n i s h w o u l d be h e l p f u l .
--
--
Texas L u t h e r a n S p o n s o r e d
P r o f e s s o r t o be named
J O I N T I N T E R I M , 1974
Faotual DetaZl
TIME:
-
an early aeeeeement
-
January 3
25, 19741 The T h u r s d a y e v e n l n g ( J a n u a r y 3 )
b e g i n n i n g I s a t 7 : 0 0 p.m.
The c l o s i n g d a y i s F r i d a y ,
J a n u a r y 25.
PLACE :
As I n J o i n t I n t e r i m , 1973, a s e e d y o l d d o r m I n d o w n t o w n
Minneapolis o n t h e p r e m i s e s o f M e t r o p o l l t a n ~ M e d i c a l C e n t e r
i s s e t t e n t a t i v e l y f o r o u r use.
A most reasonable r e n t a l
arrangement.
COSTS :
I. S t u d e n t s a r e t o b r i n g t h e i r w i t h d r a w n B o a r d f e e s t o
c o v e r room and b o a r d .
T h l s w l l l be p u t i n a communal
kitty.
Students w i l l e a t together I n several v o l u n t a r y
c o m m u n l t l e s , t o be o r g a n i z e d upon a r r i v a l .
(Separate
a r r a n g e m e n t s c a n b e made f o r t h o s e who do n o t w i s h t o
e a t t h i s way, b u t t h l s s h o u l d be I n d i c a t e d i n a d v a n c e . )
S e v e r a l c e l e b r a t i o n f e a s t s o f t h e w h o l e community w l l l
o c c u r i n t h e month.
2. T r a v e l S u b s i d y w l i l b e s e n t t o o u t l y i n g s c h o o l s t o h e l p
C a p i t a l , TLC: $ 1 0 0 . 0 0 e a c h ; CLC, PLU: $ 1 5 0 . 0 0
them
each.
3. Some m o n i e s f o r l o c a l t r a v e l a n d I n c i d e n t a l e x p e n s e s
a r e recommended f o r b u s e s a n d s h a r e d c a r t r a v e l ( $ 1 0 . 0 0
t o $15.00).
4. The f i r s t t w o l i s t e d c o u r s e s w l l l r e q u i r e p l a c e m e n t f e e s
5. P r o f e s s o r s and t u l t l o n w i l l b e b o r n by t h e s c h o o l s .
6. I n sum as l l t t l e a s $ 2 5 . 0 0 t o $ 5 0 . 0 0 p l u s B o a r d f e e ,
plus the travel t o location.
--
ACADEMICS :
As s o o n a s t h e s t u d e n t d e c l d e s o n w h i c h o f t h e i n t e r l m s
I f he I s
he w i i l t a k e , h e s h o u l d c o n s u l t h l s s c h o o l .
t a k i n g t h e c l a s s o f h i s own s c h o o l , he c a n r e g l s t e r I n
h i s u s u a l way.
I f h l s c l a s s I s f r o m a n o t h e r school, he
should consult with h i s r e g i s t r a r t o f a c i l i t a t e h i s reglst r a t l o n i n the o t h e r school f o r t h e interim.
A i l courses
t r a n s f e r among A m e r l c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h c o l l e g e s .
A S U B S I D Y GRANT:
A l a r g e r g r a n t from t h e D i v l s l o n o f Youth A c t i v i t y o f t h e
A m e r i c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h w l l l be s u b s i d y t o h e l p w l t h room
r e n t , t r a v e l , c o u r s e e n r i c h m e n t , m o t i o n p i c t u r e s and c o o r dlnatlon.
A s m a l l e r g r a n t from World Mlssions o f t h e
Amerlcan L u t h e r a n Church w l l l h e l p w i t h t h e c o u r s e on
tentative a t thls polnt.
W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s
--
COORDINATING COMMITTEE:
S t u d e n t s R a c h e l Rhode a n d D l a n e L o e f f l e r , A u g s b u r g ;
B e r l t Osmundsen, S t . O l a f ; K a t h y M a k e l a , Dana; J a n S l m o n e n ,
L u t h e r ; Nancy L i e u r a n c e , PLU; F l o s s i e H e n s p e t t e r , A u g u s t a n a
a n d J o e Bash, C o o r d l n a t l n g A d v l s o r .
A l s o check w l t h p r o fessors o f the classes o r l n t e r l m Director f o r your
s c h o o l o r Campus P a s t o r s .
UNRESOLVED P O S S I B I L I T I E S :
A c a m p - c e n t e r e d i n t e r i m a t Camp K o i n o n i a o u t s i d e New
Y o r k C i t y and a r u r a l - o r i e n t e d I n t e r i m I n S o u t h D a k o t a .
A l s o where I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d l e s c a n be w e l l - a r r a n g e d
b e f o r e h a n d w l t h a campus p r o f e s s o r and a T w i n C i t y
c o n s u l t a n t , s u c h a situation m l g h t a l s o b e a r r a n g e d .
Interim Courses
INSTRUCTOR
- 1974
COURSE TITLE
Brost , P a t r i c i a
Buzicky, Charles
Cokler, Eileen
Culver, Dwight W.
Cunninghaa, James
Desotelle, Marguerite
Esterka, Father Peter
Febres, York
Fish, P a t r i c i a
Fisher, Carole
Forner , Edouard
Human Sexuality
Wine: Its History and Use
Femininity, Masculinity: S t m t y p e s of t h e Past?
Outsiders
Soviet Russia: Culture and H i s t o r ~ l
C h i l d ' s World of A c t i v i t y
Values i n Hodern Family L i f e
S i x Great Cities of Hispanic America
Chemistry and t h e Environment
~vents/~acumentation8/~~0~sm
Cooperative Performance Project f n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
F r e n r n , Father Hilary
Philosophy of Love
Froeming, Mary Anne
Clothing S e l e c t i o n
How Helpful are Human Services i n t h e Twin C i t i e s ?
Geer, Willim J.
Gohl, Azela
Bridging t h e Generation Gap
American Domestic Architecture
Graebner , Alan
E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t St*
irl Communication
Hardman, Jhnedict
and E t h i c s ) a.
Hathaway, Doris
Caribbean Cross Culture
"The F i n a l Solution"
The Extermination of t h e Jews
Heininger , J F.
i n Nazi Germany
Houlton, Loyce
Dance: Its Relevance t o Contemporary L i f e
Keenan, S i s t e r Ilamaculata Dante's Divine Comedy
Kessler, S i s t e r Catherine Small Vocal Ensembles
K i l l i a n , Pamela
Can We Be Feminine and Independant Too?
Conversational Spanish and a T a c h of S.U.S.P.E.N.S.E!
Kleczynski , Caroline
Klick, P a t r i c i a
Weaving
Jones, Maurice
Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
Lennon, Cannelita
The Survey of t h e Microscopic World
Litecky, S i s t e r Catherine
S e l f and Belief
Lupori, P e t e r
Sculpture i n Three M i a
Hicka, S i s t e r Wary Virginia The Arts i n t h e Twin Cities
Miller, Judith
How Helpful a r e Human Services i n t h e Twin c i t i e s ?
Femininity, Masculinity: Stereotypes of t h e Past?
Xoriarty , Barbara
.
New Directions i n Printmaking
Relson, Robert C l a r k
Machtsheim, S i s t e r #ary Henry Caribbean Cross Culture
Osborne, P h y l l i s
Watching Your Weight
Palan, S i s t e r Catherine Junkat I n t o t h e Inner Space of Self
Puapusch, S i s t e r Anita
Elements of a Philosophy of L i f e
Poletes, George
Producing and Performing a Play
Reed, Marie Therese
P o p l a r French Song i s Alive and We11 and Living
a t St. Catherine's
Richardson, Mary Jo
World of Work (Elementary and Secondary i n Minnesota)
Rubens, David
Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
'
THE COUEGE OF ST. CATHERINE
INSTRUCTOR
Page 2
COURSE TITLE
Jewish Writers of t h e 20th Century
Ryan, S i s t e r Rosalie
Bridging t h e Generation Gap
Ryan, S a l l y
Schaefer, Dolores
The World of Marcel Proust
Schleder, C h a r l o t t e Ovechka C h i l d b i r t h : A Study of t h e Childbirth ~ x p e r i e n c eand
Related Topica
From Gutenberg t o Q a l i l e o : The Renaissance and its
Smith, S i s t e r Margery
Impact on Hodbrn L i f e
Stensrud, S i s t e r Mary Catherine Consumer: Are You Taking o r Being nTakenn?
Cooperative Perfornanca R o j e c t i n Opera and
S t r i p l i n g , Luther
Symphony Orchestra
Swanson, Ally8
Watching Your Weight
Symons, James
Drama and b v o l u t i o n
Tauer, S l d t e r Carol Ann Back t o t h e Piano
Tomsich, P e t e r
Run Co~aputerRun
R e a l i e t i c G e m n Orammar
Trandota , K r i s t i n a
A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Mathematics Education
Vos, Kenneth E.
Winter F i e l d Biology
Vukaonich , Frank
Ward, S i e t e r Agnes
Norse Mythology
Wilson, S i s t e r Maria
Photo P r o j e c t s
Wolkerstorf o r , S i s t e r John C h r i s t i n e Minnesota, Arena of P o l i t i c a l Ref o m
Wood, S i e t e r Hary D a v i d 'hpreasionism i n Music and A r t
E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t Study i n Communication
Wren, David
and E t h i c s ) .
HAMLINE UNIVERSITY
I n t e r i m Courses
Prerequisite
*
INSTRUCTOR
Balsanek
Bartlett
Birnbaum and Haas
Bowman
B r ennan
Brown
Burland and Raygor
chhg
Cone
Crayton
D'Onofrio
Falkman
Fleming
Graham
Green
Harris
Hergenhnhn
Hull
I r i s h and Younoszai
Jo hne ton
Jones
Kagen
Kelly
Kimes
King
LaBount y
Lasaneky
Lu
Lukowi t z
Lynekey
Markowitz
Marsh
Masiello
Meyer D.
Meyer M.
Miller
Mulkern
Oliver and Hosf i e l d
-
1974
COURSE TITLE
The Poet, t h e Hunter and t h e N a t u r a l i s t
(in literature)
Practicum i n Stage Lighting
Biochemistry: Metabolic and Biogenetic Pathways*
S c i e n t i f i c Inquiry
The Archaeology of Hamline University*
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Mind-Altering Drugs
The Descendents of Sherlock Holmes ( i n l i t e r z f t u r e )
Student Teaching i n t h e Elementary School*
Chink: Growing Up Yellow i n America
Anthropology and S o c i a l I s s u e s
E l e c t r o n Microscopy
Anarchism
Theory Construction i n Sociology*
Mathematics: What i s i t ? *
The Book of Revelation
Crime & Delinquency i n Great B r i t a i n ( i n England)
Shakespeare and Music
Learning Theory and Everyday L i f e
Contemporary Religious P r a c t i c e s
L i f e i n V i l l a g e Mexico ( i n %urnpango, Mexico)*
Origins and Development of t h e Arab-Israeli
Conflict*
The O r a l L i t e r a t u r e of Appalachia ( v i s i t i n g
exchange i n s t r u c t o r from Berea College)
Unorthodox L i t e r a t u r e a s a Guide t o t h e S o c i a l
H i s t o r y of China
The Performing A r t s : A Closer Look
Survey of Film H i s t o r y
Systems Analysis: An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Systems
Thinking in Management,Planning and Human
Problems
Programmed I n s t r u c t i o n *
Survey of Printmaking
The Chinese Revolution: C r i t e r i a f o r Evaluation
The L i f e of Adolf H i t l e r
~ i e t n a r n :A Case Study i n t h e Policy-Making
Process
The Sociology of C u l t u r e and Kultur
H i s t o r y of Technology
L a t i n American L i t e r a t u r e : A Vehicle f o r
Social Protest
Psychological Problems Encountered i n A t h l e t i c
Coaching*
The Drama of German Expressionism
Computer U t i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Behavioral Sciences*
Skiing
The Nature of P r e j u d i c e
*
INSTRUCTOR
Perry
Petrilak
Pizner
Pontlnen
R i c e and Blue
Root
Runquist and Creswell
St. John.
Smith P.
Smith R.
S ta h l y
Steen
Swaneon
Taylor
Vane
Varberg
Walker
White
Willis
Wolf f
Wyatt
COURSE TITLE
The Medieval Hero and Epic P o e t r y
E l e c t r o n i c s : Must i t b e Black Magic i n t h e
Home and Laboratory?
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy
Once Over L i g h t l y : The Science of O p t i c s
. The H i s t o r y and P r a c t i c e of French Cuisine*
Modern French L i t e r a t u r e f o r Non-Majors:
P o e t r y , T h e a t r e , t h e Novel*
I n s t r u m e n t a l Methods ( i n chemistry)*'
The Asian Sub-Continent
India, Pakistan
and Bangladesh: a Clash of C u l t u r e s
A r t i n New York C i t y ( i n New York C i t y )
COBOL Programming ( V i s i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r from
C o n t r o l Data I n s t i t u t e )
B a s k e t b a l l Fundamentals f o r G i r l s *
Study of Contemporary Choral Music by American
and E n g l i s h Composers ( i n England)
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l Peychology*
How t o Solve It - A seminar i n Problem Solving*
The Modern Novel i n I n d i a
Complex Analysis ( i n mathematics)"
American Poverty: A n I n s o l u b l e Problem w i t h
Proximate S o l u t i o n s ?
The S o c i a l Seminar: Drug Education
Grooving on t h e Occult
Greek Tragedy and Greek C u l t u r e
Problems i n t h e Human Environment
*
-
*
hV+CAI-ESTER COLLEGE
*
P
--
PREHEQUIS I T E
PERMISSION
OF THE
INSTRUCTOR
REQUIRED;
I N S T R U C T O R ~ S SIGNATURE
ON
EXCHANGE
R E G I S T R A T I O N CARD MUST BE SECURED BY THE STUDENT.
COURSE T l TLE
NOS
VAMOS
MIOWEST
-
PARA E L
FIELD
MEDIO-OESTE
COURSE,
(MEXICAN
ILLINOIS
TO
MIGRAT I ON TO THE
'
TEXAS D O R D E ~ ) *P
R 1 SK *
MATHEMAT 1 CAL ~ ~ E T H O D SI N THE THEORY OF
. GETTIFIG T O KNOW POE
A CELESTIAL LABORATORYREVERSING NEWTON & KEPLER
L I V I N GW I T H THE UNITED N A T I O N S ( I N NEW Y O R K ) *P
APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF BUDDHIST MEDITATION P
WESTERN & JAPANESE
FEUDALISM: AN EXPERIMENTI N
COMPARAT IVE HI S T O R Y
RETREAT SEMINAR ON ENVIRONMENTALE T H I C 3 ( I N C L U D ~ N G
-
*
*
DONOVAN
Dye
TWO WEEKS IN ~ ~ I O N T A N A )P
CONTEMPORARY WOMAN:
HER SOCIAL ROLE, CAREER EXPECTATIONS,
AND POLITICAL A C T I V I T I E S
ANC-IENT STORIES I N ~ ~ O D E R NDRESS (LITERATURE & FILMS)
TRUTH & FICTION I N AUTOBIOGRAPHY
ON THEIR HONOR A LOOKAT YOUTH-SERVING O R G A N I Z A T I O N S
TECHNIQUES & USES OF 35MM BLACK & \VHITE PHOTOGRAPHYP
ER I CKSON
ER I CKSON, VANDENDORPE;
RANKS, GOLDSMITH,
UNDERWOOD (STUDENTS)
FA^ IAN
FAIRCHILDS
FARRER
FORMER,STRIPLING;
JONES
(ST. CATHER IN E Ws)
GREEN
GREENBERG
GUNDERSON
Guss
HAMMER
HILL, E.
HILL, T.
HOPPER, LIST (STUDENT)
HUGHES
JOHNSON,
H.
JUGAN
KEENAN
KIM
KLEESE
KLE IN
I<ONHAUSER
KRAMER, GERARD (STUDENT)
KRISTENSEN
LANEGRAN,
PITZL
-
NEW SOUTH AMER I C A N LITERATURE
THE SOCIAL H I S T O R Y OF THE D E T E C T ~ V ENOVEL
ECONOMICSOF POVERTY SO FARONLY POOR SOLUTIONS
-
COOPERATIVE PERFORMANCEPROJECT IN OPERA AND SYMPHONY
ORCHESTRA *P
SCIENCE, SOCIETY, AND POLITICS
ON THE ROAD:
THE LITERATURE
OF EXPLORATION
WAR
AND
MORALITY
AN INTRODUCTION
T O RUSSIAN FOLKLORE
WOIJ~EN IN MUS Ic *P
DESERT BIOLOGY ( I N ARIZONA) *P
PHILOSOPHY IN BIOGRAPHY: MARKS OF A LIFE WORTH LIVING
CULTURAL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTENTIALISM
AGRESSIVE B E H A V I O ~ : THEORY & RESEARCH *
LANDSCAPE,
UTOPIAN PLANNING, & THE EURO-AMERICANT R A D I T I O N
THE PHILOSOPHICAL B A S I S OF SPORT
TEACHING CHILDREN TO \'/RITE POETRYP
ALBERT EINSTEIN *P
C Y T O G E N E T ~ CTECHNIQUES *P
ADVANCED DEBATE STUDY TOUR *P
MATHEMATICS FOR THE FUN O F I T *P
RECENT CHANGE AT MACALESTER
WHERE TO NOW?
CERAM ICB
MELTING POT OR PRESSURE COOKER? ETHNICITY I N THE TWIN
C I T I ES URBAN,SYSTEM
CRYSTALS & C R Y S T A L ~ R O W ~ N G
COULD ATLAS SHRUG? THREE FACESOF LIRERTARIANISM
CHANGING \VOMEN@S ROLES A S A SOCIAL PROBLEM *P
COOPERATIVES & INTENTIONAL
COMMUNITIES
A S POLITICAL
PHENOMENA ( I N MADISON, WISCONSIN) P
*
-
COURSE T I T L E
MCCURDY
MI KKELSON
MI NU
Mosv 1 cu
NEUMAN
KORLES
N G R ~ ~ A NYOUNG
,
P J ~ R J A A N , BARRY
PE-,-~<<
s
REEDY
RODERTS, W.
ROBINSON, E.
ROETZEL
SALTZMAN
SCHUE
(STUDENT)
SCIENCE & C H R ~ S T I A N FAITH *P
H ISTOTECHN IQUE *
READINGS I N MEOIEVAL MYSTICS
WATERCOLOR
PA INT ING *P
SMALL GROUP ~ Y N A M I C S : HOW TO ENJOY YOURSELF W I T H A
(MATHEMAT IC A L ) GROUP *
ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTATION
& TELESCOPE LIAUING P
~ N T R O D U C T O R YALCHEMY
HOW TO MAKE GOLD FOR FUN & P R O F I T
THE LITTLE COMPUTER THAT CAN
BUT HOW? (ADVANCED FORTRAN
& INTRODUCTGRY
ASSCMDLER LANGUAGE)
*
REME~,;~ER THE G R A F SPEFI? ( W A R - G A M I NG)
-
-
M ~ D E LEXPERIMENTSI N GEOLOGY *
THE 1 ~ T HCENTURY AMERICAN FAMILYP
O R G A N I C STRUCTURE DETERMINATION B Y SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS
EXPERIMENTS I N NUCLEAR PHYSICS
How & LA1~vDo SMALL TOWNS 0 IE?
PUPPETRY P
LEARNING
ECONOMICSTHROUGH COMPUTER GAMES *P
THE EVOLUTION OF MAN
R U S S I A & T H E NEAR EAST: PAST & PRESENT
THE T A C T I C S & STRATEGIES OF SCIENCE:
HARVARDCASE
HISTORIES
PERIODS & RHYTHMS IN BEHAVIOR & PHYSIOLOGY
JOHNSTUART MILL'S U T I L I T A R I A N I S M
HOMER & THE ARCHAEOLOGISTS
ORAL INTERPRETATION
OF DRAMATIC LITERATURE
P
CHEMISTRY & COLOR
*
'YEN DT
Y~EST
\'/IL K I E
B ILSON
W ~ L ~ E Y
*
PE ACT l V 1 T 1 ES COU2SES
*
( F R A C Y OONAL CRED 1 T
*
*
OH W 1 THOUT CRED I T )
Show less
Augsburg College
Undergraduate Catalog
2008-2010
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College
undergraduate education and
its curriculum. Although
information... Show more
Augsburg College
Undergraduate Catalog
2008-2010
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College
undergraduate education and
its curriculum. Although
information was current at
the time of publication, it is
subject to change without
notice. The written policies in
the catalog are the College
policies in force at the time
of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to
know the requirements and
academic policies in this
publication. If you have
questions about anything in
this catalog, consult
Academic Advising, a faculty
adviser, the dean of the
College, or the registrar. Key
offices are listed on page 8
for correspondence or
telephone inquiries.
Published May 2008
www.augsburg.edu
A Greeting
from the President
Stephen Geffre
A college catalog is a wonderful text,
full of detail and data that offer all of us a
map to our lives together as a college
community.
What has prompted you to study this
map of Augsburg College? If you’re already
enrolled at Augsburg, I trust that you will
continue to find here the awe and wonder
of an educational experience that is meaningful and challenging. I hope that you will
be reminded of the relationships and commitments you have formed at Augsburg —
they will last a lifetime. I also hope that you
find in this map signposts of the progress
you have made in your vocational journey and that you will continue to believe that
you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which you will spend time for
the next several years.
If you are studying this map to find out more about Augsburg College and an
Augsburg education, welcome. I believe you will find it not only tells you about the
character and essence of our institution, but also about our mission of service, particularly about those whom we serve in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, and it is in the city that our
College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will find a setting that not
only provides remarkable learning opportunities, but one in which you will be able to
share you own talents and skills. Augsburg’s challenging academic environment is
enhanced by both education and service experiences that transform theory into action
and unite the liberal arts with the practical in preparing students as faithful citizens in
a global society.
The experience you are undertaking at Augsburg — or thinking of undertaking —
will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join Augsburg College, or consider doing so, please know that those of us
who await you here find the College an exciting place, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living. Here you can
find your way in the world.
May this map be your faithful guide!
Sincerely yours,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President
Table of Contents
Academic Calendar – 4-7
Directory – 8
Introducing Augsburg – 9
Facts and Figures – 19
Undergraduate Admissions – 21
Day College – 22
Weekend College – 23
Financing Your Education – 27
Student Life – 37
Academic Information – 53
Departments and Programs – 98
Includes majors, minors,
and course descriptions
College Information – 339
Board of Regents – 340
ELCA Program Unit for
Vocation and Education – 341
Faculty and Administration – 342
Faculty Emeriti – 366
Maps – 369, 370
Index – 371
4
2008-2009 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
DAY PROGRAM (AND PA PROGRAM)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2008
Summer........................................First-year registration
Aug. 31-Sept. 2/Sun.-Tues. ..........New student orientation
Sept. 3/Wed. ................................Classes begin
Oct. 24/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 10-26/Mon.-Wed. ................Registration for spring
Nov. 27/Thurs. ............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Dec. 1/Mon. ................................Classes resume
Dec. 12/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 15-18/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2009
Jan. 12/Mon. ................................Classes begin
Mar. 16/Mon. ...............................Mid-term break begins
Mar. 23/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 6-17/Mon.-Fri. .....................Registration for fall
Apr. 10/Fri. ..................................Easter break begins
Apr. 24/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 27-30/Mon.-Thurs. .............Final exams
May 2/Sat. ....................................Baccalaureate/Commencement
2009-2010 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
DAY PROGRAM (AND PA PROGRAM)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2009
Sept. 9/Wed. .................................Classes begin
Oct. 23/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 26/Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 30/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Dec. 11/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 14-17/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2010
Jan. 11/Mon. ................................Classes begin
Mar. 15/Mon. ...............................Mid-term/Easter break begins
Mar. 22/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 23/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 26-29/Mon.-Thurs. .............Final exams
May 1/Sat. ....................................Baccalaureate/Commencement
5
6
2008-2009 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
WEEKEND COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
PROGRAMS (NOT INCLUDING THE PA
PROGRAM AND MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2008
Class Weekends: Sept. 5-7, Sept. 19-21, Oct. 3-5, Oct. 10-12, Oct. 24-26, Nov. 7-9,
Nov. 21-23, Dec. 5-7
Winter Term 2009
Class Weekends: Jan. 2-4 (MSW only), Jan. 9-11, Jan. 23-25, Jan. 30-Feb. 1, Feb. 13-15,
Feb. 27-Mar. 1, Mar. 6-8, Mar. 20-22
Spring Term 2009
Class Weekends: Apr. 3-5, Apr. 17-19, May 8-10, May 15-17, May 29-31, Jun. 5-7,
Jun. 19-21, Jun. 26-27 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
2009-2010 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
WEEKEND COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
PROGRAMS (NOT INCLUDING THE PA
PROGRAM AND MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2009
Class Weekends: Sept. 11-13, Sept. 25-27, Oct. 9-11, Oct. 23-25, Nov. 6-8, Nov. 20-22,
Dec. 4-6, Dec. 11-13 (for programs meeting eight weeks)
Winter Term 2010
Class Weekends: Jan. 8-10, Jan. 22-24, Jan. 29-31, Feb. 12-14, Feb. 26-28, Mar. 12-14,
Mar. 26-28
Spring Term 2010
Class Weekends: Apr. 9-11, Apr. 23-25, May 7-9, May 21-23, Jun. 4-6, Jun. 18-20,
Jun. 25-27
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
7
8
DIRECTORY
Area Code
612
Access Center ................................................................................................................330-749
Academic Advising......................................................................................................330-1025
Academic Enrichment.................................................................................................330-1165
Academic Affairs .........................................................................................................330-1024
Admissions Offices
Office of Undergraduate Admissions (Day College)........................................... 330-1001
Toll-free number........................................................................................1-800-788-5678
Office of Adult and Graduate Admissions ..........................................................330-1101
Augsburg for Adults....................................................................................................330-1782
Alumni Relations.........................................................................................................330-1178
Toll-free number........................................................................................1-800-260-6590
Athletics ......................................................................................................................330-1249
Campus Activities and Orientation ............................................................................330-1111
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ...................................330-1053
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.....................................................................330-1148
Classroom Services......................................................................................................330-1219
College Pastor/Campus Ministry ................................................................................330-1732
Counseling and Health Promotion .............................................................................330-1707
Development (financial gifts to the College)..............................................................330-1613
Toll-free number........................................................................................1-800-273-0617
Enrollment Center.......................................................................................................330-1046
Toll-free number........................................................................................1-800-458-1721
Event Services .............................................................................................................330-1107
Facilities Management ................................................................................................330-1041
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only)............................330-1000
Fax ....... ...............................................................................................................330-1649
Graduate Studies .........................................................................................................330-1101
Human Resources........................................................................................................330-1058
Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................330-1000
Marketing and Communication..................................................................................330-1180
Parent and Family Relations .......................................................................................330-1525
President’s Office .........................................................................................................330-1212
Registrar ......................................................................................................................330-1036
Residence Life (Housing)............................................................................................330-1488
Rochester Campus ...............................................................................................507-288-2886
StepUP ........................................................................................................................330-1405
Student Affairs.............................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government...................................................................................................330-1110
Summer Session ..........................................................................................................330-1046
TRIO/Student Support Services ..................................................................................330-1311
Weekend College ........................................................................................................330-1101
Mailing address:
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Website:
www.augsburg.edu
Introducing
Augsburg College
About Augsburg – 10
Augsburg for Adults
Weekend College – 13
Rochester Campus – 14
Partner Hospitals Program – 14
Campus Location – 14
Facilities and Housing – 15
Associated Support
Organizations – 17
Policies – 17
Accreditation and
Memberships – 18
Facts and Figures – 19
10
ABOUT AUGSBURG
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is the
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Augsburg graduates
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively.
Discovering your Gifts and Talents
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg Core Curriculum — designed
to prepare students to become effective,
informed, and ethical citizens. Through
“Search for Meaning” courses, students
explore their own unique gifts and interests and find where their own talents intersect with the needs of our global society.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve for a
lifetime: writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a
few.
Thanks to Augsburg’s prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 Majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors—
or you can create your own major, either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 58 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while
a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC
includes Augsburg College, the College of
St. Catherine, Hamline University,
Macalester College, and the University of
St. Thomas.
Weekend College offers 17 majors and
five certificate programs.
MISSION STATEMENT .
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, “Education for Service,”
and to the mission of the College:
“To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the
context of a vital metropolitan setting, and
by an intentionally diverse campus community.”
HISTORY .
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
About Augsburg 11
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg’s first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr.,
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway—Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such “college” studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg’s next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg’s theme
for over 130 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg’s second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg’s motto, “Education
for Service.”
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College’s mission assumed a double character: ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a concerted
effort to become accredited. Full accreditation was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College’s
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Subsequently,
the American Lutheran Church merged
12 About Augsburg
with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to
form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg’s emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, Christensen Center, Ice Arena,
and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg’s
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
Dr. William V. Frame became president
in August 1997 and retired in 2006. Under
his leadership, the College sharpened its
identity as a college of the city, providing
an education, grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world.
Dr. Paul C. Pribbenow became the 11th
president of Augsburg College in July
2006. Under his leadership, the College
aims to educate students of all ages — in
the midst of a great city — to be faithful citizens of the world.
AUGSBURG TODAY .
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
• An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
• Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
• The city—with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now over 20,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to Augsburg’s traditional
undergraduate program of liberal arts and
sciences, Augsburg offers master’s degree
programs in business, education, leadership, nursing, physician assistant studies,
and social work. For information on graduate programs, go to www.augsburg.edu.
Undergraduate education is offered
both on weekday semester programs, and
alternate weekend trimester programs. The
graduate programs generally follow the
trimester schedule.
About Augsburg 13
In addition to its Minneapolis campus,
Augsburg has a branch campus in
Rochester, Minn., and offers a bachelor’s
completion degree in nursing in the Twin
Cities at United, Mercy, and Unity hospitals.
AUGSBURG FOR ADULTS .
Augsburg for Adults is focused on all
adult-centered educational programs, from
community seminars to graduate degrees.
Adult students, who are recognized as
learners from age 25 to 60-plus, have different educational needs and goals than
traditional-aged students, and Augsburg for
Adults assists adult learners in their educational journey, whether they take classes in
the traditional weekday undergraduate program or one of the Augsburg for Adults
programs listed below. For information on
Augsburg’s master’s degree programs, see
the Augsburg College Graduate Studies
Catalog.
Augsburg for Adults aims to evaluate
how each program fulfills students’ needs
and to bridge any gaps in providing quality
education and student services.
■ WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg’s Weekend College (WEC)
offers the same undergraduate degree as in
the traditional weekday program on alternate weekends as an opportunity for adults
who want to complete a baccalaureate
degree, but who work or have other commitments during the week. Some classes
may meet on weekday evenings. It is a
means by which men and women can gain
skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today, with approximately 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 17 majors, WEC is
one of the largest programs of its type
among Minnesota private colleges.
Augsburg’s Weekend College understands that adult students are resourceful
and motivated learners who seek a combination of classroom experience and individual study. Each course includes periods
of concentrated, on-campus study as well
as time for independent study and class
preparation. Most courses include a Webbased course management site.
Alternate Weekend Schedule
To meet the needs of nontraditional
students, classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three-and-a-half to four
hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday
afternoon. Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled during the
week. WEC students may take from one to
four courses each term. Selected courses
are also available on weekday evenings and
are open to both Day and Weekend
College students. The WEC academic year
is divided into three trimesters.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
in enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
WEC students to make use of College
facilities, such as Lindell Library and the
Christensen Center, and to participate in
academic and co-curricular activities, such
as the student newspaper, travel seminars,
student organizations, and fine arts. The
WEC student body elects its own leaders
and a WEC Student Senate.
14 About Augsburg
Weekend College Faculty
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty, and the WEC faculty are fulltime Augsburg professors as well as
adjunct faculty who bring professional
experience to their teaching. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal
degree, and all consider teaching to be the
focus of their activities at the College.
Professors are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities,
but these support and are secondary to
their teaching. Faculty are actively
involved in a dynamic faculty development
program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques
and theories.
Augsburg’s small classes encourage its
tradition of close involvement between
professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in
campus activities.
■ ROCHESTER CAMPUS
Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester
was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. In
Rochester, six undergraduate majors, plus
a certificate program in business management are offered.
The Rochester campus classrooms and
offices are located at Bethel Lutheran
Church (ELCA), a few blocks south of the
heart of the city. Rochester contains
approximately 100,000 residents and
enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior
technological resources.
Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on
a trimester schedule, on weekday evenings
and on occasional Saturdays, making them
accessible to working adults. Several complete degree programs are available
through the Rochester campus. In addi-
tion, students may work on a variety of
other majors through a combination of
Rochester-based courses and courses taken
in the Day or WEC program in
Minneapolis.
Students at the Rochester campus are
Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning
resources ranging from access to Lindell
Library databases to the use of online
course management software. Information
about the Rochester campus is available at
www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling
the Rochester office at 507-288-2886.
■ PARTNER HOSPITALS PROGRAM
Also within Weekend College,
Augsburg offers a bachelor’s completion
degree in nursing for registered nurses at
three area hospitals, making their education convenient to their workplace. Classes
are taught at United Hospital in St. Paul,
with videoconferencing of these classes to
classrooms in Mercy Hospital in Coon
Rapids and Unity Hospital in Fridley.
■ COLLEGE OF THE THIRD AGE
In 1976, Augsburg initiated one of the
first programs in the country that offers
classes for older adults, taught in their
neighborhoods at churches and senior residences. A variety of classes is offered, and
many of the instructors are retired
Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third
Age is located at 620 21st. Ave.
■ CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg’s campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in
Minneapolis, the “City of Lakes.” The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city’s largest medical
complexes—University of Minnesota
Medical Center, Fairview—are adjacent to
About Augsburg 15
Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and
the Seven Corners theatre district just a
few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis
and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts,
sports, entertainment, and recreational
opportunities, are just minutes west and
east via Interstate 94, which forms the
southern border of the campus. (See map
on page 369.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Augsburg is located just blocks away from
two Hiawatha Line light rail stations.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
■ FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, Lindell Library, Oren
Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles
Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication.
Admissions Offices — The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for Day College
is located on the first floor of Christensen
Center. The Office of Adult and Graduate
Admissions for Weekend College, the
Rochester Campus, the Partner Hospitals
program, and Graduate Studies is located
at 624 21st Ave.
Anderson Hall (1993) — Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. 8th
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies; the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning; and the Office of
Marketing and Communication.
College of the Third Age and InterRace — This house, located at 620 21st
Avenue, provides office space for these two
programs.
Counseling and Health Promotion
— The Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and
services that enhance student learning by
promoting personal development and wellbeing. The center occupies the house located at 628 21st Avenue.
Christensen Center (1967) — The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, art gallery,
and offices for student government and
student publications. The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor.
Edor Nelson Field — The athletic
field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the
playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome
covers the field during the winter months,
allowing year-round use.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication
(1988) — The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the Julian and June Foss
family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry, the
drama and communication offices, and the
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS).
Ice Arena (1974) — Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
16 About Augsburg
Kennedy Center — Completed in
2007 as a three-story addition to Melby
Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry
Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art
wrestling training center, new fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities.
The James G. Lindell Family Library
(1997) — This library and information
technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. The
library is located on the corner of 22nd
Avenue and 7th Street.
Luther Hall (1999) — Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a
three-story apartment complex along 20th
Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that
houses juniors and seniors in units from
efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
Melby Hall (1961) — Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center,
and general auditorium purposes. The
Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973) — Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964) —
Murphy Place is home to the three of the
four components of the Office of
International Programs: Center for Global
Education, Global Studies, and
International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color: American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and
Hispanic/Latino Student Services.
Music Hall (1978) — Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
Old Main (1900) — Home for the
modern languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center — Dedicated
in 2007 and named for lead donors and
alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home
for the StepUP program, Institutional
Advancement offices, the Alumni and
Parent and Family Relations Offices,
Augsburg for Adults Office, and substancefree student housing. It also houses the
Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo
Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the
Johnson Conference Center.
Science Hall (1949) — Houses classrooms; well-equipped laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a
medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices,
administrative offices, and various other
program offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955) — Named in
honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it
contains the Enrollment Center and
Academic Advising, as well as classrooms
and faculty offices.
About Augsburg 17
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1938) — Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg’s second and third
presidents, it contains the President’s
Office, Human Resources, and other
administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967) — Named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this
tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,”
providing 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and
utility areas.
■ ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
programs that increase both individual and
group understanding and achievement.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial Interaction —
Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 620
21st Avenue.
■ POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg’s
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
612-330-1058.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
18
■ ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and
Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
• American Chemical Society
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education
• Council on Social Work Education
(B.S. and M.S.W.)
• National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(NAACLS)
• National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
• National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission on
Education for the Physician Assistant
(ARC-PA)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
• American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
• Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
• Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
• National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, Minnesota Private College
Council, National Society for Experiential
Education, and Campus Compact.
Augsburg College is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office
of Higher Education pursuant to sections
136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an
endorsement of the institution. Credits
earned at the institution may not transfer
to all other institutions.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND FIGURES
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Location—Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation—The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 16 percent represent the
Roman Catholic Church, and 21 percent
represent other denominations and religions.
Accreditation—The Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Accreditation Review
Commission on Education for the
Physician Assistant (ARC-PA). Approved
by the American Chemical Society,
Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy,
Inc., National Association of Schools of
Music, and the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education.
Member—Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Office of
Higher Education, as described on page
17.
Enrollment (Fall 2007)—3,872 students from 40 countries.
Graduates—20,627 graduates from
1870 through August 2007.
Student/Faculty Ratio—14 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 13
(WEC)-17 (Day).
Campus—18 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility—Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system
provides access to 12 major buildings
without going outside.
Degrees Granted—B.A., B.S., B.M.,
M.A., M.B.A., M.S., M.S.W.
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Financial Aid—Over 80 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
Library—Over 190,000 items, direct
access to over 2,500,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
School Year—Two semesters from
September to May, and three summer
school sessions. Augsburg for Adults:
Three trimesters, September to June, for
Weekend College, Rochester campus and
most graduate programs.
Majors—More than 50 majors in 35
departments and programs.
Off-Campus Programs—The Office
of International Programs offers study
abroad programs throughout the
world, including Augsburg’s own
Center for Global Education and
International Partners programs.
Augsburg is also a member of the
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Athletic Affiliation—Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division III.
Policy—Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
19
20
Undergraduate
Admissions
For Day College First-Years – 22
Early Admission
of First-Years – 23
For Weekend College – 23
For Transfer Students – 23
For Former Students – 24
For Special Students – 24
(Non-Degree)
For International Students – 24
22
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS
A
ugsburg College strives to create a
strong, rich, and vibrant campus community with students representing a large
number of backgrounds, viewpoints, experiences, talents, and cultures.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate’s academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
Visit the Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, first-year and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg’s Day College admissions
staff is ready to help students and families
with college planning. Call any weekday
between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.—612330-1001 or toll-free 1-800-788-5678.
We’ll answer your questions and arrange a
tour for you (including most Saturday
mornings during the school year). The
Office of Undergraduate Admissions is
located on the first floor of the
Christensen Center.
For Weekend College admission information, call 612-330-1101.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES.
■ DAY COLLEGE FIRST-YEARS
Application for Admission—
Applicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refund-
able $25 application fee. Students may
apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/day>.
Transcripts—An official transcript
from the high school is required of firstyear applicants. First-year applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. If the student
has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institutions should also be
sent. General Education Development
(GED) scores may be presented instead of
the high school transcript.
Test Scores—First-year applicants are
required to submit results from a college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred; results
from SAT are also accepted. Test scores
recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient.
Recommendations — Two letters of
academic recommendation are required. If
the applicant has been out of school for
several years, a letter may be submitted by
a supervisor, employer, or other person for
whom the applicant works.
Additional Information—If there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant’s previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may defer a decision on a candidate’s admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester’s
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Undergraduate Admissions 23
Notification of Admissions Decision—
Augsburg College uses a “rolling” admissions plan. The first offers of admission
are made on September 1. After that, students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the
application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission—
Accepted students are asked to make a
$150* enrollment deposit to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Those students
who wish to live in College housing must
also submit a $200 housing deposit along
with the housing contract to the Residence
Life Office.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of First-years
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for first-year applicants
and arrange a personal interview with the
director of undergraduate admissions.
■ WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 non-refundable application fee to the
Augsburg Adult and Graduate Admissions
Office. Students may apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/weekend>.
Transcripts — Official transcripts from
all previous postsecondary institutions
should be sent directly to the Augsburg
Adult and Graduate Office. Applicants
with less than one year of previous transferable college work should also have their
official high school transcript sent. The
GED test certificate may be presented
instead of the high school transcript.
Additional Information — If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate’s admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision
— Augsburg College uses a “rolling”
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
■ TRANSFER STUDENTS
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of at least 2.50 (on a 4.0 scale) in
previous college work is recommended for
admission to the College. No student who
falls below the standards for automatic
admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions
Committee after August 15 for entry in fall
semester or December 15 for entry in
spring semester. Information regarding
transfer credit policies is found in the
24 Undergraduate Admissions
Academic Information section of the catalog, beginning on page 53.
■ FORMER STUDENTS
Day students who have interrupted
attendance at Augsburg College for one
semester or more, and WEC/United/
Rochester students who have interrupted
attendance at Augsburg College for three
trimesters or more, must apply for readmission through the registrar’s office to
resume attendance. Students who have
attended other institution(s) during their
absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to
the Office of the Registrar. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
■ SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DEGREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar’s office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Students who have graduated from
Augsburg who are returning to complete a
second major will not be awarded a second
degree unless it is a different degree from
the first awarded. Minors are not noted on
the transcript if they are completed after a
baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
■ SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DEGREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student’s previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
■ INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
International students are a vital part of
the Augsburg community. (See
International Student Advising on page
49.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and financial requirements. All applicants
must provide proof of financial solvency.
Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1 for fall, Dec. 1 for spring.
For more information, call
612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678
(toll free); e-mail
<admissions@augsburg.edu>; or write to:
International Student Admissions
CB 143
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
Students who have attended a college
or university outside of the United States
need to obtain a foreign credential evaluation by contacting one of the services listed
below. These organizations will examine
transcripts and prepare a report of U.S.
Undergraduate Admissions 25
course and grade equivalencies. Augsburg
College will use this information in its
admissions review and will grant transfer
credit where appropriate.
Augsburg will accept evaluations performed by any of these agencies:
World Education Services, Inc.
Website: www.wes.org
Bowling Green Station
P.O. Box 5087
New York, NY 10274-5087
Phone: 212-966-6311
Fax: 212-966-6395
Educational Credential Evaluators, Inc.
Website: www.ece.org
P.O. Box 514070
Milwaukee, WI 53202-3470
Phone: 414-289-3400
Fax: 414-289-3411
Global Credential Evaluators, Inc.
Website: www.gcevaluators.com
P.O. Box 9203
College Station, TX 77842-9203
Phone: 800-517-4754
Fax: 512-528-9293
International Education Research
Foundation
Website: www.ierf.org
P.O. Box 3665
Culver City, California 90231-3665
Phone: 310-258-9451
Fax: 310-342-7086
Foundation for International Services,
Inc.
Website: www.fis-web.com
14926 35th Ave West, Suite 210
Lynnwood, WA 98087
Phone: 425-487-2245
Fax: 425-487-1989
26
Financing Your
Education
Day College Costs
Tuition and Fees – 28
Room and Board – 28
Other Special Fees – 28
Deposits – 29
Weekend College Costs – 29
Payments – 30
Financial Policies
Refunds – 30
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply – 32
Kinds of Aid
Academic Excellence
Scholarships – 33
Achievement Scholarships – 34
Leadership, Service,
and Performance
Scholarships – 34
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program – 34
Gift Assistance – 35
Loan Assistance – 35
Student Employment – 36
28
FINANCING YOUR EDUCATION
A
ll students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in gifts—
from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
COLLEGE COSTS 2008-2009.
DAY COLLEGE.
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2008-09 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
■ DAY COLLEGE TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment) ............$25,610
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2008. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more course credits during the semester.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, and admission to most
College-supported events, concerts, and
lectures. The amount is payable in two
equal installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 3,150
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester. Part-time
students taking lifetime sports are charged
$180 for that course.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
770
Full-time students—see audit policy on
page 90.
Room Rent
(on average, includes basic
services) ..................................$ 3,658
(Detailed room rates and housing options
are available through the Office of
Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week) ..................$ 3,503
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week) ..................$ 3,414
Flex 5 point plan ....................$ 3,120
Student Activity Fee................$
180
ACTC Bus
(full-time students only) ..$
13
Information Technology Fee ..$
300
■ OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) ....................................$ 90
Late Registration ..............................$ 200
Petition fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Lifetime Sport
(part-time students) ...................$ 180
Financial Information 29
Overload Fee
(per course credit over 4.5,
Day and WEC/Rochester/United
combined) ..................................$3,150
Private Music Lessons, per semester
(14 lessons—.0 cr. or .25 cr.) ......$390
(14 lessons—.5 cr.) ......................$780
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..................$125
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$185
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$425
Zero-credit seminar (part-time
students) .......................................$770
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students) ........................$ 25
Locker Rental ....................................$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
—car ...........................................$220
—motorcycle ..............................$ 110
Transcript Fee
Regular service............................$5
Next day......................................$8
On demand .................................$ 15
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in registrar’s office)
■ BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to average
$125 per course.
■ DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) ....................$
150
Required of all new students after
acceptance. If the student attends
Augsburg College, the deposit is considered initial payment toward their first term
tuition and fees. Should the student not
attend, the enrollment deposit may be for-
feited. For more information, contact the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit ......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
following the conditions delineated in the
housing contract. The resident will be
responsible for all costs incurred due to
late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract.
COLLEGE COSTS 2008-2009 .
WEEKEND COLLEGE .
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) .........................$ 35
Tuition (per course credit) ...............$1,625
Tuition (per summer course 2008) ..$1,570
Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$11.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 770
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ...........................$ 180
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning ..................$ 150
Nursing Clinical Fee ........................$ 250
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150
Late Registration Fee ........................$ 200
Transcript Fee
Regular service............................$5
Next day......................................$8
On demand .................................$ 15
Petition Fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Zero-credit seminar ...........................$ 770
Extended Payment Plan Fee .............$ 50
30 Financial Information
■ PAYMENTS—DAY COLLEGE
Semester Fees—Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment Center is sent to the student.
Payment Options—Day Program—
Augburg College offers payment plan
options for Day Program students.
Information about payment plan options is
mailed annually to each student’s permanent address.
■ PAYMENTS—WEEKEND COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options—(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Employer
Reimbursement: Students on this plan
must file an employer reimbursement
application form each academic year, prior
to the start of the first class. Once enrolled
in the employer reimbursement payment
plan, students have until 60 days after the
end of each term to pay their term costs in
full. There is a $20 per term fee associated
with this payment option. The student is
responsible for payment of the balance
should the employer not reimburse for any
reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed portion of
tuition and fees must be paid in full at the
start of the term. (3) Students may also
defer payment by enrolling in the College’s
third party payment plan or in a military
payment plan if their term costs are to be
covered by a third party or through V.A.
education benefits, such as the G.I. Bill.
(more details can be found at www.augsburg.edu/enroll/account)
FINANCIAL POLICIES.
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of .67 percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student’s account for a previous term is
paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an
approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation
diplomas/certificates until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan),
are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
■ REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Withdrawal
from College form available in the
Enrollment Center. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the
Enrollment Center. Students who properly
withdraw or change to part-time, who are
dismissed, or who are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition and/or room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100 to
cover administrative costs) in accordance
with the terms of their housing contract
Financial Information 31
and/or the appropriate tuition refund
schedule.
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center in
order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw (stop
attending) but do not complete the
drop/add form are responsible for all
charges. Financial aid may be adjusted
based on the student’s last recorded date of
attendance. Refund calculations are based
on the date that the drop/add form is
processed.
• The Augsburg College Refund Policy
for Day, Weekend, Rochester, Partner
Hospitals, and Graduate Studies.
The refund schedule is based on the
percentage of class time remaining on the
date of the student’s official withdrawal
from class. This applies to all students who
drop one or more courses during each
term.
Percentage of class time remaining
after official drop or withdrawal:
Amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining
Full refund
(minus $100
administrative
fee)
89% to 50% remaining
Refund equals
the percentage
of term
remaining
49% or less remaining
No refund
This refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. Please allow two weeks for tuition
and possible financial aid adjustments to
be finalized. If a credit balance remains on
the student’s account, a credit refund check
will be issued at that time.
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Financial Petition Committee.
Petition forms are available in the
Enrollment Center.
■ MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include
the normal refund percentage (based on
the regular refund schedule), plus one-half
of the remaining tuition and fees. This
extra medical refund will be considered
upon submission of documentation from
the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Requests
for medical refunds should be made
through the Financial Petition Committee.
■ UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Enrollment
Center.
32 Financial Information
A student who registers, does not
attend any classes, and does not withdraw
may petition to withdraw retroactively. The
student must petition within six months of
the end of term and provide proof of nonattendance. Proof can include, but is not
limited to, statements from each instructor
that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at
another college or university. If approved,
grades of W will be recorded and charges
for the term dropped. The administrative
cancellation fee is $300.
FINANCIAL AID.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and making satisfactory
academic progress. In order to maintain
eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make satisfactory academic
progress toward the attainment of their
degree or certificate as stipulated in the
College catalog and as published on the
Academic Progress Standards for Financial
Aid Recipients webpage
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/finaid/standards.html>.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Enrollment Center,
will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education
in a time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2007-2008 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA), current tax documents, and Augsburg Verification Worksheet help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This
analysis takes into account such family
financial factors as current income, assets,
number of dependent family members,
other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
■ HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web
at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>. Students and their
parents may sign the FAFSA electronically
using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department
of Education. Instructions for requesting a
PIN can be found at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>.
Be sure to include the Augsburg College
code, 002334, on your application. Submit
your application to the processing agency
after Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by
April 15 for priority consideration.
3. Complete the current year
Verification Worksheet, available at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>, and submit it
to the Enrollment Center.
Financial Information 33
4. Submit copies of federal tax forms
for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2007
to be considered for financial aid for 20082009). Tax forms are required for the student and parents of dependent students, or
spouse of student if filing separately.
■ WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid award
letter will be sent to the student. This letter details the financial aid award and
includes information regarding:
• institutional financial aid programs
and requirements for continued eligibility,
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships
and grants that might be available in their
own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation
Services, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans’ Children, and other sources.
Academic Excellence Scholarships
■ KINDS OF AID
President’s Scholarship—Awarded to
incoming first-year students, the
President’s Scholarships are awarded based
upon competition. The applicant must
have a minimum of 3.50 GPA in core academic courses or a 27 or greater ACT composite (or a combined SAT score of 1210 or
greater). Separate applications are required.
The application deadline is February 1.
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship—
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.50 GPA. The
application deadline is March 1. Call
Undergraduate Admissions for information, 612-330-1001.
• federal and private loan programs
(students must complete a loan application to receive loan funds), and
• payment plans/options for the current
school year.
34 Financial Information
Achievement Scholarships
Regents’ Scholarship—The Regents’
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new first-years of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before
May 1 for fall or Dec. 1 for spring.
Selection is based on high school GPA and
national test scores.
Transfer Regents’ Scholarship—
Transfer Regents’ Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.00 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1 for fall or
Dec. 1 for spring.
Augsburg Legacy Award—These
scholarships provide tuition awards to fulltime day students working toward their
first bachelor’s degree who are children of
Augsburg graduates; siblings of current
Augsburg students; children or spouses of
current ELCA pastors. Deadline: May 1 for
fall or Dec. 1 for spring.
Science Scholarship—These scholarships are awarded to incoming first-years
majoring in chemistry or physics at
Augsburg who are in the top 30 percent of
their high school class and have a 3.00
GPA or better. Deadline: Accepted for
admission by May 1.
ACAP Scholarship—Awarded to
incoming first-years students who have
participated in a college preparatory program such as Upward Bound or Big
Brothers/Big Sisters. Deadline: Accepted for
admission by May 1.
Leadership, Service, and
Performance Scholarships
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships —
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships recognize
returning Day program students with
demonstrated scholarship and a record of,
and/or potential for, leadership. Eligible
students must be full time in the day program and have the recommendation of the
appropriate Augsburg Ethnic Student
Services program director and another
individual knowledgeable about the student’s extracurricular activities. The application deadline is April 15. For more information and an application, contact:
• American Indian Student Services
612-330-1144
• Hispanic-Latino Student Services
612-330-1309
• Pan-Afrikan Student Center
612-330-1022
• Pan-Asian Student Services
612-330-1530
Fine Arts Scholarship—Awarded to
selected incoming students who demonstrate active participation in the fine arts.
Separate application and portfolio or audition are required. The deadline is February
1 for fall or November 1 for spring.
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program
Augsburg Corporation Scholarship
— Recognizes students who are members
of an ELCA congregation within the
Minneapolis Area Synod, St. Paul Synod,
S.E. Metro Synod or N.E. Synod of
Wisconsin. These four synods constitute
the Augsburg Corporation. The scholarship is awarded at point of admission for
$1,000 per year.
Financial Information 35
PRIME Scholarship — Students who
receive a scholarship from their Lutheran
congregation will receive a matching scholarship from Augsburg, up to $750 per year.
Verification of award must be submitted to
the Enrollment Center by August 1.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Federal Perkins Student Loan—A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time in school.
Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment
of principal (at the minimum of $40 a
month) begin nine months after you leave
school. Repayment may extend up to 10
years. The loan offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be
borrowed for undergraduate study is
$20,000.
Augsburg Tuition Grant—This grant
is based on financial eligibility, and academic record.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant—Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant—Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant—Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. Maximum grant
for 2008-09 is $4,731.
Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and
State Indian Scholarship—Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Loan Assistance
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to accrue
and be capitalized (added to the balance of
the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized Stafford Loan and
the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, as of July
1, 2008, is a fixed rate of 6.0% and 6.8% ,
respectively.
36 Financial Information
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
2008:
• First-years: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Sophomores: $8,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)—PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins
within 60 days of final disbursement, the
interest rate is a fixed rate of 8.5% and a
minimum payment of $50 per month.
Further information about all student
and parent loan programs can be found
online at the Enrollment Center website.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on financial eligibility and potential
competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the
College is considered financial aid, just
like scholarships, loans, and grants. A
maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program and Minnesota State Work
Study Program—Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
Student Life
Campus Ministry – 38
Vocation – 38
Student Government – 38
Orientation and Campus
Activities – 39
Student Center – 40
Fine Arts – 40
Anne Pederson Women’s
Resource Center – 40
Athletics and Sports – 41
Gage Center for Academic
Achievement – 41
Academic Advising – 41
Center for Learning and
Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) – 42
Academic Skills Office – 42
TRIO Programs – 43
TRIO/Student Support
Services – 43
McNair Scholars Program – 43
Office of Undergraduate Research
and Graduate Opportunity
(URGO) – 44
Services for Students with
Physical Disabilities – 44
ACCESS Center – 44
StepUP® Program – 45
Ethnic Student Services – 46
American Indian – 46
Hispanic/Latino – 47
Pan-Asian – 47
Pan-Afrikan – 47
Scholastic Connections – 47
LGBTQIA – 47
Health and Fitness – 48
International Student
Advising – 49
Residence Life Program – 49
Housing – 50
Food Service – 51
College Policies – 51
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records – 51
Official Notices – 51
Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act – 52
Discrimination Complaints – 52
38
STUDENT LIFE
A
ugsburg’s mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense.
Experiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
CAMPUS MINISTRY .
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. Weekend
College Chapel is held each Saturday
morning when classes meet. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
VOCATION .
Augsburg College created a program
entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the
generous support of the Lilly Endowment.
Established in Spring 2002, the Exploring
Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and
work. The program assists students in this
journey by intentionally introducing vocational themes into the curriculum, co-curricular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the
College. Exploring Our Gifts also provides
resources to encourage students to consider Christian ministry. Contact the director
of Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT .
The members of the Augsburg student
body, in order to further the educational
goals and general welfare of the college
community, developed their own governing system. Their purpose is to establish
and provide guidelines for two studentelected organizations to represent the Day
Student Body and the Weekend College
(WEC) Student Body. These organizations
are to support and advocate for student
concerns, needs, and activities. They serve
Student Life 39
as the primary voice and liaison between
students and the administration, faculty,
and staff of Augsburg.
These groups collectively oversee the
use and administration of the student
activities fee. To aid in this work they have
established an executive board and several
student leadership committees.
Additionally, in collaboration with the
campus activities and orientation department, they oversee the management of all
campus student organizations.
ORIENTATION AND.
CAMPUS ACTIVITIES .
■ ORIENTATION PROGRAMS
The campus activities and orientation
department staff understand what important transitions our students are making,
whether transitioning from high school to
college or from another college to
Augsburg. Both experiences introduce their
own challenges and excitement. A specialized orientation program for new and
transfer day program students has been
developed with this in mind. The goal is to
create a seamless and successful academic
and social transition into the Augsburg
community, while encouraging our community members to become engaged, connected, and reflective learners.
SOAR, our first year orientation program, is built on a peer mentoring philosophy which helps students establish connections with a returning student. SOAR is
a fun experience that helps students learn
more about Augsburg’s beautiful urban
campus and community, its excellent academic programs, and the outstanding
resources that make being an Auggie so
rewarding and Augsburg such a great place
to study.
The orientation program for transfer
students is offered at the beginning of each
semester. TRANSFER-mation is designed
to address different areas students will
experience in their transition to Augsburg.
Many transfer students are concerned
about connecting and establishing their
social base, so activities have been
designed to assist with developing social
relationships.
■ AUGGIE DAYS
The focus of Auggie Days is to help students develop an awareness of self, self in
the community, and self in the world, in
addition to the more tangible needs of
acclimating to life at Augsburg. Starting
with move-in day and lasting for nine full
days, this fall transition program is
designed to help one get to know
Augsburg, the city, the neighborhood,
classmates, the faculty, the staff ... and for
campus activities staff to get to know the
students!
Activities include speakers and discussion, concerts, small group meetings with
faculty, art exhibitions, festivals and fairs
by on-campus organizations, chances to
get to know other Auggies, athletic events,
games, food and fun, and other events
through the whole week. It is a time when
the whole community celebrates the arrival
of new students as well as the return of all
students.
■ CAMPUS ACTIVITIES
The mission for campus activities programming is to support individual identity
and enhance social and communal development. We strive to create an environment that allows students to connect,
engage, and invest in the Augsburg experience and to recognize the benefits associated with student engagement outside of the
classroom. The department works to sup-
40 Student Life
plement the liberal arts instruction of the
College through transitional programs for
new students as well as through leadership
education and student involvement.
The campus activities department
empowers students to learn and experience
leadership and become investors in the
institution, while acknowledging the value
of faith, urban life, relationships, and citizenship as fundamental components. This
understanding recognizes that we are a
community of leaders and global citizens
in a world that is constantly changing.
STUDENT CENTER .
Christensen Center, our student center,
represents the community center of the
campus environment, serving students,
faculty, staff, alumni and guests. Through a
variety of programs, activities, services,
and facilities that collectively characterize a
well-considered plan for the community
life of the college, the student center acts
as an integral part of the educational mission of the institution. Traditionally considered the living room of the campus, our
student center serves and symbolizes the
essences of our community, physically representing as the gathering place of our
community: the community hearth. It
serves our diverse populations of residential, commuter, Weekend College, and
graduate students alike and represents the
merging of curricular and co-curricular.
The Christensen Center also houses
several student services, such as the Office
of Undergraduate Admissions, the
Department of Campus Activities and
Orientation, Event Services, the Copy
Center, Shipping and Receiving,
Information Desk, Food Service, Mail
Services, and Cooper’s (our very own
Starbucks coffee lounge.)
The student activities center, called the
Auggie’s Nest, is located on the first floor
of the Christensen Center. Augsburg Day
and Weekend College (WEC) Student
Senates, Echo, and KAUG, as well as other
student organizations, have office or work
space in this area. The Auggie’s Nest serves
as a hub for student activities.
Throughout the year, the center is
home for a variety of social and cultural
activities that take place on campus. The
surrounding community is vibrant with
events, fairs, and community gatherings.
These activities include dances, films, theatre, theme events, cultural community
fairs, speakers, and visiting personalities in
various fields. Students are encouraged to
engage in Minneapolis for both personal
and academic growth.
■ FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
■ ANNE PEDERSON WOMEN’S
RESOURCE CENTER
The Anne Pederson Women’s Resource
Center at Augsburg College offers a variety
of programming for Augsburg students
(women and men) and is a meeting place
for students, faculty, and staff alike. It
houses a Women’s Studies library (including current magazines), a seminar room for
films and discussions, and a lounge space
for studying, relaxing, and just hanging
Student Life 41
out. The Women’s Resource Center sponsors numerous programs and activities,
and provides a safe place on campus for
discussions, explorations and women’s
advocacy. The resource center is located in
207 Sverdrup Hall.
ATHLETICS AND SPORTS
■ INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division III. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
swimming, track and field, and golf.
■ INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
■ SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for all students
as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Centers on page 49.)
GAGE CENTER FOR ACADEMIC.
ACHIEVEMENT.
The Gage Center assists all Augsburg
students in setting and achieving optimal
academic goals here at the College and
beyond. The Center consists of five collaborating units:
Academic Advising
Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS)
Academic Skills Office
TRIO/Student Support Services and
McNair
Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity (URGO)
■ ACADEMIC ADVISING
Academic Advising orients new Day
and Weekend College undergraduate students to the academic policies and procedures of the College and assists students
on initial course selection. This office also
provides interpretation of core curriculum
requirements, administers entry-level skill
assessments, interprets graduation requirements, provides degree-planning materials,
and answers questions on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions
as a supplement to the faculty advising system at Augsburg College, and is located in
the Enrollment Center.
All current students are assigned to a
faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their
sophomore year, when they have completed 12 or more credits, students are
required to declare their major and select a
faculty adviser by filling out a Major
Declaration Form and returning it to the
Enrollment Center. All Day students are
required to meet with their assigned faculty adviser each term prior to registration.
Both Day and weekend college students are
42 Student Life
encouraged to meet with their faculty
adviser as often as is necessary.
■ CENTER FOR LEARNING AND
ADAPTIVE STUDENT SERVICES
(CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented
learning, attentional, psychiatric and other
cognitive disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping
these students gain full access to the
College curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students
with diverse backgrounds, preparations,
and experiences.
Each term disability specialists work
directly with students to discuss their disabilities and determine a plan for academic
access. Typically, meetings are held weekly
and discussions may include:
• Accommodations for testing and
coursework (e.g., extended time,
note-taking)
• Referrals to other campus resources
(e.g., tutoring, general technology
assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid)
• Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Computer
Laboratory
• Assistance with academic, organizational, and time management skills
CLASS specialists may also consult
with instructors, academic advisers, and
other members of the College faculty, staff,
or administration to support each student
as they work toward success. Taking
advantage of those opportunities, however,
remains the student’s responsibility.
These services are available to any
Augsburg student who establishes eligibility by submitting appropriate documentation to the CLASS office. A copy of the
Guidelines for Documentation of a
Disability can be obtained by contacting
the CLASS Office. CLASS also provides
informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to
help students determine whether they
should seek a thorough evaluation by a
qualified professional.
These services are made possible in part
through endowment support provided by
the Gage family and the Groves
Foundation.
■ ACADEMIC SKILLS OFFICE
The office is staffed by academic skills
coaches who offer:
• comprehensive academic support on
a variety of topics, such as time management, note taking, motivation,
procrastination, college reading, and
strategies for improving testing
• the Conditional Admit Program
(CAP) to assist under-prepared students with the transition into college
• support and advocacy for students on
academic probation
• free tutoring and/or supplemental
instruction for most classes
Student Life 43
■ TRIO PROGRAMS
TRIO programs are federal grant programs funded by the U.S. Department of
Education, which seek to help students
overcome class, social, academic and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO
programs are designed to help students
prepare for college, adjust to college life,
and attain good academic standing. They
also help students improve their likelihood
of transfer and graduation from a four-year
degree program in addition to preparation
for graduate school.
TRIO/Student Support Services—
Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO
program designed to help students persist
in college and graduate in a timely manner.
The program serves students who are lowincome, first-generation college students
(neither parent has a four-year degree) and
students with disabilities to develop the
skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a baccalaureate
degree. Participants in TRIO/SSS must also
be U.S. citizens, permanent residents or
refugees, must demonstrate academic need
for program services, and be committed to
succeed in college.
Augsburg TRIO/Student Support
Services serves 160 students from the point
of admission through graduation, including transfer students, Day program and
Weekend College Students. TRIO/SSS typically admits 35 new students to the program each year.
Major components of the Augsburg
College TRIO/SSS program include:
•Individual academic advising and support, including appropriate goal attainment
strategies and self-advocacy skill-building
•Academic program planning, including pre-registration for each term, major
and career decision-making, and long-term
course planning
•Financial aid counseling and education
•Academic progress monitoring, weekly
progress meetings for students on academic probation
•Academic success workshops, group
academic skill development
•Student leadership development and
opportunities for conference travel
•Social and cultural activities and student-led events
•Five week residential Summer Bridge
program including free summer-term college coursework, academic seminars,
adjustment-to-college workshops, and
advising for 25 incoming first-year students
•Need-based scholarships for students
actively participating in TRIO/SSS
Students may apply for TRIO/SSS anytime after admission to Augsburg College,
however preference is given to students
who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more information, an application, or to make an appointment with a
TRIO/SSS adviser, please contact TRIO/SSS
program staff at 612-330-1311, or Science
152.
McNair Scholars Program — The
McNair Scholars Program, a federal TRIO
program funded by the U.S. Department of
Education, is designed to prepare participants for doctoral studies through involvement in research and other scholarly activities. The goal of McNair is to increase
graduate degree attainment of students
from underrepresented segments of society
and to encourage these students to consider becoming college professors.
Students eligible to become McNair
Scholars are sophomore, junior, or senior
undergraduate currently enrolled full-time
(or will be enrolled full-time) at Augsburg
who exhibit strong academic potential and
44 Student Life
an interest in pursuing doctoral studies.
Students must be a first-generation college
student (neither parents graduated from a
four-year college) who is low-income OR a
member of a group underrepresented in
graduate study — African American,
American Indian, Alaskan Native, or
Hispanic/ Latino. The Augsburg McNair
program serves 25 students per year.
The major component of the Augsburg
McNair Scholars Program is a summer
research experience. McNair Scholars will
conduct original research in collaboration
with a faculty mentor, and have opportunities to publish and present their work at a
professional conference. For this work,
Scholars receive a $4,000 stipend and
acquire the research tools needed for graduate study. Students will also be a part of:
• Social and cultural activities to enrich
participants’ academic lives and perspectives
• Conference travel and professional
presentation of participants’ original
research
• Graduate program exploration and
application assistance
• Financial aid exploration, as well as
application and GRE fee waivers and
other financial incentives, such as
McNair designated fellowships
• Intensive preparation for the
Graduate Records Examination
(GRE), the test required for admittance into most graduate programs
• Tuition-free academic credit courses,
Discourse in the Disciplines and
Introduction to Research
• Sharpened writing, library, technology, and oral presentation skills
• A motivated, diverse, and supportive
learning community
■ OFFICE OF UNDERGRADUATE
RESEARCH AND GRADUATE
OPPORTUNITY (URGO)
The Office of Undergraduate Research
and Graduate Opportunity is a resource for
Augsburg students seeking research, scholarship, and graduate and professional
school opportunities. URGO also supports
faculty and staff in their work to engage
students in these areas. Services include
help securing national fellowships and
research opportunities on and off campus,
graduate and professional school advising,
GRE and LSAT preparation, application
assistance, and monetary support for
selected research projects and conference
travel. In addition, URGO awards special
research funding and support for lowincome and first-generation college students and their mentors.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH.
DISABILITIES.
■ ACCESS CENTER
The Access Center provides support
and specialized services to students with
documented physical disabilities. These
may include mobility impairments,
Traumatic Brain Injury, vision, hearing,
and speech or other health impairments
that may affect the ability to function in a
college setting.
The Access Center is committed to providing equal and integrated access for students with disabilities to the academic,
social, cultural, and residential programs
that Augsburg College offers with the goal
of promoting independence and assisting
students in reaching their individual
potential. Areas of assistance include but
are not limited to:
• individual meetings with the physical
disabilities specialist
Student Life 45
• Determination of academic accommodations for classroom and testing
needs
• Assistance with time management
and study skills
• Academic advising and assistance
• Advocacy with faculty and staff
• Use of assistive technology
• Assistance with community support
services and other non-academic
issues
Housing accommodations are provided
on an individual basis for students with
physical disabilities based on the review of
appropriate documentation. The nature of
the disability and the amount of equipment
and personal care needed are also considered in housing placement.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities. The
mandate to provide accommodations does
not, however, extend to adjustments that
would “fundamentally alter” the basic
nature or essential curricular components
of an institution’s courses or programs.
Weekend College and graduate students with documented physical disabilities are encouraged to contact the Access
Center for assistance. Every effort will be
made to schedule a meeting time that
works for all involved.
■ CENTER FOR LEARNING AND
ADAPTIVE STUDENT SERVICES
(Supports students with learning, attentional, psychiatric and other cognitive disabilities. See listing on page 42.)
■ TRIO/STUDENT SUPPORT
SERVICES
(Students with disabilities may be eligible to apply for TRIO/SSS. See listing on
page 43.)
STEPUP® PROGRAM.
The StepUP Program at Augsburg
College is for students in recovery from
addiction to alcohol and other drugs who
wish to pursue a college education.
StepUP’s comprehensive approach supports
students in both their recovery and academic studies.
StepUP students live in separate chemical-free housing, have individual support
meetings with a licensed alcohol and drug
counselor, and participate in extracurricular team and community building activities. In addition, students have access to
academic skills specialists and other services in student service departments on
campus.
In order to qualify for the program students must be committed to a 12-step
abstinence-based recovery program, have a
minimum of six months of continuous
sobriety, and agree to abide by the StepUP
contract and live in StepUP housing.
The StepUP Program fosters academic
success and encourages the discovery of
positive relationships. Students are challenged to take responsibility for themselves
and their decisions while maintaining a
healthy respect for the disease of chemical
dependency. Participation in the program
offers students leadership opportunities
both on and off campus. In StepUP, students join together to form a community
in which recovery is celebrated as a normal
part of personal growth. Many of the
friendships and bonds students form while
participating in the StepUP Program will
last a lifetime.
46 Student Life
ETHNIC STUDENT SERVICES.
■ AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Services
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Indian students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to successfully navigate
Augsburg’s policies, procedures and expectations. The program
• Assists with application process
• Helps students secure financial aid
• Nurtures students’ identification as an
American Indian
• Provides opportunities for students to
learn about their heritage
• Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American
Indian culture
• Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, intended to increase the number of
American Indian teachers in these districts.
Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature
in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded
state teaching licensure may then apply
for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one-fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
■ HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
The Hispanic/Latino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
Day, WEC, and graduate students find
assistance in admissions and financial aid
procedures, scholarships, orientation and
registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic/
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
■ PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian-American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
process, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic pursuits, and
employment and placement referrals.
The Augsburg Asian Student
Association is affiliated with the program.
The association organizes various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asians, other students at Augsburg, and
the surrounding community.
Student Life 47
■ PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces
its roots to an event held in 1968 called
“One Day in May” when Augsburg hosted
a series of interactive programs with the
community. As a result, Black Student
Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the
years, into the PAC.
PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious
personal, academic, financial, pre-professional and transitional support for students
of Afrikan descent. This service enhances
the recruitment, retention, and graduation
of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their
learning experience to be interactive. PAC
brings the knowledge and experience of
Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming
and advises the Pan-Afrikan Student
Union.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan
descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the
Augsburg community. PASU sponsors a
variety of social and cultural activities. The
offices of PAC and PASU are located in
Murphy Place 208 and 209.
■ SCHOLASTIC CONNECTIONS
Scholastic Connections is a scholarship
and mentorship program for achievementoriented students of color who are continuing Augsburg students. The goal of the
program is to form a mentoring community that provides a network of belonging
that recognizes, supports, challenges and
inspires Scholars to ensure their success at
Augsburg College and beyond.
Each year five new Scholars are selected
as program participants via an application
process. Scholars receive a $5000 scholar-
ship and are paired with a Mentor who is
an alumnus/alumna of color and is successful within their chosen profession.
Working with the Ethnic Services Directors
we form Scholar/Mentor pairings that
match ethnic group and field of interest.
Eligible Scholars:
• Demonstrate leadership ability
• Have a GPA of 2.5 or higher
• Have demonstrated financial need
• Could benefit from a mentor
Program objectives are to:
• Support Scholars as they continue at
Augsburg
• Frame the Big Questions: Who am I?
Where do I belong? What are my gifts?
How can I best serve the world?
• Assist in discerning vocation
• Prepare for life after Augsburg: career
planning and implementation
Scholars who successfully complete
program requirements are eligible to continue with the program each successive
year until graduation.
LGBTQIA SUPPORT SERVICES.
The LGBTQIA (Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual,
Transgender, Questioning, Intersex, and
Asexual) Support Services is housed within
the Department of Campus Activities and
Orientation, with a mission to create an
environment that gives space and time to
voices, which have been historically
unheard. The aim is to establish a sense of
community, advocacy, and support for
LGBTQIA-identified individuals as well as
an atmosphere of education and growth for
the entire Augsburg community in regards
to gender identity/expression and sexual
orientation.
It is the philosophy of LGBTQIA
Support Services to provide assistance and
education for the LGBTQIA-identified
individuals as a first priority. The second
48 Student Life
priority is to educate and support members
of the Augsburg community who view
themselves as allies.
LGBTQIA Support Services also plans
programs and events throughout the
course of the year for social as well as educational purposes, including Safe Space
Training and LGBT History Month
Celebration events. Staff collaborate with
the Enrollment Center to offer the Karen
Neitge Scholarship.
For more information, go to www.augsburg.edu/campusactivities
HEALTH AND FITNESS.
■ CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Personal counseling provides a supportive environment where students have
many opportunities to gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of licensed psychologists.
Services include individual counseling,
assessment and referral, workshops, consultation, and outreach.
Students may discuss personal issues
such as stress, depression, anxiety, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality,
drug use, motivation, transitions, family
issues, self-image, difficult decisions, eating
concerns, grief and loss, or other issues
with the psychologist. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution
to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for
increased self-understanding and personal
growth.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
■ HEALTH INSURANCE
Augsburg College does not require that
students have health insurance, with the
exception of international students and
students who participate in intercollegiate
athletics. If a student is not covered by a
health insurance plan, they may contact
the Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion for information on obtaining
student health insurance through college
affiliated agencies.
■ HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES
The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with
UFP – Smiley’s Clinic. These services are
limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley’s Clinic provides certain clinic
health services with a minimal co-pay at
the time of the visit. Emergency services of
any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley’s
Clinic. Students with health insurance can
also access Smiley’s Clinic for a variety of
clinic or other health services. A student’s
health insurance provider will be billed for
medical services and the student will be
responsible for any co-pays or deductibles
associated with their insurance.
For more information regarding counseling, health promotion, health insurance
or health clinic services, call 612-330-1707
or visit <www.augsburg.edu/cchp>.
Student Life 49
AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS
HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY
LEARNING ENVIRONMENT!
cation theory to explore their adjustment
to a new culture and education system.
Located on the lower level of the
Kennedy Center and Melby Hall the fitness centers are equipped with stationary
bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and
other aerobic workout machines. They
include a weight room with universal and
free weight systems. All staff, students, and
faculty may use the centers; some hours
are reserved for classes.
The International Student Organization
(ISO) provides a forum for the interests
and concerns of international students and
fosters productive interaction between
them, the college administration, and U.S.
students. This mission is accomplished
through yearly programming of events
such as International Education Week,
sponsorship of forums on international
issues, and outings to sites of interest in
the community. Information on how to get
involved is available through ISA.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADVISING .
(ISA) .
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 65 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 65.)
■ FITNESS CENTERS
ISA’s mission is to serve the educational
and personal development needs of the
international student body in a way that
embraces our common humanity and cultural diversity.
The director of International Student
Advising is responsible for:
•Fulfilling duties of Principal
Designated School Official (PDSO) for F-1
student visa program and Responsible
Officer (RO) for J-1 student/scholar
exchange program
•General advocacy for international
students
•Advising the International Student
Organization
•Facilitating intercultural skill building
sessions for students, faculty, and staff
•Celebrating diversity of cultures by
increasing awareness of international/intercultural issues
New international students participate
in an orientation program that provides
practical information on housing, health
insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security
card. Students use intercultural communi-
RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM.
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center, and Christensen
Center. With just over 1000 students living
on campus, most students and faculty greet
each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance
of the residential experience during the
college years. Studies show that students
who live on campus are more likely to persist academically, to be involved on campus, and tend to have a slightly higher
grade point average. Residence life staff are
on hand to help students become acquainted with life at Augsburg through social and
educational events. They are also ready to
assist students who need help or friendship.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership.
50 Student Life
Numerous events are planned to welcome
students to the community, including
dances, movie nights, open mic nights, and
weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities, and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers, and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen
Center keeps students out of the weather
on the way to class.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
May 1, as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after May 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
Urness Hall—Home to new Auggies
and upper-class Resident Advisers, this
nine-story high-rise houses 324 students.
Each floor is considered a house-unit providing 36 students (two to a room) with
their own lounge, study, and utility areas.
In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished with a
bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are
not provided. Some single rooms may be
available.
Mortensen Hall—This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It
is furnished with beds and dressers.
Anderson Hall—Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students, including new Auggies, upper-class
students, and the special interest housing
program. All rooms are furnished with
beds, dressers, desks, and chairs.
Luther Hall—Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two- and four-bedroom apartments with
full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and
chairs are provided. Underground parking
is available at an additional cost. Meal
plans are optional. This building is
designed to provide an environment for
juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
Oren Gateway Center— The new
“front door” to the Augsburg campus,
Oren Gateway Center offers substance-free
living connected to a dining area, underground parking, and classrooms. Opened
in 2007, Oren Gateway Center houses the
StepUP community and upper-class students committed to an alcohol and drug
free environment. Flats/condos, apartments, and studios are furnished. Meal
plans are optional.
Special Interest Housing—Special
interest housing is available to students
who are interested in creating a
living/learning environment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, and the
Cross-Cultural House.
Student Life 51
■ FOOD SERVICE
Commons—Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This spacious room features
small table units for easy conversation
overlooking the College quadrangle and
Murphy Square. Students on board plans
who live in residence halls eat their meals
in the Commons.
Cooper’s Coffee Shop—On the main
level of Christensen Center, Cooper’s
Coffee Shop sells coffee, smoothies, sandwiches, and snacks.
Murphy’s Grill—Located on the
ground floor of the Christensen Center,
Murphy’s features grill items, pizza, soups,
sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Nabo — This eatery is located in the
Oren Gateway Center. Pronounced ‘náhbu’, with the accent on the first syllable,
featured food options include salads, cold
and hot sandwiches, a pasta bar, pastries
and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
COLLEGE POLICIES.
■ STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action, and
grievances. These are in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar’s office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available on the website at <www.augsburg.edu/studentguide>.
■ OFFICIAL NOTICES
Students will receive official notices via
the student campus mail system (student
campus box), the A-Mail publication, and
the student’s Augsburg e-mail account.
Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on AugNet.
52 Student Life
■ FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg’s
policy is published in this catalog on page
95 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than “directory information” can be released without the written
permission of the student, except in limited circumstances. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the
official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty
or others cannot write letters of
support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-“directory information.” It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg’s
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the Office of the Registrar.
■ DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, ground floor, Memorial
Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin)
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Title IX (for matters based on gender
or marital status)
Employment
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Academic Information
General Information – 54
Degrees Offered – 54
Academic Calendar – 54
Faculty – 55
Library and Information
Technology Services – 55
Academic Organization
and Programs – 56
Divisions and Departments – 56
Majors and Minors – 56
Teaching Licensure – 60
Pre-Professional Programs – 60
Honors Program – 62
Inter-Institutional Programs – 62
Augsburg Abroad – 63
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning – 68
Graduate Programs – 70
Other Programs – 72
Academic Policies and
Procedures – 73
Registration – 73
Crossover Registration – 74
Withdrawal from College – 75
Student Standing Committee
Petition Process – 76
Transfer Credit – 77
Graduation Requirements – 79
Graduation Requirements – 79
Augsburg Signature
Curriculum – 81
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements – 82
Liberal Arts Foundation – 85
Skills Requirements – 86
Evaluation and Grading – 88
Explanation of Grades – 88
Assessment of Previous Learning
Program – 91
English Language Learners – 92
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal – 93
Dean’s List – 93
Latin Honors – 94
Commencement – 94
Enrollment/Degree Verification – 95
FERPA – 95
54
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, fine arts,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the
general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and complexity of
knowledge and culture.
Required Search for Meaning courses
are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition, introduce them to
other faith traditions, and encourage them
to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
■ DEGREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and
education), the master of business administration, the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of
social work degrees.
■ ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Augsburg day program follows the
semester calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course
credits each semester.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term.**
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. Some classes may meet
on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for 3-1/2 to 4 hours. (Refer to the program
schedule for weekday evening meeting
times.) Students may take from one to four
classes each term.**
The Rochester campus operates on a
trimester calendar. Classes are held on
weekday evenings and meet alternate
weeks. Similar to Weekend College,
Rochester’s fall trimester begins in
September, winter trimester begins in
January, and spring trimester begins in
April. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester with each class meeting for 3-1/2
to 4 hours. Students may take one to four
classes each term.**
**(See Registration on pages 73-75 and
Calendars on pages 4-7)
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College and the Rochester campus are the same as their Day College
counterparts. However, the curriculum is
limited to selected liberal arts courses and
majors.
Academic Information 55
Augsburg offers three summer school
sessions, including a summer online option.
The summer session schedule is available in
the winter of each year.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar, except for physician
assistant studies. (See Graduate Programs
on page 70.)
■ FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or the highest degree in their
field, and all consider teaching to be the
focus of their activity. Faculty are also
involved in a variety of professional and
research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that
introduces them to current thought in
many fields, but especially in teaching
techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every first-year is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
■ LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000square-foot facility houses all library and
information technology functions of the
College. In addition to the 190,000 volume
main collection, the Lindell Library
includes special collections and archives,
curriculum library, a computer lab and stu-
dent computing help desk, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media
viewing and listening. Skyways link the
library to the new Oren Gateway Building
as well as to Sverdrup Hall, which houses
the Enrollment Center, additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms, a
lounge, and a vending area.
Learning Commons
Within Lindell Library, a Learning
Commons provides assistance in research
and the use of technology as well as spaces
for collaborative learning. In the Learning
Commons multimedia lab, students can
create digital audio and visual projects.
Library Resources
Students can search a wide variety of
local, regional, national, and international
databases. They have access to 190,000
volumes within Lindell Library and,
through a daily courier service, to the
library holdings of the seven private liberal
arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Lindell
Library has a large collection of media
resources. A service-oriented staff provides
students and faculty with research assistance and instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made
for access by students with physical limitation and special needs.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit the
Student Technology website
<www.augsburg.edu/techdesk> for more on
IT at Augsburg.
56 Academic Information
Computing
Students have access to over 250 oncampus computers. There are both PC and
Macintosh desktop computers available in
the Lindell Library Learning Commons
and computer lab and in the 24-hour
Urness computer lab. The College has six
computer classrooms and 41 technologyenhanced classrooms. The circulation desk
in the Lindell Library has 40 wireless laptops available for use in the Library.
Several computer clusters are available
for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic
campus network provides access to
AugNet online services, printing, and connections to the Internet and Internet2.
Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from dormitory rooms or on 80% of the campus using
WiFi. All of the AugNet online services
and several of the Registrar’s student services are available securely on the Web to
students on and off-campus.
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION AND.
PROGRAMS
.
■ DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 26
departments that are grouped into three
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Fine Arts and Humanities—
American Indian studies, art, communication studies, English, history, modern languages, music, philosophy, religion, theatre
arts, College librarians.
Natural and Social Sciences—
Biology, chemistry, computer science, economics, mathematics, physics, political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies—Business
administration, education, health and
physical education, nursing, social work.
■ MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
The College requires students to
declare a major by the end of the sophomore year, and earlier in some disciplines.
Details of majors and minors are in the
course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
Minors are not noted on the transcript
if they are completed after a baccalaureate
degree has been awarded.
Student-Designed Major
Students may design their own major
with the assistance and approval of three
advisers from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg
College Academic Affairs Committee
(AAC). A student-designed major allows
flexibility in selecting major courses. Any
student wishing to design a major must
complete a proposal, submit it with
approval and supporting letters from three
faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval
of the program. Students should seek AAC
approval as early as possible so that any
changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting
the student’s proposed completion date.
The deadline for initial submission of the
program design to AAC is the first term in
which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the
Academic Information 57
term before the student achieves senior status.
Students wishing to design majors
must:
1. Develop the student-designed major
in concert with three faculty advisers from
relevant fields, who together constitute the
Review Team. All advisers must sign the
proposal cover sheet and submit supporting letters of approval to AAC. Supporting
letters should assess BOTH the student’s
ability to complete the proposed major and
the validity and value of the proposed
major, including (in at least one of the letters) the proposed capstone course. The
advisers’ signatures and supporting letters
represent their approval of the program,
including the capstone course, and their
commitment to oversee the student’s
progress.
2. Develop a student-designed major
program proposal that includes:
a. A statement of learning goals and
objectives.
b. A list of proposed courses (minimum
of nine, no more than one of which is a
lower-level language course and at least
five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to
the program goals. Indicate how the proposed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated
with a college major. Proposals must
include research describing comparable
programs of study at a minimum of three
other academic institutions. In addition,
students should consult with the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should provide information showing how the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements (including graduation skills) are to be fulfilled.
c. A description of the student-designed
major capstone to be taken sometime during the senior year. The student should
devise the capstone in consultation with
advisers. It should require an integrative
project/paper that draws together the
course work up to that point and/or prepares one for further study. In addition, at
least one of the advisers must specifically
address the rationale for the proposed capstone in his or her supporting letter,
though approval of the student-designed
major program by all advisers presumes
their approval of the capstone course.
3. Submit the completed proposal and
supporting documentation to the Dean’s
Office.
If AAC approves the proposed major
program, the student will be expected to
complete the program designed and still
meet all of the other Augsburg degree
requirements as stated in the college catalog.
Students who design their own majors
will meet with their advisers regularly
throughout the design and subsequent
evaluation of their program. Changes in
the approved student-designed major may
be made through the normal petition
process to the Student Standing Committee
with adviser approval.
58 Academic Information
Listings that are shaded are offered
through both the day program and
Weekend College. Weekend/Rochester/
Partner Hospitals students may choose a
major offered in the day program if they
wish, but must adhere to crossover registration policies and limitations. They may
also take as many courses as possible
through Weekend College, then finish the
major as a day program student. A change
of program is allowed once each academic
year, and will take effect the following
term.
MAJORS AND AREAS OF EMPHASIS.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology (B.A. or B.S.)
Life Sciences (B.A.)
Business Administration
Economics/Business Administration
International Business
Management
Marketing (WEC only)
Music Business
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Clinical Laboratory Science (B.S.)
Communication Studies
Communication Arts/Literature
(Teacher Licensure Major)
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Professional Communication
Human Relations
Marketing Communications
Public Relations and Advertising
Supervisory Management
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (B.A. or B.S.—
licensure)
Special Education: Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (WEC only)
Special Education: Learning Disabilities
(WEC only)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English
Creative Writing
Literature, Language, and Theory
Media Writing
Environmental Studies
Film
Finance
Health Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Health Fitness
History
International Relations
International Business
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics (B.A. or B.S.)
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Business (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Academic Information 59
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.—Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Political Science/Economics (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Psychology
Psychology and Law
Social Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Community Studies
Crime and Deviance
Organizational Studies
Social Psychology
Student-Designed
Theatre Arts
Directing/Dramaturgy Concentrations
Performance Concentration
Technical Design/Technology
Concentration
Women’s Studies1
MINORS.
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Economics
English
Environmental Studies
Film
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Leadership Studies
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies 1
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Peace and Global Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Sociology
Social Welfare
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy
Women’s Studies
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2 Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan
Technological University.
60 Academic Information
ACTC Majors—It is possible for fulltime day students to complete other
majors through the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who
wish to complete a major or minor offered
at one of the other ACTC colleges must
submit a completed ACTC Major or Minor
Declaration Form to the Augsburg registrar’s office. This form must list all ACTC
courses required and be signed by the
ACTC school adviser. Some majors may
have a competitive application process
with acceptance determined by the major
department.
music (K-12), and physical education
(K-12). The licenses prepare people to
teach in grades K-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas also obtain
the appropriate subject area major and
complete the secondary licensure coursework. (See Department of Education and
subject area departments for more information.)
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consortium, and weekend students
may not register for ACTC courses or
complete ACTC majors under the terms
of the ACTC consortium agreements.
Students seeking elementary licensure
and special education licensure have education department advisers. Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers
in their subject area major and in the education department. It is very important that
students work closely with their advisers
throughout their programs.
■ OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementary/middle school
education with subject area specialties in
one of the following: mathematics, science,
communication arts/literature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the specialty area. Students seeking
this license obtain an elementary education
major with a subject area specialty.
Licensure is also available in the following
middle school/high school fields: life sciences, chemistry, communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, physics, and
social studies. This license prepares people
to teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas obtain an
appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework.
Finally, specialist licenses are available in
art (K-12), vocal music and instrumental
K-12 special education majors and
licenses in Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities and in Learning Disabilities are
also available. These majors and licenses
are offered only through Weekend College.
Certificate Programs
Augsburg offers undergraduate certificates through the departments of Art and
Business Administration. Certificates are
available to non-degree seeking students or
students who are completing a degree from
a different academic department. A student
may declare degree seeking status after
earning a certificate.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
Academic Information 61
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact Academic Advising prior to
or early in their first year to arrange for
faculty advising.
Pre-Dentistry—These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENL 111, 220;
BIO 151, 152, 253, 369; CHM 115, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 114 or 163; PHY
121, 122; PSY 105. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering—See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
179-180.
Pre-Law—Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine—A major in chemistry
and biology is not required to apply to
medical schools, but many students with
an interest in the health sciences choose to
major in these fields. The competitive candidate typically has substantially more
training than the minimal course requirements. Students should review requirements and recommended courses of each
program being considered for application
and consult early and frequently with a
pre-health science adviser. Coursework
that is required by most medical schools
includes: one to two semesters of English
composition such as ENL 111, 220; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351, 352;
BIO 151, 152, 253, 369; MAT 145, 146,
163; PHY 121, 122. Courses recommended
in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355, 473,
476; CHM 361.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy—Coursework in preparation for
these programs should be discussed with a
faculty member in the Department of
Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy—Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 151,
353, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; COM 111 or 115; ECO 112 or
113; ENL 111, 220; MAT 145; PHY 121,
122; and two courses in Behavioral
Sciences such as PSY 105 and SOC 121.
Requirements at other universities may
vary.
Pre-Seminary—A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 100, 200; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
The Exploring Our Gifts office
(Memorial 231) provides resources and
support, including scholarship opportunities, for students considering seminary.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine—To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following courses are
required: ENL 111, 220; MAT 114 or 145;
BIO 151, 152, 253, 355, 369, 476; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; PHY
121, 122. Additional liberal arts courses
are required. Requirements at other universities may vary.
62 Academic Information
■ HONORS PROGRAM
The Augsburg Honors Program offers
an adventurous education where students
with a passion for ideas can be their best.
We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike
any other honors program in the nation
because it gives students the resources and
freedom to build their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity
to create their own courses, edit and write
for the Augsburg Review of Undergraduate
Scholarship, participate in an intramural
debate league, belong to an Honors House,
and learn through small reading groups,
research projects, and travel around the
world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and
includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great
books on trial, or building an interactive
museum exhibit. Honors courses bring in
professors from several different departments so you can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties.
For information, please contact Robert
C. Groven, Honors Program director,
e-mail address honors@augsburg.edu.
■ INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Cooperating Libraries in
Consortium (CLIC)—Through CLIC, the
Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct
access to over 2,500,000 volumes and
media resources.
Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC)—Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to
take one course each semester (fall and
spring) at one of the other campuses. No
additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in
music or approved independent studies.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific
course or major not offered on the home
campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles
students between the campuses.
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consortium, and weekend students
may not register for ACTC courses or
complete ACTC majors under the terms
of the ACTC consortium agreements.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)—Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, Europe,
Bangladesh, South and Central America,
and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs on page 65.)
Air Force ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
Office of the Registrar, or call the University
of St. Thomas at 651-962-6320 or 1-800328-6819, x6320.
Army ROTC—Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
Academic Information 63
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
Naval ROTC—Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
■ AUGSBURG ABROAD
Augsburg Abroad is the front door for
students and faculty interested in study
abroad. Services include:
Academic Requirements and Credit
Students fulfill the Augsburg
Experience requirement on approved programs. Courses taken abroad can also fulfill graduation requirements including
major, minor, language, liberal arts foundation, and internship requirements. This is
determined prior to departure when students fill out the required Credit
Agreement form that is signed by academic
advisers and appropriate staff and faculty
approving courses.
Students should be aware of the following policies related to study abroad:
• Students can study abroad more than
once.
• Study abroad program selection
advising
• Students can study abroad at any
point in their academic career.
• Financial and academic advising for
study abroad
Semester and Summer Programs
• Registration and billing for study
abroad
• Courses taken on off-campus programs during the senior year will meet the
Augsburg residency requirement.
• Pre-departure and re-entry support
(application, orientation, etc.)
• You must take a full load of credits
while abroad on semester programs.
• Faculty-led, short-term program coordination
• You must take courses A-F while
abroad.
About half of Augsburg undergraduate
students are studying abroad. Graduate
students also find short-term programs as
part of their curriculum. Students abroad
will find themselves in a variety of locales
and studying a variety of disciplines:
studying gender issues in Central America;
acting with masks in Norway; interning
with community organizations in Northern
Ireland; studying political science in
Namibia; learning about ecology in
Tanzania; taking organic chemistry in New
Zealand; and learning a language where it
is spoken.
• Grades received on affiliated and nonAugsburg programs will be reported on
your transcript, but not figured into your
GPA.
• A “C” equivalent or higher must be
received for the credit to transfer to
Augsburg.
Faculty-led Short-term Programs
• Students must register for all courses
required by the short-term program. Credit
values may vary, so confirm the specific
program credit load with the Augsburg
Abroad Office. Any courses removed by the
student without Augsburg Abroad permis-
64 Academic Information
sion prior to the start of the program will
be re-added to the student’s schedule. If no
work was completed in these reinstated
courses, a grade of zero will be awarded.
program. The student is responsible for all
non-recoverable program costs incurred.
• Overload Fee Exemption for Facultyled January programs: January faculty-led
programs are placed within the spring
semester. However, you will not be billed
an overload fee if you take 4.0 or 4.5 credits in the spring. The overload fee is the
only policy affected; a student taking minimal credits in the spring can use it as a
spring course in order to be considered
part-time or full-time.
Augsburg Abroad manages the advising
and administrative processes so students
will also need to meet the eligibility
requirements of, and apply to, a program
provider (as outlined in the Study Abroad
Programs section). Additionally, students
who have applied to the Augsburg Abroad
office, for any program, must email their
intent to withdraw if they choose not to
continue with study abroad. Failure to
e-mail may result in fees owed by the
student.
• Crossover Policy Exemption: The
crossover policy does not apply to study
abroad students. WEC students who do a
study abroad program placed in the Day
program do not count that as their
crossover course and similarly for day students doing a study abroad program placed
in a WEC term.
Eligibility and Application
The following are Augsburg College’s
requirements for study abroad:
• Minimum 2.5 GPA at the time of
application. Individual programs may
require a higher average. Students with
lower averages should consult with
Augsburg Abroad.
• Sophomore, junior or senior standing
by the time you study abroad. Short-term,
faculty-led programs will allow participation as a first-year if the student receives
approval from the faculty-leader.
• Transfer students must complete one
semester at Augsburg before they may
study off campus.
• Not be on academic or disciplinary
probation. Students placed on academic or
disciplinary probation after admittance to
study abroad may be withdrawn from the
• Not have an outstanding balance on
your student account.
Application deadlines for semester programs are October 1 for spring semester
study abroad and March 1 for fall semester
study abroad. Program provider deadlines
will vary; students need to meet all deadlines set by program providers. Students
should start planning in first year for study
abroad to be sure to do appropriate
research and meet all deadlines.
Students are responsible for disclosing
their disability and requesting accommodations abroad within a reasonable time
frame prior to departure, ideally as early as
program selection. Augsburg Abroad will
work closely with CLASS and ACCESS
offices to determine needs and make
appropriate and possible accommodations
abroad.
Costs and Financial Aid
Study abroad is based on program fees
which is a package of costs that generally
includes tuition, housing, international
health insurance, some meals, excursions,
and study abroad fees however this varies
from program to program. Augsburg
College pays the program provider on the
students’ behalf and then bills the
Academic Information 65
Augsburg student account. This allows students to access their financial aid for study
abroad. Students will always pay a minimum of Augsburg tuition when studying
abroad.
Students who receive financial aid,
scholarships, and/or grants to study at
Augsburg can use that entire package to
cover their study abroad program costs.
Cost estimates for the time abroad are
drawn up to assist the financial aid office
in awarding aid to students studying
abroad.
Students are required to notify
Augsburg Abroad immediately once they
choose not to continue with their study
abroad experience. At the moment of notification non-recoverable costs will be
assessed and charged to the student
account. Depending on the time of notification of withdrawal students may owe
nothing, the deposit, or some, or all, of the
program fee. Students are also subject to
the cancellation and refund policies of
their program provider.
Study Abroad Programs
Students have over 200 programs in
over 60 countries from which to choose. In
addition to the below Augsburg College
programs, students can choose from affiliated program providers. These programs
have been reviewed to meet the Augsburg
experience requirement, diverse needs of
students, and provide quality student service. The programs are reviewed each year.
If students cannot find a program that
meets their needs from the Augsburg
College or Augsburg-affiliated options then
they can apply to do a non-Augsburg program. Students with a strong academic or
financial reason, faculty support (as shown
on the Credit Agreement form), and who
choose a good quality program, may be
approved.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other students in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
In the Mexico and Namibia programs, students travel together on two-week seminars — from Mexico to Central America,
and from Namibia to South Africa. The
cost of these programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room, and board for one semester
on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel
scholarships are available for Augsburg students.)
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) —
Fall
Learn about the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experience and empowerment of women.
Students will engage in gender analysis of
key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico and El Salvador;
explore the interconnectedness of race,
class, and gender; and learn first hand
from both women and men who are
involved in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program
offers credit in religion, political science,
women’s studies, and Spanish. Internships
and independent studies are also available.
The program begins with a one-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border
region and ends with a two-week seminar
66 Academic Information
in El Salvador. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend approximately six
weeks in Augsburg housing, and four to
six weeks living with Mexican host families. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish
course or its equivalent.
International Business and Global
Citizenship (Mexico) — Fall
apartheid and colonialism, they are faced
with the challenges posed by today’s world:
rapid globalization and under and unequal
development. Decolonizing the mind is a
long-term project. Credit is available in
history, religion, political science, and
interdisciplinary studies. Internships are
also available.
The largest immigrant group in the
United States is composed of people born
in Mexico, and Mexico is front and center
in debates about globalization and U.S.
immigration policy. This program,
designed for international business majors,
will study the important role that Mexico
plays in the U.S. in relation to trade issues,
how to conduct business in and with
Mexico, and use it as a lens to learn about
international business topics that are relevant in many different countries. Students
will have the opportunity to study Spanish
at levels from beginning to advanced, live
with a host family for four weeks, and
develop closer relationships in the community and improve their international business background by completing an internship in a local business or government
office. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or MKT 252, or consent of
instructor.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua) — Fall or Spring
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia) — Fall
or Spring
This is an intensive program that
explores issues of migration, immigration,
and globalization. It is ideal for students
who are interested in working with
Spanish-speaking populations in the
United States, as it includes intensive
Spanish language classes, an internship or
independent research opportunity, and
courses that help students understand the
connections between globalization and
migration while learning from diverse
communities that are organizing for positive social change around issues of race,
ethnicity, socio-economic class, gender,
This program examines the crucial
issues of nation-building, globalization,
and decolonizing the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence
in 1990 after decades of apartheid under
South African colonization. South Africa
had its first democratic election in 1994.
As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of
This is an intensive semester of study
and travel designed to introduce students
to the key issues facing Central Americans.
Students will explore the history, culture,
and struggles of the people of Guatemala,
El Salvador, and Nicaragua, as well as
study approaches towards social and economic development. Course credit may be
earned in Spanish, religion, history,
women’s studies, and political science.
Students spend the first five weeks in
Guatemala, the next four weeks in El
Salvador, and the final six weeks in
Nicaragua. Prerequisites: one college-level
Spanish course or its equivalent is
required.
Migration and Globalization:
Engaging Our Communities (Mexico)
— Spring
Academic Information 67
sexuality, economics, and the environment.
Credit is available in Spanish, history,
women’s studies, political science, and religion. Students spend most of the semester
living in Augsburg housing and approximately six weeks living with Mexican host
families.
Social Work in a Latin American
Context (Mexico) — Spring
tural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field
study.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
This program was created to satisfy the
curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to
develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on
social and economic justice. It includes
Spanish language study and social work
courses. Social work field placement is also
available for qualified students. Students
live with Mexican host families for six
weeks.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway—Fall
International Partners
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador—Fall and Spring
International Partners offers a broad
range of learning opportunities in Norway,
Finland, and Germany. Students can
choose from several options: group programs, “tailor-made” individual study programs, and practical professional experiences. Program length varies from one
month to one year. All course work is in
English. Some travel scholarships are available. For further information contact the
International Partners office.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers full semester programs in Norway, Europe, Ecuador,
Ireland, Bangladesh, and the Twin Cities.
All programs emphasize the impact of civic
engagement, social change, and cross-cul-
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, language, and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: April 1.
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change — Spring
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for
peace, and the progress being made.
Through a seven-week internship, students
68 Academic Information
get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy.
The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in
Coleraine.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMorris. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education student teacher
director.
May/Summer Abroad
May and summer courses to many parts
of the world enable students to earn credit
through short-term travel. Contact
Augsburg Abroad for the most current list
of programs.
■ THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive resource center incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance
and value for all students to engage in service- and work-based learning experiences
and the exploration of personal and professional vocation throughout their college
years. The center encourages students to
take advantage of Augsburg’s metropolitan
location through the highly successful service-learning, Campus Kitchen, internship,
and career planning programs that link the
College’s academic programs to community
organizations and businesses.
Service- and work-based experiential
education opportunities are closely related
to students’ coursework, majors, and/or
career interests. Learning opportunities
may be in non-profit organizations,
churches, schools, government agencies,
community-based organizations, small and
mid-size companies, and large corporations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of “knowing and doing” adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning includes the following programs:
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg’s Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and civic engagement. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection on and
analysis of community issues in order to
promote personal and educational growth
and civic responsibility. Through connecting classroom content with service,
Augsburg students learn from and about
the organizations where they serve and
deepen their understanding of course
knowledge. This dynamic and interactive
educational approach employs reciprocal
learning between the students and the
community. Community service-learning
examples include tutoring at schools and
literacy centers; volunteering at homeless
shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and community centers; or working with cultural
and environmental groups.
Academic Information 69
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK and campus ministry.
Campus Kitchen at Augsburg
The Campus Kitchen at Augsburg
College (CKAC) is a unique student led
program that brings together Augsburg
student, faculty and staff volunteers, the
campus food service, local food banks, and
neighborhood community organizations to
utilize surplus food to meet hunger and
nutritional needs in our neighborhood.
CKAC volunteers coordinate food donations, prepare and deliver free meals to
area community partners, and teach nutrition education to local youth. Key program
goals are to provide leadership development and service learning opportunities for
Augsburg students, encourage deeper
understanding of hunger issues, and foster
a long-lasting commitment to service and
active citizenship. Affiliated with the
Campus Kitchens Project, a non-profit
organization in Washington, D.C., this program is one of only 12 in the nation.
■ INTERNSHIPS
Academic Credit
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service- or work-based learning
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship
credit. Internships can be registered for 1
course credit or .5 course credit.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), or summer
sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are
also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and
Grading on page 88.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Transcript Notation
Non-credit internships related to a student’s major or career objective can be registered for a zero-credit transcript notation.
The goal is for students to apply theory to
practice in a work setting and reflect on
the experience. Work opportunities typically are part-time during the academic
year and/or full-time in the summer and
can begin and end anytime. Students must
register for the non-credit transcript notation, set learning goals and evaluate their
experience. The director of the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning supervises
transcript notation work experiences.
Academic internships and internships for
zero-credit may be used to fulfill the
Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.
Career Services
Career Services is committed to providing opportunities and programs to help
students discover their unique gifts, talents, skills, and interests, explore career
paths, and grapple with questions of vocation and purpose in a changing world. This
process is viewed as an important part of a
student’s development while attending college. To aid in this process, career staff provide career related assessments, one-onone career planning, and coaching. Staff
70 Academic Information
also assist with choosing majors, locating
internships, preparing for job searches,
graduate school applications, and making
connections to community, business, and
alumni resources.
■ GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers six graduate
degree programs: Master of Arts in
Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Science
in Physician Assistant Studies, and Master
of Social Work. Consult the Augsburg
Graduate Studies catalog for complete
information.
The Master of Arts in Education offers
initial licensure coursework at the graduate
level in elementary education, secondary
education, and special education: E/BD and
LD. Students are able to take up to six
licensure courses at the graduate level and
complete their licensure programs with a
combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. Students can then apply
their graduate level licensure courses to
complete a master’s degree program.
Students will complete their master’s
degrees through a combination of MAL
coursework and graduate level education
coursework (total of nine courses).
Licensed teachers also can pursue special
education: E/BD and/or LD, as well as the
K-12 Reading Licensure Endorsement
licensure at the graduate level. The program is available through the Weekend
College schedule, and the admissions
process begins with the Adult and
Graduate Admissions office. For further
information about the programs, contact
the Education Department or the admissions office.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary pro-
gram directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches to situations, issues,
and problems relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg’s program recognizes
that today’s leaders need a broad spectrum
of abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the
program offers courses primarily on alternate Saturdays. (Note: A five-year program
is available to Augsburg undergraduate
accounting majors that would qualify them
for CPA certification and fulfill requirements for a B.A. in Accounting and an
M.A. in Leadership. See the Accounting
major section of the catalog for further
information.)
The Master of Arts in Nursing prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural community health
nursing practice across care settings, with
emphasis on addressing health inequities
among diverse populations. The program
is offered within the context of a Christian
liberal arts education. Graduates are eligible to apply for national certification in
Advanced Community Health Nursing, or
Advanced Nursing Administration through
the American Nurses Credentialing Center
(ANCC), and/or Advanced Certification in
Transcultural Nursing through the
Transcultural Nursing Society (TCNS).
Classes meet on a flexible schedule (every
other week or once per month) that
includes weekdays, weekday evenings, and
Saturdays. Web-enhanced pedagogies are
used for all classes. Practicums include
optional short-term study abroad experiences. Students may choose to study in
Mexico, Guatemala, Namibia, Pine Ridge,
S.Dak., and/or Europe. The Master of Arts
in Nursing Program is accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education in accordance with its accreditation standards and procedures.
Academic Information 71
The Master of Business
Administration is designed to give students mastery of the skills and knowledge
necessary to advance in their careers and
accept roles of greater responsibility in an
organization. Meeting primarily on one
evening per week, this challenging program is designed to be completed in 23
months. Organized in cohort format, the
program encourages learning in a collaborative small-group environment and features a high level of interaction and attention from the faculty. The program focuses
on giving students the ability to think critically and effectively manage in complex
environments. An intensive Management
Consulting course allows students to apply
theory and classroom learning to an actual
business or organizational environment.
Local businesses and organizations provide
a laboratory for students as they complete
comprehensive projects in various disciplines and functions.
The core program can be enhanced
through participation in a number of concentrations including finance, healthcare
management, human resource management, international business, and marketing management.
The Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies is designed for students
interested in careers as health care
providers. The mission of the program is
based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of,
and is oriented toward providing care to,
underserved populations. Students are well
educated in current medical theory and
practice in primary care medicine. All
physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is
three years long with classes held Monday
through Friday during the day.
The Master of Social Work, accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education,
prepares students for entering advanced
social work practice. The program builds
on the liberal arts base of the College and
supports the College’s mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change, and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and
individuals within families, across the full
range of contemporary social work practice
settings. The program development, policy,
and administration concentration prepares
students to actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions, and society, while directing energy
toward changing policies that obscure and
oppress people.
A dual degree (Master of Social Work
and Master of Arts in Theology) is also
available and is offered in collaboration
with Luther Seminary. The dual degree is
designed to meet the educational interests
of people planning to serve the spiritual
and social needs of families, individuals,
and communities.
72 Academic Information
■ OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide
working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College.
Programs are developed through collaborations between academic and administrative departments of the College and community organizations. These collaborations
have included the Departments of
Business, Biology, the Center for
Leadership Studies, Education, Nursing,
Religion, Social Work, Institutional
Advancement, and organizations including
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, Minnesota Department of Education,
and the Midwest Regional Office of the
College Board. Augsburg College is a
Lifelong Learning Partner with the ELCA.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the
Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of
the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations,
and provision of opportunities to learn
directly from Canadians through visits and
exchanges.
College of the Third Age
Augsburg College demonstrates its
commitment to lifelong learning through
its College of the Third Age. For more than
25 years this program has brought classes
in the liberal arts and the humanities to
mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community. Approximately 50
retired professors are available to teach one
class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists over 200
classes available for group study only.
To obtain further information about the
program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139. To ask questions or to schedule
a program, call the program director at the
above number.
Academic Information 73
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND.
PROCEDURES.
■ REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester.
Students registered for three or more
course credits in a semester are classified
as full-time students. Students registered
for two course credits are classified as halftime students.
To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Enrollment Center to petition the
Committee on Student Standing unless the
following apply: cumulative GPA at
Augsburg of 3.00 to 3.49 may take a total
of 5.0 course credits; cumulative GPA at
Augsburg of 3.50 or greater may take a
total of 5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be
done in person at the Enrollment Center.
(Please note: There is an additional tuition
charge for course loads over 4.5 course
credits. This includes combining the credit
load from both the day and WEC programs. Spring day term will include winter
WEC and spring WEC.) Auditing classes
over the 4.5 overload limit will also incur a
tuition charge.
Official academic calendars for all programs are available through the registrar’s
Web page.
The last day to initially register for
courses in the Day program (semesters) is
the Friday before the term begins. Afer initial registration, Day students may add
individual classes to their current schedule
or withdraw without notation through day
10 of the term. The signature of the
instructor is required to add a class after
the fifth day. From day 11 through day 20,
students may still petition the Committee
on Student Standing for permission to add
a class. There is a fee for this petition. Day
20 is the last day to petition for adding a
class.
Students registered for day program
Time 1/Time 2 (T1/T2) courses that meet
only part of the term may add or withdraw
without notation through the fifth school
day after the start of the course. Changing
grade option or withdrawing with a W is
allowed through the fourth week of T1/T2
classes. Specific dates for each term are
listed under “Combined Academic
Calendars” at <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/
registrar>.
Weekend College, Rochester, and
Partner Hospitals program students typically register for one or two course credits
each trimester. Students registered for at
least two course credits in one term are
considered full time for that term. Students
registered for one course credit are considered half-time for the term.
The last day to initially register for
courses in the Weekend College and the
Partner Hospitals program (Weekend
College) is the last business day before the
term begins. After initial registration,
Weekend College students may add individual classes to their current schedule or
withdraw without notation through Friday
after the first class weekend. The signature
of the instructor is required to add a class
after the class meets. Students may petition
the Committee on Student Standing for
permission to add a class through the
Thursday prior to the second class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The
last day to petition to add a class is the
Thursday prior to the second class weekend.
Students registered for Weekend
College T1/T2 courses may add or with-
74 Academic Information
draw without notation through the Friday
after the first weekend class meeting.
Changing grade option or withdrawing
with a W is allowed through the Tuesday
after the second weekend class meeting.
The last day to initially register for
courses on the Rochester campus is the
last business day before the term begins.
After initial registration, Rochester students may add individual classes to their
current schedule and/or withdraw without
notation through Monday after the first
week of classes. The signature of the
instructor is required to add a class after a
class meets and it must be processed
through the Enrollment Center. Students
may petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class
through the Friday prior to the second
week of classes. There is a fee for this petition. The last date to petition to add a class
is the Friday before the second week of
classes.
Students registered for Rochester T1/T2
courses may add or withdraw without
notation through the Monday after the first
week of the class. Changing grade option
or withdrawing with a W is allowed
through the Monday after the second week
of the class.
Separate rules apply to Summer School.
Late course registrations may be subject
to additional late fees.
ACTC school course listings are also
available online and should be checked to
verify the correct meeting times and room
assignment. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Summer session and graduate program
courses are published in separate schedules.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Enrollment Center—612-330-1046
Academic Advising—612-330-1025
Augsburg for Adults—612-330-1782
Crossover Registration Policy
Every Augsburg undergraduate student
is admitted to a “home program,” either
day, Weekend College, or the Rochester
Program. It is expected that students will
complete most of their degree requirements through their home program.
However, full-time students may register
for up to 1.0 credits per term outside their
home program. Enrollment will be based
on class availability.
Students will be charged the rate of
their home program for courses in which
they enroll outside their home program.
The rate will be based on the maximum
credit load they are carrying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms.
For example, a day program student taking
2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0
credits in the WEC program, will be considered full-time and will be charged the
full-time day program tuition rate. A WEC
student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program,
will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Day students taking over 4.5 credits
will pay the day part time rate for any
credits over 4.5 in their combined
day/WEC load (Spring day term will
include both winter WEC and spring
WEC). The maximum number of credits
that may be included in the day full-time
tuition rate for students who cross-register
is 4.5.
Students have registration priority in
their home program. Crossover registration
Academic Information 75
begins only after the open Web registration
period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the registrar’s office
Web page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at
the Enrollment Center. This registration
option is not available by Web.
The WEC, Rochester, and Partner
Hospitals programs are not part of the
ACTC (Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities) tuition exchange program.
WEC/Rochester/hospital students may
NOT crossover to attend ACTC courses.
Students must have completed their
undergraduate degree and be admitted to a
graduate program before taking graduate
level courses from that program. (An
exception is made for approved courses in
the Department of Nursing and the joint
B.A. Accounting/MAL.) Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay
the graduate rate for those courses. Any
student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate
level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay the rate of the
program in which the course is offered
(Day, WEC, or Rochester).
Change of Program
Students may apply to change their
“home program” by filling out a Change of
Program form available at the Enrollment
Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one
each academic year. A Change of Program
form must be submitted before the term
begins.
Registration
All day students are required to meet
with their academic adviser prior to registration. Incoming first-years and transfer
students may register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled
day students may register during the fall
for the spring term and during the spring
for the fall term.
Weekend College and Rochester campus students may register during the designated time prior to the start of each term.
The primary method of registration will
be via the Web through AugNet during the
open registration period. Please reference
the academic calendar on AugNet for specific dates. Day students will be able to
register only after meeting with their faculty adviser. The Enrollment Center is also
available to process registration forms.
Note: Web registration may not recognize
prerequisites fulfilled by transfer work. In
these cases, please process your registration at the Enrollment Center.
When the open registration period
ends, returning students registering for the
first time for the coming term will be
assessed a late registration fee. The
Enrollment Center will process all registration forms after the Web closes.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this will result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
College must be completed in the
Enrollment Center. A Withdrawal from the
College form may be obtained at the
Enrollment Center or downloaded from
the registrar’s Web page. The last day to file
for a Withdrawal from College is the last
day of classes prior to finals week.
Withdrawal from college and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the registrar’s
office. Students must re-admit to the
College when they are ready to resume
their studies. The Application for
Readmission form is available from the
76 Academic Information
Enrollment Center or can be downloaded
from the registrar’s Web page.
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar’s office informed of their current mailing address.
Military Called to Active Duty
Augsburg College will allow students to
withdraw from courses without penalty if
they are called to active duty as military
reservists, National Guard, or for other
military service. This shall include a 100%
refund of tuition and fees upon verification
of call to active duty. The student must
provide a copy of their orders to the registrar.
If the student is called to duty after the
deadline to drop a course, the registrar will
place a W for the course(s) along with a
notation on the transcript that the student
was called to active duty. This is to assist
the student with any financial aid complications that may arise and also indicate
that the withdrawal was outside of the student’s control.
Alternatively, the College supports faculty in enabling students who are called to
active duty and have substantially completed a course, to assign a grade based upon
the coursework completed, or work out an
“incomplete” agreement. Students who are
able to complete some of their courses
would have their refund adjusted to reflect
this.
Students who are being placed on
active duty should contact the registrar
and/or the Dean’s Office as soon as possible
so the College can notify all parties and aid
in this process.
Student Standing Committee
The Student Standing Committee
reviews requests for exceptions to academic policies. Typically, the committee considers requests for:
• Minor exceptions to academic
requirements and/or approval of transfer
course substitutions
• Extending time for an incomplete
• Permission to take a course overload
• Student schedule changes after registration deadlines (adding, withdrawing, or
grade option changes)
Note: Petitions for an exception to published registration deadlines will require a
$50 petition fee attached to the petition.
This fee is non-refundable regardless of the
outcome of the petition. Petitions involving adding or dropping courses/withdrawing from college after the deadline must be
submitted within six months of the published registration deadlines for the term
involved.
For petitions requesting a late registration, any student account holds must be
cleared before submitting the petition.
Students who are allowed to add a course
by petition after the published petition
deadline will incur a $150 late registration
fee per course.
In addition, the committee reviews students’ transcripts in determining academic
probation or dismissal from the College on
academic grounds. The committee also
hears appeals from students who have been
dismissed for academic reasons.
The committee reviews student
requests for readmission to the College
after dismissal or returning after leaving
while on probation.
The committee typically meets every
other week throughout the school year
Academic Information 77
(September-April), and once a month during summer.
Petition Process
Step 1: Pick up a petition form at the
Enrollment Center or download from the
registrar’s webpage: <www.augsburg.edu/
enroll/registrar>.
Step 2: Fill out the petition form completely. Include documentation for illness
or family emergency. Have your adviser,
instructor, or department chairs sign and
add comments concerning your request.
Petitions without comments from faculty
will be returned for completion. Note: If
petitioning for a change in registration,
please submit a drop/add form signed by
both the instructor and student.
Step 3: Return the completed petition
form to the Office of the Registrar/
Enrollment Center, include signed
drop/add form and $50 check if applicable.
Step 4: After the committee meets, a
copy of the petition with the committee’s
decision is returned to the student. Day
students will receive this notice in their
campus box. WEC and Rochester student
petitions will be mailed to their home
address.
Catalog Applicability
Students must fulfill the general education requirements in effect when they
matriculated at Augsburg. Students may
elect to satisfy the departmental major
requirements of any of the catalogs in
effect during their years of enrollment.
However, students who are readmitted
after more than six years away from the
College must complete the departmental
major requirements of the most current
catalog at the time of readmission or any
one of the catalogs in effect during their
subsequent years of continuous enrollment
at Augsburg.
Second Majors and Degrees
Students who graduated from Augsburg
and are returning to complete a second
major will not be awarded a second degree
unless it is different from the original
degree awarded. (B.A., B.M., B.S.) Students
cannot earn multiple degrees for the same
major, though it is possible to earn multiple degrees from the same academic
department if the majors are distinct. For
example, a student cannot earn both a B.A.
in computer science and a B.S. in
computer science, but may earn a B.S. in
computer science and a B.A. in computational philosophy.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
The evaluation of transfer credits is
completed by the Office of the Registrar
and is based on a student’s official transcripts. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses completed at regionally
accredited institutions with a grade of
2.0/C or better. Augsburg does not grant
credit for developmental courses, vocational-technical courses, or continuing education units (CEUs). Courses with grades of
C-, CD, or below do not transfer to
Augsburg College. The registrar’s office
evaluates coursework for credit and for
applicability toward Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements. Academic
departments are responsible for evaluating
the applicability of coursework toward a
student’s major or minor. The College
requires that certain courses and a minimum number of courses be taken at
Augsburg. (Refer to the Residence
Requirements section of the catalog.)
Augsburg operates on a course credit
system rather than semester or quarter
hours. Augsburg course credits are equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter
hours. Transfer credits that have been
reported to Augsburg as semester or quar-
78 Academic Information
ter hours are converted to Augsburg course
credits by dividing by four or six respectively.
• The Augsburg Core Curriculum will
be adjusted so students need only to complete the following:
Augsburg College limits transfer credit
from two-year colleges. Students may
transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits
(96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges.
Once a student reaches this credit limit, no
additional credits will transfer from twoyear institutions toward the minimum
number of course credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. However, courses
taken beyond the credit limit can be used
to meet liberal arts and major requirements.
• REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and
Vocation
Courses and credits that are accepted in
transfer are reported on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other
institutions are not transferred to Augsburg
and are not included in the student’s
cumulative grade point average.
Students should consult with their faculty adviser and the Office of the Registrar
before taking courses at other institutions
to ensure compliance with transfer credit
policy and residency requirements. (Refer
to the Residence Requirements section of
the catalog.)
MnSCU Transfer Students
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State Colleges and Universities
system who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MnSCU, and
have a 2.50 cumulative GPA (on a 4.0
scale) from the degree-granting institution
will be given transfer status as outlined
below:
• Students will be granted 16 Augsburg
course credits in transfer from two-year
institutions. This will assure admission
with junior standing. No additional credits
will be accepted from two-year institutions.
• One Augsburg Experience
• Senior Keystone Course
• Modern Language requirement (0-2
courses, depending on initial assessment)
• Math Placement Group 3 (or MAT
105)
• HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one
HPE lifetime activity course (This requirement is waived for students who have
transferred two equivalent courses.)
*The A.A. degree and Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum must be completed
prior to enrolling at Augsburg in order to
qualify for this transfer status.
Note: Additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree may be
required in some Augsburg majors.
Students are advised to consult an academic adviser in the major department to discuss major requirements. Courses with C –
grades or below will not be accepted as
prerequisites or for application to majors.
Admission to a major — a separate
process from admission to the College — is
sometimes required. Please check with the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions and
consult the departmental section of this
catalog.
Academic Information 79
Advanced Transfer Students
Students who enter Augsburg with 13
or more course credits accepted in transfer
are considered Advanced Transfer
Students. The Augsburg Core Curriculum
will be adjusted for advanced transfer students as outlined below:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation instead of REL 100
& REL 200
• Waiver of Augsburg Seminar requirement
• Waiver of Engaging Minneapolis
• Waiver of the Entry-level Critical
Thinking Assessment
• Waiver of one Lifetime Fitness
requirement (depending on transfer evaluation)
All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements not mentioned above remain
unchanged for Advanced Transfer
Students. A full description of these
requirements is found on pages 78-84.
*Waivers for Advanced Transfer are
determined at the time of initial entry into
Augsburg and will not be granted for
courses completed after initial enrollment.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS.
The responsibility for ensuring that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. All students are required to
file a graduation application with the registrar’s office one year prior to graduation.
Faculty advisers, the Academic
Advising staff, department chairs, and the
registrar staff are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar
about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent
of a major. See page 23 — Special Students
(Second Degree).
Each student is required to apply for
graduation at the end of his or her junior
year to confirm remaining graduation
requirements.
Application forms are available at the
Enrollment Center or on the registrar’s
Web page.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Office of the Registrar in order for the
degree to be conferred. (There may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record.)
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a
major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a
minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and
in total course work, and residence.
80 Academic Information
1. Completion of 32 course credits
— No more than 13 course credits may be
in one department, except in certain
approved majors: accounting (B.A.) – 14;
music education (B.M.) – 17; music performance (B.M.) – 14.5; music therapy (B.S.)
– 17; and social work (B.S.) – 15; youth
and family ministry (B.A.) – 15.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and six course credits with a grade of Pass
(P). To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than two elective
P/N graded courses. Each department sets
its own limitations on the number of P/N
graded courses that may be applied toward
the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than
two course credits with P grades toward a
major and no more than one course credit
with a P grade toward a minor. The
Departments of Education and Social Work
are examples of departments that allow
students to apply more than two course
credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums).
2. Completion of a Major —
Requirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
3. Completion of the Augsburg
Core Curriculum — Requirements for the
Augsburg Core Curriculum are listed in
the next section.
4. Grade Point Average — Students
must earn a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.00. Additionally, all majors
and minors require at least a 2.00 grade
point average in course work for the major
or minor. Some majors, licensure, and certification programs require a higher grade
point average or a minimum grade in each
course. See the departmental section for
details about the grade and grade point
average for individual majors and minors.
5. Residence — The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no fewer than
seven of the last nine credits/requirements)
must be completed at Augsburg or within
an approved ACTC exchange program. No
fewer than a total of nine credits are to be
taken at Augsburg College. Contact the
registrar’s office if an official interpretation
is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required
to be taken in residence within the major
and minor. Consult the catalog description
of the major/minor or the chairperson of
the department.
Academic Information 81
■ THE AUGSBURG CORE
CURRICULUM
The Augsburg Core Curriculum is
designed to prepare students to become
effective, informed, and ethical citizens
through their engagement in a curriculum
that:
• Provides a liberal arts foundation and
promotes the acquisition of intellectual
and professional skills;
• Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for
meaning; and
• Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, the student’s
place of leadership and service in a diverse
world — vocatio and caritas.
The curriculum has three major components:
• The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
• The Liberal Arts Foundation
• Skills Requirements
THE AUGSBURG SIGNATURE
CURRICULUM
Christian Vocation and the Search for
Meaning
Augsburg’s Signature Curriculum takes
seriously the College’s identity as a college
of the Evangelical Lutheran Church of
America. Two required courses (REL 100
and REL 200) highlight Augsburg’s commitment to this identity and the college’s
related interest in asking students to think
critically about the concept of vocation.
Faculty who teach these courses make
the following commitments to their students:
• You are welcome — whether you are
Jewish or atheist, Buddhist or seeker,
Catholic or Muslim, Baptist, Lutheran,
uncertain, disinterested, or someone who
is ‘spiritual but not religious.’ Our
Christian understanding is rooted in a generous spirit of hospitality.
• We will treat each other with respect
as we learn how to engage in conversation
(Continues on p. 84)
82 Academic Information
CHECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS.
FOR GRADUATION.
• Complete at least one Augsburg
Experience
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
This quick reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the requirements for graduation.
As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree
requirements that begin on page 76. Students
are advised to read carefully the full graduation
requirements and to consult frequently with
their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
All new first-years and all first-year and
sophomore transfer students must complete
the following requirements prior to graduation
(transfer credit may apply to these requirements):
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
• Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
• Social and Behavioral Sciences
• Humanities
• Fine Arts
• Critical Thinking Assessment
• Mathematics Assessment
• Modern Languages Assessment
• Writing Assessment
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
• Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
• Complete Effective Writing
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Youth and Family Ministry (B.A.) . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 80.
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Graduation skills are satisfied by completing the major. (See department and program pages for more information.)
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
and one HPE lifetime activity course.
All advanced transfer students (those
entering with 13 or more credits) must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
• Complete two (2) Search for Meaning
courses.
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
• Complete the Augsburg First Year requirements. (Sophomore transfer students are
exempt from these requirements.)
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
• Complete the fall orientation and
Augsburg Seminar.
• Complete an Engaging Minneapolis
course.
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Youth and Family Ministry (B.A.) . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 80.
Academic Information 83
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Graduation skills are satisfied by completing the major. (See department and program pages for more information.)
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Students entering under the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree must
complete the following requirements prior to
graduation:
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
• Complete one Augsburg Experience
Youth and Family Ministry (B.A.) . . . . . .15
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
• Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
• Social and Behavioral Sciences
• Humanities
• Fine Arts
Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments and
Core Skills Requirements:
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Other maximums are described on page 80.
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Graduation skills are satisfied by completing the major. (See department and program pages for more information.)
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course.
• Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment.)
• Complete one Augsburg Experience
• Complete one college algebra course
course (MAT 105) or a Math Placement
Group 3.
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment)
All students are required to file a
graduation application with the
Office of the Registrar one year prior to graduation.
84 Academic Information
with one another about our different
values, commitments, convictions, and
faith traditions.
• We will challenge and support one
another to develop a mature faith for our
time — open to doubts and eager to
explore our questions and the realities of
our world and culture.
• We will equip you with basic knowledge about vocation, religion, the Bible,
and Christianity as well as about Judaism,
Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism — their
stories, claims, and key concepts.
• We will deepen our study of
Christianity, explore Augsburg’s claim that
“what we believe matters,” and invite you
to continue the process of developing your
own lived theology.
• We will explore the concept of vocation and our understanding that we are
beloved and called to live and serve as
neighbors. We will explore the idea that
vocation is a model and lens for viewing
the connections between our basic beliefs
and the commitments and actions we
make in life.
The Augsburg First Year
In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community,
first-year weekday program students are
required to take courses containing the following components:
• Augsburg Seminar
All students who enter the College as
first-year students in the weekday schedule
program must satisfactorily complete fall
orientation and Augsburg Seminar, a firstyear learning community in their major or
related area of academic interest. Each
week Augburg Seminars devote an hour to
topics relevant to an Augsburg education:
becoming an intentional learner; making
connections to the larger Augsburg learning community; and exploring strategies
for success in the AugSem course(s) and
future college work.
• Engaging Minneapolis
The Engaging Minneapolis requirement
builds on Augsburg’s national leadership in
experiential education as well as its commitment to its urban location. Students
take one course that introduces them to
the city as a resource for intentional learning, typically through civic engagement,
cultural engagement, or service learning.
Most Engaging Minneapolis courses also
fulfill an Augsburg Core Curriculum or
major requirement. They should be taken
during the first year, but may be taken in
the second year.
• Many Voices Project
Embedded in ENL 111, 112, and HON
111 (see core skills requirements), the
Many Voices Project engages first-year students in discussion of a common text
addressing themes of cultural diversity and
global awareness. Emphasizing ways in
which written communication can promote understanding and productive
engagement among different cultures and
points of view, the Many Voices Project is
intended to teach skills and methods that
promote successful communication
between diverse writers and readers.
Augsburg Experience
All students must complete at least one
approved Augsburg Experience as a
requirement for graduation. Augsburg
Experiences highlight the College’s commitment to experiential education and
active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally. Five categories of approved experiential learning
opportunities are recognized as Augsburg
Experiences: internships (including field-
Academic Information 85
work, practicums, and student teaching),
faculty-student research, service learning/
community service, study abroad, and offcampus immersion experiences.
An Augsburg Experience integrates
experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and
reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg
Experiences meet two criteria: (1)
Integrate experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Link on-campus
learning to the goals, mission, needs, or
ideas of off-campus people, organizations
and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities,
and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may
be embedded in designated courses that
are part of the regular class schedule or
may be completed for zero credit outside
of the regular class schedule. The length of
time required, credit/no-credit status, and
grading options for approved Augsburg
Experiences will vary.
Senior Keystone
The official list of approved keystone
courses is found on the registrar’s web
page — under the heading ‘General
Education’, click on ‘Senior Keystone’.
THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses
introduce students to knowledge and
modes of inquiry across a wide range of
disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal arts provide
the opportunity for students to acquire a
broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation.
Students choose two courses from two
different departments in each domain. The
list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts
Foundation requirement is available online
at the registrar’s web page and from the
registrar’s office.
The official list of approved LAF
courses is found on the registrar’s web
page — under the heading ‘General
Education’, click on ‘Approved LAF
Courses and Skills Listing’.
The Senior Keystone course provides a
final opportunity for exploring the central
themes of an Augsburg education — vocation and the search for meaning in a
diverse and challenging world. Students
will reflect upon the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of
transition as they prepare for their lives
after Augsburg. Most Keystone courses also
meet major requirements.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
The Senior Keystone course in each
department connects the broad liberal arts
foundation with the professional skills and
in-depth study of the major. It asks graduating students to think critically, reflectively, and ethically about their place in the
world as leaders and servants.
Economics, Environmental Studies,
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Two courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Physics.
One must be a lab science course.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Two courses from two different departments:
Humanities
Two courses from two different departments/programs:
American Indian Studies, Communication Studies, English, History, Philosophy,
86 Academic Information
Religion, Modern Language and Cultural
Studies (literature and culture courses),
Women’s Studies
Note: The signature Search for Meaning
courses do not count as Humanities
Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Fine Arts
Two courses or approved activities
from two different departments:
Art, Music, Theatre Arts.
One Fine Arts LAF requirement can be
met with four semesters of participation in
the following major choral ensembles (any
combination of four): MUE 111, MUE 112,
MUE 114, MUE 115.
SKILLS REQUIREMENTS
Entry Level Skills Assessments
There are entry level skills assessments
in:
• Critical Thinking
• Mathematics
• Writing
Placement in writing, math, and critical
thinking courses is determined by the
assessments. These tests are a prerequisite
for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course requirements.
• Critical Thinking Assessment and
Requirement
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking assessment.
Students who do not achieve the minimum entry score on the placement exam
are required to take GST 100 Critical
Thinking.
• Mathematics Assessment and
Requirement
All students are required to have their
math placement group (MPG) determined.
In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at
another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. All other
students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during College registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Based on the math assessment result,
students will be enrolled in the appropriate
courses or advised on preparation for
retaking the math placement exam.
Students may retake the Math Placement
Exam once during their first term of
enrollment. Students are required to take
the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve
MPG 3 by the end of their first year at
Augsburg.
Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student’s MPG. A grade of Pass
or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to
the next math level.
Students are encouraged to advance
their MPG as soon as possible. Students
must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4
as a prerequisite.
Academic Information 87
• Writing Assessment and
Requirement
This entry level assessment determines
readiness for ENL 111 or 112. Students
who do not place highly enough on the
entry level assessment will be required to
take ENL 101 Developmental Writing
before ENL 111.
Students who have transferred in a
course equivalent to ENL 111 are excused
from the entry level exam. Students entering Weekend College or the Rochester program do not take the Writing Assessment.
Core Skills Requirements
• Effective Writing
ENL 111 Effective Writing or the equivalent with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher, is
required. Attendance the first day of class
is required.
Students should complete Effective
Writing by the middle of their sophomore
year because it is a prerequisite for Writing
Graduation Skill courses.
• Modern Language
For students who have not previously
studied a modern language, completion of
a two-course sequence in the same language with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P in
both courses is required. The BYU-CAPE
language assessment is offered to students
who have had at least one year of study of
French, German, or Spanish language in
high school. For a language previously
studied, successful completion (minimum
grade of 2.0 or P) of the 112 level satisfies
the requirement. Students placing into 112
must enter at the 112 level. No college
credit will be given for repeat of 111.
Students whose placement test is at 211 or
higher will be exempted from further language study.
Modern language courses accepted in
transfer may be applicable to this skills
area for partial or full completion of the
requirement.
Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled the Modern Language Core
Skill.
Students whose first language is not
English and whose score is below the minimum on the English Language Learners
(ELL) placement test must fulfill the ELL
requirement. The requirement is satisfied
by successfully completing the ELL
course(s) and achieving a score above the
minimum on the ELL placement exam.
Students who complete the ELL requirement fulfill the Modern Language Core
Skill requirement. Contact Academic
Advising or the English Department for
additional information. More information
about English Language Learners is found
on page 92.
• Lifetime Fitness
Two lifetime fitness courses are
required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
is required of all students. The second
course may be chosen from a variety of different Lifetime Activity courses (HPE 002,
003). Students may test out of the activity
course by demonstrating proficiency from
a selected lifetime activity. Proficiency
exams are offered through the Health and
Physical Education department each
semester. There is a fee to take the lifetime
activity proficiency test. Intercollegiate athletes and Health and Physical Education
majors may not test out of this requirement.
Foundations of Fitness and Lifetime
Activity courses are non-credit courses and
are not included in the 32-course credit
graduation requirement.
88 Academic Information
Graduation Skills Requirements
An Augsburg education includes
enhancement of certain skills during the
years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing
skills are deliberate components of certain
courses. Graduation skill requirements typically are embedded in required courses in
the major. Some departments, however,
designate courses outside the major or
elective courses in the major that fulfill
these requirements. See department and
program pages in this catalog or consult
the department chair for more information.
• Physical Education (teaching licensure only)
• Physics
2. Bachelor of Science/Modern
Language Waiver. Students who elect the
Bachelor of Science/Modern Language
Waiver are not required to complete modern language courses as part of their
degree. The following majors are approved
for the Bachelor of Science/Modern
Language Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
Core Curriculum Modifications
• Clinical Laboratory Science
Some majors that result in a Bachelor of
Science degree give students the ability to
modify their Core Curriculum requirements in one of the following ways.
• Mathematics
1. Bachelor of Science/Liberal Arts
Foundation (LAF) Waiver. Students who
elect the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver
must complete at least six of the eight LAF
requirements, provided at least one course
is taken in each of the four domains. (e.g.,
two Natural Science and Mathematics
courses, two Social and Behavioral Science
courses, one Fine Arts course, and one
Humanities course) The following majors
are approved for the Bachelor of
Science/LAF Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Elementary Education
• Health Education (teaching licensure
only)
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physics
EVALUATION AND GRADING.
■ EXPLANATION OF GRADES
The official delivery of end-of-term
grades to students is online via the AugNet
Records and Registration website.
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading
options—traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
Academic Information 89
Pass/No Credit
3.0
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
2.5
• In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
2.0
• Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
1.5
• Maximum number of course credits
taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of
Pass (P).
• P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
Latin Honors. Transfer students should be
especially aware of this requirement.
• To be eligible for graduation with
Latin Honors, students may elect only two
P/N credits.
• See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 80.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime activities are graded only
P/N).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
3.5
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
1.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
Performance below basic course
standards
0.5
0.0
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
Incomplete (I) Grades
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission
after determining that a student emergency
may delay completion of coursework.
Students who receive an incomplete grade
should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an
Application for Incomplete Grade Form
with the Office of the Registrar that states
the reasons for the request, outlines the
work required to complete the course, and
includes the course instructor’s signature.
The instructor may stipulate the terms and
conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the
same course (or a portion of the same
course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete
the outstanding work in enough time to
allow evaluation of the work by the
instructor and the filing of a grade before
the final day of the following academic
term in the student’s program. If the work
is not completed by the specified date of
the following academic term, the grade for
the course becomes 0.0.
90 Academic Information
Extension (X) Grades
Auditing Courses
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor has the right to not grant an
extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not
completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students will be charged an audit fee if their
total credit load is over 4.5 credits. The
charge for part-time and Weekend College
students is listed under Weekend College
Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 28. The signature of the
instructor is required to register an audit.
Students who audit a course should confer
with the instructor within two weeks of
the beginning of the term to determine
expectations, attendance, and any other
requirements. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be
listed with a grade of W. Audited courses
do not count toward graduation and do
not fulfill general education requirements.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average. Courses completed at
Augsburg College must be repeated at
Augsburg to be included in the repeat
policy.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of credits attempted.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Classification is based on the number of
course credits completed.
• Sophomores—7 completed course
credits.
• Juniors—16 completed course credits.
• Seniors—24 completed course credits.
Academic Information 91
■ ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The
Assessment of Previous Learning program
(APL) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student’s previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
International Baccalaureate Program
(IB)—Courses earned from the
International Baccalaureate program will
be considered by the College for advanced
placement and appropriate credit. IB exams
may fulfill general education and/or major
requirements, but cannot satisfy graduation-level skill requirements. Credit granting guidelines are available in the registrar’s office and on the Academic Advising
web site.
Advanced Placement Program
(AP)—Augsburg allows students to earn
credit for scores of 3, 4, or 5 on selected
Advanced Placement tests. For some
exams, a minimum score of 4 is required.
AP exams may fulfill general education
and/or major requirements, but cannot satisfy graduation-level skill requirements.
Additional information is available on the
Academic Advising web page and from the
Office of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)—This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. Students who score at or above the
American Council on Education’s recommended score on an approved examination
may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. CLEP exams may
fulfill general education and/or major
requirements, but cannot satisfy graduation-level skill requirements. Information
about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar and the Academic
Advising web page.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams—These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
• There is a departmental exam available for the subject area in question.
• There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
• The registrar approves the student’s
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
92 Academic Information
The Portfolio Assessment
Program—This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student’s previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the Office of the Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a student’s previous
learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria:
• There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed or
systematic study of content material found
within liberal arts coursework.
• The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
• The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
• The learning relates well to the student’s educational goals.
• The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four credits of academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.50. It is strongly recommended that the process not be
used when four or fewer courses remain
for graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be recorded with
the equivalent Augsburg course numbers
as determined by faculty reviewers.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning—While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg allows a maximum of eight credits (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate
degree) to be obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the
eight credits for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the five assessment processes available in
the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
IB exams, departmental comprehensive
exams, and credit granted through portfolio
assessment.
■ ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS
(ELL)
Students whose primary language spoken at home is not English must take the
ELL placement test in conjunction with
the English writing placement test prior to
registering for their first term at Augsburg.
Students’ placement in ELL, ENL 101
Developmental Writing, or ENL 111, HON
111, or ENL 112 Effective Writing will be
determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ELL courses) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English Language Learner’s course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ELL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student’s ELL requirement.
Academic Information 93
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENL
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ELL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ELL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Committee to re-enroll. Students who have
been dismissed may apply for readmission
after one year, at which time the Student
Standing Committee will review the application for readmission accompanied by any
statements and evidence attesting to his or
her commitment to academic success.
Students who fulfill the ELL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the Modern
Language Core Skill requirement for
graduation.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches
2.00. Students placed on probation as firstyears for having earned two zero grades
may be removed from probation if their
classification changes to sophomore, if
they have not earned additional zero
grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 2.00. Students placed on probation as
sophomores for having earned three zero
grades may be removed from probation if
their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.00.
■ ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.00 cumulative grade point
average (GPA).
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.00 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum
GPA.
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.00 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a first-year who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Student Standing
Committee. Evidence of the student’s commitment to academic progress is the primary consideration in deciding whether or not
to dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission from the Student Standing
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Dean’s List
The Dean’s List, compiled after each
semester, lists undergraduate students
whose grade point average for a semester is
3.50 or better. Students must be full-time
students (a minimum equivalent of three
full course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Courses taken outside of a program’s calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a
Weekend College trimester term by a day
student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when
determining the Dean’s List. If permission
is given by the student, an announcement
94 Academic Information
is sent to the hometown newspaper for
those students on the Dean’s List.
Latin Honors
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement by conferring Latin honors upon completion of a baccalaureate
degree.
This designation and the standards set
are in effect for all students who complete
degree requirements in May 2004 or later.
Latin honors replaces the previous honors
designation of “With Distinction.” Students
may also receive honors recognition for
departmental honors and for participation
in the honors program. (See individual
department and program descriptions for
details.)
Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude: 3.90-4.00 GPA plus
successful completion of the summa oral
examination
Magna cum laude: 3.80-3.89 GPA
Cum laude: 3.60-3.79 GPA
To be eligible, a student must complete
a minimum of fourteen traditionally graded credits at Augsburg and have no more
than two elective pass/no pass graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as P/N
by the department will not be counted).
For additional information, including
the guidelines for the Summa Cum Laude
oral examination, go to the Latin Honors
section at <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/
registrar>.
Graduation and Commencement
Though the terms are often confused,
the words “graduation” and “commencement” carry different meanings.
Graduation refers to the completion of all
degree requirements. Students graduate
when all requirements for the degree have
been fulfilled, meaning that one can graduate at any point during the academic year
provided that all requirements are complete.
Commencement is a ceremony. It is an
opportunity for students, family, friends,
and the Augsburg College community to
celebrate academic accomplishment.
Participation in commencement, however,
does not mean that a student has graduated. A student will not graduate and a
degree will not be conferred until all
requirements are met, regardless of participation in commencement.
Augsburg College holds two commencement ceremonies in the spring to
accommodate the College’s different student populations. The May commencement ceremony is for students in the Day
undergraduate program and for students in
the Physician Assistant Studies graduate
program. The June commencement ceremony is for students in the other five graduate programs as well as undergraduate
students in Weekend College, Rochester
campus, and the Partner Hospitals program.
Undergraduate students who have not
completed all degree requirements may
participate in commencement if: (1) no
more than three requirements will remain
in their program at the conclusion of
spring term; and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer or
fall terms immediately following commencement.
Academic Information 95
Enrollment/Degree Verification
Augsburg College has authorized the
National Student Clearinghouse to act as
its agent for verification of student enrollment and degree status.
Contact information is as follows:
National Student Clearinghouse
13454 Sunrise Valley Road, Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
Web: www.degreeverify.org
Phone: 703-742-4200
Fax: 703-742-4239
E-mail: degreeverify@studentclearing
house.org
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the V. A.
Certifying Official in the Office of the
Registrar about completion of enrollment
verification and the forwarding of other
information to the Department of Veterans
Affairs. Veterans will need to meet the
requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
■ FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records—You have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review your
records.
Right to request amendment of
education records—You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy. This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information —You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One
exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials
with legitimate education interests. A
school official is a person employed by the
College in an administrative, supervisory,
academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted
(such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees, or a student serving on an official
committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another
school official performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review
an education record in order to fulfill his
or her professional responsibility.
96 Academic Information
Right to withhold disclosure of
“directory information”—FERPA uses
the term “Directory Information” to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
“Directory information” includes
the following:
• The student’s name;
• The student’s address;
• The student’s telephone number;
• The student’s e-mail address;
• The student’s date and place of birth;
• The student’s major and minor field of
study;
• The student’s academic class level;
• The student’s enrollment status
(FT/HT/LHT);
• The student’s participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
• The student’s degrees and awards
received (including dates);
• The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
• The student’s dates of attendance;
• Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student; and
• The student’s photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Office
of the Registrar must be notified in writing
of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not received
by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within
10 school days of the start of a subsequent
term for a new student), it will be assumed
that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA
Office—You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of
Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with
FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
Departments and
Programs
Course Descriptions with Major
and Minor Requirements – 98
Department majors and
programs are listed
alphabetically.
Also see index.
98
DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College’s program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall and/or
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The schedule of classes offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) for fall and spring terms is only
available online.
Weekend College classes are available
online.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Summer
Session, the Master of Arts in Education,
Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of
Arts in Nursing, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies, and Master of
Social Work courses are published in a
separate Graduate Studies catalog.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course is valued as
four semester credits or six quarter hours.
Most day program courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work. All full credit
Weekend College courses meet for eight
three-and-one-half-hour sessions during
fall and for seven four-hour sessions during winter and spring term.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for first-years, 200s for sophomores,
300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Departments and Programs 99
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
is prior approval by the professor teaching
the course. Some prerequisites (such as
ENL 111, math placement, and critical
thinking) cannot be waived by the
instructor.
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to Augnet Records and
Registration for information on when specific courses are offered.
INTERNSHIPS AND
.
INDEPENDENT STUDIES.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
■ INTERNSHIPS
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form and secure the signatures
of the faculty supervisor and director of
the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning.
2. Register: Turn in the completed
internship registration form (with all signatures) to the Enrollment Center. You
must register the internship for the academic term that coincides with the internship experience.
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
196
197
198
199
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students
must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission
to register.
396
397
398
399
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
100 Departments and Programs
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. For some majors, participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult
with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register.
(Off-campus 397/399 internships are one option for the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.)
■ DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent Study/Research
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration.
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES
A
merican Indian studies is a major
that gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
North America. Students will be provided
with a multidisciplinary understanding of
the history and present situation of
American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, cul-
ture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces,
and the legal status and sovereignty of
American Indians. This course of study
exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures.
American Indian Studies Faculty
Eric Buffalohead (Chair), Elise
Marubbio
American Indian Studies 101
Adjunct Faculty
Sophia Jacobson, Richard Gresczyk,
Dale Weston
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
American Indian Studies Major
Ten courses including;
AIS 105 Introduction to American
Indian Studies
AIS 205 Contemporary American
Indians
ENL 255 American Indian Literature
or AIS 264 American Indians in the
Cinema
HIS 236 American Indian History
REL 370 American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
AIS 499 Senior Research Project
In addition, students must complete
four electives. At least four of the courses
toward the major must be upper division.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor:
Five courses including AIS 105. At least
two must be upper division.
COURSE OFFERINGS AT AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
Designed to introduce students to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, this course includes an overview of American Indian history, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, and American Indian literature, art, music, and language.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
In this topics-oriented course, students focus on issues that face contemporary
American Indians, including tribal sovereignty and identity politics, treaty
rights, language retention and education, religious freedom, and Indian
activism.
AIS 208
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal
of Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws,
we will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by putting
into conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream
stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American women and their important roles in society by
examining a variety of cultural issues as they are presented through documentary and fiction films made by and about Native American women.
102 American Indian Studies
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women’s roles and status in society. Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
AIS/ENL 255 American Indian Literature
American Indian Literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature, and the ways in
which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking
skills through in-class presentation and small group discussion.
AIS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Indians in the Cinema surveys various images of American Indians created by
Hollywood and television. Focusing on films from the 1910s to the present,
the course provides an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century,
and how it is reflective of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States.
AIS 305
Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by Indigenous peoples of Guatemala,
Nicaragua, or Mexico. Each group faces similar challenges that manifest differently due to the political, social, and cultural influences of the dominant culture in each country. Students will learn about sovereignty, land rights, economy, religion, cultural survival, women’s issues, and political movements
through site visits and interaction with Indigenous organizations.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the course examines the vital roles
and contributions of women in past and present tribal cultures. It explores the
continuity of women’s roles over times and the changes in these roles, precipitated by the influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how
American Indian women have crossed cultural boundaries and influenced
non-tribal communities through their activism and traditionalism. This course
is cross-listed with women’s studies.
American Indian Studies 103
AIS 332
Native American Storytelling
The objective of this course is to study Native American storytelling from a
cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and
studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be
expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling
traditions.
AIS/ENL 355 Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest,
Poetics and Politics of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation.
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with English. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
AIS 364
Indigenous Filmmakers
Indigenous Filmmakers introduces students at the junior and senior level to
the exciting and expanding field of indigenous media—specifically films made
by Native Americans. We will explore the political and social forces at work
behind the American indigenous film movement, which responds to mainstream film’s portrayal of Native Americans and provides an extraordinary
range in perspectives and views that inform Native American cultures.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
AIS 408
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal
of Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws,
we will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by putting
into conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream
stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American women and their important roles in society by
examining a variety of cultural issues as they are presented through documentary and fiction films made by and about Native American women. (Prereq.:
WST 201 or any 2xx women’s studies course; or AIS 105 or any 2XX
American Indian studies course; or consent of instructor.)
AIS 490
Keystone Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by Indigenous peoples of Guatemala,
Nicaragua, or Mexico. Each group faces similar challenges that manifest differently due to the political, social, and cultural influences of the dominant culture in each country. Students will learn about sovereignty, land rights, economy, religion, cultural survival, women’s issues, and political movements
through site visits and interaction with Indigenous organizations.
104 American Indian Studies
AIS 495
Topics in American Indian Studies
Individual courses designed to investigate specific topics such as Minnesota
Indians, Contemporary Indigenous Issues of North and South America, and
American Indian Literature Seminar.
AIS 499
Independent Research
An independently designed research project.
ART—ART
A
rt is essential. It teaches us to see,
claim beauty, make sense of pain, explore
the world, and express ourselves.
At Augsburg College, inspiration and
creativity grow from the diversity of ideas
experienced on a small campus in the
heart of a major metropolitan area. We balance a solid foundation of drawing, design,
and history with technical skills, critical
thinking, and creative exploration in a
range of media. On-campus galleries showcase the work of students as well as established artists. An innovative faculty pairs
creative curriculum for traditional disciplines in drawing, painting, ceramics,
sculpture, and photography with emerging
disciplines in hand papermaking, book
arts, architecture, and digital media. Class
sizes are small; we will get to know each
other.
Galleries and museums surround us;
art club, studio visits, and guest artists provide art in real time; service learning,
internships, and study abroad are integral
to our program. We reach an average of
700 students a year from all disciplines,
graduating 25-30 majors annually with
B.A. degrees in art history, studio art, art
education; and certificates in studio art and
graphic design.
For over 40 years, students have been
earning degrees in art and art history at
Augsburg College. We’re excited to be here
in the center of the city. We think you will
be, too.
Art Faculty
robert k. tom (Chair), Kristin
Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Kim Bowden,
Tara Sweeney
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 257 Watercolor Painting I
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Art 105
or ART 280 Hand Papermaking and
Book Arts I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Studio majors must participate in a solo or
two-person show with a senior review, and
the annual senior group exhibition.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
S: Studio art majors may choose from
ART 102, 225, 382 and 389 to satisfy the
speaking skill.
W: Studio art majors may choose two
of the following courses to satisfy the writing skill: ART 388, 349, 352, 386, and 387.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses
including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 Modern Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I or ART 221
Sculpture I
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
S: Art history majors may choose from
ART 102, 225, 382 and 389 to satisfy the
speaking skill.
W: Art history majors may choose two
of the following courses to satisfy the writing skill: ART 388, 349, 352, 386, and 387.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: Students planning a double
major in studio art and art history or a
major/minor combination should meet
with a department adviser to plan appropriately.
106 Art
Departmental Honors
Art History Minor
GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Graphic Design
Eight art courses, including four in
graphic design, one in art history, and
three studio electives.
Architecture Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART
210, ART 243, ART 244, and ART 249 or
349.
ART COURSES.
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. Some studio courses have
lab fees.
■ STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
ART 102
Design
A study of design is the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrate theory and application of basic design
elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Students use traditional media to develop technical skills and explore descriptive and experimental ideas for perceptual and conceptual drawing. Emphasis
is placed on foundational drawing concepts.
■ STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Topics
Selected courses dealing with special topics, offered occasionally in the department.
ART 105
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the
material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills.
Art 107
ART 106
Chinese Calligraphy and Painting I
Introduction and practice of Chinese calligraphic painting and writing.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil. Emphasis is
placed on color, perception, and expression.
ART 122
Plein Air Sketching I
This foundational course in plein air sketching introduces observational skills
and sketching on-site in the midst of daily life as a meditative way of seeing
deeply and responding to place. Students explore media, technique, and subject matter, visit sites and museums to understand context and meaning, and
respond creatively.
ART 132
Photography I
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
ART 210
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in
architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical
review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing
processes as modes of perception and cognition. (Prereq.: ART 105 or instructor permission)
ART 215
Web Design I
This course explores the theory and practice of web design. Focus is placed on
effective design and usability. Students will become familiar with
Dreamweaver, Photoshop, and Illustrator.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design through the exploration of the inherent properties of various materials and processes.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design.
Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print
publications using page layout software.
ART 225
Graphic Design I
Graphic Design I is an introduction to the principles and practices of visual
communications focusing on text and image using grid layouts.
108 Art
ART 247
Life Drawing
An introduction to the methods and techniques of drawing the human form
through the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on perceptual drawing
skills and accurately rendering the human form in a spatial environment.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and throwing techniques combined with theory, concept, and form.
ART 257
Watercolor Painting I
Introduction to transparent watercolor; emphasizes perceptual observation to
explore color theory, media, and technique. Class sessions often include painting outside on location.
ART 280
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Introduction to hand papermaking, box building, and contemporary bookmaking; emphasizes the interplay of text and image in the handmade book.
ART 306
Chinese Calligraphy and Painting II
Advanced practice of Chinese calligraphic painting and writing. (Prereq.: ART
106)
ART 315
Web Design II
Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART
215 or instructor permission)
ART 320
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional
and contemporary typography; exploring letterforms using digital, hand-set
type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 322
Plein Air Sketching II
This advanced course in plein air sketching is a continuation of ART 122,
which introduces observational skills and sketching on-site in the midst of
daily life as a meditative way of seeing deeply and responding to place. As
advanced students develop mastery of technique and expression of personal
subject matter and style, it is expected that there will be significant, experiential engagement with artistic, cultural, and historical*h resources, as well mentoring of beginners. (Prereq.: ART 122 or permission of instructor)
ART 330
Graphic Design II
Graphic Design II explores visual communications in the retail environment —
developing advertising materials, sales promotions, packaging, and displays.
Art 109
ART 332
Photography II
Advanced study in black and white film photography. Projects will encourage
the refinement of technical and formal skills and the development of a personal approach to subject matter and content. Students will be introduced to
archival print methods, expanded film exposure and development styles, portfolio presentation, develop the vocabulary to write an artist’s statement, and
research contemporary photographers. (Prereq.: ART 132)
ART 340
Digital Imaging
Exploration of visual communications in the electronic environments using
various software programs to create digital images, animation, and digital
games.
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics explores clay, glaze, and firing technology with a
continued emphasis on throwing and handbuilding techniques combined with
theory, concept, and form. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study in acrylic or oil paint media, emphasizing individual expression. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 357
Watercolor Painting II
Advanced exploration in transparent watercolor; emphasizes individual
expression. (Prereq.: ART 257)
ART 368
Print Making II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods. Use of
larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 380
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts II
Advanced exploration in hand papermaking and book arts, emphasizing individual research and expression. (Prereq: ART 280)
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
■ ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modern times.
110 Art
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year.
ART 243
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated
by Western and non-Western examples.
ART 244
History of Architecture after 1750
History of architecture and city planning since 1750, as illustrated by Western
and non-Western examples.
ART 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349)
ART/THR 265 Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
(See Theatre Arts section for course description.)
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
An exploration of the rich heritage of visual arts from Indigenous communities of North America, surveying the dynamic nature of Native American art
spanning from pre-European contact into the present while exploring the
political nature of that trajectory as it encounters cultural change, Western
aesthetics, and Western concepts of art. Students will meet Native artists, visit
a variety of Native American art galleries and exhibitions, and learn about the
cultural, social, and political context surrounding a Native American art.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
traditional arts, and the arts of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Art 111
ART 388
Modern Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
ART 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
ART 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
112
AUGSBURG CORE CURRICULUM—
AUG/KEY/GST
THE SIGNATURE CURRICULUM .
Augsburg Seminar
AUG 101
Augsburg Seminar (.0 course)
A weekly seminar linked to a course or course pair that integrates course content with learning strategies and community-building opportunities beneficial
to beginning college students. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No Credit. Permission to
complete the seminar if the student withdraws from the linked content
course(s) is at the discretion of the instructor(s). (P/N grading only)
Senior Keystone
KEY 480
Topics in Global Interdependence
This cross-cultural keystone seminar prepares students to “act globally” by
challenging them to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while studying
abroad and to analyze issues that transcend national boundaries. In English
with readings in a language other than English. Open to international students
and to upper-division students who have advanced knowledge of a language
other than English or have studied abroad for a full semester (including in
English-speaking countries with consent of instructor).
KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success
This course is the keystone course for business majors and other majors where
the major program does not include a keystone element. It draws together all
facets of a student’s education by providing opportunities to reflect upon and
write about the integration of one’s classes, life, and future. Readings and critical discussions with others in the same and in different majors will add
dimension to each student’s reflective writing.
LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION .
Connections Courses
Students may fulfill Liberal Arts Foundation requirements through disciplinary courses
(listed under academic departments) or through interdisciplinary Connections courses.
FIA 130
Arts and the City
Using the arts resources of the city, this course will explore how to understand
and appreciate various art forms: theatre, music, opera, visual arts, dance, and
film. Class sessions consist almost entirely of attendance at off-campus performances and sites. (Fine Arts LAF)
HUM 120
Medieval Connections: Medieval Life in 12th-century Europe
This is the introductory course for Medieval Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to study European culture during a period known as the High
Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex system of thought and feeling, which includes history, reli-
Augsburg Core Curriculum 113
gion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material, for example, by having students and faculty
attend class in academic regalia, just as they did in medieval universities.
(Humanities LAF, spring)
SBS 100
Environmental Connections
An interdisciplinary introduction to current environmental issues. The course
depends on ecological visions of the world and examines the connections we
share as people living simultaneously in human community and in physical
environments. In examining these connections, we depend on the insights
offered by political science, biology, economics, literature, sociology, chemistry,
and history as well as experiential education and service-learning. The issues
examined in this class — neither remote nor abstract — exist in our everyday
lives, and a central feature of the course is the application of knowledge
gained in the class to a campus project. (Social and Behavioral Sciences LAF,
fall)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Natural Sciences LAF. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Natural Sciences
LAF. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SKILLS.
Entry Skills
GST 100
Critical Thinking
Designed to develop critical thinking skills, this course strengthens the ability
of students to comprehend, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate ideas and arguments. Students identified by the Critical Thinking Assessment are required to
complete GST 100 with a minimum grade of 2.0 or better. Students who have
passed the Critical Thinking Assessment may take the class only with the permission of the instructor.
GST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading, comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be
taken by students who have completed eight credits.
114 Biology
Graduation Skills
GST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/Statistical Literacy
This course focuses on critical thinking about statistics and its use as evidence
in arguments, with an emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, communication,
and analysis of statistically-based arguments. Topics include association, causation, observational studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias and chance.
Common techniques involving statistical opportunism, conditional reasoning
using English to describe and compare rates and percentages presented in
tables and graphs, and the use of standardization to take into account the
influence of confounders are reviewed. Emphasis is on interpretation, evaluation, communication, and analysis of statistically-based arguments. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Other General Studies Courses
GST 009
Internship Transcript Notation (.0 course)
A transcript notation is given for the academic learning inherent in an
approved not-for-credit/internship/work experience. Reflection activities and
work-learning evaluations are conducted by the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning. With approval, a non-credit/internship completed by juniors or
seniors will fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.
BIOLOGY—BIO
W
e are in the midst of a revolution in biology. From the unraveling of
information locked within the human and
other genomes to the complexities of interactions between organisms in diverse
ecosystems in changing environments,
biologists and members of the public are
grappling with an almost overwhelming
flood of new information. By focusing on
the core principles of biology, students are
given the tools with which to interpret
results coming out of the revolution, and
by early exposure to original independent
research projects, given the opportunity to
themselves contribute to our understanding of the natural world. Integration across
biological sub-disciplines is emphasized,
paralleling the integration taking place in
the maturing field of systems biology. As
biological phenomena become amenable to
the analytical tools of chemistry, physics,
mathematics and computer science, biology is increasingly a multidisciplinary venture, Thus, a firm background in these sciences is also important for the successful
study of biology. Biological forces have
many profound effects on society and in
turn humanity has strongly affected our
biosphere. Thus, service-learning opportunities are tightly integrated within the curricula.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a springboard for further
study. Augsburg graduates have gone on to
graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to careers in college or university
teaching, basic and applied research, and
public health. Many have entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary
medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates
Biology 115
have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical and biotechnology industries, laboratory research, natural
resources, and environmental education.
Biology Faculty
Dale Pederson (Chair), Jennifer
Bankers-Fulbright, Ralph Butkowski,
William Capman, Brian Corner, David
Crowe
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Students may choose one of the following degree options: Bachelor of Science in
Biology, Bachelor of Arts in Biology, or
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Nine courses including:
BIO 151 Introductory Biology
BIO 152 Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
BIO 253 Introductory Cellular Biology
and
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 481 Ecology
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Science
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 145/146 Calculus
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The same biology course requirements
as for the Bachelor of Science degree, but
with the following supporting courses:
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Arts
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General
Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory
Statistics
or PSY 215 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
and five upper division biology electives
chosen from the following list:
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences
BIO 351
BIO 353
This major is appropriate for students
also seeking secondary teaching licensure
in biology.
BIO 355
BIO 361
BIO 369
BIO 440
BIO 471
BIO 473
BIO 474
BIO 476
BIO 481
BIO 486
BIO 495
Invertebrate Zoology
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Genetics
Plant Biology
Biochemistry
Plant Physiology
Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Developmental Biology
Microbiology
Ecology
Immunology
Special Topics in Biology
Requirements are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology degree, but
with the following differences:
Only four (rather than five) upper division biology electives are required, along
with:
Two additional science courses, chosen
from the following list:
PHY 101
SCI 106
An introductory geology course
116 Biology
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT) and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met
by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing
COM 115. Consult your department chair
or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
All transfer courses, including ACTC
courses, must be approved in writing by
the department, subject to review by the
chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the
last 10 years will be considered. No more
than two upper division courses from
other institutions may be applied toward
the major.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. BIO 151 and 152 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and BIO 253 and Organic Chemistry
(when appropriate) in the second year.
Students should complete their math
requirements early in their college careers.
A GPA of 2.00 for BIO 151, 152, and 253
is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper
division biology courses. A grade of 2.00
or above is required for all upper division
courses applied toward the major.
Biology for Health Sciences
GPA of 3.50 in biology and 3.00 overall, one course of approved independent
study (BIO 499) or a research internship
combined with BIO 498, public presentation of results along with a written report.
Project proposals should be made to the
department by Sept. 30 of the senior year
or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning
to graduate in the following December.
Prerequisite requirements for health
sciences vary with the program and the
institution. Care should be taken to study
the requirements for every program well in
advance of making application. In general,
medical schools require a two semester
sequences in calculus, physics and organic
chemistry. Biochemistry is also commonly
required and in some instances statistics
and literature. Programs in physician assistant training, veterinary medicine, physical
therapy and such typically have a more
extensive list of prerequisites. Students
considering a post-baccalaureate program
in these areas should consult early and
often with health science advisers — Dixie
Shafer and Dale Pederson.
Minor
Graduate Training in Biology
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 151, 152,
253, and two upper division courses. The
majority of courses in biology must be
taken at Augsburg College.
Graduate programs in biological fields
typically require two semesters of general
chemistry, organic chemistry, calculus and
physics. Also required is extensive involvement in research through Aug Experience,
internships and/or independent study.
Careful consultation with the Biology
Departmental Honors
Biology 117
adviser is recommended to select among
course work and research options.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for biology teachers, the science portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg life sciences major.
The state requirements may be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure
must be completed before beginning student teaching.
Beta Beta Beta
Membership in the Augsburg Chapter
of this national biology honor society is
open to those students who have completed at least one upper division biology
course and have a GPA of 3.00 in biology.
Cooperative Education and Service
Learning
The department works with the Center
for Service, Work and Learning in identifying and defining cooperative education
experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
Augsburg Student Association for
Health Sciences
The Augsburg Student Association for
Health Sciences exists to serve all students
preparing for post-baccalaureate study
and/or careers in medicine and allied
health professions. It facilitates volunteer
and work opportunities, provides contact
with admissions representatives from several professional schools, and arranges visits with alumni in several health fields.
BIOLOGY COURSES.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SCI 280
Introduction to Research
This is a topics course for discovery-based research introducing concepts and
skills based on instructor-generated research projects. It is offered through a
selection-process based on student interest, invitation, and interview selection.
It is recommended for students in the Honors Program and can also fulfill an
AugExperience as an experiential course in research if the student project
results in presentation of the work in subsequent semesters. All are welcome
to apply. (Prereq: Invitation to participate in course; 0.5 course)
118 Biology
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test hypotheses are considered.
(Prereq.: MPG 2. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 121
and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Prereq.: CHM 100 or another
chemistry course strongly recommended. Spring)
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective and
application. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life,
genetics and genetic disease, selected organ systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on Earth. (Three hours lecture, one three-hour lab. A student
may not receive credit for both BIO 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor in biology. Students are strongly encouraged to take CHM 100 before
taking this class. Fall and spring)
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to biology for science
majors, including cell and molecular biology, energy metabolism, genetics. BIO
151, 152, and 253 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours of lecture, three hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent registration
in CHM 105/115. Fall)
BIO 152
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Second of a three-semester introductory sequence. An introduction to evolution, ecology, and biological diversity for science majors. BIO 151, 152, and
253 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three
hours of lecture, four hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152, CHM 106 or 116. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151,
152. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
Biology 119
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall)
BIO 369
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253, CHM 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the processes involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253. Spring)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 369.)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions,
emphasizing vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253.)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur
during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253,
junior standing.)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.:
BIO 253, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 486
Immunology
This course is a study of the body’s immune defense. The course investigates
the structure and mechanisms of human body’s three lines of immune defense.
Protection from microorganisms and parasites, and cancer surveillance are
considered. The role of immunity in vaccination and transplantation, and
mechanisms of immune malfunction in allergy, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency are included. Prereq.: BIO 369 (Three hours of lecture, four hours laboratory. Spring)
120 Biology
SCI 490
Integrated Keystone
The Natural Science Keystone explores the connections of science with the
world at large, including faith, vocation, ethics, and professional accountability. Students will reflect on science as a vocation and the philosophy of science
in a global context of the interconnectedness of faith, reason, ethics, sustainability, and socio-political-economic situation. (Prereq: senior biology, chemistry, or physics major; P/N for 0.5 course)
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Courses covering special topics not otherwise covered by our other course
offerings. Topics may vary.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BIO 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 99. (Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. P/N only)
BIO 299
Directed Study
BIO 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 99. (Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
DEPARTMENT OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION—
BUS, ACC, FIN, MIS, MKT
O
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (Chair
and International Business Coordinator),
William Arden (Management
Coordinator), Nora M. Braun (MIS
Coordinator), John C. Cerrito, Peggy M.
Cerrito, C. Lee Clarke, David Conrad, John
Furia, R. Brooks Gekler, Marc D. Isaacson,
Amin E. Kader, Ashok K. Kapoor (Finance
Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave
(Accounting Coordinator), Laura K. Lazar,
Lori L. Lohman, Rosanne Malevich, Marc
McIntosh, Fekri Meziou, Lori A. Peterson,
Milo A. Schield, David G. Schwain
(Marketing Coordinator), Kathryn A.
Schwalbe, Peter Stark, Stuart M. Stoller,
Steve Zitnick
Business Administration 121
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Majors
The Department of Business
Administration offers five majors: business
administration (BUS), accounting (ACC),
finance (FIN), management information
systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT—day
program only).
Specializations
Specializations provide students majoring in a field of study the opportunity to
deepen their knowledge of a particular
aspect of this major area. Within the business administration major there are four
specializations: management, marketing
(WEC only), music business, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Minors
Minors provide students the opportunity to study and obtain a professional credential in an area of study that is in addition to their major. Minors are available to
students majoring in fields outside the
Department of Business Administration, in
addition to students majoring in other
areas in the Department of Business
Administration. The Department of
Business Administration offers six minors:
business administration, international business, music business, accounting, management information systems, and marketing.
Certificate Programs
Certificate programs in the Department
of Business Administration are designed to
meet the needs of working people looking
for specific skills to help them in their job,
or to pursue a new career. The department
offers certificates in information technolo-
gy, business management, and finance
through the Weekend College program.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimum
number required (see page 80), students
must avoid taking too many electives in
the major or minor or exceeding the 13course limit per academic department (14
courses for accounting majors). Courses
designated as ACC, BUS, FIN, MIS, and
MKT are considered as being in the same
academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination
of major and minor may require students
to complete more than the minimum
number of credits required for graduation.
Exceptions are noted in the major.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Advising
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS,
or marketing are strongly encouraged to
select a departmental adviser who teaches
in their major. This should be done by the
end of the sophomore year at the latest. In
addition to advising, departmental faculty
can counsel majors on their careers, assist
majors in obtaining internships or jobs,
and provide letters of recommendation for
prospective employers or graduate programs.
122 Business Administration
Internships
International Business
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning and department faculty to
obtain an internship
(BUS/ACC/FIN/INS/MIS/MKT 399) during
their junior or senior year. Internships can
provide students with experience that may
be valuable in competing for jobs after
graduation. Advisers should be consulted
about internships.
The international business faculty
actively support international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business or other overseas opportunities.
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION—BUS
T
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The three specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Business Core
Nine courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 264 Statistical Literacy for
Managers
FIN 331 Financial Management
Note: All business majors are encouraged
to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement. (See course description
under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Specialization in Management
Business core plus four courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Business Administration 123
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the business administration major, management
specialization. The graduation skill in
Speaking (S) is met by completing the following courses:
S: MIS 376 or ECO 318
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) and
Writing (W) graduation skills.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus four courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
and one additional upper division course in
either international business or international economics.
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the business
administration major, international business specialization. Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Specialization in Music Business
Business Core* plus seven courses:
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits — or — 2 MUS credits and 1
MUE credit, selected from: (2 credits must
be in residence at Augsburg):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
*Music Business majors are exempt from
BUS 379 and may substitute BUS 254 in
place of BUS 242 or 200.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
S: MUS/BUS 105 or MUS/BUS 245
W: MUS/BUS 105 and MUS/BUS 245
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
124 Business Administration
Specialization in Marketing (Weekend
College students only)
Business core plus three courses:
MKT 352 Marketing Research
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
MKT 450 Marketing Management
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the business
aministration major, marketing specialization. Consult your department chair or
academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Eleven courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or FIN 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS
or marketing course.
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 312
ECO 313
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the combined
major in business administration and economics. Consult your department chair or
academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 or 200, MKT 252, FIN 331 or BUS 264
or 379. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department
chair.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting,
finance, MIS or marketing.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
200 or MKT 252, and three courses in
international business (one may be in
international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
Minor in Music Business
Eight courses including:
MUS/BUS 105, ECO 113, MIS 260, ACC
221, MUS/BUS 399, and one of the following: MUS/BUS 245, BUS 254, plus two
additional music course credits beyond
MUS 105 and MUS 399 (maximum of 1
credit in MUE and/or MUP courses).
Business Administration 125
This minor is a collaborative program
between the music and business departments. The minor is a course of study
designed both for the music major desiring
additional preparation in business and for
the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry.
Departmental Honors
See Business Administration
Department Chair.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES.
BUS/MUS 105 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing,
Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics include copyright, licensing,
contracts, publicity and marketing. Other topics include the record industry,
agents and managers. Musical genres and historical periods are compared and
analyzed. This course is also offered as MUS 105.
BUS 200
Exploring Business as Vocation
This course is intended to introduce you, the student, to the possibility of pursuing a career in business as a vocational calling. In this course you will be
exposed to the key areas of business operations including: management, marketing, management information systems/technology, finance, accounting, and
international business.
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS/MUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
A study of the role of the artist manager in career development and the role of
the arts administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry, and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed. Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry
topics and in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: BUS/MUS
105)
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
126 Business Administration
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence for management decisions.
Analysis of business cases involving non-financial data. Focus on predicting,
understanding, and managing variation: modeling, sampling, optimizing, etc.
Reviews descriptive and inferential statistics. Uses spreadsheets for statistical
analysis (trends and confidence intervals). Includes the generation and analysis of survey data. Uses Monte Carlo simulation in business forecasting.
Communicate results in a form that facilitates decisions by non-quantitative
managers. Attention to alternate choices, sub-optimization, and unanticipated
consequences. Optional topics include process control, six-sigma, data mining,
and dashboard metrics. (Prereq.: MPG 3 and MIS 260 or equivalent. WEC &
Evening schedule: Additional evening sessions are required.)
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
How to read and interpret data to make better business decisions. Topics
include descriptive statistics (emphasis on confounding and conditional reasoning) and statistical inference (confidence intervals and statistical significance). Software used is either Minitab or Excel. (Prereq.: MIS 260 and either
MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC and evening schedule: Additional
sessions are required, usually on a weekday evening.)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111 and BUS 242 or 200; BUS 362 recommended.)
Business Administration 127
BUS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. On demand)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
BUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
BUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
ACCOUNTING—ACC
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has two tracks: general
accounting and professional accounting.
The general accounting specialization is
adequate for a wide variety of positions.
The professional accounting track includes
two specializations: public accounting and
managerial accounting. The public
accounting specialization is recommended
for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
128 Business Administration
Effective May 2006, students will need
to complete the equivalent of 150 semester
hours of education to be licensed as
Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This
can be completed in four years through
accelerated undergraduate work. Another
option is to complete a four-year bachelor’s
degree plus a master’s degree.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Accounting Major
Business Core Requirements
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics or
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
Required Accounting Courses
Four courses including:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice II
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Students should take the courses in the
sequence given above.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
accounting major. The graduation skills in
Speaking (S) and Writing (W) are met by
completing the following courses:
S: ACC 423 or ACC 424
W: ACC 423 and ACC 424
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the
Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. (See course description under
Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
Joint B.A. in Accounting and Master
of Arts in Leadership
A B.A. in Accounting and an M.A. in
Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this
five-year program designed for students
who wish to qualify for CPA certification
and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of
the 5th year and successful completion of
all requirements, the student receives both
a B.A. in Accounting and an M.A. in
Leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-
Accounting 129
hour requirement to qualify for the CPA
certification. The MAL program offers a
large number of courses on a weekend
schedule. Please refer to the MAL program
catalog for a complete list of course offerings.
It is recommended that the students
meet with an accounting adviser to create
an effective plan for successful completion
of the five-year program.
Requirements:
1. Students must apply for admission to
the MAL program at the end of their junior
year. The application process includes:
submission of a completed application
form, three letters of recommendation (two
from professors and one from an employer), a personal statement, an example of
their writing in an academic paper, a GPA
of at least 3.30, and an interview with a
three-person panel from the MAL program.
2. Students must also have faculty
endorsement from the accounting program.
3. Students must complete at least on
year of accounting work experience (either
a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program Coordinator: Stu Stoller
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221, 222, FIN 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322, 323
and one of the following: MIS 260, BUS
379, ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
ACCOUNTING COURSES.
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
130 Accounting
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders’ equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or BUS
200, BUS 379 or MAT 163 or 373, MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, FIN 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA’s role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or
BUS 200, BUS 379 or MAT 163 or 373, FIN 331, MIS 260 or 270, MKT 252)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
ACC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
ACC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
FINANCE–FIN
T
he finance major prepares students
for professional careers in corporate
finance and the financial services industry.
Besides careers in the finance/accounting
area in all businesses large and small, this
major leads to careers in banking, brokerages, insurance, and investment banking.
Courses focus on financial theory and
practice, investments, accounting theory,
money and banking, and international
finance.
Students are encouraged to complete an
internship prior to graduation.
Proficiency in the use of spreadsheets
such as Excel is expected.
Coursework provides a foundation for
graduate school and professional career
examinations such as the Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA) conducted by the
CFA Institute.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Finance Major
Finance Core Requirements
Ten courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
131
BUS 301
FIN 331
Business Law
Financial Management
Required Finance Courses
Five courses including:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I (Prereq: ACC 222)
FIN 433 Financial Theory: Policy and
Practice (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438 Investment Theory (Prereq:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111
and FIN 331)
FIN 460 International Finance (Prereq:
FIN 331)
ECO 315 Money and Banking (Prereq:
ECO 112)
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
Finance major. The graduation skill in
Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course:
S: FIN 438
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) and
Writing (W) graduation skills.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: Finance majors are encouraged to
take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core
Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement.
(See course description under Augsburg
Core Curriculum.)
132 Finance
FINANCE COURSES.
FIN 240
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and estate
planning.
FIN 331
Financial Management
This course includes financial statement analysis, risk and return, security valuation, capital budgeting, capital structure, and working capital management.
(Prereq: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
FIN 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management,
corporate restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438
Investment Theory
This is an introduction to investment decision-making and portfolio management-theory and practice. Other topics include valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 460
International Finance
This course develops tools for practicing multinational financial management
including: currency exchange rates, risk, forecasting, spot and forward
rates, hedging, international monetary and trade flows as represented in
the accounting and macroeconomic identities for current account and
trade deficits. This course extends the framework of financial management
to include international transactions as well as ethical considerations.
(Prereq: FIN 331)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS—MIS
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems such
as application developer, business systems
analyst, IT consultant, or project manager.
MIS studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and develop
new systems. MIS is an extensive major
(16 courses) and includes courses from
computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, finance, and
marketing as well as from MIS.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Management Information Systems
Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
FIN 331 Financial Management
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 264 Statistical Literacy for
Managers
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
Required MIS Courses
Five courses including:
MIS 270 Data Management for Business
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 376
MIS 475
MIS 476
Project Management
Systems Analysis and Design
Information Systems Projects
Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 240 Introduction to
Networking and
Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the MIS major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the
Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement. (See course description
under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Minor in MIS
Six courses including:
MIS 260, ACC 221, MIS 375, ECO 113,
BUS 242 or 200 or MKT 252, and MIS 376
or ECO 318.
133
134 MIS
MIS COURSES.
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver, and
Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision
support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
Introduces the concepts of data modeling, database structures, and relational
databases. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the components in a technology architecture. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252, and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control,
and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: MIS 260)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 260, 270, and 375)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376, and 475)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Marketing 135
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
MIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
MARKETING—MKT
T
he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of marketing functions within both
business and not-for-profit organizations.
Career avenues include marketing
research, product management, marketing
communications (e.g., advertising, public
relations, sales promotion), and sales.
Marketing courses focus on integrating
both theory and practical applications,
with an emphasis on hands-on projects.
Augsburg’s metropolitan location makes it
easy for marketing students to complete
marketing plans, research studies, and
other projects for leading Twin Cities companies and not-for-profit organizations.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTSS
Marketing Major
Business Core Requirements
Ten courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
136 Marketing
or BUS 264 Statistical Literacy for
Managers
Required Marketing Courses
Five courses including:
MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis
MKT 450 Marketing Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
MKT 350 Consumer Behavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the marketing
major. Consult your department chair or
academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the
Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. (See course description under
Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Minor in Marketing
Five courses including:
MKT 252, MKT 355 or MKT 357, MKT
352, and two additional marketing courses.
This minor is recommended for anyone
who wishes to further their knowledge of
the marketing field.
MARKETING COURSES.
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer
decision-making process. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and motivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class,
family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing
situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of
research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.:
MKT 252, BUS 379 or 264, ECO 113, or consent of instructor. For non-business majors: An alternative to BUS 379 is another introductory statistics with
consent of instructor. Augsburg statistics courses that will automatically fulfill
the BUS 379 prerequisite for non-business majors are MAT 163, SOC 362, or
PSY 215.)
Marketing 137
MKT 354
Sales Management
Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs
designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas,
and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note:
Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 357
Advertising
Introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. Note: Either
MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans.
(Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor)
MKT 466
International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to marketing in an international
setting. Emphasis on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252)
MKT 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MKT 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
MKT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
MKT 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
MKT 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
138
CHEMISTRY—CHM
C
hemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding
changes in matter. Chemistry has been
described as the central science because
matter includes the entire physical world,
such as the things we use, the food we eat,
and even ourselves. Correlating the
insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas
that excite and offer opportunities to better
the entire world.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
•To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
•To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists.
•To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
•To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
•To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Joan C. Kunz (Chair), Ron L. Fedie,
Arlin E. Gyberg, David R. Hanson, Sandra
L. Olmsted
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTSS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of
Chemistry I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
One course in biochemistry and one additional course from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry II
Chemistry 139
CHM 367
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
Properties of Polymers
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, II
Calculus I, II
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the first year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Professional
Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least three courses (and usually
more) in biology. Other pre-health and preprofessional students (physician assistant,
pharmacy, engineering, etc. — see pre-professional program listings in the Academic
Information section) should consult members from the chemistry department for
assistance in course planning early in their
college careers.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361, 363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory I
CHM 364, 365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory II
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course in biochemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, III
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, and computer proficiency.
General Education Accommodation
B.S. chemistry majors are allowed a two
course reduction in the general education
program. See Graduation Requirements
modification section of this catalog.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking and Writing
graduation skills are embedded throughout
the chemistry major for both B.A. and B.S.
degrees. ENL 111 should be taken in the
140 Chemistry
first year. Consult members of the chemistry faculty concerning the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill. The
Speaking skill is met through COM 115
(or COM 111) and further developed in
upper division chemistry courses.
all; one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Departmental Honors
Note: Credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.00 over-
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351, 352, and CHM 353.
CHEMISTRY COURSES.
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term
sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
CHM 100/102 Chemistry for Changing Times
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor. CHM 102 includes a lab section; CHM 100 does not have a lab section. Students may not take both CHM
100 and CHM 102 for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
2. and concurrent registration with MAT 105, or MPG 3. Fall)
Chemistry 141
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 4. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106
or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. QEM course. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration. Fall)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
142 Chemistry
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent
registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship
between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs
are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic
substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. A course in biochemistry is recommended.
Spring, alternate years)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory consists of preparations using a
variety of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352, 361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.0 course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and
organic chemistry.
Chemistry 143
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
CHM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
CHM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
144
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE—CLS
C
linical laboratory scientists perform
complex biological, microbiological, and
chemical tests on patient samples. They
also use, maintain, and troubleshoot
sophisticated laboratory equipment in the
performance of diagnostic tests. The clinical laboratory scientist analyzes these test
results and discusses them with the medical staff. He/she also possesses the skills
required for molecular diagnostic tests
based on DNA and RNA technologies. In
addition, the clinical laboratory scientist
will find opportunities in test development, experimental design, administration,
and education.
The curriculum requires a minimum of
six semesters on campus to complete the
pre-requisite curriculum. Students spend
an additional 12 months of clinical education in a hospital-sponsored, accredited
program during their senior year. A bachelor of science degree is awarded at the satisfactory completion of all required course
work.
Admission to the clinical laboratory science major is on a competitive basis.
Students apply for admission to the clinical
laboratory science program early in the fall
semester of the academic year just prior to
the beginning of their professional studies,
typically in the junior year. Formal acceptance into the hospital-sponsored program
is based on the submission of an application for admission to the major, personal
recommendations, review of academic performance, and interview with the Program
Admission Committee. A minimum grade
point average of 2.75 overall as well as in
science and mathematics courses is strongly recommended. Acceptance into the hospital program is not guaranteed by the
College. The hospital program affiliated
with Augsburg is the Fairview Health
Services. The program is accredited by the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W.
Bryn Mawr, Suite 670, Chicago, IL, 60631,
773-714-8880.
During the clinical component in an
accredited hospital program, students will
register for 12.25 credits. The clinical
phase routinely begins in June with anticipated graduation the following spring.
Graduates of the program are eligible to sit
for certification examinations offered by
national certification agencies.
Hospital affiliates of Augsburg College
Fairview Health Services
Fairview Lakes Medical Center
Fairview Northland Regional
Medical Center
Fairview Red Wing Medical Center
Fairview-Ridges Hospital
Fairview-Southdale Hospital
UMMC, Fairview-Riverside
UMMC, Fairview-University
Generalized four-year academic plan for
clinical laboratory science (CLS) majors
To complete the program in four years,
students must:
a. achieve MPG 3 or 4, AND
b. qualify for ENL 111, AND
c. score above 45 on the critical thinking exam, AND
d. do not require ENL 217/218, AND
e. meet graduation skills requirements
within the major and supporting courses,
AND
f. satisfy the Engaging Minneapolis
requirement with BIO 151/152
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT) and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met
by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing
COM 115. Consult your department chair
Clinical Laboratory Science 145
or academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
First year:
Fall Term:
BIO 151: Introductory Biology
CHM 105 or CHM 115: General Chemistry
REL 100: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Term:
BIO 152: Ecology, Evolution and Diversity
CHM 106 or CHM 116: General Chemistry
ENL 111
Elective
Second Year:
Fall Term
BIO 253: Introductory Cell Biology
CHM 351: Organic Chemistry I
REL 200: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Term
BIO 355: Genetics
CHM 352: Organic Chemistry II
MAT 163: Statistics (QR)
Elective
Third Year:
Fall Term
BIO 369: Biochemistry
BIO 473: General Physiology
Elective
Elective
Spring Term
BIO 476: Microbiology
BIO 486 Immunology
Elective
Elective
Fourth Year: Clinical Program
Summer Session
CLS 400: Introduction to CLS
CLS 405: Body Fluids
CLS 410: Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 415: Clinical Immunology
CLS 425: Clinical Chemistry
Clinical Rotations:
Fall & Spring Semester
CLS 450: Applied Clinical Chemistry
CLS 455: Applied Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 460: Applied Immunology
CLS 465: Applied Immunohematology
CLS 470: Applied Clinical Microbiology
Fall Semester
CLS 420: Immunohematology
CLS 430: Clinical Microbiology
CLS 433: Virology/Mycology/Parasitology
CLS 435: Molecular Diagnostics
Clinical Rotations
Spring Semester
CLS 440: Laboratory Management &
Education
CLS 445: Research Design & Methods
LS 475: Advanced Applications in CLS
CLS 480: Advanced Topics in CLS
CLS 485: Advanced Studies in CLS
SCI 490: Keystone course
Clinical Rotations
Special core requirement courses and
professional courses must be completed
with a grade of “C” (2.0) or above.
Students must meet all College graduation
requirements including General Education,
grade point, College residency, and total
credits.
146 Clinical Laboratory Science
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSES.
CLS 400
Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science
CLS 405
Body Fluids
Course is designed to provide the CLS student with the basic laboratory skills
required for the laboratory component of the curriculum. This course will also
provide teamwork, leadership, and interpersonal skills needed by healthcare
professionals. Current issues in CLS will also be covered including ethics, government regulations, and concepts of total testing process. (Prereq.: CHM 353;
BIO 355 and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
Covers concepts related to the formation, distribution, and function of body
fluids and their chemical, physical, and cellular composition in health and disease. Laboratory focus is on performance, interpretation, and correlation of
results. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355 and 473; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 410
Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Course is designed to provide the CLS student with the basic knowledge of
hematology/hemostasis. Cellular components of the blood in normal and diseased states, hemostasis principles, laboratory testing, interpretation, and the
correlation of results will be covered. Laboratory component will focus on
specimen preparation, red cell, white cell, and platelet identification and enumeration, both microscopically and electronically. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO
355, 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 415
Clinical Immunology
Course in the application of immunologic and serologic techniques used for
the specific diagnosis of immunodeficiency diseases, malignancies of the
immune system, autoimmune disorders, hypersensitivity states, and infection
by specific microbial pathogens. Laboratory sessions offer exercises in methods
for detection of antigens and antibodies in patient specimens. (Prereq.: CHM
352; BIO 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 420
Immunohematology
Course covers aspects of the Blood Group Systems, antibody screening, compatibility testing, blood donor service, selection of donors, blood drawing,
storage, preservation, components, records, and regulations for blood banks.
The laboratory section includes performance of blood bank procedures, donor
processing, compatibility testing, antibody screening and identification.
(Prereq.: BIO 355, 369, and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 425
Clinical Chemistry
The focus of the course is on the physiology of body analytes and the organ
systems, with an emphasis on the corresponding clinical laboratory procedures
and human disease states. Discussion will include the clinical correlations of
the analytical procedures data with the diseases. The laboratory section covers
skills necessary to the performance of clinical chemistry test procedures.
(Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369 and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
Clinical Laboratory Science 147
CLS 430
Clinical Microbiology
Course includes the study of bacteria, rickettsiae, chlamydia, and mycoplasma
as they relate to diseases in humans. Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen collection and processing, modes of
transmission, and methods of identification. In the laboratory component, students will process specimens from various body locations. Emphasis will be
placed on isolation with identification, selection of appropriate antibiotic therapy, quality assurance, and safety. (Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 369, 476 and
Immunology; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 433
Virology, Mycology, and Parasitology
Study of viruses, fungi, and parasites as they relate to diseases in humans.
Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen
collection and processing, modes of transmission, and methods of identification. Laboratory emphasis focuses on isolation and identification, quality
assurance, and safety. (Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 369, 479 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 435
Molecular Diagnostics
A course on the composition, structure, function and characteristics of DNA.
Emphasis will be placed on clinical laboratory methods used to isolate, amplify, manipulate, and analyze DNA sequences in order to integrate theory and
practice. (Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 336, 473, 476 and 486; and admission to the
CLS program)
CLS 440
Laboratory Management and Education
Course is designed to introduce the clinical laboratory science student to the
principles of laboratory administration. The seminar-format course will focus
on human resource management, operations management, and educational
methodologies appropriate for the supervisor and laboratory manager (Prereq.:
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 445
Research Design and Methods
The course applies scientific method to clinical laboratory research problems,
systematic applications of hypothesis formation and decision making through
research design principles. Research proposal writing and the process of institutional review board approval and informed consent will also be covered.
(Prereq.: MAT 163 and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 450
Applied Clinical Chemistry
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of clinical chemistry
in the clinical laboratory. The course is designed to utilize and build upon theoretical and applied knowledge acquired in the previous didactic courses (CLS
400, 425) and apply it to the performance of analytical procedures and management of the clinical chemistry laboratory. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS
program and CLS 400 and 425)
148 Clinical Laboratory Science
CLS 455
Applied Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the learning to the clinical hematology, hemostasis, and body fluids laboratories. Students will gain experience
processing and analyzing patient’s specimens with a wide variety of complex
procedures and instruments. Students will also expand their identification and
diagnostic skills on microscopic analysis of hematology and body fluid specimens. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 400, 405, and 410)
CLS 460
Applied Immunology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies concepts and techniques learned in
CLS 415. Using patient specimens, students will gain experience in the clinical
immunological techniques, methods, and management of antigen-antibody
reactions and identify the relationship to diseased states. The rotation also
includes the fundamentals of HLA testing and Flow Cytometry techniques
with interpretation of results. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
400 and 415)
CLS 465
Applied Immunohematology
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the concepts and skills learned in
CLS 420 to the blood bank setting for the performance of antibody identification techniques, hemolytic disease problems, quality assurance management,
solving of patients’ blood compatibility problems, apheresis, and cell therapy.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 420)
CLS 470
Applied Clinical Microbiology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of CLS 430. Student
will process a variety of patient specimens in the microbiology laboratory and
gain experience with a wide variety of state of the art procedures and equipment for the isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, fungi protozoa, helminthes, and viruses. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
430 and 433)
CLS 475
Advanced Applications in CLS
Selected study in one aspect of the practice of clinical laboratory science, such
as ancillary biology, cytogenetics, outreach clinics, or industry. Rotation and
lecture included. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and enrollment in
applied courses)
CLS 480
Advanced Topics in CLS
This course will cover, at an advanced level, the major areas of the clinical laboratory. Topics will also include information on new directions in laboratory
testing with an emphasis placed on its impact on current laboratory practice
and outcomes assessment. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
405, 410, 415, 420, 425, 430, 433, 435, and 440)
Communication Studies 149
CLS 485
Advanced Studies in CLS
A capstone research project required for satisfactory completion of the CLS
program. Student will complete a research project under the supervision of
a mentor. Course culminates in a major paper and presentation. Area of
emphasis will be in one of the specialty or subspecialty areas included in the
clinical laboratory practice. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and senior
standing)
CLS 499
Independent Study in CLS
Individual reading or research under the guidance of a CLS instructor.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program; repeatable for maximum of one
credit)
COMMUNICATION STUDIES—COM
O
ur discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided
by the need to make communicative choices that are artful, ethical, and effective.
Students who major in communication
studies are concerned with: interpersonal
relationships, mass media, public advocacy
and social influence, group and organizational dynamics, and intercultural dimensions of communication.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Communication Studies Faculty
Deborah Redmond (Chair), Kristen
Chamberlain, Wes Ellenwood, Robert
Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Studies Major
Twelve courses overall — eight required
core courses and four courses within one
of eight emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these courses must be taken at
Augsburg.
Required of all communication studies
majors:
COM 111
Public Speaking
COM 280
Introduction to
Communication Studies
COM 351
Argumentation
COM 352
Persuasion
COM 354
Interpersonal
Communication
COM 355
Small Group
Communication
150 Communication Studies
COM 321
Business and Professional
Speaking
or COM 329 Intercultural
Communication
COM 490 Senior Keystone
Professional Communication Emphasis
This emphasis is intended for students
interested in studying communication from
an artistic and humanities perspective. It is
appropriate for career interests such as:
communication graduate school; other
professional graduate programs (e.g. law
school), rhetorical criticism, political communication and being a professional trainer, communication consultant, professional
speaker, or speech writer.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 321 (required), COM 329,
345, 399, 499; THR 350, 360; BUS 242,
301; ENL 220; POL 326, 342, 370; PSY
271, 325; REL 383; SOC 362, 363
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Appropriate for: business related
careers such as professional manager, sales,
management consulting, technical consulting, internal communications, organizational or industrial consulting, human systems analyst or designer, and also graduate
programs in organizational studies.
Human Relations Emphasis
Appropriate for students pursuing the
study of how organizations manage their
internal structure and personnel. People
who work in this area deal with such
issues as discrimination, work rules,
employee relations, etc.
Four additional electives from: BUS 340
(required); COM 321, 326, 329, 345, 399,
410; PSY 373, 385; SOC 265, 349, 375
Marketing Communication Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis focus on the
communication aspects of the marketingcommunication mix. This emphasis is particularly helpful for students interested in
an organizational role in marketing communication.
Four additional electives from: MKT
252 (required); COM 321, 326, 329, 399,
410, 480; MKT 352, 355, 357, 450; POL
342
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for the growing fields public relations, crisis management, as well as advertising and promotional communication. An
internship in public relations, advertising,
or a related field is required.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 345 (required), COM 321,
326, 329, 399, 410, 480, 499; BUS 242,
340; PSY 271, 325, 373; SOC 265, 349,
375
Four additional electives from: ENL
227 (required); COM 321, 326, 329, 345,
399, 410, 480; ART 132, 224, 225; BUS
242, 379; MKT 252, 355, 357; PSY 373;
SOC 349, POL 342
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Mass Communication and Journalism
Emphasis
Appropriate for students seeking management careers.
Four additional electives from: BUS 242
or 440 (required); COM 321, 326, 329,
399, 410, 480, 499; BUS 340; ENL 223;
MIS 260; PSY 373; SOC 349
Courses are designed to prepare students for entry into television, film, journalism, e-media, (both performance and
production), media criticism and policy, or
graduate school in mass communication or
journalism.
Communication Studies 151
Four electives from the following: ENL
227 (required); COM 247, 321, 329, 343,
348, 399, 499: ART 132, 215, 224, 225,
315, 330, 340; ENL 226, 228, 241, 324,
327; POL 342; THR 232, 233, 325, 350,
360; BUS 254, ENL 328
Graduate Study Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis would be
especially helpful for students planning to
do graduate work in such fields as communication studies, education, or law.
Four electives from the following: SOC
362 or ENL 420 (required); COM 321,
329, 499; PHI 230; POL 483; PSY 215,
315; SOC 363, 375
For All Eight Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg’s interscholastic forensics program. Students should be aware that the
tournament season is essentially from
October through mid-March, and should
plan schedules accordingly.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (COM 399) as one
of their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
S: COM 111 or 115
W: COM 351 and any 200 level writing
course in English
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
This major, which includes secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools
and allows them to become licensed to
teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in
major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the major. All
requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The
course requirements for this program are
listed in the Department of English section
of the catalog.
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.50 GPA
in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and,
as part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (COM 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
152 Communication Studies
Communication Studies Minor
Required of all Film Majors:
Six courses including:
COM 111 Public Speaking
COM 280 History of Rhetorical and
Communication Theory
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or COM 343 Studio Production
COM 351 Argumentation
or COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
COM 345 Organizational Communication
or COM 355 Small Group
Communication
Six Core Courses
FLM/THR 216 Film Production I
ENL 241
Intro to Cinema Arts
ENL 371
History of Cinema
FLM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
COM 247
Documentary
THR 232
Acting
or THR 233 Acting for Camera
Film Major
The Augsburg film major reflects our
belief that students are transformed
through a well-rounded curriculum that
encourages creativity, critical analysis and
inquiry, ethical considerations, and an
understanding of the synergy between theory and practice. The major explores the
tension between art and commerce
through dialogues with film industry members, internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and our Film Artist
series. Students will gain experience in
scripting, directing, editing, and acting for
both 16mm film and digital. Students will
be introduced to the study of film theory,
criticism, and culture. Students are encouraged to double major or to seek minors in
related fields such as art, English, theatre,
philosophy, communication studies,
women’s studies, and American Indian
studies, to name a few.
Film Faculty
Deb Redmond (Program Director),
Kristin Anderson, Julie Bolton, Michael
Burden, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Wesley Ellenwood, Darcey Engen, Doug
Green, Martha Johnson, Elise Marubbio,
Robert Thom
Five electives (three must be upper
division) must be chosen from the three
defined tracks below in consultation with
your adviser who is designated by the
program director. Note that not all elective
courses are offered every year, so alternatives within the track may have to be
chosen.
Film majors should fulfill the Senior
Keystone requirement in either the English
Department or Art Department.
Track #1 Production: This track is
designed for students interested in producing films/videos. Electives include:
FLM/THR 312 16mm Film II, COM 343
Studio Production, COM 348 Digital Video
Production, COM 499 Independent Study,
Art 132 Photography, ART 215 Design for
New Media I, ART 315 Design for New
Media II, ART 340 Digital Imaging, ENL
228 Broadcast and Online Journalism,
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine Arts,
PHY 119 Physics for the Fine Arts, THR
328 Stage Design
Track #2 Performance: This track is
designed for students interested in acting
and directing. Electives include: THR 233
Acting for the Camera, THR/ENL 325
Playwriting, THR 366 Stage Direction,
THR 328 Theatrical Design, THR 360
Interpretive Reading, THR 350 Voice for
Stage and Screen,THR 499 Independent
Study, ENL/FLM 328 Screenwriting, PHY
119 Physics for the Fine Arts
Communication Studies 153
Track #3 Theory & Culture: This track
is designed for students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and cultural context. Electives include: ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and
Popular Culture, ENL 228 Broadcast and
Online Journalism, ENL 240 Introduction
to Literary Study, ENL 430 Advanced
Studies in Theory and Method, COM 499,
AIS 364 Indigenous Filmmakers, AIS 264
American Indians in Cinema, AIS 208/408
Native American Women & Film, ART 240
Art History, PHI 260 Philosophy and the
Arts, PHI 120 Ethics, PHY 119 Physics for
the Fine Arts, SPA 248 Spanish and Latin
American Culture Through Film, REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Film Minor
Six courses including:
ENL 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
FLM/THR 216 Film Production I
THR 233 Acting for Camera
COM 343 Studio Production
FLM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
Plus one of the following:
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
or ENL/FLM 328 Screenwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
COM 247 Documentary
COM 348 Digital Video Production
THR 366 Stage Direction
AIS 364 Indigenous Filmmakers
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be courses
offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors
must obtain prior approval from a film faculty adviser.
COMMUNICATION COURSES.
COM 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take only
one of either COM 111, COM 112, or COM 115 for credit. Fall, spring)
COM 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of preparing speeches for delivery in formal and contest
situations. Students are expected to attend three interscholastic speech tournaments and compete in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, speaking to entertain, and/or communication analysis.
(Note: Students may take only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or COM
115 for credit. Fall)
COM 115
Scientific and Technical Public Speaking
An introduction to public speaking for students majoring in scientific or technical fields. Includes the same foundational material as introduction to public
speaking, including: delivery, argumentation, persuasion, and audience analysis. This material is then applied to specific contexts common in technical
fields, with special attention to distinguishing expert or lay audiences, and the
use of technical vocabulary and notation systems. (Note: Students may take
only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or COM 115 for credit.)
154 Communication Studies
FLM/THR 216 Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16mm filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
FLM/THR 230 Scenic Painting for Stage and Film
Scenic Painting is an introductory study of the art of scenic painting for the
stage, film, and faux application. Through a series of foundational painting
projects, reading assignments, informal lecture, discussion, and a final cumulative painting project students will develop the required skills and understanding of what it means to be a scenic artist and what role the scenic artist plays
in artistry of theatre and film.
COM 247
Documentary
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
COM 280
Introduction to Communication Studies
An introductory survey course designed to acquaint students with the world
of ideas that serves as the foundation for the field of communication studies.
(Fall)
FLM/THR 312 Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons learned in FLM/THR 216 and
adds the study of color photography and sound design. Though exercises and
assignments the student will develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: COM/THR 216)
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility. The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students’ speaking skills. (Prereq.: COM 111 or
115)
COM 326
Building Working Relationships
This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of
the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships.
Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following courses —
SOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
COM 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Spring: alternate years)
Communication Studies 155
COM 343
Studio Production
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. (Fall)
COM 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems.
COM 348
Digital Video Production
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
COM 343 or 247)
COM 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: COM
111 or 115 or consent of instructor. Fall)
COM 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: MPG 3;
COM 111 or 115 or consent of instructor. Spring)
COM 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Spring)
COM 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles, and conflict management. (Spring)
COM 410
Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
FLM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema’s larger societal value and impact. (Prereq.: ENL 371)
156 Communication Studies
COM 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public relations in the modern world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
COM 490
Communication Studies Keystone: Critical Conversations About
Communication and Vocation
A synthesis of communication theories and application of those theories to
each student’s sense of vocation. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
COM 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
COM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
COM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
COM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
COM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
ELECTIVES.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 340
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENL 226
ENL 227
ENL 228
ENL 241
ENL 327
ENL 430
INS 325
MIS 175
MIS 379
MKT 252
MKT 352
MKT 355
PHI 230
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
COMPUTER SCIENCE—CSC
T
he Augsburg computer science
department strives to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science,
with emphasis on concepts rather than on
applications. We encourage students to
strengthen their coursework by electing an
internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such
experiences for students, and allows them
to add practical applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Noel Petit (Chair), Larry Crockett,
Charles Sheaffer, Erik Steinmetz, Shana
Watters
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
Twelve courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Introduction to Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers II
MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4)
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and
Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and
met by completing the major. Consult your
academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill. The graduation skill in
Speaking (S) is met by:
a) COM 111 or 115 (115 recommended), or
b) A sequence of courses and presentations approved in consultation with the
Computer Science Department. Consult
your academic adviser for details.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
Sixteen courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Introduction to Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
157
158 Computer Science
CSC 385
Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers II
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Two courses from:
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and
Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and
met by completing the major. Consult your
academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill. The graduation skill in
Speaking (S) is met by:
a) COM 111 or 115 (COM 115 recommended), or
b) A sequence of courses and presentations approved in consultation with the
Computer Science Department. Consult
your academic adviser for details.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science, six from economics, and a required
capstone independent study. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Economics
Thirteen courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Introduction to Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or EC0 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
Computer Science 159
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Computational Philosophy
Computational philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires seven courses from computer science, six from philosophy, and a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Philosophy
Fourteen courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Introduction to Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 373 Symbolic Programming and
Artificial Intelligence
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy III: Early
Modern and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th
Century Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in computer science major
courses, GPA of 3.10 overall, and an independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210, 345, one additional upper division
computer science course, and one of MAT
171 or MAT 145.
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to be counted as
completing a major requirement. A course
must also be completed with a grade of 2.0
or higher to count as a prerequisite for a
subsequent computer science course.
160 Computer Science
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, one-and-one-half
hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, one-and-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and
one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 240
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4, and one of MAT
145 or MAT 171)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MPG 4)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 373
Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
An introduction to programming in functional, symbolic languages, such as
Lisp or Scheme. Techniques for implementing such languages, including metacircular interpretation and garbage collection. Applications to selected problems from artificial intelligence. (Prereq: CSC 210)
CSC 385
Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Computer Science 161
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 145
or MAT 171)
CSC 431
Introduction to AI Robotics
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing,
sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCP/IP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 240 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
CSC 345 or concurrent registration, CSC 385 or concurrent registration, and
CSC 320)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and CSC 385)
CSC 457
Computer Graphics
A study of the foundational algorithms required for computer graphics. Topics
include geometric algorithms, geometric modeling, graphics techniques,
graphical user interfaces, human-centered software development, computer
animation, virtual environments and 3D immersive rendering. (Prereq: CSC
210, MPG 4)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. P/N grading only.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
CSC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. P/N grading only.
CSC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
162
ECONOMICS—ECO
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the field of computer science. The combined economics/business administration
major allows students great flexibility in
order to explore both fields. Finally, the
teaching major in political science/economics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid
background for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management information systems, political science, history,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
Augsburg offers degrees in economics,
applied economics, business and economics, computational economics, and economics and political science (education
majors only.) For the economics and
applied economics majors, the capstone
experience is Economics 490 Research
Methods in Econometrics. Students in
other majors should consult their adviser
for other alternatives.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Note: Transfer students must complete
at least three upper division economics
courses for a major and two for a minor.
Transfer classes must have been completed
in the last 10 years with at least a 2.0
grade.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major in Economics
Economics Core:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics
and three other upper division economics
courses
Economics 163
Supporting Classes
Statistics Class:
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Mathematics Class:
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & II
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 350 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163
ENL 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science.
Five economics courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course.
Six accounting/business administration/MIS courses:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 331 Financial Management
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other upper division business
course.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
164 Economics
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Teacher Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students, therefore, should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
See Political Science.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
ECONOMICS COURSES..
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
This course studies the economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment especially in the areas of education, housing, and
transportation and is designed for those students who do not plan to major in
economics, business administration, or MIS.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Economics 165
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring and alternate winter
trimester)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall and alternate winter trimester)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: Every three years)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall trimester and spring semester)
ECO 350
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO
113. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics
This course applies economic principles to the management and utilization of
society’s environmental resources. It analyzes the role of externalities and the
public policy approaches designed to address those market failures, including
command/control and incentive-based strategies. Policy issues examined
include air and water pollution, global environmental issues like ozone depletion and global warming, and environmental policy for developing countries.
(Prereq.: Econ 113. Spring: alternate years)
166 Economics
ECO 370
International Economic Development
This course studies the major factors that affect the economic standard of living in the developing world. It examines such issues as poverty and income
inequality, population growth, education and health of society, agricultural
production, environmental externalities, and the role of international trade
and foreign assistance. (Prereq.: Econ 112 or Econ 113. Spring: alternate
years)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: BUS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122. On demand)
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
This course provides an introduction to the application of statistical models
and methods to economic problems. Emphasis is on use of econometric software to analyze data and to test hypotheses. This course satisfies the Keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: ECO 112 and ECO 113, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. (P/N Grading only.)
ECO 299
Directed Study
ECO 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. (Prereq.: 50% of the major or consent of instructor.
P/N grading only.)
ECO 499
Independent Study/Research
EDUCATION—EED, ESE, EDC, EDU, SPE
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendation for licensure to the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8), secondary (grades 5-12) in communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, and social studies, grades 9-12 in life
science, chemistry, and physics, grades 5-8
in general science, and K-12 specialist
licenses in visual arts, physical education,
music, and special education: EBD and LD.
(Note: special education: EBD and LD are
available in WEC only.) The K-12 Reading
Licensure Endorsement is also available at
the graduate level to already licensed
teachers.
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend/
evening formats. Weekend College degree
and licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication arts/literature,
social studies, visual arts, and special education. Additional teaching majors are
available through the weekday program
and open to weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday
schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core,
and professional education courses except
field work and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday late afternoon/evening schedule. Fieldwork and student teaching must be completed during
regular weekday hours. All students must
have some time available each term for
field experiences.
A graduate level licensure option is
available in weekend/evening format to
those already holding a B.A. degree.
Graduate courses taken for licensure can
be applied to a Master of Arts in Education
degree. Contact the Education Department
or the Adult and Graduate Admissions
Office for information.
Students in all degree and/or licensure
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I
exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing appropriate exams prior to recommendation for
licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and
Teaching Test, and one or more subject
matter tests.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
All students are assigned an education
department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become
knowledgeable of programs and follow
through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching program. Those interested in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to
student teaching. Students who teach
abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct
Augsburg faculty supervision.
167
168 Education
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure were implemented in the fall of
2000. No one may be licensed under programs described in catalogs prior to 2002.
Students who entered the College under
earlier catalogs must comply with the
requirements of the new licensure programs.
Education Faculty
Lynn Lindow (Chair), Chris Brown,
Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire,
Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson, Anne
Kaufman, Gregory Krueger, Susan
O’Connor, Vicki Olson, Donna Patterson,
Ron Petrich, Linda Stevens, Barbara West
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION—EED/EDC
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
SCI 110
SCI 111
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed
they must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching. Degree-seeking students follow the
bachelor of science Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Option B is for weekday, weekend and/or
transfer students with at least one college
level science course accepted in transfer or
for weekday students who have already
started this sequence.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or EED 203 Elementary Education
Physical Science (summer
school only; does not fulfill
general education requirement)
or EED 200 Elementary Education Earth
Science (summer school only;
does not fulfill general education requirement)
BIO 102 The Biological World
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change—see Education
Department for most current list):
ENL 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Math sequence for non-math specialty
students
MPG 3:
MPG 4:
MAT 137 Math for Elementary
Teachers I (required)
MAT 138 Math for Elementary
Teachers II (required)
MAT 137 (optional)
MAT 138 (required)
Science sequence for non-science specialty
students
Option A is for weekday students who do
not have college level science courses in
their background.
Natural Science I
Natural Science II
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 211 MN American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/MN American
Indians
Foundations Block II (courses from this
point and on require admissions to the
department)
Elementary Education 169
EDC 310 Learning and Development
Methods Block I
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical
Education (.25)
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
Arts/Children’s Literature
Methods Block II
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
Studies/Thematic Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Learners with Special Needs
EDC 490 School and Society
Student Teaching Block
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.03.0). Student teaching is required for licensure. Students with an elementary major
who do not complete student teaching can
graduate through the elementary education
non-licensure major.
Middle School Specialty Areas (requirements subject to change — see Education
Department for most current list)
Communication Arts Specialty
ENL 220 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENL 240 Introduction to Literary Study
COM 329 or 351 or 354 or 355
EED 331 Middle School Writing Methods
(.5)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Adolescent
Literature/Reading in the
Content Areas
Social Studies Specialty
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
HIS 120, 121 or 122 US History
ECO 113 Microeconomics
Choose 1: HIS 103: HIS 104; PSY 105;
SOC 121; SOC 141
ESE 495 Topics: Human Geography
ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social
Studies (.5)
Math Specialty
MPG 4 or MAT 114 Precalculus
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematics
MAT 287 History of Mathematics
ESE 331 Middle School Methods:
Mathematics (.5)
Science Specialty
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 116 General Chemistry II
BIO 121 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
SCI 106 Meteorology
Geology (take elsewhere — see Education
Department for suggestions)
ESE 341 Middle School Methods:
Science (.5)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50
in the major, 2.00 in the specialty area, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
the elementary education major requirements.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
170 Elementary Education
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
A graduate-level elementary licensure
option is available through Weekend
College. Licensure is obtained through a
combination of graduate and undergradu-
ate credits. The graduate credits can be
used toward the MAE degree. Contact the
Education Department or the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office for information.
Pre-Primary Specialty: A pre-primary
specialty for elementary is currently being
developed. Contact the Education
Department for further information.
SECONDARY EDUCATION—ESE/EDC
I
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, life science, chemistry, communication arts/literature, health,
mathematics, music, physical education,
physics, social studies, and grades 5-8 general science.
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 211 MN American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/MN American
Indians
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
Methods Block I
ESE 300 Reading/Writing in the Content
Area
ESE 325 Creating Learning
Environments
Non-departmental requirements:
ENL 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Learners with Special Needs
EDC 490 School and Society
Foundations Block II (Courses from this
point and on require admission to the education department.)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
Methods Block II
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.03.0)
Elementary Education 171
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50
in education, 2.50 in the teaching major,
and P in student teaching are required for
licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or
better.
Art, Music, and Physical Education
Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas will take two to three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary
levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher
licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the
requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
Art, music, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12.
Students may no longer license in a
minor field of study.
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Contact the Education Department or the
Adult and Graduate Admissions Office for
information.
EDUCATION CORE COURSES - EDC.
EDC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban
fieldwork experience required. This course meets Engaging Minneapolis
requirements. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide
an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and
stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is the Minnesota
Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview,
and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. (WEC and summer only)
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
EDC 211
Minnesota American Indians (.5)
An overview of cultural content, world view, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and
culture.
172 Elementary Education
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual and computer-based materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
EDC 310
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
EDC 410
Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis
on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes,
and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor)
EDC 490
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. This course meets the Senior Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION - EED.
EED 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer, only)
This course is designed to provide hands-on investigations that model modern
inquiry learning and teaching strategies. It meets the basic earth science subject matter standards for initial licensure. This is a content intensive course.
Plan to spend much time outside of class reading and completing assignments.
EED 203
Elementary Education Physical Science
Students will participate in hands-on experiments to explore properties of and
changes in matter; position, motion, and force; light, heat, electricity, and magnetism; and kinds of ways to transfer energy. Taking the physical concepts
learned, students will develop demonstrations and lessons for K-5 classrooms.
Assessment is based on written assignments, a technology project,
lessons/demonstrations, and classroom participation. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department; students must be Elementary Education majors —
this course does NOT meet the Science Lab graduation requirement. Summer
only)
Elementary Education 173
EED 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
EED 311
K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 312
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 320
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience required. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department)
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children’s Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children’s literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
This course will focus on writing strategies and processes appropriate to middle level students. Emphasis will include the writing process, types of writing,
and integrated writing across the curriculum. This course is required for students seeking elementary licensure with a communication arts/literature specialty. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to depart-
ment)
EED 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department. MAT 137 recommended)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
174 Secondary Education
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED
380)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Successful completion of student teaching occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio. Meets Augsburg
Experience requirement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SECONDARY EDUCATION - ESE.
ESE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
ESE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
ESE 300
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking the 5-12
Communication Arts/Literature license do not need to take this course.)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught
concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students
seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not need to take this course.)
Secondary Education 175
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught
concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Also required for elementary concentration in communication arts/literature.
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high
school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to
three. Successful completion of student teaching occurs upon satisfactory
completion of licensure program and program portfolio. Meets Augsburg
Experience requirement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
176
SPECIAL EDUCATION:
EMOTIONAL/BEHAVIORAL DISABILITIES
AND/OR SPECIAL EDUCATION:
LEARNING DISABILITIES—SPE
T
EED 350
EED 360
SPE 315
SPE 400
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
he special education EBD and LD
majors are available only through Weekend
College; ideally, to people who are currently in schools working with students with
this label. These majors lead to Minnesota
teaching licensure in special education
with a specialty in emotional/behavioral
disabilities and/or learning disabilities.
Courses labeled SPE are to be taken during
the final year of coursework while students
are working in an EBD or LD setting.
Variations on this ideal are possible; see the
Education Department for more information.
Required Non-major Courses:
HPE 115
ENL 111
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Effective Writing
Required Education Courses for EBD:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians
(.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/MN American
Indians
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 410 Learners with Special Needs
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/
Children’s Literature
K-6 Methods: Math
K-6 Methods: Science
Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
Teaching Students with
Emotional and Behavior
Disabilities
SPE 410 Implementing Assessment
Strategies
SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral
Practices
SPE 490 Parent and Professional
Planning
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Required Education Courses for LD:
All courses for the EBD major, with the
exception of SPE 430, plus:
SPE 424 Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
SPE 434 Teaching Content Areas to
Students with Learning
Disabilities
Special Education 177
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar
(.5 course)
The purpose of this course is to discuss critical issues in the field, create a
final portfolio synthesizing your coursework and experience, and prepare for
student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral
disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual
models as they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and
how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and
person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual
program plans and to create effective learning environments for students
labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department)
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities (LD).
This includes an in-depth look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
various theoretical models (sociological, biological, psychological, cognitive,
and behavioral) applied to understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical positions in the field. Students
will also acquire knowledge related to accessing information relevant to the
field of learning disabilities. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are
labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive
approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the department)
178 Special Education
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt, and implement developmentally appropriate instruction that support the learning of students identified as
having learning disabilities. The course will specifically focus on the areas of
reading, writing and listening comprehension, math, reasoning, and problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus on the modifications involved in
these areas and the planning process involved. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to department)
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with special needs,
specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with
community agencies is emphasized. This course along with SPE 315 meets the
Senior Keystone requirement in the core curriculum. (Prereq: PPST and
admission to department)
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Student teaching occurs during the last year of coursework within
an internship context. Meets Augsburg Experience requirement. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
SPECIAL EDUCATION MINOR.
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor is
available through the weekday program.
Required courses:
EDC 410 Learners with Special Needs
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
EDC 410
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
Choose one from the following:
PSY 250 Child Development
PSY 251 Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 252 Aging and Adulthood
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
Learners with Special Needs
(see EDC course descriptions)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
ENGINEERING
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with two universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Because
of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg engineering adviser is
necessary. Applications for these programs
require the recommendation of the
Augsburg engineering adviser. Contact Jeff
Johnson, Physics Department,
612-330-1070.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of
Engineering (B.A./B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
179
Bachelor of Arts/Master of
Engineering (B.A./M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the
B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
180 Engineering
Michigan Technological University
This program enables students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate
programs is available from the Augsburg
engineering adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENL 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121, 122 are taken in the first year.
Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351, 352.
ENGLISH—ENL
T
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life’s
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work. Students majoring in
English have the opportunity to choose
one of four concentrations: Literature,
Language and Theory; Media Writing;
Creative Writing; and Secondary Licensure
in Communication Arts/Literature.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English
Language Learners (ELL) students, or
tutoring in the writing lab.
181
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Doug Green (Chair), Robert Cowgill,
Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy, Douglas
Green, John Harkness, Colin Irvine, Dan
Jorgensen, Deborah Kuhlmann, Dallas
Liddle, Scannell (James) McCormick, John
Reimringer, John Schmit, Kathryn
Swanson, Mzenga Wanyama, Cary
Waterman, Susan Williams
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Choosing a Concentration
The English Literature, Language, and
Theory concentration provides students
various approaches to the life-enhancing
study of the written word and visual text.
Spotlight courses focus on specific authors,
genres, or themes, and provoke discovery
of new literary experiences. Courses in
African American, Native American, Asian
American, and post colonial literatures
reconfigure the nature of traditional literary studies. Survey courses in English,
American, and world literatures are organized by historical periods and provide a
classically structured framework of study.
Courses in literary theory demand the
intense and intellectually challenging
engagement of text, culture, and self.
While some of our courses foreground
theoretical approaches to literature and
deeply examine race, class, and gender in
the consideration of their subject matter,
all of our courses infuse these concerns
into their engagement with primary works
182 English
of fiction, poetry, creative non-fiction, film,
and drama.
All literature classes involve students in
dynamic and enjoyable literary examination, and are taught by professors who love
teaching and who love literature. Our
classes develop and demand the skills of
aesthetic receptivity, perceptive and critical
reading, open and clear speaking, and analytical and engaging writing — skills of the
educated and employable citizen.
The literature, language, and theory
concentration offers courses of study crosslisted with American Indian Studies, Art,
Communication Studies, Film, Theatre
Arts, and Women’s Studies.
The English Writing concentration is
for students who intend to develop professional skills in either Creative or Media
Writing. Over the course of their study,
students will master terminology; understand historical, legal, and ethical issues
relevant to the field; and study the works
of established writers and professionals.
The writing major emphasizes expanding
competencies in observation, research, and
analysis that enable writers to gather material from a variety of sources and perspectives for their work. Writing majors will
understand the interdisciplinary demands
inherent in creative and media writing
(including issues of design) and will
enhance their appreciation of the aesthetic
possibilities inherent in the writing life.
Writing courses are taught by dedicated
professors who are practicing writers themselves. The writing concentration offers
courses of study cross-listed with Art,
Communication Studies, and Theater Arts.
The Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure major is for students
who seek to be licensed to teach in
Minnesota in Communication
Arts/Literature. Students are encouraged to
take courses toward their major during the
first and sophomore years, and to apply for
the education licensure program no later
than the spring of their junior year.
Students in both programs must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be
achieved through an English major, which
requires at least two additional, specific
courses, or through a Communication
Studies major.
Graduation Skills
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
English Literature, Language, and
Theory Concentration
The concentration requires nine
courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112.
Students must take at least two 200level literature courses as prerequisites for
upper division courses in English, as well
as either ENL 220 or ENL 221. No more
than two 200-level literature courses may
count for the major.
Students must take at least five 300level courses, with one each in British liter-
English 183
ature, American literature, and world literature.
Majors must take at least one 400-level
course with concurrent enrollment in ENL
490 English Keystone. Any 300-level
course serves as a prerequisite for the 400level.
Minor in English Literature, Language,
and Theory
Five courses above ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112 are required. One course
must be ENL 220 or ENL 221; the remaining four must be literature, language and
theory courses, three of which must be
upper division courses.
Media Writing Emphasis
Two introductory courses are required:
Either ENL 227 or 228; and
Either ENL 220 or 221.
Also required, ENL 327 Quantitative
Journalism; ENL 390 Media Ethics and
Theory; and two additional courses from
the following: ENL 226, 227, 228, ENL
324; ENL/FLM 328; ENL/THR 325; an
approved ACTC writing/reporting course;
or an internship.
And ENL 420, the Keystone writing course.
Additional art classes are required: Web
Design I (ART 215) and Graphic Design
(ART 225).
English Writing Concentration
Minor in Writing
Students must take 10 or 11 courses
above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112,
including three Literature, Language, and
Theory courses. At least one of these must
be at the 300-level or higher.
A minor with an open emphasis
requires five writing courses above ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including
at least one course from the 200-level and
two from the 300-level.
Creative Writing Emphasis
Two introductory writing courses at the
200-level:
ENL 226 (required) and either ENL 220 or
221.
And a 300 level writing sequence:
Either Fiction I and Fiction II (ENL 320
and 321), or Poetry I and Poetry II (ENL
322 and 323).
And one elective from the following:
ENL 227; ENL 228; ENL 320 or ENL 322;
ENL 324; ENL/FLM 328; ENL/THR 325;
an approved ACTC creative writing course;
or an internship.
And ENL 420, the Keystone writing course.
An additional art class is required, either
Web Design I (ART 215) or Graphic
Design (ART 225).
A minor with a creative emphasis
requires five writing courses above ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 and must
include ENL 226, and at least three upper
division creative writing courses, two of
which must be a 300 two-course writing
sequence.
A minor with a media emphasis
requires six courses above ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112, and must include
ENL 227 or 228, ENL 390, one design
course, and three upper division media
writing courses.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112
Major Requirements (eight courses in
English):
184 English
ENL 220
ENL 240
ENL 365
ENL 380
ENL 396
Intermediate Expository
Writing
Introduction to Literary Study
Contemporary Post Colonial
Fiction
Introduction to the English
Language
Internship in Teaching Writing
And three upper-division ENL Literature
courses, one each in British, American, and
world literature.
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to departmental approval).
Additional Courses (outside the English
Department):
COM 112 Contest Public Speaking
COM 343 Broadcast Production I
COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and
Reading
ESE 351 5-12 Methods: Speaking and
Listening (.5 course)
ESE 352 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy
(.5 course)
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200, 210, 211, 220, 310; ESE 325, 350,
351, 352; EDC 410, 490; student teaching.
Contact an education department adviser
for information about education courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall; submit proposal to department
chair by early Oct. in senior year for
department approval. Submit and defend
paper before faculty committee. Honors
project may receive independent study
credit (refer to departmental guidelines).
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in
composition must have a score of 4 or 5.
Students who do not show competence in
composition skills—such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and
constructing paragraphs and sentences—are
required to enroll in Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in
Effective Writing (ENL 111). These students must pass Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) with a grade of 2.0 or higher
before enrolling in Effective Writing (ENL
111).
Note: Students should register for ENL
101 during the first semester of attendance
if possible. ENL 111, 112, or HON 111
should be completed, if possible, during
the first year.
Students in Developmental Writing
(ENL 101), Effective Writing (ENL 111),
HON 111, or ENL 112 can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in
English 185
consultation with their instructor up
through the last week of class (without
special permission/petition). Students who
choose to receive a traditional grade in
either course will receive a grade of N (one
time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A
student who repeats ENL 101 or 111 and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
ENGLISH COURSES.
Service Courses: The department offers these service courses for students as required by a
placement test. Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to
hold his/her place in the course.
ENL 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENL 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENL 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques, and writing
critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students’ effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
HON 111
Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
This course takes a problem-based, process-oriented approach to expository
writing. Attention is given to choosing, organizing, and developing topics;
thinking critically; reading closely; and revising carefully for clarity and style.
The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 112
Advanced Effective Writing
Advanced Effective Writing follows the same purposes and procedures as ENL
111; placement is determined by a writing sample submitted by students upon
entry to the College. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 217/218 English for Language Learners
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ELL requirement is met. Students continue in
ELL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses.
186 English
Literature, Language, and Theory Courses: The 200-level courses in the literature, language,
and theory track of the English major develop foundational competencies in reading and interpreting literary texts, and provide opportunities for diverse literary discovery. These courses
require ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 as a prerequisite or co-requisite.
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
This course develops students’ critical and analytical skills in reading and
appreciating all kinds of literary texts and genres, including poetry, fiction,
and drama. Emphasis is placed on learning fundamental terms and concepts
that serve future literary inquiry and enjoyment. Required for Communication
Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure major. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
ENL 241
Introduction to Cinema Arts
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected aesthetic movements. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 250
Introduction to African American Literature
American literature is made up of many voices that are distinct from the dominant voices in American culture; each term this course focuses on a different
collection of those voices. A specific minority literature, such as Hispanic
American literature, Asian American literature, or African American literature,
is usually emphasized each term; sometimes the course explores the writing of
women or gay writers. Determine which version of the course is being offered
in any given section by checking the departmental web page, or get a detailed
course description in the English department. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL/AIS 255 American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature and the ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The
course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking skills
through in-class presentation and small group discussion. Course cross-lists
with American Indian Studies. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
English 187
Spotlight Courses — Offered Alternating Terms (Content for each will vary by term—check
online course descriptions)
ENL 260
Authors
A chance to investigate closely an author of significant influence in various
cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “Shakespeare on Page, Stage,
and Screen,” “Tolkien’s Life, Times, and Works,” “The Cinema of Orson
Welles,” “Mark Twain in the 20th Century,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 270
Themes
This course traces a specific theme through changing historical, literary, and
cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “The Heroic Journey,”
“Literature and Landscape,” “Utopian Visions,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111,
or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 280
Genres
Students will consider literary and cultural developments that fix generic conventions and ways authors subvert or challenge those conventions. Course
subjects may include “History of Mystery Fiction,” “The Short Story,” “Sports
and Literature,” “Victorian Thrillers,” “The Musical on Stage and Screen,” and
others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section.
(Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 290
Explorations in Language and Theory
An introductory course in applied literary or language theory. Course subjects
may include “Cinema and Sexuality,” “Strategies in Reading the Novel,”
“Challenging the Gaze,” “Language and Society,” and others. Check the
departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
The 300-level courses in the literature track in English concentrate on primary texts in historical and cultural contexts. These courses ask students to practice interpreting literary texts by
employing techniques, terminology, and research methods of the discipline, resulting in effective
and substantive expository writing about the subject. Students must take ENL 220 or 221 (see
writing courses), and two 200-level literature courses, or gain consent of the instructor as a
prerequisite.
British Literature
ENL 330
Shakespeare
Study of the bard’s major plays — comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
— for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
188 English
ENL 332
Renaissance and Reformation
A survey of 14th- to 17th-century British literature, with attention to its
European contexts. Begins with the Reformation of the 14th century and
Canterbury Tales and ends with the Puritan Revolution and Paradise Lost.
Themes include “the enchantment of evil”; the hero as lover and courtier;
utopian dreams and the literature of conquest; the writer as politician; and the
challenges to religious certainty in a post-Ptolemaic universe. Major writers
include Marlowe, Spenser, Shakespeare, More, and Donne. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 333
British and American Literature of the 17th and 18th Centuries:
Strange Shores
British and American writers of this period are surveyed, with attention to the
historical, intellectual and social influences of the major literary movements
on both sides of the Atlantic. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 334
British Literature: Reason and Romanticism
This class investigates the literary texts now called Romanticism within the
history and culture of late 18th- and early 19th-century Britain. The famous
“big six” poets (Blake, Coleridge, Wordsworth, Byron, Shelley, Keats) will be
studied in the context of poetic predecessors and influences (Burns, Cowper,
Smith) and contemporary talents in other genres, including Austen,
Wollstonecraft, and Scott. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 336
British literature: The Age of Victoria
If America was the world’s cultural and political leader in the 20th century,
Britain was the leader of the 19th century. Students will study the literature
and culture of Queen Victoria’s England and her empire from the 1830s
through 1914 in all four major genres of poetry, fiction, drama, and essay.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 337
The British Novel: Love and Learn
This course traces two great structuring ideas — the love-plot and the education-plot — in the rise and development of the British novel in the 18th and
19th centuries. The course spans 150 years of literary history, while studying
and critiquing the ways literary theorists and historians have explained and
theorized British fiction. Authors surveyed include Defoe, Richardson, Austen,
Trollope, Bronte, Eliot, and others. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
English 189
ENL 338
Readings in British and Commonwealth Drama
A variable survey of drama in English by British and Commonwealth playwrights, organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include
“Mysteries and Moralities,” “London Onstage,” “The Empire Strikes Back,”
and “What Is My Nation?” Readings range from the Middle Ages to the present. THR 250 satisfies the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221 and two 200-level literature courses, or one 200-level literature course
and THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 339
Modern British and Irish Writers
Writers of the first half of the 20th century are surveyed, with attention paid
to their contribution to modernism, experimentation, and literary form.
Virginia Woolf, William Butler Yeats, James Joyce, Henry Green, D.H.
Lawrence, Samuel Becket, and Muriel Spark are among the authors surveyed.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of
instructor.)
American Literature
ENL 350
Readings in American Minority and Alternative Literatures
A chance to look in depth at authors, themes, historical influences, and theoretical issues surrounding both classical and emerging minority literature. The
course’s focus varies. A specific ethnic literature or a specific writer may be
emphasized; at other times topics that cross the boundaries of minority literatures will be examined. Check the departmental web page for a given section’s
emphasis. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 351
19th Century American Literature
Covers the intellectual and social environment that affected the writers of the
period. Many different genres — slave narratives, romances, tall tales, epic
poetry — are considered. Douglass, Jacobs, Thoreau, Melville, Hawthorne,
Twain, Emerson, Dickinson, James, and Wharton are among the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 352
American Literature from 1900 to 1945
Naturalism, the rise of modernism, the development of social protest literature, significant movements such as the Harlem Renaissance, and other major
developments of the period are charted. Cather, Dreiser, Elliot, Fitzgerald,
Faulkner, Hemingway, Hughes, and Hurston are among the writers considered.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 353
American Literature from 1945 to the Present
Writers surveyed include O’Connor, Bellow, Baraka, Baldwin, Ellison, Erdrich,
Roth, Pynchon, Oates, Kingston, Mailer, Williams, Wideman, Morrison, as
well as contemporary fiction writers represented by the Best American Short
Stories anthologies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature
courses, or consent of instructor.)
190 English
ENL 354
Contemporary American Poetry
A survey of the work of poets who have come into prominence since mid-20th
century as represented in the anthology Contemporary American Poetry.
Attention will be given to younger and/or less prominent poets represented in
the Best American Poetry series. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level
literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL/AIS 355 Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest,
Poetics and Politics of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation.
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and
two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 358
Readings in American Drama
A variable survey of American drama from the early 20th century to the present, organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include
American Families, Blacks and Whites, and Sex and Self on the American
Stage. Readings range from O’Neill and Treadwell to Shanley and Parks.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or one 200level literature course and THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
World Literature in Translation
ENL 360
The Classical Tradition
A study of the major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Virgil, through Dante. Works are studied with reference
to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and
two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 361
The Medieval World
A survey of medieval literature from the collapse of the Roman Empire to the
14th century, this course emphasizes themes of cultural collision and synthesis: pagans — both classical and “barbarian” — and Christians; Islam and
Christendom. Attention is paid to heroic traditions (myth, epic, saga,
romance, hagiography); the literature of courtly and profane love; and visions
of heaven and hell. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature
courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 362
Renaissance to Modern Literature
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the Renaissance to
the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature
courses, or consent of instructor.)
English 191
ENL 365
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
This examination of contemporary world fiction includes work by authors
from Latin America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and fiction written by
indigenous authors worldwide. The course explores novels in relation to language, culture, and gender in an age of globalization and fragmented nationalisms, considering fictions in their literary, cultural, and social contexts.
Cross-listed with Women’s Studies. Required for Communication
Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two
200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
The course studies novels and short stories by women across cultures.
Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women’s writing (including race
and class), the reflection of women’s unique experience in their writing, and
the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the
Western literary heritage. This course is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 368
Readings in World Drama
A variable survey of drama in translation from around the world, organized
historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include Classical Theaters,
Spanish and Latin American Drama from the Renaissance to the Present,
Social Issues in Contemporary World Drama. THR 250 satisfies the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature
courses, or one 200-level literature course and THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
Language, Media, and Theory
ENL 371
History of Cinema
A chronological survey of the development of cinema from the inception of
the moving image in the late 19th century through the emergence of film as
one of the most important popular art forms of the 20th century. Emphasis
will be placed on important international cinematic artistic movements, such
as Italian neo-realism and the French New Wave, on cultural contexts that
influenced the reception of film art, and on technological advancements that
altered the medium and influenced both narrative and documentary filmmakers. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent
of instructor.)
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Required for
the Communication Arts/Literature Licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221
and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
192 English
ENL 385
Language and Power
Students will consider both spoken and written examples of language as a
means of establishing, maintaining, or revoking power. They will also pay
attention to gender differences in the use of language and analyze ways in
which speakers and writers can both create and revise reality via the language
they use. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 390
Media Ethics and Theory
This course acquaints students with the concepts and functions of the news
media in a global society, exploring the interaction of ethical and legal principles of American journalism and considering the role of the news media in
historical, economic, and technological contexts. The course will analyze situations that have arisen in the past and situations that arise now in a digitized
information world. Students will study the special position given the media in
the United States and will consider First Amendment protections and the
media’s responsibilities to inform the public in a free and democratic society.
Cross listed with Communication. (Prereq.: ENL 220, or 221, or 226, or 227,
or 228, and two 200-level literature courses.)
ENL 394
Composition Theory and Practice
Students will examine composition as a relatively new field of study, one in
which research in such areas as cognition, language acquisition, gender differences in language, and code switching are relevant. Using both spoken and
written language, students will apply various theoretical positions to the language they and others use to communicate in a range of linguistic tasks.
Recommended for licensure and potential graduate students. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 and two 200-level literature courses, or consent of instructor.)
The 400-level literature, language, and theory courses emphasize scholarship, criticism, and
theory, and ask students to write and speak professionally about literary texts. Any 300-level
literature course or consent of the instructor serve as a prerequisite for the 400-level. One
400-level course must fulfill the keystone requirement.
ENL 410
Advanced Studies in Literature
Potential course subjects include “The Beats,” “American Indian Writers
Speak,” “The Unteachable Novel,” “Studies in the American Romance,” “Black
and White and Red All Over: Film Noir, Communism, and Race,” and others.
Check the departmental web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a
complete course description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300level literature course or consent of instructor)
English 193
ENL 430
Advanced Studies in Language, Theory, and Method
Through a focus on particular issues and problems in literary studies, this
course engages students in a variety of past and current critical theories.
Possible course topics include “Is There a Gay Literature?” “Realism
Reconsidered,” “Cognition, Meaning and Interpretation,” “Eco-criticism and
the Nature of Reading,” “Readings in Theory,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a complete course
description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300-level literature
course or consent of instructor)
Writing Courses
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold his/her
place in the course.
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing. Its
workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self
and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing.
(Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture
A variant of English 220, this course also builds on the methods of Effective
Writing, but in this version students work on content related to subjects in the
world of art and literature. Particularly aimed at art, theatre arts, and film
majors. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
This practical course is designed to improve writing skills for those entering
business and professional careers. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111,
or ENL 112)
ENL 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for the print
media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and
write those facts into a news story. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 228
Broadcast and Online Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for
broadcast and online media. Students use an intensive practice model to learn
the basics of newsgathering, writing, and production for television, radio, and
the Internet. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
194 English
ENL 320
Fiction One
Students draft a collection of short stories and critique others’ work in the
writing workshop environment. Throughout the term, students will also read
classic and contemporary short fiction, analyzing and examining the work of
established writers as they learn to identify successful short fiction while creating their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 321
Fiction Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of short fiction,
redrafting and polishing at least four short stories of varying lengths for inclusion in a portfolio of work. Students will also be expected to create at least one
new work of short fiction during this workshop term. (Prereq.: ENL 320 or
review and acceptance by instructor of four story drafts written by the student
and offered as work the student will refine in Fiction Two.)
ENL 322
Poetry One
Students draft a collection of poems and critique others’ work in the writing
workshop environment. Students will learn to identify successful poetry as
they create their own poems; they will read published poetry and listen to new
and established poets reading their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 323
Poetry Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of poetry, redrafting
and polishing a collection of poems for inclusion in a portfolio of work.
Students will also be expected to create new work during this workshop term.
(Prereq.: ENL 322 or review and acceptance by instructor of a collection of
poetry written by the student and offered as work the student will refine in
Poetry Two.)
ENL 324
Creative Nonfiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions
of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226)
ENL/THR 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and
junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre department chair. THR 250 or
ENL 226 recommended.)
ENL 327
Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of news reports
and news features. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the
use of computer-assisted research and for those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENL 227 or 228)
English 195
ENL/FLM 328 Screenwriting
An introductory course in writing for film, this course will take students from
story outline to the creation of a screenplay draft. In addition to writing their
own scripts, students will review feature films and analyze work written by
each member of the class, giving detailed critical analysis and engaging in discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or 226, or
228)
ENL 420
Advanced Studies in Writing
The writing keystone is a final, summative seminar emphasizing collaboration,
professional standards, and the creation of a publishable or performable completed product. The topic changes; check the departmental Web page.
(Prereq.: Any 300-level writing course)
ENL 490
English Keystone
(.0 course)
Students seeking keystone credit must register for this no credit, P/N course,
along with ENL 410, 420, or 430.
Directed Studies, Internships, and Independent Studies
ENL 299
Directed Study
ENL 396
On-Campus Internships
This course is required for all Communication Arts/Literature licensure students. It is normally taken with students enrolled in English 101,
Developmental Writing. Interns prepare class presentations, assess student
writing, and learn methods useful in teaching composition.
ENL 399
Off-Campus Internships
ENL 499
Independent Study and Honors Projects
Honors studies must be directed by a professor chosen by the student and
approved by the department. Independent study projects not designated for
honors must be approved by the Chair of the department.
196
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
E
nvironmental studies is the interdisciplinary investigation of human relations
with the natural environment. The program pursues a multifaceted examination
— across the natural sciences, social sciences, humanities, and professional studies
— of the interdependence shared by people
and nature. It provides an understanding
of the material world as well as the ecological, social, and cultural processes and
problems that bind that world together.
Through the study of politics, biology, literature, chemistry, social work, economics,
and history, environmental studies students
focus on the most pressing local, regional,
national, and global issues of our day.
Augsburg College’s location in the city
offers a particular opportunity for the close
study of complex urban environments.
Although many equate environmental
issues with rural areas, most people live in
cities. Urban residents shape nature in
innumerable ways, including through energy, food, and water consumption, transportation, and industrial production. In
turn, cities often serve as the settings in
which environmental injustice flourishes.
With that in mind, Augsburg’s environmental studies program fosters the simultaneous study of ecological quality and social
justice.
The program provides undergraduate
training leading to a B.A. or a minor in
Environmental Studies. Upon completion
of the program, students will be able to
comprehend ecological processes, recognize the many and varied forms of nature
in the city, distinguish stakeholders’ interests in policy debates, decipher the context
and variety of human experiences in
nature, identify inequities in the access to
and use of natural resources, and articulate
responses grounded in multiple discipli-
nary insights to current urban environmental challenges. Drawing on their experiences in settings as diverse as the CedarRiverside neighborhood, the upper
Mississippi River Valley, and Mexico, graduates of the program pursue vocations in
non-profit organizations, government policy and planning positions, law, education,
ministry, and corporate settings.
Environmental Studies Faculty
Michael Lansing (History, Director),
Kristen Chamberlain (Communication
Studies), Christina Erickson (Social Work),
Keith Gilsdorf (Economics), John
Harkness (English), Colin Irvine (English),
Joan Kunz (Chemistry), Joe Underhill
(Political Science), John Zobitz
(Mathematics).
Major
14 Courses (standard track or HECUA
track)
Standard Track Requirements (14 course
credits):
Core courses:
SBS 100 Environmental Connections
SCI 106 Introductory Meteorology
SWK 210 Environmental Justice and
Social Change
POL 241 Environmental and River
Politics
or INS 342 River Politics Field Seminar
or POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
or POL 341/WST 341 Environmental
Politics (CGE)
or SOC 381 The City and Metro Urban
Planning
ENL 270 Rites of Thematic Passage
(Literature and Landscape)
or REL 313/WST 313 Environmental
Theology and Ethics (CGE)
HIS 316 U.S. Urban Environmental
History
Environmental Studies 197
ECO 365 Environmental Economics and
Sustainable Development
INS 399 Internship
SBS 499 Environmental Studies
Independent Project (Keystone)
Biology requirements:
BIO 151 Introductory Biology
BIO 152 Ecology, Evolution, and
Diversity
BIO 481 Ecology
Chemistry requirements:
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 116 General Chemistry II (depends
on MPG score)
HECUA Track Requirements (14 course credits):
SBS 100 Environmental Connections
SWK 210 Environmental Justice and
Social Change
ENL 270 Rites of Thematic Passage
(Literature and Landscape)
or REL 313/WST 313 Environmental
Theology and Ethics (CGE)
HIS 316 U.S. Urban Environmental
History
INS 345, INS 346, INS 399 (HECUA
ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY
SEMESTER, 4 course credits)
SBS 499 Environmental Studies
Independent Project (Keystone)
Biology requirements:
BIO 151 Introductory Biology
BIO 152 Ecology, Evolution, and
Diversity
BIO 481 Ecology
Chemistry requirements:
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 116 General Chemistry II (depends
on MPG score)
Minor
(7 courses)
SBS 100 Environmental Connections
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
BIO 151 Introductory Biology
BIO 152 Ecology, Evolution, and
Diversity
SWK 210 Environmental Justice and
Social Change
HIS 316 U.S. Urban Environmental
History
or ENL 270 Rites of Thematic Passage
or REL 313/WST 313 Environmental
Theology and Ethics (CGE)
POL 241 Environmental and River
Politics
or INS 342 River Politics Field Seminar
or POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
or POL 341/WST 341 Environmental
Politics (CGE)
or ECO 365 Environmental Economics
and Sustainable Development
or SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
198 Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness
FILM
See listing under Communication Studies.
FINANCE
See listing under Business Administration.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
FRENCH
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
GERMAN
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND
HEALTH FITNESS—HPF
A
ll students at Augsburg College will
interact at some point during their college
experience with the Department of Health,
Physical Education, and Health Fitness.
The philosophy of the department is to
provide quality experiences, preparation
for the professions, and an education that
leads to lifelong participation in physical
activity. Both recreational participants as
well as athletes will find ample opportunity
for developmental activities.
The physical education program prepares students for careers in physical education endeavors in the schools and in
allied professions. It also provides general
education in physical activity for all
Augsburg students.
The health education program prepares
students for careers in school health education and wellness. This program offers a
comprehensive view that examines prevention and promotion needs for individuals,
schools, and the community.
The health fitness program prepares
students with practical application of the
knowledge needed to become a health fitness or community health professional.
Interested students will also be prepared to
move on to graduate or professional school
Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness 199
in any of the allied health fitness professions.
All students seeking teaching licensure
must receive a grade of 2.0 in all required
courses with an HPF prefix.
Health, Physical Education, and
Health Fitness Faculty
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (Chair), Sam Barber,
Jennifer Britz, Chris Brown, Anthony
Clapp, Carol Enke, Marilyn Florian, Paul
Grauer, Aaron Griess, Frank Haege,
Melissa Lee, Mike Navarre, Joyce Pfaff,
Jessica Rinehart, Missy Strauch
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPF 104 Components of Fitness
Training
HPF 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPF 114 Health and Safety Education
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency
Education
HPF 205 Introduction to Health,
Physical Education, and Health
Fitness
HPF 215 Exercise and Health Psychology
HPF 316 Human Sexuality
HPF 320 School Health Curriculum
HPF 357 Measurement in Health,
Physical Education, and Fitness
HPF 358 Assessment in Health and
Physical Education
HPF 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials in Health Education
HPF 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPF 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 250 Child Development
OR
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Health Education Minor
HPF 104, 110, 114, 115, 316, 320, 390,
450, BIO 103. (There is no teaching minor
in Minnesota public schools)
Teaching Licensure
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
specific licensing requirements for teachers
that may be subject to change after the
publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility of the student to consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students seeking teacher licensure.
Students must consult with a faculty adviser concerning the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
■ PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPF 104 Components of Fitness
Training
HPF 114 Health and Safety Education
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency
Education
200 Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness
HPF 205
HPF 220
HPF 254
HPF 275
HPF 324
HPF 334
HPF 335
HPF 340
HPF 350
HPF 351
HPF 357
HPF 358
HPF 473
BIO 103
Introduction to Health,
Physical Education, and Health
Fitness
Motor Learning
Introduction to Developmental
and Adapted Physical
Education
Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
K-6 PE Games and Activities
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
Outdoor Education
Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Measurement in Health,
Physical Education, and Fitness
Assessment in Health and
Physical Education
Physical Education Curriculum
Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Physical Education Minor
HPF 104, 115, 205, 324, 334, 351.
(There is no teaching minor in Minnesota
public schools)
Coaching Certification
The Minnesota Board of Teaching does
not require coaching certification. The fol-
lowing courses are recommended for those
interested in coaching in Minnesota public
schools:
HPF 114
HPF 275
HPF 280
Safety Education
Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
Coaching Theory
The MSHSL requires all head varsity
coaches of interscholastic sports to complete a coaching effectiveness program
offered through the MSHSL.
Teaching Licensure
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has
specific licensing requirements for teachers
that may be subject to change after the
publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility of the student to consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students seeking teacher licensure.
Students must consult with a faculty advisor concerning the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
■ HEALTH FITNESS
Health Fitness Major
HPF 104 Components of Fitness
Training
HPF 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPF 114 Health and Safety Education
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency
Education
HPF 205 Introduction to Health,
Physical Education and Fitness
HPF 215 Exercise and Health Psychology
HPF 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness 201
HPF 300
HPF 305
HPF 350
HPF 351
HPF 357
HPF 430
HPF 445
Nutrition (Prior to Fall 2010,
HLTH 345 Nutrition at Univ. of
St. Thomas)
Stress Management (Prior to
Fall 2010, HLTH 375 Lifetime
Stress Mgmt. at Univ. of St.
Thomas)
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Measurement in Health,
Physical Education, and Fitness
Epidemiology (Prior to Fall
2010, HLTH 400 Epidemiology
at Univ. of St. Thomas)
Health Fitness Seminar (Prior
to Fall 2010, HLTH 449 Health
Promotion Seminar* at Univ. of
St. Thomas. *=HLTH 449 does
not satisfy the keystone
requirement. Students completing HLTH 449 will complete
the keystone requirement outside of the major)
HPF 450
HPF 499
Current Health Issues
Internship in Health Fitness
Select and complete one (1) of the following two (2) courses:
HPF 315 Exercise Testing and
Prescription
HPF 330 Community Health Methods
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND HEALTH FITNESS COURSES.
HPF 001
Foundations of Fitness
(.0 course)
This course is required of all Augsburg students outside the HPF major. It
seeks to improve the student’s knowledge and understanding of the components of physical fitness and how they contribute to personal lifelong health
and well being. This course is designed to not only provide knowledge but the
skills an individual can use to assess, monitor, and discipline him/herself to
maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness. (Fall, spring)
HPF 002, 003 Lifetime Activity
(.0 course)
Lifetime activity courses are designed to improve proficiency in a selected
physical activity. Students will be able to understand and demonstrate basic
skills, strategy, and rules of the activity. (Fall, spring)
HPF 104
Components of Fitness Training
This course implements a performance-based approach designed to enable the
student to become well educated in strength and cardiovascular training. The
proficiencies will address the specifics of knowledge and performance in fitness training. This course will implement optimal research based theories for
improving aerobic and muscular strength for the purpose of designing an individualized strength and aerobic conditioning program. (Fall)
202 Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness
HPF 110
Personal and Community Health
Concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual
and the community. (Prereq,: ENL 111. Fall)
HPF 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPF 115
Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall,
spring)
HPF 205
Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and
Health Fitness
(.5 course)
An introduction to the professional field of health, physical education, and fitness. Includes history, current trends and professional opportunities related to
health, human performance, and wellness. Students also will examine the
components of a healthy lifestyle found on the wellness continuum, which
includes physical, intellectual, spiritual, social, emotional, environmental, and
occupational health. (Spring)
HPF 215
Exercise and Health Psychology
Study of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on health. Health promotion, adherence and maintenance, prevention
and treatment of illness, stress management, and healthy lifestyles will be
emphasized. (Spring)
HPF 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills and performance, and how this relates to motor development. (Spring)
HPF 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical
Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early
childhood through grade 12. The role of school based health and physical education programs for students with disabilities will be addressed. (Fall)
HPF 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. A lab accompanies this course. (Prereq.: HPF 114. Spring)
HPF 315
Exercise Testing and Prescription
(.5 course)
This is a course in exercise testing and prescription relative to the cardiopulmonary system. The course is designed to provide the student with an understanding of the physiological and pathophysiological responses of the body to
clinical exercise testing and to develop a basis for the exercise prescription in
health and disease. The content of this course is focused toward the knowledge and skills required for taking the ACSM Health Fitness Instructor (HFI)
certification exam. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPF 357. Fall)
Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness 203
HPF 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality (Prereq.: HPF 110. Spring)
HPF 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Examination of National Standards
and pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included.
(Prereq.: HPF 110. Fall even years)
HPF 324
K-6 PE Games and Activities
(.5 course)
This course integrates theory and practice in teaching age and skill appropriate activities to elementary students. (Spring)
HPF 334
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiating elected games and activities. (Fall)
HPF 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPF 104, HPF 114, HPF 205. Fall even years, spring even years)
HPF 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education
Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPF 205. Fall)
HPF 350
Kinesiology
A study of the mechanics of movement with an emphasis on the use of the
muscular system. An analytic approach to the study of movement and how it
relates within the physical education and health fitness fields. A lab accompanies this course. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPF 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise on the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. A lab accompanies
this course. (Prereq.: ENL 111, BIO 103. Spring)
HPF 357
Measurement of Health, Physical Education, and Health
Fitness
(.5 course)
Concepts of statistics and the use of statistical procedures in health, fitness
and physical education programs. Topics include descriptive statistics, probability, estimation, ANOVA, correlation, Chi-Square, and nonparametric methods. (Prereq.: MPG 3, HPF 104, HPF 220, and either HPF 110 or HPF 205.
Fall)
HPF 358
Assessment of Health and Physical Education
(.5 course)
Standards, assessment, and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: HPF 104, 220, 357 and either HPF 110 or HPF 205.)
204 Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness
HPF 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K6. An in depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary
aged children. (Prereq.: HPF 104, HPF 324. Fall)
HPF 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues involved in teaching physical education in
secondary schools. (Prereq.: HPF 104, HPF 334. Spring)
HPF 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis on teaching/learning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Prereq.: HPF 110. Spring)
HPF 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health
Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Prereq.: HPF 110. Fall
even years)
HPF 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses critical thinking skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPF 110. Fall odd years)
HPF 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in physical education based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Examination of National Standards
and pedagogy for physical education, curriculum, and assessment included.
(Prereq.: HPF 205. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPF 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off campus,
credit options ) on page 99.
HPF 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
HPF 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off campus,
credit options ) on page 99.
HPF 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. Open only to junior or senior majors.
HISTORY—HIS
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: “No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community.”
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in many fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Chair), Phil Adamo,
Bill Green, Don Gustafson, Michael
Lansing
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 280 and
480). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
205
medieval, modern Europe, United States,
and non-Western.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. Speaking and Writing skills are also
developed throughout the major, but are
given special emphasis in the following
courses (both required for majors):
S: HIS 480
W: HIS 280 and HIS 480
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.60 in the major and 3.00
overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
206 History
Medieval Studies
Prerequisites
The History Department also hosts the
major in Medieval Studies. For more information, please refer to “Medieval Studies”
in this catalog.
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 100-level courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg including HIS 280 and
480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HISTORY COURSES.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 120
America to 1815
A survey of the relations between Native, European, and African peoples from
first contacts to the War of 1812, drawing on social, cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The course will move topically as well as chronologically through the colonial and early national period.
Themes include the legacies of massive ecological and demographic change,
the colonial competition for North America, Indian-white conflict and collusion, the enslavement of African Americans, the creation of the United States,
and internal as well as foreign conflicts in that nation’s early years.
HIS 121
19th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1815-1900, drawing on social, cultural,
and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The
course will move topically as well as chronologically through the years in
which the United States came to prominence despite internal dissent and violence. Themes include the emergence of a national identity, political system,
and economy, slavery, expansion, and empire-building, regional differences,
the Civil War and its aftermath, and industrialization.
History 207
HIS 122
20th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1900 to the present, drawing on social,
cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history.
The course will move topically as well as chronologically through the modern
era. Themes include industrialization and urbanization, the significance of
gender, race, and ethnicity in American culture, the growth of a strong federal
government, the emergence of the United States as a world power, the creation
of a consumer society, the rise of identity politics, and the passing of American
hegemony.
HIS 150/350 Latin American History
This course examines the histories of Mexico, Central America, and the
Caribbean from the 1790s to the 1990s. Centering our analysis in the Latin
American experience, we will examine cultural trends, social interactions, and
economic development as well as the relations that each of these regions
shared with the United States. Special attention will be paid to independence
movements, neocolonialism, dependency and underdevelopment, ecological
transformations, the Latino/a diaspora, and the struggles of indigenous communities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 350)
HIS/WST 155/355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
Center for Global Education course. See International Studies, Sustainable,
Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)
HIS 162/462 20th-Century South Asia
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan,
and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and
different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 462)
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serves as a case study for the themes of
frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
HIS 234
Minnesota History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political, and economic history of
Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the
period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
208 History
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood
Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for HIS 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for HIS 349)
HIS 280
The History Workshop
This course introduces history majors and minors to the historian’s craft.
Students will examine the development of the discipline of history, the methods of analysis used by professional historians today, and the varieties of applications for history in professional careers and public life. Students will also
gain and sharpen the research and writing skills critical to their success in
upper-level history courses. Guest speakers and off-campus site visits will
enhance course content. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112)
HIS 282
The History of Women Since 1848
This course examines in comparative perspective women’s changing political,
economic, social, and sexual status since the 19th century, with attention
given to social, racial, and ethnic, and sexual differences among women.
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
Exploration of selected topics in women’s history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 316
U.S. Urban Environmental History
A chronological exploration of the interactions between Americans and the
nonhuman world, with particular attention to urban and suburban areas.
Topics include the commodification of nature, the death of the organic city,
political movements organized around nature, ways of knowing nature, environmental justice, and relationships between culture and nature. Additionally,
students will use both primary sources and fieldwork to explore the specific
environmental history of a Minneapolis neighborhood.
History 209
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China’s isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the U.S.
Center for Global Education course. See International Studies section, Nation
Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind (Namibia)
HIS 331
Topics in United States History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in United States history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will
be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of United States Foreign Relations
A survey of United States foreign relations from the American Revolution
through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism, and the emergence of the
United States as an economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
HIS 338
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modern legal system.
HIS 343
The North American West
This course reckons with the contest of colonial powers in North America, the
American conquest of the region, the role of the federal government in shaping the West, the rise of the most urban part of the United States, and the
important role that the West plays in modern American culture. Themes
include the persistence of Native peoples, ethnicity, race, and gender in
Western daily and political life, the creation of an international borderlands,
and the ecological transformation of Western landscapes.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (International Studies—
Namibia)
210 History
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
HIS 350
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
For course description, see HIS 150.
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modern
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany’s sonderweg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Modern Britain and Ireland
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
A version of HIS 350 taught on-site in Mexico through Augsburg’s Center for
Global Education. Cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
HIS 360
Ancient Egypt and Classical Greece
This course examines the history of ancient Egypt and classical Greece from c.
3200 to 323 BC, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt
to understand these societies. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of life in antiquity.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome
This course examines the history of Hellenistic Greece and Rome from c. 800
BC to 476 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt
to understand these societies. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of life in antiquity.
HIS 369
The Early and High Middle Ages
This course examines the history of Europe and the Mediterranean from c. 300
to 1350 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to
understand medieval society. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative,
it also looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of medieval life.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1648
This course examines the history of Europe from c. 1300 BC to 1648 AD, and
uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to understand late
medieval society. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also
looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of life in this period.
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
This course examines Western Europe’s crusading era (1095-1291 AD), a time
when warriors from the Christian West attempted to “take back” the Holy
Land from its Muslim occupiers. Through a close reading of primary sources,
History 211
we will examine such issues as Pilgrimage, Holy War, and the complex relationships between East and West, between Muslims and Christians. We will
pay particular attention to the question of historical representation.
HIS 378
Medieval Church
This course examines the history of the medieval church from Constantine the
Great to Martin Luther (c. 300 to c. 1517 AD). It uses a variety of written and
visual sources in an attempt to understand the medieval church and its influence, not only in religious matters, but also in the social and political spheres.
Cross-listed with REL 378.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 462
20th-Century South Asia
For course description, see HIS 162.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe’s discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 480
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. This
course fulfills the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: HIS 280. Generally offered
fall and spring terms.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
HIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.50 GPA in history)
212
HONORS PROGRAM—HON
T
he Augsburg Honors Program offers
an adventurous education where students
with a passion for ideas can be their best.
We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike
any other honors program in the nation
because it gives students the resources and
freedom to build their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity
to create their own courses, edit and write
for the Augsburg Honors Review of
Undergraduate Scholarship, participate in
an intramural debate league, belong to an
Honors House, and learn through small
reading groups, research projects, and travel around the world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and
includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great
books on trial, or building an interactive
museum exhibit. Honors courses bring in
professors from several different departments so students can learn from talented
professors teaching their specialties.
For information, please contact Robert
C. Groven, Honors Program Director,
e-mail at <honors@augsburg.edu>.
Honors Program Recognition
Students who finish the Honors
Program requirements satisfy all general
education requirements, except those for
physical education and modern language.
Honors students also receive special
transcript notation, special graduation
recognition, résumé-building positions,
and special access to academic advising
and career options.
Honors Admissions Requirements and
Academic Scholarships
Students with a demonstrated record of
achievement are eligible to enter the
Augsburg Honors Program. Prospective
students may demonstrate achievement in
a variety of ways. Most students who are
admitted have a composite ACT score of
27 or higher (or a combined SAT score of
1250 or higher), and a high school G.P.A.
of 3.50 or higher. However, students without these numeric requirements may be
eligible if they have exceptional records of
extracurricular activity or other exceptional experiences. All students are encouraged
to apply. To apply, students should fill out
the online application located at
<www.augsburg/honors.edu>.
Students applying for the Honors
Program also automatically apply for the
College’s highest academic-based scholarships, the President’s, Honors Regents’, and
Harwick/Agre Scholarships.
Qualifying Advanced Placement,
International Baccalaureate, and PostSecondary Option courses may satisfy
Honors Program requirements, and/or be
granted college credit. Contact Academic
Advising or the Honors director for further
information.
Students may enter the Honors
Program at three points: first semester of
first year, second semester of first year, or
first semester of sophomore year. Students
who enter during the second semester of
the first year must fulfill all remaining
Honors requirements, may substitute REL
100 for HON 100, and may be excused
from taking HON 120. Students who enter
the first semester of the sophomore year
must fulfill remaining Honors requirements, and may substitute REL 100 for
HON 100, may substitute two non-Honors
Honors Program 213
Humanities liberal arts foundation courses
for HON 130, may substitute ENL 111 for
HON 111, and may be excused from taking HON 120.
Scholars Program for Advanced
Transfer Students
Students with more than 16 credits in
transfer work may enter the Scholars
Program but may not enter the Honors
Program. The Scholars Program allows students to enroll in Honors courses, join an
Honors House, and participate in all
Honors Program activities. In order to
graduate with the Scholars Program transcript designation, students must: join an
Honors House and participate in required
meetings, maintain an overall GPA of 3.50
or higher, and take: HON 340, HON 490
and any two other Honors courses.
Honors Co-Curricular Activities
Honors Houses: All Honors students
must belong to an Honors House for the
purpose of receiving academic advising
and program information. All Honors students are required to attend mandatory
meetings of the Honors Program or of their
Houses. These meetings are necessary for
advising, information, and governance.
When students enter the Honors Program
they choose to join one of the four Honors
Houses:
The Crockett Scholars House coordinates scholarship, research, fellowship,
major award or prize opportunities, and
graduate school placement for all Honors
students. Crockett House also organizes
events related to scholarship such as
College scholarship events and high school
research fairs.
The Pike Stewards House coordinates
public relations, job placement, and fund
raising opportunities for all Honors students. Pike House also organizes events for
alumni and fund raising.
The Griffin Citizens House coordinates recruiting, social activities, admission
and scholarship applications, and the
Honors website opportunities for all
Honors students. Griffin House also organizes events for recruiting and socializing,
such as banquets, parties, and high school
recruiting trips.
The Hesser Servants House coordinates service learning, social justice, experiential learning, and political activity
opportunities for all Honors students.
Hesser House also organizes related events,
such as honors service days and Augsburg
experiences.
Augsburg Honors Review: Students
manage, edit, write, and publish an interdisciplinary journal of undergraduate
scholarship. The Review accepts submissions from students at Augsburg and other
colleges and universities around the
nation.
Honors Disputation League:
Students organize, coach, research, write,
and rehearse as teams which then compete
in intramural debate tournaments held
four times each year.
Student House Presidents, Debate
Captains, and Student Councils:
Students elected to leadership within their
Honors House may serve as House
Presidents or Debate Captains. The House
Presidents sit on the Honors Student
Presidents Council and make critical decisions about program courses and
resources. House Debate Captains organize
the Inter-House Disputations and judge
disputes among the Honors Houses.
214 Honors Program
Student-Created Learning Experiences
(SCLE)
Honors students may learn through
established courses or through studentcreated learning experiences. These student created experiences may substitute for
Honors curricular requirements, or may
simply enrich a student’s education. Such
student-created experiences may count
toward requirements in majors and satisfy
Honors requirements at the same time, or
simply be an elective.
Student-created learning experiences
may take any form. Some possible forms
include:
• Student Created courses (created in collaboration with faculty)
• Full course (10-20 students)
• Reading Groups (2-9 students)
• Individual Reading and Examination
(individual study)
• Student/Faculty Research (may be one or
many students)
Process: A student-created learning
experience may be proposed by any
Honors student or by any Augsburg faculty
or staff person. The interested student
should speak with either an Honors
Council Member or the Honors Program
Director. Next, a proposal should be drafted in accord with the Honors student created learning experience form. Finally, the
proposal should be submitted by the student to the Honors Program Director who
will carry the proposal to the Honors
Council for review.
Honors Established Curriculum
These requirements are normally taken
in the order listed below, but can be taken
out of order if schedule conflicts require it.
First Year
Fall
• First-year students select Honors House
membership.
• First-year students not permitted to join
Augsburg Honors Review or Honors
Disputation League.
• HON 100 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning I
• HON 120 Scholar Citizen (includes
theatre lab, critical thinking skill)
Spring
• HON 130 Liberating Letters (humanities
LAF and speaking skill)
• HON 111 Effective Writing (or advanced
placement or transfer)
Second Year
Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450
Augsburg Honors Review or HON 460
Honors Disputation League
• HON 220: Scholar Scientist (one natural
sciences and mathematics LAF and quantitative reasoning skill)
Spring
• HON 240: Science, Technology, and
Citizenship (one natural sciences and
mathematics lab LAF)
Third Year
Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450
Augsburg Honors Review and HON 460
Honors Disputation League
• HON 250: Social Scientist (social and
behavioral sciences LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (President
or Dean teaches. P/N, no credit, meets
twice each semester for 90 minutes)
Spring
• HON 230: Arts and the City (fine arts
LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (same as
Fall semester)
Honors Program 215
Fourth Year
Fall
• Students may join HON 450 Augsburg
Honors Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League in their fourth year
• HON 200: Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
Spring
• HON 490: Honors Senior Seminar
Research Requirement: At some point
before graduating, students must take at
least two semesters of the following:
• HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review
• HON 460 Honors Disputation League
• HON 470 Student/Faculty Research
Collaboration
Summary Notes:
• The Honors recommended sequence satisfies all general education requirements
except foreign language and physical
education.
• Students past first year may take courses
out of the recommended sequence without prior permission.
• Residency: All Honors students must
complete seven full-credit courses in the
Augsburg Honors Program to meet the
Honors residency requirement for graduation.
HONORS COURSES.
HON 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
Honors section of REL 100. Some students (e.g. some science majors) may
need to defer the course and take HON 100 in another term.
HON 120
The Scholar Citizen
An introduction to the Honors Program. Course content focuses on great (and
significant) primary texts focusing on the connections between learning and
citizenship, or the public uses of knowledge (e.g. Plato’s cave). Based on the
medieval liberal arts trivium (grammar, rhetoric, logic). (includes theatre lab)
HON 130
The Liberating Letters
Problem-based or question-based interdisciplinary humanities course.
Emphasizes public uses of knowledge; uses resources of Cities; and satisfies
the public speaking skill.
HON 111
Honors Introduction to Effective Writing
Linked with HON 130, this effective writing course employs a rhetoric-based
and argument focused approach to writing.
HON 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
Honors section of REL 200.
HON 220
The Scholar Scientist
Inspired by the medieval quadrivium (arithmetic, geometry, astronomy,
music), this course addresses systems of quantitative thought, including logic,
computing, formal systems. Fulfills graduation QR requirement.
216 Honors Program
HON 230
Arts and the City
Interdisciplinary fine arts course where students attend museums, galleries,
concerts, plays, and other significant arts events.
HON 240
Science, Technology, and Citizenship
Multi-disciplinary/interdisciplinary lab science course. Physics, biology, and
chemistry are used to critically examine a key national or global issue.
HON 250
The Social Scientist
Problem-based/question-based course in social sciences involving at least two
social science disciplines and several faculty. Makes substantial use of the
resources of the Twin Cities.
Travel Seminar
May include a Center for Global Education 10-day seminar, other international travel, or
domestic immersion trip.
HON 340
Junior Colloquium: The Scholar as Leader
Taught by the dean and/or president of the College, this seminar explores
themes of leadership and service in the public context. (P/N; 0.0 credit, meets
twice a semester for 90 minutes each seminar.)
HON 380
Student-Created Learning Experience (SCLE)
Following the guidelines set forth above, SCLEs may take many forms as
determined by the student and faculty creating the learning experience (may
be .5 or 1.0 credit, may be traditional or P/N).
HON 450
Augsburg Honors Review: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving on the Augsburg Honors Review. (0.0 credit, P/N
only)
HON 460
Honors Disputation: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving in the Disputation League. (0.0 credit, P/N only)
HON 470
Student/Faculty Collaboration: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving on the student/faculty research collaboration.
(0.0 credit, P/N only)
HON 490
Honors Senior Seminar
This course integrates and synthesizes themes from all four years of the
Honors Program. It also expands upon the themes of HON 120 by studying
several great primary texts related to philosophy, rhetoric, vocation and meaning.
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES—INS
I
nterdisciplinary studies programs draw
upon and combine coursework from multiple academic disciplines to provide both
broad perspective and in-depth focus on an
area of study. Through interdisciplinary
programs and courses, students can gain
greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their
own. Augsburg offers a number of majors
that are interdisciplinary in nature. They
include:
American Indian Studies
Environmental Studies
International Relations
Metro-Urban Studies
Nordic Area Studies
Women’s Studies (ACTC)
These majors, their descriptions and
requirements are listed alphabetically within the Departments and Programs section
of the catalog. Other interdisciplinary
course offerings are listed under
International Studies.
LEADERSHIP STUDIES MINOR.
Coordinator
Norma Noonan
The world of the 21st century demands
complex skills. It is not enough to have an
area of expertise or be a good manager.
One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg
curriculum offers a minor in leadership
studies, drawing on a wide variety of
courses across disciplinary lines. A minor
in leadership studies can enhance your
major in a wide variety of disciplines
including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science,
economics, and psychology.
Required courses: (4)
BUS 242
Principles of Management (no
prereq.)
SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq.
SOC 121 or permission of
instructor)
COM 345 Organizational Communication
(no prereq.)
POL 421 (Topics: This topic only)
Becoming a Leader (prereq. one
POL course or permission of
instructor) This course is the
only integrative course in the
minor.
Required electives: (2)
Select two courses from the following list.
(No more than one per department.)
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
(prereq. BUS 242)
BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq.
BUS 242 or 200)
HIS 122 20th-Century United States
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
(WEC/Day)
PSY 373 Industrial Organizational
Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or
105)
COM 321 Business and Professional
Speaking
COM 355 Small Group Communication
(no prereq.)
COM 410 The Self and the Organization
(WEC)
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES MINOR.
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
217
218 Interdisciplinary Studies
Requirements
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
ences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
1. Language courses: one year (two
courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
equivalent competency)
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
See International Relations, page 220.
PEACE AND GLOBAL STUDIES MINOR.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciINTERDISCIPLINARY COURSES.
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari’ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down
the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to
the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees.
(Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test)
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
I
nternational relations is an interdisciplinary major which provides students with
the basis for informed global citizenship,
preparing them for graduate study or
careers in foreign service, nonprofit, or
international business. The student may
focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core
of seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study
opportunities throughout the year.
Competency in one language is required,
and some students study two languages.
All majors complete a significant senior
research project and thesis on a topic of
their own choosing.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business, or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Director
Joseph Underhill
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Required core courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modern World
or HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policies
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modern language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362, 368, 465
ECO 317, 360, 365
HIS 323, 346, 348, 350, 352, 354, 440, 474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350, 351, 359, 382, 459
REL 356, 420
SOC 141
COM 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modern Languages)
SWK 230
Seminars, independent study, topics
courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here
with the approval of the program director,
as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second foreign language.
219
220 International Relations
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
One elective from the list of international
relations major electives, excluding other
business, economics, and marketing courses.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and
Writing (W) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met
by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing:
GPA of 3.50 in the major; 3.00 overall.
In addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
S: one of the following IR electives:
ECO 365, HIS 350, or PHI 355
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
International Relations Major with
International Business Concentration
Required core courses of the international
relations major, plus the following six
courses:
BUS 362 International Business
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
Two of the following:
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges
of Japan
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
One of the following:
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 365 Environmental Economics and
Sustainable Development
Note: Several of the business courses have
prerequisites. Please consult the catalog
and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses.
Departmental Honors
International Relations Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modern
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
The peace and global studies minor
focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance, and inter-cultural understanding in
moving toward a less violent world; it
takes advantage of the campus resources of
the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted each
year by Augsburg College) and the Center
for Global Education. The minor is structured as a learning community that
involves students, faculty, staff, and community members; it focuses on experiential
learning that emphasizes the interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental sustainability. Students will draw
International Studies 221
on study abroad in taking local actions to
address global issues.
The minor consists of two required
courses (POL 160 and SWK 230), two
upper division electives (chosen from ECO
365, REL 366, HIS 332, HIS 350, INS/WST
311, POL/WST 341, REL 313, POL/WST
359, INS 312, REL 346, HIS 346, POL 353,
ECO 495, SOC 240, ENL 365, and other
topics or study abroad courses, with
approval of program director), a senior
keystone seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peacerelated activities. See International
Relations program director for full program
description.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
provide students the skills needed to be
successful in today’s global world. The
College’s strong commitment to a global
perspective and its mission to “...nurture
future leaders in service to the world,” provide the foundation to include international study in every student’s degree program.
In addition to the following courses,
students have over 200 programs in over
sixty countries from which to choose the
best opportunity for their discipline and
personal needs. Contact Augsburg Abroad
for advising on study abroad programs,
finances, and academics. Augsburg Abroad
is the front door for students and faculty
interested in study abroad. More information about study abroad is located in the
Augsburg Abroad section of this catalog.
CENTER FOR GLOBAL. EDUCATION COURSES.
■ CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE IN MESOAMERICA
(MEXICO)—FALL
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved
in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program begins with a
one-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and ends with a two-week
seminar in El Salvador. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, in Augsburg housing
approximately six weeks, and with Mexican host families for four to six weeks.
All students will be expected to take POL/WST 359, REL/WST 366, and at least one
Spanish course. In addition, they may choose between taking a second Spanish course or
completing an internship or field research (independent study).
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
222 International Studies
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or or equivalent.)
POL/WST 359
Women, Gender, and Social Change in Latin America
An exploration of gender politics in Latin America. Particular attention is
given to women’s organizing efforts around issues of domestic and political
violence, ecology, human rights, democracy, political participation, and revolutionary social change.
International Studies 223
REL/WST 366 Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequistes: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
■ INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND GLOBAL CITIZENSHIP (MEXICO) — FALL
This program, designed for international business majors, will study the important role
that Mexico plays in the U.S. in relation to trade issues, how to conduct business in and
with Mexico, and use it as a lens to learn about international business topics that are relevant in many different countries. The program includes intensive Spanish language instruction, a four-week family stay, a week-long seminar on international business in Mexico
City, and short trips to other nearby regions in order to develop a broader perspective on
globalization and international business issues.
All students will take two Spanish language courses and BUS 495. For their fourth
course, they may take Topics in Business Spanish, or complete an internship or independent study.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selection Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote culture understanding students review all
the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by
placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for 212.)
224 International Studies
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility through oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversations in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. Taught by Mexican
instructors.s (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices on contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or the equivalent.)
BUS 495
Global Business Issues and Developing Countries: Mexico and
Beyond.
This course examines global economic conditions today and explores vital
issues, such as exchange rates, trade balances, international joint ventures,
resources, tariffs, trade barriers, government regulations’ shipping option, etc.
Emphasis is on understanding issues from the perspective of both developed
and developing countries, using Mexico as a case study. (Prerequisites.: ECO
112 or 113, and BUS 242 or MKT 252, or consent of instructor).
BUS/HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
The internship seminar is a rigorous academic course that involves not only
approximately 100 hours of work experience and/or participant observation in
a Mexican business, government agency, school, or other organization, but
also participation in a seminar that explores cultural issues, organizational
analysis, and personal and professional development through class discussions
and written and oral assignments. Students seeking Spanish credit must
receive approval from department chair to enrollment.
International Studies 225
SPA 495
Topics in Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced Spanish language students develop
proficiency in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies necessary
to successfully conduct business in Spanish-speaking countries, with an
emphasis on Latin America. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent or instructor’s consent.)
HIS/INS/POL/REL/WST 499 Independent Study
Students who are highly independent and self-motivated may conduct independent, field-based research during the last third of the semester and participate in a seminar that explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. This course option is intended for serious students who want to begin
research related to a senior thesis or capstone project.
■ MIGRATION AND GLOBALIZATION: ENGAGING OUR COMMUNITIES
(MEXICO)—SPRING
This is an intensive program that explores issues of migration, immigration, and globalization. It is ideal for students who are interested in working with Spanish-speaking populations in the United States, as it includes intensive Spanish language classes, an internship
or independent research opportunity, and courses that help students understand the connections between globalization and migration while learning from diverse communities
that are organizing for positive social change around issues of race, ethnicity, socio-economic class, gender, sexuality, economics, and the environment.
Credit is available in Spanish, history, women’s studies, political science, and religion.
Students spend most of the semester living in Augsburg housing and approximately six
weeks living with Mexican host families.
All students will be expected to take HIS/WST 357 and three of the following:
POL/WST 341, one to two Spanish courses, an internship or independent study.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
226 International Studies
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent.)
HIS/WST 357 Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision
This course traces the historical development of gender, class-based, and
racial/ethnic oppression in Latin America from the Conquest to the present
day, and explores the history of resistance and social change in Latin America.
POL 341/WST 341 Globalization, Social Struggles, and the Environment
Explores issues of globalization and social change in Mexico and analyzes
political, social and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable
development from a gender perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed on
environmental issues and the causes of migration/emigration and social unrest
in Mexico.
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequisites: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
International Studies 227
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
■ SOCIAL WORK IN A LATIN AMERICAN CONTEXT (MEXICO)—SPRING
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on social and economic justice.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 15. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course
or its equivalent. (Students may choose to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of
January, prior to the start of the semester.) Priority is given to social work majors.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent.)
228 International Studies
SWK 294
International Social Welfare: The Mexican Context
Develops students’ understanding of current social, economic, political, and
cultural realities in Mexico through an exploration of Mexican culture and history. Emphasis on intercultural communication and the role of U.S. foreign
policy in Mexico. Aims to frame students’ knowledge of contemporary social
welfare and social work practice with migrants and immigrants in the
Minnesota and the United States at large.
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Develops student understanding and working knowledge of human behavior
in families and in groups. The Mexican context of family and group work will
be examined and uniquely Mexican models will be explored and discussed in
relation to current family and group theory. Groups can be used to accomplish
individual, family, organizational and/or community goals. Students will practice skills needed to be an effective group member and facilitator in class. A
six-week home stay with a Mexican family will provide an opportunity to
learn about Mexican family structure through personal experience.
SWK 295
Comparative Social Policy
Aims to prepare social work students to function as informed and competent
participants in efforts to achieve change in social policies and programs. This
course in comparative social policy uses Mexico and the United States as a
context for studying policy formation, implementation, analysis and the influence of values on these processes. Central to this course is a service-learning
component. Those enrolled in Social Work Field Experience may use the same
field setting for both courses. Roles and responsibilities of generalist social
workers and citizens in formulating, implementing and evaluating policy
responsive to social needs are addressed. United States and Mexican immigration and migration policies will be used a primary vehicle for this critical
analysis.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. Contributes approximately 100 hours to the practicum hours
required for the BSW degree for those students with Spanish language oral
competency. Involves sharing of experiences with other students in a small
group seminar. (Prereq.: intermediate Spanish, candidacy status; concurrent
with SWK 316. P/N grading only).
■ SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE (GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)—FALL OR SPRING
This program introduces students to the key issues facing Central Americans. For two
decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and civil war
on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El Salvador, and
Nicaragua.
International Studies 229
Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in El Salvador,
and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. All students will take the following four courses:
1) one Spanish course, 2) REL 366, 3) HIS/WST 355, and 4) POL 459.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211
for 212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite:
SPA 311 or equivalent.)
230 International Studies
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic oppression and the history of
resistance and social change in Latin America from the Conquest to the present day. Examines the Pre-Columbian period, the conquest and colonial periods, and concludes with the post-war period in Central America.
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics: Citizen Participation in Policy
Formulation within a Globalized Economy — A Nicaraguan Case
Study
This course exposes students to key debates shaping the contemporary political economy of development in Nicaragua and the rest of Central America.
The course aims to help students understand the interplay between global
processes and political and economic factors that define development policy
formulation and implementation at the national level today.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
■ NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)—FALL OR SPRING
This program examines the crucial issues of nation building, globalization, and decolonizing the mind from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonization. South
Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today’s world; the challenges posed by
under and unequal development; and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind.
INS 312
The Development Process — Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
International Studies 231
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the United States:
Struggles Against Colonialism, Apartheid, and Segregation
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the United States, strategies of resistance, the successes and limitations
of political victories over apartheid and racism, and the lingering economic,
social, political, and psychological effects of racism.
HIS/INS/POL 399 Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the
opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency. This
replaces the Religion and Social Change course.
HIS/INS/POL 499 Independent Study
Students may design a proposal to conduct an independent study of a topic
related to their major or minor
HECUA COURSES.
■
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)—FALL
Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare
state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The curriculum consists
of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the
welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of a social democracy
undergoing major changes in response to immigration. Students explore the relationship
between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the
European Union, and broader global politics. Students have the option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
INS 377
Challenges of Globalization to the Scandinavian Welfare State
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature
INS 394
Urbanization and Immigration
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
232 International Studies
■ COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA)—FALL AND
SPRING
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship
designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project, and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life
and culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social
change are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems
in Ecuadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these
challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in
Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or
Spanish.
INS 366
Community Participation and Social Change
INS 399
Internship
INS 499
Independent Study
(2 course credits)
■ SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, ENVIRONMENT, AND CULTURE:
BANGLADESH — SPRING
The Sustainable Development, Environment, and Culture program addresses the challenges and prospects for development in Bangladesh through intensive classroom and field
study of development models, Bengali culture, and religion. Throughout the semester students are led to develop complex understandings of how Bangladeshi citizens, non-governmental organizations, development agencies, and the government envision and implement
plans for a more just and sustainable future. Getting to know key actors in Bangladesh’s
development is at the core of the program, as is hands-on experience through internship
and independent study.
INS 307
Culture and Society (1.5 credits)
INS 313
Sustainable Development
INS 399
Internship
(1.0 credit)
and
INS 397
Internship
(.5 credit)
(total 1.5 credits)
Or
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
(1.0 credit)
and
INS 497
Independent Study/Research
(.5 credit)
(total 1.5 credits)
International Studies 233
■ DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANGE: NORTHERN IRELAND — SPRING
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical,
political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and
the progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights,
conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the
UNESCO Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine.
INS 316
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 317
Politics of Conflict and Transformation
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
■ DIVIDED STATES OF EUROPE: GLOBALIZATION AND INEQUALITIES IN THE
NEW EUROPE — SPRING
The Divided States of Europe program examines the development of the European
Union (EU), including its historical foundations and institutional basis, contemporary,
democratic, and social challenges, and its expansion to include the former communist
nation-states of Central and Eastern Europe. The program explores the relationship
between the EU and globalization and, in particular, questions whether the EU adequately
addresses the human dimensions of globalization.
Scandinavia and Poland will be used as case studies throughout the program;
Scandinavia because of its strong democratic credentials, relatively evenly distributed
wealth, and unique range of experiences with the European integration project; Poland
because of its tumultuous history, recent accession to EU membership, and role as a major
supplier of migrant labor within Europe.
INS 371
Ever Closer Union: The Challenge of European Integration
INS 376
Included but Excluded? Globalization and Human Rights in
Europe
INS 499
Independent Study
234
LANGUAGES
STUDIES
AND
CROSS-CULTURAL
T
he Department of Languages and
Cross-cultural Studies at Augsburg College
contributes in many ways to realizing the
College’s mission of providing liberal arts
education for service in today’s world. The
department is committed to the view that
education should go beyond career preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an
essential step in the development of a truly
global perspective.
The department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors
in French, German, Norwegian, and
Spanish. (A major in cross-cultural studies
is being developed. See department chair
or Academic Advising for details.)
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College’s affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or
minor in languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
Languages and Cross-cultural Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Anita Fisher,
Diane Mikkelson, Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Kate Reinhardt, Susana
Sandmann, Donald Steinmetz, Dann
Trainer, John vanCleve
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
The major consists of ten courses above
211 (Norwegian only: 211 and above),
including two courses in culture, two
courses in language, two courses in literature, KEY 480, and three electives (from
any of the three areas above). At least
seven of these courses must be taught in
the target language of the major and at
least four of them must be taken on the
Augsburg campus.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing 411 in French, German, Norwegian, or
Spanish (W) and KEY 480 (W and S).
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 235
Minor
Transfer Students
The minor consists of four courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including one in language and one
in literature or culture. All of these courses
must be taught in the target language, and
at least two of them must be taken on the
Augsburg campus.
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Departmental Honors
Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must apply in the junior
year. Requirements: 3.50 GPA in the major,
3.50 GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Study Abroad
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Teaching Licensure
Since spring term 2001, Augsburg
College no longer offers a licensure program in modern languages.
LANGUAGES AND CROSS-CULTURAL STUDIES COURSES.
■ AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people. (Fall: 101; spring: 102, Prereq.: 101)
■ CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
■ FARSI (FAR)
FAR 111/112 Beginning Farsi I, II
An introductory sequence in Basic Modern Persian (Farsi). Aims to develop
communicative skills in understanding, speaking, translating into English, and
reading phonetic transcriptions, while exploring the culture of Iran and other
Farsi-speaking countries such as Afghanistan and Tadjikstan.
236 Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
■ FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required)
FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in key modalities at
an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels
of expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 237
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
FRE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
■ GERMAN (GER)
GER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture, and participation
in short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional
sessions required)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
GER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
GER 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1648). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
238 Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle the German
experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant; from
Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a way to
relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
GER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Marx, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modern age. (Prereq.: 311)
GER 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student’s use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
GER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
GER 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
GER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
GER 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
GER 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
■ JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian studies program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 239
■ NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111)
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.:
NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway’s changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor.)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor.)
NOR 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
240 Languages and Cross-cultural Studies
NOR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
NOR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
■ OJIBWE (OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modern
languages department and as part of the American Indian Studies major.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Fall:
111; spring: 112, prereq.: 111)
■ SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 241
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and seek to expand them. Intensive practice aimed at refining
grammar skills. Highly recommended as a continuation of SPA 311. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: odd years)
SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written, and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic Authors
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and
oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note:
Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring:
even years)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
SPA 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
SPA 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
242 Mathematics
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MARKETING
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MATHEMATICS—MAT
M
athematics is the study of structure and relationships and provides tools
for solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the
problem solving and quantitative reasoning
skills that are increasingly expected of
every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education.
Students majoring in mathematics
acquire the skills necessary to serve society
through a variety of careers. In addition to
acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg
develop their abilities to reason abstractly;
to conjecture, critique, and justify their
assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and
comprehend precise mathematical writing;
to speak and write about mathematical
ideas; and to experience working in teams
on mathematical projects. Students can
prepare for graduate school, for work in
business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in
grades K-12. Students majoring in many
disciplines find it helpful to acquire a
minor or a second major in mathematics.
Students may choose coursework supporting the study of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and
engineering, its applications to actuarial
science, computing, or economics, or in
preparation to teach. Augsburg’s urban
location allows students to gain experience
working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the colloquium course.
Mathematics Faculty
Matthew Haines (Chair), Pavel Belik,
Tracy Bibelnieks, Suzanne Dorée, Kenneth
Kaminsky, Jody Sorensen, John Zobitz
Mathematics 243
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Bachelor of Arts
Mathematics Major
Twelve courses including
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
Two MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Students may petition the department
to substitute alternative mathematics or
mathematics-intensive courses for one or
two MAT courses numbered above 200.
Such substitutions must be justified by a
compelling academic rationale presenting a
coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline.
Three supporting courses from the following list or substitutes with departmental
approval: CSC 160 (recommended), CSC
170, CSC 320, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (not
both), ECO 318, ECO 490, ESE 330, FIN
331, MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 121, PHY
122, PSY 215, PSY 315, SOC 362, SOC
363. No more than one of MAT 163, PSY
215, or SOC 362 may count toward the
supporting courses.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium during junior and senior
years.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT)
and Writing (W) are embedded in the MAT
courses and are met by completing the
major. An additional course in Speaking
(S) is also required and may be met by
either MAT 201 and the major or a course
outside the department; consult your MAT
adviser for recommendations. Also, consult
your MAT adviser for requirements for
meeting Quantitative Reasoning (QR).
Students transferring in mathematics
course(s) towards the major must consult
their MAT adviser about potential additional skills courses needed.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science
Mathematics Major
The requirements for the Bachelor of
Science degree are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts degree with mathematics
major except that two MAT electives and
three supporting courses must be chosen
from a focus area approved by the department. Sample focus areas:
Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science:
Two of MAT 355, 363, 374, 377 or
approved 395; Three of CSC 160, ECO 112
or 113; MAT 163, MAT 173, ECO 318,
ECO 490, or FIN 331.
Computational Mathematics: Two of MAT
355, 363, 377, or approved 395; CSC 160,
CSC 170; and either MAT 163 or CSC 320.
Physical Sciences: Two of MAT 247, 327,
or 355; CSC 160 or MAT 163; PHY 121122 or CHM 115-116.
Teaching Mathematics: MAT 252; MAT
287; MAT 314; ESE 330; CSC 160.
In addition, an experiential component
in the focus area is required, such as an
internship, volunteer or paid work experience, undergraduate research project, or
other experiences approved by the department. Such experiences may also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience requirement if
approved.
244 Mathematics
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers. The
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the
major, with the electives specified as: CSC
160, MAT 252 Exploring Geometry, MAT
287 History of Mathematics, MAT 314
Abstract Algebra, and ESE 330 5-12
Methods: Mathematics. At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for
a concentration in mathematics to teach in
grades 5-8 under elementary education
licensure are MPG 4 or MAT 114
Precalculus; MAT 145 Calculus I; MAT 163
Introductory Statistics; MAT 252 Exploring
Geometry; MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures; and MAT 287 History of
Mathematics. Elementary Education
majors seeking middle school mathematics
licensure are strongly encouraged to consult with a mathematics department adviser before enrolling in the 200 level MAT
courses.
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
GPA of 3.50 in MAT courses numbered
above 200, 3.00 overall GPA, an honors
project, and approval of the Mathematics
Department. Specific requirements are
available from the department.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Three MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Alternatively students may complete a
minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145,
MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 271,
and MAT 287.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
minor.
At least one MAT course numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
Math Placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
in calculus should consult with the
Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during College registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student’s MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment
at Augsburg College.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
Mathematics 245
MATHEMATICS COURSES.
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only.
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and
everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a
year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 123, MAT 131, or MAT 137.
Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 129, MAT 132, or MAT 138.
Students who have successfully completed a higher number MAT class, a statistics class, or any
other quantitative reasoning class must obtain departmental approval before registering for
MAT 123, 129, 137, or 138.
MAT 129
Practical Applications of Mathematics
An examination of applications of mathematics in contemporary society, with
an emphasis on quantitative reasoning including an introduction to probability
and statistics and topics such as the mathematics of finance, graph theory,
game theory, voting theory, linear programming, or cryptography. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
MAT 137-8
Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I & II
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis, and probability with an emphasis on the processes of problem solving, reasoning, connections, communication, and representation. These courses are
designed for prospective K-6 elementary school teachers. (Prereq.: MPG 3 for
MAT 137; MAT 137 or MPG 4 for MAT 138)
MAT 145-6
Calculus I & II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146)
246 Mathematics
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics, with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3, Coreq.: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, life annuities, and life insurance. Provides an introduction
to actuarial mathematics. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 201
Communicating Mathematics (.5 course)
An introduction to mathematical speaking, typesetting, presentation technology, reading, and bibliographic resources. This half-credit course does not count
toward the mathematics major or minor. Completion of this course plus two
MAT courses numbered above 250 taken at Augsburg that include significant
speaking assignments satisfies the College’s speaking skill requirement.
(Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 245
Calculus III
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and
geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic, with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146 or MAT 163 and MAT 145. Also recommended: CSC 160)
Mathematics 247
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modern mathematics. (Prereq. : MAT 145)
Students are expected to have completed ENL 111 and either MAT 201 or a speaking skill
course before enrolling in any MAT course numbered above 300.
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 and MAT 271)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including limits, boundedness, continuity, functions,
derivatives, and series in a theoretical setting. (Prereq.: MAT 146, MAT 271.
Also recommended: additional MAT course numbered 200 or higher)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modern computers, and applications. (Prereq: MAT 146 and CSC 160)
MAT 363
Chaotic Dynamical Systems
Concepts of dynamical systems including iteration, stability, orbit diagrams,
symbolic dynamics, chaos, and fractals, along with topics such as applications
of dynamical systems and/or complex dynamics including the Mandelbrot set
and Julia sets. (Prereq.: MAT 146 and MAT 246, 247, or 271)
MAT 373-4
Probability and Statistics I & II
Concepts of probability and statistics including methods of enumeration, random variables, probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit
Theorem, sampling distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics.(Prereq.: MAT
245 for MAT 373. Also recommended MAT 271. MAT 373 for MAT 374)
MAT 377
Operations Research
Concepts of linear programming and its applications to optimization problems
from industrial settings including the simplex method, sensitivity analysis,
duality theory, alternate optima, and unboundedness with an emphasis on
both the mathematical theory and the application to current business practice.
(Prereq.: MAT 246)
MAT 395/495 Topics/Advanced Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as actuarial mathematics, complex analysis,
mathematical biology, combinatorics, graph theory, topology, or foundations of
mathematics. (Prereq: at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional upper division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be required)
248 Mathematics
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 199/399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing) See also description on page 99.
MAT 499
Independent Study/Research
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor.) See also description on page 100.
MEDIEVAL STUDIES
T
HIS 370 Late Middle Ages
HUM 499 Keystone, Medieval Studies
Project
The major in Medieval Studies fulfills
the original (medieval) ideal of a liberal
arts education. Since the study of the liberal arts was developed in the Middle Ages,
students majoring in Medieval Studies find
a model context for the pursuit of a liberal
arts degree in the modern world.
One (1) of the following religion or philosophy courses:
HIS 372 Medieval Church
PHI 242 Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
REL 361 Church in the First Four
Centuries
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
he objective of Medieval Studies is to
introduce students to the culture of the
Middle Ages — its diverse history and
beliefs, its arts and literature — and to the
disciplinary and interdisciplinary skills
necessary for its serious study.
As was the case in medieval universities, Augsburg’s major in Medieval Studies
prepares students for life beyond college.
Because of its emphasis on precise reading
and analysis of texts, careful writing, and
spirited discussion, the major in Medieval
Studies offers a solid foundation for graduate or professional study, as well as
employment opportunities that require
abilities in communication, critical and
abstract thinking, and processing information.
Medieval Studies Faculty
Phillip C. Adamo (History, Program
Director), Kristin M. Anderson (Art), Mark
L. Fuehrer (Philosophy), Douglas E. Green
(English), John Harkness (English),
Martha B. Johnson (Theatre Arts), Merilee
I. Klemp (Music), Philip A. Quanbeck II
(Religion), Bruce R. Reichenbach
(Philosophy), Mark D. Tranvik (Religion)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Nine courses, including:
Four (4) core requirements:
HUM 120 Medieval Connections
HIS 369 Early and Middle Ages
One (1) of the following literature courses:
ENL 330 Shakespeare
ENL 332 Renaissance and Reformation
ENL 360 The Medieval World
ENL 361 The Classical Tradition
One (1) of the following history of arts
courses:
ART 386 Medieval Art
ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
Two (2) electives from the following courses:
HIS 374 Medieval Crusades
HIS 440 Monks and Heretics
POL 380 Western Political Thought
Any literature, religion/philosophy, or history of arts courses not already taken may
be taken as electives.
Graduation Skills
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
249
250 Medieval Studies
Minor
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) Skills
Five courses including HUM 120. The
remaining four courses must be in different
disciplines, as grouped above (history, literature, religion/philosophy, and history of
arts).
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Language Requirement
Students must take one year of collegelevel Latin or other medieval language
approved by their adviser, which will fulfill
the Modern Languages Graduation Skills
requirement.
Fulfilled outside the major.
Augsburg Experience
As with all majors, an Augsburg
Experience is required for graduation. For
the Medieval Studies major this might
include study abroad, or internships at the
University of Minnesota’s Rare Books
Collection, the Hill Monastic Manuscript
Library, or the Minnesota Renaissance
Festival. Prior approval of adviser is
required for all Augsburg Experiences
related to Medieval Studies.
COURSES.
HUM 120
Medieval Life in 12th-Century Europe (Medieval Connections)
This is the introductory course for Medieval Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to study European culture during a period known as the High
Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex system of thought and feeling, which includes history, religion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material, for example, by having students and faculty
attend class in academic regalia, just as they did in medieval universities.
(Humanities LAF, Spring)
For other course descriptions, please refer to the specific departments elsewhere in the catalog.
METRO-URBAN STUDIES—INS
M
etro-Urban studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty
in sociology, economics, history, political
science, social work, art, and other related
disciplines. Metro-Urban studies is designed
to blend classroom, theory, field studies, and
internships that focus the content of liberal
learning on the metropolitan community
and the process of urbanization.
Metro-Urban studies introduces students to the wide variety of careers related
to urban and metropolitan affairs and
equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and
contribute to the metropolitan community.
The Metro-Urban studies major and minor
also provide undergraduate preparation for
postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government,
community organization, and theology.
Internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College’s
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional courses
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning (ECO), Michael Lansing
(HIS), Lars Christiansen, Nancy Fischer
(SOC), Michael Shock (SWK), Kristin
Anderson (ART)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten courses including:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 111 Community and the Modern
Metropolis
HIS 316 U.S. Urban Environmental
History
or HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
or HIS 335 Urban American History
or ART 249/349 HIS 249/349 The
Designed Environment
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 Political/Statistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses.
SOC 381, taken in conjunction with INS
399, fulfills the Keystone requirement.
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics instead of
ECO 110.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
251
252 Metro-Urban Studies
Minor
POL 122, SOC 111, HIS 316/225/
249/349, SOC 381 and one of the following: ECO 110, HIS 335, or INS 399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
METRO-URBAN STUDIES COURSES.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations
that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
instructor)
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
■ URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to interdisciplinary field
learning programs of exceptional quality located in Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, Northern Ireland, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
URBAN STUDIES COURSES.
■ I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)—FALL OR SPRING
This Semester in the Cities program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Contested Theories of Poverty, Inequality and
Social Change
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
Metro-Urban Studies 253
INS 359
Field Seminar: Social Policy and Anti-Poverty Strategies in Theory
and Practice
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying—at times competing—views on the Twin Cities “civic ideology.” Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 99.
■ II. CITY ARTS—SPRING
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Arts Praxis
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
Creating Social Change: Art and Culture in Political, Social and
Historical Context
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 99.
■ III. ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY: SCIENCE, POLITICS, AND PUBLIC
POLICY — FALL
Focuses on the social, scientific, ecological, and economic underpinnings of public policy
and conflict over natural resources and environmental quality.
INS 345
Social Dimensions of Environmental Change
INS 346
Adaptive Ecosystem Management
INS 399
Internship and Field Methods (2 course credits)
■ IV. WRITING FOR SOCIAL CHANGE
INS 354
Reading for Social Change: Writing in Context
INS 355
Writing for Social Change: Creative Writing Workshop
INS 399
Internship and Integration Seminar (2 course credits)
■ V. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
254
MUSIC—MUS
T
he Music Department at Augsburg
College offers professional music training
in the context of a liberal arts curriculum
through three music degree programs and
five majors. It also offers a variety of music
courses and ensemble experiences that are
available to non-music majors and courses
that meet Augsburg’s Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a
major artistic center makes it an ideal place
to study music, and the music faculty seek
and encourage opportunities that connect
the campus and the greater arts communities. These opportunities allow students to
explore the links between theory and
applied knowledge and may take many
forms, including internships; community
performances; music therapy practica;
community-based learning projects;
required off-campus performance and concert attendance assignments; or travel and
study within and outside the United States.
The music department is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music (NASM) and the
American Music Therapy Association
(AMTA).
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Douglas
Diamond, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter
Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Ned Kantar,
Merilee Klemp
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Carol
Barnett, Fred Bretschger, Marv Dahlgren,
Bridget Doak, Susan Druck, Lynn
Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth,
Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl,
Megan Holroyd, Mary Horozaniecki, Joan
Hutton, Jim Jacobson, Kathy Kienzle, Rena
Kraut, Steve Lund, K. Christian McGuire,
Laurie Merz, Vladan Milenkovic, Rick
Penning, Michael Petruconis, O. Nicholas
Raths, Andrea Stern, Sonja Thompson,
Shannon Wettstein, Angela Wyatt
Fine Arts Manager
Randall Davidson
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Anderson
Fine Arts Facilities Manager
Karen Mulhausen
DEGREES/MAJORS.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major
Music Major/Music Business
Concentration
Bachelor of Music
Music performance major
Music education major
Bachelor of Science
Music therapy major
Music Therapy Equivalency Certificate
Offers students with an undergraduate
degree the preparation necessary to meet
the AMTA requirements for becoming a
certified music therapist.
Music 255
Music Minor
Music
Music business
**All music majors and music
minors** must choose and apply to a
degree program by the end of their fourth
semester of study. Degree and GPA requirements and applications are in the Music
Department Student Handbook. Transfer
students should meet with a music degree
adviser as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg.
DEGREE AND MAJOR.
REQUIREMENTS.
Music Core
MUS 101
MUS 111
MUS 102
MUS 112
MUS 201
MUS 211
MUS 202
MUS 212
MUS 231
Materials of Music I
Aural Skills I
Materials of Music II
Aural Skills II
Materials of Music III
Aural Skills III
Form and Analysis
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music II
Piano Proficiency Test (see Music
Department Handbook)
Music Repertoire Tests (see Music
Department Handbook)
Graduation Skills for Music Majors:
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
music major. Consult the department chair
or an academic adviser for requirements
for meeting the Writing (W) and
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skills.
For the music major, the graduation
skill in Speaking (S) will be met by completing the following course:
Bachelor of Arts in Music:
S: MUS 341 — Basic Conducting
Bachelor of Arts in Music with a Music
Business Concentration:
S: MUS/BUS 105 — The Music Business
Bachelor of Music Performance:
S: MUS 341 — Basic Conducting
Bachelor of Music Education:
S: MUS 341 — Basic Conducting
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy:
S: MUS 363 — Expressive/Creative Arts in
Healing
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
143 or 144 or 145: Chamber Music
One to four semester(s) on the major
instrument in accordance with degree
requirement (0.0 credit)
Transfer Students and Graduation
Skills: Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
MUS 358 Junior Recital and/or
MUS 458 or MUS 459 Senior Recital
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121: Large
Augsburg Ensemble
Four to eight semesters in accordance with
degree requirement
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
256 Music
or desire to enter one of the many music
related business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Faculty Adviser: Douglas Diamond
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 458 Senior Recital
One (1.0) credit of approved courses outlined in the Music Department Student
Handbook.
One (1.0) credit of upper division music
courses.
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit) Eight semesters of half hour lessons
in the major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142or 143 or
144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Music Business Major
The music business major prepares students to enter today’s music industry and
to pursue career opportunity where the
arts and commerce intersect. Courses in
music, performing arts, and business combine with field observations and internships. These experiences prepare students
for careers in fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and
general music business. The program
affords both the performing artist and the
business student the opportunity to pursue
music business studies. The music business major has two tracks: the Bachelor of
Arts in Music with Music Business
Concentration (designed with a music
emphasis) and the Bachelor of Arts in
Business Administration with
Specialization in Music Business
(designed for the music/business student).
Faculty Adviser: Ned Kantar
B.A. in Music with Music Business
Concentration
Requirements:
Music core and:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
MUS 458 Senior Recital
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit) Eight semesters of half hour lessons
in the major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142 or 143 or
144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Music 257
B.A. in Business Administration with
Specialization in Music Business
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music II
Requirements:
One (1.0) credit of additional music
courses
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 331 Financial Management
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits — OR — 2 MUS credits and
1 MUE credit, selected from:
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(Other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the
Meaning of Success to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 credits
MUS 101, 102 Materials of Music I, II
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, II
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of
Music I
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121 &
MUP 1xx-2xx Performance Studies (.25
credit) Four semesters in a large Augsburg
ensemble and four (.25 credit) semesters of
performance studies in the major instrument/voice
Pass one music repertoire test
Candidates must submit an application for
admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year
Music Business Minor
The music business minor is a course
of study designed both for the music major
desiring additional preparation in business
and for the non-music major interested in
pursuing a career in the music industry.
With the music business minor, students
are given the opportunity to enroll in
coursework and participate in on-site field
experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today’s
music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the music and business departments.
Requirements: 8 credits
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business:
Marketing, Promotion,
Publishing, Recording
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
MUS/BUS 399 Internship (approved for the
Music Business Minor)
One of the following:
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
258 Music
All of the above courses plus two additional music course credits beyond MUS 105
and MUS 245 (maximum of 1 credit in
MUE and/or MUP courses)
■ BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Students select either
vocal/general or instrumental/general
emphasis. In addition to applying to the
Music Department, Bachelor of Music education major candidates must also apply to
the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the Bachelor of Music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.50 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program.
Faculty Advisers:
Robert Stacke—Instrumental
Peter Hendrickson—Vocal
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 311 Composition I
MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5)
MUS 358 Half Junior Recital
MUS 459 Full Senior Recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220 Educational Technology
EDC 310 Learning and Development
ESE 300 Reading/Writing in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485, 487 Student
Teaching
MUS 359 Music Methods: Choral/Vocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.5)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5)
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis:
MUS 251-254 Diction (.25 credit each=1.0)
MUS 342 Choral Conducting (.5 credit)
MUS 129 Improvisation (0.0 credit)
MUS/THR 235 Music Theatre (.5 credit)
Instrumental emphasis:
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
(.5 credit)
MUS 129 Improvisation (0.0 credit) two
semesters, OR
MUS 129 one semester AND
MUS 143 one semester
Music elective (1.0 credit)
MUP 1xx Performance Studies (.25credit)
Two semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice (first year)
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
(.5 credit)
Six semesters of hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice (second, third, fourth
year)
A Music Education major whose major
instrument is piano, organ, or guitar is
required to take a minimum of four additional semesters of lessons on an instru-
Music 259
ment/voice that corresponds with their
large ensemble requirement.
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121 (.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice (winds
and percussion, Band; strings, Orchestra;
voice, Choir). You must participate in the
ensemble for which you want to teach.
(total= 2.0 credits)
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters in a chamber music course
on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all
music courses and in the major instrument/voice
■ BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
A focused classical training program
designed to develop the skills and challenge the performing ability of the individual musician, this degree best prepares students who are interested in private and
studio teaching, professional performance
opportunities, auditions, and graduate
school. Acceptance to the program is by
application and audition (see Handbook).
Faculty Adviser
Jill Dawe
Requirements
Music Core and:
MUP 1xx Performance Studies
Two semesters of half hour lessons (0.25
credit) in major instrument
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
Six semesters of one hour lessons (0.5
credit) in major instrument
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
At least four semesters Chamber Music
playing on major instrument (see
Handbook)
MUS 358 Junior Recital (.0 credit)
MUS 459 Senior Recital (.0 credit)
(see Handbook)
MUE 111 or 114 or 121or 141
Large Augsburg Ensembles: eight semesters
OR for guitarists, harpists and pianists:
four semesters of large ensemble and four
additional semesters of chamber music or
other assignment in consultation with
adviser.
Additional coursework as follows:
Voice Majors:
MUS 251-254 Diction (0.25 credit each)
MUS 435 Voice Repertoire (0.5 credit)
MUS359 Music Methods: Voice/Choral
Elective (1.0 credit)
Voice students are also strongly encouraged to take MUS/THR 235 Skills of Music
Theater and/or MUE 294 or 494 Opera
Workshop.
Keyboard Majors:
MUS 436 Piano Repertoire
MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy
Elective (1.0 credit)
Instrumentalists:
MUS356 MusicMethods:
Brass/Percussion (0.5 credit); or
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(0.5 credit); or
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings
(0.5 credit)
Electives (1.5 credit)
260 Music
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B.S. in music therapy is
minimally a four-and-one-half-year degree
program, which includes a full-time (six
months or 1,040 hours) internship in a
clinical facility approved by the American
Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This
course of study is chosen by students who
wish to become professional music therapists.
Faculty Adviser:
Roberta Kagin
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 363 Expressive and Creative Arts in
Healing
MUS 372, 375 Psychological Foundation
of Music I, II
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half Senior Recital
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 262 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 340 Music Therapy Methods I:
Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
MUS 345 Music Therapy Methods II:
Voice, Piano, Percussion
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design
Procedure, and Analysis I
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit) Eight semesters of half hour lessons
in the major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice and residency at Augsburg
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
143 or 144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Music Therapy Equivalency/
Certification Program
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor’s degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student’s degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy. There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
Music 261
• submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at
Augsburg
• submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
• submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Department Student Handbook)
• complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student’s performance at his or her first jury.
Departmental Honors
Students may apply for departmental
honors by submitting an honors project
proposal to the music faculty during the
first semester of the senior year.
Students submitting a proposal should
include a transcript showing a cumulative
GPA of 3.00 or higher in music courses,
and a brief resume outlining their experience, performances, work, research, leadership roles, and study.
The honors proposal should clearly
outline a project that goes well beyond
required coursework, and could include
but is not limited to one of the following:
defending a senior thesis, presenting an
additional recital, composing a substantial
piece(s), conducting a program, presenting
a research paper, or some combination of
any of the above.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Registration in performance
studies in the major instrument/voice is
required during the semester in which a
degree recital is given. At least two fulltime music faculty members and the student’s private instructor will evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are graded on a pass/fail basis.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other non-degree
student recitals may be considered for
departmental sponsorship. All music
degree recitals must meet the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog.
• B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
• B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
• B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
■ EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music
Student Handbook for piano major and
non-piano major requirements and test
dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
262 Music
MUSIC COURSES.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the registrar’s website
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar> or the Music Department for course offerings in each
term.
■ THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part
writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement
Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 201
Materials of Music III
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.00)
MUS 211
Aural Skills III
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
MUS 311
Composition I
(.5 course)
Ranges and characteristics of voices and orchestral instruments, standard notation and score layout; related 20th-century literature. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
Music 263
MUS 312
Composition II
(.5 course)
Contemporary approaches to melody, harmony, tonality, rhythm, and form.
Atonality, serialism, indeterminacy, electronic music, minimalism, decategorization. Related literature (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal
grade of 2.0)
■ HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. Live performance will be a feature of this course. The ability to read music is not
required.
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western music, this course explores diverse musical styles
and instruments from many cultures.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
An intensive survey of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750, studying
music in its historical and cultural contexts as well as basic knowledge of
repertory. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,
201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
Each course in the MUS 331-334 sequence offers a detailed investigation of Western European classical music from a specific era: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, or 20th Century. Significant repertoire
is studied within cultural and historical contexts; listening is emphasized; and each course fulfills
the LAF required skill in writing.
264 Music
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire (.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe,
Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253,
254, or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire (.5 course)
A study of piano literature from the 17th century to the present. (Prereq.: MUS
231, 232)
■ MUSIC THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 340
Music Therapy Methods I: Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
Basic techniques for strings, brass, and woodwinds with application for the
use of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 345
Music Therapy Methods II: Voice, Piano, Percussion
Basic techniques for voice, piano, and percussion with application for the use
of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 363
Expressive and Creative Arts in Healing
An experiential approach to healing through music, art, drama, dance, and
movement. Consultants will describe and demonstrate specific specialties in
expressive and creative arts, as used in therapy.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
Music 265
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274, 275, 374, 375, and pass piano,
guitar, and vocal proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.0 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months
(1040 hours). Application for internship must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire
tests)
MUS 480
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
■ MUSIC BUSINESS
MUS 105
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics include copyright, licensing,
contracts, publicity and marketing. Other topics include the record industry,
agents and managers. Musical genres and historical periods are compared and
analyzed. This course is also offered as BUS 105.
MUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
The role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts
administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry,
and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed.
Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and
in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: MUS/BUS 105)
■ METHODS AND PEDAGOGY
MUS 355
MUSIC METHODS: STRINGS
(.5 course)
MUS 356
MUSIC METHODS: BRASS/PERCUSSION
MUS 357
MUSIC METHODS: WOODWINDS (.5 course)
(.5 course)
266 Music
MUS 359
MUSIC METHODS: VOCAL
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
(.5 course)
Explores methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. This course
has a community service-learning requirement that fulfills the LAF Augsburg
Experience requirement.
■ APPLIED SKILLS AND GROUP LESSONS
MUS 129
Improvisation (.0 course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to instrumentalists and vocalists.
MUS 152
Class Voice (.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155A
Class Piano (.25 course)
This class teaches basic piano skills including scales, chord progressions, harmonization, sight-reading, and improvisation. It will help music majors prepare for the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from
instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar Class Guitar (.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 235
Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student’s basic skills of Music Theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253),
French Diction (254) (each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors.
MUS 341
Basic Conducting (.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111, 231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting (.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
Music 267
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
■ PERFORMANCE STUDY/CHAMBER MUSIC/RECITALS/ACCOMPANYING
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
Performance Studies provide a unique opportunity for Augsburg students to study on
an individual basis with artist/teachers who are active performers in this region.
Performance Studies courses are available to music majors and non-majors and are individualized to meet the experience, ability, background, and goals of the student.
Music majors may register for 0.25 credits (half-hour weekly lessons); or 0.5 credits
(one hour weekly lessons), in accordance with their specific degree requirements. Nonmajors may register for credit or for 0.0 credit (half hour weekly lessons). First-years may
qualify to have their lesson fee waived (one instrument per semester for half-hour weekly
lessons, 0.0 or 0.25 credits), if concurrently registered for and playing that instrument for a
large ensemble (MUE 111, 112, 114, 121, 141). Other ensembles may qualify upon petition to the music department.
Lessons are numbered sequentially to reflect each year of performance study (i.e. 1xx is
two semesters, first year of study; 2xx is second year of study, etc.) and lessons for credit
must be registered by ADD/DROP form, signed, and delivered to registrar’s office by the
student. Please check with the music office or use the search option on AUGNET Records
and Registration to get the correct course section for instruments with more than one
teacher.
MUP 111-211-311-411 Voice
MUP 132-232-332-432 Bassoon
MUP 116-216-316-416 Electric Bass
MUP 133-233-333-433 Clarinet
MUP 121-221-321-421 Violin
MUP 134-234-334-434 Saxophone
MUP 122-222-322-422 Viola
MUP 135-235-335-435 Flute
MUP 123-223-323-423 Cello
MUP 137-237-337-437 Horn
MUP 124-224-324-424 Bass
MUP 141-241-341-441 Trumpet
MUP 131-231-331-431 Oboe
MUP 142-242-342-442 Trombone
MUP 143-243-343-443 Baritone
MUP 181-281-381-481 Organ
MUP 144-244-344-444 Tuba
MUP 191-291-391-491 Harp
MUP 152-252-352-452 Piano
MUP 192-292-392-492 Improvisation
MUP 161-261-361-461 Guitar
MUP 193-293-393-493 Composition
268 Music
MUP 171-271-371-471 Percussion
The following Chamber Music courses are offered for 0.0 credit and fulfill the chamber
music/small ensemble requirement for music majors. The courses are also open to nonmajors by permission of the instructor.
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 122
String Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 125
Guitar Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 142
Brass Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 144
Percussion Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 145
Piano Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.25 course)
The Augsburg Jazz Ensemble is a group that performs extensively in a wide
variety of venues. The literature performed reflects the cultural diversity and
historical context of jazz. Placement is by audition or by arrangement with the
director. Preference is given to Concert Band members.
MUE 294
Opera Workshop
(1.0 course)
Experience the process of preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic
repertoire.
MUE 494
Opera Workshop
(.25 course)
Experience the process of preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic
repertoire.
MUP 159
Piano accompanying
Professional accompanying/weekly coaching for singers and instrumentalists.
Recommended for students preparing recitals, auditions, or special performance projects who would benefit from individualized collaboration and
coaching with a professional pianist. MUP fee schedule applies. (see
Handbook)
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for music
education majors, one hour recital at level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 458
Senior Recital (.0 course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire level IV for Music
Education majors, one hour recital at level V for Music Performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
Music 269
LARGE ENSEMBLES
Please note that only large ensemble participation (Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, Masterworks Chorale, or Riverside Singers) for credit
will satisfy the ensemble requirements of the music major, music minor, and Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements. Large ensemble requirements are fulfilled by yearlong participation with 0.25 credit granted each semester, and non-music majors may choose traditional
or P/N grading or an audit (V) designation. (A maximum of two credits for large ensemble
participation may be used towards graduation requirements.) Transfer students must participate in an Augsburg ensemble during their entire residency.
Auditions for membership in a large ensemble are scheduled during the first week of
each semester or by contacting the ensemble director.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir
(.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg
(.25 course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale
(.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra
(.25 course)
MUE 141
Concert Band
(.25 course)
■ INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
MUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
MUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. Open only to advanced students upon approval
of the faculty.
270
NATURAL SCIENCE TEACHING
LICENSURES
T
he natural science licensure program
for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
Coordinators
Dale Pederson (Biology), Sandra Olmsted
(Chemistry), Jeff Johnson (Physics)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements. All
upper division courses required for the
biology major must be completed before
student teaching.
LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS.
Broad Base Requirements (also for 5-8
general science licensure)
GEO XXX Introductory Geology (taken
off-campus)
SCI 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 121 Human Biology and Lab
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
Biology Major—B.A. in Life Sciences
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Requirements are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology degree, but
with the following differences:
Only four (rather than five) upper division
biology courses are required, along with:
Two additional science courses chosen
from the following list:
PHY 101 Astronomy
SCI 106 Meteorology
An introductory geology course
Natural Science Teaching Licensure 271
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
Two courses from:
CHM 364, 367, 464, 470, 481, 482 or BIO
367
One year of general physics — PHY 121,
122
General Science
(for licensure for grades 5-8)
If added to life science Chemistry or
Physics, will expand license to 5-12
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
BIO 102 Biological World
BIO 121 Human Biology
SCI 106 Introduction to Meteorology
GEO XXX Introductory Geology (taken
off-campus)
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122;
PHY 261 recommended
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, and III
PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics (Prereq.:
MAT 245 or equivalent)
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
272
NORDIC AREA STUDIES—NAS
N
ordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency. Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
Other Requirements
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modern Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland, or Iceland; elective
courses or a second major such as
Norwegian, history, political science, urban
studies, business administration, international relations, sociology, or social work.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S)
is met by completing the following course:
S: NAS 352
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) and
Writing (W) graduation skills.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their
course requirements to fulfill each of these
skills.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES COURSES.
NAS 121
Fire and Ice: Introduction to Nordic Literature
This course provides an introduction to Nordic culture via the medium of literature. Readings foreground issues of personal, ethnic, and national identity
against the broad backdrop of Scandinavian history, social democratic values,
and globalization.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
Nordic Area Studies 273
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th-century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
NAS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
NAS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
274
NURSING—NUR
T
he Augsburg Department of Nursing
is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities
in the healthcare field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding; nurses practice in hospitals, clinics, corporations, parishes, government agencies, schools, and community
organizations, or in their own private practices. Wherever they work, nurses provide
comprehensive health care for persons,
groups, and communities of diverse cultures and socioeconomic levels throughout
the life span.
The bachelor’s degree equips nurses to
synthesize knowledge from the liberal arts
with the art and science of nursing. The
nursing program at Augsburg also provides
educational opportunities to increase skills
in critical thinking, clinical investigation,
and decision-making in preparation for
challenging new nursing positions in
emerging care systems.
Augsburg’s nursing program, which
leads to a bachelor of science degree with a
major in nursing, is fully accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (CCNE). Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for a public
health nurse registration certificate
through the Minnesota State Board of
Nursing.
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Magdeline
Aagard, Marty Aleman, Katherine
Baumgartner (Coordinator BSN program in
the Minneapolis/St. Paul), Ruth Enestvedt
(Coordinator of Augsburg Central Nursing
Center), Joyce Miller, Sue Nash
(Coordinator BSN program in the
Minneapolis/St. Paul), Joyce Perkins,
Pauline Utesch
Adjunct Faculty: Linda Holt (Coordinator
BSN program in the Minneapolis/St. Paul),
Tabitha Hanson, Jeannie Jacobson, Barbara
Knutson, Susan Loushin, April Morehouse,
Deborah Schuhmacher, Debra Zaffke
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Seven courses including:
NUR 300 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 305 Communication
NUR 306 Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 403 Families and the Life Cycle
NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 411 Community Health Nursing II
NUR 490 Leadership/Management
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative major GPA of
2.50 are required. Students also must complete Augsburg’s residence and general
education requirements.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the required
courses in the nursing major and is met by
completing the major. The graduation skill
in Speaking (S) is met by completing the
following course:
S: NUR 305 — Communication
Consult the department chair or an
academic adviser for requirements for
meeting the Writing (W) and Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skills.
Students petitioning to transfer in
upper division nursing courses from
another institution to meet requirements in
the nursing major at Augsburg must consult an adviser about potential adjustments
to their course requirements to fulfill each
of these graduation skills.
The program has been planned so that
courses in the nursing major can be completed over 15 months (full-time study,
two courses per term) with a summer
Nursing 275
break; however, students may pursue their
studies at a slower and more flexible pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekday evenings with a
practicum course (NUR 411) requiring
additional weekday time. More time may
be required to complete the total course of
study depending on the number of liberal
arts (general education) courses needed to
complete the BSN degree, and the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should consult with BSN admissions staff in the Adult
and Graduate Admissions Office for program planning.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major
requires: a GPA of at least 3.60 in the
major and 3.30 overall, application to the
department chair by November 1 of the
senior year, recommendation by nursing
faculty, and honors thesis to be presented
before a faculty committee by April 15.
Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement.
Note regarding Latin honors: To be eligible for Latin honors, a student must meet
minimum GPA standards as well as complete a minimum of fourteen traditionally
graded credits at Augsburg and have no
more than two elective pass/no pass graded
credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as
P/N by the department will not be counted, nor will “N” grades). For further information, see the Latin honors section on
page 94.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.20
GPA.
2. Graduation from a nationally accredited nursing program: Applicants must
have graduated from a nationally accredited associate degree or diploma nursing
program with a 2.50 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
5. Applicants must have an updated
immunization record.
276 Nursing
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing a nursing
degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are available evenings and weekends. Nursing
classes usually meet on alternate weekday
evenings for three-to-four-hour time
blocks. Clinical practicum requirements
usually occur on weekdays. Optional
immersion practicums abroad are scheduled throughout the year. Check with the
Department of Nursing for details.
It is recommended that most liberal arts
courses be taken before starting the nursing major. Nursing majors can complete
courses toward the baccalaureate at the
Minneapolis campus; at United, Mercy,
Unity, and Children’s Hospitals in St. Paul,
Coon Rapids, and Fridley, Minn.; and in
Rochester, Minn.
NURSING COURSES.
NUR 300
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 305
Communication
Explores the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles. (Prereq.: NUR 300 or
concurrent enrollment.)
NUR 306
Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theory-based nursing practice and research. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and applied to practice
and research. (Prereq.: NUR 300 or concurrent enrollment.)
NUR 403
Families and the Life Cycle
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with diverse families and
explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life
span. (Prereq.: NUR 305 and 306, or consent of instructor.)
NUR 410
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, groups, and communities.
(Prereq: Math Placement 3 or MAT 105, completion of NUR 300-level courses.)
NUR 411*
Community Health Nursing II
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq: NUR 410)
Nursing 277
NUR 490
Leadership/Management
The capstone course for the nursing major. Integrates concepts from nursing
and the liberal arts. Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics,
accountability, and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied.
Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional
nurse preceptor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.:
Senior status and completion of 300 level nursing courses and REL 300.)
NUR 495
Topics in Nursing (optional)
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
NUR 499
Independent Study/Research (optional)
See description on page 100.
Note: If NUR 411 is not taken immediately following NUR 410, students are required to consult
with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to
audit courses.
* This course involves an additional clinical tuition and clinical practicum hours.
278
PHILOSOPHY—PHI
P
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and answering the
“big” questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by the study of
philosophers from the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism.
Philosophy Faculty
Markus Fuehrer (Chair), David Apolloni,
Bruce Reichenbach
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Philosophy Major
Eight courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
or PHI 385 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy II:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy III: Early
Modern and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 20th-21st Century Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See Computer
Science for course listing.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student’s
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy 279
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241, 242, 343, and 344.
PHILOSOPHY COURSES.
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (how we
know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles, whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical
vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world
philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. The Christian tradition will inform the considerations. Students
who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
The nature and history of romantic love. The ethics of sex in relation to love,
marriage, the institution of monogamy, and homosexuality are considered.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the
rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on informal
logic and inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers from
Thales to Plotinus and still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of
truth and human knowledge, and the nature of the good life.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy. Topics include: the nature of being,
human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in
the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
280 Philosophy
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature,
music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment,
the definition of art; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art,
creativity, the relation between the artist’s intention, the work of art, and its
relation to the rest of the artistic tradition. For arts majors and students with a
strong background in the arts.
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century
Philosophy
We study the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza,
Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume),
Kant’s synthesis of rationalism and empiricism, and 19th-century Idealism and
the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche and Mill).
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-21st Century Philosophy
The course surveys the major philosophical schools in the 20th and 21st centuries: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and
post-modern philosophy. Focus of study is on major texts of these movements.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can God’s goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible?
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of
reality, the self, ways of knowing, and recommendations on how to live.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist’s
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: one course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings—both philosophical and literary—of prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explores such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
The course discusses some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
Philosophy 281
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 388
Seminar in Philosophy
This course focuses on one philosopher, one philosophical writing, and/or on
one topic in philosophy. Students work on preparing an in-depth thesis paper
on some aspect of the course through discussion of the course material. Short
lectures are used to introduce students to the material followed by discussion
and debate to move students into the depths of the material.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic
in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242, 343, 344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
PHI 490
Keystone
This course integrates the student’s general education experience with an
overview of specific themes in philosophy.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
PHI 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
PHI 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See listing under Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness.
282
PHYSICS—PHY
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called “natural philosophers,”
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society’s understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments in science with
heightened awareness and comprehension.
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor’s and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College’s
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences and the Sverdrup
Laboratory for Biophysics, with support
from the National Science Foundation,
NASA, and other private and public
sources. Several students work as research
assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative
education, internship, and undergraduate
research programs provide opportunities
for students to apply their knowledge and
problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Jeffrey
Johnson, David Murr, Ben Stottrup, David
Venne
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
Thirteen courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
Physics 283
MAT 245, 247 Calculus III and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT) and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met
by completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for
requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is
met by completing the following course:
S: COM 115
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
Seventeen courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics II
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory II
PHY 486 Quantum Physics
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 247 Calculus III and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT) and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met
by completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for
requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is
met by completing the following course:
S: COM 115
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
Eighteen course credits. It is the same
as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY
320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective physics course.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.50 in physics and 3.30
overall. An original research project on a
significant topic in physics with an oral
presentation and written report. Project
proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121, 122 during the first year, and
MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the
sophomore year.
284 Physics
Teaching Licensure Major
Society of Physics Students
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.00 in physics and overall, and
rank in the upper third of their class.
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
PHYSICS COURSES.
PHY 101
Introductory Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition
the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization
to the present day. Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3.
Spring)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s weather and climate. Topics include
winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and
hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion.
(Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall,
spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
Physics 285
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
PHY 114
Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers
A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students
admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the
solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle
and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two
three-hour laboratory/lecture periods. Prereq.: elementary education major and
MPG 3. Fall, spring)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
A scientific study of sound, light, and the mechanics of structures and the
human body relating to music, the visual arts, and theatre. Explores the
physics of phenomena and perception fundamental to these disciplines. (Three
one hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, ENL 111, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
286 Physics
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth’s space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHY/MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, partial differential equations, Fourier series, series solution of differential equations,
Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, vector calculus, applied linear algebra (e.g., matrix multiplication, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, special
matrices, determinants), and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent.
Spring: cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and
noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122,
MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell’s equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I (.5 course)
Students work in small groups on advanced experiments from various physics
subfields (including modern physics, electronic instrumentation, magnetism,
and optics) with a focus on the role of experiments, interpretation of data, and
scientific communication. Incorporates an introduction to LabVIEW software
for computerized data acquisition and experiment control. (One three-hour
laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: junior or
senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall)
Physics 287
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. A thorough exploration of interface hardware and
software design (LabVIEW) for computer-controlled experiments followed by
application of these techniques to advanced experiments in high vacuum
physics and technology, modern optics, biophysics, and other areas. (One
three-hour laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.:
PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 430
Introduction to Solid State Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be
explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into
account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486
strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
A development from first principles, including de Broglie’s postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245, 351. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
PHY 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
288
POLITICAL SCIENCE—POL
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student’s potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Political Science Faculty
Joseph Underhill (Chair), Andrew Aoki,
Milda Hedblom, Elizabeth Klages, Norma
Noonan, John Shockley
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 Political/Statistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective—one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and
Writing (W) graduation skill is embedded
throughout the offered courses and is met
by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing
one of the following courses:
S: POL 325, POL 326, or POL 380
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Political Science 289
Pre-Law Concentration in Political
Science
POL 160
POL 170
Major: 11 courses required
III. Four Courses from the Following:
POL 241
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
POL 370
POL 371
POL 381
POL 421
POL 461
ECO 312, 313, 413 (only one of these can
be used for this requirement)
SOC 381
Specific Required Courses — six total
POL 121
POL170
POL 483
POL 484
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223
and ENL 220)
PHI 230
COM 111
Electives — five total
Three courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
POL 381
Plus two additional upper level courses in
Political Science (can come from the list
above, or be any other upper level Political
Science course).
Public Policy and Political Change
Concentration in Political Science
Major: 11 courses required.
I. Six Specific Courses
ECO 112 or 113
POL 121 or 122
POL 325 OR 326
POL 399 (internship must be approved by
political science adviser)
ECO 490, POL 483, or SOC 362 (only one
can be used for this requirement)
POL 484
II. One Course from the Following:
POL 121
POL 122
POL 124
POL 140
POL 158
NOTES
1. POL 140 can be substituted for POL
122, with adviser approval.
2. If both POL 121 and 122 are completed,
one can count for section I and one for
section II. The same course cannot fulfill
requirements in both sections.
3. If both POL 325 and 325 are completed,
one can count for section I and one for
section III. The same course cannot fulfill
requirements in both sections.
4. Only one economics course (either 312,
313, or 413) can be counted toward the
four courses required in Section III.
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student’s GPA must
be 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
290 Political Science
Minor
NOTES
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
1. POL 140 can be substituted for POL
122, with adviser approval.
Pre-Law Minor: six courses required
3. Only one economics course (either 312,
313, or 413) can be counted toward the
three courses required in Section II.
Four Required Courses:
POL 121
POL170
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223
and ENL 220)
PHI 230
SPC 111
Two Electives:
Two courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
When necessary, substitutions can be
approved by the chair (e.g. if a required
course has to be canceled).
Public Policy and Political Change
Minor: 6 courses required
I. Three Specific Courses
POL 121 or 122.
POL 325 OR 326
POL 399 (internship must be approved by
adviser)
II. Three Courses from the Following:
POL 241
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
POL 381
POL 421
POL 461
ECO 312, 313, or 413
SOC 381
2. If both POL 325 and 325 are completed,
one can count for section I and one for
section II. The same course cannot fulfill
requirements in both sections.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary education.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division economics
course
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
ESE 310 5-12 Methods: Social Studies —
Capstone course (required for
licensure)
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
Political Science 291
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
into the Department of Education. To be
licensed in social studies, additional education courses and the social studies core are
required.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(II) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(III) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES.
■ I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government — including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts — as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and stakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed.
POL 323
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
292 Political Science
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials,
bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas,
including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented.
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
■ II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Political Science 293
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
■ III. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement for International Relations majors. (Prereq.:
four courses in the international relations sequence)
■ IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
“supreme” law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at
least junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle
of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
294 Political Science
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
■ V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 140
Social Justice in America
Examines social justice in urban policies such as housing and education
(issues may vary). Students develop their own arguments about social justice.
Emphasis on class discussion; substantial participation required.
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description.)
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes
some coverage of Asian American history and looks at the struggle to define
Asian Americans.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor)
Political Science 295
■ VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
POL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
POL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
296
PSYCHOLOGY—PSY
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior. The
study of psychology equips students to
understand and use the scientific method
to think creatively and critically beyond
the classroom. To prepare students for
graduate study and work in psychology,
the major emphasizes the complementary
components of a strong foundation in
research and theoretical work with the
application of knowledge and skills in
coursework, research experiences, and
internships within the community. The
curriculum’s emphasis on the experiential
dimensions of learning and the integration
of liberal arts and professional domains
prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social
services, research, law, government,
church, and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizational psychology as well as expertise in psychological
applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through
a variety of learning experiences including
group and individual projects, association
with Augsburg’s active Psychology Club,
Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student
research teams.
Psychology Faculty
David Matz (Chair), Barbara Curchack,
Grace Dyrud, Stacy Freiheit, Lisa Jack,
Bridget Robinson-Riegler, Nancy Steblay
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
The major is 10 courses
Foundations of Psychology (five courses)
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 215 Research Methods and Statistics
I
PSY 315 Research Methods and Statistics
II
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325 Social Behavior
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Professional Perspectives (two courses)
PSY 399/396 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 263 Sports Psychology
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
PSY 385 Counseling Psychology
PSY 410 Clinical Neuropsychology
Electives (three courses in psychology)
Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than the minimum 10 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course
credits can count for graduation.
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 199, 299, 399/396, and
499 may be counted.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking
(CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses
and are met by completing the major.
Consult your department chair or academ-
Psychology 297
ic adviser for requirements for meeting the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Psychology and Law
The field of psychology and law
involves the application of scientific and
professional aspects of psychology to questions and issues relating to law and the
legal system. This field encompasses contributions made in a number of different
areas — research, clinical practice, public
policy, and teaching/training among them
— from a variety of orientations within the
field of psychology, such as developmental,
social, cognitive, neuropsychology, and
clinical. Students in this concentration will
participate in at least three experiential
learning venues: laboratory research, a
community-based internship, and study
tours to Hennepin County Courts.
See department chair for specific
requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological
perspective. Students will participate in
internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.00 in the major and 3.50
overall, and completion of a high-quality
research project. Formal application must
be made during the junior year. Please
consult the department chair for more
detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 105, and
four electives. A minimum of two courses
must be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299, 399/396,
and 499 may be counted.
298 Psychology
PSYCHOLOGY COURSES..
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 215
Research Methods and Statistics I
Part I of a two-term sequence. See PSY 315. PSY 215 may be taken for one
course credit without taking PSY 315. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research
design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and APAstyle presentation of research findings. (Prereq.: PSY 105, MPG 3, and sophomore status)
PSY 235
Psychology and Law
Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy,
and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom
procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: PSY 105)
PSY 250
Child Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior.
Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 253
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population—the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 256
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 105)
PSY 261
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 262
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Psychology 299
PSY 263
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports
and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team
development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting.
(Prereq: PSY 105)
PSY 271
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 295
Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration; e.g., Positive Psychology,
Close Relationships, Psychology and Religion. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 315
Research Methods and Statistics II
Part II of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. Ideally PSY 315 should be taken
in the term immediately following PSY 215. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of
2.0 or higher)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between biology and behavior. Considers biological bases of
learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal
and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning/behavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with
junior standing)
300 Psychology
PSY 360
Psychology Laboratory
(.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member.
Concurrent or previous enrollment in a full credit course in the faculty member’s area of expertise and approval by that faculty member are required.
(Prereq: Psy 215)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY
105 with junior standing)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the people in psychology’s history, their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.:
PSY 215 or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 385
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: PSY 215,
or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 410
Clinical Neuropsychology
The exploration of human behavior when the brain is altered by traumatic
brain injury and diseases such as stroke, epilepsy, and dementia. Learn human
neuroanatomy in order to relate brain systems to attention, perception, memory, language, personality, and awareness. Address clinical issues, including
neuropsychological assessment and interviewing. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent
of instructor)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students’
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy.
Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an
honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social
policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research.
(Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
Psychology 301
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. (Prereq.: PSY 105 and one other psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 100. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 399/396 Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. Weekly class meetings are required for this course.
PSY 399 involves an off-campus internship; PSY 396 involves an on-campus
internship. The internship satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: PSY
315)
PSY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. (Prereq.: PSY 315)
302
RELIGION, YOUTH
MINISTRY—REL, YFM
R
eligion asks questions and seeks
answers fundamental to humanity’s search
for meaning: Who are we as human
beings? (Who am I?) What is our relationship with each other, with the natural
world, and with God? (What is my place in
the world? What am I called to do?) What
do good and evil mean in this time and
this place? (Do I — or how do I — understand these concepts differently than those
from different times and ages?)
The study of religion, including inquiry
into the history and traditions of
Christianity, exploration of other major
world religious traditions, study and interpretation of the Hebrew Bible and New
Testament, and reflection on vocation, is
central to the mission and vision of
Augsburg College. At the center of the
AugCore, Augsburg’s general education
program, are courses in the Religion
Department. In these courses, students are
challenged and equipped to articulate what
they believe and to see that what they
believe matters. These courses also ground
students who wish to major or minor in
Religion or Youth and Family Ministry,
where they may more explore more deeply
the interpretation of the Bible, church history, theology, world religions, spirituality
and spiritual practices, as well as the practical aspects of the life and work of the
church.
Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA), and
this means that we are eager to engage in
dialogue with Christians of all denominations and with people who practice other
spiritual traditions or claim no religious
beliefs. We challenge all our students to
respect and learn from one another and to
AND
FAMILY
think critically about matters of faith and
reason.
Religion Faculty
Philip Quanbeck II (Chair), Lori Brandt
Hale, Bradley Holt, Russell Kleckley, Lynne
Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Beverly Stratton,
Mark Tranvik, Hans Wiersma
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Majors
The Religion Department offers two
majors: Religion (REL) and Youth and
Family Ministry (YFM).
Prerequisites
Religion 100 (or 300 for advanced
transfer students) is prerequisite to all
other courses.
Graduation Requirements
Courses designated REL and YFM are
offered by the religion department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses
may be applied toward the 32-course
requirement for graduation. Taking extra
electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum
32 courses required for graduation.
Transfer Courses
All transfer courses for majors and
minors, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the chair. Only
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective credit for the major. Students who
have taken an approved introductory
course in Bible and/or Christian theology
Religion 303
at another college may take REL 300 in
place of the College REL 100 and 200
requirement; consult the registrar’s office.
Advising
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall, research project approved by the
department, and colloquium with the
department. Application must be received
by the department by Dec. 30 of the student’s senior year.
RELIGION—REL
A religion major serves as a strong
foundation in the liberal arts. It prepares
students for professional work and/or graduate studies in a wide array of fields.
Certainly, students interested in seminary
and ministry are well-served by an undergraduate religion degree. Students who
wish to pursue graduate studies in theology, religious studies, sacred scripture, or
church history are also good candidates for
a religion major. Students interested in
graduate studies in most any field in the
humanities and social sciences could
choose a religion major. Law schools and
other professional schools, including medical schools, are attracted to students with
a religion degree and the skills of analytic
reading, critical thinking, writing, and
speaking acquired in pursuit of that
degree.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 210 Research Methods in Religion
REL 495 Religion Keystone
Five additional electives
Note: Keystone, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior
year. One New Testament Greek course
may be applied to the major.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
S: REL 302, 386 or consult with your
adviser for an approved course outside the
major
W: REL 495 and one of the following: REL
362, 370, or 481
304 Religion
Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Religion Minor
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Note for majors and minors:
Students are required to have at least a
2.00 GPA in courses counted toward the
major or minor. One or two courses in
youth and family ministry (YFM) may
count toward the religion major or minor.
Five religion courses including REL 100
and 200. (Advanced transfer students take
REL 300 and four electives.)
RELIGION COURSES.
REL 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
This introductory course will explore some of the biblical and theological
resources that the Christian tradition, seen through the lens of vocation,
brings to the search for meaning. Not accepted for credit for students who
have taken REL 300 or 331.
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
REL 120
Religion and Science in Popular Culture
This course explores the relationship between religion and science through
issues that emerge in public discussion through news and popular media.
Examples of topics include evolution and intelligent design, genetic engineering and stem cell research, and the social role of science and science as vocation, along with historical and philosophical development of science in its
relationship to religion.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’ own theological questions and
positions and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of
biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. (Prereq.: REL 100)
REL 205
Exploring Topics in Religion
This course introduces students to various topics within the field of religion.
Students will explore primary texts on topics such as gender, economics, and
politics and investigate and analyze the contemporary debates involving these
complex issues. Students will develop their own perspectives on the topic
under investigation. (Prereq.: REL 100, 111, 221, 300, or 331; also ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111)
REL 206
Apostles of Hope
This course will explore how Israel adapted, resisted, fractured into sects, and
was crushed in revolt (70-73 AD/CE) in the crucible of the Greek and Roman
empires. Why was Jesus of Nazareth seen both as a sign of Israel’s hope and a
threat in Roman Judea? How did the apostolic movement bring its irrepressible hope in God into the nations, religions, philosophies, and languages of
the Roman order?
Religion 305
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
An introduction to the study of the main disciplines within the academic
study of Christianity (Bible, theology, and church history), including methods
and research skills. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 300
Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
This foundational course for advanced transfer students explores the Bible,
Christian tradition, and vocation. Students will articulate their own theological
questions and positions and begin to recognize and evaluate religious claims
in a world of many religions. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not
accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 100, 111, 221, or 331.
REL 301
Interpreting the Old Testament
An investigation of the Torah, Prophets, and Writings, including forms, genres,
historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by
ancient and modern Jewish and Christian communities. (Prereq.: REL 100 or
300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST 100)
REL 302
Interpreting the New Testament
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul’s letters, the gospels,
and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and
modern communities.
REL 306
Non-Western Christianity
A study of Christian belief and practice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the
deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and
cultural location of Christianity.
REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature,
holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy
will be explored through the medium of popular film.
REL 313
Environmental Theology and Ethics
An overview of contemporary theology and theologically-based approaches to
environmental ethics using studies of environmental problems in South,
Central, and North America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program.
REL 320
Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity
in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian
mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand’s contemporary problems
such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modern marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
306 Religion
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political
transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious
organizations. Taught in Namibia.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of the world religions as practised in America. Some
controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers who may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
American culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and social/political transformation.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
junior standing, and REL 100 or 300)
REL 378
Medieval Church (See description under HIS 378)
REL 383
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
Religion 307
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretation
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modern medical technology.
REL 405
Lilly Scholar Seminar I
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants
in the Lilly Scholar program only.
REL 406
Lilly Scholar Seminar II
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants
in the Lilly Scholar program only.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on “habits of the heart” that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
(Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST
100)
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community.
REL 480
Vocation and the Christian Faith
This course will examine vocation in the Bible, the Christian tradition, and
contemporary culture. Students will be challenged to make vocation the lens
through which they view their lives and communities. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement.
308 Religion
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian church. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Selected topics in religion.
REL 495
Religion Keystone
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by
instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major
research paper. (Prereq.: REL 210)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
REL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
REL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. For religion majors only.
See department listing for a description of the following approved electives:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
SOC 260
Religion and Society
YOUTH
AND
FAMILY MINISTRY—YFM
Youth and Family Ministry Major
In keeping with Augsburg’s mission to
nurture future leaders in service to the
world, the major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as
youth and family ministers in Christian
congregations and other ministry settings.
This major is interdisciplinary, combining
a core study of theology, Bible, and ministry with supporting coursework in the
social sciences. A distinctive element of the
major is the combination of practical and
theological training: students will have
many opportunities to apply their knowledge and discernment skills in specific
ministry contexts, including a supervised
internship. Students must declare the YFM
major and receive faculty approval before
participating in off-site field work. A youth
and family ministry minor is also offered.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
S: REL 302
W: REL 362 and REL 495
Consult your YFM academic adviser for
requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their
course requirements to fulfill each of these
skills.
Course Maximums
A student majoring in YFM may take
apply up to 15 courses from the religion
department toward graduation if they are
required to take REL 100 and 200, and the
15th course is a REL or YFM study abroad
course or the Lilly Scholar Seminar. If the
student is required to take REL 300, they
may apply up to 14 courses if the 14th
course is a REL or YFM study abroad
course or the Lilly Scholar Seminar.
Associate in Ministry (A.I.M.)
Course work completed with the major
fulfills part of the requirements for
Associate in Ministry (A.I.M.) status within
the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. Students interested in A.I.M. certification should consult with their home
synod and with a YFM adviser no later
than their second year.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Fourteen courses including:
Theology core (6 courses):
REL 210 Research Methods in Religion
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Religion Keystone
Youth and family ministry core (4 courses):
YFM 208 Vocational Formation I [required
non-credit experience]
YFM 209 Vocational Formation II
[required non-credit experience]
YFM 235 Foundations for Ministry with
Youth and Families
YFM 305 Ministry Practices
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
YFM 399 Internship
Youth and family ministry electives (2
courses):
YFM 205 Exploring Topics in Youth and
Family Ministry (students will choose two
topics courses from a list of 0.5 credit
courses)
One REL or YFM course from the following list:
309
310 Youth and Family Ministry
YFM 232 Peer Ministry
YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and Family
REL 345 The Lutheran Heritage (required
for A.I.M. certification)
REL 353 Denominations and Religious
Groups in America
REL 356 World Religions
REL 357 Giants of Christian Faith
REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
and three supporting courses:
SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural
Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 250 Child Development
or PSY 252 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
One Bible survey course from:
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
Note: A student with a youth and family
ministry major or minor may not also
major or minor in religion.
The minor consists of the following five
courses:
YFM 235 Foundations for Ministry with
Youth and Families
One youth and family ministry course
from:
YFM 305 Ministry Practices
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
One theology course from:
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
and one course from the theology core,
YFM core, or YFM electives as listed in the
major.
YOUTH AND FAMILY MINISTRY COURSES.
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
YFM 205
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry (0.5 course)
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry features a selection of halfcredit courses in which students may further focus upon ministry topics introduced in YFM 235 and elsewhere. Special ministry topics will vary from year
to year and include such subjects as Outdoor Ministry, Service Learning,
Program Administration and Planning, Youth Culture and Religion,
Communications, Media, Music and Ministry, and Ministry with Youth on the
Margins.
YFM 208
Vocational Formation I (.0 course)
A non-credit requirement for all students majoring in youth and family ministry that is to be completed by the end of the student’s second year. Students
will complete an entrance process into the major, participate in monthly
cohort groups, monthly roundtables, attend multiple spiritual direction sessions, and attend a vocational formation retreat.
YFM 209
Vocational Formation II (.0 course)
A non-credit requirement for all students majoring in youth and family ministry that is to be completed by the end of the student’s final year. Students
will complete a professional portfolio, participate in monthly cohort groups,
monthly roundtables, have multiple meetings with an assigned mentor from
the field, and attend one approved professional conference or workshop.
(Prereq.: YFM 208)
Youth and Family Ministry 311
YFM 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listener/helper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
YFM 235
Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families
An introductory level study in which the biblical, theological, and historical
foundations of ministry with youth and families are explored. Students will
also be introduced to the principles of practical theology and learn the skills
and sensibilities necessary for discerning what faithful ministry might look
like in a specific location.
YFM 305
Ministry Practices
This course emphasizes the day-to-day sensibilities, skills, and practices needed for the grounding and guiding of ministry professionals. An exploration of
the history and development of the spiritual practices of the Christian tradition, combined with modern practices used for effective ministry, make up the
major themes of this course. (Prereq.: YFM 235)
YFM 316
Church and Culture in Context
A study of culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in
another country. An exploration of the roles of households, congregations, and
other ministry organizations in shaping and nurturing faith as compared to the
United States. Short-term travel seminar, available as offered.
YFM 358
Life and Work of the Church
This course features an overview of the manner in which Christianity has carried out its mission throughout the centuries, as well as an exploration of the
issues and challenges facing modern and “post-modern” churches. A central
element of this course will be a research project that studies the methods and
strategies of congregations and other ministry organizations in their efforts to
introduce, nurture, and shape the Christian faith. (Prereq.: YFM 235)
YFM 399
Internship
The internship centers around 150 hours of supervised leadership practice
focused on youth and families, fulfilled in partnership with a congregation or
other approved ministry setting. A formal learning agreement as well as the
development of a professional portfolio round out the internship experience.
(Prereq.: YFM 235 and YFM 305 or 358)
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See Nordic Area Studies.
312
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHING LICENSURE
S
tudents preparing to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
Coordinators
Don Gustafson, degree-seeking students.
Anne Kaufman, licensure only and MAE
graduate students.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
HIS 120 America to 1815
or HIS 121 19th-Century United States
or HIS 122 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of six fields—economics, history, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor’s degree and seeking licensure
only.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
SOCIAL WORK—SWK
S
tudents in social work are preparing
to engage in professional practice with
individuals, families, groups, communities,
and organizations. Students learn to
become skilled at designing change strategies with clients that promote individual
change, social justice, and empowerment.
The curriculum includes classroom
instruction and agency practice in human
development in a social context, social
work skills, history of social work and
social welfare in the United States, analysis
of social welfare policy, and social science
research. In and out of the classroom, students study privilege and oppression and
engage with diverse communities. In the
end, our students are prepared to practice
in a global society and in international settings.
Those graduating with a social work
major receive a Bachelor of Science degree
in social work and are eligible to apply for
licensure as a generalist social worker.
Students interested in a graduate degree in
social work (MSW) are encouraged to
apply to our Master of Social Work program. Both the baccalaureate and graduate
social work programs are accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education.
Social work graduates embody the
Augsburg College motto, “Education for
Service.” One example of this motto in
action is the extensive service learning and
practica assignments embedded in the
social work curriculum. Students begin
service learning early in their major and
engage in over 400 hours of agency based
training, supervised by licensed social
workers. The Twin Cities offers a variety of
innovative and professional programs and
agencies. Students are encouraged to train
with and learn from these local, regional,
and national leaders in social work.
313
The social welfare minor offers students
from other disciplines the opportunity to
gain knowledge about the history of social
work and social welfare, human development in a social context, and experience
with agency and community social work.
Social Work Faculty
Anthony Bibus (Chair), Laura Boisen
(MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch
(MSW Program Director), Francine
Chakolis, Christina Erickson, Annette
Gerten, Barbara Lehmann, Curt Paulsen,
Nancy Rodenborg (Undergraduate Field
Coordinator), Glenda Dewberry Rooney,
Michael Schock (Undergraduate Program
Director), Maryann Syers (Field Education
Coordinator), Tan Ngoh Tiong
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice 1:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work 1:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 2:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 2:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 402 Research 1: Fundamentals of
Social Work Research and
Evaluation (.5)
SWK 403 Research 2: Evaluation of Social
Work Practice and Programs
(.5)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 3:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 3:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work 4:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 490 The Social Worker as
Professional
314 Social Work
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 121 Human Biology and Lab
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 265 Race, Class, and Gender
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 280 Diversity and Inequality in
Professional Practice
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.00 cumulative
GPA is required in the supporting program.
A statistics course is recommended for students planning on graduate school.
In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social Work Department does
not grant social work course credit for life
experience or previous work experience.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and
Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are
met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing SWK 406. Consult your department chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill. Transfer
students must consult an adviser about
potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Admission to the Major
Students must apply to be admitted to
the degree program in social work. This
application process, called candidacy, is
subsequent to and separate from admission
to Augsburg College. The initial candidacy
application is completed in the spring term
of the sophomore year or in the summer
months for junior transfer students. Each
social work major must complete the
application materials and be officially
admitted to the social work program before
beginning the first field practicum in the
junior year. Social work majors must have
a cumulative 2.20 G.P.A. to enter the pro-
gram. Students who do not meet this minimum G.P.A. standard will be given an
opportunity to explain their G.P.A. and
may subsequently be considered for conditional admission. Admission to the program is required as a pre-requisite for those
300 and 400 level courses restricted to
social work majors only. Contact the Social
Work Department for details.
Departmental Honors
The social work department offers students the opportunity to earn
Departmental Honors through the completion of an applied or scholarly project.
Students may apply for Departmental
Honors if they have earned and maintain
an overall GPA of 3.30 and maintain a
cumulative GPA of 3.60 in all social work
classes at the 300 level and above. Honors
applicants may take up to two courses as
P/N (in addition to the integrative field
seminars, which are graded P/N) and must
complete a minimum of 14 traditionally
graded Augsburg courses. Other requirements include the successful completion of
a paper or project designed to demonstrate
critical understanding of one area in the
field of social work or social welfare. A faculty mentor will guide and supervise work
on this paper or project. Please consult
with your adviser or program director for
complete details and deadlines.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 3:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Race, Class, and Gender
and one course from:
Social Work 315
POL 121
POL 158
POL 325
American Government
and Politics
Political Patterns and Processes
Politics and Public Policy
SOCIAL WORK COURSES.
■ COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 210
Environmental Justice and Social Change
This course examines the relationship between environmental justice issues
and principles and methods of social change. It explores the relationship
between environmental damage and damage to human populations, the differential effect of environmental damage on specific populations, and the ways
social change agents can mobilize action to correct these injustices. (Elective
credit)
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework for understanding sustainable social and economic development and non-violent social change. Case studies present examples of how social work and human services function in a global context and
are vital to fostering peace, human rights, and well-being. (Elective credit)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
In this service learning course, students explore human services and especially
social work as a major and as a career. In addition to attending class, students
work alongside helping professionals in the community. Students gain a foundational understanding of the intersections between basic human needs, allocation of resources, and political structures, and they examine how the allocation of resources affects diverse groups.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course helps students to examine critically factors influencing human
growth and development within diverse and oppressed groups. Students come
to understand human growth throughout life and the biological, psychological, and socio-cultural factors that influence the development of individuals,
groups, and families.
SWK 280
Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice
This course explores diversity and social inequality as they relate to professional practice in social work and other helping professions. Building cultural
competence in work with diverse populations, students learn through dialogue, reading, experiential exercises, and community observation. (Prereq. or
concurrent registration: SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender)
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
The history of social workers, social movements, and changing social norms in
Europe, North America, and globally profoundly affects social welfare policy
today and tomorrow. In this course, students learn how historical events, policies, and programs influenced today’s social responses to human needs.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
316 Social Work
SWK 406
Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and Policies
Students learn how community organizations, human service agencies, and
social policies emerge in Western society. Students study how to organize communities for empowerment, how to assist human service agencies to adapt,
and how to influence local, regional, and national policies. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
■ COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORS ONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice 1: With Individuals
Students develop foundational social work practice knowledge, skills, and values while learning to interview, assess, set goals, and work with individual
clients. Course readings, class participation, simulations, and role-plays provide learning opportunities for students to build skills necessary for generalist
social work practice with individuals, families, and groups. Emphasis is on
holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach and
working with diverse populations.
SWK 307
Field Work 1: Integrative Seminar
Students begin applying practice knowledge and skills in their first social
work practicum. Social work professionals in regional human service agencies
supervise students in a full-year field placement. Students also synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the fall term. (SWK 307 is concurrent with SWK 306
and is the first of two courses required in the junior year practicum, P/N grading only.)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice 2: With Families and Groups
Students continue to develop generalist social work practice knowledge, skills,
and values while learning to interview families and facilitate groups. Emphasis
is on holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach
and working with diverse groups and families.
SWK 317
Field Work 2: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 307. Students apply practice knowledge
and skills in their first social work practicum. Students synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the spring term. (SWK 317 is concurrent with SWK 316
and is the second of two courses required in the junior year practicum, P/N
grading only.)
SWK 402
Research 1: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation
(0.5 course)
Students are introduced to basic social research methods commonly used in
social work research. Students learn how to access and understand current
knowledge and evidence for effectiveness in social work practice and programs. Students also learn the foundational skills in planning and proposing
research strategies as applied to practice evaluation. (This half course is in
sequence with SWK 403 and is concurrent with SWK 406 and SWK 407.)
Social Work 317
SWK 403
Research 2: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (0.5
course)
Building on the work in SWK 402, students plan and complete an evaluation
of agency-based social work interventions. Students learn to gather and interpret evidence for change using data analysis strategies for both quantitative
and qualitative information. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3. This course is
concurrent with SWK 417 and SWK 490.)
SWK 407
Field Work 3: Integrative Seminar
Social work professionals in regional human service agencies supervise students in a senior year field placement. Students synthesize their advanced
course learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly
integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the fall term. (SWK 407 is concurrent with SWK 402 and
SWK 406, and is the first of two courses required in the senior year practicum,
P/N grading only.)
SWK 417
Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 407. Social work students synthesize
their advanced course learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120
hours of supervised practice in the spring term. (SWK 417 is concurrent with
SWK 403 and SWK 490, and is the second of two courses required in the
senior year practicum, P/N grading only.)
SWK 490
The Social Worker as Professional
This course, which meets the senior keystone course requirement in the
Augsburg Core Curriculum, is the summative seminar in the social work
major. Students learn organizational analysis and methods for agency change
as well as reflect on vocation in social welfare, engage in career planning,
study ethical practice principles, and prepare to engage in professional social
work practice. (Prereq.: senior social work status required. This course is concurrent with SWK 403 and SWK 417.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SWK 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
SWK 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
SWK 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
318
SOCIOLOGY—SOC
S
ociology is the scientific study of
society as a whole and of human social
organization in groups. The sociological
perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human
beings come to think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, and field studies. The
department urges students to use
Augsburg’s metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service
learning, and cooperative education enable
majors to apply the theories and research
skills of sociology while they explore
career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who
have majored in sociology are currently
employed in research, management, and
human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the
criminal justice field, and as professors of
sociology. Others have used the major as
preparation for advanced study in areas
such as law, the ministry, social work,
urban planning, and human services.
Sociology Faculty
Tim Pippert (Chair), Lars Christiansen,
Nancy Fischer, Garry Hesser, Diane Pike,
James Vela-McConnell
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Students may choose to pursue the core
sociology major or they may opt for a specialized, interdisciplinary concentration
within the major.
Core Major
Sociology has a long-standing tradition
as an excellent undergraduate major that
applies to a number of fields from human
services to criminal justice to business to
public service. The foundation of the
major at Augsburg is that it provides a
clearly organized curriculum that is challenging, develops over the course of the
major, and integrates and reinforces an
excellent set of important skills; those
skills include abstract thinking, writing,
critical analysis, basic research, integration
of theory and data, and the connection of
the individual and collective perspectives
in the unique way of the sociological imagination. The five core courses intentionally
develop those skills in our students and
serve them well. Thus, these required and
sequenced courses are also the core of the
concentrations that allow students to pursue their electives in a direction that adds
other skills related to areas of interest.
Those concentrations include: community
studies, crime and deviance, law and society, organizational studies, and social psychology.
The major includes a total of 10 courses: five required core courses and five electives, at least three of which are upper division courses from the specified list below:
Core major:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 485 Sociological Theory
SOC 490 Senior Seminar
Sociology 319
At least three of the following upper-division courses (Prereq: SOC 121):
SOC 320 Sociology of Law
SOC 349 Organizational Theory
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 377 Organizational Deviance
SOC 381 City and Metro-Urban Planning
SOC 387 Juvenile Delinquency
SOC 390 Social Problems Analysis
SOC 410 Field Studies of Organizations
Two additional sociology electives. SOC
399 (Internship) is highly recommended.
Note: Majors must have a 2.0 or better in
each required course to receive credit in
the major.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation
skill is embedded throughout the offered
courses and is met by completing the
major. The graduation skills in Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are embedded within
the core courses — specifically SOC 363,
SOC 485, and SOC 490 — and are met by
completing the major. Consult your
department chair or academic adviser for
requirements for meeting the Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Concentration in Community Studies
This concentration is designed to give
sociology majors a concentration in urban
community studies, which includes an
applied sociology focus emphasizing city
and community planning with a required
internship. Courses required beyond the
core major requirements are: SOC 111,
SOC 381, SOC 399, and one additional
elective. See Garry Hesser for advising and
visit the department website for details.
Concentration in Crime and Deviance
Careers in criminal justice — corrections, federal investigation, probation,
court work, law enforcement and crime
prevention — will be supported by this
concentration in the major. In addition to
the five core major requirements and one
elective, the courses are: Criminology
(SOC 277); three courses from the following four upper division options — Juvenile
Delinquency (SOC 387), Organizational
Deviance (SOC 377), Sociology of Law
(SOC 320), or Social Problems (SOC 390);
one interdisciplinary course — Psychology
and Law (PSY 265) or approved ACTC
elective that meets student interests; and,
an internship in a field related site which
serves as the concentration capstone experience (SOC 399). The total number of
courses for the concentration is 12. Please
see Diane Pike for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Concentration in Law and Society
This concentration is an interdisciplinary concentration that is intended for students who are considering law school and
legal careers such as becoming lawyers or
legal researchers. It emphasizes the development of reasoning and communications
skills as well as courses that address legal
issues. Courses required beyond the core
sociology major requirements include:
Sociology of Law (SOC 320), Sociology of
Organizations (SOC 349), and Internship
(SOC 399), and three courses in related
fields — COM 111, COM 351, and POL
170. See Nancy Fischer for advising and
visit the department website for details.
320 Sociology
Concentration in Organizational
Studies
This concentration is designed for students who plan to work in organizational
settings including corporate, government,
and non-profit sectors. Students will learn
how organizations are structured, function,
and change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed and why they sometimes fail. This
concentration seeks to equip students with
skills to effectively lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving their personal career
and professional goals. Courses required
beyond the core major requirements are:
Office Space (SOC 222), Sociology of
Organizations (SOC 349), Organizational
Deviance (SOC377), Field Studies in
Organizations (SOC 410), an Internship
(SOC 399), and three courses in related
fields — BUS 242 or BUS 340; ECO 113;
and one from INS 325, COM 345, or COM
410. See Lars Christiansen for advising and
visit the department website for details.
Concentration in Social Psychology
The intent of the social psychology
concentration is to provide sociology
and/or psychology students with a solid
disciplinary foundation along with specific
coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in public relations, law, consulting,
research, social policy, and more. Courses
required beyond the core major requirements are: Social Psychology (SOC 375),
Social Problems Analysis (SOC 390), an
Independent Research in Ethnography
(SOC499), and three courses in
Psychology — Principles of Psychology
(PSY 105), Social Behavior (PSY 325), and
the Advanced Research Seminar (PSY 491).
See James Vela-McConnell for advising and
visit the department website for details.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in
sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall.
In addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio including an honors
essay and completed papers and projects.
See department chair and website for specific requirements. An application for
departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of
the junior year.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are required to
have at least a 2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the minor.
Sociology 321
SOCIOLOGY COURSES
SOC 111
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one’s place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 141
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring)
SOC 222
Office Space: The Sociology of Work
Why does a doctor get paid handsomely, and a burger-flipper get paid poorly?
Can workplaces be functional, or are they inherently conflictual? How does
the current expansion of global capital (globalization) shape our work experiences in the U.S.? This course explores these and other questions through various sociological theories of work and labor in modern society. (Fall)
SOC 231
Family Systems
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United
States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modern cultural and social patterns.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 240
Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social Movements
Why do people engage in protests and join social movements? What impacts
do social movements have on social institutions, the state, culture, and even
personal identity? This course explores these and other questions through
studying social movement theory and several social movements occurring over
the last two centuries. (SOC 121 and courses on 19th or 20th century U.S.
history recommended, but not required)
SOC 260
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society with attention to secularization, race, gender, and the public role of religion utilizing sociological
research on the role of religion and religious organizations in American society. (Fall)
322 Sociology
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds—race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality—receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 290
Cultures of Violence
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and
riots. What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This
course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis.
(Spring of alternate years)
SOC 295, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 495 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq. for 300 level courses
only: SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
SOC 320
Sociology of Law
How does law in practice differ from law as it is written in the
Constitution/Bill of Rights? Despite the pretense that legal language is neutral,
in practice, the law constructs people in different, unequal ways based on their
class, age, race, gender, and sexuality. We will explore the different ways that
law is practiced, and coursework will involve observing law in practice in local
courts. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 349
Sociology of Organizations
What is the nature of these modern organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis—be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research—do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Sociology 323
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course examines individual identity within the social context of
symbolic interaction. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 377
Organizational Deviance
The benefits of contemporary organizational life come with costs: space shuttle explosions, insider trading, chemicals dumped in lakes; nuclear accidents;
corporate scandals. What are the causes and consequences of organizational
crime and deviance? Case study analysis and the application of sociological
models of explanation will be examined in depth. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor; Recommended but not required: SOC 222 and/or SOC 349.
Spring of alternate years.)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to urban planning
and the shaping of metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and field study in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
SOC 387
Juvenile Delinquency
Why is the delinquency of juveniles seen differently from the deviance of
adults? In addressing this question the social construction of deviance and
delinquency as well as the historical precedents for treating juveniles differently will be examined. Topics include: sociological theories, patterns of delinquency, and the social and legal reactions to juvenile delinquency. (Prereq.:
SOC 121 or consent of the instructor. Spring of alternate years)
SOC 390
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course
engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections
between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private
troubles with public issues. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring
of alternate years)
SOC 410
Field Studies in Organizations
In this course we visit several local organizations (ranging from small nonprofits to large transnational corporations), and work on a semester-long project with a local organization. We analyze these field experiences from the perspectives of organizational theory and critical political-economy, as well as
explore the challenges, strategies, and rewards of doing projects as a group.
(Prereq: SOC 222 and SOC 349, or consent of instructor. Spring of alternate
years)
SOC 485
Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
324 Sociology
SOC 490
Senior Seminar and Keystone
This Keystone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the
sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the
applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional
identity. Pass/No Pass grading. Senior sociology majors only. (Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
SOC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
SOC 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Languages and Cross-cultural Studies.
THEATRE ARTS—THR
T
he study of theatre is firmly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating knowledge
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including communication, art, music, history, English, literature,
business, philosophy, and religion. Both
the curriculum and dramatic productions
by the Theatre Arts Department offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the
campus while also providing a solid base
in classical, modern, contemporary, and
multicultural theatre.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students), and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for careers such as law, education, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students
325
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department encourages a
second major or minor in such fields as
art, English, education, film, music, history, sociology, or religion.
Theatre Arts Faculty
Darcey Engen (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Michael Burden (Program Director),
Martha Johnson, Lisa Anderson, David
DeBlieck, Karen Mulhausen, Sandy
Schulte, Warren C. Bowles, Carla Steen,
Adriene Heflin, Michael Hoover, Edward
Lee Bok
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
The Theatre Arts Department currently
has three concentrations within the major:
performance concentration, directing/
dramaturgy and theatre design/technical
theatre concentration. Each concentration
consists of the Theatre Core Curriculum
supplemented by electives specific to each
concentration.
Theatre Arts Major
Performance Concentration
This concentration within the Theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies in
Theatre (M.A./Ph.D. and M.F.A.) and/or
professional work as a performer. Students
choosing this concentration will enroll in
the eight core theatre major courses taken
by all theatre majors and will supplement
the core with courses identified as concentration specific electives. Students in the
performance concentration are encouraged
to consult with their adviser when select-
326 Theatre Arts
ing electives. Advisers will assist students
in identifying the year and semester elective courses are offered. Students are
strongly encouraged to also complete a
professional Internship at a local Twin
Cities theatre.
To fulfill this concentration:
Ten THR courses — eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units
taken as THP courses.
Eight core courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Two electives from:
THR 226 Movement for the Theatre
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
Ten production practicum units (THP)—
See Practicum Units
The theatre arts department addresses
the Graduation Skills using the embedded
model. Every course within the core curriculum and most electives as part of a specific concentration require various projects
that address Critical Thinking, Writing,
and Speaking. Consult your department
chair or academic adviser for requirements
for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Directing/Dramaturgy Concentration
This concentration within the theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies in theatre (M.A./P.H.D and M.F.A.) and/or professional work as a director or dramatuag.
Students choosing this concentration will
enroll in the eight core theatre major
courses taken by all theatre majors and
will supplement the core with courses
identified as concentration specific electives. Students in the Directing/Dramaturgy
concentration are encouraged to consult
with their adviser when selecting electives.
Advisors will assist students in identifying
the year and semester elective courses are
offered. Students are also required to complete a THR 399 Internship at a local Twin
Cities theatre.
To fulfill this concentration:
Ten THR courses-eight required core
courses and two electives chosen from two
categories of courses Plus 10 theatre
practicum units taken as THP.
Eight Core Courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Electives:
Select and complete one (1) of the following courses
ENG 330 Shakespeare
Theatre Arts 327
ENG 338 Readings in British and
Commonwealth Drama
ENG 358 Readings in American Drama
ENG 368 Readings in World Drama
NAS 352 Modern Nordic Drama
encouraged to also take an Independent
Study in their area of focus and to do a
professional internship at a local Twin
Cities theatre.
Select and complete one (1) of the following courses
THR/ENG 325 Playwriting
ENG 221 Expository Writing about the
Arts and Popular Culture
Ten THR courses-eight required core
courses and
Two electives chosen from ART electives,
Plus 10 theatre practicum units taken as
THP.
Required Internship:
THR 399 Internship—Off Campus
Eight Core Courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Specific practicum requirements:
Serve as stage manager on main-stage show
Dramaturg one Main-Stage Show
Ten Practicum Units (THP) See Practicum
Units
The Theatre Arts Department addresses
the Graduation Skills using the embedded
model. Every course within the core curriculum and most electives as part of a specific concentration require various projects
that address Critical Thinking, Writing,
and Speaking. Consult your department
chair or academic adviser for requirements
for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Technical Design/Technology
Concentration
This concentration within the theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies and/or
professional work as a theatre designer or
technician. Students choosing this concentration will enroll in the eight core theatre
major classes taken by all theatre majors
and will supplement the core with at least
two electives from the Art Department.
Students in the emphasis are strongly
To fulfill this concentration:
Two Electives from:
ART 107 Drawing
or
THR/ART 265 Computer Drafting
ART 240 Art History Survey
or
ART 243 or 244 History of Architecture
Required Internship:
THR 199 Internship—Off Campus
The Theatre Arts Department addresses
the Graduation Skills using the embedded
model. Every course within the core curriculum and most electives as part of a specific concentration require various projects
that address Critical Thinking, Writing,
and Speaking. Consult your department
chair or academic adviser for requirements
for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) graduation skill.
328 Theatre Arts
Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to
their course requirements to fulfill each of
these skills.
Ten Production Practicum Units (THP) See
Practicum Units
The following courses are strongly recommended:
THR 228 Directed Study
ART 340 Digital Imaging
THR 339 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
Theatre Practicum Units (THP)
All theatre arts majors in either concentration are required to complete 10
practicum units (THP) from three established areas.
Area 1 Performance
Each major will complete between one and
five THPs from this area.
The Performance Area THPs are:
THP 111
THP 121
THP 131
THP 141
THP 151
Fall Acting/Performance
Winter Acting/Performance
Spring Acting/Performance
Studio Acting/Performance
Misc. Performance
Area 2 Production
Each major will complete between four
and eight THPs from this area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 112, 122 or 132 House Management
THP 113, 123 or 133 Set, Lights, Costumes
Crew
THP 114, 124 or 134 Running Crew
THP 115, 125 or 135 Assistant Stage
Manager
THP 116, 126 or 136 Stage Manager
Area 3 Artistic/Production Management
Each major will complete one THP from
this area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 117 Fall Artistic/Production
Assistance
THP 127 Winter Artistic/Production
Assistance
THP 137 Spring Artistic/Production
Assistance
Please note that all theatre practicum
courses count as one theatre practicum
unit except for the following because of
exceptional time requirements:
THP 115, THP 125 and THP 135 Assistant
Stage Manager counts as two units
THP 116 ,THP 126 and THP 136 Stage
Manager counts as three units.
Curricular Planning Information: The following courses are encouraged, but not
required:
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
THR 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
THR 002 is recommended to fulfill one of
the lifetime sports requirements.
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
First-years planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 228,
232, or 250; sophomores: THR 226, 228,
245, 361, 362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350,
360, 361, or 365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only. Incoming students should
meet in the fall of first year with a theatre
adviser to ensure proper sequence of classes to be taken based on odd or even year of
entry.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
Theatre Arts 329
a 3.75 GPA in the major and a 3.50 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser early spring semester of their
junior year to develop a proposal for the
honors project.
Transfer Students
Transfer students should meet with a
transfer adviser upon acceptance to determine what credits taken at another institution will transfer into the major. The
majority of core classes should however be
taken at Augsburg. Additionally transfers
are required to take a minimum of three
upper division theatre arts courses. Ten
practicum units are also required, five of
which need to be completed within the
department. Transfers must also complete a
minimum of five THP credits within the
department. No more than five units can
be credits from others schools.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction
The theatre arts minors also must complete
five practicum units. Students must take a
minimum of one performance unit and a
minimum of three production units. Refer
to the practicum categories listed below
the curriculum concentrations.
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism II
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
THEATRE ARTS COURSES.
THR/HPE 002 Lifetime Sports—Introduction to Dance and Composition
(.0 course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and composition. Each
class includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, conditioning, and
modern dance.
THR/HPE 005 Lifetime Sports—Modern Dance and Improvisation
(.0 course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of
THR/HPE 002, 003, 004, or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama: Acting and Improvisation
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, improvisation, acting and
storytelling with an emphasis on active participation, creation of an original
330 Theatre Arts
performance, and reflective writing. This course is primarily designed for nonmajors and does not fulfill credit toward the theatre arts major. Attendance at
theatre productions required.
THR/FLM 216 Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
Introduction to Theatre is an examination of theatre as an artistic form and
focuses on the appreciation and value of theatre in society. Focus on historical
periods, plays, artists, basic concepts, and techniques of the play production
process. Students attend and review stage productions. This course is primarily designed for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward the theatre major.
THR 226
Movement for the Theatre
A study of the principles of movement used in the art of acting. Students will
improve their use of energy, concentration, balance, control, clarity, timing and
spontaneity through practical exercises. This course uses established theory
and techniques in neutral mask, Asian martial arts, and physical and vocal
characterization exercises. Students will examine various performance paradigms and see professional productions.
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
and creative processes. Students will execute practical projects, attend theatre
tours, see professional productions, and participate on the theatre department’s
fall production. Open to all students. Forty-hour lab requirement.
THR/FLM 230 Scenic Painting for Stage and Film
Scenic Painting is an introductory study of the art of scenic painting for the
stage, film, and faux application. Through a series of foundational painting
projects, reading assignments, informal lecture, discussion, and a final cumulative painting project students will develop the required skills and understanding of what it means to be a Scenic Artist and what role the Scenic Artist plays
in artistry of theatre and film.
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental, and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama, culminating in public performance. Students attend
and review local professional productions.
THR 233
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies
to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. (Alternate years)
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student’s basic skills of music theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
Theatre Arts 331
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. (Alternate years)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. Attendance at local
theatre productions required.
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
This foundations class focuses on major principles and fundamentals of theatre literary analysis and uses performance, discussion, writing, and projects as
a way of interpreting a dramatic script for academic and artistic applications.
Close readings of plays from each genre (comic, tragic, realistic, absurd and
post-modernism) will enable students to learn and apply basic terminology for
literary and artistic processes.
THR/ART 265 Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture is an introduction to using
AutoCAD LT for drafting on the computer. Students will learn how to use
basic AutoCAD commands to input information, organize, layout and print 2D drafting plates, with an emphasis on drafting for the theater and architecture.
THR 270
Black Theatre
Introduction to Black Theatre is an examination of the principles, major
movements, and fundamentals of theatre by and about Black Americans. It
examines the historical, political, and cultural context of Black Theater. This
course will focus on and provide an overview of Black Theatre utilizing plays
written by Black American playwrights.
THR/FLM 312 Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons learned in COM 216 and adds
the study of color photography and sound design. Though exercises and
assignments the student will develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: COM/THR 216)
THR 325
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111, and junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre department
chair. THR 250 or ENL 226 recommended. Alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to the design process for the stage. Each student will execute
four design projects using a research based design process. Class will take theatre tours, host visiting artists, and have a practical involvement in two
Augsburg College productions. Forty-hour lab required, materials needed.
(Prereq.: THR 228, junior or senior status)
332 Theatre Arts
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. This course will use established exercises and theories in
several methodologies of vocal training. Theory and practice are combined in
oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching.
(Alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of narrative verse and dialogue forms of
drama. Study, written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small and large groups. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Italian Renaissance period. Reading of plays, writing a
research paper, and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need
not be taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111. Fall: alternate years)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Italian Renaissance through contemporary theatre. Reading of plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course provides students with performance skills and the ability to recognize differentiating clues that identify the style of a play. Through class exercises, scene study, and character analysis, students will gain insight into the
performance demands of a specific style. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration comedy, realism,
and non-realism), culminating in a public recital. (Prereq: THR 250 and THR
232 and 362 or consent of instructor. Fall/Spring)
THR 366
Stage Direction
The goal of the course is to understand and master basic principles and skills
of stage direction: directing concepts, stage techniques, terminologies, script
analysis; rehearsal planning and techniques; blocking, stage dynamics, working with actors, and the overall staging of a play. Theories of directing are also
examined. (Prereq.: THR 362, or consent of instructor)
THR/FLM 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema’s larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENL 241
and junior/senior standing)
Theatre Arts 333
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
THR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
THR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
THEATRE PRACTICUM COURSES.
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the context of play productions and are required for the theatre
arts major/minor. All THP theatre
practicum courses are taken for non-credit
with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by
the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum
area for which student is registered; 2. positive and professional attitude and work
ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3.
demonstrated competency in practicum
area. The positive evaluation of each of the
areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a
minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a
P grade.
THP courses require:
• Consent of instructor
• Supervision by theatre faculty
• A minimum of 30 hours of assessed participation by the student
• Registration for THP course for semester
when practicum is completed
• Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar’s office
Please note:
• All majors will complete at least one
THP 123 unit in costumes.
• All majors will complete one THP 113 in
lighting.
• THP courses may be repeated.
• Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards
practicum.
• Work-study hours do not count towards
practicum.
• Completion of THP 115 and 116 count
as two and three practicum units respectively because of the extraordinary
amount of time required of the student.
All other THP courses count as one
practicum unit each.
• Transfer students are still responsible for
the full unit requirements (10 major/5
minor.) Five practicum units (major) or
three units (minor) must be completed
while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have
program verification or a letter from a
previous theatre adviser.
334 Theatre Arts
THEATRE PRACTICUM COURSES.
Area One: Performance
THP 111/121/131/141/151 Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical
production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for dance/licensure
majors only); or substantial participation as an actor in a senior directing project, in final scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at two Forensics tournaments (at least 30 hours coaching and competition).
Area Two: Production
THP 112/122/132 Theatre Practicum: House Management
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Substantial participation (30 hour minimum) in house management, ushering,
or box office.
THP 113/123/133 Theatre Practicum: Set, Costumes, Lights
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production.
THP 114/124/134 Theatre Practicum: Running Crew
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes
from Stage Direction class.
THP 115/125/135 Theatre Practicum: Assistant Stage Management
2 Practicum units (.0 course)
Assistant stage management for main stage production.
THP 116/126/136 Theatre Practicum: Stage Management
3 Practicum units (.0 course)
Stage management for main stage production.
Area Three: Artistic/Production Management
THP 117/127/137 Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the
director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production), or a substantial arts management project.
URBAN STUDIES
See Metro-Urban Studies.
WOMEN’S STUDIES—WST
T
he women’s studies program provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women’s contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women’s experiences. The
women’s studies program offers both a
major and a minor, and provides students
with academic preparation for careers in
human services, education, and social
work as well as graduate study.
Women’s Studies Faculty
Jessica Nathanson (Coordinator), Kristin
M. Anderson, Stephanie Barnes, Janelle
Bussert, Cass Dalglish, Jacqueline deVries,
Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Nancy
Fischer, Doug Green, Milda Hedblom,
Sophia Jacobsen, Michael Lansing, Barbara
Lehmann, Lynne Lorenzen, Mary Lowe,
Anita Lutterman-Aguilar, M. Elise
Marubbio, Kathleen McBride, Norma
Noonan, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg,
Timothy Pippert, Judy Shevelev, Beverly J.
Stratton, Kathryn Swanson, James VelaMcConnell, Mzenga Wanyama
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies, a midlevel course in feminist theory or feminist
philosophy selected from an approved list,
WST 495 (seminar), and WST 199 or WST
399 (internships).
The remaining six electives are to be
selected from approved women’s studies
courses, and should include at least two
courses in the social sciences, two in the
humanities, and one with a racial, ethnic,
or global emphasis. At least three courses
must be upper division courses. Students
may take courses at any of the colleges
participating in the Women’s Studies program. However, at least three courses must
be completed at Augsburg. The writing
component of the graduation skills
requirements for the Women’s Studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student’s program must have the
written approval of the Women’s Studies
program coordinator. Both majors and
minors are encouraged to participate in
one of the gender-focused semester study
abroad programs offered through
Augsburg’s Center for Global Education.
Two programs have been pre-approved for
Women’s Studies credit: Crossing Borders:
Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(offered fall semester) and Migration and
Globalization: Engaging Our Communities
(offered spring semester).
The Critical Thinking graduation skill
is embedded at all levels and is met by
completing the major. The Speaking and
Writing graduation skills are also embedded at all levels, with particular emphasis
in the following:
Speaking: WST 201, WST 305, and WST
495
Writing: ENL 365, ENL 367, WST 495,
and REL 441
Consult your department chair or academic advisor for requirements for meeting
the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an advisor about potential adjustments to their
course requirements to fulfill each of these
skills.
335
336 Women’s Studies
Minor
Transfer Students
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student’s program must have the written
approval of the Women’s Studies program
coordinator.
Students who transfer to Augsburg
College and wish to complete a major or
minor in women’s studies are urged to consult with the director of Women’s Studies
immediately upon transfer.
The Women’s Studies program has an
articulation agreement with Century
College that governs Century College students with a Women’s Studies certificate
who transfer to Augsburg. Transfers from
other colleges and universities must consult with the director of Women’s Studies
for approval of courses for the major or
minor.
WOMEN’S STUDIES COURSES.
WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women’s perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women’s
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
WST 281
Topics in Women’s Studies
WST 305
Issues in Gay and Lesbian Studies
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary
U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course
may include guest speakers, a service-learning component at local
glbt/supporting agencies, and some travel and experiences in the Twin Cities,
as well as an immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education fee. Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields
(history, sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s).
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology
and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social Justice, Gender and the
Environment)
WST 315
Mid-Level Feminist Theory
This multidisciplinary and multicultural feminist theory course focuses on the
global voices often marginalized by the feminist canon. A variety of texts —
including personal narratives, political statements, origin stories, and empirical studies — will be analyzed to highlight different theoretical approaches and
multiple feminisms.
Women’s Studies 337
WST 341
Globalization, Social Struggles and the Environment
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social Justice, Gender and the
Environment)
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua))
WST 357
Mexican History, Culture and Cosmovision
(CGE course. See International Studies, Social Justice, Gender and the
Environment)
WST 359
Women, Gender and Social Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 362
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender and HIV/AIDS in Sub-Saharan
Africa
This broad-based course explores the influence of culture and gender on the
HIV/AIDS pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa. The natural history, biology, and
epidemiology of AIDS in Africa, as well as socio-cultural, ethical, theological
and political responses to the disease are examined. (Augsburg Abroad course,
Summer)
WST 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 481
Topics in Women’s Studies
WST 495
Women’s Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and satisfies
the Keystone requirement. It is also required of minors who do not elect to do
an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each semester.
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
AIS 490
Keystone Indigenous Issues of Central America
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
338 Women’s Studies
Internships and Independent Study Courses (Must be approved in writing by the women’s studies
coordinator):
WST 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 100.
WST 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 99.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 100.
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives:
AIS 208/408 Native American Women and Film
ART 352
Women and Art
ENL 365
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
HIS 195/INS 233 Promoting Justice and Seeking Equality: Globalization and
Women’s Grassroots Movements in Latin America
HIS 282
History of Women Since 1850
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
POL 124
American Women and Politics
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
SOC 231
Family Systems
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
SOC 295
Sociology of Sexuality
YOUTH
AND
See listing under Religion.
FAMILY MINISTRY
College Information
Board of Regents – 340
ELCA Program Unit for Vocation
and Education – 341
Faculty and Administration – 342
Officers – 342
Administration – 342
Faculty – 345
Faculty Emeriti – 366
Campus Maps – 369, 370
340
BOARD
OF
REGENTS
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Andra Adolfson (2011)
Director of Business Development,
Adolfson and Peterson Construction,
Minneapolis, MN
*Rolf Jacobson (2011)
Associate Professor, Luther Seminary,
St. Paul, MN
*Dan W. Anderson ’65 (2009)
President, Swenson Anderson Financial
Group, Minneapolis, MN
*Ruth E. Johnson ’74 (2011)
Consultant, Department of Internal
Medicine, Mayo Clinic & Mayo Medical
School, Rochester, MN
*Gary E. Benson ’70 (2008)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, MN
Dean Kennedy ’75 (2009)
President, Texacoma Oil & Gas
Corporation, Dallas, TX
*Jackie Cherryhomes ’76 (2010)
Government Relations Consultant,
Cherryhomes-Tyler LLC, Minneapolis, MN
Dean C. Kopperud (2009)
Consultant, Private Practice, Minneapolis,
MN
Michael O. Freeman (2012)
Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum,
Minneapolis, MN
*André J. Lewis (2010)
Vice President and Director, Community
Affairs and Diversity, RBC Dain Rauscher
Minneapolis, MN
*Anthony Genia ’85 (2008)
Emergency Dept. Physician, Fairview
University Medical Center, Minneapolis,
MN
*Michael R. Good ’71 (2013)
President and Chief Operating Officer,
Sotheby’s International Realty, Parsippany,
NJ
Jennifer H. Martin (2013)
Senior Vice President, Corporate
Administration, Thrivent Financial for
Lutherans, Minneapolis, MN
Marie O. McNeff (2009)
Professor Emeritus and Dean (retired),
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN
*H. Theodore Grindal ’76 (2008)
Attorney/Partner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen
P.L.L.P., Minneapolis, MN
*Paul S. Mueller ’84 (2009)
Internal Medicine Consultant, Mayo
Clinic, Rochester, MN
Norman R. Hagfors (2009)
Founder & President (retired), Norsen,
Inc., North Oaks, MN
*Ronald G. Nelson ’68 (2008)
Retired, Mendota Heights, MN
Jodi Harpstead (2009)
Chief Advancement Officer, Lutheran
Social Service of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
*Richard J. Hartnack (2010)
Vice Chairman of Consumer Banking, U.S.
Bancorp, Minneapolis, MN
*Beverly Oren ’55 (2008)
Retired, Roseville, MN
Board of Regents 341
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ex Officio
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN
Rev. Peter Rogness (2008), Ex Officio
Bishop, St. Paul Area Synod, ELCA, St.
Paul, MN
*Stephen Sheppard (2011)
CEO, Winds of Peace Foundation,
Decorah, IA
*Philip Styrlund ’79 (2012)
President, The Summit Group, Apple
Valley, MN
*P. Dawn Taylor ’78 (2008)
Chief Operating Officer, Silver Glade
Properties LLC, Des Moines, IA
ELCA PROGRAM UNIT
EDUCATION
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stanley N. Olson
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Ms. Marilyn Olson
Emily Anne Tuttle (2009)
Retired, Wayzata, MN
Rev. Harold Usgaard (2008), Ex Officio
Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod,
ELCA, Rochester, MN
*Joan L. Volz ’68 (2011)
Lawyer, Private Practice, Welch, MN
*Norman W. Wahl, ’76 (2010)
Executive Pastor, Bethel Lutheran,
Rochester, MN
*Bonnie Wallace (2011)
Scholarship Director, Fond du Lac
Scholarship Program, Cloquet, MN
FOR
VOCATION
AND
342
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATION
AND
Beginning year of service of faculty and staff is indicated with parenthesis.
Officers of the College
Paul C. Pribbenow (2006). President. B.A., Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint
Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Garvey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas. F. Morgan (1983). Executive Director of Center for Faith and Learning and
Special Assistant to the President. Professor of Business Administration. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kevin C. Myren (2007). Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and
Administration. B.B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Vice President of Enrollment Management. B.A., M.A., Augsburg
College.
Christine M. Szaj (2008). Vice President and Chief of Staff. B.S., University of Wisconsin –
Milwaukee; M.S.W., Washington University; J.D., Saint Louis University.
Jeremy R. Wells (2007). Vice President of Institutional Advancement. B.A., Jamestown
College; M.A., Saint Mary’s University.
Administration
Leif Anderson (1996). Chief Information Officer. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Sheila Anderson (1991). Director, Academic Advising. B.S., Minnesota State University –
Moorhead; M.A., Augsburg College.
David Benson (2005). Director, Major Gifts, Development. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
North Dakota State University.
Mike Bilden (2003). Director, Recruitment and Retention, Adult Programs. B.S., University
of Wisconsin – Superior.
Heidi Breen (1986). Director, Alumni Relations. B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead.
Carrie Carroll (1997). Director of Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Hamline University.
Emiliano Chagil (2000). Director, Hispanic/Latino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul
Seminary School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas.
Bradley Christ (1998). Director IT Systems, Information Technology. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington.
Jodi Collen (2007). Director, Events and Conference Services. B.A., Wartburg College;
M.T.A., George Washington University.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Parent and Family Relations. B.A., Augsburg College.
David Draus (2000). Director, Facilities and Risk Management.
Augsburg College Administration 343
James Erchul (1997). Director, Enrollment Planning. B.A., Marquette Unversity, M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota – Duluth.
Amanda Erdman (2007). Director, Residence Life. B.A., Coe College; M.A.E., University of
Northern Iowa.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Carol Forbes (1990). Director, Sponsored Programs. B.A., Morningside College; M.A.,
Hamline University.
Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Assistant Vice President for International Programs. B.A.,
University of Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sarah Griesse (2006). Dean of Students, Student Affairs. B.A., Wittenberg University;
M.A., Ohio State University; A.B.D., Loyola University-Chicago.
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
L.P., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Haglund (2007). Finance Director. B.S., Minnesota State University, Moorhead;
M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kevin Healy (2004). Director, Advancement Services. B.S., Carroll College.
Sandra Hokanson (2007). Director of Human Resources. B.S., University of Wisconsin –
Eau Claire.
Sherry Jennings-King (2002). Director, Major Gifts, Development. B.S., University of
Tennessee.
Karena Jones (1999). Director, CLASS Program. A.A. Normandale Community College;
B.S., Winona State University; M.Ed., Hamline University.
Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Southern California.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Achievement. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Scott Krajewski (2000). Director IT Services, Information Technology. B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S., Iowa State University.
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Rosemary Link (1986). Associate Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate
Studies. BA., University of Southampton; C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D.
University of Minnesota.
Shannon L. Luckert (2006). Director of Research, Development Office. B.A., University of
Wisconsin.
Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education.
B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
344 Augsburg College Administration
Donna McLean (1985). Director, Major Gifts, Development. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Regina McGoff (1992). Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Jessica Nathanson (2007). Director, Women’s Resource Center.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Betsey R. Norgard (1992). Director, Publications, Marketing, and Communications. B.A.,
The American University; M.A., Indiana University.
Aly C. Olson (2001). Director, Student Support Services/TRIO. B.A. Grinnell College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University.
John Pack (2003). Director, Department of Public Safety. B.A., Excelsior College.
Lori A. Peterson (2004). Director, Augsburg for Adults. Assistant Professor of Business
Administration. B.S.B., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Assistant Dean, Academic Affairs. B.S., Indiana
University; M.A., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Mohamed Sallam (2006). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. B.A., M.A., Minnesota State
University, Mankato.
Patrice M. Salmeri (2002). Director, StepUP® Program. B.S., Kent State University; M.A.
Saint Mary’s University.
Michael R. Schwartz (1996). Director, Athletic Facilities. B.A., Augsburg College.
Doug H. Scott (2007). Assistant Vice President for Development. B.A., Eastern University
St. Davids; M.Div., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Dixie Shafer (2000). Director, Undergrad Research and Graduate Opportunity. B.A.,
Moorhead State University; Ed.M., Rutgers University.
Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
Jennifer R. Simon (2007). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Minnesota State University, Mankato.
Jeffrey F. Swenson (1986). Assistant Dean, Athletics and Recreation. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul L. Terrio (1990). Director, Student Financial Services. B.A., Augsburg College.
Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University.
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The
American University.
David P. Warch (2000). Assistant Vice President of Marketing and Communication. B.F.A.,
Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Karl Wolfe (2007). Rochester Program. B.A., Azusa Pacific University; M.Div., Asbury
Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Pepperdine University.
Augsburg College Faculty 345
Faculty
A
Magdeline C. Aagard (2007). Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.A., R.N., Augustana College;
M.B.A., Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
John A. Abraham (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Justin Abraham (2007). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., All India Institute for
Teachers Training; B.A., Kerala University; M.A., Aligarh University; M.A.,
Missouri State University – Warrensburg; Ph.D. Saugor University, India.
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Associate Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S. and
D.Pharm., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Lisa P. Anderson (2005). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; B.S.,
M.S., Winona State University.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William M. Arden (2005). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., New York
University; M.S., Northeastern University; M.B.A., Boston University.
Shelli A. Arneson (2004). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Simpson College; M.S., Mankato State University.
Juan C. Avendaño (2003). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. Civil
Engineering degree, Andres Bello Catholic University, Caracas Venezuela; M..S.,
M.B.A., Northwestern University.
Antonio Ortega Ayala (2003). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global
Education. M.A., LaSalle University, Mexico City. C.P.A. Teaching Certificate
degree, Colegio Angloamericano.
B
Ramona C. Back (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of WisconsinGreen Bay; M.S., Winona State University.
Andrew M. Baldwin (2004). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Xenia Barahona (2002). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Universidad Centroamericana; M.A., Tufts University.
346 Augsburg College Faculty
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
R. Samuel Barber (2002). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Upper Iowa
University; M.S., Minnesota State University, Mankato.
David A. Barlow (2005). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Nebraska, Omaha.
Carol E. Barnett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part time, Music. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
David L. Bartlett (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University of
California-San Diego; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., Ph.D., University of
California-San Diego.
Katherine A. Baumgartner (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Minnesota State
University-Mankato; M.A., Augsburg College.
Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Thomas H. Berkas (2006). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership Program.
B.C.E., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Allen J. Berning (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A., St.
Cloud State University.
Tracy A. Bibelnieks (2002). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Anthony A. Bibus, III (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Heather K. T. Bidinger (2003). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Med.S., St. Louis University.
William P. Bierden (1997). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Susan N. Boecher (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1983). Instructor, part time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1976). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Anna M. Bonderson (2004). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of
Minnesota; B.S., South Dakota State University.
Laura L. Borstad (2008). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. D.Pharm.,
University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Augsburg College Faculty 347
D. Kimberly Bowden (2006). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.L.A., B.S., M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Katherine C. Bradley (2007). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., St. Mary’s University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Purdue University.
Michael T. Brands (2007). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Dordt College; M.Div.,
Fuller Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
Mark A. Bransford (2005). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., Florida International
University; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University
of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frederick Bretschger (2005). Studio Artist/Double Bass, part time, Music. North Carolina
School of the Arts; Cleveland Institute of Music; The Juilliard School.
Jacquylynn Brickman (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., St. Mary’s University.
Christopher Rhys Brown (2003). Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison,
Instructor of Education. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.Ed., University of
Sydney, Australia.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State
University.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical
Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley L. Burkhardt (2005). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Valparaiso University;
M.S., Mankato State University.
Thomas L. Burns (2005). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Iona
College; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion and Women’s Studies. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees,
University of Minnesota.
Maria S. Ceplecha (2003). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., University of
Dallas; M.A., New York University Graduate School in Spain.
John C. Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Peggy M. Cerrito (1991). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. Academic Skills
Adviser. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
348 Augsburg College Faculty
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kristen A. Chamberlain (2007). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.S.,
Ph.D., North Dakota State University.
Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Florida State University.
Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. A.A.,
Golden Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest
Texas State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital
University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John’s University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Susan M. Conlin (2007). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David A. Conrad (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Assistant
Director, MBA Program in Rochester. B.A., Winona State University; M.A., Ed.D.,
St. Mary’s University of Minnesota.
David L. Cooper (2004). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Brian E. Corner (2005). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.Sc., Ph.D., University of Otago,
New Zealand.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara C. Curchack (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of
Maryland Baltimore County; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona, Tucson.
D
David Dahl (2000). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Augustana College; M.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Marvin D. Dahlgren (2002). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time, Music. B.A., MacPhail
School of Music.
Louise M. Daley (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of WisconsinMadison; M.Ed., The College of St. Scholastica.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.F.A., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Kim Davidson (2003). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.F.A., Washington University; M.A., School for International Training.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Augsburg College Faculty 349
Urbanus B. Dax (2002). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of the North, South Africa; M.S., Mankato State University.
David M. DeBlieck (2005). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.F.A., University of Hawaii-Manoa.
Donna R. DeGracia (1998). Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State
University; P.A., Bowman Gray School of Medicine; M.P.A.S., University of
Nebraska.
Jacqueline R. deVries Jones (1994). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Calvin College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
R. David Dexter (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas J. Diamond (2005). Orchestra Director, Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., M.M.,
The Mannes College of Music; A.B.D., University of Missouri – Kansas City
Conservatory.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary’s University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.
coursework completed, University of Minnesota.
Suzanne I. Dorée (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Instructor of Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A.,
University of Iowa.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
E
Deborah A. Eckberg (2007). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Dartmouth College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jerry K. Eddy (2006). Assistant Professor, part-time, Physics. A.B., West Liberty State
College; M.S., Ph.D., West Virginia University.
Gary T. Egbert (2004). Assistant Professor, part time, Physics. B.S., Western Illinois
University; M.S., University of South Dakota – Vermillion; Ph.D., University of
Nebraska – Lincoln.
Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst.
Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.F.A., Syracuse University.
R. Wendell Ellis (2004). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. A.B., Columbia
University; J.D., University of Iowa; M.B.A., University of Missouri.
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
350 Augsburg College Faculty
Darcey K. Engen (1997). Associate Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Christina L. Erickson (2004). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., University of Minnesota – Duluth; Ph.D., University of
Illinois – Chicago.
Debra M. Erickson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus
College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas;
M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artist/Piano, part time, Music. B.F.A., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
F
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of St.
Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Troy F. Faulkner (2007). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of MinnesotaDuluth; M.S., Winona State University.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Steven J. Felton (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. John’s University; B.S.,
M.S., Mankato State University.
Edith E. Ferber (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., M.A.T., Indiana University.
Nancy L. Fischer (2005). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Hamline University; M.A.,
The American University; Ph.D., State University of New York – Albany.
Andrew J. Fish (2005). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women’s
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stacy R. Freiheit (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Central
Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Augsburg College Faculty 351
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John A. Furia (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.P.A., University of Rhode Island.
G
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Robert S. P. Gardner (2006). Instructor, part-time, Music. M.A., University of Montana.
R. Brooks Gekler (2006). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Vassar
College; M.B.A., New York University.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Sarah J. Gervais (2008). Assistant Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Alexandra E. Giesler (2008). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Keith F. Gilsdorf (2001). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State
University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln.
Julie A. Gloss (2007). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.S., B.A., Northern
Michigan University; M.A., Middlebury College; M.A., Hamline University.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men’s Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rodney R. Greder (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State
University; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of IllinoisChampaign-Urbana.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown
University.
Leslie E. Green (2008). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St. Benedict;
three M.A.s, University of St. Thomas; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. Music studies at The
University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Cheryl J.E. Gresczyk (2004). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part time, Education and Modern Languages.
B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
352 Augsburg College Faculty
Dennis P. Greseth (2004). Instructor of Education. Education Coordinator, Rochester
Program. B.S., M.S., Winona State University.
Lyle M. Griner (1996). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., University of Northern Iowa;
M.A., Luther Seminary.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Concordia
College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
H
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John’s University;
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Alyssa N. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
David R. Hanson (2006). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
Tabitha K. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.P.H., M.S., University of Minnesota.
John U. Harkness (2001). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Harvard University.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Adriane M. L. Heflin (2008). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., Washington
University; M.F.A., Yale University.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Carl C. Hixson (2008). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Jody Hofer Van Ness (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Augsburg College Faculty 353
Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., University of
Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Kristoffer P. Holmgren (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.F.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.F.A., Illinois State University.
Megan J. C. Holroyd (2005). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Bradley P. Holt (1978). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota;
M.N., University of Washington-Seattle.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji
State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Erica L. Huls (2004). Instructor, part-time, Honors Program. B.A., Augsburg College.
Joan E. Hutton (2007). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time, Music. B.M., Ithaca College;
M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Lisa L. Hyland (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-River Falls.
I
Colin C. Irvine (2003). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Carroll College; M.A.,
University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Marquette University.
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Chad A. Israelson (2002). Instructor, part time, History. B.A., University of Wisconsin,
LaCrosse; M.A., University of Nebraska.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
James A. Jacobson (2002). Studio Artist/Cello, part time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Jacobson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration.
Karl N. Jacobson (2007). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; A.B.D. Union-PSCE.
Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A., Ed.D., Hamline University.
Ronald L. Jacobson (2002). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., North
Dakota State University; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University;
M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor, part time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Metropolitan State University; M.A., Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
354 Augsburg College Faculty
Gary C. Jader (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., University of
Minnesota-Duluth; B.S., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St.
Thomas.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Daniel F. Jorgensen (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., M.S., South Dakota State
University.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A.,
University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A.,
University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple
University.
Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. A.B., Stanford University; Ed.M.,
Harvard Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University.
Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mary Beth Kelley (2004). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Eau Claire; M.Ed., Bethel College.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artist/Harp, part time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Michael King (2008). Instructor, part-time, Communication Studies. Two B.S., M.S., South
Dakota State University.
Donna R. Kirscht (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Elizabeth P. Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Carleton College;
M.A., The Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Newberry College;
M.Div., Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; D.Th., University of Munich.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Eastman School of Music.
Augsburg College Faculty 355
Debra S. Knudson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., St. Cloud State
University; M.Ed., College of St. Catherine.
Barbara K. Knudtson (2005). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. A.D.N., Rochester
Community College; B.S.N., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Catherine.
Paul A. Knutson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.S., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Dean C. Kopperud (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University
of St. Thomas.
Richard J. Kramer (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Neil J. Kraus (2003). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York-Albany.
Heidi M. Kreutzer (1995). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Gregory P. Krueger (2000). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Southwest Minnesota
State University; M.A., Hamline University.
Deborah J. Kuhlmann (2006). Instructor, part-time. English. B.A., Texas Christian
University; M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Texas Christian University.
James J. Kulzer (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., two M.S. degrees, Winona
State University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan State
University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Suzanne W. Lagerwaard (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Florida; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Michael J. Lansing (2005). Assistant Professor of History. A.B., College of William and
Mary; M.A., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Assistant Professor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership.
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West Virginia
University.
Martha J. Laskar-Aleman (2002). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Minnesota.
Laura K. Lazar (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.L.S.,
Valparaiso University; M.B.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Edward Lee (2002). Instructor, part time, Communication Studies. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.F.A., Brown University.
Melissa C. Lee (2007). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
356 Augsburg College Faculty
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College;
M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., University
of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of
Graduate Studies. Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sarah P. Lockwood (2002). Studio Artist/Piano Accompaniment, part time, Music. B.M.,
DePauw University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont
Graduate School.
Edward D. Lotterman (2005). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Michael S. Lotti (2003). Instructor, part time, Business Administration/Philosophy. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Phil., Ph.D., University of Swansea, Wales.
Mary E. Lowe (2003). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University;
M.Div, Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Graduate Theological
Union.
Carol A. Lucido (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Luther College; M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., P.A. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University.
Steven M. Lukas (2005). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., M.A.,
University of Nebraska; E.D., University of St. Thomas.
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist/Trombone, part time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Paul E. Lutter (2005). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Superior; M.Div, Luther Seminary.
Ann L. Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Interim Academic Director, Instructor, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
Augsburg College Faculty 357
M
Carolyn A. Mack (2006). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia University,
River Forest, IL; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Rosanne E. Malevich (2006). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; ABD, University of Minnesota.
Steven V. Manderscheid (2007). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership
Program. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ed.D.,
University of St. Thomas.
Christina M. Manning (2007). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.Sc., Tufts University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia Z. Marincic (2005). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
Purdue University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Utah State University.
Dan S. Marsh (2005). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Susan W. Martino (2006). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M.,
Cleveland Institute of Music Conservatory.
M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Assistant Professor of American Indian Studies. B.F.A.,
Cleveland Institute of Art; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona.
C. Jean Marvin (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John W. Matthews (2003). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Paul R. Mattson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Luther
College; M.A., University of Minesota; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology.
David C. Matz (2001). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Molly A. Maxwell (2007). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. S.B., Massachusetts Institute
of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen A. McBride (1994). Regional Co-Director, Instructor, Center for Global
Education. B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
James Scannell McCormick (2004). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Carol T. McCoy (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
Diane M. McDonagh (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
K. Christian McGuire (2007). Instructor and Studio Artist/Electric Bass, part-time, Music.
B.A., Luther College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael J. McIlhon (2000). Instructor, part time, Economics. B.B.A., M.A., University of
Iowa.
Marc C. McIntosh (2007). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., DePaul
University; M.B.A., Harvard University; D.B.A., Argosy University.
358 Augsburg College Faculty
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Kirsten A. S. Mebust (2004). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Ashok K. Mehrotra (2007). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.Tech., M.Tech., Indian
Institute of Technology; M.B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Chicago.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
Laurie H. Merz (2001). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of
Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vladan M. Milenkovic (2005). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., Berklee College of
Music; M.M., University of Northern Iowa.
Joyce P. Miller (2004). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.A., Rochester State Junior College;
B.S., M.A., Augsburg College.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A.,
University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John W. Molloy (2003). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Peter M. Morales (2007). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., Ripon College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
April D. Morehouse (2006). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine.
Sheila M. Moriarty (2002). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Karen L. Mulhausen (2006). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., St. Olaf College;
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeremy P. Myers (2006). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of
Minnesota.
Paulus Nanghambe Ndamanomhata (2002). Instructor, Center for Global Education. B.A.
degrees, Ogongo Agricultural College and United Lutheran Theological Seminary;
M.A., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; Ph.D., Natal University.
Jessica A. Nathanson (2007). Assistant Professor and Director of Women’s Studies. B.A.,
Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York-Buffalo.
Brita L. Nellermoe (2008). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Iowa; M.S.,
University of North Dakota.
Steven J. Nerheim (2004). Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part time, Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., Northwest College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 359
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science and Director of MAL Program.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Daniel R. Noyes (2000). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Macalester College; M.Arch.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
O
James O’Brien (2008). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and
Design; M.A., Syracuse University; M.F.A., Hartford University.
Michael W. O’Brien (2007). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. Two B.A.s, M.S.W.,
University of Iowa.
Mary F. O’Connell (2004). Instructor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Minneapolis Community
College; B.S., Bethel College; M.A., Augsburg College.
Susan E. O’Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Melissa A. Oliver (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State
University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G. Olson (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., University
of Minnesota; M.B.A., Minnesota State University.
Vicki L. Olson (1987). Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David H. Oxley (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Augsburg College.
P
Stephen A. Pacholl (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Sally Bruyneel Padgett (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. A.A., San Jacinto College;
B.A., University of California, Riverside; M.A., Azusa Pacific University; Ph.D.,
University of Durham, England.
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Bonnie Jean Palmen (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., San Francisco State University; J.D., University of
California.
Donna R. Patterson (2006). Assistant Professor, part time, Education. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael F. Pattison (2003). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College [now part of University of San
Francisco].
Curtis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
360 Augsburg College Faculty
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Meredith A. Pederson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., St. Mary’s University.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
Christine R. Peper (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Ed., Southeastern Louisiana University.
Joyce B. Perkins (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of New
Hampshire; M.A., St. Mary’s College; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
University of Colorado.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Jennifer K. McCarty Plucker (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State
University; M.Ed., St Mary’s University.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck II (1987). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Theological Seminary.
R
O. Nicholas Raths (1988). Studio Artist/Guitar, part time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
John S. Reimringer (2006). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., University of Kansas;
M.F.A., University of Arkansas.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
Steven E. Restad (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Charles E. Rietkerk (2006). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 361
Catherine L. Roach (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Assistant Dean of Academic Affairs. Associate
Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Regula Russelle (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art. M.A., Hamline University.
Barry D. Rutman (2000). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. M.A., Montclair
State University.
S
Larry E. Sallee (2005). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Superior; M.B.T., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of
Wisconsin-LaCrosse; D.B.A., U.S. International University.
Susana M. Sandmann (2006). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University;
M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Professor of English. B.S., St. John’s University; M.A.,
University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence and Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor, part time, Business Administration. B.B.A.,
University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., University of
Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dean J. Seal (2006). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., M.A.,
United Theological Seminary of the Twin Cities.
Steven A. Seay (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., University of
San Francisco; M.B.A., City/Stanford University; Ph.D., Walden University.
Carrie B. Senske (2000). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Texas Christian
University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
N. Kay Shager (2000). Instructor, part time, Education and Mathematics. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Debra L. Shapiro (2006). Instructor, part-time, General Studies. B.A., J.D., The University
of Iowa.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary’s
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
362 Augsburg College Faculty
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of California, Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
John S. Shockley (2002). Professor, part time, Political Science. B.A., University of Texas;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anthony T. Sinkiewicz (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. A.A.S.,
Wright College; B.S., University of the State of New York-Albany; M.A., Webster
University; D.B.A., U.S. International University.
Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Saint Mary’s College.
Lawrence J. Sklaney, Jr. (2007). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Bucknell University;
M.A., University of Illinois.
Joanne Z. Smith (2005). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Sheilah P. Smith (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State
University.
Dorothy J. Smyth (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Hamline University.
Alyssa E. Snyder (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Jody M. Sorensen (2005). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Lisa K. Sperling (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Mankato State University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Peter J. Stark (2007). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Northwestern
University; M.B.A., Pepperdine University
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
Carla Steen (2007). Instructor, part-time, Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A.,
Columbia University.
John P. Stein (1992). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island
University.
Augsburg College Faculty 363
Lisa J. Storey (2007). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Mary’s University; M.S.,
Winona State University.
Benjamin L. Stottrup (2005). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., University of Minnesota,
Morris; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Christopher K. Strand (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S.,
Southwest Missouri State University; M.B.A., Metropolitan State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A.,
D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Michelle J. Strauch (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
North Dakota State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin-LaCrosse.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Tara K. Sweeney (1992). Assistant Professor of Art. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout;
M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
Maryann Syers (1998). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State University;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
T
Brenda J. J. Talarico (2003). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.P.A.S., University
of Nebraska Medical Center.
Ngoh Tiong Tan (1987, 2006). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Singapore;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Susan E. Taylor (2007). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., California State University;
M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary M. Thissen-Milder (2005). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., Northeast Missouri State; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Michael D. Thompson (2002). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Fordham University; Ph.D., Pacific University.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
W. Lex Thompson (2007). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., New College of Florida; M.A.,
Yale University; M.F.A., San Francisco Art Institute.
David L. Tiede (2005). Bernhard M. Christensen Professor of Vocation and Religion. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Robert K. Tom (2002). Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A., University of Hawaii; M.F.A.,
Temple University.
Beth M. Torstenson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel O. Trainer, IV (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Rochester
Institute of Technology; M.A., Gallaudet University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Lilly Program Director. Associate Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
364 Augsburg College Faculty
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fidel Xinico Tum (1993). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Francisco Marroquin University; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary.
Leon M. Tyler (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., Northwestern
University; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
U-V
Jeannine M. Uhlenkamp (2004). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S.E., University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Joseph Underhill (1998). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Pauline J. Utesch (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.D., Rochester Community
College; B.S.N., Winona State University; M.A., Augsburg College.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Carleton
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W
Todd R. Wadsworth (2002). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., Middlebury College;
M.A., Pepperdine University.
David O’Brien Wagner (2005). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S., B.A., Washington State
University.
Mzenga A. Wanyama (2006). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., University of
Nairobi, Kenya; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew Ward (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration/Philosophy. B.A.,
Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., J.D.,
University of Pittsburgh.
Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., University of
Denver; B.S., M.A., Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Colleen K. Watson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.A.L., Augsburg College.
Shana K. Watters (2007). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. A.A., Northern Virginia
Community College; B.S., South Dakota School of Mines and Technology; M.S.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Paula A. Watts (2008). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Augsburg College Faculty 365
Valerie J. Webb (2001). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.Sc. Honors, B.A., University of
Queensland, Australia; Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
Andrew T. Webster (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., College of
St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Janis F. Weller (2006). Instructor, part-time, General Studies/Art. B.A., Luther College;
M.A., St. Mary’s University-Minneapolis, Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement /Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Dale A. Weston (2001). Instructor, part time, American Indian Studies. B.A., Hamline
University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Hans H. Wiersma (2002). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of California,
San Diego; M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
Susan L. Williams (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Heather O. Willman (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.A., University of North Dakota.
Joel R. Wilson (2006). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.A., University of
St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger W. Wiltgen (2007). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration. B.S., University
of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.B.A., Winona State University.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University.
X-Y-Z
John W. Yaeger (2007). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.S.W., Loyola University.
Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration; Interim Director,
M.B.A. Program. B.A., Shimer College; M.S., University of Utah.
John M. Zobitz (2007). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John’s University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Utah.
366
FACULTY EMERITI
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry/Dean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vern M. Bloom. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Kenneth N. Erickson. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Robert S. Herforth. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Faculty Emeriti 367
Norman D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Concordia College-Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Robert A. Karlén. Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Middlebury College.
Alvin L. Kloppen. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of CaliforniaBerkeley.
Marie O. McNeff. Professor Emerita of Education/Dean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred “Mike” Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Larry C. Ragland. Professor Emeritus of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
368 Faculty Emeriti
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W.,
Columbia University.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Karen T. Sutherland. Professor Emerita of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana College; two
M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania.
CAMPUS MAP
369
6th Street S.
Ri
I
6
12
1
8
22
E
9
14
D
C
A
24
23
M
Av
J
16
S.
7th Street S.
K
15
7 1/2 Street S.
e.
25
28
27
13
10
3
L
4
B
Butler Place
B
ce
tran
t En
Wes
I-94
Interstate 94 West
Interstate 94 East
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion
2. Augsburg for Adults Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center and
Day Admissions
6. Barnes & Noble at Augsburg College
7. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication
8. Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Marketing and Communication
12. Lindell Library
13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
14. Mortensen Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. Luther Hall
25th Ave. S.
11
5
ide
23rd Ave. S.
19
C
17
21
C
20
26
22nd Ave. S.
18
rs
7
7th Street S.
F
ve
24th Ave. S.
2
21st Ave. S.
20th Ave. S.
G
29
H
Riv
ers
ide
/25
th A
ve.
Ex
Disability access
it
19. Old Main
20. Anderson Hall
21. Quad
22. Science Hall
23. Public Safety Communications Center
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Melby Hall
26. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
27. Urness Hall
28. Kennedy Center
29. Oren Gateway Center
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C. Commuter Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/Resident Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Faculty/Staff Parking
J. Faculty/Staff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
M. U of M, Fairview Parking Ramp
2/2008
370
CAMPUS LOCATION
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the North—
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 22nd Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain
major events on campus during evenings
and weekends, parking is also available in
the commuter and visitor lots.
I-94 East from Minneapolis—
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 22nd Avenue South.
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
I-94 West from St. Paul—
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
I-35W from the South—
Follow the I-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
Augsburg College is located near two
Metro Transit Light Rail stations: the
Cedar-Riverside station and the Franklin
Avenue station. In addition to light rail,
four Metro Transit bus lines keep Augsburg
easily accessible to the greater metropolitan area: routes 2, 7, 19, and 24. For more
information about Metro Transit schedules
and routes, call 612-373-3333 or go online
to <www.metrotransit.org>.
Index
Augsburg College, as affirmed in
its mission, does not discriminate
on the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, national or ethnic
origin, age, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance,
or disability in its education
policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs,
athletic and/or school
administered programs, except
in those instances where religion
is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College
is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to
its employees and its students.
372
INDEX
A
B
About Augsburg 10, 19
Academic Advising 41
Academic Calendar 4-7, 54
Academic Divisions 56
Academic Excellence Scholarships 33
Academic Information 53
Academic Internships 69, 99
Academic Policies and Procedures 73
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 93
Academic Skills Office 42
Access Center 44
Accessibility 19
Accounting 127-130
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 18, 19
Achievement Scholarships 34
Admissions 15, 21-25
Administrative Officers of the College 340
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 91
Advanced Transfer Students 79, 82
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 47
American Indian Studies 100-104
American Indian Student Services 46
American Sign Language 235
Anderson Hall 15, 50
Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center
40
Application Procedures 22-23, 32
Applied Economics 163
Architecture Minor 106
Art 104-111
Art and Architectural History 109-111
Art History 105
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 46
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 91-92
Associate in Ministry 309
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 10, 60, 62
Associated Support Organizations 17
Athletic Affiliation 19
Athletics and Sports 41
Audit Fee 28, 29
Auditing Courses 90
Augsburg Abroad 63-68
Augsburg Core Curriculum 81-88, 112-114
Augsburg Experience 84-85
Augsburg First Year 84
Augsburg for Adults 13-14
Augsburg Seminar 84, 112
Augsburg Signature Curriculum 81-85, 112
Bachelor of Science (Liberal Arts
requirement modifications) 88
Beta Beta Beta 117
Biology 114-119
Board of Regents 340-341
Business (Master of Business
Administration) 71
Business Administration 120-137
Business Administration and
Economics Major 124, 163
Business Administration (Music Business
Specialization) 123, 256-257
Business Management Certificate 121
C
Calendar 4-7, 54-55
Campus Kitchen 69
Campus Location 14-15, 19, 369-370
Campus Map 369-370
Campus Ministry 38
Campus Tours 22
Canadian Program 72
Career Services 69-70
Center for Global Education 65-68, 221-233
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 42
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
68-69
Certificates 71 (MBA), 106, 121, 254, 260261
Change of Program 75
Chemistry 138-143
Chinese 235
Chapel 15, 38
Choir 269
Christensen Center 15, 40
Class Schedule 98
Classification (Class Year) 90
Clinical Laboratory Science 144-149
Coaching Certification 200
College Costs 2008-09 Day 28-29,
WEC 29
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 91
College of the Third Age 14, 15, 17, 72
Commencement 94
Commons 51
Communication Studies 149-156
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher
Licensure 60, 151, 183-184
Community Service-Learning 68-69
Community Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 319
Computational Economics 158-159
Index 373
Computational Philosophy 159, 278
Computer Science 157-161
Concert Band 269
Connections Courses 112-113
Continuing Education Program 72
Cooper’s Coffee Shop 51
Core Curriculum 81, 84-88
Costs 28-30
Counseling 48
Counseling and Health Promotion 15, 48
Course Descriptions 97-338
Course Numbers 98
Credits 98
Crime and Deviance Concentration
(Sociology) 319
Crossover Registration 74-75
D
Dean’s List 93-94
Degree Verification 95
Degrees Offered 19, 54, 77
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 91
Departmental Honors (see each major)
Departments and Programs 97-338
Deposits 29
Development 8
Directed Study 100
Directory 8
Directory Information 52, 96
Disability Services 44-45
Dismissal 93
Discrimination Complaints 52
Divisions and Departments 56
Dormitories 15-17, 49-50
Dual Degree Programs 59, 179-180
E
Early Admission of First-years 23
Economics 162-166
Economics/Business Admin. Major 124, 163
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
290-291
Edor Nelson Field 15
Education 167-178
Education for Service 11
Education (Master of Arts) 70
Elementary Education 170-174
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 176-178
Employment 36
Engaging Minneapolis 84
Engineering 179-180
English 181-195
English Language Learners (ELL) 87, 92-93
English Placement Test 184-185
Enrollment 19
Enrollment Center 8, 74
Enrollment/Degree Verification 95
Enrollment Deposit 29
Ensembles 269
Entry-level Skills 86-87, 113
Environmental Studies 196-197
Ethnic Student Services 46-47
Evaluation and Grading 88-90
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 12, 19, 341
Experiential Education Programs 68-69
Explanation of Grades 88-90
Exploring Our Gifts (Vocation) 38
F
Facilities and Housing 15-17, 49-50
Facts and Figures 19
Faculty 14, 19, 55, 345-368
Faculty Emeriti 366-368
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 32
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 52, 95
Farsi 235
Federal Work Study Program 36
Fees 28-30
Film 152-153
Finance 131-132
Finance Certificate 121
Financial Aid 19, 32-36
Financial Policies 30-32
Fine Arts 40
Fitness Centers 49
Food Service 51
Foreign Languages (See Languages and
Cross-cultural Studies)
Forensics 151
Former Students 24, 77
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 15
Foundations of Fitness 87, 201
French 236-237
First-years 22-23
G
Gage Center for Academic Achievement 41
German 230, 237-238
Gift Assistance 35
Global Education Center 15, 65-68, 221231
Global Education Program
Courses 65-68, 221, 231
Grade Point Average 80, 90
Grading 88-90
Graduate Programs 70-71, 128
Graduation (Applying for) 79, 83, 94
Graduation Skills Requirements 88
374 Index
Graduation Requirements 77 (catalog),
79-88
Grants 35
Graphic Design Certificate 106
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 16
H
Health and Physical Education 198-204
Health Clinic Services 48-49
Health Education 198-204
Health Fitness 198-204
Health Insurance 48
Health Promotion 48-49
HECUA Courses 67-68, 231-233
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 67-68, 231-233
Hispanic/Latino Student Services Program
46
History 205-211
History of Augsburg College 10-12
Honors (Departmental—see each major)
Honors (Latin) 94
Honors Program 62, 212-216
Housing 15-17, 28, 49-50
Human Relations (Communication Studies)
150
I
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 89-90
Independent Studies 100
Information Technology Certificate 121
Information Technology Services 55-56
Inter-Institutional Programs 62-63
Inter-Race 17
Intercollegiate Athletics 41
Interdisciplinary Studies 217-218
International Baccalaureate Program (IB) 91
International Business Minor 124
International Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 123
International Business Concentration
(International Relations) 220
International Partners 67
International Relations 219-221
International Student Advising 49
International Students 24-25, 49
International Studies 221-233
Internships 69, 99-100
Intramural Athletics 41
J
Japanese 238
K
Kennedy Center 16, 49
Keystone (Senior Keystone) 85, 112
L
Languages and Cross-cultural Studies 234241
Latin Honors 94
Law and Society Concentration (Sociology)
319
Leadership (Master of Arts) 70, 128
Leadership Studies Minor 217
Leadership, Service, and Performance
Scholarships 34
Learning Disabilities (Special Education)
176-178
Learning Disabilities Program 42
LGBTQIA Support Services 47
Liberal Arts (Bachelor of Science Waiver)
88
Liberal Arts Foundation 81, 85-86
Library and Information Technology 16,
19, 55-56
Licensure (Teaching; see also individual
majors) 60, 167-178, 270-271, 312
Life Sciences 115-116
Lifetime Fitness 87-201
Lindell Library 16, 19, 55-56
Loan Assistance 35-36
Location 14-15, 19, 369, 370
Luther Hall 16, 50
Lutheran Congregational Scholarships 34
M
Majors and Minors 10, 56-60, 77, 97-338
Management Information Systems 133-135
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 122-123
Managerial Accounting 128
Many Voices Project 84
Maps 369, 370
Marketing 124 (WEC), 135-137
Marketing Communication (Communication
Studies) 150
Mass Communication and Journalism
(Communication Studies) 150
Master’s Degrees 55, 70-71, 128
Math Placement Group (MPG) 86, 244
Mathematics 242-248
McNair Scholars Program 43-44
Medical Refund 31
Medieval Studies 249-250
Melby Hall 16
Memberships 18, 19
Memorial Hall (Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall) 17
Index 375
Metro-Urban Studies 251-253
Middle East Studies Minor 217-218
Military Called to Active Duty 76
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 46
Minnesota Work Study Program 36
Minors 59, 98-338
MIS Courses 133-135
Mission Statement 10
Modern Language Skill 87
Mortensen Hall 16, 50
Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 16
Murphy’s Grill 51
Music 254-269
Music Business 123, 256-258
Music Education Major 258-259
Music Ensembles 269
Music Hall 16
Music Performance Major 259
Music Repertoire Tests 261
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification
254, 260-261
Music Therapy Major 260
N
Nabo 51
National Student Clearinghouse 95
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
270-271
Nordic Area Studies 272-273
Norwegian 239-240, 272-273
Notification of Admissions Decision 23
Numeric Grades 89
Numbering of Courses 98
Nursing 274-277
Nursing (Master of Arts) 70
O
Officers of the College 342
Official Notices 51
Ojibwe 240
Old Main 16
Orchestra 269
Oren Gateway Center 16, 50
Organizational Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 320
Organizational Communication
(Communication Studies) 150
Orientation 39
P, Q
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 47
Pan-Asian Student Services 46
Partner Hospitals Program 14, 73-75
Part-Time Students 28
Pass/No Credit 80, 88-89, 90
Pastor 38
Payments 30
Peace and Global Studies Minor 220-221
Performance Studies 267-269
Petition Process (Student Standing
Committee) 76-77
Philosophy 278-281
Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center)
44
Physical Education 198-204
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 60,
139, 270-271, 284
Physician Assistant Studies (Master of
Science) 71
Physics 282-287
Piano Proficiency Test 261
Policies 17, 19, 30-32, 51-52, 73-79, 88-90,
93-95
Political Science 288-295
Political Science/Economics teaching major
290-291
Portfolio Assessment Program 92
Pre-Law Concentration (Political Science)
289
Pre-Professional Programs 60-61
Prerequisites 99
President’s Greeting 2
Probation 93
Psychology 296-301
Psychology and Law Concentration 297
Public Accounting 128
Public Policy and Political Change in Political
Science 289, 290
Public Relations and Advertising
(Communication Studies) 150
R
Re-Admitted Students (Catalog applicability/Second majors and Degrees) 24, 77
Recitals 261
Refunds 30-31
Regents 340-341
Registration 73-75
Religion 302-311
Religious Affiliation 10-12, 19, 81, 341
Repeated Courses 90
Research Opportunities 44
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 15-17, 28, 49-50
Residence Requirements 80
Retaking courses 90
Rochester Program 13-14, 73-75
Room and Board 28
ROTC 62-63
376 Index
S
Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area
Studies)
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term 67, 231
Scholarships 33-35
Scholastic Connections 47
School Year 4-7, 19
Science Hall 16
Secondary Education 170-171, 174-175
Senior Keystone 85, 112
Service-Learning 68-69
Sigma Pi Sigma 284
Skills Requirements 80, 86-87, 88, 114
Social Psychology Concentration (Sociology)
320
Social Studies 312
Social Welfare Minor 314
Social Work 313-317
Social Work (Master of Social Work) 71
Society of Physics Students 284
Sociology 318-324
Space Physics 283
Spanish 240-241
Special Education 176-178
Special Interest Housing 50
Special Students (Non-Degree or Second
Degree) 24
Sports 41
StepUP Program 45
Student Center 40
Student-Designed Major 56-57
Student Employment 36
Student/Faculty Ratio 19
Student Government 38-39
Student Life 38-52
Student Rights 51-52, 95
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 51
Student Standing Committee 76-77
Student Support Services (TRIO) 43
Student Teaching Abroad 68, 167
Studio Art 104-109
Study Abroad 63-68, 221-233
Summer Session 8, 63
Supervisory Management (Communication
Studies) 150
Support Programs 41-49
Sverdrup Hall 16
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 17
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 60, 167-178, 270-271, 312
Test Scores 22
Theatre Arts 304-312
Theatre Practicums 305-306, 311-312
Transcripts 22, 23, 29
Transfer Students 22-24, 77-79
TRIO Program 43-44
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 28-30
U
Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity (URGO) 44
Unofficial Withdrawal 31-32
Urban Studies 251-253
Urness Hall 17, 50
V
Veterans 95
Vocation 38, 81
W
Weekend College 13-14, 23, 29-30, 73-75
Withdrawal From College 30-32, 75-76
Women’s Resource Center 40-41
Women’s Studies 335-338
Work Study Program 36
Writing Concentration 182, 183
X, Y, Z
Youth and Family Ministry Major 301-302,
309-311
Show less
from the President
I hope you are looking a t this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession and role to which you fee... Show more
from the President
I hope you are looking a t this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession and role to which you feel called,
and a confident sureness that you have rightly
chosen Augsburg as the community in which to
spend the next several years of your life.
If you're dipping into this volume to
figure out who and what Augsburg College is
and what education it offers, welcome to these
pages! May they convey the fundamental
character of our mission: to provide an education
especially serviceable in the contemporary world
because it has been designed in the midst of and
in
full contact with the critical social, economic,
Y
religious, and political phenomena of the modern
3
city. This education, however practical and pro6
fessional, will be serviceable over the long haul
only to the degree that it respects and pursues
certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it
is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself.
O
.?
h
The study you are undertaking at Augsburgdr thinking of undertaking-will occur on a
small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare
and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
k you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and in
which new destinations are reachable.
Bon voyage!
William V. Frame
President
5 2000-2001 ACADEMIC
CALENDAR,
DAYPROCRAM
Fall Term 2000
Summer........................................Freshman registration
Sept. 3-5/Sun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation
Sept. 6Ned. ................................ Upper-class validation
Sept. 6Ned. ................................ Classes begin
Sept. 1UTues. ...........................
Last day to register
Sept. 1UTues. .............................. Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Mid-term break (one day only)
Oct. 27/Fri. ..................................
Nov. 3/Fri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option
Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 10/Fri. ..................................
Nov. 13-Dec. l/Mon.-Fri. ............Interim registration
Nov. 13-Dec. l/Mon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration
Nov. 23Rhurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 27/Mon. .............................. Classes resume
Dec. 15Eri. .................................. Classes end
Dec. 18-21/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Interim Term 2001
.... ....... h t e r i m classes begin
Jan. 3 N e d .....................
Jan. 41Thurs. ................................ Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 1UFri. ................................. Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Jan. 15/Mon. ................................ Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (holiday)
Jan. 26/Fri. ................................... Classes end
Spring Term 2001
Jan. 30Rues.. ................................ Classes begin
Feb. 5/Mon................................. Last day to register
Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
Feb. 5/Mon...................................
on record
Mar. 19/Mon. ............................... Mid-term break
Mar. 26/Mon. ............................... Classes resume
Apr. 6Eri...................................... Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 1UThurs............................... Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 13/Fri..................................... break
Apr. 171Tues. ................................ Classes resume
Apr. 23-May 4/Mon.-Fri. .............Early registration for fall
May 11Eri.................................... C l a s s end
May 14-17/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
May 2O/Sun. .................................BaccalaureatdComencement
TENTATIVE-CONSULT THE 2001-2002 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC
REGISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES
Fall Term 2001
Summer.. ....................................Freshman registration
Sept. 2-4/Sun.-Tues. .....................New student orientation
Sept. 51Wed. .................................Upper-class validation
Sept. 51Wed. .................................Classes begin
Sept. 1l/Tues. ...............................Last day to register
Sept. llnues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 26/Fri....................................M i d - e m break (one day only)
Nov. UFri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 9/Fri. ....................................Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 12-Nov. 30A4on.-Fri. ......... ..Interim registration
Nov. 12-Nov. 30A4on.-Fri............Spring term registration
Nov. 2 n h u r s . .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 26A4on. ...............................Classes resume
Dec. 14/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 17-2OA4on.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Interim Term 2002
Jan. N e d . ................................. ..Interim classes begin
Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
Jan. 3nhurs. ................................
notation on record
Jan. 11/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Jan. 21/Mon. ................................ Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (holiday)
Jan. 25/Fri. ...................................Classes end
Spring Term 2002
Jan. 291Tues................................. .Classes begin
Feb. 4/Mon. .................................. Last day to register
Feb. 4Mon ................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 25Non. ...............................M i d - t e r m / break begins
Apr. n u e s . ................................. .Classes resume
Apr. 8/Mon................................... Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 1UFri....................................s t day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 22-May 3/Mon.-Fri. .............Early registration for fall
May 10/Fri....................................Classes end
May 13-16/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
May 19/Sun. ................................. BaccalaureatdCommencement
Fall Term 2000
June 12 .......................................
Aug. 18 ........................................
Registration begins
Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Sept. 15 ........................................Registration ends
Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
Sept. 18 ........................................
notation on record
Last day to change grade option
Oct. 16 ................
Last day to withdraw from class
Oct. 30 ....................................
Class weekends: Sept. 15-17, Sept. 29-Oct. 1, Oct. 13-15, Oct 27-29, Nov. 3-5, Nov. 17-19,
Dec. 1-3. Dec. 15-17
Winter Term 2001
Nov. 6 .......................................
Dec. 8 ..........................................
Jan. 5 ...........................................
Jan. 8 ........................................
Feb. 5 ........................................
Feb. 19 .....................................
Registration begins
Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
.
.
Registration ends
..Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
notation on record
Last day to change grade option
Last day to withdraw from class
Class weekends: Jan. 5-7, Jan. 19-21, Feb. 2-4, Feb. 16-18, Mar. 2-4, Mar. 16-18,
Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Apr. 6-8
Spring Term 2001
Feb. 12 ........................................
Mar. 30 ........................................
Registration begins
Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
.Restration ends
Apr. 20 .......................................
Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
Apr. 23 .......................................
notation on record
May 21 ..................................... . a day to change grade option
June 4 .......................................... L a day to withdraw from class
Class weekends: Apr. 20-22, May 4-6, May 18-20, June 1-3, June 8-10, June 22-24,
June 29-July 1
T e n t a t i v ~ o n s u lthe
t 2001-2002 weekend college class schedule or Weekend
College program office for changes
Fall Term 2001
Class weekends: Sept. 7-9, Sept. 21-23, Oct. 5-7, Oct. 19-21, Nov. 2-4, Nov. 16-18,
Nov. 30-Dec. 2, Dec. 14-16
Winter Term 2002
Class weekends: Jan. 4-6, Jan. 18-20, Feb. 1-3, Feb. 15-17, Mar. 1-3, Mar. 15-17,
Mar. 22-24, Apr. 5-7
Spring Term 2002
Class weekends: Apr. 19-21, Apr. 26-28, May 10-12, May 17-19, May 31-June 2,
June 14-16, June 28-30
Area Code
612
Academic Advising..................................................................................................... .330.1025
Academic and Learning Services ................................................................................
330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001
Toll-free number ...............................................................................( 8 0 0 ) 788-5678
AlumniParent Relations ....................................................................................3 3 0 - 1 178
Toll-free number .......................................................................................8 0 0 ) 260-6590
Athletics ......................................................................................................................330-1243
Career Services ....................................................................................................
3 3 0 - 1162
College PastorICampus Ministry ................................................................................330-1732
Public Relations & Communication ....................................................................... 3 3 0 1 180
ConferencdEvents Coordinator ........................................................................... 3 3 0 - 1 107
Development (financial gifts to the College) .............................................................330-1613
Toll-free number ........................................................................................( 8 0 0 273-0617
Enrollment and Financial Service Center ...................................................................330-1046
Facilities Management ..............................................................................................
..330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ............................................................<...
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000
Master of Arts in Leadership Program ........................................................................330-1786
Master of Arts in Nursing .........................................................................................330-1204
Master of Social Work Program ,................................................................................. 330-1307
Human Resources .......................................................................................................
330-1058
Interim Office ............................................................................................................. 330-1 150
Lost and Found ......................... .
.
.
.......................................................................
330-1000
President ......................................................................................................................
330-1212
Registrar ......................................................................................................................
330-1036
Residence Life (Housing)........................................................................................3 0 1 0 9
Student Activities .....................................................................................................
330-1111
Student Government ...................................................................................................
330-11 10
Summer School ..........................................................................................................
.330-1787
Weekend College ........................................................................................................
Mailing Address:
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Web Site:
www.augsburg.edu
330-1782
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively
Emphasis on values, perspectives,
experience, and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg cuniculum-the College's
general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses
requiring students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western
Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human
Identity the Social World, Christian Faith,
The City, Aesthetics, and the Natural World.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you
for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical
thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to
name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majorsor you can create your own major either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 55 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows students to take courses on other
campuses without charge while a full-time
student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes
Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine,
Hamline University, Macalester College,
and the University of St. Thomas.
Through the Weekend College
Program, 14 majors are offered.
MISSION STATEMENT
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the mission of the College:
To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
-
About Augsburg 1
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr.
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's theme
for over 125 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education
for Service."
In the 18905, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church.
-
2 About Augsburg
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice
Arena, and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a cuniculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William \! Frame became president
in August 1997. He has initiated a strategic
planning process intended to idennfy the
distinguishing marks of the Augsburg education-in both pedagogy and substance-and
a restructuring effort intended to improve
operating efficiencies and open access for the
College to new sources of capital.
Augsburg also offers graduate and
undergraduate level nursing courses as
well as supporting degree courses through
its Rochester Program based in Rochester,
Minnesota.
In 1999, a new apartment-style student
residence opened. Major renovation of
Sverdrup Hall created space for the
Enrollment and Financial Services Center,
the Women's Resource Center, and the
Honors Program Suite; a skyway link to
Lindell Library was constructed.
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great memopolitan center.
There are now almost 16,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to undergraduate liberal
arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's
degree programs in social work, leadership,
nursing, and physician assistant training
(after May 2001).
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg's Weekend College program
provides an educational alternative to
adults who desire college experience but
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a baccalaureate
degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more
areas of the liberal arts.
-
About Augsburg 1
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today with more than 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 14 majors,
Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest
program of its kind in the state. Faculty in
Weekend College are full-time Augsburg
professors as well as adjunct professionals.
The Weekend College student body is
involved in student government, and students participate in academic and extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations.
A Community of Learners
Augsburg Weekend College continues
to develop to meet the needs of the adult
and nontraditional student.
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal degree
and all consider teaching to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but these support
and are secondary to their teaching. They
are actively involved in a dynamic faculty
development program that introduces
them to current thought in many fields,
but especially in teaching and learning
techniques and theories.
The Adult as Learner
Augsburg Weekend College is based on
the assumption that students who enroll in
the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a
combination of classroom experience and
individual study. Each course is divided
into periods of concentrated on-campus
study separated by time for independent
study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this learning format,
classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either
Friday evening, Saturday morning,
Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon.
Laboratory sections or additional class
hours may be scheduled during the week.
Weekend College students may take from
one to four courses each term. Selected
courses are also available on weekday
evenings and are open to both day and
Weekend College students. The academic
year for Weekend College is divided into
three trimesters.
Essential to the goals of Augsburg's
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of
College facilities such as Lindell Library
and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and
dramatic presentations and athletic events.
Weekend College Faculty
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical
complexes-Fai~ew-University Medical
Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with
-
4 About Augsburg
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Comers theatre district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunneVramp1skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck,
Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication.
Office of Undergraduate
Admissions-The central Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located at
628 Zlst Avenue South and provides
offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their
parents.
Offices of the American Indian
Student Services Program and PanAfrikan Student Services ProgramLocated in Murphy Place, these programs
provide support services and information to
American Indian and African American students.
Anderson Hall (1 993)-Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students
and the Physician Assistant Program.
Anderson-Nelson Athletic FieldThe athletic field, located at 725 23rd
Avenue South, is the playing and practice
field of many of the Augsburg teams.
An air-supported dome covers the field
during the winter months, allowing yearround use.
Christensen Center (1967)-The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
and offices for student government and
student publications.
East Hall-Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication
(1 988)-The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry and
the drama and communication offices. The
Foss Center's lower level is home to the
Academic Skills Center, which includes the
Learning Skills Office, the Center for
Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS) Program, the Groves Computer
Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center, and
the John Evans Learning Laboratory.
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni
Center-Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center houses the Office of Alumni
and Parent Relations and is located at 624
Zlst Avenue South.
-
About Augsburg 1
Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
The JamesC. Lindell Family Library
(1997)-This four-level brick structure
opened during the 1997-98 academic year.
As the library and information technology
center, it houses all library functions and
brings together the computer technology
resources of the College. It is located on
the block of campus bordered by 22nd and
2lst Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and
Seventh St.
Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the fitness center, and general
auditorium purposes.
Mortensen Hall (1 973)-Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1 964)-This
facility provides offices for the Center for
Global Education and a resource room for
those interested in global issues. The
Office of Academic Programs Abroad is
also located here.
Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
New Hall (1999)-A three-story
apartment complex along 20th Ave.,
between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors
and seniors in units from efficiencies to
two-bedroom suites.
Old Main (1900)-Home for the
modem languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Public Relations & Communication
House-The public relations and publications offices for the College are located at
709 23rd Avenue South.
Science Hall (1 949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
registrar's office, student financial services,
and the business offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)-Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains the Academic Advising Center,
Weekend College, and the Office of
Continuing Education as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)-Named in honor
of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, this tower
provides living quarters for 324 students.
Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their
own lounge, study, and utility areas.
-
5 About Augsburg
W YOUTH AND FAMILY INSTITUTE
OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The institute is designed to help
churches better serve the changing needs
of youth and families. The institute offers
an undergraduate academic program, as
well as seminar/workshops, a resource tenter, and counseling services locally, nationally, and internationally.
W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to
the programs listed below, the College is
also home to the College of the Third Age.
Richard R. Green Institute for
Teaching and Learning-Named for the
late Augsburg alumnus Richard Green,
who served as superintendent of schools
in both Minneapolis and New York City,
the Green Institute is a collaboration
between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul school districts.
Its goal is to improve the outcomes of students, especially in urban areas, through
systemic changes in K-12 education practices as well as higher education teacher
training programs.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
2lst Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (M MEP)-The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs
that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East
Hall.
H POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
(612) 330-1023.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
-
About Augsburg 1;
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society
Council on Social Work Education
(B.S.W. and M.S.W.)
National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
National League for Nursing
Committee for Accreditation of Allied
Health Programs (Physican Assistant
Program)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*North Central Association of College and
Schools Commission on Institutions of Higher
Education, (312) 263-0456;
<www.nca-cihe.org>
IsAUGSBURG
COLLEGE
FACTSAND FIGURES
Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 9 percent represent other
Protestant denominations, and 19 percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation-North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Committee for
Accreditation of Allied Health
Educational Programs. Approved by the
American Chemical Society. Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and the National League for
Nursing.
Member-Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, as described
on page 17.
W
Financial Aid--Over 84 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
W
Library-Over 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consomum. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
W
School Year-Semesters from
September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with
January Interim. Two summer school
sessions. Augsburg Weekend Collegetrimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program-trimesters,
September to June.
W
Majors-More than 50 majors in 23
departments.
W
Off-Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), lnternational Partners, Upper
Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE), and extensive
cooperative education and internship
programs.
W
Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
W
Policy--Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Enrollment (Fall 1999-2000)-3,053
students from 41 countries.
Graduates-16,000 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 1999.
Student/Faculty Ratio-16 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 15-20.
Campus-17 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
Degrees Granted-B.A.,
M.A., M.S., M.S.W.
B.S.. B.M.,
n
w
n
n
n
4 0 , 3 4 3
V)
- UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS
!O
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We
want people whocan benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community, and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
The College selects students on individual
merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual
orientation, or age.
Visit t h e Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and families with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-(612) 330-1001
or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including Saturday mornings during the
school year). The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions is located on the comer of
Seventh Street and 2lst Avenue South in
Minneapolis. (Please call first.)
For Weekend College Admission information, call (612) 330-1743.
BPPLICATION
PROCEDUR~
DAY PROGRAM FREbHMEN
Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee.
T r a n s c r i p S A n official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. General
Education Development (G.E.D.) scores
may be presented instead of the high
school transcript.
Test Scores-Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT are also accepted. It will suffice if
test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
Additional Information-If there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Two academic recommendations are required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
-
-
-
Undergraduate ~dmissions 2'
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may also defer a decision on a candidate's
admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester's
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions D e c i s i o b
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100"
tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may
be requested in writing to the director of
financial aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$loo* tuition deposit. Those students who
wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $200 housing deposit.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants,
submit two academic recommendations
from their high school faculty, and arrange
a personal interview with the director of
undergraduate admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the
Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for specific
information.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 nonrefundable application fee to the
Augsburg Weekend College Admissions
Office.
Transcripts-Have official transcripts
from all previous postsecondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office. Applicants with
less than one year of previous tranferable
college work should also have their official
high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented instead of the
high school transcript.
Additional Information-If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed peronally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admis-
-
' 2 Undergraduate Admissions
sion decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or w-riting samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision
-Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily
completed at accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer
coursework from two-year colleges once a
student has reached junior status. Students
may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year
colleges. Once a student reaches junior
status, no additional credits will transfer
from two-year institutions toward the
minimum of 33 credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. These courses can,
however, be used to meet liberal arts and
major requirements.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work for
admission to the College.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the registrar's office
based upon the official student
transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires
approval of the department. The major or
minor department may require certain
courses or a minimum number of courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Students transfemng from the
Minnesota State University and College
System who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and
have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA
or higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1. Admission will be with junior standing
following the MN Transfer Curriculum. A
maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent
courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter
credits from a community college) will be
accepted once junior status is reached. No
additional courses may be transferred from
a community college.
2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement
-
Undergraduate Admissions 23
One graduation skill writing course in
the major
College algebra or Math Placement
Group 3
One lifetime sport
3. Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application
to majors. Some Augsburg majors require
additional prerequisite coursework beyond
the A.A. degree. Also, the physician assistant major requires a cumulative GPA
higher than 2.5. Students are advised to
consult major departments for major
requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission
by the Admissions Committee after August
15 for entry in fall semester or January 15
for entry in spring semester.
FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar's office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DECREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
-
24 Undergraduate Admissions
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See
International Student Advising on page
48.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1for fall, Dec. 1 for spring.
For more information, call
(612) 330-1001 or (800) 788-5678
(toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
A,
1 students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service) ....................$ 2,680
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2000-01 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
............$ 15,974
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2000. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester. The
charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts, and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 1,726
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester andlor an
Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for
that course.
630
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
lifetime sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
..................$
2,640
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
..................$
2,566
....................$
2,336
Student Activity Fee ................$
150
Flex 5 point plan
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only)
..................$
16
Information Technology Fee ..$
200
OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) .....................................
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) .....................
Registration Change after first five
days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combination
at one time) ................................
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ..............
-
Financial Information 2;
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ................. ,3324
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) .................. $ 66
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) ................. $130
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$250
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ........................$ 25
Nursing Comprehensive Exam ........$ 16
Nursing Credit Validation ................ $ 150
Locker Rental (commuters) .............$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
-ar
........................................... $ 108
-motorcycle ............................ ..$ 50
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ............ $
5
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file
in registrar's office)
W BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $900
per year.
W DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) .................... $
100
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only when
their enrollment is terminated. Any net
credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. For more information, contact the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit
......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated for fall or spring term by following
the conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to June 1
for fall semester or December 1 for spring
semester, the $200 deposit will be forfeited. After these dates, the student shall forfeit the full amount of the damage deposit
and shall be assessed an additional $450
for termination.
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) ...................... .$ 20
Tuition (per course) ....................... .$1,258
Tuition (per summer course 2000) ..$ 950
Technology Fee (per course) ............ .$ 25
Activity Fee (per trimester) ............. $ 9.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) ..................... $ 630
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ........................... $ 188
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning .................. $ 100
Nursing Clinical Fee ........................ $ 214
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) .............. $ 462
Late Confirmation Fee (per day) .....$ 35
Registration Change after first
class meeting (cancelladd) ........$ 10
5
Transcript Fee (first is free) ............. $
-
'8 Financial Information
PAY MENTS-DAY
PROGRAM
Semester Fees-Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment and Financial Services Center
is sent to the student from the Business
Office.
Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (2) Payment PlanUpon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the bill for each term.
PAYMENTS-WEEKEND
COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options-(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Threepayment plan: first one-third payment is
due at the start of the term; second and
third payments are due in the second and
third months of the term. (3) Employer
Reimbursement: students whose employers
reimburse them for all or part of their
tuition and fees may pay a $100 deposit
per course credit at the start of the term.
The balance, which is subject to finance
charges until paid, is due 50 days after the
last day of the term. Students on this plan
must file an employer reimbursement verification form each academic year. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse
for any reason.
FINANCIAL POLICIES
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
Absencnithdrawal from College form
available in the Academic Advising Center
or the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center. It must be filled out completely,
signed and turned in to the EFSC. Students
who properly withdraw or change to parttime, who are dismissed, or who are
released from a housing contract will have
their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor
room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100 to cover administrative costs).
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center in order to be
-
Financial Information 2!
eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do
not complete the dropladd form are
responsible for all charges. Financial aid
may be adjusted based on the student's last
recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the
dropladd form is processed.
Augsburg College Day Program
Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a
term and are not receiving Federal Title IV
financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid
includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant,
Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS
Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term.
Refund
Amount
Refund
Period
100%
Through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes
80%
From the 1l t h day through the
15th day of classes
70%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
60%
From the 2lst day through the
25th day of classes
50%
From the 26th day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
Augsburg Weekend College Program
Refund Policy: This policy applies to new
and returning Weekend College students
who drop a portion of their scheduled
course load. It also applies to students who
completely withdraw from college and do
not receive financial aid.
Refund
Amount
100%
Refund
Period
Through the first class weekend
(less a $75 administrative fee if
withdrawing from the current
term entirely)
80% Prior to the second scheduled
class meeting
60% Prior to the third scheduled class
meeting
No refund after the third scheduled
class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be
applied to the student account and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits,
etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund of any resulting credit balance
is determined. Please allow two weeks for
a refund.
The refund is a percentage of the full
tuition charged, not a percentage of any
deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits
made under the employer reimbursement
payment plan.
Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to all
Augsburg students who withdraw from all
courses during their first term at Augsburg
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan).
Tuition, fees, and room costs will be
calculated based on the pro-rated portion
of the term completed. The student may be
eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60
percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the student was not enrolled. This calculation will
use federal government guidelines.
-
10 Financial Information
Federal Return of Funds Policy: This
policy applies to returning students who
have completed at least one full term,
withdraw from all courses for the current
term, and receive federal Title IV financial
assistance (including Pel1 Grant, SEO
Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent
PLUS Loan). The Return of Funds Policy
is based on a percentage derived from the
number of days attended divided by the
number of days in the term.
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Petition Committee.
MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
all courses in a term due to illness or an
accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor
stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Office of Student
Life in Christensen Center.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure "Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid." This brochure is available
from the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center and is distributed to students on an
annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its EFSC, will help students and their families protect access to a
quality Augsburg education in a time of
increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1999-2000 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
-
Financial Information 3'
current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available
from the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center at Augsburg College or from high
school guidance counselors. Renewal
FAFSAs will be mailed to those students
who applied for assistance during the prior
school year. Be sure to include
the Augsburg College code, 002334, on
your application. Mail your application to
the processing agency after Jan. 1.
Applications must be mailed by April 15
for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to EFSC.
H WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid package
will be sent to the student. This package
includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued eligibility
Subsidized~UnsubsidizedFederal
Stafford loan application
Students complete and return one copy
of their award letter to the EFSC. In addition, the student must complete and return
the Stafford Loan application to receive
Stafford Loan funds. Applications for the
SELF Loan and the Parent PLUS Loan are
sent upon request.
H KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Vocational
Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children. and other sources.
Honor Scholarships
President's Scholarship-President's
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top
15 percent of high school rank and top 20
percent ACT/SAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15.
Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen in the top 30 percent of
either high school rank or test score who
apply and are accepted before May 1.
-
12 Financial Information
Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p
Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1.
Transfer Honor S c h o l a r s h i k
Transfer Honor Scholarships are awarded
to selected transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter (or 56
semester) credits in transfer from a
Minnesota community college or Lutheran
junior college, who apply for and are
accepted for admission by May 1. A separate application is required by April l.
Legacy Scholarship-These scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time
day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates;
siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors;
or children, grandchildren, or spouses of
long-term Augsburg employees.
Phi Theta Kappa ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84
minimum quarter (56 semester) credits
from a community college. A separate
application is required by May 1.
Science Scholarship-These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their high
school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg.
Youth and Family Ministry Partner
Scholarship-These scholarships are
awarded by the partner congregation to a
full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in Youth and Family Ministry.
Augsburg ArneriCorps
Scholarship-These scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is
August 1.
PRIME Scholarship-This is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches
scholarships with Lutheran congregations.
Separate application is required and church
funds must amve at Augsburg by October 1.
Leadership Scholarships
M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
Bonnie Wallace Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen
and transfer Asian American students with
a demonstrated record of and/or potential
for leadership. Limited to full-time day students.
HispanicILatino Leadership
Scholarshi p-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer HispanicLatino students
with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
-
Financial Information 3:
Faculty Leadership S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming freshmen
who participate in the President's
Scholarship competition.
Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 15.
Hoversten Peace ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook
and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate
application is required by February 15.
Community and Public Service
Scholarship-Awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a
demonstrated commitment to public and
community service. Separate application is
required by February 15.
Lutheran Leader S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to incoming freshmen in the top
30 percent of their high school rank or ACT1
SAT test score who have demonstrated
leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their
pastor. A separate application is required
by February 15.
NASA Scholarship-Awarded to
freshmen (only) who have excelled in the
areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high
potential in careers related to aerospace
science, technology, and allied fields.
Lutheran Brotherhood a n d Aid
Association for Lutherans-Awarded on
financial need, participation in the
Lutheran church and available funds. The
AAL scholarship recipients must also have
an AAL policy.
Gift Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant-These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracumcular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center for accepted
enrollment patterns.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines maximum grant for
2000-01 is $3,300.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian Scholarship--Bureau of
Indian Affairsnribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairsnribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Support Program. American Indian grants
supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
-
14 Financial Information
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan-A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000
($40,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1.
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan-A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus other aid).
Repayment begins within 60 days of check
disbursement at a variable interest rate not
to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms
are available at Augsburg College EFSC or
the lending institution.
-
Financial Information 3!
The Student Educational Loan
Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education
Services Office. Applications are available
from the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year,
juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th
month after you leave school. There are
no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on need and potential competence
in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15
hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program a n d Minnesota State Work
Study Program-Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty staff, and
friends, offers more than 400 sponsored
scholarships.
All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic
achievement, financial need, and selection
criteria established by the donor. A list of
scholarships follows.
Note: For a complete description of
Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of the
Scholarship Catalog Supplement from the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
*Indicates endowed scholarships
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational
Foundation Scholarships
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
John and Martha C. Fahlberg Scholarship*
E. W. Hallet Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland
Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
The Jostens Foundation, Inc.
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships*
Financial Information
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Northern States Power Company
Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship*
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
Rutherford L. and Audrey M. Sander
Scholarship*
Senior Challenge Endowment Fund*
Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
John Andrew Adam Memorial
Scholarship*
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Alne-Swensen Scholarship*
American Indian Scholarship*
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund*
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship*
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
Dain Rauscher Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial
Scholarship*
Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
Julian F! Foss Scholarship*
The Grace Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund*
Hormel Foods Company Scholarship
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
King Harald Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Karen Neitge Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Nonvest Foundation Scholarship
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0. Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Pederson Samuelson Scholarship*
Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial
Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship*
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Financial Information 3;
Short-Term Programs Endowed Scholarship
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Student Government Alumni Scholarship
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
W MULTlCULTURAL/INTERNATIONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
CBS Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial
Scholarship*
Kerridgehlueller American Indian
Scholarship
James M. Kingsley American Indian
Scholarship*
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship*
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarships*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
Students of Color Scholarship Fund*
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
Women of the ELCA Native Women's
Achievement Award*
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Class of 1998 Scholarship*
Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Marina Christensen Justice Memorial
Fund*
Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship for
Leadership in Public and Community
Service*
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
W
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology
Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
-
18 Financial Information
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Famers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship*
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship*
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship*
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship*
Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship*
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship*
Nancy Joubert Raymond Scholarship*
David Winsor Memorial Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Murphy Square Literary Award*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. l? A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Foreign Language
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language
Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel
Scholarship*
Health-Education
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship*
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota
Scholarship
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship*
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Bertha E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship*
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0 . J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Mathematics and Computer Science
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship*
Mathematics Scholarship
Robert Wick Scholarship*
-
Financial Information 3
Music
Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship*
Centennial Singers Scholarship*
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Majorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship*
Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
Carol Halverson Hearn Violin Scholarship*
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Orville and Gertrude Hognander
Scholarship
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for
Excellence in Music*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Susan Halverson Mahler Viola
Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship*
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship*
Noms Memorial Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial
Scholarship*
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
Sampson Music Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
String Scholarships
Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship*
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Nordic Area Studies
Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physical Education
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
Physics
Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
10 Financial Information
Religion and Christian Service
Scholarships
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship*
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom
Scholarship*
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship*
Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship*
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Elias E Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial
Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship*
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Pastor Carl 0 . and Edith W Nelson
Memorial Scholarship*
Onesirnus Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Ronholm Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship*
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Cornrnunication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
ArtsReligion Scholarship*
5 3TUDENT LIFE
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights,
and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student Government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Elections
are held in the spring for the next year.
Freshmen elect their representatives in the
fall of their first year. Many kinds of
involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact
the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level
of the Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and
organizations that serve the student community Hundreds of major programming
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment, and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (the gameroom and student lounge)
is a popular hangout located in the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests
meet here. Student offices in this area
include the College newspaper, the Echo;
the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student
Government; and the Augsburg Student
Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the
needs of Augsburg and the surrounding
Cedar-Riverside community, is located in
Urness Tower.
FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
H INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MLAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
track and field, and golf.
During 1999-2000, Augsburg men's and
women's athletics marked the 75th
anniversary of intercollegiate competition.
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 47.)
-
14 Student Life
Augsburg's mission focuses on student
learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student
learning, the student and academic affairs
offices work to bring together the student
learning found in the classroom with the
activities of experiential education and
work, residence life, and the learning
resources of the library and information
technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal
academic programs and requirements are
described on page 55.
ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER
The Academic Skills Center, located in
Room 171 of Foss Center, is designed to
offer students study-skills assistance so
that they may achieve academic success.
The center assists students in improving
their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and
comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic
testing is also available to assess skills in
reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will
assist students in developing effective and
efficient study skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and
sophomore-level courses. The center also
notifies students of tutoring labs available
and coordinates supplementary instruction
sessions, in which tutors attend the classes
and lead discussions after class on major
concepts of the course.
The John Evans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing, and mathematics
through the use of computer software, as
well as to review and prepare software for
tests such as PPST, MCAT, LSAT, and GRE.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) Program serves
over 200 students and is recognized as a
leader in supporting college students with
disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a
high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning,
physical, and psychiatric disabilities who
demonstrate the ability and willingness to
participate in college-level learning.
The CLASS staff includes five learning
disabilities specialists and a physical disabilities specialist who meet individually
with students to assist them with advising
and registration, academic support services, learning strategies, self-advocacy
skills, organization and time management,
and determining appropriate accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, notetaking services, taped textbooks, adaptive
technology, such as dictation and voice
recognition software, a scanner, CCW,
Braille printer, adaptive keyboards, and
computer assistance.
This level of individualized, academic
support is possible through an endowment
from the Gage Family, which allows the
CLASS Program to provide specialized services to its students, especially those with
learning disabilities.
-
Student Life 4.
The Groves Computer Lab is designed
for students with disabilities and contains
computers and adaptive equipment to
assist them in their academic progress.
The campus is accessible to students
with physical disabilities and includes a
skyway tunnel elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Modified and
accessible rooms are available in all residence halls.
For more information, please contact
the CLASS Program at (612) 330-1053 to
request a copy of the CLASS brochure and
video and/or to schedule an appointment
with a specialist.
STEPUP PROGRAM
The mission of the StepUP Program at
Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives
to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing
study and living skills that support them in
their academic progress toward a degree;
and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety.
TUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAb
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Services
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Indian students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to navigate successfully
Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program
Assists with application process
Helps students secure financial aid
Nurtures students' identification as an
American Indian
Provides opportunities for students to
learn about their heritage
Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American
Indian culture
Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
Other components of the program are:
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American
Indian teachers in these districts. Funded
by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990,
this project is designed as a special grant
and loan forgiveness program. Students
who are awarded state teaching licensure
may then apply for loan forgiveness. For
each year the student teaches, one fifth of
the loan will be forgiven.
-
45 Student Life
Anishinabe Library Project: Over
1,000 books, a variety of journals and
scholarly publications, research materials,
American Indian magazines and newspapers, and over 125 VHS videos are housed
in the Lindell Library and at the American
Indian Student Services office. The library
project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States.
PAN ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
support services, performs academic advising, personal and career counseling and
advocacy for students of Afrikan descent
and enables their learning experience to be
interactive. PAC supports and advises the
Pan Afrikan Student Union (PASU), the
Hawthorne House (a Pan-Afrikan residence
life community), and the Pan-Afrikan
Alumni Council (PAAC). PAC is a clearinghouse for information regarding the
Afrikan Diaspora and maintains a network
with the Pan-Afrikan community.
The Pan Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the Pan-Afrikan
Student Services office, as is the PanAfrikan Center.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The HispanicLatino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
The Pan Asian Student Association
(PASA) is affiliated with the program. The
association carries out various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asian and other students at Augsburg.
PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent. The
Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) serves by supporting the learning of students of Afrikan
descent and utilizing their diversity and
history to enhance the educational experience of the Augsburg community. PAC provides recruiting, builds retention, offers
HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic1
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
-
Student Life 4:
HEALTH INSURANCE
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Augsburg College does not require that
students have or show proof of health
insurance, with the exception of international students and students who participate in intercollegiate athletics.
Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of
trained, experienced counselors.
Counselors serve as advocates providing
support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
The College offers basic health care services to students with or without health
insurance through a contract with UFPSmiley's Clinic. These services are limited.
Emergency services of any kind are not
covered through the contract between
Augsburg and Smiley's Clinic. If a student
is not covered by a health insurance plan,
they may purchase a student policy.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993
and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair
steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic
workout machines. It includes a weight
room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may
use the center.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
FITNESS CENTER
8
Student Life
International students receive assistance
in meeting their educational objectives
through advising on academic concerns,
immigration and visa requirements, tax
information, practical matters, and personal concerns.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the beginning of the term that provides practical
information on housing, banking, using
local transportation, and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S.
educational system, intercultural communication theory, and how to adjust to life at
Augsburg.
(Also see English as a Second Language
on page 81.)
The Cross Cultural Club works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its
international students and students with
experience overseas to engage the college
community on world issues. This is done
through faculty, staff, and student development programs that include intercultural
communication seminars, International
Student Week, and sponsorship of forums
and international issues.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 60 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 63.)
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center and Christensen
Center. With just under 900 students living on campus, most students and faculty
greet each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who
live on campus are more likely to complete
their degrees. Residence life staff are on
hand to help students become acquainted
with life at Augsburg thorugh social and
educational events. They are also ready to
assist students who need help or friendship.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun and leadership.
Research indicates that students living in
residence halls earn higher grades and gain
greater satisfaction during their college
career. Numerous events are planned to
welcome students to the community,
including dances, movie nights, coffee
house concerts and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Halls to
Christensen Center keeps students out of
the weather on the way to class.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
-
Student Life 4s
June 1,as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after June 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
Urness Hall-All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Hall. This 9-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens
are not provided. Some single rooms are
available.
Mortensen Hall-This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted, air conditioned, and contains
kitchen units. It is furnished with beds and
dressers.
Anderson Hall-Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds,
dressers, and desks.
who are interested in creating a
livingearning environment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-Up.
FOOD SERVICE
Commons-Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. Food portions are
generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat
their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's-Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
New Hall-Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two and four bedroom apartments with full
kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs
are provided. Underground parking is
available at an additional cost. Meal plans
are optional. This building is designed to
provide an environment for juniors and
seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action,
grievances, and grade appeals. These are
in the Student Guide.
Special Interest Housing-Special
Interest Housing is available to students
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
-
50 Student Life
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar's office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available from the
Office of Academic and Learning Services.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
83 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and
administration) at Augsburg. This means
that faculty or others cannot write letters
of support/recommendation or nominate
students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-"directory information." It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial
Hall 19, (612) 330-1023.
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin).
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Title IX (for matters based on sex or
marital status)
Employment
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 221 1
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Student Guide. Copies are available
from the Office of Academic and Learning
Services.
,-
Ili
-,
e r r ~ u l u ~ t
I -'
u m ~ a < ,
,,, ,Quick Check ~
- ACADEMIC
'L
INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cuniculum introduces students to
the breadth and complexity of knowledge
and culture.
Required courses in Christian Faith are
designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning
of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts in leadership, master of arts
in nursing, the master of science in physician assistant studies, and the master of
social work degrees.
ters of approximately 14 weeks, separated
by a four-week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four course credits
each semester and one course during
Interim. Day school freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term. (See
Registration on page 66 and Calendars on
pages 4-7.) January Interim is particularly
intended to be a time for both students
and faculty to employ different styles of
teaching and learning, and to investigate
questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term. The
Interim catalog, published in the fall of
each year, is distributed to all students and
is available by contacting the Interim
Office. In addition to classes offered on
campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel
opportunities within the United States and
abroad.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for three and one-half to four hours.
Students may take from one to four classes
each term.
H ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College are the same as their day
program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and majors.
The Augsburg day program follows the
4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semes-
~ u ~ s b offers
u r ~two summer school sessions. A maximum of three course credits
-
Academic lnformation 5:
can be earned in the two summer sessions
each year, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Office of Summer School.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar (see Graduate Programs
on page 65.)
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or other terminal degree, and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting
their teaching. They are actively involved
in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current
thought in many fields, but especially in
teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot
facility houses all library and information
technology functions of the College. In
addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the
Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections
and archives, a curriculum library and
instructional technology lab, library
instruction classroom, and facilities for
media viewing and listening. A bridge links
the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which has undergone renovation to house the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center, as well as additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms, a
lounge and vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop
computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the
building to access these resources.
lnformation Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit
Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu>
for more on IT at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There
are desktop machines in two computer
-
;4 Academic Information
labs and five computer classrooms, as well
as 100 laptops that can be checked out at
the IT Service Center for use in the library.
Other machines are available for student
use within academic departments. A campus-wide network offers a full range of network services including printing, e-mail,
newsgroups, the World Wide Web, and
access to resources available via Gopher,
Telnet, and FTP Appropriately equipped
student-owned machines can also be connected to the network to provide access
from dormitory rooms. (Also see Honors
Computing and Communications Lab
under Honors Program on page 59.)
Media Resources
Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and
films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication
within the limits set by copyright law is
available. The library supplies TV sets,
VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape
recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-,
filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as
screens and carts. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center.
Telecommunications
A campus-wide telecommunications
system enables easy and convenient voice
communication between students, faculty,
and staff. Students can leave voice mail
messages with any member of the faculty,
administration or the staff; voice mail
or call waiting are available to resident
students at a modest cost. Long-distance
service, billed to individual students,
can be arranged for any on-campus
residence phone.
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
(AAC)
The Academic Advising Center advises
all incoming students with undeclared
majors, provides information on matters of
general education, administers and tracks
all entry level skills assessments, interprets
catalog and graduation skills requirements,
and advises students who have been placed
on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The AAC also provides materials
for organizing and recording student academic progress. The center also coordinates
assessments and advising for the summer
orientation program, and provides in-service training and development for faculty
advisers.
AUGSBURG SEMINAR (AUG 101)
The Augsburg Seminar is a first-year
success course. It reflects the College's
commitment to a meaningful introduction
to college for our students-an enriching
beginning for a college career. To provide
focus for this introduction, the Augsburg
Seminar is linked to one or more content
courses to form a cohort of learners.
Course content is reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions, and other
seminar activities. Diversity, tradition,
change, ways of knowing, and what it
means to be an educated person are common themes. (Also see page 94.)
-
Academic Information 5:
e day program if they wish. They may
~ l t as
e many courses as possible through
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College cumculum is offered by 23
departments that are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities-Joan Griffin (Chair).
Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communication/theatre arts, College librarians.
Natural Science and
Mathematics-Ken Erickson (Chair).
Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer
science, physics, physician assistant studies.
Social and Behavioral SciencesGany Hesser (Chair). Business administration/accounting/MIS, economics, history,
political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies-Rosemary Link
(Chair). Education, health and physical
education, music, nursing, social work.
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the
end of the fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and
minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors
are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
Students may contact the registrar
about creating a student-designed major.
1
Majors shaded in blue are offered
through both the day program and
Weekend College. Weekend College students may choose a major offered only in
Weekend College, then finish the major a
a day program student. A change of program is allowed once each academic year.
Transdisciplinary Majors
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the transdisciplinary major. This major enables students
to respond to a particular career interest.
While such an individually developed
major may satisfy the particular interest of
a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate
study or pre-professional programs in some
academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a transdisciplinary major are to observe the
following:
A. The major program should include
at least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the College.
B. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end
of his or her sophomore year. Contract
forms are available in the registrar's office.
C. The contract must be approved by
the student's adviser, the department chairs
of the two majors to be combined, and the
Committee on Student Standing.
AccountiG
- . --..-. .
General Accounting
Managerial ~ c c o u r i i i g
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
''1
~~~s
Administration
- EconomicsA3usiness Administration
-
;6 Academic Information
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Public Relations and Advertising
Marketing Communications
Human Relations
Supervisory Management
)mputer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
East Asian Studies
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/l3usiness Administration
Economics/Political Science Teaching
Major
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure) - - - Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information s y s t e 4
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages l
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
I
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.-Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant (becomes a graduate
program in May 2001)
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Political SciencelEconomics teaching
major
Psychology
Social Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies 1
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Crime and Community
Social Psychology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies'
mm
Accounting
gmericanmian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Film
Health Education
History
International Business
-
Academic Information 57
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies
Modern Languages 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Reli
Soci y
Social Welfare
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for day students to complete other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department.
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consortium, and Weekend students
may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the
ACTC consortium agreements.
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
=Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, and Michigan Technological University.
H OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementary/middle school
education with a subject area concentration in one of the following: math, science,
communication artsfliterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the area of concentration. Students
seeking this licensure obtain an elementary
education major with a subject area concentration. Licensure is also available in
the following middle schoolhigh school
fields: biology, chemistry, communication
artsfliterature, health, mathematics,
physics, social studies. This license prepares people to teach in grades 5-12.
Students seeking licensure in one of these
areas obtain an appropriate subject area
major and complete secondary licensure
coursework. Finally, specialist licenses are
available in art (K-12), vocal music (K-12),
instrumental music (K-12), and physical
education (K-12). This license prepares
people to teach in grades K-12. Students
seeking licensure in one of these areas also
obtain the appropriate subject area major
and complete the secondary licensure
coursework. (See Department of Education
and subject area departments for more
information)
-
58 Academic Information
Students seeking elementary licensure
have advisers in the education department.
Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure
have advisers in their subject area major
and in the education department. It is very
important that students work closely with
their advisers throughout their programs.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Academic Advising
Center early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses;
BIO 113,114,215; PHY 121,122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-See engineerifig
degree and major requirements on pages
136-137.
Pre-Law-Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO
113, 114,215,367; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476;
CHM 361.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy-Coursework in preparation for
these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
-
Academic Information 59
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following science courses
are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM
105/106 or 115/116, CHM 351/352, BIO
113, BIO 367, BIO 355, BIO 476, PHY
121/122. Other non-science courses are
also required.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior
year. Students graduate from the Honors
Program upon successful completion of the
program, which is noted on the transcript.
That notation provides an advantage for
both employment and graduate school
application.
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant from 1995-1997 to establish an
Honors Computing and Communications
Lab, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an
honors version of CSC 160 Introduction to
Computer Science and Communications,
which establishes crisp computing and
communications skills at the outset of
their collegiate careers. Other courses in
the program make use of these computing
skills in lab-oriented sequences exploring
literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science.
During the junior and senior years, stu-
dents take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester, and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum Program each term.
Seniors take a senior seminar during
Interim, which satisfies a perspective
requirement, and are obliged to complete
an approved honors project. Some seniors
satisfy this requirement by serving on the
Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal
that publishes outstanding student papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance
of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a
3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last
two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr.
Joan Griffin, director of the Honors
Program, (612) 330-1045.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
1,300,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of t h e Twin
Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain
new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordi-
-
60 Academic Information
nated calendars. The Interim term may
also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students
between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)-Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and
Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See
HECUA programs on page 62.)
Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
registrar's office.
Army ROTC-Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the registrar's office.
Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR
STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students
may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine
Scandinavian perspectives on world peace
in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills,
strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience different cultures,
and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Academic Requirements a n d Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as if
studying on campus. Courses abroad can
fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs that best fit their academic,
career, and personal objectives. Assistance
is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs assist
students in integrating the experience
abroad into their coursework and
personal lives.
-
Academic Information 61
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset, they are not required. Since it takes
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The deadline for application is Sept. 30
for off-campus study during spring term
and March 1 for off-campus study during
fall term.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place
leading to a more just and sustainable
world.
The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other participants in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
They also travel together on two-week
seminars-from Mexico to Central
America, and from Namibia to South
Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for
one semester on campus, plus airfare.
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico)Fall
This program is an intensive semester
of study and travel designed to introduce
students to the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women.
Students engage in gender analysis of key
social, economic, political, and cultural
issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore
the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender, and learn first-hand from both
women and men who are involved in
struggles for sustainable development and
social change. The program offers credit in
religion, interdisciplinary studies, political
science, and Spanish. Augsburg application
deadline: March 1.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua)-Fall or Spring
This program introduces students to the
key issues facing the Central Americans.
For two decades the people of Central
America have been in upheaval and have
experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civil war on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
religion, interdisciplinary studies, and economics. Augsburg application deadline:
March 1 for fall, Sept. 30 for spring.
Multicultural Societies in Transition:
Southern Africa Perspectives
(Namibia)-Fall
This intensive program of travel and
study is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently
gained independence and is making a tran-
62 Academic Information
sition from colonialism to independence.
Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies.
Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
Gender and Environment: Latin
American Perspectives (Mexico)Spring
This program introduces students to
the socio-economic and political issues of
the region with a focus on the impact of
environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Credit is available in
Spanish, sociology, political science, and
religion. Augsburg application deadline:
Sept. 30.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia)Spring
This program examines these crucial
issues from the perspectives of the new
democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after
decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations
struggle to build nationhood and deal with
the legacies of apartheid and colonialism,
they are faced with the challenges posed by
the rapid process of globalization in today's
world, the challenges posed by under and
unequal development, and the long-term
project of decolonizing the mind.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, or
'
Colombia. All programs emphasize the
impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense Ianguage experience, internships, and field
trips.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-intemational programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway-Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: March 15.
South American Urban Semester:
Guatemala and Ecuador-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, with
travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides
an overview of history, culture, economy,
and politics of these regions. Students
study theories and models of development
and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context.
Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
-
Academic lnformation 63
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America. Application deadlines:
Nov. 1.
Environment, Economy, and
Community in Latin America:
Guatemala and Cuba-Spring
Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global
development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatelmala, with travel to
Cuba or another Latin American country.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University
or the University of Minnesota-Moms.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the
International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Augsburg also offers student teaching
opportunities in Norway For additional
information, contact the Department of
Education student teacher coordinator.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education
(UMAIE). Course registration is held during the spring and fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25.
THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an experiential educational focus
emphasizing the importance and value for
all students to engage in service and workbased learning experiences.
The center helps students take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location
through the highly successful experiential
programs that link the College's academic
programs to Twin Cities employers and
organizations. Through internships, cooperative education, and community servicelearning, Augsburg students enrich and
expand their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work and service
and integrating this learning with their
education, career, and vocation plan.
Experiential education opportunities
are closely related to a student's major,
coursework, or career interest. Placement
opportunities may be in small and midsize companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government
agencies, and community-based organizations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
The Center for Service, Work and
Learning includes the following programs:
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service or work-based learning
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
64 Academic Information
objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships
are numbered 199 (see page 87).
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), Interim, or
summer session. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see
Evaluation and Grading on page 77.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative education is a college-supported, paid, work-learning experience that
is closely related to a student's major or
career objective. The goal is to combine
theory with practice in work or servicebased settings.
Students also earn money to help
defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience. Job
opportunities typically are part-time during
the academic year andlor full-time in the
summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can
begin and end anytime. Co-op ed is not
accredited in and of itself, but a non-credit
cooperative education transcript notation
is highly recommended during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op
ed students are encouraged to register for
at least one internship for credit in conjunction with their cooperative education
participation. Co-op ed is available to
Augsburg students who have completed
their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences. A key component
of community service-learning includes
reflection on and analysis of community
issues in order to promote personal and
educational growth and civic responsibility.
Augsburg students learn from the community in which they live by participating in
service activities combined with learning
components such as orientation sessions,
seminars, and class discussions. This
dynamic and interactive educational
approach employs reciprocal learning
between the students and the community.
Community service examples include
tutoring at schools and community centers, volunteering at homeless shelters,
building housing for low-income people,
or working with environmental groups.
Service-learning experiences can also
include service-based internships, and a
wide range of extracurricular volunteer
options.
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors,
and campus ministry.
Career Services
Career Service is committed to assisting all students with their career planning.
-
Academic Information 65
This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career
Services offers students the opportunity to
actively participate in career seminars,
career assessments, one-on-one counseling,
self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource
Network for informational interviews.
Services are available to all students,
but some programs are sponsored especially
for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to
attend the annual private college job fair
with recruiters representing business and
the nonprofit and government sectors, or
the education job fair.
ROCHESTER PROGRAM
Augsburg offers courses leading to a
B.S. in nursing and the Master of Arts in
Nursing in Rochester, Minnesota. Courses
meet weekday evenings, but otherwise follow the Weekend College format.
Introductory courses in other majors are
also offered. The Rochester Program began
in the fall of 1998 under the leadership of
Dr. Rick Thoni, who founded Augsburg's
Weekend College program. Students in the
Rochester Program are required to have
Internet and e-mail access, and make
extensive use of electronic communication
to support their course work.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers four graduate
degree programs: the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL), the Master of Social
Work (MSW), Master of Arts in Nursing,
and the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies. Catalogs for each degree
program should be consulted for complete
information.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on the subject matter and approaches
of the traditional liberal arts. This crossdisciplinary program directs its academic
content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program
recognizes that today's leaders need a broad
spectrum of abilities to provide them with
a more comprehensive understanding of
their world. Designed for working adults,
the program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings.
The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social
work practice. The program builds on the
liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
66 Academic Information
The program development, policy, and
administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
The Master of Arts in Nursing offers a
program designed to prepare Advanced
Practice Nurses for population-focused
practice in culturally diverse communities.
The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided practice, and transcultural care.
Graduate nursing classes meet on an every
other week or one weekend a month basis
in Rochester and Minneapolis.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the
Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of
the inlnortance of Canadian/U.S. relations,
and provision of opportunities to learn
directly from Canadians through visits and
exchanges. For more information contact
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian program
coordinator.
College of the Third Age
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of the Augsburg College
continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission and values of the
College. Adult students who wish to earn
traditional course credit should contact the
Weekend College Office.
The Office of Continuing Education is
currently developing a series of non-credit
programs to offer through the Center for
Professional Development. These seminars
will focus primarily on leadership, management, communications, and information
technology for businesses and nonprofit
organizations. Call the office for information on current course offerings.
Augsburg demonstrates its commitment
to lifelong learning through its College of
the Third Age Program. For more information, contact the Office of Continuing
Education.
REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester and
one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the registrar's office to petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission.
Weekend College students typically
register for one or two course credits each
trimester. Students registered for at least
two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term.
-
Academic Information 67
Although a day student may register up
to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly
scheduled time. Weekend College students
must register no later than the Monday following the first class weekend of the term.
Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees are also charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing the
grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
Crossover Registration Policy
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
It is expected that students will complete most of their degree requirements
through their "home" program; either day
or Weekend College. However, students
may register for one course per term in the
opposite program if space allows. Consult
the Enrollment and Financial Service
Center for information on designated times
and procedures for crossover registration.
Students taking courses in both the dav
and Weekend College programs that total
three course credits or more on any given
date will be charged comprehensive day
program tuition. A Weekend College student taking one day schedule course and
who has fewer than three total course credits will be charged the current part time
tuition for day school.
Interim, summer school, Weekend
College, and graduate program courses are
published in separate schedules.
Weekend College students may not
cross over to attend ACTC (Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities) courses.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Courses offered on weekday evenings
that are published in both the Weekend
College schedule and day program schedule are open to both groups of students
and are not subject to the crossover policy.
u
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center-(612) 330-1046
Interim Office-(612)
330-1150
Office of Summer School-(612)
330-1000
Office of Weekend College-(612)
330-1743
MAL Graduate Program Office(612) 330-1786
MSW Graduate Program Office(612) 330-1763
MA Nursing Graduate Program
Office-(612) 330-1204
Physician Assistant Program(612) 330-1039
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled day students
may pre-register during the fall for the
spring term and during the spring for the
fall term.
Weekend College students may pre-register during the designated time prior to
the start of each term.
68 Academic Information
HECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF
ENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
R GRADUATION
This quick-reference checklist is an
abbreviated version of the general education cumculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the
complete degree requirements that begin
on page 71. Students are advised to read
carefully the full graduation requirements
and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman
and sophomore transfer students
must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer
credit may apply to these requirements):
Ci Complete the fall orientation and seminar (see page 94). (Sophomore transfer
students are exempt.)
Ci Satisfy entry level skill requirements in:
Mathematics
Writing
Critical Thinking
Ci Two different lifetime sports.
Ci Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
Ci Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be upper division
(numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses
(Weekend students are exempt)
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on
page 71.
Cl Complete a major.
Ci Maintain minimum grade point average.
Ci Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements.
No students will be permitted to count
more than three courses from the same
department in meeting perspective
requirements.
Three Christian Faith Perspectives?
from different areas
One City Perspective
Two Western Heritage Perspectives'
from different departments
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
Two Social Work Perspectives, from. .
different departments
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Language Perspectives, other ' .
than your natural language
Two Natural World Perspectives, from
different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken
Ci Complete courses designated to fulfill
the following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
Two courses with Writing
components (one within the major)
One course with a Critical
Thinking component
One course with a Speaking
component
,
.
I
-
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component
All transfer students (entering with
14 or more credits) must complete
the following requirements prior to
graduation (transfer credit may apply
to these requirements):
Q Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing
Q Two different lifetime sports
C3 Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
I Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be upper division (numbered
300 or above)
;
1
' a
.
.
No students will be permitted to
I lcount more than three courses from
- t h e same department in meeting per,
- - ' spective requirements.
lr
I.
-
=
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the followI
ing exceptions:
II
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
.,
a
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
.,
.
Other maximums are described on
page 7 1.
a
.+-
--
>+
Academic
*
information' 69
Complete a major.
0 Maintain minimum grade point average
Q Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements:
Two Christian Faith Perspectives
(one Christian Faith Perspective for
transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits)
One City Perspective
One Western Heritage Perspective
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
One Social World Perspective
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Intercultural Awareness
(language) Perspectives, other
than your native language
One Natural World Perspective
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (These
requirements may be met with
courses in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a Writing
component within the major
One course with a Critical Thinking
component
One course in Speaking
One course in Quantitative Reasoning
-
70 Academic Information
Class Confirmation (payment of fees)
All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their registration by the first day of classes (unless
special arrangements have been made) will
have their registration cancelled. They may
register and confirm during the drop/add
period, but special late fees are assessed
and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the registrar's office. A Leave of
AbsenceNithdrawal from the College
form may be obtained in the Academic
Advising Center or in the registrar's office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur
during final examination week unless a
petition is approved by the Committee on
Student Standing. Withdrawal from
College and any consequential adjustments
in accounts are effective as of the date the
Withdrawal from College form is returned
to the registrar's office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence
for academic or personal reasons. A Leave
of AbsenceNithdrawal from the College
form must be picked up in the Academic
Advising Center or the registrar's office.
It must be signed by advising center staff
or an authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the
registrar's office.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an
extension is needed, an updated leave of
absence form must be submitted to the
registrar's office prior to the expiration of
the previous leave of absence period, or an
application for re-admission will be
required.
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar's office informed of their mailing addresses. All deadlines for financial
aid and housing must be observed by the
returning student. A leave of absence does
not defer payment of loans or extend
incomplete course deadlines.
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. Some departments will not
accept coursework taken more than a specified number of years ago. Students must
meet all of the requirements in effect under
the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete under the current catalog will require
re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine applicability to current academic requirements.
-
Academic Information 71
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student.
Academic advisers, the Academic
Advising Center staff, department chairs,
and the registrar are available for counsel
and assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the registrar's office about
specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a
major. See page 23 in Undergraduate
Admissions-Special Students (Second
Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the registrar's office.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of
graduation (there may be no incompletes or
open courses on the academic record).
Degree requirements include completion
of a minimum number of credits, a major,
the Augsburg Seminar (AUG), a minimum
GPA, residence, and general education
courses, including lifetime sports.
1. Completion of 33 course
credits-At least 11 course credits must
be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits
may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music
performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy
(B.S.) - 17; physician assistant (B.A.
until May 2001) - 19.5; and social work
(B.S.) - 15.
This course total must include two
Interims for students who enter with fewer
than 14 courses. Students transferring with
14 or more courses are not required to take
the Interim courses. Freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
A maximum of four Interim course credits
may be counted toward the 33 course
credits required for graduation.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: four Interim courses; two courses
by independentldirected study; four courses
of internship; and eight course credits with
a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading
(P) also has these limits: two in the major
except elementary education (two in the
major plus student teaching), social work
(two in the major plus field work
practicums) .
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
-
72 Academic Information
3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC 101)All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall onentation and the Augsburg Seminar. See
the program section on the Augsburg
Seminar for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken
and specifically for all courses that apply
toward a major or special program. Some
majors, licensure, arid certification require
higher grades in each course or a higher
grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education,
music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental
section for details.
5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of
9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg
College. Contact the registrar if an official
interpretation is needed. Some departments
have a minimum number of courses that
are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the
department
H SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments.
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore
transfer students with fewer than 14
courses:
Take entry-level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
math placement assessment. Students may
retake the Math Placement Assessment
once during their first term of enrollment.
Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second
term and to have demonstrated removal of
deficiencies by the end of their first year at
Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Freshmen should complete the writing
requirement before the beginning of their
sophomore year.
-
Academic Information 7:
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all of
the Graduation Skill course requirements.
Advanced Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter with 14
credits or more are exempt from critical
thinking assessments.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 111Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course.
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill
course requirements, except only one of
the writing courses is required.
Mathematics Requirement
Students must achieve Math Placement
Group (MPG) 3 or higher prior to graduation. In addition, many courses require
MPG 2, 3, or 4 as prerequisite and so students are encouraged to advance their
MPG as soon as possible. All students are
required to have their MPG determined. In
some cases, students who have transferred
in a mathematics course taken at another
college may have their MPG determined by
the registrar's office. All other students
must take the Augsburg Math Placement
Exam, which is administered by the
Academic Advising Center. The exam is
given during college registration sessions
and at other announced times during the
year. Practice questions and other information are available from the Academic
Advising Center.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG.
Students are also permitted to retake
the Math Placement Exam during their
first term of enrollment at Augsburg
College. Review help is available from the
Academic Enrichment Center.
Graduation Level Skills
General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite
courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P
is required for graduation. Students are
required to have two courses with Writing
Skill components (at least one within the
major) and one course each with Critical
Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative
Reasoning Skill components. These courses
can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the
major or general education perspectives.
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111, all Quantitative
Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3, and all
Critical Thinking Skill courses have the
prerequisite of passing the entry level
Critical Thinking Assessment.
- Academic Information
'4
Lifetime Sports
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students in the day program who
are not health and physical education
majors or in intercollegiate athletics may
test out of one lifetime sport. Students may
demonstrate proficiency in one of a selected list of lifetime sports. There is a fee to
take the lifetime sport proficiency test.
Students must satisfy the second lifetime
sport requirement by enrolling in a lifetime
sport course.
Lifetime sports are non-credit courses,
are not counted as meeting Interim course
requirements, and are not included in the
33-course requirement.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The General Education program consists of the first year Augsburg Seminar for
day freshmen, the liberal arts perspectives
and the graduation skills. A primary objective is to develop lifelong learning in the
context of the liberal arts and the mission
of the college.
The goal of the Liberal Arts
Perspectives is to help students think systematically about what it means to be a
human. Perspectives courses should:
Extend knowledge in liberal arts,
especially outside of one's major disciplinary field. This is done by 1) reflecting on
the importance and meaning of spirituality
in their lives and the distinctiveness of
Augsburg as a college of the Lutheran
Church in the city; 2) reflecting on diversity through intercultural awareness; 3)
reflecting on areas associated with liberal
arts, including aesthetics, human identity,
the social world, natural world and westem heritage.
Demonstrate connections between
liberal arts and the major field of study.
Develop an appreciation of the role of
service to society.
The General Education program should
also teach students the skills expected of a
college graduate in writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The general education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human. The
goals of the perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses that have been
approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts
Perspectives, available from the registrar's
office. These choices are controlled by the
following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum of
one course from each required perspective
category.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective
requirements.
4. No student may count more than
one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may
be used to meet the perspective, The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith.
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World.
-
Academic Information 7:
Up to two courses of the same mode m language may be used to meet part of
the perspective, Intercultural Awareness.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
This perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, govemmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community
and should explore opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences, or by designated
or college-approved non-credit experiences
(such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209
seminar related to the Perspective.
The City (C)
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3)
Area 1is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this perspective except for
the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith
Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
One course credit or experience is
required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy, and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
-
'6 Academic Information
Western Heritage @lH 1 and 2 )
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet
this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as people with
unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences. and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty, and
enhance life. This perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Aesthetics (A)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems
develop, to see the connections among
these systems, and to use this knowledge
as a participant in society.
Social World (SW 1 and 2 )
One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this perspective. One
course is required to meet this perspective
for transfer students entering with 14 or
more course credits.
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should
become better able to communicate with
persons of other cultural backgrounds, partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream
North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
into another culture by learning to speak
and read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
perspective, students are required to have
demonstrated proficiency in a modem
language, or American Sign Language
for hearing students.
The modem language requirement will
be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement.
Intercultural Awareness (IA 1 )
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural
Awareness Perspective.
-
Academic Information 7
Intercultural Awareness (IA 2 and 3)
Perspective: The Natural World
Study of a modem language other than
the native tongue. For a language previously studied, consult the table below for the
requirement. For a language not previously
studied, successful completion of 111, 112
is required. Students with previous language study should contact the modem
languages department if there are questions. There is a seven-year time limit on
courses presented for transfer and automatic
waiver. Students whose native language is
not English should contact the Academic
Advising Center.
This perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers, and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and
methods will be provided to equip students
for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues.
H.S.
Semesters
Augsburg
Placement
Required
Courses
111 & 112
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required
to meet this perspective for transfer
students entering with 14 or more
course credits.
111 & 112
111 & 112
112
112 or 211
211
211 or 212
212
exempt
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modem language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence
in American Sign Language by passing an
approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA 2 and IA 3 Perspectives.
EVALUATION AND GRADING I
t A r L A N H I I U N Ut bKALJtS
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading
option-traditional
grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
-
3 Academic Information
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this
requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 71.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for
any changes after the first five days of
classes. All changes in grading option that
are made after initial registration require the
signature of an adviser or the instructor.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.5
3.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
2.5
2.0
Meets basic standards for the
course
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. If the course is not
complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
0.5
0.0
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission from the course
instructor, stating the reasons for the
request, the work required to complete the
course, the plan and date for completing
the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the registrar's office. If permission is granted, the
necessary work must be completed in
enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and filing of a grade
before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that
date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
1.5
1.0
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
-
Academic Information 7
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students may audit a course without charge.
The charge for part-time and Weekend
College students is listed under Weekend
College Costs in the Financing Your
Education section on page 27. The signature of the instructor is required to register
an audit. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within
two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance, and
any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken."
"Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Sophomores-7
courses completed.
Juniors-16
courses completed.
Seniors-24
courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program
(1 B)
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines
are available at the registrar's office.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL
program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
-
0 Academic Information
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
Advanced Placement Program Test
(AP)-The Advanced Placement program
may allow students who have scores of 3,
4, or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Test to receive college credit for selected
courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on
the AP Language and Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective
Writing. Additional credit or placement is
at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the registrar's office.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)
Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject examination may
receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information
about CLEP tests is available from the
registrar's office and the Academic
Advising Center.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams-These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program-This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student's previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the registrar's office. In completing the
evaluation of a student's previous learning,
the faculty team applies the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
andlor systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic work
at Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
-
Academic Information 81
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward
the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
upper division requirements, and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the departments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning-While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the
student may use any combination of the
four assessment processes available in the
APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
departmental comprehensive exams, and
credit granted through portfolio assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language
or who are citizens of another country
must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental
Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will
be determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ESL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation.
82 Academic Information
ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point
average (GPA).
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain
majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major
consideration in deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have
not earned additional zero grades, and if
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Student class years are based on the
number of courses taken:
Freshman-fewer
Sophomore-fewer
Junior-fewer
than seven courses
than 16 courses
than 24 courses
Senior -24 or more courses
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after each
semester, lists students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better.
Students must be full-time students (a
minimum equivalent of three full course
credits for a weekday schedule student or
two equivalent full course credits for a
Weekend College student), graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incomplete~in courses offered for credit. Courses
taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g.,
crossover courses taken in a Weekend
College trimester term by a day student or
in a semester term by a weekend student)
are not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Graduation with Distinction
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation replaces all previous
college honors and applies to all students
who complete degree requirements after
Jan. 1,2000. Students achieving
Graduation with Distinction will have an
overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed
-
Academic Information 83
an outstanding project as determined by
the student's major department. Students
wishing to be considered for Graduation
with Distinction should consult with their
major department no later than the fall
semester of their junior year.
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement if: (1) no
more than three course creditshequirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete summer or
fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the
Enrollment and Financial Services Center
about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the day school schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years--if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year Assurance Program
guidelines-or they will receive the
remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few majors are excluded
from this program. Students must complete a formal Four-Year Assurance Degree
Plan with the College before the end of
their sophomore year (16 course credits
must be earned) in order to qualify.
Contact the Academic Advising Center for
details.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review educahave the right to
tion r e c o r d ~ Y o u
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College.
Right to request amendment of
education record5-You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records,
A,
a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall andfor
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and
locations for fall and spring terms.
Weekend College classes are published
each spring in a separate booklet and
online.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Interim,
Summer Session, the Master of Arts in
Leadership, the Master of Social Work, the
Master of Arts in Nursing, and the Master
of Arts in Physician Assistant studies
courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered in the Division of Professional
Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six
quarter hours. Most courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
is prior approval by the professor teaching
the course.
-
Departments and Programs 87
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to the current ACTC Joint
Class Schedule or the Weekend College
class schedule for information on when
specific courses are offered.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
INTERNSHIPS
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
Service, Work, and Learning and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of internships and cooperative
education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
199
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the
beginning of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
regarding requirements and permission to register.
399
Internship
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and permission to register.
-
38 Departments and Programs
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportuniy for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting, and Management Information Systems.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
A
rt is important as a field of study
for our time. Our survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central
to the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher, and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant
number of art galleries and museums in
the Twin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Tara
Christopherson, Norman Holen.
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Senior studio majors must participate in at
least one exhibit during their final year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 221 Sculpture I
-Art
+U
Departmental Honors
Art History Minor
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
be
in art history. up to four courses
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements
and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in various media, including graphite pencil, ink, pastel pencil, and
charcoal. Subjects include still-life, figures, perspective, and experimental
work.
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis
on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
-
Art 91
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld, or
assemble the respective media.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil, and mono methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design,
with emphasis on the computer. Theory and practice of coordinating visual
imagery and typography for print publications using page layout software.
ART 225
Graphic Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page
layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints.
ART 306
Calligraphy I I
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 330
Graphic Design II
An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for
print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent
watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making I I
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, e.g., silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223)
-
92 Art
ART 478
Sculpture I1
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 388
19th- and 20th-Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ART 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
See listing under East Asian Studies.
T
he Augsburg Experience: Arriving
at Augsburg ...
The initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting
period of change. The faculty and staff
wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students
and to help them become part of this academic community Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation
weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban, liberal
arts college of the Church, the process of
learning in a community where ideas are
valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students.
Augsburg Seminar
At registration, all first-year students in
the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a
parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked'
courses integrate disciplinary content with
AUC 101
various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all
beginning students.
The content course usually meets three
hours per week for the entire semester and
is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the
Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 8
weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg
Seminar offers the opportunity for further
discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on
campus life, academic resources and study
skills, and a hands-on introduction to the
Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the
content course is graded on a traditional
point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar.
Students must successfully complete
the entire 8-week Augsburg Seminar in
order to fulfill the requirement, even if
they drop the linked content course.
Permission to complete the seminar after
withdrawal from the content course is at
the discretion of the instructor.
Augsburg Seminar (.25 course)
A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the
connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only)
Biology Faculty
)logy is the study of life, and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
Dale Pederson (Chair), Karen Ballen,
William Capman, Robert Herforth, Esther
McLaughlin
Major
Nine courses including:
B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
B10 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels.
Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans,
including advances in medicine, agriculture, and food science.
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
An understanding of biological systems
depends, in part, on the principles of
physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important in the study of biology.
2.
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a basis for further study.
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to
careers in college or university teaching,
basic and applied research, and public
health. Many have entered professional
programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have
gone directly into secondary education,
biomedical industries, laboratory research,
natural resources, and environmental education.
1.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
3.
B10 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
4.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
5.
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
The ninth course may be any of the
upper division biology courses listed above
or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida
Keys.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
36 Biology
7
Required Supporting Courses
CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry
A semester course in organic chemistry
or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry
department. BIO 113 and 114 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and
Organic Chemistry in the second year.
Students should complete their math
requirements early in their college careers.
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 1211122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
All transfer courses must be approved
in writing by the chair. Only those biology
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, no more than two
upper division courses from other institutions may be applied toward the major.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report.
Application should be made no later than
the start of the first term of the senior year.
Minor
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 113, 114,
215, and two upper division courses.
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty for information specific
to medical school application.
Graduate and Professional Training
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that may
differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major
requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication
of this catalog. Students therefore should
consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Cooperative Education
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the
Twin Cities.
-
Biology 97
BIOLOGY COURSl
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using
the first term of a sequenced course in registering for the second term.
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ
systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three one-hour lectures. A
student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three
one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour
lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three onehour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113
Introductory Organismal Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for
science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114,
and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three
one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105. Fall)
BIO 114
Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology
Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning,
metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO
113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate
on the biological aspects of such changes.
98 Biology
BIO 215
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352,
or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 35 1. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour
tutorial. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory
perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall)
-
Biology 99
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215.
Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial.
Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 352. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163. Fall)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers
are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
BIO 199
Internship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: B10 113, 114)
BIO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
BIO 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: B10 215)
BIO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: B10 215)
- BUSINESSADMINISTRA~TION,
ACCOUNTING,
AND MANAGEMEN
lNFORMATION SYSTEMS-BUS,ACC, MIS
0
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a cumculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
John C. Cemto (Chair), Nora M.
Braun, Amin E. Kader (International
Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor
(Finance Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave
(Accounting Coordinator), Lori L. Lohman
(Marketing Coordinator), Fekri Meziou,
Thomas F: Morgan, Magdalena M.
Paleczny-Zapp (Management Coordinator),
Milo A. Schield (MIS Coordinator),
Kathryn A. Schwalbe, Stuart M. Stoller.
Majors
The Department of Business
Administration, Accounting, and MIS
offers three majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), and management information systems (MIS).
Specializations
Within the business administration
major there are four specializations: marketing, management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 71), students must
avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course limit per academic
department (14 courses for accounting
majors). Courses designated as ACC, BUS,
and MIS are considered as being in the
same academic department. Taking extra
electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require
students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Exceptions are noted in the major.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Advising
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, or MIS are
strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This
should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to
-
Business Administration 10'
advising, departmental faculty can counsel
majors on their careers, assist majors in
obtaining internships or jobs, and provide
letters of recommendation for prospective
employers or graduate programs.
with experience that may be valuable in
competing for jobs after graduation.
Advisers should be consulted about internships.
International Business
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Office of Cooperative
Education and department faculty to
obtain an internship (BUS/ACUMIS 399)
during their junior or senior year.
Although an internship counts as part of
the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An
internship may satisfy the The City
Perspective if taken in conjunction with
GST 209. Internships can provide students
T
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
The international business department
actively supports international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business.
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 370 Advanced Computing
for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
02 Business Administration
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318
Management Science
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of
ECO 3 11
ECO 3 12
ECO 313
ECO 315
MIS 479
the following:
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division
economics course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, or MIS course.
Graduation with Distinction
To qualify, a major must have a 3.5
GPA, must be an Honors Program senior
who qualifies for Graduation with
Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project.
Departmental Honors
and one additional upper division course in
either international business (BUS 368 or
468) or international economics.
To qualify, a major must have a 3.7 GPA
in the major, a 3.5 GPA overall, and have
completed all courses appropriate for the
proposed project.
Business Administration 10:
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting
or MIS.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
252, and three courses in international
business (one may be in international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
'D
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing, and
speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or junior/senior standing)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management,
sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costhudgeting, leverage, and dividend policy (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3)
!04 Business Administration
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252, MIS 379, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note:
Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 357
Advertising
An introduction to print, broadcast, and web-based advertising and promotion
as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or 252, consent of instructor)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242, 252,
331; MIS 175,379)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decisionmaking, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material.
(Prereq.: All core courses and ACC 322, or consent of instructor.)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities and
extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all
core courses or consent of instructor)
-
Business Administration 10
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of market plans. (Prereq.:
BUS 352 and BUS 355)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Pre-req.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,
362)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
BUS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
BUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has three tracks: general
accounting, professional accounting, and
managerial accounting. The general
accounting specialization is adequate for a
wide variety of positions. The professional
accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial
accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with
CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions
with large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
Accounting Core
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice 11
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175, 379,
ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
-
Accounting 10
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities and accounting
for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation conceits, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied-to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
~ c c o u n t i ntools
~ for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision-making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, MIS
379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPAk role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252,
331, MIS 175 or 320,379)
08 Accounting
7
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ACC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ACC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, and accounting as well
as from MIS.
EGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS I
Management Information Systems
Major
A. 12 courses in business, accounting, and
MIS:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
B. Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252,
MIS 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and one of
the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall,
complete a scholarly paper or paper from a
substantial work of applied consulting, and
present the final paper. Interested juniors
or seniors should contact their department
adviser.
Graduation with Distinction
To qualify, a major must have a 3.5
GPA, must be an Honors Program senior
who qualifies for Graduation with
Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project.
10 MIS
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts
and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel,
Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving
business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with
strong competency in all software mentioned should take MIS 370 instead of
MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel,
Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program
Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175
or CSC 160, or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies
any requirement for MIS 175)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture.
(Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS
175,370, or CSC 160)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and
complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242,
and either MIS 175 or 370)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and
interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and either
MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional three-hour sessions are
required, usually on a weekday evening.)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 375 and either MIS 370 or CSC 352)
-
MIS 11
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370, 375. 376, and 475)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: MIS 379. Fall: evening)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
MIS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
MIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
c
hemistry is the science of the
changes in matter, examining those
changes, and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described
as the central science because matter
includes the entire physical world such as
the things we use, the food we eat, and
even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education cumculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L.
Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of
Chemistry
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
and two additional courses from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
-
Chemistry 111
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, 11
Calculus I, I1
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult
members of the chemistry department for
assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
W BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Graduation with Distinction in
Chemistry
Overall GPA of 3.5 or higher, and completion of an approved research project in
the junior or senior year.
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351,352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
-
114 Chemistry
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count; otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term
of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for
other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
2. Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations, and reaction mechanism.
(Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116.
Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
Chemistry 11!
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111)
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364
or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistly relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry.
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship
between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs
are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic
substances. (Prereq.: BIO 367, or consent of the instructor. Spring)
16 Chemistry
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon analytical, physical, and organic chemistry.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
CHM 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
T
he Augsburg computer science
department & v k to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications, and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or
cooperative education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us
with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add
practical applications to their education.
CSC 451
Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200 at least one of
which is above 300
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design.
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
Computer Science Faculty
Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Larry
Crockett, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Karen
Sutherland.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
12 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
16 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
Two courses from:
MAT 245 Calculus I11
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
-
118 Computer Science
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science
and six from economics with a required
capstone independent study. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Lany Ragland, Department of Computer
Science.
Major in Computational Economics
13 courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computational Philosophy
Computational Philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and six from philosophy with a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of
Philosophy. Charles Sheaffer, Department
of Computer Science.
Major in Computational Philosophy
13 courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 373 Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme I1
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Modem Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
-
Computer Science 1I!
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
CSC 160
CSC 170
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210,345; and one upper division computer
science course, and one of MAT 171 or
MAT 145 or MAT 122..
Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to
count as a prerequisite for a computer science course.
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Structured Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab.
Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT
122 or 145 or 171)
CSC 240
lntroduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
20 Computer Science
CSC 273
CSC 320
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I
Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of
computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently
with CSC 373. (Prereq.: None)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or 145 or 171)
csc 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
csc 373
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II
Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who
have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273)
csc 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCPAP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
CSC 320 and PHI 385 or concurrently)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and PHI 385)
-
Computer Science 12'
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
CSC 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
CSC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
A
major in East Asian studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a
result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China, and other East Asian
nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
studies include government service, international business, journalism, language
instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural
communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for
those interested in education and work
with social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the major.
Courses in the major must be approved by
the campus adviser and are distributed as
follows: four courses in an East Asian Ianguage; four additional courses, two of which
must be upper division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history
course on China or Japan); and an East
Asian studies seminar. A term of study
abroad and the completion of a minor in
another discipline are strongly recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamline University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University
of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
East Asian Studies 12:
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia that would complement
other disciplines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate,
with the consent of the campus adviser.
Faculty advising is recommended at all
stages of the major to plan a coherent and
effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, (612)
330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan, (651)
641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam,
(651) 696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen
Humeston, (651) 690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, (651) 962-5621.
Approved Augsburg College courses for
the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
ENG 282 Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
PHI 355 Asian Philosophy
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take independent
studies (299, 499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the rapidly growing computer science field.
The combined economicshusiness administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields.
Finally, the teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid
background for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management infor-
mation systems, political science, history,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Satya P Gupta
DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other upper division courses also
required:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
-
Economics 12!
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
or ECO 315
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
EC0318 Management Science
or ECO 415
Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499
Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI120
Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Teaching Licensure Major
Major in Computational Economics
Minor in Economics
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
See Political Science, page 224.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
Five economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
Note: Students who plan to major in
the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
and one other upper division economics
course, and six accounting/business
administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379
Quantitative Methods
for Business and
Economics
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making With
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health
Economics.
See Computer Science, page 118.
and one other upper division business course.
-
126 Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic
tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, or MIS.)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies.
ECO 31 1
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
-
Economics 12;
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On
demand)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
28 Economics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ECO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ECO 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or
consent of instructor)
ECO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendations for licensure by the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8), a variety of secondary subject areas
(grades 5-12), and K-12 licenses in art,
health, physical education, and music.
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend
formats. Weekend College degree and
licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication artsAiterature, and
social studies. Additional teaching majors
are available through the weekday program
and open to weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday
schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core,
and professional education courses except
critical issues seminar and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday
late afternoonlevening schedule. Fieldwork
for the seminar and for student teaching
must be completed during regular weekday
hours. All students must have some time
available each term for field experiences.
Students in all degree and/or licensure
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS
exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
All students are expected to obtain an
education department adviser at the outset
of coursework. All students are expected to
become knowledgeable of programs and
follow through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching abroad program. Those interested
in further information should contact the
education department at least one year
prior to student teaching. Students who
teach abroad will do part of their student
teaching in the Twin Cities area under
direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure will be implemented in the fall of
2000 and beyond. All students who will
complete degrees and/or licensure programs after August 31, 2001 fall under the
new licensure rules and must complete the
program outlined in this catalog. Students
who entered the College under a previous
catalog and who will complete their licensure after August 3 1, 2001 must comply
with the new program. No one will be
licensed under programs described in previous catalogs after August 3 1, 2001.
Education Faculty
Vicki Olson (chair), Virginia Allery,
Mary Ann Bayless, Joseph Erickson,
Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Mary
Jacobson, Anne Jensen, Lynn Lindow,
Susan O'Connor, Ron Petrich, Barbara
West
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following pre-requisite courses, core courses in math and
science, and major courses in education.
To be licensed they must also complete
an approved concentration and student
teaching.
Non-departmental pre-requisites:
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
INS 105 Intro. to American Indian
Studies or INS 260
Contemporary American
Indians (IA 1)
Math and Science Core
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
( W C T ) (if math concentration: MAT 331)
MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary
Society (QR) (if math concentration: MAT 122 or 145)
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or PHY 116
Introduction to Physics (NW
1).
-,
PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary
Teachers
BIO 102 (NW 2) (If science concentration, check with education
department)
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block I1 (courses beyond this
point require admissions to the department)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
(HI)
EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
(registration continues through
Capstone Block)
Methods Block I
EED 310 K-6 Methods: Health/PE
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
ArtsKhildren's Literature
Methods Block I1
EED 340 K-6 Methods:
VisuaVPerforming Arts (.5)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
Studies~ThematicStudies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learners
EDC 480 School and Society (Wl)
Student Teaching Block
EDC 481, 483,485 Student Teaching (3.0)
Student teaching is completed for licensure. It is not part of the major in elementary education. (S)
Beginning September 1, 2001, the state
of Minnesota will require specific supporting concentrations of study as a part of all
elementary teacher licenses. Teachers will
be able to teach at the middle school level
in their area of concentration. Students
must complete a coursework program in
one of the following concentration areas:
communication artsAiterature, mathematics, science, or social studies. In the future
an early childhood concentration may
become available through the ACTC consortium. Contact the education department
for further information.
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
the major, 2.0 in the concentration, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, concentration, and
education major courses. The equivalent of
-
Elementary Education 131
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
the elementary education major.
Graduation with distinction or departmental honors is available to elementary
education majors who maintain a 3.5 over-
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry,
communication artsAiterature, health,
mathematics, music, physical education,
physics, and social studies.
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
Non-departmental Prerequisites
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
INS 105 Intro. to American Indians or
INS 260 Contemporary
American Indians (IA 1)
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS I
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
all GPA and a 3.75 overall GPA in the
major. An honors project must be completed, beginning in spring of the junior year.
Guidelines for graduation with distinction
are available in the education department.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block I1
EDC 310 Learning and Development
(HI)
EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
(Registration continues through
Capstone Block)
Methods Block I
ESE 300 Readinwriting in the Content
Area
ESE 325 Creating Learning
Environments
Methods Block I1
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society (Wl)
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485,487 Student Teaching
(3.0-4.0). (S)
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P
in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, pre-requisite, and
education program courses must have a
grade of 2.0 or better.
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary educa-
-
132 Secondary Education
tion program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas will take four courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching at
both the secondary and elementary levels.
Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students
who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education
major.
Art, health, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: (1) Band and classroom
music (5-12); (2) Orchestra and classroom
music (5-12); (3) Vocal and classroom
music (K-9); (4) Vocal and classroom
music (5-12).
Students may no longer license in a
minor field of study.
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: ENG 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingearning situations.
Computer training will be included in this course.
EDC 310
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 315
Critical Issues Seminar (.5 course)
Reflective process to discuss field experience and critical issues in education.
Assistance with program portfolio. Registration continues until completion of
EDC 480. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 410
The Special Needs Learner
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis
on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes,
and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor)
-
Elementary Education 13:
EDC 480
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 310
K-6 Methods: HealthIPhy Ed
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 320
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department)
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 340
K-6 Methods: Visual/Performing Arts (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual/performing
arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social StudiesIThematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED 380)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching
Three to four courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio.
134
Secondary Education
SECONDARY EDUCATION - ESE
ESE 300
ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 320
5-12 Methods: TheatreIDance
Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on
instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for elementary concentration in communication artsfliterature.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. NOTE:
Students seeking 5-12 communication artsAiterature license do not need to
take ESE 300).
ESE 356
5-12 Methods: Communication Arts
Introduction to the teaching of speaking, listening, and media in middle and
high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in communication artsAiterature. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
ESE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Three to four courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require three courses. K-12 licenses require four.
Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio.
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues.
Required courses:
EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 102 or PSY 105
EDC 410
EDU 491
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological assessment
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
The Special Needs Learner
(see EDC course descriptions)
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with three universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the
Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the
recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of ArtsIBachelor of
Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of
Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the
B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University
(Three-Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University
(Dual-Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they corn-
-
Engineering 13
plete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs
is available from the Augsburg engineering
adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
T
hose who study. English
believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the writing lab, or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce
Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan
Griffin, Dallas Liddle, Roseann Lloyd,
Carter Meland, John Mitchell, Capper
Nichols, Ronald Palosaari,John Schmit,
Joan Thompson
Major
Nine courses above ENG 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature:
Homer to Dante
or ENG 272
European Literature:
Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature:
Medieval to Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature:
17th and 18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: The
Romantics and the Victorians
One upper division course in
American literature:
ENG 350 American Literature Before
1920
or ENG 351
American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
-
English 1 3
Majors are encouraged to consult their
departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program
that involves considerable work in ~ h c
English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the department.
Communication ArtsILiteratuni
,
Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENG 111
I
Major Requirements (12 courses) I
ENG 225 Intermediate Equpnsito*
Writing
ENG 226 Creative Writing
I
or ENG 227 Journalism
I
or one additional upper division literature course from ENG 331, 336, 337.
350, 351, 338/438
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
ENG 271 or 272 European Literature
ENG 345 Introduction to the EilgIBh
Language
ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching \%'riting
ENG xxx Upper division literaturn course
from ENG 331,336, 331,350,
351, 338/438.
Note: If students choose two literamre
courses, one must be in American lilernture (ENG 350 or 351) and one musi be in
British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337.
338/438).
SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Cnrnmunica~ion
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval)
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 Adolescent Literature and
Reading
ESE 356
Speech/Communications/Media
Literacy Methods
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200, 210, 220, 310, 341, 343,441, 443;
ESE 300; EDC 410, 480; student teaching.
Contact an education department adviser
for information.
This major is only for those who seek
to be licensed in communication artsAiterature. Should licensure not be possible,
graduation can be achieved through an
English major, which requires at least two
additional, specific courses, or a speech
major.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by
Oct. 15 in senior year for department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an independent study program (refer to
departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l),
including ENG 225 and one upper division
course in writing.
- English
40
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not
show competence in composition skillssuch as stating and supporting a thesis,
organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences-are required to
enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing
where they receive more individual instruc-
tion than is possible in ENG 111 Effective
Writing. These students must pass ENG
101 Developmental Writing with a grade of
2.0 or higher before enrolling in ENG 111
Effective Writing.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG
111) and Developmental Writing (ENG
101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week
of class (without special permissionfpetition). Students who choose to receive a
traditional grade in either course will
receive a grade of N (one time only) if their
work is below a 2.0. A student who
repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
Prerequisites
ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course.
Prerequisite for an upper division literature
course is ENG 245 Introduction to
Literature andlor consent of the instructor.
ENG 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENG 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing
critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENG 216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American
Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects
and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
English
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in
ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals
is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas
of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG
111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print
and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and
verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal
and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENG 236
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
ENC 241
ENC 245
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
lntroduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female
writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
14
-
-
12 English
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that
yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American
world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the
shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American
thought by women and people of color.
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later
literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modern period, including such authors as Moliere, C e ~ a n t e sRabelais,
,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENG 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year.
ENG 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of
English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENG 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENG 338
Shakespeare
Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
-for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction
with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the
instructor. Spring)
ENG 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
-
English 1 4
ENG 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are
introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of
the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENG 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository
essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the
communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of
instructor. MPG 3.)
ENG 350
American Literature Before 1920
Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th
century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that
stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modern sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic,
and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly
in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENG 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
All 400-lmel courses will involve some reading and study of literaly criticism ol: in the case of
writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th-century
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,
Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
ENG 436
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
M English
I
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to
Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivatedwriter, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for
gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with
which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with
applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ENC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ENC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ENC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires
completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair.
ENC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. Open to junior or senior English majors with an
overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
See listing under Modem Languages.
See listing under Modem Languages.
(;ENERAL bTUDIES-GST
s
ome courses help to integrate leaming around topics in ways that are different
from the more traditional disciplines.
CST 009
Cooperative Education
General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty.
(.O course)
A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an
approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills
of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by
the entry critical thinking assessment.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
CST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs,
and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/service/cooperative
education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities
as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar,
completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a
systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar
enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective.
Permission of instructor. No course credit.
GERMAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
"a HEALTH AND lJHYSICAL
-tually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate
athletic programs; intramural programs for
men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials (Interim: even years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
BIO 220 Microbiology
(at St. Catherine's)
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
Recommended:
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
Teaching Licensure Major
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Mary EwertKnodell, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri
Ludeman, Patricia Murphy, Jack Osberg,
Joyce Pfaff, Missy Strauch
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
Health and Physical Education 14;
Minor
Minor
HPE 101, 110, 114, 115,316,320, 390,
450, BIO 103.
HPE 101, 115,210,223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 232 Dance (Interim)
HPE 254 Introduction to Development1
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (Interim)
HPE 323 Team Sports
HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 335 Outdoor Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
HPE 280 Coaching Theory
(Interim, odd years)
Internship in Athletic Training
requires:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
BIO 252 Human Physiology (at St.
Catherine)
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPED 425 Advanced athletic training (at
St. Thomas)
Also required: 1,500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
Recommended: PHED 250, PHED 422,
PHED 423, and PHED 425 (at St.
Thomas).
48 Health and Physical Education
-
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 100
Wellness (.5 course)
This course is designed to create an awareness of factors affecting one's state of
well-being with emphasis on individual control over these factors. This course
will allow students to discuss values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors related to their personal health and various factors that influence personal health
decisions.
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and senices. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Open to all students. Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon
growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standards" and
pedagogy for health education, cuniculum, and assessment included.
(Interim)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement (-5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Interim)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (.5
course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Interim)
-
Health and Physical Education 14!
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to
physical activity. (Spring)
HPE 232
Dance
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international dances. (Interim)
HPE 254
lntroduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmentavadapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(-5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE
114. Interim)
HPE 323
Team Sports
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring)
HPE 331
Individual and Dual Sports
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day campinghiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falvspring, even years)
150
Health and Physical Education
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and
analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement (.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring)
HPE 455
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interesetd in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing).
(Interim)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
HPE 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
HPE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 88. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: "No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in several fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Christopher Kimball (Chair), Jacqueline
deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson,
Richard Nelson
medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit)
to be defended before a faculty committee.
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Prerequisites
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 495 seminar). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
-
5 2 History
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 220
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures
and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life,
including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new
republic.
HIS 221
19th-Century U.S.
A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIS 222
20th-Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
-
History 15:
HIS 228
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modem legal system.
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early mode m period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
54 History
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions
between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an
economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 169 in
International Studies.)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical
development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
(Prereq.: 100-level course or consent of instructor)
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
-
History 15.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 380
The History of Women in the West to 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and
North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public
roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early
American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods.
HIS 381
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class
examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of
women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
(Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history)
T h e r e are two ways to graduate from
the Honors Program-Graduate with
Distinction or Honors Program graduate.
Graduating with distinction requires satis-
fying all program requirements, a 3.5 GPA,
and successful completion of a departmental honors project. Honors Program graduate requires a 3.3 GPA and service on the
Honors Review editorial board.
HON 100-101 Freshman Honors Seminar
This is the program's introduction to the Honors Program and to collegiate
scholarship. We explore an interdisciplinary mix of Western history, the Bible,
English literature, and philosophical texts as we assess the Western tradition
and Christianity's place within that tradition.
HON 160
Introduction to Computing and Communications
Integrated with HON 100, this course introduces computing basics, hardware
and software, the possibilities and limitations of computing, artificial intelligence, communications basics, the Internet, and some of the social, philosophic, and economic implications of computing.
HON 210
Self-Identify and Society
Psychological, sociological, anthropological, and theological perspectives are
used to explore the role of the individual in community and other social institutions.
HON 21 1
Dyanamic Social Systems
This course is designed specifically to facilitate the development of this understanding through the exploration of alternative social science perspectives of
how social organizations function and adapt.
HON 212
Human Community and Modern Metropolis
Using the basic concepts and methods of sociology, this course enables students to explore the concept of human community and the social institutions
which facilitate that community.
HON 214
Chemistry in Context
A one-semester introduction to science through selected topics in chemistry
that emphasize current issues in science. More specifically, it introduces honors students to science and scientific ways of knowing.
HON 365
Philosophy of Science
Explores and assesses scientific theories, laws of nature, evidence, whether science generates truth, and, from more recent developments, the philosophical
implications of chaos and complexity
HON 401
Senior Honors Seminar
This capstone course explores one of three topics: the relationship of science
to religion, the life and thought of C.S. Lewis, or the history and significance
of Hispanic Christianity in the United States.
I
nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad
spectrum of experience and coursework.
Through interdisciplinary courses, students
gain greater insight and understanding of
cultures and perspectives different from
their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community.
Augsburg also offers students the
opportunity to major and minor in
Women's Studies, and to minor in metrourban studies and American Indian studies.
For other interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
American Indian studies is a minor that
gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
INS 105
North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary, representing the religion, modern
language, art, history, English, and
women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in
cinema and contemporary issues. This
integrated course of study exposes students
to the beauty and richness of the diverse
tribal cultures still existing in our
country today.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Students must take five courses in
American Indian studies to get a minor.
The only requirements are INS 105 and at
least one upper division course. These
courses may also be taken as part of majors
or minors in other academic subjects or to
meet distribution/general education
requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and
urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required f o ~
American Indian studies minor.)
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
(See Department of Modem Languages for course description.)
ENG 216
American Indian Literature
(See Department of English for course description.)
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China. (Cross-listed with the Women's Studies Program.)
58 Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current
issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural
change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian
tribes today is highlighted.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Department of Art for course description.)
INS 320
American lndian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It
examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to
Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in women's studies or
American Indian studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to
women's studies.)
HIS 326
American lndian History
(See Department of History for course description.)
REL 370
American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
(Prereq.: junior standing)
REL 231
Religion in African American History
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
(See Department of History for course description.)
INS 3811581 Qualitative Research Methods
This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available
for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial
research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skills in either archival
research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.:
upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in
the student's major, or consent of the instructors)
Metro-urban studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in
sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and other related disciplines. Metro-urban studies is designed to
blend classroom and field experience, theory,
and internships that focus the content of
liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization.
Metro-urban studies and the general
education Perspective on The City introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the
analytical and theoretical tools required to
understand and contribute to the metropolitan community. The metro-urban studies major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate
studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies,
social welfare, government, community
organization, and theology.
Internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional courses
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Gany Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris
Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC),
Michael Shock (SWK)
Major
10 courses including:
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 211 Community and the Modern
Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
HIS 335 Urban American History
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses. (Courses fulfilling The City
Perspective generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) T ~ Cities
n
program. Students interested in graduate
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics.
60 Interdisciplinary Studies
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225, and two
of the following: HIS 335, SOC 381, or INS
399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
METRO-URBAN STUDIES COURSES
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designedcourse developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
instructor)
INS 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS
THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)-Fall
six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
or Spring
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 16'
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 87.
II. City Arts-Spring
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 87.
Ill. See HECUA under International Studies (SUST, SAUS, CILA, and EECLA)
equivalent competency)
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
Requirements
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
-
162 Interdisciplinary Studies
NORDIC AREA STUDIES-NAS
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
Other Requirements
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modem Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology or social work.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES COURSES
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early
modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world histoly.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 16:
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
NAS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
For degree and major requirements see page 262.
164 INTERNATIONAL KELATIONS
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study for
an Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Director
Norma Noonan
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of
or ECO 113
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modem language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,364,368,465,466
ECO 314,317,360,365
HIS 346,348,352,354,440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
SWK 230
Interim courses, seminars, independent
study, topics courses, and courses at other
colleges/universities can be considered here
with the approval of the program director,
as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In
addition to fuming the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
-
International Studies 162
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College's strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenship.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distributionlgenera1 education, and graduation requirements
when approved by the
appropriate program directors and
faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
Students in good academic standing (a
minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus
through the Center for Global Education
or through International Partners. In addition to semester and year-long programs,
Interim and summer abroad courses also
provide a number of educational opportunities. Students interested in these or other
external off-campus study experiences
should contact the Center for Global
Education. Applications are due March 1
for the fall term or academic year, and
September 30 for the spring term. The cost
for many programs is comparable to full
room, board, and tuition for on-campus
study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
66 International Studies
The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic
work with real-life experiences. Students
learn not only from textbooks but live in
the midst of the society they are studying,
encountering the people and culture inside
and outside the walls of a classroom. All
programs include family stays, regional
travel, community-based living, and opportunities for volunteer work and internships.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved by Augsburg are listed below.
For information on these programs, contact
the academic programs abroad office.
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners Program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Europe. Under these
agreements International Partner students
from abroad receive part of their academic
training at Augsburg, and qualified
Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses
are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg.
Study abroad through Intemational
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but is not limited to these
fields. The study program may be for one
year, one semester, a one-month Interim,
or a summer session. Participation may be
on an individual basis or as part of a student group. For further information, contact the International Partners office.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Guatemala,
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. HECUA
programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, roAm, and board for one
semester on campus, plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
Intemational study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the Center for
Global Education.
-
International Studies 16;
CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION COURSl
CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE IN MESOAMERICA
(M EXIC0)-FALL
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved
in struggles for sustainable development and social change.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
approved for credit in women's studies. Participation in the program will fulfill one IAl
general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a
Spanish course will fulfill one IAl, 2 or 3 perspective credit. Application deadline is April
1
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required
course. Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. (will fulfill IA 1, 2,
or 3 perspective)
INS 311
The Development Process
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin
American development and educational theories and practices are examined,
as well as social change strategies.
POL 359
Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact
these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies,
and revolution. (Required course.)
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and sociaVpolitica1transformation.
SPAIINS 399 Service-Learning Internships
Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change andlor development. 800-100 hours of community service
required.
-
168 International Studies
RELIINS 499 Independent Study
Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is
either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is
approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the
independent study.
GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)-SPRING
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline
is Oct. 15.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit,
and a Spanish course will fulfill one IA1, 2 or 3 perspective credit.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks,
taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
SOC 286
Social Stratification
A study of social stratification theory, focusing on its application in the Latin
American context. Special attention will be given to the forms, causes, and
consequences of gender, class, and raciallethnic stratification in Mexico.
POL 295
Political Economy of Development in Latin America: Gender and
Environmental Perspectives
Topics studied include development politics in Latin America from preColumbian times to the present, environmental issues from a gender perspective, and political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development.
REL 31 1
Theology, Ethics, and the Environment
An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America.
SPAIINS 399 Service-Learning Internships
Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change and/or development. 800-100 hours of community service
required.
International Studies 16
RELIINS 499 Independent Study
Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is
either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is
approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the
independent study.
1 MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore
the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IAl general education perspective credit.
REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of
development as well as particular strategies of development that are being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and
religious organizations.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South
Africa, and the war for independence.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
INS 399
Internships
1 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL
OR SPRING
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
70 International Studies
Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit.
REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one IAl, 2
or 3 perspective credit.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement
level determined by program director.)
INS 267
Contemporary Social Movement in Central America
This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship
to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and
modernization on indigenous cultures.
ECO 495
Topics: Sustainable Economic Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in
the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and
present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students
examine the "theologies of liberation."
NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING
This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid
South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As
these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and
colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization
in today's world; the challenges posed by under and unequal development; and the longterm project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit
and REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
-
International Studies 17
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics-Southern
Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women
in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in
newly-independent Namibia.
INS xxx
Roots and Realities of Racism in Southern Africa and the USA: A
Comparative Examination
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political
victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism.
INS 399
Internships
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL
This interdisciplinary program focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and
issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional,
and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union.
Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the chair of the modem
languages department for language credit.
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of
superpowers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms
control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in
its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theatres, museums, galleries), and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social, and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures
to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with
field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
-
72 International Studies
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: GUATEMALA AND ECUADOR-FALL
This interdisciplinary program, with travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides an
overview of history, culture, economy, and politics of these regions. Students study theories
and models of development and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and
global context. Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an independent
study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture, and
arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic
development issues, theories, and models applicable to Latin America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America.
Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies, and urban elites. Models and theories
of urbanization and development are compared.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
INS 499
Independent Study
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL
CILA combines an internship, independent study and seminars on community participation, and development in the Latin American urban setting. Based in Quito, Ecuador,
students live with local families, work in an agency three days a week, and meet as a group
twice a week. Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
INS 366
Community Participation for Social Change
Examines pressing social realities and policy initiatives in Colombia in recent
decades. Explores concepts of community, democracy, participation, and community organization, and their meaning for community work. Provides tools
to evaluate strategies for social, political, and economic development.
Integrates readings, guest lectures, faculty and student presentations, discussions, and field work.
INS 499
Independent Study
Students define topic of interest related to program themes and use analytical
tools gained in CILA to study a particular issue or case. A faculty member
advises the student throughout to assure adequate focus and incorporation of
primary field research in the project design.
International Studies 1;
INS 399
(2 course credits)
Internship Placement and Seminar
Placement matches student-defined goals and interests with one of a wide
range of agencies working toward community development and social change.
Students work 20 hours per week, assisting with special projects and a program operations. A learning contract outlines expectations of student. agency,
and program for the term. The internship seminar provides for structured
reflection, analysis, and integration of the experience.
ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY I N LATIN AMERICA:
GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)--SPRING
Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global d e w opmenl on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous cornmunitics in
Guatemala, with travel to Cuba or another Latin American country. Aupburg application
deadline: Sepr. 30.
All students take these four inter-related courses:
Social Dynamics and the Environment
The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications
Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course)
INS 499 Independent Study Project (students chooses topic)
Check with the specific international studies program director for requirements in the
program.
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management
Information Systems.
76 Mathematics
in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must
take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam,
which is administered by the Academic
Advising Center. The exam is given during
College registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice
questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment
at Augsburg College. Review help is available from the Academic Enrichment
Center.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MATHEMATICS COURSES
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business and
everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a
year of high school algebra. WEC-additional sessions are required)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG
3)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Concepts of finite mathematics such as combinatorics, probability, matrices,
linear programming, theory of interest, and graph theory with an emphasis on
quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications
in the social and behavioral sciences and business and quantitative reasoning.
Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Mathematics 17;
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of Western civilization with an emphasis on connections to teaching
mathematics to children. Students who have completed MAT 331 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 132
Numeracy for Contemporary Society
An examination of the applications of mathematics in an interdisciplinary setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students'
life, work, and interests. Students who have completed a Quantitative
Reasoning course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 145-146 Calculus 1 8 11
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series with an emphasis on mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
- -
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3; Coreq.: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 245
Calculus Ill
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
178 Mathematics
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries
and geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning,
conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, a i d formal logic with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series
in a theoretical setting with an emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 331
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. An examination of the interaction
between the development of mathematics and that of western civilization.
Does not apply toward the mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or
MAT 122 and MPG 4, junior or senior standing)
MAT 373
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts of probability including methods of enumeration, random variables
and probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem, and
important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245)
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts of statistics including sampling distributions associated with the
normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT
373)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor)
-
Mathematics 1 7 s
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, numerical analysis,
mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal
mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.:
at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor)
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Cames no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 1991399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing). See also description on p. 87.
MAT 499
Independent StudyIResearch
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered cumculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor). See also description on p. 88.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
- M O D E R N LANGUAGES
Modern Languages Faculty
The
Department Of
Languages
at Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
liberal arts educkon for service
in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should
go beyond career preparation and that
familiarity with the language and culture of
another people is an essential step in the
development of a truly global perspective.
The modem languages department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in intemational business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or
minor in modem languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, R o m h
Soto, Donald Steinmetz
Major
The major consists of nine courses
above 21 1, including two courses in culture, two courses in language, two courses
in literature and three electives (from any
of the three areas above). At least seven of
these courses must be taught in the target
language of the major and at least four of
them must be taken on the Augsburg campus.
Minor
The minor consists of four courses
above 2 11,including one each in language,
literature, and culture. At least three of
these courses must be taught in the target
language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
Graduation with Distinction
Majors seeking graduation with distinction must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major, 3.5
GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See major/minor above for lim-
-
Modern Languages 181
its on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
Study Abroad
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Teaching Licensure
Teacher candidates in French, German,
and Spanish must consult with the
Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as
well as for information on special methods
courses. All transfer teacher candidates,
including those who have completed a college language major elsewhere, must take
at least two courses in language, literature,
or culture at Augsburg. A minimum grade
of 3.0 in Conversation and Composition
(311) is a departmental requirement for
teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency
Exam prior to student teaching. See
requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for Teaching in Secondary
Schools under Department of Education.
After spring term 2001, Augsburg
College will no longer offer a licensure
program in modem languages. See the
Department of Education or the chair of
the Department of Modem Languages for
information on other options.
AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people.
CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall: 111; spring 112. WEC-additional sessions required)
-
182 Modern Languages
FRE 21 1, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, inteniews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and &&mar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
-
Modern Languages 18:
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
FRE 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
FRE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
GERMAN (CER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111; spring:
- 112.
WEC-additional sessions required.)
CER 211, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
CER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
CER 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
CER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
-
184 Modern Languages
CER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in
their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle
the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a
way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
CER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Man, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modem age.
CER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
CER 399
lnternship
See description on page 87
CER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
-
Modern Languages 18:
JAPANESE(JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
NOR 21 1, 212 Intermediate Norwegian I, II
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory
work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 295
NOR 31 1
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Camposition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 21 1 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel-
opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
-
186 Modern Languages
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on litera~yand
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
NOR 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
OJIBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered a>Augsburg, both as part of the modem
languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring:
112. WEC-additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
.-V
^
-
3* O 2F %4
@:;
&
w
o
o
at;
s E 2
- 8 s
5
c
3 .E
w
.ss
Z
8
. m- s
c % i8
0 m e *
33,"
=.-
l;:g;
04
E e9;
Q Q )
E
o u * . .
Uzg+
W
d
O
E
C h.m E
a v .l$
c z Z
0 m .2 ~6
""a
;.2'gg
,z
03.2 w
Z E Z Z
O ;.z m3 .z
d
u
,o&z
u.y8
3 s
acl
8,
4 gga
a w a9
M
usic has the power to strengthen
the mind, heal the body, and unlock the
creative spirit. Whether we experience
music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it
adds a significant dimension to our lives.
The Department of Music at Augsburg
College offers music training within the
context of a liberal arts education, and is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA) . Music majors may
choose from four majors in three degree
programs: bachelor of arts (music major);
bachelor of music (music education
major); bachelor of music (performance
major); and bachelor of science (music
therapy major). Music minors and nonmusic majors may also participate in a
variety of music experiences including
music ensembles, private lessons, some
music courses, and additional Interim
courses or special performances.
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Merilee Klemp
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Bridget
Doak, Sally Dorer, Susan Druck, Lynn
Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth,
Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Mary
Horozaniecki, Ned Kantar, Kathy Kienzle,
Caroline Lemen, Steve Lund, Norbert
Nielubowski, Celeste O'Brien, Paul Ousley,
Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths, Sonja
Thompson, Angela Wyatt.
Fine Arts Coordinator
Carley Miller
Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of
Music for acceptance to a degree program
by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer
students should meet with a music adviser
immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to
establish an appropriate course of music
study and application/evaluation process.
AU students interested in pursuing a
music degree at Augsburg are strongly
encouraged to contact a music faculty
adviser in their degree area as soon as
possible to ensure a smooth program of
study and timely completion of music
degree requirements.
Bachelor of Arts-Music Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of arts-music
major degree program, students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor
recommendation form for the major
instrument or voice with the application
(found in Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency
requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
Bachelor of Music-Education Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-education major degree program,
students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
-
Music 185
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiencyrequirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore
jury. In addition to applying to the music
department, bachelor of music-education
major candidates must also apply to the
Department of Education for acceptance
into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the
bachelor of music-education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program.
Bachelor of Music-Performance Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-performance major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see
Music Student Handbook).
Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy
Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
science-music therapy major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument
or voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency requirements
Acceptance to the degree program will
based on the successful completion of the
above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses and a 2.5 in all music therapy
courses is necessary for the music therapy
degree. Bachelor of science-music therapy
major candidates should consult with the
director of music therapy before applying
for acceptance into the program.
Transfer Students
For acceptance to a music degree
program, transfer students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to the end of the sophomore year,
or as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
-
190 Music
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury if enrolled
as a junior or senior, or spring semester
sophomore jury if enrolled as a freshman
or sophomore. For bachelor of musicperformance major candidates, acceptance
will be based on the completion of the
above as well as on the successful outcome
of the audition and interview (see Music
Student Handbook).
Equivalency/Certification Students
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency
program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student's degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
submit an application for admission during
the first semester of residency at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury.
Music Minor
Candidates must submit an application
for admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year.
Core curriculum (required of all music
majors):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 112 Aural Skills 11
MUS 201 Materials of Music 111
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 21 1 Aural Skills 111
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 23 1 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
Large and Small Ensemble Participation
Performance Studies
Music Repertoire Tests
Piano Proficiency
Plus fulfillment of recital requirements
as given under each specific degree and
major. Language requirements are fulfilled
in accordance with Augsburg's general education guidelines and with the approval of
the student's music adviser. Checklists for
specific degree programs are available in
the music department.
H BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
-
Music 19'
or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements
Core cuniculum plus one music credit
elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital)
plus two semesters chosen from:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Era
MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
MUS 241 History of Jazz
MUS 320 Worlds of Music
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrument/voice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumenuvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Students select either
vocavgeneral or instrumentavgeneral
emphasis. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the bachelor of music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching.
Requirements
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
ENG 111 Effective Writing
INS 105, or Intro. to Amer. Indian
Studies
INS 260 Contemporary American
Indians
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education
Seminar
ESE 300 ReadingNriting in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485,487 Student
Teaching
VocaVGeneral:
MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/F'ercussion (.25)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.25)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.25)
InstrumentaWGeneral:
MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal
(.25)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.5)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5)
92 Music
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253,
254
Instrumental emphasis-ne
course credit
of music elective
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumentlvoice (first
year)
Four half course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumendvoice (second and third year)
Two full course credits of performance
studies in the major instrurnentlvoice
(fourth year)
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrurnentlvoice (winds and percussionBand; strings-Orchestra; voice-Choir)
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Improvisation competency on major
instrumendvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major
instrurnentlvoice
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in
music and the liberal arts. The program is
made available only to students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on
the basis of an auditionlinterview application
process. The bachelor of music performance
program prepares gifted performers to com-
pete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits
Core curriculum
MUS 311,312
MUS 358
MUS 459
plus:
Composition I, 11
Full junior recital
Full senior recital
One of the following three areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasi+MUS 251,252, 253, 254,
435, EDS 359, one course credit of music
elective
Piano or organ emphasi+MUS 301,302,
436, 456, one half course credit of music
elective
Inshumental emphasisMUS 301,302, one
and one half course credits of music electives, one methods course for major instrument
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits of performance studies in
the major instrurnentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the
major instrumentlvoice
Or, for piano or guitar emphasis:
Four quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble plus four semesters of
departmental ensemble work as assigned
by the student's academic adviser and studio instructor.
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and 3.0 in the major
ins trumendvoice
-
Music 19;
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is
minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program,
which includes a full-time (six months or
1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility
approved by the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). This course of study
is chosen by students who wish to become
professional music therapists.
Requirements: 23 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274,275
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 311 or 312 Composition I or 11
MUS 372, 373
Psychological
Foundation of Music I, I1
MUS 374,375
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half senior recital
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
MUS 358 Music Methods: Strings
Strongly recommended:
MUS 359 Music Methods: Vocal
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrumentlvoice
Two semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 course credits
MUS 101, 102
Materials of Music I, 11
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
One additional music course.
Four consecutive quarter courses in a
major ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies
on the major instrument/voice
Pass one music repertoire test
Departmental Honors
Students may qualify for participation
in the music honors program if they:
have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in
music courses
apply by petition for the honors program
before the senior year
-
9 4 Music
provide leadership in one or more of the
following areas:
- promotion of high music
performance standards within
the music department
- breadth of music interests by
attendance at concerts on and
off campus
- major ensembles
Honors may be achieved in one of the
following ways:
writing a senior thesis and defending it
before a faculty committee
presenting an additional senior recital of
graduate quality
composing a work for vocal andfor
instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration
conducting an ensemble concert
a combination of the above
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations are open
to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are
required to participate in a major ensemble
on their major instrument (where possible)
during their time at Augsburg College.
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled during the first week of the
school year or by arrangement with the
individual ensemble director.
While the music department strongly
encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in
the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir,
or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Ensemble requirements are
fulfilled by participation for the entire year.
One quarter course credit per semester is
granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111, 112, 121, 141); other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student
may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no
credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble
may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies (Private Lessons)
Private instruction in voice, piano,
organ, or any instrument is available for all
students in the following categories:
No credit-112 hour lesson, 3 hours of
practice per week
114 course credit-1R hour lesson,
4 hours of practice per week
112 course credit-1 hour lesson,
8 hours of practice per week
One course credit-1 hour lesson,
12 hours of practice per week
Lessons for credit require:
Private lessons
Jury examination at the end of each
semester
Attendance at departmental student
recitals and master classes
Attendance at concerts and recitals
Lessons for non-credit:
Students may take private lessons for
no credit and are not required to fulfill the
performance and listening requirements.
A semester of study consists of 14
weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury
examination. Music majors and minors are
required to register for music lessons for
credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being
sought). Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music, and private
-
Music 1 9
instruction for credit is graded traditionally
Music majors and minors must declare an
area of concentration. Freshmen may be
awarded free lessons, if taken for credit, in
their major instrumendvoice and with the
recommendation of their private lesson
instructor. Any lessons during Interim or
summer are arranged privately with the
instructor. A student who cannot attend a
scheduled lesson is required to notify the
instructor at least 24 hours in advance.
Otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit
the right to a make-up lesson. Limited
school instruments are available for student use.
Music majors are required to attend
departmental student recitals and will perform if requested by their instructor. All
students registered in performance studies
for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester.
Four of these events will be made up of
major ensemble concerts, senior student
recitals, faculty recitals, or designated campus music events. Four events should be
professional, off-campus concerts that have
the prior approval of the student's major
instrumendvoice instructor. Off-campus
concerts will require that a program and a
one-sheet review be submitted to the
instructor. Music minors are required to
attend four events (on or off campus) that
meet the approval of their private instructor.
Note: Final grades for private lessons are
affected by attendance requirements.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should
carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Concurrent registration in
performance studies in the major instrumendvoice is required for recital
performance. At least two full-time music
faculty members and the student's private
instructor must be present to evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are
given a pass/fail grade.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
repertoire lists.
B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for piano major and non-piano
major requirements and test dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
96 Music
-
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule
or the music department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test)
MUS 102
(.5 course)
Materials of Music 11
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
MUS 201
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century
practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201
and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 211
Aural Skills 111
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(.5 course)
16th- through 18th-century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue, and canon. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11 (.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Barber,
Copland, Hindemith, and Shostakovitch. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
(-5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
Materials of Music 111
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
-
Music 19
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,
ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and
tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied
and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor)
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111, 231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
102, 201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101,102,201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 320
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western musical cultures.
-
98 Music
Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the histoly of music:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(Prereq.: MUS 23 1, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western
Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing,
and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS
251, 252, 253, 254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening,
analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
cuniculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
H INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
MUS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
MUS 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
Music 19
7
TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading,
and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessaly to pass the
piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252) German Diction (253),
French Diction (254)
(each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music
education majors.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought.
MUS 358
JuniorRecital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music
education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUSIC THERAPY
MUS 271
MUS 272
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
00 Music
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music.
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the s u p e ~ s i o nof a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months.
(1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation
requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests)
-
Music 20'
ENSEMBLES (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester
or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band
members.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in the
Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, or
Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy
the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers o f Augsburg (.25 course)
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (.25 course)
MUE 122
String Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 142
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 144
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 145
Piano Ensemble (.O course)
-
!02 Music
PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded
traditionally. All areas of study are available
to the non-music major or minor. All
lessons are adapted to the individual needs
of the student and those bearing credit are
supplemented by accompanying, ensemble
participation, and other performances.
Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate
levels of achievement and the following
expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; music minor-Level I;
B.A. and B.S. majors-Enter I and attain
111; B.M.-Education major-Enter I1 attain
IV; B.M.-Performance major-Enter I1 and
attain \!
LESSONS
MUP 111-411 Voice
MUP 137-437
Horn
MUP 121-421 Violin
MUP 141-441
Trumpet
MUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 142-442
Trombone
MUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 143-443
Baritone
M UP 124-424 Bass
MUP144-444
Tuba
MUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 152-452
Piano
MUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 159a
Piano accompanying
MUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 161-461
Guitar
MUP 134-434 Saxophone
MUP 171-471
Percussion
MUP 135-435 Flute
MUP181-481
Organ
MUP 191-491
Harp
MUP 192-492
Improvisation
Note carefully the following provisions:
A semester of study is 14 weeks of
lessons and coaching. Any lesson during
the Interim or summer are arranged
privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot attend a scheduled
lesson is required to notify the teacher at
least 24 hours in advance; otherwise
except for illness immediately prior to
the lesson, the student will forfeit the
right to a make-up lesson.
Credit is granted only for study with
faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music.
T
he natural science licensure program
for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
Coordinators
Karen Ballens, Biology, Sandra Olmsted,
Chemistry, Jeff Johnson, Physics
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
GEO XXX Introductory Geology
PHY 101 Introductory Astronomy
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 113 Introductory Organisrnal Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General
Physics I, I1
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
Biology Major
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Broad base requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 355 Genetics
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
or BIO 474 Developmental Biology
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
One math course: MAT 114, 122, 145, or
163
-
!04 Natural Science Teaching Licensures
Physical Science Broad Base
Requirement
BIO 113,114,215
PHY 101,106
Geology
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 5-12)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement,
plus Graduation major in chemistry:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
5-12)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement,
plus Graduation major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122;
recommended from PHY 261,320,327,
352,420,486,488
One year of general chemistry- CHM
105,106 or CHM 115,116
Two courses from:
CHM 364,367,464,481,482,495
One year of general physics-PHY
122
121,
NORDIC
AREASTUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
T
-
he Augsburg
of Nursing
- Department
is designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called
on to function in a variety of settings that
differ from those in the past. Today nurses
work in hospitals, clinics, corporations,
government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through
the entire life span for people of diverse
cultures and socioeconomic levels.
The bachelor's degree equips nurses
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at
Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle
challenging new positions in today's health
care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to
a bachelor of science degree with a major
in nursing, is accredited by the National
League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health
nurse registration in Minnesota. With two
additional courses, they are eligible to
apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair), Meny Beth Gay,
Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss
Major
Nine courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 43 1 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at
the completion of Level I and Level I1
courses of study are required. Students also
must complete Augsburg's residence and
general education requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed within two
academic years; however, students may
pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum courses
requiring additional weekday time. More
time may be required to complete the total
course of study depending on the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should
consult with the program coordinator from
the Department of Nursing for program
planning.
-
06 Nursing
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major requires:
a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall, application to the department chair
by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis
to be presented before a faculty committee
by April 15. Candidates register for NUR
499 to complete the honors requirement.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2
GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate
degree or diploma nursing program with a
2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed
with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry,
anatomy and physiology, microbiology,
English composition, introductory sociology, and introductory psychology. These
courses may be taken at Augsburg or at
another accredited college or university.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are
available only through Weekend College.
Classes usually meet on alternate weekends
for one 3 l/2 hour time block. Clinical
practice usually occurs on weekdays.
Students can complete their liberal arts
general education requirements by taking
courses in day school and Weekend
College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting
the nursing major.
Nursing majors can complete the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis and
Rochester sites.
-
Nursing 20
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a
patientlclient situation.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities.
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum**
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delively systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teachingearning theory, and basic public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in
nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
-
08 Nursing
NUR 403
NUR 431
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse
families and explores theories related to family structure and function
throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is
examined. (Prereq.: NUR 306, 350)
LeadershipIManagement: Theory and Practice**
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs
in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor.
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
Independent Study:
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
Note: I f NUR 31 1 is not taken immediately following NUR 31 0, students are required to consult
withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more t h a n j v e years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to
audit courses.
** This course involves an additional clinical fee.
P
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most other disciplines have their source in it, and it is concerned with asking and answering the
"big" questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning with the help of great
philosophers from the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, or the Christian ministry.
Philosophy Faculty
David Apolloni (Chair), Mark Fuehrer,
Bruce Reichenbach
Philosophy Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 285 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 20thCentury Analytic Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Four elective courses in philosophy
Five courses must be upper division.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy See course listing
on page 118.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241,242, and 343.
-
!lo Philosophy
.-
-- -
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how
we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and
homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and
history of romantic love and its relationship to sex.
PHI 215
Philosophy of the Emotions and Passions
An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on
the nature of human emotion and passion with the intention of discovering
the nature and role on this aspect of human nature. The impact of emotions
upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations, and even religion are
explored.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and
still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and
reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge,
and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
-
Philosophy 21
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting,
sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of
aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic
experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's
intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition.
PHI 2851385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Modern Philosophy
The quest for the nature and origin of knowledge in the writings of the
Continental Rationalists, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz; and in the the writings
of the British Empiricists, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. Kant's idealist answer to
Hume's skepticism; the rejection of idealism and the formation of analytic philosophy in the early 20th century: Moore, Russell, and Wittgenstein.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the
relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said
about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-of prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems that arise in the areas of health
care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation,
genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
'
-
1 2 Philosophy
PHI 3851285 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
(See description for PHI 285/385)
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area
of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
PHI 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
PHI 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
PHYSICALEDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
T
he Augsburg
Assistant
- Physician
Program is designed for students interested
m careers as health care providers.
The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians
and educators recognized that there was a
shortage and uneven distribution of primary
care physicians. To combat these problems,
the Physician Assistant Program was developed. All PAs must, by law or regulation,
have a supervising physician. An important
element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is a 27-month program of study
for students with at least 64 semester
hours of college credit. A new class of 28
students begins each May. Students who
intend to enter the Physician Assistant
Program must apply by December of the
previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are
accepted. Physician assistant students who
have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a bachelor of arts in
physician assistant studies upon successful
completion of the program.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is currently accreditated from
CAAHEP (Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs).
In order for someone to practice as a
physician assistant, one must graduate from
an accredited PA program and pass the PA
National Certification Examination. Practice
regulations differ from state to state.
The mission of the Augsburg College
Physician Assistant Program is to educate
students in a manner consistent with the
College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of
all cultures and backgrounds and oriented
toward providing care to undersewed
populations. Students are well educated in
current medical theory and practice, and
graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes
dedication to excellence in performance,
with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Physician Assistant Faculty
Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair), Martha Kelly,
Terry Lewis, LuAnn Shay, Christine
Bosquez, Donna DeGracia
Major
First Year (Twelve Months)
Twelve courses including:
PA 311
Human Anatomy and
Neuroanatomy
PA 321
Human Physiology
PA 331
PA Seminar
PA 351
Pharmacology I
PA 361
Clinical Medicine I
PA 371
History & Physical Exam
Skills I
PA 341
Current Trends
PA 362
Clinical Medicine I1
PA 352
Pharmacology I1
PA 363
Clinical Medicine 111
History & Physical Exam
PA 372
Skills I1
PA 380
Emergency Medicine
and three supporting courses including:
PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I
PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care I1
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
-
1 4 Physician Assistant
Second Year (Fifteen Months)
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Prerequisite: successful completion of the
first year of the PA Program and all courses
must be taken as maditional grading.
The following steps must be completed
to apply for admission into the Physician
Assistant Program.
Clinical rotations in prearranged health
care facilities including:
PA 400 Family Medicine .............6 weeks
PA 410 Internal Medicine ............6 weeks
PA 420 General Surgery ..............6 weeks
PA 430 Pediatrics........................ .6 weeks
PA 440 OB/Gynecology ...............6 weeks
PA 450 Emergency Medicine ......6 weeks
PA 460 Psychiatry........................6 weeks
PA 470 Electives ..........................6 weeks
PA 480 Family Medicine
Preceptorship ..................Final 11
weeks of
program
1. Prerequisite course content: The following courses must have been completed
at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent
course at another accredited institution)
with a GPA of 2.0 or better:
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each physician assistant and supporting course of
study is required. Students in the degree
program also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements.
The program is planned so that the
major will be completed in 27 months.
The courses are offered consecutively, with
subsequent courses based on material
taught in previous courses; therefore, students are accepted for full-time study only.
Program Change
As of May 2001, the PA Program will
be a graduate program and award a master
of science degree with the PA Certificate.
Prerequisites will change accordingly.
One year biological sciences for majors
One full course sequence oE
Organic Chemistry
Microbiology
Biochemistry
General Psychology
One course in medical terminology
2. It is recommended students maintain
a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or
better to remain competitive with all
potential applicants.
3. All general education
perspectives/skills (except The City, one
Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, and Critical
Thinking) must have been completed. The
above perspectives and skills are included
in the physician assistant curriculum.
4. Submit a complete application to the
program prior to the deadline, usually the
end of December. Call the office for the
official deadline each year. A complete
application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an
application fee, and an official transcript
from each post-secondary school attended.
5. Application and admission to
Augsburg College prior to matriculation to
the Physician Assistant Program.
-
Physician Assistant 21
Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only
to students accepted into the PA Program.
Human Physiology
A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems, and
the special senses. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program)
PA Seminar
A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the
laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.:
Admission to the PA Program or consent of instructor)
Current Trends
This course educates the student in understanding medical literature, research
of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program)
Pharmacology I
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology, and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular,
respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program and successful completion of summer semester)
Pharmacology II
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, and prescriptive practices
as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351)
Clinical Medicine I
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and
successful completion of summer semester)
Clinical Medicine II
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic, and
neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361)
16 Physician Assistant
7
Clinical Medicine Ill
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic,
obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic, and immunologic systems.
(Prereq.: PA 363)
History and Physical Exam Skills I
A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the
PA Program)
History and Physical Exam Skills II
A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371)
Emergency Medicine
A lecturdaboratory course designed to educate the student in common emergency procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical
procedures, and cardiac arrest protocol. (Prereq.: PA 371 and 362)
Family Medicine
A six-week required rotation that emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation,
diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases, and conditions unique to the
clinical practice of family medicine.
Internal Medicine
A six-week required rotation during which the indication, limitation, and
methods of performing the necessary diagnostic procedure and therapeutic
measures used in the treatment of general medicine disorders are reviewed.
General Surgery
A six-week required rotation providing an orientation to patients of various
ages with surgically manageable diseases, emphasizing -preoperative,intraoperative, and postoperative periods.
Pediatrics
A six-week required rotation designed to emphasize care of the child from
birth through adolescence, emphasizing common childhood illnesses, normal
growth and development, and abnormal variations.
-
Physician Assistant 217
OBICYN
A six-week required rotation that provides an exposure to the spectrum of
problems and issues associated with women's health care, including pregnancy,
common gynecological diseases, and preventive care.
Emergency Medicine
A six-week required rotation designed to provide an in-depth exposure to the
illnesses and injuries sustained by all ages that necessitate emergency care.
Psychiatry
A six-week required rotation designed to provide an understanding of the
behavioral components of health, disease, and disability with exposure to
patients with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses.
Electives
A total of six weeks spent by the student in a department-approved rotation of
the student's choice, such as, but not limited to, cardiology, orthopedics, radiology, dermatology, and neurology.
Family Medicine Preceptorship
An 11-week required rotation providing the student an opportunity to utilize
all skills and knowledge gained in the program, emphasizing complete patient
care in a family medicine setting. (Prereq: completion of the clinical year of
PA studies)
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called "natural philosophers,"
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society's understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric
science and meteorology, oceanography,
biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments with some
degree of comprehension.
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College's
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs (supported by NASA, the National Science
Foundation, and other federal agencies)
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences. Several students work as
research assistants in these efforts during
the academic year and in the summer.
Cooperative education, internship, and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
knowledge and problem-solving skills in
practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson,
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson,
Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose
Wolf
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch, Thomas Powers
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General PKysics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
-
Physics '219
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11
MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory 11
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11
MAT 245, 247 Calculus I11 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Graduation with Distinction
A GPA of 3.7 in physics and 3.5 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121,122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, 11
-
'22 Physics
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour
laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing
or consent of instructor. Fall)
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour
per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245, 35 1. Fall)
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics,
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
PHY 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
PHY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Philip Fishman,
Milda Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten,
William Morris, Norma Noonan, Susan
Riley, Joseph Underhill-Cady
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective-one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
honors thesis to be defended before a fac-
-
?24 Political Science
ulty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods-capstone course (required for
licensure)
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
into the Department of Education.
Political Science Areas
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary educaiton.
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division course
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
-
Political Science 22
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 325
Public Administration and Policy Analysis
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion, and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing.)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section I V for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
-
26 Political Science
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four
courses in the international relations sequence)
-
Political Science 22
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at
least junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle
of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes
some coverage of Asian American history and looks at struggle to define Asian
Americans.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Mantist theory and movements, emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and
economic dimensions, and changing role of Marxist doctrines in society.
(Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor)
- Political Science
28
POL 383
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily but not exclusively at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper
division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
lnternship
See description on page 87. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants
exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
POL 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
POL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. A s an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior.
Psychology's scientific method also equips
students to understand and use scientific
research and to make more informed judgments about claims in the popular media.
To prepare students for graduate study
and work in psychology, the major emphasues the complementary components of a
strong foundation in research and theoretical work with application of knowledge and
skills in coursework, research experience,
and internships within the community. The
cuniculum's emphasis on problem-solving
skills and current information about human
development and interaction is also relevant to careers in many related s e t t i n g s
business, education, social services,
research, law, government, church,
and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializatio=linical,
counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive,
and industrial/organizational psychologyas well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy.
Students may tap this expertise through a
variety of learning experiences-within
and outside the classroom, with group and
individual projects, and through association with Augsburg's active Psychology
Club, Psi Chi Honor Society, and facultystudent research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Emily Hause, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler,Jennifer Wenner
Major
Ten courses including:
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 200 Psychological Science
Laboratory
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis 11
PSY 399 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
PSY 359 Assessment
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contempora~yIssues
At least three additional psychology courses.
(Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than 10 psychology courses; no more
than 13 count for graduation. )
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be
counted.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
WEC psychology courses are offered
only on an alternating year basis.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
-
30 Psychology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific course work to
strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology
interest. Course work will emphasize
research skills, theoretical analysis, and
applied work in areas intended to prepare
students for careers in law, consulting,
research, and social policy, as well as many
other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate
school preparation. See department chair
for specific requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall,
and completion of a high-quality research
project culminating the major program.
Formal application must be made during
the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,
399, and 499 may be counted.
PSY 102
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and
group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes,
and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 200
Psychological Science Laboratory
An introduction to the science of psychology through problem-solving. The
focus is application of psychological principles to real-world issues. Emphasis
on data collection, summary, and communication. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
-
Psychology 23
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientificmethod as practiced in psychology.
Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis,
and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede
PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 200 or consent of insh-uctor)
PSY 330
PSY 351
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 with a grade of 2.0 or higher)
Child Development
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Practical implications of data
and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 352
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 353
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and
altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learningbehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
- Psychology
32
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 361
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 362
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 368
Behavioral Health Care I
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.:Junior
standing in PA Program or PSY 355 and instructor approval)
PSY 369
Behavioral Health Care II
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Continuation of PSY 368. Specific
skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of health care plans. Emphasis on psychopathology. (Prereq.: PSY 368)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the people in psychology's history, their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.: PSY
102 or 105)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Three
PSY courses and junior class standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and
consent of instructor)
-
Psychology 23:
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students'
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary research issues. Recommended for students headed for graduate
school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 330 or comparable
course approved by instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 230
and junior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
Internship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
PSY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
R
eligion asks fundamental questions
of life and meaning: Who are we as human
beings? Where did we come from? Where
did the world come from? What do good
and evil mean in this time and
place? Students will wrestle with these
questions and with responses from the
Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions.
Through this study of religion, students
will learn to understand, appreciate, and
articulate the Christian faith, as based in
the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church
and its history, and as interactive in the
contemporary world and with other world
religions. Students will also develop the
ability to read and interpret the Bible,
other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their
meaning for human life in relation to God
becomes evident. In addition students will
develop skills for becoming leaders in the
religious communities to which they
belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and
practices differ from their own.
A religion major encourages students to
seek their future in the world andfor
church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses,
youth and family ministry lay professionals
in congregations, and as social service and
human resource professionals in a wide
variety of settings.
Religion Faculty
Beverly Stratton (Chair), Janelle Bussert,
Bradley Holt, Rolf Jacobson, Lynne
Lorenzen, Philip Quanbeck 11, Mark
Tranvik
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 World Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional religion courses, of which
two must be upper division courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one Interim course may be applied to
the major. One New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with Distinction requires
application to the department chair in the
junior year. Specific requirements are available from the chair.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the
department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Minor
Five religion courses. Not more than
one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Note: Not all courses that meet
Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward tlie religion
major or minor.
-
Religion 23:
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training,
using resources of the Youth and Family
Institute of Augsburg College. Students are
accepted into the program through a twostep candidacy process.
This major requires an approximately
100-hour internship administered by the
Youth and Family Institute in partnership
with a congregation. It may be possible for
the intern to receive a stipend for this
internship.
The candidacy process begins with
application, normally in the fall of the
student's sophomore or junior year. Two
of the theology core courses must be completed before making application to the
program. An essay, one letter of reference,
an assessment instrument called "Self
Portrait," and an interview are required for
candidacy review. The teaching staff will
conduct step one.
The second step will be conducted by
the Youth and Family Institute staff with
help from experienced pastors, a member
of the religion faculty, and youth and family ministers. This usually follows the
internship in the fall of the senior year.
Retaking the "Self Portrait," an essay, an
assessment of the internship, and an interview are required. This step is very important for recommending the students for
employment.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Ten religion courses including:
Theology core:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Youth and family ministry core:
REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry (Interim)
REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
REL 399 Internship
Theology elective: choose one of the
following:
REL 356 World Religions
REL 353 Denominations and Religious
Groups in America
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
and four supporting courses:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 351 Child Development
or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major may not also major or
minor in religion.
-
!36 Religion
2217Or 331 is prereq~site to aU other courses. REL 111 or 221
is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg.
Junior or senior transfer students who are
required to take two Christian Faith
Perspective courses may take REL 331 as
the prerequisite for other courses.
REL 111
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for religion department credit.
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the
task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of
the church.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism.
REL 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
REL 235
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and
basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation.
REL 331
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the
Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills.
Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students
who have taken REL 111 or REL 221.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
-
Religion 23:
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers that may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work, and parish work.
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements in American society.
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom,
councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: junior standing)
REL 374
Science and Religion
A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particularly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences.
-
138 Religion
REL 383
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology.
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of those
Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terns of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community The Jewish
Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
-
Religion 23'
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the tradi-
tional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the
classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular course
offerings.
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year; others
by permission of instructor. Before taking the seminar, each major must have
written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department
chair. (Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See description on page 87. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
REL 399
Internship
See description on pages 87 and 235.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
RELIPHI 350 Philosophy of Religion
(See PHI 350)
40 RUSSIAN, CENTRAL,
AND EAST
EUROPEANSTUDIES (ACTC
T
his major, offered through the
Associated colleges of the ~ w i Cities
i
(ACTC), seeks t i give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of
Central and Eastern Europe and Russia.
This interdisciplinary major offers an
opportunity to become well acquainted
with societies in socio-economical and
political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area.
Experience with the Russian language or,
through the University of Minnesota one of
the Eastern European languages, is
required. Russian, Central, and East
European studies is a sound liberal arts
major offering considerable flexibility and
career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
PROGRAM)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or
equivalent competencies.
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track 1: Concentration in humanities
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 1,plus one
course from Track 2, as approved by adviser.
Track 2: Concentration in social sciences
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 2, plus one
course from Track 1,as approved by adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from either
Track 1 or Track 2.
D. Students are strongly recommended to
take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the
Central or East European countries during
a semester, Interim, or during the summer
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
I
AUCSBURC
TRACK 1
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church
TRACK 2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission
of adviser)
POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post
Communist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser)
POL 363 Russian and Chinese
Foreign Policy
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See the adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
The following courses are considered to be
equivalent to one another:
(Location:A = Augsburg; H = Hamline;
M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St.
Thomas.)
HIS 60 M = HIS 337 H
HlST 333 T = HIST 373 H =
HIST 348 A = HIST 351 C
ECO25M=ECO317A=
ECO 349 T = ECO 349 C
Faculty Advising
Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central, and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary
Studies.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda Paleczny-Zapp, (612) 330-1761;
Hamline, Karen Vogel, (651) 641-2973 and
Nick Hayes, (651) 641-2314; Macalester,
Gary Krueger, (651) 696-6222; St.
Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith, (651) 6906553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour,
(651) 962-5164.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
Coordinator
Christopher Kimball
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 220 America to 1815
or HIS 221 19th-Century United States
or HIS 222 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, history, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor's degree and seeking licensure
only.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
T h e social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in
the field of social work. The baccalaureate
social work uroeram (B.S.W.) is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education
and leads to a bachelor of science degree.
Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities
building on strengths, and to develop and
analyze social policy. The mission of the
department is to develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social
justice and empowerment towards the
well-being of people in a diverse and global society.
.
L,
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg
has offered a full-time Master of Social
Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend
schedule.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Department of Social Work. The Twin
Cities area provides both a variety of field
placements for social work students and
extraordinary community resources for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity in this metropolitan area enriches
opportunities for social work students to
learn to understand, appreciate, respect,
and work with people different from themselves.
The social welfare minor and electives
in the department allow students from
other majors to gain knowledge about
human needs and growth, human services,
global social welfare, and the methods of
effective citizenship. Using this knowledge,
students are encouraged to use their talents
and skills to address the needs of society,
always emphasizing social justice and the
central importance of diversity in the social
fabric of our world.
Social Work Faculty
Terry Cook (Co-Chair), Edward
Skarnulis (Co-Chair), Anthony Bibus
(BSW program director), Susan Bullerdick,
Vem Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW field
coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW program
director), Francine Chakolis, Maria Dinis,
Sumin Hsieh, Rosemary Link, Sharon
Patten, Curt Paulsen, Phu Phan, Glenda
Dewberry Rooney, Michael Schock (BSW
field coordinator), Clarice Staff, Maryann
Syers
- 3ocial Work
44
Concentration
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice
and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
soc 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems:
A Cross-Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required
in the supporting program. A statistics
course is recommended for students planning on graduate school.
Concentrations in aging, chemical
dependency, crime and corrections, social
ministries, and youth are possible. A concentration consists of elective courses in
the area and a senior practicum in that
special area. For social ministries, a minor
in religion with specific coursework is
required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the first practicum in the junior year.
Certain 300- and 400-level courses list
candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion or planned enrollment in all core
and supporting program courses below the
400 level are necessary for candidacy.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
and one course from:
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
-
Social Work 24
Social Ministries
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church-sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the following course of study:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With
Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of
Practice and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course--choose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
Suggested c o u r s e ~ h o o s four:
e
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,
366,370,415,441, and 483.
ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS.
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development
in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to
many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work.
Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of
the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the
growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and
groups or special stresses is also a focus.
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental
responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically
will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
-
46 Social Work
SWK 406
Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies
This course focuses on social change through community organization and
influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human
service agencies, and policy practice in the local community through a
required service-learningproject. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar in WEC and with SWK
301 in the day program, and junior standing)
SWK 307
Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar*
Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work
agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Prereq.: SWK 301,
junior standing, concurrent with SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in
WEC. P/N grading only)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Croups
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on
generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307,
and candidacy status)
SWK 317
Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar*
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading
only)
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide paymentfor
work infield sites.
-
Social Work 24
SWK 401
Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs
This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program and practice evaluations, plus use
of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
SWK 407
Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar*
Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.:
Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 41 7
Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar*
Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 419
The Social Worker as Professional
This course reviews professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job
attainment, and strategies for agency change and empowering clients. (Prereq.:
Senior and candidacy status.)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
SWK 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for
work infield sites.
S
ociology
-. is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization in
groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social
world and how human beings come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, Interim courses, and
field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and cooperative education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources
departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice
field, and as professors of sociology. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning, and
human services.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Eric Buffalohead,
Gany Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Michael
O'Neal, Tim Pippert, James VelaMcConnell
Major
Ten courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory
and four additional sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each
required course to receive credit in the
major.
Concentration in Crime and Community
Many of our students are interested in
the field of criminal justice. This concentration, however, is not a traditional criminal justice program. Rather, the focus is on
understanding crime in the community
with respect to prevention, and the solution of problems that lead to crime.
Students interested in community crime
prevention as well as the traditional
aspects of criminal justice-ourts,
prisons, probation, and law-will be served by
this major. See department chair for specific requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
Sociology 249
Concentration in Social Psychology
Departmental Honors
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific course work to
strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology
interest. Course work will emphasize
research skills, theoretical analysis, and
applied work in areas intended to prepare
students for careers in law, consulting,
research, and social policy, as well as many
other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate
school preparation. See department chair
for specific requirements.
To complete the honors major in sociology, the student must have a minimum
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In
addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio including an honors
essay and completed papers and projects.
See department chair for specific requirements. An application for the honors major
must be completed by spring of the junior
year.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are expected to
have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting
toward the minor.
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and
functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the
United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and the modem cultural and
social patterns.
-Sociology
250
SOC 241
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems.
SOC 265
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121
recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis-be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3 . Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research-do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does soceity construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
-
-
Sociology 251
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
SOC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SOC 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andfor consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
SPEECH/COMMUNICATION
AND
THEATRE
ARTS-spc, THR
0
ur quality
- - of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts
and to improve communication skills.
Since communication careers demand a
broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major
or two minors in fields such as business,
economics, English, history, international
relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts.
The Augsburg communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in
their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts Faculty
Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Robert
Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko,
Deborah Redmond
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall--seven required core
courses and five courses within one of
seven emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these 12 courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
Required of all communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 321 Advanced Public Speaking
or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
or THR 360 Interpretive Reading
SPC 35 1 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
One of the following: ENG 223, 225,
226, 227.
Rhetoric Emphasis (Day)
Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 120,
230; PSY 325,371; SOC 362,375.
Organizational Communication
Emphasis (Day)
Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART
132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or
450; CSC 160; INS 395; PSY 325,371,
373; SOC 265,349,375.
Mass Communication Emphasis (Day)
Five electives from the following: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,
225,330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL
342,375; THR 232,325,350,360;
SPOTHR 333.
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis (WEC)
Students interested in this emphasis are
strongly urged to take ENG 227
Journalism as part of the major.
Five electives from: ART 132, 224, 225;
BUS 242,252,355; MIS 379; PSY 373;
SOC 349; SPC 345,399,480; POL 342.
Marketing Communications Emphasis
(WEC)
Five electives from: BUS 252, 352,355,
357,450; SPC 399,480; POL 342.
Human Relations Emphasis (WEC)
Five electives from: INS 395; PSY 373,
485; SOC 231,265,349,375; SPC 329,
345,399,480.
Supervisory Management Emphasis
(WEC)
Five electives from: BUS 242, 340, 440;
INS 395; MIS 175,379; PSY 373; SOC 349;
SPC 345,399
For All Seven Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg's interscholastic forensics program. Day students are required to attend
at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC
188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to
document participation. Students should
be aware that the tournament season is
essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Film minor
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
SPCITHR Topics 295: 16mm Film
SPCrrHR Topics 295: Contemporary
Issues in Film
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera
Plus one of the following:
SPCrrHR Topics 295: Screenwriting
THRJENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
SPC 347 Documentary Video
SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a communication faculty
adviser.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
This major is only for students who
seek to be licensed in speech or communication arts. Students should consult directly with both the Augsburg speech/communication and education departments. The
course requirements for the new licensure
are listed under the Department of English,
on p. 139.
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111 and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must
attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate,
speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may
take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both.)
SPC 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic
forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring)
SPC 321
Advanced Public Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job i n t e ~ e w i n gand sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or
112)
SPC 329
lntercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code syst e m . (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken
concurrently with THR 333. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production I1
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
SPC 343 or 347)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC
111 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: SPC 111
or consent of instructor. Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Fall, spring)
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
SPC 410
The Self and the Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
SPC 480
Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication
Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
SPC 199
-
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SPC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
SPC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SPC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 88.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 355
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENG 226
ENC 241
ENG 347
INS 395
MIS 379
PHI 120
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
I HEATRE ARTS-THR
T
he study of theatre is finnly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating kno&ledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speechlcommunication, art, music, history, English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the cumculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts Program
offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing
a solid base in classical, modem, contemporary, and multicultural theatre.
Augsburg's location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students,) and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, education, business, communication, and jour-
nalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department strongly
encourages a second major or minor in
such fields as speech/communication, art,
English, education, music, or religion.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
Ten courses overall-eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives.
Eight core courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Two electives from:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
The following cross listed and capstone
courses are encouraged, but not required:
THRJMUS235 Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THRlENG 325 Playwriting
THRISPC 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
-
158 Theatre Arts
Ten experiential learning units in three
or more of the following areas: performance (three required), artistic (one
required), and production (four required).
Unless you are a transfer student, all
six core courses must be taken at
Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning
is required.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only. Thirteen theatre courses
are allowed toward graduation.
A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged, but not required. THR
002, 003, 004, or 005 is recommended to
fulfill lifetime sports requirements.
Majors must participate in two out of
three dramatic productions every year.
Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
to have major participation in productions.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser prior to their senior year to develop
a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
required to take a minimum of three
Augsburg upper division theatre arts
courses.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five experiential learning units in the following areas: performance (two required),
artistic (one required), and production
(two required).
Film Minor
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
SPC/THR Topics 295: 16mm Film
SPC/THR Topics 295: Contemporary
Issues in Film
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera
Plus one of the following:
SPCrrHR Topics 295: Screenwriting
THRIENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
SPC 347 Documentary Video
SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
-
Theatre Arts 25!
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure
Major
The State of Minnesota has changed the
licensing requirements for teachers who
seek to be licensed in theatre. At publication of this catalog, the Theatre Arts
Program is in the process of seeking
approval of a dance and theatre teacher
licensure major with a theatre specialization. Students should consult directly with
both the Augsburg Theatre Arts Program
and the education department.
THRIHPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports-Introduction
to Dance
(.O course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class
includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem
dance.
THRIHPE 004, 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern
(.O course)
Dance and Improvisation
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THRlHPE 002, 00, or instructor's permission.
NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THRIHPE 002, 003,004, or
005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis
on active participation and reflective writing. (Fall)
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre
tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring)
THR 245
lntroduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years)
-
!60 Theatre Arts
THR 325/ENC 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one
literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Fall: alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will
execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take
theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the
Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR
228 or permission of instructor. Spring)
THR 333/SPC 333 Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as applied to video and
film. Since the art of acting enhances skills for on-camera effectiveness, actual
TV drama scripts, commercials, and others will be used for video performance;
should be taken concurrently with SPC 343.
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Fall)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study, discuss, practice, and perform readings in prose, poetry, and drama before small
and large groups. (Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall or spring: alternate years)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentially with THR 361. (Fall or spring: alternate years)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles
from the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism,Restoration comedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and
THR 232. Fall or Spring)
-
Theatre Arts 26'
THR 366
Stage Direction
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical
collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of
two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor
required. (Prereq.: THR 361, or 362, or 328, or consent of instructor. Spring)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
THR 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Women's Studies Program provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
Program with 'Ourse offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not
On gender, but also
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucia1 aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study
Women's Studies Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Coordinator), Kristin
M. Anderson, Grace B. Dyrud, Doug
Green, Milda Hedblom, Lynne Lorenzen,
Patty Murphy, Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma
Noonan, Michael O'Neal, Timothy Pippert,
Beverly J. Stratton, James Vela-McConnell
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in
Studies, WST 495
(Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved
studies courses, and should
include at least two courses in the social
sciences, two in the humanities, and one in
cross-cultural studies. At least three tourses must be upper division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the graduation
skills requirements for the women's studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student's program must have the
written approval of the women's studies
program coordinator.
Both majors and minors are encouraged
to participate in one of the gender-focused
semester study abroad programs offered
through Augsburg's Center for Global
Education. Two programs have been prestudy credit:
approved for
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall
semester) and Gender and the
Environment: Latin American Perspectives
(offered spring semester).
Minor
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
approval of the women's studies program
coordinator.
-
Women's Studies 26:
WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 205
lntroduction to Cay and Lesbian Studies
This course will introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture, including sexual identity, life experiences of
gayAesbianhisexuaVtransgender (glbt) persons, homophobia, and heterosexism. Students will visit Twin Cities agencies and participate in an immersion
experience. (Lab fee: $50)
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in
Mesoamerica.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 405
lntroduction to Cay and Lesbian Studies
(See description for WST 205)
WST 481
Topics in Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors
who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different
college each year.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
WST 399
lnternship
See description on page 87
jd BOARD OF KECENTS
Chair
Kathryn H. Tunheim
Secretary
Ruth E. Johnson '74
Vice Chair
Norman R. Hagfors
Treasurer
Glen E. Person '47
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, Minn.
*Jackie Cherryhomes '76 (2004)
President, Minneapolis City Council,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000)
Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran
Church, Mahtomedi, Minn.
*Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002)
Owner, Customized Employer Solutions,
Edina, Minn.
*H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002)
Attorneypartner, Lockridge Grindal
Nauen 65 Holstein P.L.L.P., Minneapolis,
Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors (2001)
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn.
*Dr. Ruth E. Johnson '74 (2000)
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo
Clinic; Director, Mayo Breast Clinic,
Rochester, Minn.
Dean C. Koppemd (2004)
Chief Executive Officer, Fortis Financial
Group, Woodbury, Minn.
David J. Larson (2002)
Sr. Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel, Lutheran Brotherhood,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gloria C. Lewis (2005)
Director, Violence Prevention Programs,
Chicago Department of Health, Chicago,
Ill.
Rev. Jose Antoinio Machado (2004)
Pastor, Todos Los Santos Congregation,
Minneapolis, Minn.
James E. Haglund (2000)
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002)
Executive Director, The Dwight D.
Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis,
Minn.
*Rev. Mark S. Hanson '68 ex officio(2002)
Bishop, Saint Paul Area Synod ECLA, St.
Paul, Minn.
*Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2002)
Vice President and Controller, 3M
Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005)
Board Chair, Minnesota Life College;
President, Hatlen Foundation, Richfield,
Minn.
Rev. Glenn W. Nycklemoe ex officio
(2002)
Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod
ELCA, Rochester, Minn.
Allen A. Housh (2001)
Business Consultant and President, A.A.
Housh and Associates, Edina, Minn.
Ronald J. Peltier (2004)
President and CEO, Edina Realty Home
Services, Edina, Minn.
-
Board of Regents 26
*Glen E. Person '47 (2005)
Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
*P. Dawn Taylor '78 (2002)
Des Moines, Iowa
Wayne G. Popham (2000)
Senior Attorney, Hinshaw & Culbertson,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Michael W. Thompson (2001)
Realtor, Edina Realty Inc., Edina, Minn.
Curtis A. Sampson (2001)
President and CEO, Communications
Systems, Hector, Minn.
Glen J. Skovholt (2000)
President, Skovholt.com Government and
Community Affairs Consultants, St. Paul,
Minn.
Kathryn H. Tunheim (2004)
President, Tunheim Santrizos Company,
Minneapolis, Minn.
*Joan L. Volz '68 (2000)
Welch, Minn.
May Ka-Yee Yue (2000)
President and CEO, Sky BioHealth
Solutions, Inc., Eden Prairie, Minn.
*Jean M. Taylor '85 (2000)
Vice President, Development, Taylor
Corporation, Eagan, Minn.
DIVISION
FOR HIGHER
EDUCATION AND SCHOOLS
THEEVANGELICALLUTHERANCHURCH
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair, Board of Directors
The Rev. John G. Andreasen
Vice-Chair, Board of Directors
Donna Coursey
Secretary, Board of Directors
Dr. Dean Baldwin
Executive Director
Dr. W. Robert Sorensen
Director for Administration and
Planning
Sue Rothmeyer
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Dr. Cheryl Chatman
AND
Beginning year of service offaculty is indicated with parenthesis.
Officers of the College
William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Interim Vice President for Academic and Learning S e ~ c e and
s Dean
of the College. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan.
Ida B. Simon (1998). Vice President for Advancement and Community Relations. B.A.,
Lincoln University; M.Ed., University of Illinois, Urbana; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary.
Rick J. Smith (1998). Vice President for Admissions and Enrollment. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.P.A., Hamline University; M.B.A., University of Chicago.
Administration
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology.
Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lany J. Crockett (1985). Interim Associate Dean of Faculty Affairs. Professor of Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Ann L. Gamey (1998). Associate Dean of Students. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising, Academic Advising Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens
Point; M.S., Ohio University.
William M. Kuehl (1996). Director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Regina McGoff (1992). Interim Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Donna D. McLean (1985). Director, Alumni and Parent Relations. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 2C
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Academic Master Planner. Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Arthur H. Meadowcroft (1985). Director, Facilities Management Services. B.S., University
of Minnesota.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Assistant to the President. Professor of Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara E Nagle (1998). Director, Public Relations and Communication. B.S., Ohio
University.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment and Financial S e ~ c e Center.
s
B.A., Augsburg
College.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University
John S. Schrnit (1990). Associate Professor of English. Weekend College Director. B.S., St.
John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of
Texas.
Paul Simmons (1992). Registrar. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Lora F! Steil (1994). Director, Human Resources. B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978). Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministry. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia I! Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Director of American Indian
Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Sheldon M. Anderson (1988). Visiting Associate Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Tmdi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistRlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University
-
70 Augsburg College Faculty
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
B
Karen G. Ballen (1998). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Kalamazoo College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). On Leave. Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
Pomona College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles
School of Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Bradley G. Board (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.EA., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech/Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S.,
M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Director, Master of Social Work Program. Assistant Professor of
Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Christine A. Bosquez-Herman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies.
A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.l?A.S.,
University of Nebraska.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration1Accounting/ MIS.
B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology/American Indian Studies. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Susan K. Bullerdick (1999). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of SpeecWCommunication and Theatre
Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; MIA., University
of Minnesota.
Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline
University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Daniel J. Challou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., S.U.N.Y.-Albany;
M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Harnline University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; MIA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Capital University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of
St. Thomas.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English and SpeecWCommunication and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
' 2 Augsburg College Faculty
-
D
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Donna K. DeGracia (1998). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio
State University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Mary K. Devitt (1999). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
North Dakota.
Jacqueline R. devries (1994). Assistant Professor of History. Director of Women's Studies.
B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Maria C. Dinis (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., California State
University; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Sally Gibson Dorer (1998). Studio ArtistICello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Anthony J. Dunlop (1998). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Bard College.
Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
E
Nancy Edwards (1997). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Indiana University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ruth C . Enestvedt (1999). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27:
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio ArtistTTrumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artisth'iano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Mary L. Ewert-Knodell (1998). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
M.A., Mankato State University.
F
Heidi M.' Farrell (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Momingside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Mathew R. Foss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.A., Northeast Missouri
State University.
Karen B. Franzmeier (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Philip A. Fried (1999). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne C. Garcia-Romero (1999). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. A.B., Occidental College; M.EA., Yale University.
Meny Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College;
A.N., Anoka Ramsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University;
M.S., University of Colorado.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistfClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
114
Augsburg college Faculty
7
Linda J. Gesling (1999). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augustana College; M.Div.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University - Garrett-Evangelical Theological Seminary.
Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University,
Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University.
J. Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies.
B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo Graduate
School.
Walter L. Goodwin (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Morgan State University;
M.A., Kean College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark A. Granquist (1988, 1999). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Yale University; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at the
University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Haward University.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; MIA.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya F! Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27
H
Abo-el-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
AccountinghlIS. B.B.A., Tanta University, Egypt; B.A., M.A., Cairo University,
Egypt; M.B.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
Philip L. Harder (2000). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire.
M. Anaam Hashrni (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration1Accounting/
MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, M.B.A, Ball
State University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Warren E. Hawkins (1999). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. Two B.A. degrees,
Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Robert G . Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rebecca E. Hegstad (1998). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Luther College;
M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Mark D. Henderson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., North Texas State
University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Harlan A. Hewitt (1998). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.S., St. Cloud State
University; M.A., University of Illinois; D.A., Idaho State University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; MIA.,
University of Iowa.
76 Augsburg College Faculty
Bradley I! Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Sumin Hsieh (1999). Assistant Professor Social Work. B.A., M.A., Tunghai University,
Taiwan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Steven C . Huchendorf (1999). Assistant Professor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Cloud
State University; M.S., D.A., Illinois State University.
Debra K. Huntley (1998). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Houston.
I
Louis J. Iacovo, Jr. (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., New York
University; M.B.A., Harvard Business School.
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marc D. Isaacson(l998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A.Ed., Hamline University.
Rolf A. Jacobson (2000). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of
Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anne M. Jensen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kathleen A. Johnson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., Mankato State University.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas.
Jeffrey E Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27:
K
Arnin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting1MIS.
B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Gerald T. Kaminski (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., M.S., Case Western Reserve; M.B.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting
/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Consulting Memcal Director, Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., M.A., University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Temple University.
Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dino G. Kasdagly (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
A.S., Nonvalk State Technical College; B.S., M.S., University of Louisville; M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ten L. Kaslow (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Adminismation/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Augustana College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute.
Patricia A. Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., University
of Maryland; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA. Certification, Bowman Gray School
of Medicine.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artistmarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Christopher W. Kimball(1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Elizabeth P: Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science and Nordic Area Studies.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International
Studies.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
-
!78 Augsburg College Faculty
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Xavier J. Knight (1998). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State
University; M.A., M.S., St. Mary's University of Minnesota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth A. Krueger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota; D.P.A., University of Southern California.
Thomas L. Kuhlrnan (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Diane 0. Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jane M. Kuhn (1998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S.,
M.S., North Dakota State University; M.B.A., Moorhead State University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roger A. Larson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of MinnesotaDuluth; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artistfirench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University
Kathleen J. Lenzmeier (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Kearney State
College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; MS.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of
Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The
Claremont Graduate School.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 275
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center.
Steven F! Lund 1982). Studio ArtisttTrombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
M
Margaret H. Madson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Honors Program. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Esther G . McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Carter T. Meland (1998). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Monem Meziou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., Northern Arizona University.
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting
/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
Idella S. Moberg (1997). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia College-St. Paul;
M.S., St. John's University.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Assistant to the President. Professor of Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Patricia A. Murphy (1991). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
M.S., Mankato State University.
Augsburg College Faculty
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University
of Minnesota.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Capper E. Nichols (1999). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., San Diego State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norbert Nielubowski (1997). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. Lane Technical High
School (music concentration); private study.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C . Noonan (1966). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. Professor of
Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio ArtistPiano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Robert L. O'Connor (1999). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., St. John's University;
M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Wayne L. Olhoft (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, MN; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olrnsted (1979). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen T. Olsen (1992). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music.
P
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and
Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 28
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1989). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College (of University of San Francisco).
Curtis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
William A. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration
/Accounting/MIS. B.S., University of Detroit.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Phu Tai Phan (1998). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
R
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Karl l? Raschke (1999). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., MIA., University of Minnesota.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Deborah L. Redmond(l981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modem Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
82 Augsburg College Faculty
Frances M. Reisner (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., Winona State University.
Susan E. Riley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley
Nan T. Reese Rivers (2000). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Augsburg College;
PsyD., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana
University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of
North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Moira W. Runganadhan (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.T., B.S., University of
Madras; M.Ed., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark L. Sateren (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
Bruce D. Schleuter (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.S., St. Cloud State
University
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Professor of English. Weekend College Director. B.S., St.
John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of
Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Edward J. Schoenfeld (1999). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Christopher L. Schwartz (1999). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., M.S., Oregon
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Gregg S. Shadduck (1998). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 28'
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter S. Shea (2000). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy B.A., Macalester College.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edward R. Skarnulis (1990). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
David M. Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Sheilah I! Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State
University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W, University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota..
Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
D.S.W, Columbia University
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John I? Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Northern
Colorado; MS., Mankato State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., Th.D., Luther Seminaly.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana
College; two M.S. degrees, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
:84 Augsburg College Faculty
T
Joan E. Thompson (1997). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Joseph B. Underhill-Cady (1998). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
James A. Vela-McComell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine;M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W
Donald M. Warren (1978). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts. Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Jennifer A. Wenner (1999). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W.,
University of Pennsylvania.
Michael S. Wilson (1996). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 281
J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of Muenster;
Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
X-Y-z
- kACULTY
z86
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Dr. Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College;
M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of
Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., MS., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University
Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-ResidenceEmerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
-
Faculty Emeriti 287
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A. University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
James D. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., The Juilliard School; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead;M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Butler Place
-Interstate
94 West
Interstate 94 East
College Map Information
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2. Air Structure Entrance (November through March)
3. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air
Structure
4. Christensen Center (Information Desk)
5. East Hall
6. Faculty Guest House
7. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Comunication (Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre,
Hoversten Chapel)
8. George Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
12. Lindell Library
13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
14. Mortensen Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. New Residence Hall
-3
k~isabilivX
=
\
=
19. Old Maln
20 Oscar Anderson Hall
21. Public
& Communications
22. Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
Parking Lots
A. Adm~ssionslFacultylStafiParking
B. FacultylStafflCommuteriResident Parking
C. FacultylStaff Parking
D. FacultylStafflCommuter Parking
E. Commuter Parklng
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview-University Parking Ramp(pay parking available)'
- CAMPUS LOCATION
5
5
$
4 MINNEAPOLIS
9.
0
-
?-
ST. PAUL b
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. Pay
parking is available at the FairviewUniversity Medical Center across
Riverside Avenue. For major events on
campus during evenings and weekends,
parking is also available in the facultylstaff
and commuter lots.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at Zlst Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
92 INDEX
A
About Augsburg 10, 18
Academic Advising Center 54
Academic Calendar 4-7, 52
Academic Divisions 55
Academic Information 51
Academic lnternships 63
Academic Policies and Procedures 66
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 82
Academic and Learning Services 44
Academic Skills Center 44
Accessibility 18
Accounting 100, 106-108
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18
Activities 42
Admissions 14, 20-24
Administrative Officers of the College 268
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 80
Advanced Transfer Students 73
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 46
Air Structure 43
Alumni Center 14
American Indian Studies 157-158
American Indian Student Services 45
American Sign Language 181
AmeriCorp Scholarship 32
Anderson Hall 14, 49
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 14
Anishinabe Library Project 46
Application Procedures 20, 31
Art 89-93
Art History 89-90, 92
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 46
Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 122-123
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 79
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 59
Associated Support Organizations 16
Athletic Affiliation 18
Athletic Training Internship 147
Athletics 43
Audit Fee 26
Auditing Courses 79
Augsburg Echo 43
Augsburg Seminar 54, 72, 94
Augsburgian, The 43
B
Biology 95-99
Board of Regents 266-267
Books and Supplies 27
Business Administration 100-105
Business Administration and
Economics Major 102, 125
C
Calendar 4-7, 52
Campus Location 13, 18, 289-290
Campus Map 289-290
Campus Ministry 42
Campus Tours 20
Canadian Program 66
Career Services 65
Carlson (Jeroy C. Carlson) Alumni Center 14
Center for Global Education 15, 61, 165-166
Center for Global Education Courses 61-62,
167-171
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 44
Center for Service, Work, and Learning 63
Chemistry 112-1 16
Chinese 181
Chapel 14,42
Choir 43, 194, 201
Christensen Center 14
Class Confirmation 70
Class Schedule 86
Classification (Class Year) 79
Coaching Endorsement 147
College Costs 2000-01 26
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 80
College of the Third Age 66
Commencement 83
Commons 49
Communication 252-256
Communication ArtsILiterature Teaching
Maior 139
comr;lunitY and Public Service
Scholarships 33
Community lnternships in Latin
America 62, 172
Community Service-Learning 64
Computational Economics 118
Computational Philosophy 118, 209
Computer Resources 53
Computer Science 11 7-121
Concert Band 43, 194, 201
Continuing Education Program 66
Cooperative Education 64
Costs 26
Counseling 47
Counseling and Health Promotion 47
Course Descriptions 85-264
Credits 86
Crime and Community Concentration
(Sociology) 248
Index 293
D
Dean's List 82
Degrees Offered 18, 52
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 80
Departments and Programs 85-264
Deposits 27, 46
Development 8
Directory 8
Disabled Student Program 44
Dismissal 82
Discrimination Complaints 50
Divisions and Departments 55
Dormitories 14, 27, 48
Dual Degree Programs 57, 136-137
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 21
East Asian Studies 122-123
East European Studies 240-241
East Hall 14
Echo 43
Economics 124-128
Economics/Business Admin. Major 125, 102
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
224, 125
Education 129-135
Education for Service 11
Elementary Education 130-131, 133
Employment 35
Engineering 136-137
English 138-144
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 81
English Placement Test 140
Enrollment 18
Enrollment and Financial Services Center 67
Enrollment Deposit 27
Ensembles 194, 201
Entry-level Skills 72
Ethnic Studies 158
Evaluation and Grading 77
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 18, 267
Experiential Education Programs 63-64
Explanation of Grades 77
F
Facilities and Housing 14, 48
Facts and Figures 18
Faculty 18, 53, 269-285
Faculty Emeriti 286-287
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 31
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 50, 83-84
Federal Work Study Program 35
Fees 26-27
Film Minor 258
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 102
Financial Aid 18, 30-36
Financial Policies 28-30
Fine Arts 43
Fitness Center 47
Food Service 49
Foreign Languages 77, 180-187
Former Students 23, 70
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 14
Four-Year Assurance Program 83
French 180-183
Freshmen 20, 21
C
Gage Family Endowment 45
General Education Curriculum 71-77
General Education Requirements 68-69, 7177
General Studies 145
German 180, 183-184
Gift Assistance 33-34
Global Education Center 15, 61, 165-166
Global Education Program
Courses 61-62, 167-171
Grade Point Average 72, 79
Grading 77-79
Graduate Programs Office 67
Graduate Programs 65
Graduation Level Skills 73
Graduation Requirements 68-69, 71-77
Graduation With Distinction 83
Grants 34
Green (Richard R.) Institute for Teaching and
Learning 16
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15
H
Health and Physical Education 146-150
Health Education 146, 148
Health Promotion 47
Health Service 47
HECUA Courses 62-63, 171-1 73
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 60, 62, 166
HispanicILatino Student Services Program
46
History 151-155
History of Augsburg College 10
Honor Scholarship 32
Honors Program 59, 156
Housing 14, 27, 48
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 33
294 Index
I
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 78
Independent Studies 87
lnformation Technology Resources 53
Inter-Institutional Programs 59-60
Inter-Race 16
Intercollegiate Athletics 43
Interdisciplinary Studies 157-163
lnterim 52
lnterim Abroad 63
lnterim Office 67
lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 79
lnternational Business Minor 103
lnternational Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 102
lnternational Partners 166
lnternational Relations 164-165
lnternational Student Advising 48
lnternational Student Services 24
lnternational Students 24, 48
lnternational Studies 165-173
Internships 63-64, 87
Intertribal Student Union 45
Intramural Athletics 43
J
Japanese 180, 185
K
Marketing Specialization (Business
Administration) 102
Master's Degrees 50, 65
Math Placement Group (MPG) 73, 175
Mathematics 174-179
Medical Refund 30
Melby Hall 15
Memberships 17, 18
Memorial Hall 15
Metro-Urban Studies 159-160
Middle East Studies Minor 161
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 45
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 16
Minnesota Work Study Program 35
Minors 56-57, 85-264
MIS Courses 109-111
Mission Statement 10
Modern Languages 180-187
Mortensen Hall 15, 49
Murphy Place 15
Murphy's 49
Music 188-202
Music Education Major 191, 194
Music Ensembles 193, 201
Music Hall 15
Music Performance Major 189, 192
Music Repertoire Tests 195
Music Therapy Major 189, 192, 199-200
KCMR Radio 43
L
Language Courses 180-187
Leadership Scholarships 33
Learning Disabilities Program 44-45
Learning Laboratory 44
Leave of Absence 70
Legacy Scholarship 32
Liberal Arts Perspectives 68-69, 74-77
Library and lnformation Technology
Center 15, 18, 53, 59
Licensure (Teaching) 57
Lifetime Sports 74
Lindell Library 15, 18
Loan Assistance 34-35
Location 13, 18, 289-290
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 33
M
Majors and Minors 55-57, 85-264
Management lnformation Systems 109-111
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 102
Maps 289,290
N
NASA Scholarship 33
Natural Science 203-204
New Hall 15, 49
No-Credit Grades 77
Nordic Area Studies 162-163
Norwegian 180, 185-186
Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22
Number Grades 78
Numbering of Courses 86
Nursing 205-208
0
Off-Campus Programs 18
Officers of the College 268
Ojibwe 180, 186
Old Main 15
Orchestra 43, 194, 201
Orientation (AUG) 54, 72, 94
Index 29:
p,
Q
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards 32
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 46
Pan Asian Student Services 46
Part-Time Students 26-27
Pass/No Credit 77-78
Pastor 42
Payments 28
Performance Studies 194, 202
Performing Arts Scholarships 33
Perspective Requirements 68, 74-77
Philosophy 209-212
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 32
Physical Disabilities Program 44
Physical Education 149-150
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 113
Physician Assistant Program 67, 21 3-21 7
Physics 218-222
Piano Proficiency Test 195
Policies 16, 18, 49, 82
Political Science 223-228
Political Science/Economics teaching major
224, 125
Portfolio Assessment Program 80-81
Pre-Professional Programs 58
Pre-Registration 67
Prerequisites 86
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 32
PRIME Scholarship 32
Probation 82
Psychology 229-233
Public Relations and Communication 15
R
Refunds 28-30
Regents 266-267
Regents' Scholarships 32
Registration 66, 67
Religion 234-239
Religious Affiliation 18
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 48-49
Residence Requirements 72
Room and Board 26
Rochester Program 65
ROTC 60
Russian, Central, and East European Studies
240-241
5
Scandinavian Studies 162-163
Scandinavian Urban Studies 62, 171
Scholarships 32-33, 36-40
School Year 4-7, 18
Science Hall 15
Science Scholarship 32
Secondary Education 131-1 32, 134-135
Service-Learning 64
Sigma Pi Sigma 220
Skills Requirements 72-74
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43
Social Psychology Concentration 230, 249
Social Studies 242
Social Welfare Minor 244
Social Work 243-247
Society of Physics Students 220
Sociology 248-251
Space Physics 21 9
Spanish 186-187
Special Education 135
Special Interest Housing 49
Special Students (Non-Degree) 23
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts 252-261
Sponsored Scholarships 36-40
sports 43
StepUP Program 45
Student Activities 42
Student Affairs (see Academic
and Learning Services) 44
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 35
Student/Faculty Ratio 18
Student Government 42
Student Life 41-50
Student Newspaper 43
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 18
Student Publications 43
Student Rights 50
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 49
Student Teaching Abroad 63, 129
Studio Art 89-92
Study Abroad 60-63, 166-174
Summer School Office 67
Support Programs 44-45
Sverdrup Hall 15
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 15
-
!96 Index
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 57
Test Scores 20
Theatre Arts 257-261
Transcripts 20, 21
Transfer Scholarships 32
Transfer Students 19-21, 66-67, 70
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 22, 26-27
Tutor Center 44
U
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE) 18
Urban Studies 160-161
Urness Hall 15, 49
v
Veterans 83
W
Weekend College, history 12
Withdrawal From College 30, 70
Women's Studies 262-264
Work Study Program 35
x, y, z
Yearbook 43
Youth and Family Institute 16
Youth and Family Ministry Major 235
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg Coll... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway NO.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
MEMBERSHIPS
SETTING
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
ACCREDITATION
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S
1
8
15
22
29
SEPTEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
OtTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and
beginning of classes
............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
............
(Fri.)
................. Final
examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin
19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
(Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m.
(Mon.) .................... Classes resume
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m.
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break
...
...
SPRING TERM
March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m.
(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
...
-
'
;:,,
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
,
S
2
9
16
23
30
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
31
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
. . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.)
July 21
Aug. 8
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
S
2
9
16
23
30
A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute t o the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate s ruth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relation to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that ,will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and. students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194%
49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
-..,+-,:
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen.
dean of women a t Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
-
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
i n d pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
-
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and College Center
fees as described below.
(per year)
$- 2,270.00
-
- -
TUITION
-
New freshmen entering September, 1968
(per year) $ 1,400.00
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year) $ 1,300.00
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour) $ -3880
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
$ _ 840.00
$ 795.00
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
College Center Fee
(per year)
Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all resident students. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
r
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Placement re-registration (for alumni)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
$
30.00
$
10.00
$
100.00
$
25.00
$
20.00
$
$
$
$
$
2.00
2.00
5.00
15.00
1.00
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
OTHER COSTS
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
$
SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
- In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may
be--necessa~
or desirable. Information on this mode of
payment will be forwarded with the statement of
charges in August. Students using this service will pay
a carrying charge.
%.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds
of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds
for board are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated
above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate
basis. Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund
on board and room charges.
100.00
27.00
300.00
to
400.00
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
1
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
--
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected
students preparing for Christian senrice.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
I .
I
I
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
-
3
The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~
'p was established i
1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
I
3
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistrv.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
I
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
An employment
assists students
the school year,
and off-campus
II
service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
jobs are available.
I
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
CAMPUS
q-
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living.
:,!,
I.
!<i
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
.
''?
"'
,
!>
-
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
d,
..
'!D
.
:lf:
,*
-
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
--
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
-
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
ADMISSIONS 0
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t
all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is
isfactory and the key is returned.
and
fee
the
sat-
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English,
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree.
d
-
rn
I
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance,
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department d Biology
Department of Chemistry
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department of Physics
7
[7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
0 AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
2&2 1
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In additim k) t
& catrseS
h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s
witk A*
~oI(3er~
M s t in residence,
problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David
in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested
Westphal, &ek&a-@er
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
- 2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 crs.
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
1 51 CERAMICS I1
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
H 68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
H 78 SCULPTURE
II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1
H 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
H 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
H 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
H 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4, 4 crs.
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1
63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
U P P E R DIVISION
COURSES
8 1 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current
literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1-5 crs.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSLNESS
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIS-ISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
78 INVESTMENTS
I
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
:L '
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
.
2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
196!+70.]
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use.
II
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
[Fa.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
I
-!!
?>
I : .
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6,6 crs.
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1
I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.]
I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.]
51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.]
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average a t this point.
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.]
56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC -
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56.
Spring.]
1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
I
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
0 cr.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
/
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
10 crs.
84 STUDENT TEACHING
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
4 crs.
H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1
H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
J
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
I
I
I
I
..,.
..
I
:3:.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
I
..
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
--. ,.
'II
,
#. Fall.]
*
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
.:,
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
.
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
I
I
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
"
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
.
-.
I
.,,,
9
>
!:: ,I.>-
<
I
W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 1969-70.1
.
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
1
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47.
'
w
.
.+,
Spring.]
86 MILTON
>,
4,
5 crs.
84 SHAKESPEARE
;
3
t
;*; r:
.
4 cr?.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
I
or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
-
88 CHAUCER
-
4 crs.
Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
1
.,,
3
I
--
90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3 , 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement
In the field nf ph~~sical
education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball.
4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.]
4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Aid card. Winter.]
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st
4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs,
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 crs.
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.)
W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.]
1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
,
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee
and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
-
-
~-
-
----
Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
.
.
.
Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
5, 5, 5 crs.
(Calculus1
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema.
tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. :
43. Winter.]
.
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.]
W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.]
W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums
I*
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall,
.
.
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. : 2 or
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
# .5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or
# .Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required
cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On
for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I
I
H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# . Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN 0
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 3, 4
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPERD~VISION
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific
history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1
74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor-
wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1969-10.1
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department
chairman. [Spring.]
72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists.
Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language.
[Spring, 196849.1
84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
.
.
.
.
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5 crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
.
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of
the college music organizations.
,q.+(5IL, t
,I
.
-
-Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
;
of the college music organizations.
"
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music
o~ganizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1964-101.
50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
4 crs.
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRTJD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
I
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
I
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 196849.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
m
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1
.
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
#. Fall, 1969-70.1
+
'3,
'!
'M.
1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
1 53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
5 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5
crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4,4
crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
DEPARTMENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
.4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an
undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance :
to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the
graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science,
public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at
least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public
Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5 crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
t:;
I
--.
I.'.
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.]
9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. H O W A R D
The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with
the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21
to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 i s required.
M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
.
[Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
.
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.]
.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
4 crs.
59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.]
4 crs.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
-
H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2 - 3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course
Z l . Courses 1
1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
-RELIGION
I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Sociology.
4 crs.
61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
.
72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
-New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
I
-,;
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1
1 2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
1 3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
1 52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196!%70.1
W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN IJ
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the
fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
OF
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM
Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1, 2. or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I n nr
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
5
- - - 4
- 5 5
5-6 5
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
I 11 ~n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4 - - 4
4
Religion
Electives
I 11 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 -
-
4
4
5-6 5-6
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4-5
- 6
6
I
Term
II
m
4
-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21. 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Eistory 55.
Psychology 81.
Sociology 42'. 43.
Philosophy 65'
Electives (non-major)
- 5
- -
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20, 21
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
- 5 5
- -
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70.
History 56'
Education 87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22.
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
Term
FRESHMAN
I
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
4
5
Art
2
2
8, 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
- 6
- 4 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 21- Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I 11
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
- 5 5
4
4
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
Historv 3
Speecg 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21. 22
Elective
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 -
-
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5 4
2 2 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 I11
Relieion 21
ore& Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
S'peech 11 o r Literature
Art 21
Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
-
4
-
4
-
-
4
4
4
- - 5
4 - 0
0 0
- - 5
- 4 -
-
4
4
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 - - 4
-
5
4
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education
- - - - - .-.
.
. 87
..
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68. 99
Art 78
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
10 - 5
-
-
-
-
4
-
4-5
- 4
-
4
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 I11
Religion 11
Englsh 11, 12
History 3
Sociolow 11
chernGpy 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40. 41. 42
Biology 53 o r eiective
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Relieinn
-.--.-.
.
.
.
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 63. 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
5 5
5 5 5
5-6 - -
-
-
-
45
- 5
- 6 6
5 5
5-6 -
4
6
5
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosouhv 21 or 23
BiGG
7 3 OF elective
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91. 92. 93
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
1
~
5-6
-
1
-
5-6
1
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 2 4 5
- - 4
-
-
6
-
-
4
6
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53
Bioloev 61. 71. or 76
~ i o l o s53' or ' 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
-
-
4
4
4
4
4
-
-
- 6
- -
0
0
-
5
5-6
0
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
~ o r z g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistrv 23
H P.E."10
Mathematics 13 or 40.
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
5
-
-
- - 6
-
5
5
-
-
SEYIQR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Rc,iaiun
.Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30
Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72. 74. or 81
4 5-6 -
...
..
E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83
Educn:ion 87
Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22
-
-
-
10
4-5
-
-
5-6
- 4
- -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
- 'RcIipion
&
11
E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12
Yidow 1, 2. or 3
Brssincss Ad. 1, 2
_Sociology 23-1 i
L/-;;turt;
Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
C3 Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
???Business
Ad. 62. 63
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
- - - Cr.Cr.Cr.
.
5
,,ReTi~lon 21
- 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. .
- - 4
Easiness Ad..,13
4 4
Eco!~nmics22. 23-,
- 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21
5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature
- 4 d r t 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4 - - 5
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
~
- -
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
5
SENIOR
5
-
-
-
4
5
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Histors 1. 2. or 3
~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1,
. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 4
4 4 - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
:'
,.;
'3,
'M.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 18
Business Ad 13
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. 63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
- 4
- -
-
- - - -
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
-- - .Cr.
--.
4
4 - 0 0 0
- 5
4 4 1
- 5 - 4 4
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F'orGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21
.
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 8
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 - 5
H:~PE;--IO
-
-
Business Ad. 31
Electives
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
8
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Relieion
chemistry 61, 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
-.
. Cr
-5
4 5
4
5
6 6
- 5 5
- - - -
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
6 6
5
4 - 5 5 4
4
0 0 0
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistrv 53
Physics ii, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SEh-IOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 5
6 6 - - 5
5 5 5
5 - - 4 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr Cr.
Ro!iglgn
Chernfstr' 81, 83
C h e m x ! ~i 2
Furdgn Lwguage
Speech !1 or Lltcrature
Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biolocv 11. 12'
~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
m
I II
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I n III
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Speech, Lit. or Hist.
Psychology 5
chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22. 23
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
I1 I11
c=.Cr.
5
-
- -
4
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
-4
4 4 -
- -
Term
I 11 nr
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22. 23
Electives
Term
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
I
Ion ll
lab 11,
I8
mstUl+l P , W S
B ~ , O I O ~s&xm
'
a F.E. m
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Elective (minor)
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Term
I 11 In
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 77
Philosonhv 21
speech- lf
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Religion
Education 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Education 57, 63
Education 58
-Mathematics 56
Elective (minor)
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 15 4 - - - 4
3
4
- - 2
8 - 4
-
- -
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Art
Business ducati ion
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 - 5 5
4
- 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Sueech 11 or Literature
ducatio ion 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83, 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I TI 111
Cr, Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 -
-
5
-
-
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliaion 21
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Art 1
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relieion
P~YECS75
Physics 62. 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83. 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elective
Electives
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61, 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
I II
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
- -
4
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Reliaion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 11
Philoso~hv 21
~ a t u r a Ccience
i
or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
English 90
Electives*
I II n I
Cr- Cr. Cr.
A
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Term
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62. 55
English 72 or 74. 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 - o r Music 30
English 21 or 40, 88 or 88
English 90, 91, or 92
~ i b r a r y Science 75
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech 11 or Literature
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 10.
Electives or 56. 57
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- 4 0 0 0
- - 5
5
5 5 5 -
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10 - 5 -
SENIOR
-
Religion
Religion
Education 84'
Education 50'
Education 83'
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 87.
4
Education 59:
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
5 - Psychology 5
Literature 72 or 74
- - 5
Conversation 55
2 - 2
Indep. Study 99
Survey 63, 64..
5
Electives
5
5
Literature 72 or 74
- 5 5
Electives
* Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
- -
- - -
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I rI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natur?l Science or Math
Greek 11. 12. 13
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Latin 1. 2. 3
~ o c i o l o g y'11
H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - -
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
#
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
1
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,
M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57.
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 11, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
"
SENIOR
5
4
-
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education 87
Philosoohv 21
H. ~ 5 7i*
.H. P.E. 60*
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His-
tory.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
History 21, 22
Philosoohy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
ducati ion 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
5
5
4
4
5
- 4
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Historv 21. 22
~ h i l o s o ~ h y21'
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
5
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education
Sociology 12
87
Soeech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
I
n
111
13
Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 5
Religion 21
4
5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
5 5 Econ. 22
- 4
Sociolom 11
5 5 5
~oreig-~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 ILI
Cr Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
-
-
-
SENIOR
--
4-5
4
- 4 4
- 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
Relieion
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Mathematics 72. 73
Philosophy 21
Speech- 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociolow 11
Pol. ~ d 20,
: 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I I
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
5
-
-
- -
4-5
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
~
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83, 84
Educatiun 52. 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61, 72
Elective
4
-
- -
4
SENIOR
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 87
Education
84
- - - ---Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
~
0
0
-
4
-
4
4
-
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as
well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 2
Sociolom 11
Siiii&"11, 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreien Laneuaee
POI.
Sci. 20; 21; or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistrv 53
Bidlogy -71
electives
Biology 76
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 - 5
-
- 4 - 4
6 6
- -
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
ath he ma tics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5
4 - - 4 -
- -
-
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Ct
-
4
4
4
4
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
a s follows:
m:
Credits
12
12
12
5
9
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 15. 16
Chemistry 51. 52
Chemistry 53
English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 40, 41
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
4
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53*, 54
Music 60, 61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
- 4-
4
5
5
5
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
- -
0
0
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Iviusic 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
4
4
1
1
1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
!
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- -
- .
4
1
- 4-
5
1
4
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, 5
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
-
4
4
4-5 4-5
-
-
I
JUNIOR
Term
II 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature
~iectives
Religion
Art 1
Music 60. 61, 62
Music
53.. b8 54
Music 57,
- Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
FRESHMAN
Rellgion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
..
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
atural Science or Math.
.
d
Term
II 111
- 5
5 5 5
-- 4-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
P.E. 10
4
4
-
-
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
II rn
CP. Cr. Cr.
- -- 4 - 4
4 - 5
4
9
0
-
8
8
0
5
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
4
- 13 13
-
- -
- -
5
-
4-5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natur.al Science or Math.
Education 84
&ducation 83
Education 87
I 11
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 13 13
10
5 - -
- -
-
-
4
-
I
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreien LanmaPe
ist tory 1, 2,-or-3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Electives
Term
I II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
--
-
- - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
4
Term
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art -1 or
Music 30
..~
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Ph~!osophy 23
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
5
6
- -
4 5 5
6 10
SENIOR
I
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
4
4-5
4
Term
I n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Wath. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Sconomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51. 52
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics 62, 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
phi lo so ah^ 21
Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61. 62
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
- -
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
politic& kci. 22, 50
Camputer Science 45
History 21, 22
5
5
Term
JUNIOR
~ o r s g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81, 84
Economics 22. 23
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr.
4
- 5
4 4 4
4
-
5
-
4
4
-
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Cr.
- -
4
4
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
~iferature
Elective
PSYCHOL,OGY
MAJOR
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
- - . Cr.
--
- -
4
5
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Psvcholoev 59
~s$cholog$ 64
Psychology 61, 62
Psychology Electives
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I 11 I11
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
81
99
91
Elective
0
RELIGION MAJOR
'
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 rII
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Term
11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4
4
4
4
4
5 - - 4 6
SENIOR
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
O
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Scand. 1. 2
2, or 3
History I,
Natural Science or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Term
I 11
- -
4
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
Scand. 25
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
-
-
-
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Relieinn
-.
--..
-.
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 59*
~cand.-l2
Philosophy 21
Scand. 74
Scand. 62
Electives
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 -
Term
II ITI
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84.
Education 83'
Education
87'
----
Term
I I
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
-
5
-
4
-
-
I
Term
II n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
-
5
-
Stand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
' Students
who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
~
I
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21, 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
11 I11
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5 2
- 5 -
- -
4
4
-
-
-
5
4
SECOND YEAR
Religion 21
Psychology 5
Soeech 11
~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 5 -
SEMINARY
Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
Term
I
~ n g i k h11. 12
History 1. 2. 3
Foreign Lanmage*
S o c i o l o ~11
H. P.E. 1 . 2 3
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
4
4
5
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
Religion 21
Natursl Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
JUK?OR
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
4
-
-
5
5
4
4
4
5
4
-
8
8
-
-
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
4
4
4
4-5 4 12
-
-
16
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.,
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2. 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
5
-
-
4
4
-
- -
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
I
- -
-
4
5
5
-
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
-
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
JUNIOR
I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 5 5 -
- - 4 0 0 0
- - 5
4 - - 4 4
5
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
-
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
- - 3-
-
4
4
4
'
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75.
Sociology 82, 83
Sociology 91*
Electives
Relieion
phil;sophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,* 62*
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11. 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
5 5 - - 4
4
4 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42. 43
Elective
SENIOR
C-.
r . C-.
r C-r.
.
Religion
Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53'
Socioloev 54." 55.* 56"
s o c i o l o ~ +61"
Psychology 5.
Sociology 31
Electives
-
4
1
4
4
1
-
4
1
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relizion
Sociology 75. 82
Psvcholoev 61. 62
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
-
4
Required for the major
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Speech 60
Speech 51, 55
Education 50
Educztion 52. 53. 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
- ..--.
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5
5
4
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- -- - -
---*-*
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
ForGgn Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosouhv 23
speech*i i o r 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
I1 I11
4
4
--
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- -
5
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
S ~ e e c h16 or 67
speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
--
c r , Cr. Cr.
L, 6
I
-
6
-
6
Term
I
I1 n I
Cr. Cr.. Cr.
4 - -
PERSONNEL
Officers of the Board
m
....................
. . . . . . . Chairman
THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg
OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson
............................Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G . Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
0 THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
*Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota.
*Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
*Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
'"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
'"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
"Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
"Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
'"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
'"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota,
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
'''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
:&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
*Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
:!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
* Part-time faculty
::*
:*,::
Ahlson, Margaret Ann
. Williston, N. Dak
Anderson, Allen Kenneth
. . . Paynesuille
Anderson, Barbara Ellen
. . . . . . . . Benson
Andersoq Carol Louise . . .
Minneapolis
Andersoq D a ~ dElbert
. . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie .
,
,
. St Paul
Anderson, John Luther
. . . . . . . . Climaz
Anderson, Karen Ann
.
. Bnd<cr. iu
Anderson, Mary Kay
.. . .
,
Rcd R'imc
Andreasen, John Gabriel
.
. t-'irrquc. TVis,
Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc
Ausmus, Duane G . .
. Hinckley
. . . Zimmerman
Bagley, Harold James
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
.
. . Canby
Beiningen, Janet Marie
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Benson. Carolyn Mae
... Welch
Berg, Anita Christine . . .
Minneapolis
Berg, David Clarence . . .
Bernstrom, Robert Donald
Minneapolis
, !!;nrcwoli,
Bevis. Lennore A Bylund
Blake, Ronald Richard
.
S d n r z . TVorh
Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . .
rIrrrcIy12
Boies, Thomas G. P.
.
.I!inz~:cpoiir
Bolstad, Paul Raymond
. . . Minneapolis
.
. . . Minneapolis
Bolstad, Rosanne M.
Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis
Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can
Bowles, Connie Lee
.
. Minneapolis
Braaten, Julie Secgmiller
Decorah, la.
Brandvold, Richard William
Minneapolis
......
Minnetonka
Bruzek, Barbara
. .
. . . Butterfield
Buhler, Joan
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Carlson. Lee Dixon
. . . . . . . . . . Anoka
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1
. . . . Edina
Christenson, Bruce G . .
Cole, Larry
. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la.
Coltvet, Helen B.
...
Estheruille, la.
... , . Stockton, Calif.
Corson. Corbin G.
Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield
.
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie . .
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
.
Drews, Ellen Udine
Onalarka, Wis.
..
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Frankfurt am Main
West Germany
. . . Warn, Wis.
. .
Minneapolis
.
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth
Emerson, Douglas A.
..
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D . . . . .
Erickson, Janet Kathryn . .
Erickson, Judith J.
. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
.
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden . .
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
. . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Ferchen, Duane V.
. . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y.
. . . . . . St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Firsf Le Mar Jack
. . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Winona
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . .
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
.
. . . . Minneapolis
Frick, Phyllis G
Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle
.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . Duluth
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin
Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy.
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth
. . . Huichinmn
. . . h'or:hkM
Hallcock, Beverly Marie
. Rrd IT'ir;3
Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom
Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3lorri1
Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann .
. . . . . . Thief River FalLs
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
.
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor .
Westbrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . .
Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendrickson, Alan Albert
Negaunee, Mich
. Minnetonka
Hendrickson, John R , Jr .
. . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J
. . Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble
. Piermont, S. Dak
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
.
Tigerton, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
. . . Minneapolis
Holmgren, Sharon Joy
Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . .
.
Radcliffe, In
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . Pennock
Huseby, Edward J
Jacobson, David R
Minneapolis
. . St. Paul
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H
.
Ghent, N.Y.
Bloomington
Johnson, David Lawrence
Lake Mills, I a
Johnson, Dennis Carl
Johnson, Donna Marie
,
. Minneapolis
Lehr, N. Dak
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Columbia Heights
Johnsoq Duane Elmer
..
.
Red Wing
Johnson, Gary Steven
Grantsburg, Wis
Johnson, Gay A.
.
,
Johnson, Irene M.
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Karen Janice
.
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Mardelle B.
. . Kirkland, 111.
Johnson, Robert Leslie . .
. . . . Willmm
Johnson, Sally Ann
. . . . McCallsburg, l a
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
. Annandale
Joing, Bonnie Jean
..
.
Minneapolis
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
Kalp* Kathleen L . . .
Klemp, Joy Carol
..
Klepp, John DeWayne
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . .
Kosloske, Daryl Gordon
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Kruse, Verland E.
Kyllo, Loren Jon
. . Hecror
Parkers Prairie
... Ezcelsior
Bag*
Ercelsror
. Fmrmont
Broweruille
Wammingo
Bloomington
Burnsuille
Landa, Mark
Faribault
.
Minneapolis
Lange, Walter J
.
.
. Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , Jr
Larson, Allen James
. St. Paul
Larson, Carole Jane
Newman Groue, Neb
. . . . Hector
Larson, Mary Lynn
. Minnetonka
LaSalle, Judith Carol
Lee, Henry Albert
Camrose. Alberta, Can
.
Lacrosse, Wis.
Lee, Thomas Robert
.
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W.
Minnetonka
. . . . . . . . Roseau
Lund, Karen 0.
. St Croiz Falls, Wis
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Maas, Jerry LeRoy .
Mattison, Donald Roger
!finwnpolir
Luck. 1ri7
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Roscc:r
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
.
..
Milaca
Mattson, Philip Dale
McCaughan, Charles A
.
. Blwmington
McGregor, Thomas Robert .
Minot, N. Dak.
. . Minneapolis
Meland, John Kristoffer
Minneapolis
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
Minneapolis
Miller, John Richard
. . . . Minneapolis
.
Minear, Spencer E.
Moland, Lucille Sharon
Malta, Ill.
Moore, James Raymom!
.
. St. Paul
Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn
.
. Benson
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B.
. . . . . St. Paul
. . Rockford, Ill
Myrvik, Karen Ann . . .
. . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak.
Nelson, Anne Moen
. . . . . . . Lakeville
Nelson, Blair Russell
.
. . . . . . . . RichfieId
Nelson, Jacqueline
Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon
Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis
. . Wooduille, Wis.
Norvold, Douglas Berg
..
Columbia Heights
Nygaard, Marie T
Oelschlager, Karen
. . . . . Wa~mingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama
Abbg Nigeria
Robbinsdale
Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . .
Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille
. . .
Ostby, John Leonard
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Dennison
Ostemn, Karen L
. St. Cloud
Pslmgren. Patricia Claire
. . Cliiherall
Paulsoq Dennis Edward
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Pautz, Lynn Eagen
. Brooklyn Pmk
Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth
Persons, Warren Lee
Minneapolis
...
Peterson, Darrel A
.... Fmwell
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Janice L.
Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae . . .
. . Willmm
Pierson, Diana L. . . . .
,
Minneapolis
.
. Harlings
Pinke, Paul August
.
.
.
.
Podas, Gary Charles
Minneapolis
. .
Ezcelsior
Poeschel, Richard Albert
.
. Hutchinson
Popp, Kathleen Ann
. Minneapolis
Prokofieff, Philip E. ..
Wagner, Dean Eldon
Wagner, Nicholas E. .
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise
Warzyniak, Robert W
.
Weimer, Martha E
Westby, Steven Amold
Will, Connie D. Clarine
Williams, Richard Keith
Windingstad, Ronald M
Woida, Duane Arthur . .
Woolson, Cynthia Lee
Lake Mills, I a
Si. Paul
....
,
Minneapolis
Robbimdak
Wausau, Wis.
. . . . . . Austin
..
Dawson
Peshiigo, Wis
. . . Hosiings
Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r
,
Zinn, Richard Carlton
. . Zumbrota
. . Si. Paul
..
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward
.
Adams. Marcia Louise
Albaugh, Marilyn Rae
Anderson. Barbara J.
Anderson, Bruce Edward
Anderson, Joyce Ardell
Anderson, Patricia P
Andreason, Shirley M
Arends, Ardell Martha
.
Asp, Julie Ann
Asper, Victoria Sharon
Axberg, Robert Atle
,
.
.
I
Pelican Rapids
Minneapolis
,
. . Aurora
. . Osakis
Eagle Bend
. . . . . . A ustin
. . . Smgeant
Minneapolis
. Wabosso
.
Peterson
Frederick. Wis.
Minneapolis
.
.
Sacred Hemi
Barnaal, Lois A
Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Batalden, Stephen Kalmer
Beauclair, Mildred M
New Rockford, N. Dak
Quam, Marilyn A
Kenyon
. . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Benson, Robert R
. . . . . Minneoia
Berg, Carol Myrvik
Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Bethke, Joel Lee . .
. . Cannon Falls
Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Bold\
Marilyn
Jean
.
.
. . Huichinson
..
Princeton
Reiman. Dennis B
Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
.
Si Paul
Rindal, Terence W.
.....
Radcliffe, Ia.
. . . .
61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D
Ring, Vernice
Robbins, Richard Raymond
..
I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe
Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . .
St Paul
Ronning, Donald David . .
Fmgc. Y
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Burke, Ronald C
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad
,
Burmn? 1L.k
Rosenquist, Adeline E. ..
, I: 1 c o n J r i
St. Anthony Village
Chilgren, Donald L
Rossing, Melvin 0. . .
TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur
Wolf Point, Mont
Christianson, Donna Dean
Rosvold, L. Beverly
. . . . Co!!onumd
.
.
.
. Richfield
Cina,
Stephen
Alan
. . . . Minneapolis
Rued, Mary Margaret
. . . Bloomington
Clawson, John T.
. . . . . . . . . Willmm
Rykken, Dennis Neal
.
. Minneapolis
Cooper, Grant William
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D.
Dahlquist, Kathleen
:ifinwnpoli.
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann
. , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~
Danielson, Thad Carl
.....
Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Deden,
Ruth
Ann
.
Zumbroro
Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir
Doering, Sandra Lee
.
hbhirtrdalc
. . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS.
Sawyer, Carol Ann
Dolan, Mary Margie
IInw!
Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . .
Tininrn?
Donald, William Paul
, ,
:ltinnr5~c/iz
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia
.
3lrrmruerilir
Dunham, Loren J.
. . . . Long Lake
Schumann, Carolyn A.
. . . . . . Beloit, Wis.
Scott, Michael David
Enlund, Marian I
Rich.&-!d
. . . . . . .
Hopkins
Senn, James A
.
,
Rci,r-rr
Enstad, John C
. Blancharduille, Wis
Severson, Roland 0
Erickson, Conroe LeRoy
Canr;grr Fcllr
.
Chicago, 111.
Sexton, Lela M
Erickson,
Douglas
R.
.
,
.Crq!fL..
IVEh
. . Richfield
Shaleen, Esther A.
Erickson. Elaine Marie
,
,JlfinJ-n~o1is
Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm
Erickson, Steven I.
ramhridgr
Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope
Evenson, Larry Kent
H=,I~L
. . . McGraih
Simonson, Ronald M a n i n
Eau Claire, Wis
Sorenson, Richard Edward
Feddick, Kathleen A
.
Duluth
Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park
.
..
Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C.
Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stavrou; Soterios G
.
Milaca
Ferguson.
Ronald
Morris
. . . . Minneapolis
Stende, John R
Filreis, Lucille Randall
Edim
.
. Minmapolis
Stenson, Charles 0.
Fischer,
Janet
Susan
Buffalo
Lake
.
Golden Valley
Stensrud, Alan T.
Forseth,
Stephen
W
Minneapolis
.
.
.
Lowry
Stivland, Rodney L
. . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James
. . . Silverion, Ore.
Strand, Carol Ruth
.
Columbia Heights
Streufert, Paul R.
Gaard,
Marilyn
Kay
Boyceuille,
Wis.
. . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Strom, Dale L
Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria
. . . . Rocksier
Struve, James Kenneth
Gerschwitz,
Paul
Roy
Streaky
Bay,
S
Australia
.
. Fridley
Sundberg, Lois E
. Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Thompson, Judy M.
. . . . . . Badger
. . Siour City, In.
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel
Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan
. . . . . Dawson
...
Miles City, Moni
Gjerde, Ruth Ann
Torstenson, Beth Marie
. . . .Z i m m e r m
Goldenmaq Dennis Alan
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
I
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield
Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina
Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill
. . Sand Creek, Wis.
Gundale, John David .
Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh.
H a m n , Bruce Lyle
. . . . . Minneapolis
.. .
. Willmm
Hansen, Lee Anne
. . . . Minneapolis
Haugen, David Allen . .
...
. . . Brainerd
Hedquist, Willard A
. South St. Paul
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen
. . . . Bumsuille
Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn
Helgeseq Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
.. .
. . . Robbinsdale
Helstrom, Gary K.
Hetland, Duane Gordon . .
. . Radcliffe, la.
Rushford
Highum, Gayle Elaine . . .
Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a
Zumbrota
Hoeft, Ardis Freda .
.
Minneapolis
Hoffman, Sheldon R.
. . . . Mound
Hofteig, John Haldor .
Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Arthur
Oak Lawn, Ill.
.. . .
St Paul
Hoveland, Dawn Diane
. . . . . . Montgomery
Huber, Ronald R.
. . . . . Emf Chain
Hugoson, Eugene Leighton
.
Albert Lea
Huseby, Rebecca Ann
Jacobson, Carol Beske
. . . . . . . . .. Atwater
. . . Hawick
Jacobson, Karen Lee . .
. . St. Paul
Jensen, Cheryl Marie . .
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Bonita Phyllis
, Rockford, 111.
Johnson, Dale I. . .
Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis
Johnson, Lance S
. .
,
. St. Paul
Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep.
.
Minnetonka
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore
. . .. Glencoe
Kivi, Eileen Emch . . .
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Klune, John Gradie
.
.
St. Paul
Knutson, David Walter
. Wabasso
Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . .
Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo
.. . . .
Lamberion
Lang, Donald George
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont
. . . . . Virginia
Larson, Karen A.
. . . . . Climar
Larson, Linda Rae . .
. . Minneapolis
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . .
.
Wells, Mich
Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . .
,
.. ..
. Edina
Leschensky, James E
. . . . Coon Rapids
Lewis, Janice Joan . . .
..
Minneapolis
Lewis. John Carl
,
.
Coon Rapids
Lewis, Richard John
. . .. Wrmerly, la.
Liebers, Myrna Gail . .
..
Minneapolis
Lier, Peter C
Lillquist, George E , Jr
Spring Lake Park
, Lake Crsytal
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis
.
South St. Paul
Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r
. . . . . . . . Hayfield
Lohn, Gary Howard
. . . Dell Rapids, S Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell
Columbia Heights
Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie .
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
.
~lfin?a~.opcli.r
Mattson, Carol Jayne
.
. . Lakeuille
. . . Madison, Wis
McKnight, Malilyn S.
. ..
. . . . . Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H.
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . .
...
Minneapolis
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else
. ..
.
Eden, S Dak
Miller, Dennis D
. . Viroqua, Wis
Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . .
. Minneapolis
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson
. .. . . . . Willmm
Mork. Carol J.
. Owaionna
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts
. .
Robbinsdale
Munson, Diane Shirley
. . . . . . . St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen
.
Bmron, Wis.
Nelson, Linda Louise
. . . . Spicer
Nelson, Paulette
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Philip John
.
Spooner, Wis
Nelson, Susan Ann .
. . . . . Stanley, Wis
Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan
.
. Hopkins
Niles, Richard Allen
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser
dolden Valley
,
. Cokdo
Nyquist. Joel Victor
. . . . . . . Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
Olseq Myron Lee . .
. .
Oconio, Wis
..
.
. Roseuille
Omundson, L Jean
. . Spring Valley
Overholt, Suzanne . . . . .
Orbolt Anthony C . .
. . . Kansas City, Mo.
Pedersoq Thomas Calvin
.
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie
Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . ...
Jackson
Peterson, Daniel Lmn
Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . .
.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R . . .
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis
Pittman, William V , Jr
. .. . . . Anoka
.
. . Minneapolis
Pudas, Grant Peter
Minneapolis
Rakow, Donn Edward . . .
Ramnarine, David James Cameron
Skeldon,
Guyana
.
, ,
Hoffman
Refsal, Harley J
Reiff, James E
..
.
St. Paul
. .
. Minneapolis
Reque, Frank Merwin
. .. .
.
Robbinsdale
Rice, Linda Jane
Roe. Janice Elaine
Fmno.> N. Dak.
Ruona. Marlys Denise
. . Minneapolis
. . . . T r y
Rupp, Patricia Emma
. . LaCrosse, Wzs.
Ruud, Charlotte Ann
-
. . . . . . . Milan
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
.
Minneapolis
Sahl, Thomas James . .
Salo, Susan .
.
,
.
..
Milaca
. Minneapolis
Sandbo, Mark R
Sather, Sylvia Carolyn
..
Minneapolis
Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann
Des Moines, la.
.
Bird Island
Scholla, Muriel Berg
. .
Forest Lake
Schroeder, Marian Ethel
Later Prairie
Schultz, Michael Louis
Schwartz, John Norman
. Lester Prairie
Selstad, John Leslie
. Minneapolis
Senner, Priscilla Ruth
. . . Narhug N. Hamp.
Setterholm, Richard Dale
.
Brooklyn Center
. Minneapolis
Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson
. . . . Hector
Sjogren, David August . . . .
Minneapolis
Skottegaard, Robert Charles .
.
. . Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan . .
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay
Bmron, Wis
Seattle, Warh.
Smith, Paul D . . .
. Minneapolis
Snyder, Thomas Stanley .
. Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur
. .
.
Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1
.
Minneapolis
Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann .
. . Rockford, ill.
Strommen, Mary Ellen .
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie
Thief Riuer Falls
Sulzbach, Ann E . . .
Minneapolis
. . Minneapolis
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes
,
Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin
.
Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A Alden
..
. Minneapolis
Sylvester. David Ernest
Teige, M Philip
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Tibbits, Lorene Monson
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna
Titrud, Mark
.
True, David Jon
.
Uigaard, Stuart Brady
Wateruille, Maine
. Slater, la.
.
,
Glencoe
Lake Lillian
.
. Canby
.
. Willmar
. . . . Center City
Columbia Heights
Star Prairie, Wis
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
.
. .
.
Walen, Barbara E.
Wall, Geraldine Neff
Warner, Ronald Dean
Wesley, Lynn Carol
.
Westermo, Mary Ellen
White, Clyde Edward
...
Wilfrid, Luther Jon
Wilson, Carolyn Jean
Woida, Karen Leslie Horton
Wold, Philip Arlen
Wood, Virginia Joanne
.
Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne
.
St Paul
.
..
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Grandview, Wash.
.. .
. St. Paul
. Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
. . . Hayfield
St. Paul
Siom City, la.
New Brighton
Columbia Heights
. . . Richfield
Youngquist, Michael William
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong
..
. Wood Lake
Yuzer, Barbara Ann . .
SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
3496
247
3743
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67
First Term
Men Women Total
Class
98
Senior .....
Junior .... 158
Sophomore
218
Freshman . 242
Special . . . . 31
Yurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F H.)
Nurse (M H.)
Nurse ($. H.)
Total . . . . . 747
.
.
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
Second Term
Men Women Total
95
98
193
156
150
306
211
232
28
722
-199
254
25
34
410
486
53
34
$0
40
41
75
916
41
75
1638
Thii Term
Men Women Total
91
154
205
254
28
92
150
198
259
24
34
732
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................................
special ...................................
Nurse (D H.) .............................
Nurse (F. H.) .............................
.
.. . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
.
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
780
79
973
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
Total .................................................. 1753
INDEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41,
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2,
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . 50,
Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art, Department of . . . . 51,
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57,
Business Education . . . . . 59,
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29
9
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education ... 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43
Divisional Organization . . . . 48
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . .
14
Financial Information . . . . . . .
12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
41
7
68
115
43
133
146
41
115
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Uedical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Department of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
8
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Religion, Department of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80,
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Courses . . . . 59,
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences, Division of the
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology, Department of 97,
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,
Special Programs of Study . .
122
14
122
123
26
50
123
124
103
115
102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
47
41
1
Show less
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen... Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic
policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter
published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 1I,
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 32, EXPENSES
PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 102, FACULTY
PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 112, INDEX
PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in
January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation.
MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20
departments.
MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for
the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-ln-Aid.
SEMESTER.
. . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupatio~~al
opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities of character compatible with the
Christian faith.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall,
(332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for
Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the
Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (notshown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H R . (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 1 35)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1 st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
2 1st Avenue South.
The Physical Plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at
Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to
each other.
Following is a brief description of each building.
A new music/classroom building is designed
and scheduled for completion in 1978.
Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large
number of classrooms and offices.
Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer
Center; well-equipped laboratories for
chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and
faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory
on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in
the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor
of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science
Hall and of similar contemporary architectural
design, it provides excellent resources for
research and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was
completed in 1961. This building named in
honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men
from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides
excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics,
chapel services, and general auditorium
purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe
organs and equipment for class-piano
instruction.
The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in
1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal,
string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal
room for large groups.
dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student
government and student publications have
quarters in this building. The bookstore is also
located here. Spacious lounges and
recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an
eleven-story building providing living quarters
for 324 students. The building was named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who
have given several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the building is that
each floor is considered a "house unit"
providing the 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in
1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building
houses about 60 students and provides space
for several faculty and administrative offices.
Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964,
contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments
providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students.
A spacious lounge area as well as conference
rooms are located in this building.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964,
houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased
in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It
provides excellent housing for married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus area
provide accommodations for students, faculty,
and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired
in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other
speech activities.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for hockey,
recreational skating, and figure skating.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in
1967, is a center of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the Commons,
which is the main dining area, plus private
Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the
congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used
as a practice room for the band and other
instrumentalists.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a broad
liberal arts education as well as prepare them
for a career. A strong academic program in the
arts and sciences and in theology is available.
Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and the Christian
ministry is offered. The College prepares
students for graduate study in several
disciplines. Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student As Learner
A great deal has been written during the last
few years describing the responsibilities of a
college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its
task to provide consistently high quality
opportunities for learning along with support
systems which enhance the teaching-learning
process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity which
can be purchased. It is not equal to simply
buying so many courses and being exposed to
the activities of professors. Learning involves
the solitary inner struggle of the student who
investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the
materials and insights offered. When these
have become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither party
can elude its basic task.
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to study. The main
library, centrally located next to the Science
Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including
books, periodicals, records and various other
media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes is available
via daily interloan and courier service among
the seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the
statewide network, the additional resources of
Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are
accessible to the Augsburg faculty and
students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with
assistance to meet diverse information needs
including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in
pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides facilities
for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual
materials. Assistance with the production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and
audiolvideo tape recordings are available for
both faculty and students. Equipment such as
movie and slide projectors and tape recorders
may be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice on materials
selection are also available.
Faculty
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with
class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
,
In the humanities area, students may select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion.
Science courses may be chosen from biology,
chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in
social and behavioral sciences are offered in
the departments of economics, history, political
science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency
in English writing must be demonstrated. One
course from an approved list of courses
containing an emphasis on urban concerns is
required as is also proficiency in two lifetime
sports. For details on general education
requirements see under Academic
Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area
Studies are available through cooperative
programs with the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these
programs for further information. It is possible
for students to complete other majors also
through ACTC. Make application for such
majors through the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1
course.
Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 ,
352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a
second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics
124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60
semester-hour requirements should be chosen
from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please
refer to the bulletins published by the College
of Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of
liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with
the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science and the
Michigan Technological University. See under
Engineering for information on the course
requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one
or more writing and literature courses;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122;
Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral
sciences and humanities, 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
This two-year program has been designed to
fulfill minimum requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g., history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology,
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public
Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic
expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music,
humanities, theater, and upper division foreign
languages); anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 150,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN
CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course
each semester at another campus. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See under
"Independent Study" for further details.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives,
to get better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The interim term
may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free
between the campuses.
'
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help professional
people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring together
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental
hospital patients, guards, and students at
rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such
places as the Shakopee Institution for Women,
Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically
handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments
give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This
group is composed of colleges and universities
in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned
activities include innovative curricular programs
for students, interchange and sharing of
academic personnel and other college
resources, cooperative research projects,
foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of
the Upper Midwest.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical
Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg
offers work which enables qualified students to
receive a college degree with a major in
Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at one of
the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application to be approved by the director of
the program. Application should be made
during the spring semester of the sophomore
year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5
grade-point average in work completed in the
major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all.
All candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult with the Director regarding proper
sequence of courses.
ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY.
Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan
school emphasizing experiential-based learning,
may take classes at each other's campuses
under certain mutually satisfactory
arrangements. Interested persons should
contact the Academic Dean.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved
Officers Training programs for the various
armed services of the United States, such
programs are available in the metropolitan area
and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For
information, confer with the Dean of the
College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs. Since there is a limit on the number
of students who may study abroad each year it
is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG
NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior
year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; the University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In
addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in
lnternational Living, Augsburg students are
offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal,
Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This
type of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of lnternational
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of International Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
both credit and non-credit, through its
Continuing Education Program. Classes are
generally in the evening. Since continuing
education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four
weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write the
Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed
to provide opportunities for qualified students to
pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated
course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
honors student forums and options in
completing the general education requirements
are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of
Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in
Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing,
and Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or
the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with
majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of
Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a major
aspect of your college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and informal
activities and opportunities of the college and
metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident
or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life and the stimulation of faith.
Chapel services are held three times a week
and are both experimental and traditional in
character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist
service in the College Center is a valued
worship experience for many students. Students,
faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special
events are sponsored throughout the year and
a number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor
has an office in the College Center where you
can contact him for counseling, consultation or
ways to get more involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the
yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or
non-classroom related interests meet in the
Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to performing
on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and
several student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater arts
department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport.
Climaxing the intramural program is the
Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural
winners at various colleges. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the
gymnasium and the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross-country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW).
The women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis,
and track.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating
the whole person and recognizes that the
context in which learning takes place is a
critical factor in achieving optimal growth.
Knowledge grows from more than intellectual
endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring
values, identifying life styles, developing
autonomy and interdependence, finding
purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college on its
students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or at the time of
transfer, you will receive a copy of
SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College
Education. This book will help you assess the
possibilities in your education, choices i o make,
directions to consider and different destinations
for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development provides a
variety of services to help make your journey
as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of
the opportunities you may wish to participate in
are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first
academic year and register for classes. You
and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend
events in the metropolitan area and seek
answers to the many questions you have about
college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may be
uncertain about where you want to be when
you finish your undergraduate experience,
whether your life style will be a balanced one,
how work will provide opportunity for service
and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career
development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare
for entry into the next phase of your life. All
new students will have a chance to review their
interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series of
informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to
help you grow in understanding of yourself and
your relationship to others. Such topics as
PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in
Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on current
offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to
improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-taking, and testing by attending
one or more of the workshops offered. You
also will have an opportunity to meet with a
counselor to diagnose your needs. If a
particular course proves difficult, you can
arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for
all of us where we can handle challenges more
effectively by finding and discussing things with
someone who has more expertise. Counselors
are available to help you think through how you
can handle major or minor problems in a
constructive way. Consultation is provided on
questions of policy and procedure.
Minority Concerns. If you have some special
needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff
member to help you find out which resources
and programs will help meet your needs.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Staff who are able to facilitate the process of
group living as well as discuss personal
concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students,
two to a room, with their own lounge, study
and utility area.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is
an alternative to traditional residence-hall living.
It contains 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your
housing situation is to avail yourself of the
opportunity to bid for a house as a Special
Interest House. Groups of students have
created exciting projects by writing and
implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's
and Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
the basis of academic interests, and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students have available a second
adviser; one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live In college-operated
houslng.
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and
for answers to questions about deadlines and
procedures. Work opportunities both on and off
campus are also recorded. If you have financial
problems, this is a good place to work them
out.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and
clubs and by events sponsored by the student
government. If you need information or wish to
initiate a new group or activity, contact the
Student Activities Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
Student Financial Services
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of
Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside
Avenue across the street from the campus.
Vkfts are free except for special testing or
service, and prescriptions are available through
the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to
check your family health coverage to determine
if you are included; if not, a student health
insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center is the main food-service facility.
This pleasant room features small table units for
easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg. Student government is
organized into three branches: the executive
branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial
branch. Student-government elections are held
in the spring except for freshmen who elect
their representatives in the fall of their first year,
Many kinds of involvement are possible from
program planning to writing or editing to service
opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President in their
offices in the College Center.
International Students
If you are a student from a foreign country or
would like to be part of the activities of this
group, contact the faculty member who is
appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and has
provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and
review matters of concern. Any student who
wishes to identify appropriate procedures for
complaint should contact the Vice President for
Student Affairs if the concern is related to
student life and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs if the concern is related to
academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with the
Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Exceptions are parents' financial records and
confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under
conditions where students have signed a
waiver of right of access. Students have the
right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or
cultural background, creed, marital status or
age.
Persons seeking additional information on these
topics should contact the Center for Student
Development.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
The Application Process
For Freshmen
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and complete
it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 15 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based on
work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special (Non-degree)
Students
1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
731 21 st Ave. South
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent only the
transcripts of colleges attended since the last
enrollment at Augsburg.)
3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00
matriculation fee with their application form.
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made in
the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed at
Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is
available to help them in the transition to
college and ta the United States. Admission Is
based upon performance in secondary school
and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of
proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number
of scholarships is available.
'
Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg.
If they have an internationally valid health
insurance policy, a copy of the policy is
required.
For application forms and further information,
write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by December 10 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about January 1. After notification of
admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student is encouraged to withdraw applications
made to other colleges. The admissions
decision is based upon the academic record
through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit
which is non-refundable is required by February
1
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of
education. A prospective student who qualifies
for the program may choose Augsburg as a
home school and carry on a pre-planned course
of study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record.
Application for aid is made by completing the
Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the
American College Testing Program. While
Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is
required for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students
may instead submit the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1976-77, approximately
82% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships, grants, or loans totaling
$2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other
sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program to which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student
Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both
on-campus and off-campus work opportunities
are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg.
Other college-related expenses are those for
transportation to and from the campus.
Estimates should be based on nine months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts
should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.)
After you have written down estimates of your
expenses, make a list of all possible sources of
income, such as: contributions from parents'
earnings; personal and family savings; personal
earnings during vacation periods; earnings from
part-time jobs during academic year; benefits
from Social Security and/or Veteran's
Administration; aids or loans from other
relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources
other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers,
their parents' employers and any union to
which a family member belongs for possible
scholarship programs. High school guidance
counselors may have information about student
aid offered by church, civic, professional, or
fraternal organizations in a given locality.
Following you will find a summary of financial
aid programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan is
available from the Augsburg College Office of
Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses
and of all potential financial resources is the
best way to do your financial planning. Both
your own financial ability and that of your family
are considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for books and
supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are
$31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be
estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is
$1 500 per year.
Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
For students with proven financial need.
Available to full-time and part-time students.
Up to $1 400 per year depending on the
institutional costs and the student's eligibility.
Obtain application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children
of disabled or deceased veterans may
qualify for special benefits. Amount is
dependent upon eligibility as determined by
the Veteran's Administration. To apply,
contact the Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from Minnesota
State Student Loan Office.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one parent
(covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent
upon eligibility as determined by the Social
Security Administration. To apply, contact
the Federal Social Security Administration
Office in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional
disabilities may qualify for special
assistance. Amount is dependent upon
eligibility as determined by the Vocational
Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your
local Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for
Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and ethnic
minorities and other eligible groups who are
either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are
members of an ALC congregation.
Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an
application from the American
Lutheran Church, Division of College and
University Services, 422 South Fifth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application
deadline is April 1.
Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half the
normal full-time academic load.
If the adjusted family income of the student
is less than $25,000 per year or if financial
need is established for those not in this
category, the Federal Government pays the
full interest on the loan while the student is
in college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan.
Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost
of education whichever is less and the
aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are
limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State
Student Loan.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the
basis of scholastic achievement and need.
High School seniors who are Minnesota
residents are expected to apply.
Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed
one half of the applicant's demonstrated
financial need.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of
evident need. High school seniors and
community I junior college transfer students
who are Minnesota residents are expected to
apply.
In addition, persons who have not attended
a post-secondary institution for twelve
months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not
receive an application by December 1, contact
your high school guidance counselor or the
college financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS to The
American College Testing Program, Financial
Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa
52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080)
and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant
Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS
analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications
are automatically considered for the State
Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED
THROUGH THE COLLEGE
How To Apply
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in
the top 15% of their high school class with
above average aptitude test scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who have
shown academic potential and have financial
need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a
second year.
Educational
For students having exceptional financial
need who could not otherwise attend
college, and who carry at least one-half the
normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable
for 3 years. Will be matched by other
financial assistance such as loans,
scholarships, employment.
1. Apply for admission; for new students
this application is also the financial aid
application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS)
from high school counselor or Augsburg
College Financial Aid Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg
College. Augsburg's ACT code number is
2080. Financial statements received by April
1 will be considered first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the
College will accept the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied
verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal
Scholarship
awarded annually to able and
Averages approximately $1 000 per year.
Can be reapplied for each year although
renewal is not guaranteed.
2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson
Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to
-
deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended
by the committee.
-
two deserving juniorlsenior students.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need.
- awarded
annually to a worthy student of the College
selected by the scholarship committee.
3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp
-
awarded annually to an
able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
4. Memorial Scholarship
5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 to be
-
distributed by the scholarship committee to needy
students
6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen.
7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to
$1 000 each - awarded on the basis of
scholarship, achievement, character, leadership,
industry, personality, and need. Winners must be
junior or senior students who are residents of the
State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine,
Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate
appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to
Tozer Foundation (code 6577)
-
8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
-
1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans
awarded to
able and deserving upperclass students who are
policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans
Insurance Company.
2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have
demonstrated financial need.
-
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty
-
awarded annually to
Scholarshlp Program
Lutheran American minority students who show
financial need.
2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty
Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Black student.
-
3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal
Scholarshlp
Awarded periodically to an
American Negro student.
-
4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for
Mlnorlty Students
sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to
members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate
applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC
(Code 6591).
-
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal
Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in
the senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
-
2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, character and
interest in Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and
interest in Christian Service.
-
4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
awarded to a
Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund
Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a
missionary through the World Missions
Department of the American Lutheran Church.
-
-
5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp
awarded periodically to
students preparing for the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to an able and
deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by
the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are
interviewed and selected by donor.
-
-
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp
Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the
Christian faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical
Education faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
-
1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
awarded annually to an able and deserving male
student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and
academic achievement.
-
2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in
field of physical education.
3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and
academic achievement.
-
4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship
awarded to able and deserving women students
showing ability in women's athletics.
-
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded
to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
-
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to
a football player on basis of financial need.
-
7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field
of athletics.
8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund
-
awarded to two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic
scholarship is for male candidate only, with a
preference for basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology
Department faculty.
-
Blology Scholarships
established in 1972 by the
faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology,
Natural Science or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the
Business Administration faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship
- awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested in the field of business.
-
2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more
upperclass students who are interested in
business andlor education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry
faculty,
Awarded to students whose academic record
indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty
-
awarded to
The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp
qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are
student teaching.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty
-
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who
are majoring in English with preference given to
those who plan to teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp
-awarded to an outstanding student in the field
of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty
-
The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp
awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career
in the field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library
staff.
-
1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp
established
in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding
juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a
career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by
Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp
generally awarded to able and deserving
juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or
the sciences on basis of need and academic
ability.
-
2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics
Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving
student in the field of mathematics.
-
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern
Language faculty.
The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to juniorlsenior
students who are majoring in a modern language
with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
-
MUSIC
- Winners
selected by Music faculty.
-
1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor
instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over-all
academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp
awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of
outstanding promise in the field of music.
-
-
3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music
as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding
promise for achievement in the art of singing.
acquire musical and performance skills in
instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
-
6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund
awarded i o two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal
Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student
studying choral music.
-
-
4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp
awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp
awarded to upperclass students seeking to
SOCIOLOGY
-
-
Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded
annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
.-
--
..-#
,
l..\
y
C--m:;:
,, ,
C
;
, ..
.
.
. .
. r
, * ;
.
,-
-.
. ...
,-.-.:
.'
.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
- $3,100
Film Making, $70
Life Drawing, $1 0
Stagecraft, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1978. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms for a
total of seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. If the student
elects to omit an interim or to graduate in
December, a refund is not authorized.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a
semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson
during the interim.
Practice Studio rental for each semester for one
hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim);
piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is one half the part-time rate per
course. Part-time students who take Lifetime
Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office with charges
according to the schedule on file.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all
new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$1 25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge is $250.00.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,500
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office
of Auxiliary Services.
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company.
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $25
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
1978-79 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $1 0.00
Tuition - $3,100
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Board and Room - $1,500
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
-
TUITION DEPOSIT
New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due
February 1 under Early Decision Program). The
deposit is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit.
Required at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September. Applied to the room
charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT
All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing educational program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half-year
billing period is due August 20, and the second
half-year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 20.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of hislher
registration andlor being released from hislher
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule:
through the first five days of classes.
from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No ref1und will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student be forced to cancel hislher
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports,
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication, and
Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation Requirements
Include the Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one
department, except 17 for Bachelor of
Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of
Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed
and independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
(two in the major except Elementary
Education and one in the minor if approved
by the department chairman) may apply
toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. Students must
petition and receive permission to register for
more than 4.5 courses.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. A course from each of the following eight
areas (One course may fulfill the
requirement in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communications
& Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns.
Courses approved to meet this
requirement are published each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee is also charged for changing
registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses
after the first five days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer
courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-1 5 courses
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured,
primarily, by means of final examinations.
Shorter examinations or tests, written papers,
oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the PIN system;
some others are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Students may select the traditional grading
system in most other courses. Students are
cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care
since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration card
those courses which they wish to take on the
PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made during the first
two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged
after the first five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded P1O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing stating the reasons for requesting it,
the plan and date for removing it, and
comments from the instructor of the course. If
permission to receive an I grade is granted, it
must be removed during the following
semester. If the incomplete is not removed
during the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the
incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time are counted toward
graduation and in the grade point average.
Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit; they
may, however, be audited.
Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402,
and several interim courses are graded only on
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions
to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.79 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
In order to qualify for graduation with distinction
transfer students must have completed two
years (fourteen graded courses) of work at
Augsburg College.
lndependent Study
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the
Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of
other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more courses
are classified as full-time students. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any
change in registration andlor academic load to
the Office of the Registrar.
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive
terms in which they did not earn a minimum of
three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I)
may b e given only in the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a
grade of X is given at the end of the first term,
and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's
academic load for the term below three courses
will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of
the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit by
examinations should consult with department
chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be
earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive
examinations.
Classification
..
Sophomore . . 7 courses. . .
I 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points
Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points
.
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course is offered for one course credit.
A few fractional courses (one-half course credit)
are offered in the Division of Professional
Studies.
A full course has the approximate value of 4
semester credits. A total of 35 courses is
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes
to determine definitely the current course
offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores;
300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some
departments course numbers also designate
areas within the department.
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Course Descriptions
The description of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics to be
Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and
clarification of content and requirements for
individual courses, please consult the
respective instructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
American Studies
Director: Grief Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of
these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
Hlstory of the United States
American Studies, 23 1, 260
History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351,
490 and 49 1 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring)
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78#
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
The situation of Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal
sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural
traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of
black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the
present. (Fall)
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract, Intended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American life. Includes a study
of the approaches of several disciplines to the
topic and practice in the integration of primary
source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities
resource persons and the co-learning model
when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
For description, see course 295. Open to
juniors and seniors who will do a different level
of work. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225,
and 250.
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
An introduction to the making of jewelry in
copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring)
Fine arts in the urban and world setting.
Concern for the visual content of experience in
the environment leading toward appreciation
and criticism. (Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
(Fall, Spring)
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of print making in a
variety of media including etching, silk-screen
and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
399 INTERNSHIP
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring)
Consult chairman or internship director to
determine project.
242 FILM MAKING
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring)
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Sprin g)
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's choice.
Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis
on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation
of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118.
Fall, Spring)
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer,
1977)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978,
Alternate years)
385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR
PAINTING
Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent water-color
(Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall,
1978)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the early Renaissance through the 18th
century. (Offered 1 9 78-79)
368 PRINT MAKING II
388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART
Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Offered 1 9 78- 79)
387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART
389 AMERICAN ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its
relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years.)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 351, 353, 361
(Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471,
476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,
122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students
intending to enter graduate school should
ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I);
355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471,
473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also
required. Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major.
Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also
requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
iniluence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other
paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical
Education, Music Therapy and other interested
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
108 MICROBIOLOGY
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
Basic microbial features are considered as well
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring.
Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with
community people taking the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and
interest. Applies towards the Natural Science
requirement.
111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate
years).
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring)
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life history,
and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 .
Offered alternate years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis on
the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and
chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or
1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall)
355 GENETICS
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging,
and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class,
4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.;
1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in bklogy)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended for
biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Business Administration
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses
but not more than 12 courses of related
business subjects (Economics, Finance and
Mathematics). Students who have completed
the above requirements are qualified under the
rules of the Minnesota State Board of
Accountancy to sit for the examination
immediately after graduation.
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and
either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251
and one additional course selected from 258 or
391 or 392 are also required. At least three
upper division courses are required. For those
planning on careers in accounting, completion
of the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from
the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At
least five upper division courses are required.
(392 is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373,
379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan
well their program of study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code, (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School
Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through literature,
readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.:
261, Spring)
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint of
both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108, 121,
350 and 353.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
Spring. Offered alternate years)
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
295, 495 TOPICS
completion of the following: Business Education
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and
methodology and readings in the areas of
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
general education requirements.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit)
Business Education
NOTE: The major in Business Education is
being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited
number of courses will be offered in 1978-79.
See class schedule for courses offered.
MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses.
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364,
460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators.
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school.)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.)
379. In addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or
equivalent.)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #.)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office.
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing.
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business
Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general
education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well
their program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer
Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems,
etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a
basic course designed for those students who
do not plan to major in either Economics,
Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application
of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and
123 may be taken in either order, or may be
taken in the same term in order for the student to
progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall,
Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in order
for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
250 DATA PROCESSING
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fa4
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention
paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of
the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
The student may earn independent study credits
through individually supervised projects designed
to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall,
Spring)
Department of Chemistry
- -
Chairman: Earl Alton
approved research; participation in seminar.
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics
121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also
required. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take Mathematics 124,
125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121,
122 in the sophomore year.
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115;
106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124, 125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to one semester also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5,
116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic,
and biological chemistry around the theme: the
molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward
the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry
within last 3 years or #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental
systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979,
also requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring)
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
I
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of
Designed for nurses in the degree program,
medical technologists and others in allied health
science programs whose professional goals do
not require either of two-term organic course or
the one-term biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour
bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 1 15. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1,
Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory
and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq:
361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major
concentration plan is constructed for each
student with the advice and assistance of his or
her adviser. A major plan normally consists of
ten to twelve courses distributed under one of
the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
-
specialization andlor comparative studies; two
or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
East Aslan Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization andlor comparative studies; and
two or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
-
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
I
I
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
licensure in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early
Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education
are offered in the following areas: American
Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for licensure in
Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481,
482 and electives.
2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the
major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement.)
Requirements for Kindergarten License are the
same as those for elementary education plus
Education 375 and 483.
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading at both secondary and elementary
level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
Early Childhood Education
Steve Reuter. Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood
Education are the same as those for elementary
education plus the following courses:
SOC.231
Psych. 351
Ed. 325
Ed. 425
Ed. 484
Sociology of the Family
Developmental Psychology:
Child
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Curriculum
Student Teaching (160 hours)
For an Early Childhood License with other than
an education major, consult with the Early
Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hislher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab.
experience in a day care center andlor nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall)
(See Secondary Education)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #. Spring)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with, or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0
overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human
Relations (successful completion of
Augsburg's Education program meets this
requirement).
5. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psych.
105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359,
478; a minimum of one-half course in
special methods in the area of the student's
major, and a minimum of two courses in
Student Teaching.
481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371,
372. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483.
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher licensure program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure. This consultation is recommended in
addition to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education
will take one full course in special methods and
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
courses H.Ed. 115.)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program
courses.
General Information:
1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in
Art, Music and Physical Education receive a
special license which allows them to teach
in their area in all grades from Kindergarten
through twelve (K-12). A person preparing
for licensure in one of these areas follows
the secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with a
major in one of these special areas will take
three courses in student teaching and do
some student teaching at both the
secondary and elementary levels. In addition
to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for
Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365;
and the major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. For social studies licensure: The program
leading to licensure in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson for further information.
3. The professional term: Student Teaching is
taken concurrently with School and Society
in one full-time term in professional
education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term as part of
the professional work. A student taking two
courses in student teaching may elect to
take one course in Independent Study. All
students are expected to be involved full
time in the activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION (1/2 course)
Teaching procedures, materials and projects.
With this general methodology course, must be
taken one or more of the following education
courses in special methods from the
department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych.
105, Educ. 265 and admission into the
secondary education program)
Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special areas
360 American Studies Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary
and junior high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
363 Business Methods
% course (Spring)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
l/2 course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristics of
different kinds of learning problems found in
regular classroom environment. The primary
focus of the course will be on teaching
strategies, but attention also will be given to
procedures for the identification of different
kinds of learning problems, prescriptive
procedures, referral processes, and alternatives
for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production
and evaluation of effective audio visual
materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
school library. Extensive study of evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and htgh school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq:
senior standing and completion of teacher aide
work and human relations elements of
Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
Patricia Parker, Coordinator
1
I
I
I
,(
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Earl Alton: Adviser
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer
Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to
meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math
124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three
courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438)
and one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must
take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are
encouraged to take, early in their college work,
course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors
are strongly urged to consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double major
or special program that involves considerable
work in the English department should also
work closely with an adviser in the English
department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group
Communication, Interpersonal Communication,
Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative
Reading or Stage Direction
Library Science: 475, The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairman.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairman, students
should consult an adviser in the Department of
Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration.
English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructors.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271,
331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221, 222; American
Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368,
and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with
an American literature concentration should
take some of the courses listed under the
American Studies major which are selected
from the offerings of several departments at
Augsburg.
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theater Arts.
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy
110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall,
Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one another
will be emphasized as well as their relationship
to their own age and their lasting contribution to
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language. (Offered on demand)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will be the
writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78-79)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
368 MODERN DRAMA
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 )
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students wil study the
works of historical, psychological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Offered on demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century .as the
dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairman. Provides directed independent study
in the area of the student's choice. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Foreign Languages
Chairman: Gunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited to their level
of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign
language courses follows the formula: 1 year of
high school foreign language equals 1 course
of college foreign language. However, final
placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the
department. Students who register below their
level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the
language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet
useable skill levels.
Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
See department faculty for career information
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult with
the Department of Education for program.
Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall
of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced
Conversation and Composition is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3
GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult department
chairman for details.
Chinese
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. Interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two hours
of laboratory work. (Fall)
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses. (Fall 1978)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
a
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate
years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate
years)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq:
352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #.
alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1
and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany
strongly recommended.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. lntenslve practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition, (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 11 1 is for students with no previous
background; 112 is for students who have had
11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims at developing basic skills.
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to
read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials
available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring)
21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years high
school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge
of German. Review of basic structures with
emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (21 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War
(1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German
cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages,
and the intellectual and religious upheavals of
the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or
#. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
.
Spring 19 78)
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of German
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in
Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or
#. Fall)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language). Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 ,
and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus
required education courses, including special
methods.
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.:
2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate
years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.)
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics,
another language, Pre-Colombian civilization,
Latin-American Area Studies. Consult
department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112,
Spring)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive
practice to improve oral and written expression
with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.
Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of literature in Spanish.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to
all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #.
Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78)
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent.
Fall)
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11
or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered
1 9 7 7 and on demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
On demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four
of these courses must be upper division. A
major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four
areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe;
U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in seauence.
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairman of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
I
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring)
I
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
I
I
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions.
(Spring 1978-79)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences
and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1)
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as
a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79)
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools
of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical
and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and
alternate years)
Department of Mathematics
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. Students who have
completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 1 2 4 may not register for
credit. (Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall;
125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq:
224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall)
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and mathematical models which have
had a primary historical impact on the other
liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq: #)
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall)
21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear
transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980.
Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring,
19 79. Offered alternate years)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from real or
complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology,
probability, statistics, or computer science.
(Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods including
flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation.
Extensive programming in a non-scientific
higher level language, such as COBOL.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and
manipulation, hardware register operations, and
computer organization. Programming in
machine language, assembly language, and
FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily
from science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math
125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted toward a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or
concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
students plan to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112
and two additional upper division (usually 367
and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116),
223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or
121, 122); one math course.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with
an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent
should expect to spend two years at Augsburg
before participating in the internship year. The
Medical Technology major is not designed for
persons who already have the baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary)
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 ,
362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one
course of internship or independent study.
visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the
Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation,
populations, ethnic communities, transportation,
planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ;
Computer Science 245; Education 478; English
351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342;
others, including interims, internships, and
independent studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges by approval of the
director and the Urban Studies faculty.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the director.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, history,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core courses
are required for the Concentration: Economics
120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ;
Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science
Research course; an approved internship andlor
independent study.
Students are placed in a variety of public and
private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST
faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with
a one-course internship. In consultation with
MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic
for library andlor field research related to
subjects of seminars andlor major academic
interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of
Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate
or advanced study depending on proficiency.
Instruction emphasizes conversational
vocabulary to support student course work and
daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current
issues in Norwegian life and society is
coordinated with the language instruction.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement
morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal
articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom, students
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution,
and social organization of Scandinavian cities
are approached through a combination of
lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban
development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian
approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips,
and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative
analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is
located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third
World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced
levels.
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both
English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Colombian urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY,
AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY
Structured field course focusing on plight and
prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities
for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robed Karle'n
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg
College must make application to the Music
Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such
application should be made no later than the
beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music
Department handbook for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must
take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses:
101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano
proficiency test, perform in a music
organization for 2 years, participate in
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
re~ertoiretests.
MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355;
365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of
Performance Studies.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; and education courses. Consult with
Department of Education for requirements in
education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses
including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; and 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or
476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of
Performance Studies including at least one term
of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395,
399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of
264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and
one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in
physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music
Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses
required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites nine
months in advance of starting date. Since the
number of sites in Minnesota is limited,
students may need to seek out-of-state
internship placements.
This major normally requires four and one-half
years for completion Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, the student is
eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with
the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
I
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate
quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors
and minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Music degree, is given required
lessons in the area of his concentration without
extra cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may not
exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a
placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer
students must pass the Piano Proficiency test
by the end of their first semester at Augsburg.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102,
224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras,
(Spring)
Works of 20th Century composers will be
chosen according to instrumentation and
abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance.
An evaluation will be made of each
composition studied with regard to its
significance and relationship to the total output
of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of choral
ensembles. (Fall)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
458
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
476 ORCHESTRATION
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents
.
will
give individual lessons-to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students up0n
Of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Music Therapy
Offers an opportunity to apply information and
techniques acquired in music theory and history
classes to the study of the music of our time.
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 )
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
Recitals, Lessons, Organizations
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning
music, musical talent, and performance.
(Prereq: 3 8 2 )
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT. Applications for
internship sites must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate
in groups affording opportunity for musical
expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwlnd Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79.
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
19 79).
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after
consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1,
112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106),
351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124
and 125; and Physics 121, 122.
Department of Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing.
Requirements for admission to the major are:
completion of an associate degree or a diploma
program in nursing with a minimum overall
grade point average of 2.5; a current license to
practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota;
and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy
and physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These courses
may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission
into the nursing program.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in
the practice of nursing for five years must take
a refresher course prior to acceptance into the
program.
Courses in introductory psychology,
introductory sociology, English composition,
and organic chemistry are also required for the
major. Students may take these courses at
Augsburg during their first year in the program
or they may take CLEP examinations to validate
credits.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and
two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426.
Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is
highly recommended. The required courses in
sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and
biology listed above may apply toward
distribution requirements as well as toward the
major.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0.
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING
SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV
420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and to
assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars. PIN grading only.
Seminarllaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
320, and 325).
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Kenneth Bailey
130 LOGIC
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343. and 344.
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of the
philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will
be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the
department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love
affair with language? Is truth that which works?
Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with
in a study of the major representatives of
linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring)
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical
and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a
being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible?
We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79)
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978)
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
440 THEORY OF BEING
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Being is the most important concept which
philosophy investigates. This course studies
some of the perennial theories of metaphysics
along with some modern applications of these
theories. Students will have the opportunity to
read and discuss primary texts as well as
contemporary articles dealing with
metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in
philosophy)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture,
political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar
format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242,
343, or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4,
115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351,
471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232,
243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491,
495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
Major must be secured from the Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491 ; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115;
P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires
registration for Independent Study 499).
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota high schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
AND RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon-hour activities, camp
nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq: Biology 103; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term)
The major effects of exercise upon the systems
of the body and physiological principles applied
fo exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
'12 course
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No
previous dance experience necessary.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairman
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
'
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior
and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq:
Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime
Sports, Swimming. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF
ATHLETIC INJURIES
% course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of
term)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of
term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd
half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350,
35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350,
351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in
the following four areas of corrective therapy:
(1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
(4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and
approval of department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of physical
education. Open only to junior or senior majors.
C
.
Health Education
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 ,
320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem.
105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241.
Techniques for developing a course of study
based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series; also #.)
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103,
108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5;
Biol. 103, 11 I .
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD
% course
Education of the exceptional child with special
reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school
health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring)
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
% course
114 SAFETY EDUCATION
% course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
Principles and practices of safety education in
school and community life. Includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
% course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Historical background, legal bases, school
health services, and relationship to community
health program and resources. Methods and
materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq: 320.)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245,
351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 124, 125,
and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and
three courses above 122.
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of
a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
with the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of
membership in a national physics society and
of participating in the physics community on a
professional basis. Membership in SPS is open
to all students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor
society is open to those students who have
completed the equivalent of a minor in physics
and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0
overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are
selected not only to illustrate fundamental
principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The
course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy
programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq:
Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration.
12 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube and
some circuit applications. The study of solid
state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits
with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
35 1, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus throughout.
Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of
Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and
magnetic properties of materials, and the theory
of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall;
363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed
from two independent yet complementary
viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic
classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation
values, angular momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include
potential wells and potential barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352.
Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
Department of Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis
(Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170;
158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or
170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses
in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on their
Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan.
Students should apply for the Honors Major no
later than the first term of the junior year.
* The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158,
160 or 170.
The Urban requirement may be filled by
Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship,
Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an
urban-related topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take a political science major in
combination with specified social science
courses, in compliance with state requirements.
For more information, see the department
chairman or the Social Studies Education
adviser.
opinion research and political public relations.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
I
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
1
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation.
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1
course in Political Science or #)
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
I
I
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or #)
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #.
Fall term of election years.)
(See Section V for description)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation
in the political system. (Offered on demand.
Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of
Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the
Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in
Political Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered
alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
A study of influential political philosophers from
Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to
inform and to rationalize human governance.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public policy
practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare
state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158
or #. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper
division courses, or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
-
-
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
495 SEMINAR
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.
#)
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
- -
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from
other departments will also be required;
Physics 103 is one of the required courses.
The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser in the psychology department
and approved by the department chairman.
Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and
493. Additional courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 355, 357,
359, 481, and at least one course in Personality
or Developmental Psychology. The major
program should include 105 in the freshman
year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or
sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior
year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology
sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is
recommended. The overall plan will be directed
toward a basic understanding of the discipline
of psychology and toward the particular
educational, vocational, and professional
interests and goals of the individual student. A
written plan for the major should be completed
and approved by the beginning of the junior
year. The plan, which may indicate one or
more electives in psychology, should be
completed early in the sequence of psychology
courses. Completion of a written plan later than
the beginning of the junior year may delay
graduation; early planning is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from among the
following departments: Biology, Mathematics,
and Computer Science. It is recommended that
students interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
of behavior. A structure of the field of
psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and
laboratory regarding the fundamentals of
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research
methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions
of the central nervous system with
environmental events including the effects of
drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one
course in biology; two courses in biology are
recommended. Fall)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265;
265 should be taken in the term immediately
following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring;
265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of
persons in the adolescent and adult periods of
life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring)
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of theories
of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1 . Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or
#.)
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq:
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration. (Prereq:
105 and #. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student must
present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361-363
and one from those numbered 471 -475.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and
3.0 over-all; research project approved by the
department and a colloquium with the
department.
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. In order
to prepare for teaching about religion in public
schools the student should work closely with
the Religion Department in designing a program
which includes: (a) a major in an academic field
which is certifiable for elementary or secondary
school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with
courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The
Minnesota State Department of Education does
not at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
An introductory survey of some of the major
living religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and
Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary documents from these religious
communities.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church.
361 CHURCH FATHERS
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH
Congregational life in its varied character with
attention directed to Christian education and
curriculum, youth work and parish work.
(Offered 1 9 7 7-78)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined.
The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed and
discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
(See under Department of Music)
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and
biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of
the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major in Russian Area Studies is a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure
to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics,
literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition
to providing a good liberal education, the
program can enable students to prepare for
graduate study, or careers in areas such as
government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses in Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scmdinavim Area Studies
Director: Mildred Joel
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN
AMERICAN HISTORY
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian courses listed under Department of
Foreign Languages.
255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY:
MUTUAL IMPACT
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging
Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics
and economy of Norway and, conversely, of
Norwegian political perspectives and institutions
upon the development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 )
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
(Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 )
How did the Old Stock American host society
receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in
the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the
immigrants respond to the reception? Through
case studies, selected readings, class lecture,
and discussions, this course examines the
encounter of the new American culture with the
older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 )
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the
community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 )
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Fall, 1979)
See description under Department of Art.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 )
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History. (1977-78).
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75).
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
In consultation with a faculty member, student
selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for
those preparing for secondary school teaching
in social studies. The requirements for licensure
are in the process of being changed. For those
graduating after July I , 1979 a new
"competency based" program will be in effect.
See Department of Education for further details.
The Social Science major is also recommended
for others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This major
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of
these courses must be upper division.
2 courses in political science
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business
Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines:
geography, anthropology, economics,
sociology, psychology
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines:
economics, history, political science,
pyschology, sociology (including
anthropology); at least 5 courses must be
upper division.
Included in this requirement are the
following:
( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of
the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th
discipline excluding history.
(2) 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the
following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
(3) 1 course in American history
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
12 courses in non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least four
disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c .
Econ. 122, 258.
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern
foreign language.
2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332.
3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this
list. No more than five from any one
discipline.
Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382;
political science seminar, independent
study, or interim course on a relevant
to~ic
Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic
Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics
independent study or interim course on a
relevant topic
Sociology 241
4th term of college work in a second
modern foreign language.
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
1) Required: lower division
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
following: anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology. The selection of courses must be
approved by one of the faculty supervising the
social science major.
Department of Sociology
Chairman: G. Nelson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
(Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship, independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.) This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairman
concerning areas of concentration.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper
division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April
1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed. Honors
degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these
institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and interest.
11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
See under Department of Religion.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see
the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture.
(Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 363 the following
term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
.experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall)
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq:
121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban
sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system;
metro-urban planning and policy systems; major
issues related to shaping the future metropolis.
The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as
an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1
or 1 2 1 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Social Work
Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional social
work position. Core program consists of Psych.
105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc.
375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social
Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363,
461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended
courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121
or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans
not to enter social work practice after
graduation. The core program consists of the
same courses as specified for the BS except
that Sociology 231 is not required and only one
of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students
may take a second major, but cannot take a
Social Work Specialization.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or
more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361
and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375.
SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be
taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging,
Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth are possible. Specialization consists
of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects of the special area, plus
field work assignments in the senior year.
Completion of a specialization sequence will be
noted on the student's transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career
aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Three class periods per
week plus special assigned work. (Prereq:
Junior, or #. Fall)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods of
lecture-discussion sessions or small group
discussions per week plus 10 hours of field
experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior.
Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination of
the alternatives, modes and submethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0
hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.:
363 or #. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the structure, function and
dysfunction of various community organizations
and other corporate and political systems, and
4) knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #.
Fall)
465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 10 hours per
week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #.
Interim)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER
AS A PROFESSIONAL
Futurism in social work; professional education;
application of ethics and all professional
principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0
hours per week as a professional social
worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the
major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising
and public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management.
Program guides for each area are available
from the Department Chairman or the Office of
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1,
Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and
Philosophy 130.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not
qualify one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352,
354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1
and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in
forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
242 FILM-MAKING
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to commercial television with
an emphasis on the director:^ role; some
emphasis on producing, programming, writing,
acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee:
$10. Fall, Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
COMMUNICATION
See under Department of Political Science.
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Theater Arts
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr.,
Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
( S ~ r iinns)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and
organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology
I
399 INTERNSHIP
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366,
467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in
dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts major:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and
diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the
following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech
correction. (Spring)
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,
467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for elementary and secondary school teachers
and recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar);
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821
Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675
Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6
Faculty
RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French)
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D.
1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department
Chairman
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of
Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota
*ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish)
*RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973,
University of California - Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
*DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music
MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University,
Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University
Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
"JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969,
University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of
Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
*KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
*WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach)
*I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974,
University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
*NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
- Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies
*MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ,
Piano)
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University
of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago,
Department Chairman
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Co-chairman
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department
Chairman
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois
- Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960,
Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D
1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England),
Department Co-chairman
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A.
1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78
DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
*R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department
Chairman
*DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban
Studies)
*GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota
*MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*Indicates part-time
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . Gores
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster
Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison
Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
.
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge
Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie
.
Sibley
.
Olson
Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl
Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia
.
Mandl
..
Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild
Estness
Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela
.
Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta
.
Henke
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson
Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren
Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden
.
Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene
Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
C. Boatman
.
Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella
. Rosenquist
Mattos
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia
.
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel
Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer
.
Edwins
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson
a
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp
M. Olsson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia
.
. . Slater
Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker
Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman
Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller
.
Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet
Grant
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge
.
Index
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
.
AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. .
.
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22
.
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
.
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
.
Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
..
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
.
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. .
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
.
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
.
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. .
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
.
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
..
.
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
.
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15
Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
.
. 80
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
...
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
..
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
..
.
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
.
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
.
Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
. . 56
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
..
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10)
.
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02
..
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
.
Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
..
Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French
60
.
Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
.
General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35
..
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
..
.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
.
Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
.
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
..
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
..
Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
..
.
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
..
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
..
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
.
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70
Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
.
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
.
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
..
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10
..
Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
.
..
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
.
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
..1
Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
...
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
...
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
.
Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
..
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
.
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
..
.
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
.
Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
.
..
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
.
Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
.
TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Academic Calendar For 1978-79
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1978
Sept. 5-6
Sept. 7
Sept. 20
Oct. 23
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
NOV.23-26
Nov. 27
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-20
Dec. 20-Jan.
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1979
Jan, 3
Jan, 26
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
Interim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1979
Feb. 1
Feb. 14
Apr. 6
Apr. 7-1 5
Apr. 16
Apr. 20
May 11
May 14-17
May 20
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools,
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of University Women.
Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the
American Council on Education, the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie
Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private
College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and
Universities.
Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts
education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree
offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for
teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical
technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions.
Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of
engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law,
and for graduate study in various fields,
Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate
Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area
of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries,
museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity
to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural
activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of
Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest
hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for
careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly
atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students
participate in all phases of campus community life under the
direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty.
Development: A comprehensive development program is in
operation which will, over the years, add additional land and
buildings to the Augsburg College campus.
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1964-65
. . . . . Freshman Days
Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration
Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin
Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.)
........ Late registration fee
1 ..................Homecoming
OCTOBER
T W T F S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 23 30 31
S
M
S
M
Sept. 16 (Wed.)
Oct. 29-Nov.
Nov. 12 (Thurs.)
... End first half
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
................... Christmas
Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.)
recess begins
..... Classes resume
. . Final examinations
.........
Jan. 26 (Tues.)
F
S
F
4
11
18
25
S
5
12
19
26
F
S
of Semester
Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.)
.......................
NOVEMBER
T W T
DECEMBER
T W T
1
2
3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
~
S
M
S
M
JANUARY
T W T
1
7
First Semester ends
S
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
F
S
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
M
T
MAY
W T
F
S
Spring Semester 1965
.................. Registration
Feb. 2 (Tues.)
Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.)
Feb. 3 (Wed.)
....... Classes begin
.......... Late
Mar. 30 (Tues.)
...
registration fee
End first half of Semester
April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.)
....................... Easter recess begins
April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends
May 19 (Wed.)
May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.)
May 30 (Sun.)
May 30 (Sun.)
1
.................. Reading Day
. . Final examinations
........ Baccalaureate service
............... Commencement
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1 965-66
S
. . . . . Freshman
Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.)
OCTOBER
T W T
M
F
S
Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.)
S
NOVEMBER
T W T
M
F
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes
Sept. 15 (Wed.)
. . . . . . . . . Late
Oct. 28-31
Homecoming
End first half of Semester
Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.)
DECEMBER
T W T
M
..
begin
registration fee
......................
Nov. 11 (Thurs.)
S
. . . . . . . Registration
Sept. 15 (Wed.
S
Days
F
S
.......................
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
S
..................
JANUARY
T W T
M
F
S
Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
...... Classes resume
Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.)
. . Final examinations
Jan. 25 (Tues.)
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
F
Christmas recess begins
.......... First
Semester ends
S
Spring Semester 1966
................... Registration
Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin
Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee
April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester
Feb. 1 (Tues.)
April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins
S
M
MAY
T W T
April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends
F
S
May 25 (Wed.)
................. Reading
Day
May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.)
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
........................ Final examinations
June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service
June 5 (Sun.)
............... Commencement
historical sketch
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in
1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the
first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through
an arrangement with a private institution
known as Marshall Academy, the
Seminary was at first housed in the
academy building. Students who needed
further preparation in academic subjects
were to obtain this in the academy. In the
autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was
removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where
a building had been erected for its use. In
the same year the school was incor~orated
under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was
to train ministers for the Lutheran
congregations which were being organized
in growing numbers in the pioneer
settlements that were spreading rapidly
over the Northwest.
The College was established when it
became evident that in order to get
students who were adequately prepared for
theological study a college department was
needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned
which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work
along two lines, a classical course to
prepare students for theology, and a
scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was
graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering
three years was established which in 1910
was expanded t o a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued in 1933. In
the years 1916-1919 the college course was
thoroughly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the earlier
classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon
the study of the humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study and
modification of the curriculum including
G E NERAL
INFORMATIOR
the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The divisional organization
was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are
offered.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College
became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther
Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the
merged church.
Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course
of its history:
Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907
1907-1911
Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938
Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962
Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963
Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present
aims and objectives
IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of
Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character
of this institution.
Ultimate Aims
To contribute t o the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church.
Basic Philosophy
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d
God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o
relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the
Christian college performs its greatest service both to the
Church and to society.
Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion,
but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common
search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth
in relation to ultimate Truth.
Primary Objectives
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine
religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a
program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound
academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of
their homes and communities.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life
and learning.
To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar
aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel
that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate
thereto.
F
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service to God and man.
Distinctive Character
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who
sought to play a creative role in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in
the life of the college community today.
the alumni association
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable
graduates and former students to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year.
Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors.
The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside
Avenue.
the physical plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg
are conveniently located in relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of
classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry,
physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty
offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor.
The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was
completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms,
a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed
in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of
the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate
athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been
remodeled to serve the needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to
provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large
classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing,
painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first
floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development
Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall
Gerda Mortensen Hall
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground
floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates
the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger
dormitory.
Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda,
Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each
accommodating from 8 to 20 women students.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent
years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty,
staff, men students, and married student housing.
the archives
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod
quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording
extensive resources for scholarly research.
library facilities
The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library
provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and
students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of
pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes
each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two
large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet
study and research materials close at hand. All books are
kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able
and well-trained staff, is available to students.
Special collections have been developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science
Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional
conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or
small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor
reading room.
The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active role in promoting general reading,
presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty, staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year.
natural science laboratories
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office
space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for
Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the
third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also
located here.
P.' I
A considerable part of the income on
which Augsburg operates is derived from
endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the
fees charged the student do not constitute
the whole cost of his education, for he
enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those
who believe in and support the work of
the school.
guaranteed tuition plan
In order to assist students and parents
in planning ahead for tuition payments,
which are the major item of college
expense, Augsburg College offers a
Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the
tuition cost for four years of college.
Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964,
who sign up for the plan, will have
their tuition cost guaranteed for eight
consecutive semesters a t a total cost of
$3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year)
as follows:
The larger charges in the first two years
build up a reserve available for the last
two years. If the student on this plan
voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve.
If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve
will be refunded.
Those who do not elect t o sign up for the
Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled
in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of
$450 per semester and at whatever level
the fee is set in subsequent years.
FINANCIAL
general expenses per semester *
Regular
Tuition Plan
Tuition (includes Student Activity
$450.00
Fee of $1 1.00)
7.50
Student Union Fee
1.00
Lo'cker (Optional)
Guaranteed
Tuition Plan
$500.00
7.50
1.00
TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES
PER SEMESTER
$458.50
$508.50
Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester.
Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up
t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay
the regular tuition charge.
room and board expenses
per semester"
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
$125.00 $130.00
150.00
125.00
1.OO
1.00
MEN
Min.
Max.
$120.00
$120.00
175.00
225.00
1.00
1.OO
Room
Board *
Key Deposit
(refundable)
Breakage Deposit
-0-015.00
15.00
(refundable)
TOTAL ROOM & BOARD
PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00
*Women students in residence are required to buy and use
a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men
students $175.00.
music fees per semester "
Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00
8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00
*
Subject t o change
special fees"
-
Application fee -,
,- -,
- -,
,
,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
- - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-,
-,
- - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00
Placement fee ,-,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00
------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one
,
,,
- -,
,-- - -,
,
-- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
scheduled ,,,,-,
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00
Student teaching
20.00
. .
Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00
Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00
------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
10.00
not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-,
-
------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4---
estimated expenses per semester "*
MEN
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
$508.50
Special, music, books 25.00
100.00
$608.50
TOTAL
$483.50
Min.
Max.
$458.50
25.00
$483.50
$508.50
100.00
$608.50
RESIDENT STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
Room & Board
251.00
Special, music, books 25.00
TOTAL
$734.50
$458.50
311.00
25.00
$794.50
$508.50
361.00
100.00
$969.50
$508.50
281.00
100.00
$889.50
* * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
refunds
Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his
registration before the middle of any semester will be charged
a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and
special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund
after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to
enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition.
V u b j e c t to change
payment of accounts
Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in
September and February. Parents may deposit money in
advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment
when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For
cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's
office at the time of payment.
Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses
a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted
the following payment plans:
DATE PAYMENT DUE
n
OFF-CAMPUS
RESIDENT
STUDENTS
STUDENTS
Guaranteed
Guaranteed
Tuition
Regular Tuition
Regular
Tuition
Plan
Tuition
Plan
or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due October 15th
85.00
95.00
125.00 135.00
Due November 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due December 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due January 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due February 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due March 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due April 15th
85.00
Due May 15th
Balance Balance Balance Balance
In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for
the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made,
an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is
late.
financia 1 assistance
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg.
Students must complete an application form and meet certain
requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives
assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the
campus.
loan funds
18
Several loan funds have been established to assist students
in working out their financial problems. Loans may be
arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods
of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance
t o students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is
available t o selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan
Fund is available to students who are preparing for the
ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National
Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students
capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of
study. Special consideration is given to those students who
express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools
and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior
capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering
or modern foreign languages.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans
made by local banks to college students requiring financial
assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo
Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial
reserves required.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee
on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on financial matters with the objective in
mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for
his finances.
scholarships and prizes
Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these
scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic
record is 2.0 or better.
A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the
upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on
scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average.
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
each year to students who are highly recommended by the
chairman of their major department. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75
or better.
Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to
selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better
who apply to the Student Personnel Committee.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year
to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships
may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full
tuition.
The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by
Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a
scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg
College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in
1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the
Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir.
It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of
outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in
1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her
brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who
has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding
promise or. achicwement in the art of singing.
20
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the
memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911
to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of
outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further
for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is
five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established
in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis
in n ~ e ~ n o rof
y their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student
selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society
and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors.
The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the
junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic
standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards,
totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students
of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor
Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from
1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for
the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of
Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in
1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New
York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College.
The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory
of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college
from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the
memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg
from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry
to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor
of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award
is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise
of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor
of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual
award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a
student whose academic background indicates promising
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established by friends and the department of chemistry
in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a
student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death
in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
f
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff.
The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose
record indicates promise in the field of chemistry.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in
1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The
scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of
academic achievement, personal character and promise of
achievement in the field of physical education.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A.
Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to
1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an
outstanding student in the field of English.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding
students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for
use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which
is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on
the basis of previous academic performance. No award will
be in excess of financial need.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of
the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family
and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a
member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his
death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis
of achievement in the field of music.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and
Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount
of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing
for service in the Christian ministry.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund
was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family
and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of
Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class
who are preparing for the ministry.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an
Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t
Lamberton, Minnesota.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by
a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund
is awarded annually to freshman students who, without
assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in
1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of
Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an
able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the Scholarship Committee.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg
in order to encourage and assist promising students in the
carrying out of projects of graduate study.
The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established
in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband.
A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from
another country in order to prepare that student to make a
contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the
relationship of that country and the United States.
The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife.
Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and
promising students in the field of English or the language arts.
The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in
1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his
wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs.
Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the
persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern
about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially
active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation.
The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the
scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified
students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with
special interest in the problems of modern society that are
reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other
personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their
efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the
Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two
scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be
awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The
recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith
who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue
training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to
scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and
skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
grants-in-aid
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who
are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these
grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined
by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated
expenses of both the student and his family.
employment service
An employment service, located in the Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work.
Many students find it possible to pay part of their college
expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work
available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership,
restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial
and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment
not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is
desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire
expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may
then be secured in accordance with the need of the student
and his ability to handle extra work.
Students are employed by the college in several areas. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel
Office.
application procedure
Applications for admission to Augsburg
College should be made to the Director of
Admissions. Students may apply for
admission as soon as they have completed
their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in
which the student seeks admission. No
applications are accepted after September
1. Early applicants gain an advantage both
in registration and housing. Notification
of admission is normally sent to a student
as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application form by writing
or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(2) Complete and return the application
form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph.
(3) Request your high school to send us
a copy of your high school record and
test results. Transfer students will
request the previous college or
colleges to send an official transcript
of grades together with results of
standardized .tests taken.
(4) After acceptance, all new students are
required to make a $50 non-refundable
tuition deposit. This deposit may be
made any time before July 1; for those
admitted thereafter, it is due within
two weeks after notification of
acceptance.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
admission requirements
The quality of a student's work in high
school, type of course program, scores on
college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering
an application. Augsburg College seeks
ADMISSION
TO THE
students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t
least in the upper half, and score average or above on college
aptitude tests.
It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic
subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should
include four units of English, and at least two units each
of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science.
A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and
equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork.
For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the
American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination
Board is required.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will
be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must
be received before the student will be permitted t o register.
transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and
universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited
institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is
computed on the basis of work transferred together with that
taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is
allowed on transfer from a junior college.
advanced placement
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify,
on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may
be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course
previously completed.
advanced standing
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to
high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
'
I.
The influences which mould life and
character on a college campus are of many
kinds. While the exercises of classroom,
laboratory, and library form the organizing
basis of college activity, they need to be
supplemented by other than academic
forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do
with creating the spirit of an institution.
At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome
spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side
of their development and thus contribute
toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct
t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat
tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail
atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth
as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd
in each life.
All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in
Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary
religious activities in which students are
encouraged to participate. Faith and Life
Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will
find a church home in Minneapolis and
attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life,
conduct, and influence, both on and off
campus, shall be worthy of a member of
a Christian College. Those who do not feel
drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should
not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A
truly Christian spirit and environment
must be the product of the united effort
and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The Chapel Service
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service,
CAMPUS LIFE
where the faculty and students gather for united worship,
prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
recreation standards and discipline
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain
Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation
to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person
of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the
Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to
things. The fact that God not only created the world but
became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to
be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It
follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much
concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg
should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must
be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is
conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college
of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy
opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of
the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational
and social program which gives preference to those activities
which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which
enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or
encourage selfish satisfactions.
The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet
these requirements. The social program includes a number of
organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In
attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg
students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and
many of those which are available in the Twin City area.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program,
some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities.
The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the
possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any
college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or
ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of
the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in
all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time
may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may
be developed. Such common activities as television viewing
and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting
and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical
values.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience,
the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt
themselves to the social program approved by the college and
to follow it as members of the college community. Although
the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters
only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action
shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available
campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office
of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation
and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
religious program
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and
faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will
stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community.
Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of
Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries
primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and
Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and
discussions.
This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all
voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal
organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA
seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith
and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a
schedule of meetings on campus.
The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes
interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship,
worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission
Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers.
convocation
Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range
of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social,
religious, and artistic.
social and recreational activities
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for
social training and recreation. The Student Council through the
Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming
Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month
and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most
of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women
Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas,
dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
Music and the Fine Arts
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational
and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer.
Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis
Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City
libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of
music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony
Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket
arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University
and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters.
A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts,
a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the
Student Personnel Office.
student government
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time
students enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full
capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the
democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president,
resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists
of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for
one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist
him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is
the twenty member legislative branch of the government.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates
in student government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose
rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the
College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers
legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects
the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students
in the United States. Through this organization the students.
receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add
their voice to the voice of all American students before the
national government and other organizations in matters of
student concern.
The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political
Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic
Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a
part of Freshman Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women
students, provides opportunity for the women to develop
meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of
harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high
standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it
encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated
with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a
national organization.
Publications
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by
a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body
as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an
opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic
work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial
record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual
provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design
as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors;
business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the
Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select
editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a
student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student
Personnel Services.
The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under
the direction of the Registrar.
co-curricular program
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to
pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective
participation, students with similar interests have united to
form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond
the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in
the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the
students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an
interest in art.
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study
in the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from the business and
secretarial classes. The development of professional interests
is the major objective.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and
minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on
current topics in this specific area.
The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American
students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language,
and people of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its
members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage
presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading
and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is
open only to qualified upper-classmen.
The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field
of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio
station on the campus.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in
professional education associations and strives to acquaint
future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home
Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes
toward all aspects of home and community life.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of
psychology.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to
stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national
politics, and in other human-relations activities.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and
developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish
culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing
for professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing
ushers for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative
expression in various forms of writing. The members share
their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit
from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection
of the best creative writing each year.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond
of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the
highest possible plane."
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member
of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
Membership in this organization is gained by participation in
individual and group recreational activities with awards given
on a point basis.
Forensics
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both
in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also
participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
The Genung Endowment
The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S.
Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their
interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available
each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to
carry out a project for the improvement of international
relations on a student to student level.
musical organzzatzons
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected
from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and
occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June,
1965.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour
and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a
Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles.
The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City
area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs
frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of
standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists
and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides
opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental
string technique.
physical education and recreation
Under the direction of the Department of Physical
Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged
for general student participation. Every student is urged to
participate in some activity for his own recreation and
relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities.
Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a
tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams
in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an
intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its
Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the
conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators.
The educational program of the college recognizes that
recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and
that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental,
and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the
fact that competitive play can contribute to the development
of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit,
both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character
as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation.
(2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests,
and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations
as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his
own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his
educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's
participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute
directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and
exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade
performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students,
and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate
athletic program should contribute to the development
of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and
general recreational program.
eligibility requirements
In order to participate in certain extracurricular and
cocurricular activities, students must meet established
eligibility requirements.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is
governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference.
A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including
Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices,
nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may
be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student
Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the
Coordinator of Student Activities for approval.
A student on academic probation may not participate in the
Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in
a dramatic production without special permission from the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
honors and awards
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved
the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have
attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic
average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before
a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society,
are to recognize academic achievement and to promote
scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor
point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while
Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may
be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made
a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in
which the student is eligible.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association
of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the
social sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize
and honor those members of the senior graduating class who
have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation
in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor
point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work
at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged
to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is
to remain in the possession of the college.
student personnel services
Institutional services to students are organized and
administered in accordance with plans and policies established
by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation,
Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and
Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Admissions
Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available
from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t
all possible. Other information concerning admission and
entrance requirements can be found in another section of the
catalog.
Counseling
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning
experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as
uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning,
religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and
social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with
the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions.
It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more
realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world,
and keener awareness of resources available to them as they
meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several
levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling
program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty
counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field
of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his
counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have
specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing
with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the
Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women,
respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the
Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans
and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem
develops which demands professional skill and more time than
the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is
referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of
Women. A further referral may be made to the College
Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College
Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The
College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the
latter case.
Testing
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their
initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational
interest test profile help the students learn to know more about
themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and
occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the
graduate record examinations.
Freshman Orientation
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman
Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The
students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college
facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students,
with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty
counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several
conferences during which they plan the student's program
of study.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for
interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the
increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this
course.
Records
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and
achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports
of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
The Student Health Service
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located
in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the
report of a physical examination given by his family physician.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis
Association Mobile Unit.
Housing and Food Service
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the
students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes
that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment
in the residence halls are direct influences on their general
efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development
while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the
Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and
Personnel Deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and
attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as
resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred
to them.
All women students and freshman men students not living a t
home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students
desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure
approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel
Office. All students living in the residences and most students
in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining
room. The college also provides two houses for women with a
cooperative house plan.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular
schedules become effective, and they close a day after the
term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during
vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished
except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost.
This service is required of all women students in Gerda
Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other
students.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester
for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit
of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is
applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new
students are assigned in the late summer according to the date
of application. Present students must make room application
prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After
May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the
same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary
to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the
deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15
breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end
of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and
the furniture is satisfactory.
Graduate Placement
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business,
governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and
organizations at the local as well as the state and national
levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A
registration fee and a small placement fee are charged.
Student Employment
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel
Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative
work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Coordination of Student Activities
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers
to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and
keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of
meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are
approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility
of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the
legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the
Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept
by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations.
I
4
registration
Students who have been accepted for
admission should register on the days
designated in the Calendar for this
purpose. Those who register late are
charged a late registration fee of $1 per
day after classes begin. The last date on
which a student may register for or enter
a course is two weeks after the beginning
of classes.
Registration means that the student
accepts all the rules and regulations
established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any
subject for which-he has not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel
any course for which there is not sufficient
registration.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours.
A credit hour is defined as one recitation
period a week throughout a semester. The
privilege of registering for more than 18
credit hours is granted to students who
have gained an average record of B, or
two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this
rule may be made under certain conditions
determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is
permitted to carry work for more than 20
credits per semester. Students working
part-time are urged to arrange the amount
of their registration accordingly.
change of registration
and cancellation
In case a student desires to make any
changes in his registration, he obtains a
form from the Registrar's Office on which
he makes application. Approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser,
and the Registrar must be obtained before
a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is
charged for each change of registration
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATIOP
after the first week of classes. No course may be added after
the first two weeks of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of
classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before
the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled
is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he
is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the
last four weeks of the semester.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the
end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's
Office in order to remain in good standing.
university courses
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students
may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average
in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of
credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg
College and counted towards graduation.
classification
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes,
a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of
work in which college credit is given. Classification is based
on the attainment of the following number of credit hours
together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24;
Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as
special students.
pro bation and elimination
The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the
end of each semester, considers the status of students who
have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor
point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors
and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more
credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation.
They are removed from probation when they obtain better than
C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain
in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic
record.
F
class attendance
Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower
Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is
voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of
attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are
submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness
or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written
report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade
of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented
acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of
that class.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of
participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are
issued by the Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving
in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their
presence to the teacher.
examinations
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the
course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors
and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each
semester to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of
each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final
examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A
student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an
excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some
period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the
College to take a final examination a t another hour than that
scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination.
Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a
statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher
concerned.
comprehensive examinations
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses
in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
believes the student has adequate preparation or background.
Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must
apply in writing to this committee. When permission is
granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the
office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not
currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be
paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will
be filed in the Registrar's office.
grade values
A
- - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit
B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit
Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit
C
D
Passable, no honor points per credit
F
Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit
..
E
Condition
I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete
-
-
-
-
_
,
-
L
-
-
-
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
u
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
conditions and incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the
semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes
of the following semester, or within a year if the student has
not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade
only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may
not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
graduation requirements
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain
requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is
urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of
the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major.
It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes
the required subjects at the right time in his program of
studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will
gladly assist him in planning his program.
general education requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study
in professional fields, students are required to complete credits
as indicated in the following fields:
..
Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits
At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper
division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may
apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of
2 credits per semester of attendance.
Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12
-,
--,
,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits
Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -,
,--,
,2credits
--Fine Arts -- ,-,
,
,-,
_-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-,
-- 2 credits
Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29
Foreign Language - - - - - ,----,
,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits
0 - If four years of one language have been successfully
completed in high school.
6 - If student has sufficient background in the language
to enroll in the intermediate course.
14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign
language in high school.
Students with two years of a foreign language in high school
should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate
course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning
course, but will receive credit only for the second semester
of it.
Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits
Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2
Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits
At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in
the physical sciences
Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4
All students are required to take an English test a t the end
of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency
in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree.
Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion
of the general education requirements in four years, exemption
or modification of these requirements may be sought through
petition.
Major and Minor
All students are required to complete a major for graduation.
The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well
as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the
quality of work he does in lower division courses.
Application for major must be made to the Head of the
Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the
following areas:
Business Education
Religion
Art
Home Econo'mics
Philosophy
History
Medical Technology
Greek and Latin
Sociology
Biology
English
Social S'cience
Physics
German
Psychology
Chemistry
French
Elementary Education
Natural Science
Spanish
Business Administration
Mathematics
Speech
Economics
Physical Education
Music
1
Except with special majors such as music, business education,
home economics, and combined natural science, students in
the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor
as well as a major.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge
and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major.
A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to
count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle,
choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least
36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed
for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation
period a week throughout one semester.
I
1
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with
a grade of A.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
degree with distinction
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point ratio
Summa Cum Laude ,-,
,
-,
- - -,
- - ,-,
--,
- - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0
Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79
Cum Laude ,,,,,,-,
,
- -,
-,
- - -,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record
a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
+
I
courses onered
Descriptions of the courses offered in
1964-66 are given on the following pages.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes. Courses with inadequate
registration may be cancelled. Students
should consult the schedule of classes to
determine definitely the current course
offerings.
numbering of courses
IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester
courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I,
I1 after the descriptive title also indicate
the semester in which the course is to be
offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for
freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50
through 99 are upper division courses
intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen
(1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must
be completed before credit is given. Course
numbers separated by a comma (1, 2)
indicate that it is a year course, but
students may receive credit for one
semester without completing the other.
symbols
t Continuation course. To receive credit for
this course a student must complete both
semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
credits
0 Credits shown are in terms of semester
credits. For continuation courses, the total
COURSES
OF STUDY
credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally
meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting
per week are more than the credits given. A semester is
approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a
student is 16 credit hours per semester.
divisional organization
The college courses are organized into four divisions in
order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient
and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is
appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements.
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Religion
Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
Greek, Latin
English, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Division of the Social Sciences
History, Political Science, Geography
sociology
Psychology
Education, Library Science
Business Administration, Economics
Business Education
Home Economics
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
division of
RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY
Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the
problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to
seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within
the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the
development of an informed and integrated Christian person
who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the
Church and of society.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson,
Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen.
Mr. P. A.
The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working
knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church
through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these
credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper
division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered
51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required
to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses
3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division
courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the
time of admission.
A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish
education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors
must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their
course of study.
Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek
may apply toward the major in religion.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2, 2 crs,
1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It.
A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two
Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of
the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts
incllrd~1Re entile New Testament.
Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram.
2 crs.
3. Church History. I.
A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with
the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation.
4. Christian Doctrine. II.
2 crs.
TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical
creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. Principles of Christian Education. I.
3 crs.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education,
its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as
applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching.
52. Parish Work. II.
2 crs.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization
and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
54. Youth Work in the Church. II.
2 crs.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the
purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. History of Religions. I.
3 crs.
A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and
development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied.
62. The Mission of the Church. II.
3 crs.
A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks
to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
See course 66 under the Department of Music.
3 crs.
3 crs.
71. The Early Christian Fathers. I.
The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early c l ~ u r c h .
3 crs.
72. Protestantism in America. 11.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture.
3 crs.
81. The Gospels. I.
The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God.
3 crs.
82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II.
A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the
leading ideas that emerge from his writings.
3 crs.
83. The Message of the Old Testament. I.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I.
3 crs.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of
the Christian Church.
92. Christian Ethics. 11.
3 crs.
The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their
application to selected personal and social moral problems.
3 crs.
94. The Christian View of Man. 11.
The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of
sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals.
Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.)
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
3 crs.
23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.)
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning;
definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e
duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas.
3 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11.
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the
systems of Kant and Hegel.
53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66)
3 crs.
54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.)
73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e
cedures. (Offered 1965-66.)
85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special
attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered
1964-65.)
86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of
the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.)
91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq.
#. I,
II.
1-3,
1-3 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi-
60
cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the
head of the department.
division of
THE HUMANITIES
Mr. Thorson, Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to
transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the
cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in
finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the
cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature,
and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the
basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN
Mr. Colacci
The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight
into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the
Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament
Greek and'l4 credits in Latin.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
N e w Testament Greek
~ h o r 20
: credits
8 crs.
1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II.
'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language
of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from
the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript
& ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II.
3, 3 crs.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is
given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11.
3, 3 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
Latin
1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 crs.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic
War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston,
Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne,
Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher.
The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use
of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in
reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the
&@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England
and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental
truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in
secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study.
All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete
Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of
superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of
course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the
second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite
for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to
students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students
exempted from 12 who complete course 40.
.
Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation.
.All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper
di&lon level & q ~ w for
y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be
met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior
&me test, or completion of course %,50,1or
55,
Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91.
Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study:
50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French,
Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry.
T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12,
in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech,
elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88.
Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12,
including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16.
All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German,
French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French.
Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91.
Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12,
including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.)
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension.
1 cr.
9. Communication. I.
2 crs.
A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the
skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses.
6 crs.
11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.)
The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students
are placed in advanced sections of course 11.
3 crs.
14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention
given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production.
25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1.
3 crs.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and
analysis of models.
3 crs.
35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.)
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from
the renaissance to the modern age.
40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs.
A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks
and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages.
4 crs.
41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth
century 'to the age of Shakespeare.
42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11.
4 crs.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present.
Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems
of usage.
3 crs.
52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
(Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1.
The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed
in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies
of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics.
4 crs.
61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1.
The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary
works in relation to historical backgrounds.
4 crs.
62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11.
The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries.
3 crs.
71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1.
The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century
American writers. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1.
Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11.
The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and
in America.
3 crs.
82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists
and their works. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11.
A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age.
3 crs.
86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11.
A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and
two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.)
3 crs.
88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle
Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.)
2 crs.
91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in
American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology.
93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11.
1, 1 cr.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which
contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks
to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the
student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate
work in speech, theater, or speech pathology.
All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation.
Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may
be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous
training or experience.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement.
Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12,
29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all
majors.
Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12,
29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.)
2 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours
a week.
12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II.
2 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week.
16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II.
3 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers.
21-22.t
Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students.
2 crs.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama
and dramatic production.
31. Interpretative Reading. So. I.
3 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
various kinds of prose, poetry and drama.
3 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
32. Acting. So. II.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students
take logic prior to registering for this course.
52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II.
3 crs.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1
56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II.
3 crs.
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.)
63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene
construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course
should register for 64.
66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in
planning productions and conducting rehearsals.
76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II.
1, 1 cr.
Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with
emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov,
Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz,
Mrs. Nashan
This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a
modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in
the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims
to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a
particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history,
literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to
transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for
those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for
higher academic degrees.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
German
Major: 24 credits above German 2.
Minor: 16 credits above German 2.
1-2.t Beginning German. I, II.
8 crs.
Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students
who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course.
5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students
who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students
who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3, 3 crs.
51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II.
Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture.
61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II.
2, 2 crs.
More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for
teachers and minors.
71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered
1965-66.)
72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II.
3 crs.
A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.)
74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries.
Prereq. 52 or #. II.
3 crs.
Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.)
90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German.
Scandinavian Language a n d Literature
Minor, 24 credits.
1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II.
8 crs.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey
of Norwegian literature. Composition.
11. Scandinavian History. I.
3 crs.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history
of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.)
16. Modern Scandinavia. II.
3 crs.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.)
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I.
2 crs.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma
Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.)
56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II.
2 crs.
The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.)
90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian.
French
Major: 24 credits above French 2.
Minor: 16 credits above French 2.
1-2.t Beginning French. I, II.
8 crs.
Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written,
and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course.
3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice.
Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on
the native voice.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11.
3, 3 crs.
Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and
reporting on literary works in the French language.
61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1.
4 crs.
Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression.
72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of important French novelists of the modern
period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.)
74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern
period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.)
90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11.
2 crs.
Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.)
Spanish
Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2.
Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2.
1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II.
8 crs.
Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple
Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course.
3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels,
and plays. Further laboratory work.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II.
3, 3 crs.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times.
Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral
reports. Laboratory work.
61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1.
4 crs.
Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and
composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native
voices.
72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.)
74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports
in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.)
90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11.
2 crs.
Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish.
For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.)
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson,
Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or
who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music.
General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden
their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage
of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10
credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice
or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At
least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and
senior years.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory
participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public
recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department,
may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The
workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public
performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical
excellence.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major
and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two
octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed;
(b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic
or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of
hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits
in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or
instrumental music, and 2 in an organization.
A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
4, 4 crs.
1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II.
A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation,
major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their
application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured
bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging.
2 crs.
4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.)
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment
of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
2, 2 crs.
7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p
plemented by musical scores and recorded performances.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4, 4 crs.
55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II.
Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and
ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in
one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56
gives special study to the form and structure of music.
57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or
2, 2 crs.
equivalent. Jr. I, II.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization
and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school,
church, and community. Students in music education should take the
course in junior year.
2, 2 crs.
61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments,
preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director
for work in band and orchestra.
2 crs.
63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of
vocal music.
3 crs.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements
of a course in religion.
2 crs.
69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
*Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take
Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique.
Applied Music
Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive
credit. Qtl~el~s
wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without
credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information.
1, 1 cr.
Piano. I, II.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music
majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those
credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward
the major or minor.
1, 1 cr.
Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
1, 1 cr.
Voice. I, II.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics,
both sacred and secular.
2 crs.
Ch0ir.t I, II.
Concert Band.
t
2 crs.
I, II.
Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments.
1, 1 cr.
Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
1/2 credit per semester
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student
but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression.
Performance Workshop. I, II.
0 cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder
Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd
conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines
of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n
to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt
hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the
areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art.
In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass
windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of
student a r t work for exhibition purposes.
Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84
Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting,
sculpture, and design.
3. Art in Daily Living. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
7. Drawing I. Fr. I.
2 crs.
Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media.
18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1.
3 crs.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint.
Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65;
both semesters, 1965-66.)
21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1.
3 crs.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures,
and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting.
32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11.
2 crs.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis
on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.)
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
64. History and Appreciation of Art. II.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
3, 3 crs.
65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and
Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.)
3, 3 crs.
67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I :
Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods
on copper.
3 crs.
76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21.
Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.)
78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21.
Advanced sculpture.
3 crs.
83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization.
Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to
Modern.
90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from
studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art.
division of
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~
It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to
improve the student's understanding of human relationships
and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially
in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under
the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve
the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson,
Mr. Laue
The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and
operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science.
I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary
schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22.
F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the
present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in
a world setting.
3, 3 cn.
21, 22. United States History. So. I, II.
A survey of the life of the American people and the development of
their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the
honors program.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered
1964-65.)
3 crs.
53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in
connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on
approval of instructor.
56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or
3 cn..
Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the
present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.)
57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
See course 57 under Political Science.
58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 crs.
3 crs.
61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural
revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western
monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle
Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.)
65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious
wars. (Offered 1964-65.)
66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in
Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments
and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the
French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.)
67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific.
3 crs.
Jr,, Sr. I.
A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.)
3 crs.
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.)
68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II.
71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from
1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the
Revolution of 1848.
72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
3 crs.
Jr., Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from
1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise
of imperialism, and the background of World War I.
3 crs.
75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 75 under Political Science.
3 crs.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor.
82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11.
3 crs.
99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest.
A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.)
Political Science
Minor: 15 credits.
6 crs.
American Government. I, II.
A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42:F
U P P E R DIVISION COURSES
56. American Diplomatic History. II.
3 crs.
See course 56 under History.
57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political
and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the
Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.)
58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II.
75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from
the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.)
82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political
Science minors. Jr., Sr. II.
See course 82 under Economics.
3 crs.
Geography
14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 crs.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History
(including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics
15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare
students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and
for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its
problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to
explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e
History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5.
Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e
History 1,2, o r 21, 22.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American
society.
2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II.
3 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems
of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for
special study.
8. Sociology. II.
2 or 3 crs.
An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses.
16. Modern Scandinavia. II.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 crs.
21. Rural Sociology. So. I.
3 crs.
The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical
perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions.
3 crs.
22. Urban Sociology. So. II.
The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective;
including an examination of processes and problems related to the
development of the modern metropolis.
42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.)
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I.
Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs
and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation.
54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or
#.
3 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of
problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research
designs and techniques.
57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I.
2 crs.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social
welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social
security.
2 crs.
58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work.
(Offered 1965-66.)
59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs.
Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and
58 or 66.
63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment
and prevention of delinquency and crime.
66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical
changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant
social issues. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective
behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences.
76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group
relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil
rights in the American setting.
3 crs.
78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a
dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.)
81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I.
3 crs.
An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci*
logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg
The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to
enable the student to better understand the processes which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may
develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man.
Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology
53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate
school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14;
Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73.
Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62,
See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study.
5. General Psychology. So. or
#. (Offered
both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi-
ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected
for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on
general psychology topics.
2 crs.
7. General Psychology. I.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or
See course 53 under Education.
#. 1.
3 crs.
60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special
attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests,
attitudes.
61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an
introduction to major theories of personality.
62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or
Jr., Sr. 11.
#.
3 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness.
64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq.
5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in
psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period
per week.
71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 crs.
75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
See course 75 under Sociology.
81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology.
1-2 crs.
84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research
projects. Four credit maximum.
85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship.
86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world.
2 crs.
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson
The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education.
Elementary Education
Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary
Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year.
During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director
for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject
matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students
with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student
wishing to complete the program must make written application on the
form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved
by the Committee on Teacher Education.
All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in
connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e
required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed
a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51.
Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for
Elementary Education.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to
Dept. of Education. Jr. I.
4 crs.
A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey
of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations.
53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 crs.
A study of the growth and development of the human organism from
conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning.
54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music.
2 crs.
Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II.
Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education
in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching
a r t and music in the elementary school.
56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53.
Jr. II.
2 crs.
Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the
elementary school. Use of instructional materials.
0 cr.
57, 58. Group Activity. I, II.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with
elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the
agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and
the student.
61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading;
language, spelling and handwriting.
2 crs.
62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units.
63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I.
3 crs.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning
theory.
65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I.
3 crs.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school
age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68.
Sr. II.
2 crs.
Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience.
68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors
in elementary education. II.
8 crs.
Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing
actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by
the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff.
Secondary Education
Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application
must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the
student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years.
Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable
personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement
of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and
a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant
should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e
taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and
a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three
semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before
taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High
School Teaching.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to
better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context.
72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II.
3 crs.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of
secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of
instruction.
Activity. I, II.
0 cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with
Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is
necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student.
73,74.Group
76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and
techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling.
78. School
and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr.
2 crs.
A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education and the relation of the American school system to
modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the
development of American education.
79-95. Special
Methods
Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization,
and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each
student is required to take one course related to the major field to
prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in
the field and Education 72.
79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the
Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II.
2 crs.
89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11.
2 crs.
93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72.
(Offered both semesters.)
6 crs.
Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching
assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In
addition, the student attends seminar meetings.
1-2 crs.
99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.)
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar
basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department.
Library Science
Mrs. Parker
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books
and other library materials, efficient and effective management of
library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from
the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is
given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the
graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor
for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to
many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of
Library Science.
Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65.
45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II.
4 crs.
To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies
and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on
the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The
student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks,
story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65)
59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II.
6 crs.
The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study
of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and
use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to
other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66)
63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials
center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian
cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials.
Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65)
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION
Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge
The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts
background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and
economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on
accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting
field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and
policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics.
Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for
generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public
nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis
for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion.
The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching
in secondary schools.
Business Administration
Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15,
16, 54, 57, 58.
Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits
in upper division business administration courses.
Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum
ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which
will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3, 3 crs.
1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II.
An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to
the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of
financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week.
UPPER DIVISION OOURSES
3 crs.
53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p
erty and business organizations.
3 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables
and inventories.
71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and
operations.
74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products;
job order and process costs.
76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and controls for accounting systems.
Economics
Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58,
and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and
prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching
judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for
students taking only one semester of economics.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II.
3 crs.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference.
57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I.
3 crs.
An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and
price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and
investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.)
58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II.
3 crs.
An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and
monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions
in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.)
78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 78 under Department of Sociology.
3 crs.
80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general
price level with high levels of output and employment.
82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of
governmental finance on economic activity.
85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies
i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus
non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course.
Business Education
These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and
secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for
the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of
business skills for personal use.
Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58;
BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16.
Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ.
15, 16.
Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 cr.
1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.)
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting.
Three hours per week.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II.
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
3 crs.
8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.)
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime*
scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours
per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4 crs.
53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute.
Five hours per week.
3 crs.
56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal
documents. Four hours per week.
3 crs.
58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11.
Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and
legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and
r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who
incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week.
60. Business Seminar. II.
2 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester
Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home,
and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual,
the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields
in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home
economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set
up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills
needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all
students and recommended for general education.
Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments.
Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46,
58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32;
Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54;
Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one
upper division course.
Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to
teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her
college work.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
3. Art in Daily Living. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to
all students.
5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I.
2 crs.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related
to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week.
6 . Clothing Construction. II.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of
different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per
week.
8. Elements of Nutrition. 11.
3 crs.
A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health
throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating
these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class
members. Three single class periods per week.
33. Color and Design. I.
3 crs.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft
experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors.
Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. ~ r a f f s .II.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or
at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per
week. (Offered 196566.)
39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs.
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table
service. Study of time and money management as related to family
meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three
double laboratory periods per week.
42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian
home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
2 crs.
46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted
at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture
period plus one double laboratory period per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
58. Textiles. II.
2 crs.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two
double laboratory hours a week.
64. History and Appreciation of Art. II.
3 crs.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled
and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.)
66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II.
4 crs.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor
plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in
selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics
3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three
double laboratory periods per week.
67. Family Health. .I.
2 crs.
A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity,
pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health,
communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home
care of the sick. Two single class periods per week.
71. Home Management Problems. I.
2 crs.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and
coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family
living.
73. Home Management Laboratory. I.
3 crs.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal
preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment.
Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for
effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management
house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week.
74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II.
2 crs.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will
be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater
satisfaction from the use of money income.
75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced
problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6.
Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for
children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
division of
NATURAL SCIENCES
A N D MATHEMATICS
Mr. Nash, Chairman
It is the purpose of this division to provide training in
methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to
interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to
acquaint the student with the significance of science and
mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a
sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various
fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background
which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson
The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific
background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure
time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper
Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25,
and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64.
For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111.
3, 3 crs,
1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If.
of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of
rt0n-den@ majors.
l a w e s and one double laboratory period
not count toward the major or minor.
Week. Thfs wurse
A S$U&
4 crs.
3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I.
A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special
a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three
~ D W 01
B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will
7
not receive credit or Biol. 3.
4 crs.
4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II.
.& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis
on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of
Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not
receive credit for Biol. 4.
8. Mlcroblolagy. H.
3 crs.
p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms,
tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation
a medlaine.
especially for student nurses. Two lectures
and three hours of laboratory per week.
8 crs.
13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat,
morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals.
Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
4 crs.
25. General Botany. So. I.
A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative
and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures
and two single laboratory periods per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4 crs.
51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws.
Four lectures per week.
4 crs.
56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general
principles of biol&cd a~wiation
succession. Two lectures and
one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.)
3 crs.
58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per
week. (Offered 1965-66.)
4 crs.
64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11.
The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms;
their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture,
and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week.
66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II.
3 crs.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic
principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two
lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.)
11.
4 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and
evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14.
71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I.
4 crs.
The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes.
91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Required for the biology major.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby
I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding
and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways
.to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts
education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the
study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing,
and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical
profession.
The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical
Society for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high
school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the
chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e :
Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the
major o r minor.
F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will
include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61;
82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15,
16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61
a r e strongly recommended.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83;
for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior
and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or
#.
3 crs.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry.
Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of
Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two
lectures and two hours of laboratory per week.
.
5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 crs.
Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and
thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their
compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro
pafitaflve an&&
of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second
s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week.
15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by
p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted
funclamentat prhciples and second
fnotgmia chemistry and
qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per
we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-,
elementary algebra, and geometry.
4 crs.
32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II.
Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic
and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations
based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of
reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures,
one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week.
3 crs.
61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many
problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61;
some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent
registration). Jr. II.
4 crs.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared
spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory
per week.
82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or
4, 4 crs.
concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic
structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry,
equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids.
Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week.
3 crs.
86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum
chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs.
A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the
important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis.
Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1.
4 crs.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table,
hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic
compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar
tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week.
93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II.
0 cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest.
97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II.
Cr. arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate
study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker
Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that
excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their
studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the
teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the
needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science
major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow,
with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of
science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications.
Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54.
Minor : 16 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II.
3 crs.
A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our
solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and
stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and
the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures
per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky.
3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 crs.
A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics
including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and
sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and
elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in
the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration
in Math. 13. Fr., So. I.
4 crs.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one
quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II.
4 crs.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory
period per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41
or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11.
3 crs.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e"
and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three
hours lecture per week.
53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or
concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I.
3 crs.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits,
electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or
concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II.
3 crs.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration
3 crs.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection
and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations,
interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.)
3, 3 crs.
61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II.
Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a
parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one
clilnension, motion in a conservative field.
63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration
1, 1 cr.
in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic
and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period
per week.
65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1.
1 cr.
A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and
measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include
l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr.
Measuri~~a
cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d
11 cvnricty
s
n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes,
and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had
fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics.
71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or
3 crs.
concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases,
first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered
196566.)
3 crs.
72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications
to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow,
electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.)
73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration
1, 1 cr.
in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic
and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period
per week.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge
and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary
schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required.
Minor: 6 credits above 42.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra
and placement test. Fr., So. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential
functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory,
complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and
analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call
for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week.
41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or
equivalent. So. I, II.
5, 5 crs.
Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid
analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school
mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement
test.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II.
2 crs.
A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For
students preparing for elementary school teaching only.
3 crs.
60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis,
with recent developments in these subjects.
3 crs.
67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation
of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression,
and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as
tools for modern mathematical approach.
71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of
equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors.
73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions,
systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations.
74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian
geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced
using an axiomatic and analytic approach.
3, 3 crs.
83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II.
A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation
and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials
and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and
of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite
series and improper integrals.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs.
Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse
Peterson, Mr.
Pearson,
The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to
promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical
educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to
W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective
&elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of
the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all
students.
Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73,
76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required.
Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87.
Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT :
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t
least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports
included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey,
wrestling, and baseball.
The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement:
Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86.
3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II.
$4, $6 cr.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement.
7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American
Red Cross First Aid Course.
3 crs.
12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week.
3 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week.
21. Team Sports. So. I.
22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II.
2 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. Four hours per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men).
1, 1 cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with
life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors.
Two hours per week.
71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I.
3 crs.
A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities.
Suggested activities for atypical cases.
72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11.
3 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education.
73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1.
3 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures.
76. School Health Education. Sr. It.
Principles and curriculum of school health education.
3 crs.
2 crs.
77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program
planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration
of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.)
78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II.
1 cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First
Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid
card.
81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I.
3 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour
per week.
83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I.
1 cr.
84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II.
1 cr.
85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I.
1 cr.
86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11.
1 cr.
87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in
the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I.
See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women.
2 crs.
special programs of study
Affiliation with Schools of Nursing
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some
of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor
i o nadmission to
the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
Medical Technology
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among
Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota
and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to
spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in
the spring of the sophomore year.
Junior Year Abroad
An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway
under which students entering their junior year in college may spend
this year at that University. Students may also participate in other
approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies.
Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good
scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian
language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy.
Corrective Therapy
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the
Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete
a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250
hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the
direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service
at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the
senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit.
Honors Program
For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in
Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States
History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for
honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected
major, or a particular vocational objective.
General Liberal Arts
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which
may be followed to include the required general education
courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements
for the major are listed under departmental headings.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible
2
2
Freshman English .......
3
3
History or Sociology
3
3
Foreign Language . . . . . . .
4
4
Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2
I/!
FRESHMAN
.............
....
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
2
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
Social Science or History
Electives ................
3
10
-
12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Foreign Language
....
3
Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Natural Scicncc
Electives ................
9
SENIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
9
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
3
Cr.
14
3
14
-
Pre-Seminary Curriculum
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student
should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as
possible since the major selected by the student may affect the
choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Physical Activities
Natural Science
Electives
......
......
....
.....
........
................
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
3
'h
3
2
'/2
3
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
..
.................
New Testament Greek
Speech
History
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ......
Electives ................
.................
Cr.
2
Cr.
4
3
3
3
3
3
5
4
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
Cr
2
Religion 3, 4 ............
Fine Arts
Natural Science ........
General Psych. .........
Foreign Language .......
History of Philosophy
.
Electives
.
............... 3
3
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
-
. . 35
................
~
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
.................
3
..............
3
.....
3
.
.
3
Electives ................
5
Rcllglon
Philosophy
English T~lturnt~we
Advanced N.T.Greck
3
3
3
3
4
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian,
or French.
Parish and Church Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for
effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should
consult with the head of the Department of Religion.
f Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
............
........
Basic Bible
Freshman English .......
Natural Science
Foreign Language ......
Sociology 1, 2
Physical Activities
........
.....
Cr.
2
3
3
Cr.
2
3
4
3
4
3
%
3
%
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Prin. of Christian Ed. ..
3
Mission of the Church . . 3
The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Protestantism in America 3
Social Psych, or
Urban Soc.
Y
Creits
2
2
ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms
Electives
7
7
........... ...................
-
................
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3 , 4 ...........
Speech 11, 12
Foreign Language
General Psych. ......
Natural Science ........
Story Telling
Fine Arts
Electives ................
I Sem.
Cr.
............
.......
2
2
3
3
3
2
3
........... .............. -
SENIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth Work in the Church
Early Christian Fathers
The Christian View
of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology .
Literature and Philosophy
Fields of Social Work
Electives
..
................
-
3
3
3
2
6
2
2
3
3
6
Philosophy Major
I Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ......
Foreign Language ......
Western Civilization ....
Intro. to Philosophy
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities
...
.....
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
3
3
-
-
3
%
I/z
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
Cr
Religion ................ 3
History of Phil. 53
3
Philosophy Electives ...
3
Natural Science
Electives
7
.....
.
.........
................
Cr .
3
3
10
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3,
4
............
2
2
Religion
...... 3
3
Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~
....
Hist. of Phil. 31, 52
3
3
3 or 4
Natural Science ......... 3 or 4
3
Fine Arts ..............
Beginning Speech
2
Electives
2 or 3
2 or 3
SOPHOMORE
...... -
-
...............
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................
3
Philosophy Electives ....
3
3
Independent Study ..... 1 to 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12
10
-
-
Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy
major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to
complete a major or a minor in some other field as well.
Greek-Latin Major
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............
2
2
Freshman English .......
3
3
Beginning Latin ........
4
4
Natural Science ....... S or 4
3 or 4
3
3
Western Civilization ...
%
%
Physical Education . , .
FRESHMAN
. .
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
Advanced N.T. Greek
Ancient History
3
Religion ..............,.
3
Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fine Arts ...............
3
Natural Science
Electives
3
JUNIOR
.
........
........ ................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Elements of N.T. Greek
Foreign Language ......
Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literary Classics . . . . . . . .
The Classical Tradition
.
SENIOR
Greek Exegesis .....,...
History of Philosophy . . ,
Religion ................
Medieval Europe .......
Electives
I Sem,
Cr
3
3
3
3
4
................
Sem.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
4
English Major
1. Graduate Major
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr ,
3
3
2
4
4
3
%
FRESHMAN
.......
.............
........
.......
Freshman English
Basic Bible
Natural Science
Foreign Language
Western Civilization ...
Physical Activities .....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
British Literature
English Elective
Religion
Electives
.......
.......
.................
................
Cr.
4
3
3
6
Cr.
4
3
3
6
I Sem.
n..
SOPHOMORE
c.r.
Classical Tradition ......
3
American Lit. Dev. . , .
Med. & Ren. Lit. ......
4
Religion 3, 4
2
Foreign Language
3
Beginning Speech
2
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Natural Science ......... Electives ................ -
.
..........
......
......
SENIOR
English Seminar
Electives
Sem.
Cr.
4
2
3
-
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
14
16
.........
................
Students planning on graduate study should include in their
electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major
British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course
in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy,
and history.
2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching
FRESHMAN
Freshman English . . . . .
Natural Science ........
Basic Bible ............
Foreign Language ......
Western Civilization . . .
Physical Activities
,
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
3
3
3
3
. . .
2
2
4
3
%
4
3
%
SOPHOMORE
Classical Tradition
American Lit. Dev.
Med. & Ren. Lit. .
Expository Writing
Natural Science ....
Fine Arts .........
Relieion 3. 4 .......
Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e
General Psych. . . . .
Beg. Speech . . . . . . .
...
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
3
.
3
-
2
.
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
British Literature ......
Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . .
English (Mod. Lit.) . . . .
Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tchg. in Sec. Sch. .....
Group Activity
Electives ................
.........
4
3
3
3
0
3
4
3
3
3
0
4
-.
-4
3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
English Seminar . . . . . . .
Prin. of Guid. ..........
School and Soc. ........
Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. .
Stud. Tchg. Sec. School .
Shakespeare .............
Health & First Aid ......
Electives ................
2
2
6
-
-3
3
10
At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech,
journalism, or library science.
3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching
FRESHMAN
Freshman English .....
Foreign ~ a n g G a g e
General Biology
Western Civilization
Basic Bible .............
Physical Activities ......
Intro, to Music ..........
Human Geog. ...........
......
........
...
JUNIOR
....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
'/a
2
-
2
z
/
'
3
I Sem.
Cr .
4
3
Sem.
Cr.
-
2
Orient to Elem. Ed.
Human Growth & Dev. .
Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . .
Meth. & Mat. (56) .....
US History
Religion .................
Amer. Govt.
Literary Classics ........
Brit. Lit. Since la00
Found, of Arith. ......
.............
............
....
-
-
3
3
3
3
SOPHOMORE
Classical Tradition .....
Med. & Ren. Lit. .......
Foreign Language .......
Religion 3, 4
Prin. of Physics,
Astronomy
Basic Design
General Psvch. .........
~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h .....
Amer. Lit. Development
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
-
SENIOR
-
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Pr
Cr.
English Seminar ........
Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts)
Teaching of Reading . . .
Children's Lit.
Religion .................
Expository Writing . . . . .
Health & First Aid
Meth. & Mat.:
Social Studies .........
Seminar in Teaching ....
Directed Teaching in
Elem. School ........
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
English 94
Independent Study ...
..........
......
-
3
...........
...........
...........
--.2
2
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
-- .
--
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .....
Natural Science ........
Foreign Language . . . . .
History or Sociology ....
Physical Activities . . . . . . .
2
2
3
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
%
'12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
-~
Cr .
2
Religion 3, 4 ............
Literary Classics . . . . . . .
Foreign Language .......
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~
3
3
2
3
3
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
..........
Argumentation
Speech Pathology . . . . . . .
Educ. Psychology . . . . . . .
Teach. in Sec. Schools
Group Activity . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science
Stagecraft ..............
Dramatic Arts ..........
Electives ................
........
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
3
-
-
3
0
0
-
-
-
-
3
3
3
7
4
f Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
Religion ................. 3
Student Teaching .......
6
Guidance ............... 2
School and Society ......
2
Methods .................
2
Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art.
Major in German, French, or Spanish
in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
Basic Bible
2
2
3
3
Freshman Esbllah
3
3
History or Saclology ...
Beginning Foreign
Language ............
4
4
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Activities
%
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Intermediate Foreign
Language
3
3
Natural Science .........
3
.....
General Psychology
3
Literary Classics . . . . . . .
3
3
Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid .....
3
Electives ................ 3
6
JUNIOR
SENIOR
FRESHMAN
.
..............
.....
......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
Teach. in Sec. Schools
0
Grtlup Aclivlty ..........
0
Germall :I, U1 or
Fr~nuli51, D l or
Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7
Bdt~clffanalppychology
.,
-
-
GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or
Fl.encll 52, 72 or
Spn111sll 52. 72
Elcctl\'ee ..... ,
.......
, .. ........ 7 or 9
5 or 0
8
............
..............
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.......
....... 622
..... 23
-
-
3
-
2
6
Student Teachine
school & s o c i e t y .
Prin, of Guidance .......
Teaching of
Foreign Language
Religion .................
German, French, or
Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ i r m a n French,
,
or
Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives ................
Cr.
3
2
Teaching Major in Music
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
P
r
-A.
.............
Basic Bible
2
Freshman English
3
History or Sociology ...
3
Foreign Language
4
Natural Science
3
Physical Activities ......
%
Applied Music .......... l. or 2
......
.......
........
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3
2
'l
1 or 2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
CT
Cr.
3
3
0
................
Religion
Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . .
Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . .
Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . .
Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choral or Instrumental
Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching of Grade School
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid . . .
Applied Nusic ......... 1
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
14 oreien Ln!li?un~e
3
3
3
~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby ....
3
Natural S r j c i ~ c e ..,
Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . .
4
4
Historv & it: of
Music .................
2
2
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2
1 or 2
...........
......
.....
-
SENIOR
I Sem.
Cr.
Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 78
Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy
3
Beginning Speech
2
Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
~ e a L h i n gof High School
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Twentieth Century Music
2
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2
4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
2
6
.......
2
2
-
or 2
-
-
1 or 2
Major in Art
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Drawing I ..............
Basic Design ............
Basic Bible .............
Freshman English .......
Foreign Language .......
Western Civilization
Physical Activities
Elective
....
.....
.................
Cr.
2
2
3
4
3
%
2
Cr.
-
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Oil Painting I ...........
3
Sculpture I ........... , . .
3
Print Making I
3
Relieion 3. 4
2
2
Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e.......
3
3
Social Science ........... 3
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Electives
3
3
.........
............
................
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art History . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
Social Science or History
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
5
-
3 or 4
2
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
3
3
SENIOR
Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . .
Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Independent Study . . . . . .
Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
-2
12
-
3
3
8
History Major
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
..............
2
......
3
... 3
.......
4
........
3 or 4
..... %
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Civilization
Foreign Language
Natural Science
Physical Activiities
2
3
3
4
3 or d
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr
3
3
JUNIOR
ReUnIon .................
Bcgfa~aingSpeecll
......
.......
................
Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c
HIS~L!I'Y
A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . .
Literature or Philosophy
.
-
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
Foreign Language ......
3
3
U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
3
General Psychology . . . . 3
Sociology 1, 2 ...........
3
3
Prin. of Economics . . . . .
3
3
SENIOR
...............
3
I Sem.
Cr.
3
3
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Fine Arts
Electives
-
Sem.
Cr.
3
-
................ 11
6
3
3
Combined Social Science Major for Teaching
FRESHMAN
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Clvllixalion
Foreign Language
Natural Science
Physical Activities .....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
3 or 4
3 or 4
%
%
......
...
......
........
JUNIOR
I Sem.
I1 Sem.
"..
Cr.
Lr,
Religion ................
Educational Psych. .....
Teaching in Secoildnry
Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity .........
History ..................
Health & First Aid . . . . . .
American Government
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Minor
.
.....
3
0
3
3
2
6
3
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 ............
Foreign Language ......
U.S. History .............
Natural Science ........
General Psychology ...
Sociology 1, 2 ...........
Economics 15, 16 ........
SENIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
Cr.
2
3
3
3
-
3
3
3
3
-
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion .................
3
Student Teaching . . . . . .
6
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
School and Society .....
2
Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . -
3
Sem.
Cr
-
.
-
3
3
3
3
5
Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past
twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social
workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal,
state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group
work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a
curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates
for immedate employment in social work positions that do
not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students
for further study in graduate schools of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of
Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private
welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and
case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should
be taken by all such students.
In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . .
Western Civilization ....
Foreign Language . . . . .
Introduction to Sociology
Social Problems ........
Physical Education 3, 4
2
2
3
3
4
3
. %
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Soc. 57, 59. Fields of
3
Social Woyk ..........
Soc. 58, 60, Methods of
Social Work ........
Fine Arts
Beginning Speech
2
Intro. to Statistics
3
Social Research .........
Electives
5
JUNIOR
.............. .....
.....
.
I Sem.
Cr
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
American Government . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . .
Principles of Economics
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . .
Urban Sociology . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . .
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
I Sem.
Cr.
SENIOR
Sem.
Cr.
-
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . .
3
Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ...............
10
-
Sem.
Cr.
3
+
+
3
3
................
Major in Psychology
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
.
..............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Civilization
Foreign Language
General Zoology
Physical Activities
......
.....
......
........
......
JUNIOR
4
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
3
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intro, to Statistics
Psych. of Personality ...
Experimental Psych. ...
Psych. of Measurements .
Electives
.....
4
%
................
7
3
3
4
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 3. 1 ............
~ o r z g nLanguage ......
General Psychology
Chemistry or Physics
Sociology 1. 2
Beginning Speech
Logic ....................
Fine Arts
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
3
....
... 4
...... -32
............... ...........
2
3
4
3
3
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
History of Psych. .......
Social Psychology
Topics in Psych.
Seminar in Psych. .....
Electives
Cr.
3
..... 3
........ -
................
10
Cr.
-
+
1 to 2
2
12
Elementary Education
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required
t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice
is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval
of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must
be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this
program is Elementary Education; each student is required to
take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught
in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
Basic Bible ..............
Freshman English ......
Western Civilization ....
Modern Foreign
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Science . . . . . . . 3
Selected from Physics,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
Physical Activities
.....
4
or 4
6)
?h
a
4
or 4
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
.
-
Cr
Religion .................
American Government . .
3
Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . .
4
Ed. 53, Human Growth &
Development .........
3
Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0
Group Activity ..........
Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4
Electives in Minor . . . . .
Cr.
3
3
4
0
-
2
2
3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , .....
General Rlology ........
General Fs'r;ycholOgy
Human Geography ......
U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modern Foreign
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid ...
Electives in Minor
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
....
.....
3
3
-
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
3
I Sem, I1 Sem,
SENIOR
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat.
Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . .
Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading
Children's Literature . . .
Ed. 66, Seminar in
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ed. 68, Directed Tchg.
Literature ..............
Beginning Speech .......
Electives in Minor . . . . . .
...
Cr.
3
2
3
3
3
3
Cr.
-
2
-
2
B
2
-
High School Teaching
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements
for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and
senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student
should apply to the Department of Education for admission
t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of
scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science,
and business education, students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which
high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish,
French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business
education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry,
natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors
are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature,
political science and library science.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
Basic Bible
Freshman English ......
3
History or Sociology
3
Foreign Language
4
Natural Science
3 or 4
Physical Activities
%
FRESHMAN
.............
...
.....
......
........
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Foreign Lzulglt~ge
3
3
General Psycholum
,,
3
Natural Sctcl~cc
3 or 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ,
3
Electives ................
5
.
............
......
.. .
..
.........
-
.
JUNIOR
Religion .........
Education 71. 72 .
Education 73, 74
Beginning Speech
Electives in Major
or Minor ......
Sem.
Cr.
-
..
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................. 3
Education 76 ............
2.
Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . .
2'
4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or
-
Cr.
3
3
0
ducatio ion
97
-
...........
6.
-
Literature or Philosophy
Electives in Major
or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'May be taken I1 Sem.
-
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the
regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in
the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health,
3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser
and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of
the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech,
2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social
science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one
year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the
student completed four years of a language in high school.)
To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year.
Major in Business Administration
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
-.
.
2
Pr
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ......
3
Foreign Language . . . . . .
4
History or Sociology ...
3
3
Principles of Accounting
Physical Activities ..... %
JUNIOR
P
r
-a.
2
3
4
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr
Intermediate Accounting
3
3
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
3
Economics 57, 58 ........
3
Intro. to Statistics ......
Science .................2 or 4
Fine Arts ............... Z or 3
Auditing or Cost Acc.
3
Electives ................ 3 to 5
3
.
-
r Sem.
Cr
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ............
2
Foreign Language .......
3
Prin. of Economics .....
3
Natural Science ........3 or 4
......
Beginning Speech
Electives
................
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Religion
Auditing or Cost Acc.
Business Law ..........
3
Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15
SENIOR
-
-
Major in Economics
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
--.
2
.............
3
......
...... 34
Cr
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Foreign Language
History or Sociology . .
Principles of
Accounting ..........
Physical Activities .....
3
%
C r.
2
3
4
3
3
I12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
- Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Foreign Language
3
3
Prin. of Economics .....
3
3
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Beginning Speech .....
2
................
Electives
3
6
............
......
-
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
- .
Religion .................
3
Literature or Philosophy 3
Economics 57 58 . . . . . . .
3
3
Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3
Natural Science ......... 3 or 4
Intro. to Math. Analysis
4
4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
SENIOR
I Sem.
R e l i ~ i n n .................
Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus
-6
Cr.
--
..............2 or9 3
Sem.
Cr.
3
5
Fine Arts
Electives ................
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History.
Major in Business Education
in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools
E
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible ...........
Freshman English
Foreign Lnnguagf ...
History or Sncinte~y
Physical Acilr+lllcu ...
Elem. Typewriting
Natural Science
....
Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.
......
JUNIOR
.......
.....
................
.....
I Sem. I1 Sern.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
.
...
Prin. of .Economics . . . . .
Adv. Shorthand .........
Educational psycho log^ ,
Teaching in Secondary
Schools ...............
Group Activity ..........
Business Law ..........,
Fine Arts ...............
Adv. Typewriting
Health & First Aid
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 .......
Gen. Psychology ...
Prin. of Accounting
Elem. Shorthand ...
Foreign Language
Natural Science . . . .
Beginning Speech .
Office Machines
.
...
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
3
0
3
-
-
-
SENIOR
.......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Student Teaching
Speclnl Methods
Prln. of Guidance
School and Society
Rcll~Inn
Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy
Sectmctnrlal Prncttce ....
~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar
n
......
E1cr:Hves
........ 26
......
..... 22
................ -3
................
-
-
-
-
3
Home Economics
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to
equip students for the teaching of home economics in high
school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the
first two years of the training required for such vocations as
dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who
plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of
the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work.
A curriculum for a home economics education major is given
below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies
for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational
Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
%
'12
FRESHMAN
..............
Basic Bible
Physical Activities
Freshman English
Soclolo~ry ...............
RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or
18-14'
0
A r t i n Daily Living ....
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clothing Selection
Clothing Construction
Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or
5, 32' .................
.....
......
................
......
.
3
3
3
3
....
.
1 Sem.
Cr.
2
........
........
3
2
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
.........
or 4
3
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
JUNIOR
Religion .................
Foreign Language .......
Beginning Speech .......
Prin. of Economics
Color and Design ........
Home Planning &
Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles .................
Educational Psycholog?/
Teachina i n Secondaru
Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity .........
Clothing Construction . . .
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ..........
Gen. Psychology
Foreign Language ......
Prin. of Physics
Marriage & Family
Relationships
Child Development .....
Food Preparation &
Management ..........
Electives ................
2
3
3
2
3
0
2
4
2
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem,
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . .
Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teclclting . . . . . . .
Home Management Prob.
Home Management Lab.
Consumer Educ. .........
Teaching of Home E c . 2
-
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
2
3
3
4
6
2
3
2
2
3
0
-
"Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in
nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who
plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in
dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the
sophomore year.
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion
of the full requirements in the
regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in
the general education requirements.
Biology Major
The following course o'f study is recommended for a major
in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
.............
......
Basic Bible
Freshman English
History or Sociology ...
General Zoology
Foreign Language ......
Physical Activities
........
Cr.
3
3
4
4
'12
.....
JUNIOR
Cr.
2
f Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16
Literature or Philosophy
Genetics .................
Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
4
4
3
2
3
-
-42
SOPHOMORE
f Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech ......
General Botany .........
Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Foreign Language . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENIOR
Cr.
2
2
4
-
Cr.
2
4
4
3
-
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................
4
General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or
Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . .
4
Biology Seminar . . . . . . .
%
Electives (upper division) 8
Cr.
3
Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
FRESHMAN
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English ......
History or Sociology
General Zoology ........
Foreign Language ......
Physical Activities .....
....
4
4
4
4
=/2
JUNIOR
Biology 64 or 68 .........
Genetics ................
The Cell
Educational Psych.
Tchg. in Sec. School ...
Biology Seminar
Group Activity ..........
Health and First Aid
,
Beginning Speech
Electives
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
-
................
.....
........
4
4
3
0
.. .......
.................. 6
4
3
%
0
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
- ----.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
4
General Botany . . . . . . . .
Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language
3
General Psychology ....
3
Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16
4
Electivcs ................ 3
......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
3
SENIOR
Cr.
.................
3
............... -
Religion
Flne Arts
........ -
Biology 58 or 66
Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces
Fl'iti. CII
Guldance
Sclhool & Society
.....
.......
2
2
2
Slkldcnl Teocl~ing .......
6
Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r'
'/2
Elcctlvt*
........
................ -
.
3
3
-
3
'/a
4
Chemistry Major
The following course of study meets the requirements for
the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who
plan t o do graduate study in chemistry.
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are
exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the
biological science and the second year of a foreign language.
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
C r.
Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . .
History o r Sociology
Physical Activities
...
.....
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
4
4
2
3
3
2
3
3
%
'
/
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
4
Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . .
Physical Chemistry (82)
Chemistry Seminars
(93. 94)
Beginning German
'Advanced Calculus ....
'Physics 53, 63, 52 ....
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'Recommended
..............
.....
-
4
0
0
4
3
3
4
3
4
3
I Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
4
4
-
PW
Organic Chemistry (53, 54)
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics (5, 6) .
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
.
-4'
5
4
2
2
-
I1 Sem.
-.4 .
P
.
.
5
4
2
3
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4
3
Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3
$dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr.
Arr.
Chemistry Seminars
(95. 961 ..............
0
0
Religion ................ 3
3
German or French . . . . 3 or 4
3 or 4
-
The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on
chemical research under departmental sponsorship.
Physics Major
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . .
History or Sociology . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
General Physics (5. 6) .
Physical Activities . . . . .
4
4
1/2
4
4
'h
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Pr
Cr.
2
SOPHOMORE
--.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5
Intro. Atom. &
Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism
153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
.Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
German or French
4
.....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
JUNIOR
Fine Arts ..............
Differential Equations . .
Mechanics ...............
Adv. Physics Lab.
(63, 64) ...............
Literature or Philosophy
German or French . . . . . .
Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10
Beginning Speech .......
3
3
1
3
3
4
-
I Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
3
3
3
Advanced Calculus .....
Religion .................
*Heat & Thermodynamics
Adv. Physics Lab.
(73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematical Physics . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sern.
Cr
3
3
.
1
6
*Offered alternate years
Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry
5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits
in upper division courses.
Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics,
astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits
in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division
courses.
Mathematics Major
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who
plan to do graduate work in Mathematics.
X Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
4
4
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Freshman English . . . . . . .
3
3
Beginning German .....
4
4
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
History or Sociology . . . .
3
3
Physical Activities
!/z
%
FRESHMAN
.....
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Modern Algebra . . . . . . . .
Probability and Statistics
Basic Concepts of Math.
Religion .................
Biological Science . . . . . . 3
Literature or Philosophy
Electives ................
3
3
3
3
3
3
or 4
-
4
3
4
-
I Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr
5
4
3
2
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics . . . . . . . .
Intermediate German . . .
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts ...............
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
.
2
-
I1 Sem,
Cr.
5
4
3
2
2
I Sern. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
Advanced Calculus .....
Differential Equations
Modern Geometry .....
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
Cr.
4
3
4
2
3
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Freshman English . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . .
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Sociology . . .
Physical Activities .....
JUNIOR
'/2
I1 Sem.
Cr.
4
3
4
2
3
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Modern Algebra ........
Advanced Calculus . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psych. . . . . . .
Teaching i n Sec. Schools
Group Activity . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
3
3
3
0
7
Cr.
3
3
3
3
0
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
Natural Science . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language ......
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . .
General Psychology
Beginning Speech
5
4
3
2
....
......
SENIOR
3
-
Cr.
5
4
3
2
2
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Student Teaching . . . . . . .
Teaching of Mathematics
School and Society ....
Prin. of Guidance . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Concepts of Math.
Modern Geometry ......
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
6
2
2
2
3
-
Cr.
Health and Physical Education Major
The following course of study is designed to prepare students
for teaching health and physical education in the secondary
schools, for working in the related fields of health and
recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of
corrective therapy.
T Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English
Historv or Socioloav
-- . . . .
~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities . . . . .
Health and First Aid ....
Individual & Dual Sports
.....
Cr
-- .
2
3
3
4
%
3
-
Cr.
2
3
3
4
=/2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
Religion ................ 3 .
3
Foreign Language
3
3
*Educational Psychology
3
'Teachina in Sec. Schools
3
*Group Activity ........
0
0
Swimming and Aquatics
1
1
Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3
Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3
Electives in Maior
or Minor ..............
4
4
JUNIOR
......
-
*Not required for non-teaching majors.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
SOPHOMORE
2
4
3
-
~ e g i n n i n g Speech ....
Human Anat. &
Physiology . . . . . . . . . .
Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . .
Rec. Act. & Rhythms .
Electives in Major
or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Literature or Philosophy
2
'Prin. of Guidance
2
'School and Society
6
*Student Teaching . . . . . .
P.E. Program in Sec. Sch.
3
School Health Educ. . .
1
Instructor's First Aid . .
s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities
*Methods in P.E.
and Minor
Fine Arts
......
....
.........
.............
Medical Technology
Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of
Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing
three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at
General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The
following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements
for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should
take higher algebra in high school.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . .
Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16
History or Sociology . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Beginning Speech
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities
Sem.
Cr.
2
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
.......
......
JUNIOR
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
3
Relieion
................. 3
~~Microbiology ............ 4
3
Foreign Language .......
3
Quant. Anal. Chem. (61)
4
~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . .
4
6
'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
*Physics strongly recommended. Other
sciences, arts, humanities.
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ...........
Elem. Organic Chem. 32
General Zoology
Foreign Language . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
'Electives ...............
........
-
2
4
4
4
3
3
4
2
4
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical
work at General or Swedish Hospital
for 12 months
........................32
recommended
electives:
English,
social
In the senior year, students taking this program must register
at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital.
Medicine
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of
college education, but premedical students usually find it
advantageous to complete their college work before entering
the medical school. The following program will meet the
requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for
the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol
to which he plans to apply.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman Enalish . . . . . .
Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Physical Activities . . . . .
History or Soc. Science
JUNIOR
.................
Religion
Intermediate German . . .
Quant. Anal. Chem. (61)
General Physics (5, 6)
L~terature or Philosophy
Chem. Seminars (93, 94)
Elective
Pr
Pr
2
2
3
3
4
4
%
3
4
4
'h
.................
-
-
0
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
......
....
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ............
Beninnina German
~ e i e r a -zoology
l
.......
Organic Chem. (53, 54)
*Mathematics 41. 42
SENIOR
Pr
Pr
2
4
2
4
4
4
5
4
4
5
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
3
3
3
Social Science or Hist.
Fine Arts
Beginning Speech .......
Genetics ................
General Psychology
,
Electives ................
Chem. Seminars (95, 05)
'Physical Chem. (83) ,. ,
.
.
............... -
.. .
2
4
7
0
-
'Recommended
Dentistry
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should
take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high
school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be
completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the
requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective
dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools
in which they are interested about specific requirements. The
Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in
placing qualified students in dental school.
FRESHMAN
......
Freshman English
Basic Bible ..............
Intro. Chem. &
Qual. Anal. (5, 6)
Intro. to Math. Anal. ..
General Zoology
Physical Activities
...
........
.....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
2
2
4
4
4
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Physics (5, 6) .
4
'Organic Chem. (53, 54)
4
.
4
4
4
%
'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended.
Nursing
Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing
have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or
more years of college work are desirable. The following
pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter
a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year
nursing program should try to select courses in college which
will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school
of nursing which they plan to attend.
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............
Freshman English .......
Foreign Language
Sociology ...............
Chemistry 5
Psych. or Geography
Art or Music ............
.......
.............
...
2
3
4
3
4
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
-
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at
Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist
Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t
College. Applications for admission to this program
made directly to these hospitals.
Lutheran
Hospitals,
Augsburg
should be
Law
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years
of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised
t o select a broad program of study including courses in the
humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A
suggested three-year curriculum is given below:
Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
Western Civllization
Natural Science . . . .
Physical Activities
2
3
.
JUNIOR
2
3
4
4
3
4
'12
3
4
'/z
SOPHOMORE
............
I Sem.
Cr.
R c l l ~ l o n3. 4
&nR!isll 2:. '10 ...........
Foreign Language
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Science ..........
Natural Science ........
Electives ................
2
3
3
Sem.
Cr.
2
....... 3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Rallglnn ................
Beginning Speech ......
...............
Plnc Arts
Electives ................
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
12
10
-
2
2
Engineering
A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg
before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following
curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school
mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test
to enter Mathematics 41.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics . . . . . . . .
Social Science . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities ......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . .
English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . .
~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . .
Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Equations . .
Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry
rr.
rr
Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology
a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases,
a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering
Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer
session a t the U. of M.
Secretarial Work
The first year of the following program provides preparation
for certain office positions. Completion of the second year
provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced
classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline
of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high
school appears under Business Education.
A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the
two-year program.
FIRST YEAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
3
1
3
Basic Bible ..............
Freshman English ......
Elementary Typewriting
Office Machines . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . .
Physical Activities .....
Electives ................
.
-
3
%
8
3
1/2
6
SECOND YEAR
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 ............
Beginning Speech
Advanced Typewriting .
Advanced Shorthand ....
Prin. of Accounting . .
Secretarial Practice .....
General Psychology .....
Electives ................
Cr.
2
.... 4
3
3
5
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
PERSONNEL
THE BOARD OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
. .
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Vice-chairman
The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Term Expires 1964
Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Plastics, Inc.
The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service
Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
116
The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
.Secretary
.
.Treasurer
The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington
Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd
The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota
Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church
Term Expires 1965
Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota
Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota
Term Expires 1966
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming
Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc.
Term Expires 1967
Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Manager, South Side Insurance Agency
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students.
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty
Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant
.
Registrar
Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting
.
Librarian 1963-64
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions
Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services
Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist
.
Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events
Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director
.
of News Bureau
Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences
Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost,
Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson,
Miss Pederson, Armacost
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck,
Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge
Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck,
Mrs. Hinrichs
Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss
Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold
Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson
Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold
*Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund
Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson,
Fosse, Holum
Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson,
Chrislock
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist
Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss
Sonsteng, Hatchek
*Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg
*Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund
Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg
Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse
Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of
Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63.
Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist,
1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California,
Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship,
1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D.,
1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University
of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960.
Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University,
1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and
Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington
College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior
College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College,
1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since
1946.
Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942;
LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological
Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young
People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean
of Students (on leave 1961-63.)
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959.
Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics
B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics,
India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics
A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg
196&62 and since 1963.
Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish
Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter
Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages
Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer,
Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956.
Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools
Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960.
John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959;
M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University.
At Augsburg since 1963.
William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College,
1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963.
Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling
Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser
Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish
B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963.
Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College,
194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
120
C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964.
At Augsburg since 1964.
Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education
(on leave 1962-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford
Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin
G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26.
Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61.
Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional
study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since
1963.
Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota,
University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963.
Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and
Latin
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium
Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952.
Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At
Augsburg since 1941.
Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings
B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938.
Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College;
St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of
the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since
1962.
Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music,
New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54;
Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg
since 1962.
Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S.
Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.,
1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346.
Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1963.
Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus
Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social
Coordinator
R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming
B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg since 1956.
Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959;
PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice,
1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963.
Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg
1961-63.
William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton
University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Director of Placement and Testing
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages
A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%.
Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng :
High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At
Augsburg since 1961.
lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University,
1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School,
194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since
1963.
Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193%
42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At
Augsburg since 1956.
George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages
LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States
Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and
YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960.
Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds
B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music,
1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching:
Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55;
MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958.
Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University
of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941.
A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and
Business Administration (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional
study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska,
1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University
of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran
College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58
and since 1959.
lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959.
John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961.
Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and
since 1962.
Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950;
Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching:
Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9;
Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy
B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg
since 1961.
James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music,
1958. At Augsburg since 1961.
Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French
B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching:
High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg
since 1963.
Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943;
A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At
Augsburg since 1962.
Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59;
University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
124
Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947.
Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35;
Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since
1947.
Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota,
1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano
instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960.
Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg
since 1963.
Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English
B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962.
Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since
1957.
Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg
since 1960.
Gertrude
S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School,
194849. At Augsburg since 1950.
Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At
Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962.
Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching :
Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art
Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish
Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia,
University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana
Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since
1963.
Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students
with Rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since
1923.
Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since
1922.
Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German
A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964.
Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Coach of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
1946.
Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College,
1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London.
Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57;
University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960.
David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg
since 1961.
Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching:
University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther
Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960.
126
lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945.
Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
(on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University
of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955.
Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan,
1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of
Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56;
Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960.
Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At
Augsburg since 1956.
Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.
Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High
School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester,
1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946.
Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana;
MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950.
Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;
Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College,
1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion
h.~.
Augsburg
,
College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work,
1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57.
At Augsburg since 1957.
Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy
University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute,
1948. At Augsburg since 1962.
Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.
Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis),
1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station
KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian
Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946.
Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959.
A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc
A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music,
l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson
County Ag~*icult
urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37';
L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces
J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952.
Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado,
Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg
since 1961.
Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study :
Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528;
University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944.
Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian,
1963-64)
A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota.
T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y,
3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics
A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60
and since 1961.
Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960.
~ , 1944-60;
Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC)
Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947.
Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation
Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953.
Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38.
Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960.
Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School,
195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963.
At Augsburg since 1963.
128
Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art
A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958.
Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of
Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959.
Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen
A.R., Augslwg Col
I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945;
Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O
M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime-
Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study:
Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting
Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg
since 1946.
John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music,
1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel
Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music,
1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War
Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study:
American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work
with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied
under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947.
Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940;
Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland
Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947.
E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961.
Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics
B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School,
1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63.
Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College,
1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63.
Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic
B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University,
Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63.
1:
Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations
Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of
Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of
Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At
Augsburg 1958-63.
A.B.,
Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant,
Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools,
195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At
Augsburg 1962-63.
Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg,
Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg
1960-63.
Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology
B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College,
1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant,
Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social
work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel
College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57;
University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63.
Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico,
1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School,
1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester
College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg
1962-63.
John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D.,
Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins
University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59;
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg
1942-62.
Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study:
University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63.
A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological
Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg
1960-63.
GRADUATES
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962
With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield.
Sask.
.
.
~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau
Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111.
Anderson, Robert W.
Elroy, Wis.
Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis
......
Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis
Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart
Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis
Anoka
Bengtson, Judith Anne
Minneapolis
Bergly, Richard N.
Bostad, John Clayton
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Brown, Wendell John
Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis
Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland
.
..........
....
.....
.........
....... Minneapolis
Carlson, Bonnie Mae
Christensen, John W.
Cleven, Harry Thomas
......... St.
. DeForest,
Paul
Wis.
Coltvet, Sherman P.
Cook, Barbara Helen
Dyrud, Loiell
Estherville, Iowa
........ Newfolden
0. . . . . . Thief River Falls
..
Minneapolis
Yvonne Lerfald
James F . ........... St. Paul
Marilyn Ann
Brainerd
Marjorie Adele
Gatzke
rickso on', Kenneth Neil
Cambridge
Evavold, Earle Roscoe
Battle Lake
Egertson.
Ekstrand,
Ellingson.
Engevik
......
......
......
.....
......
Fellrath, Mary Lee
Fisher, Roger LeRoy
Whitehall, Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
....
Geldert, Daniel Thomas
Minneapolis
Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman
Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill.
unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d
Sioux City, Iowa
1
Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis
O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca
Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson,
s
Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis.
Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris
Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis
Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea
Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hassing, Joan Eileen
Minneapolis
Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich.
Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie
Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton
Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis
Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel
Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne
Radcliffe, Iowa
Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn
Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls
Hugo. John Robert
Minneawolis
Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis.
New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s
Hunt, Duane R.
Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis
Ilstrup, Robert J .
Minneapolis
Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis
Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade
Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann
Scarsdale, N.Y.
Johannsen, Clair A.
Hzintley
Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis.
Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
~ o l l d f f%lizabeth
,
I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm
Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ronholdt, Tamara A.
Murdock
......
.........
..........
..........
..
...........
...........
King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis
~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g
Korsmo, Gayler Leland
Northwood, N. Dak.
Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis
Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin
Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield
Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis
~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n
Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland
Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul
Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis
soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s
Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson
Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Stierna, Gale Melodie
Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
Stockman, Earl Allyn
Stewart
Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham
Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas
Sundquist, Lewis J .
Minneapolis
Minneawolis
Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth
Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n
Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul
Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont
Lerstad, Judith Ann
Mi~tlrenpnlis
Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr
~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll
Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls
Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis.
Willmar
Tengwall, Sandra Joan
Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak.
Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis
Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis
Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia
Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton
Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis
Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale
Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis
Vomhof, Daniel W.
Tucson, Ariz.
Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale.
Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis
Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian
Zahl, Carol J e a n
Minneapolis
........
.......
......
.
........
.....
...........
graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963
With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis
Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis
Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul
~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax
Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman
Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis
Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin
Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Bagley, Carol J e a n
Bailey, David Arnold
........Zimmerman
...........
St. Paul
Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul
Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis
Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell
Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti
Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund
Minneapolis
Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr
Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir
Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo
Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis
Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis
Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis
Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill.
Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis
DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111
Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis
Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells
Donald, James Marr
Minnecipolis
Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis
Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis
.......
Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis.
Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis
Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie
Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia
Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord
Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul
Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine
~
.... Minneapolis
Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage
Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1
Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis
Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall
Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~
Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i
Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis
Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis.
~~~~L~L~,
Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins
Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis
Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis
Garvin
Peterson. Glenn D.
Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon
Minneapolis
Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela
Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis
Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia
Min?aeawolls
Petterson. Jerome Glendoa
Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis
.............
...
Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt?
Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu
Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls
Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl
GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l:
Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis.
Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is,
Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper
Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y'
Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril
c
Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs
Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake
Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs
Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis
Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf
Hagenson, Ronald Thomas
110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton
St. Louis P a r k
ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis
Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~
Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i
Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl
~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie
Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct
Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis
Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport
.
Minneapolis
Sandgren. Carol Ferris
Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson
Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis
Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo.
Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin
Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis
Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll
Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis
Holt, Bradley Paul
W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis
Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll
Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak.
Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis
Humphrey. Linda Elaine
Minneclpolis
Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau
Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y.
Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining
Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis
Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson
Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Minneclpolis
Jiran, William Rudolph
Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights
Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia
Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis
Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone
Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis
Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis.
Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak.
Tangen, Karen M.
.Mi?aneclpolis
Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis
Taylor, LaVonne Helen
Minneapolis
Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A.
Minneapolis
.
.
.
............
...
....
Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis
Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis
Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle
Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y.
Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis.
Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis.
Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis
Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo
Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis
Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis
Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis.
Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie
Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis
.
......
.....
......
Ross ...... Minneapolis
Thompson. Alan
Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis
Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson
Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata
Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis
.
Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis
Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls
Wagner, Christopher Ross
La Mirnda, Calif.
Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine
Minneapolis
Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis.
Weigman, Roland Charles, J r .
Minnenpolis
Wilkins, Doris May
Rochester
Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l
Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis
.........
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962
With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology
Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer
.
Shizuoka-Ken, Japan
Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield
With the Degree of Graduate in Theology
Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson
.
.
Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963
With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology
Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet
Juntunen, Wayne Roger
Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash.
Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar
With the Degree of Graduate in Theology
Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Summary of Graduates
Seminary
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
-
1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
710
College
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Total
-
1870-1961
..........................
1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............................
281 1
130
171
31 12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822
enrollment summary
Augsburg College. 1962-1 963
Class
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
102 50
115 83
162 134
207 204
44
29
0
44
0
47
0
27
0
76
630 703
.
.
.
.
--
Total Academic Year
Class
Men
Women
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
102
124
167
224
54
0
0
0
0
-
60
86
137
210
40
45
49
27
76
-
671
730
.
.
.
.
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
.. . . . . .
Total
162
210
304
434
94
45
49
27
76
1401
Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963
SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL
Men
Men
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..............................
10
13
4
5
32
9
12
3
4
28
10
13
4
5
32
Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . . . . . 1401
1
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433
.
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Augsburg College. 1963-1 964
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
73
101
134
183
38
42
46
40
92
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
749
.
.
.
.
- -
Total Academic Year
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Men
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
683
.
.
.
.
Women
Total
166
74
260
106
281
138
424
186
98
42
43
43
46
46
40
40
92
92
.
767
92
154
143
238
56
0
0
0
0
-
Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4
Men Students .
Women Students .
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
Total . .
. . . . .
..........
Deducting those counted more than once
.
.
683
767
1450
Academic Administration . . . 47
Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . 117
Administration
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9
Alumni Association. The . . . . 10
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Attendance. Chapel .
.
. 31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49
Audio-Visual Center
. . . . . 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Biology. Department of
89. 109
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116
Bookstore . . . . . .
. 10
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration . 83. 107
Business Education . . . . . 85. 108
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
.
. . . 31
Campus Life
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . .
31
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110
Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100
Classification of Students . . . 48
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Coaching Endorsement . . . 96
36
Co-curricular Program . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . 118
Comprehensive Examinations . 50
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
55
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . .
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . . 107
Business Education
. . . . 108
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Church Workers . . . . . 100
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Economics
. . . . . . 107
Elementray Education . . . 106
Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . .
. 101
French
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
General Liberal Arts . . . 99
German . . . . . . . . . . 103
Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101
Health and Physical Ed
112
High School Teaching
106
History . . . . . . . . . 104
Home Economics . . . . 108
Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Medical Technology . . . 112
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Music
. . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parish and Church Workers 100
Philosophy
. . . . . . . 101
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100
Psychology . . . . . . . . 105
Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Social Science Combined . . 104
Sociology
. . . . . . . . 104
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102
.
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
. . . . . . . . . 2, 140
Development
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Distinction. Degree with . . . 53
56
Divisional Organization . . . .
Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65
I
index
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107
Education. Department of . . 79
Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105
Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English. Department of . . 62. 101
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . .
49
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Humanities. Division of the . . 61
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . 39
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18
Financial Information . . . . . . 15
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 13
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates-(1 870-1963).
Summary of . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guaranteed Tuition Plan .
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111
Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113
Membership in Educational
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Ministry. Preparation for the . 100
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Music. Department of . . . 69. 103
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71
.
Health and Physical Ed . 96.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History and
Political Science . . . . . . 73.
112
43
106
7
104
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114
index
Objectives and Aims . . . . . .
9
Organizations. Student . . . . . 36
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100
Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18
Personnel Services. Student . . 41
Philosophy. Department of 59. 101
Physical Education . . . . . .
39
Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100
Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Psychology. Department of 78. 105
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Registration. Change of . . . . . 47
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33
Residence Requirement . . . . . 53
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Scandinavian Language and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20
Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115
Seminary. Summary of
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Social Sciences, Division of the 73
Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104
Sociology, Department of 76, 104
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103
Special Programs of Study . . 98
Speech, Department of . . 65, 102
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34
Student Government . . . . . . 35
Student Personnel Services . . 41
Suspension of Students . . . . 48
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106
Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16
University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48
Upper Division Requirements . 53
notes
Augsburg College is now in the
"centennial phase" of its development
program, pointing toward the 100th
anniversary of the college in 1969. The
centennial phase program, covering the
years 1964-1969, is the second phase of
a 20-year development program begun in
1959 in which objectives are timed to
five-year phases.
The college has the following centennial
goals for the current five-year period:
Facilities - TO construct an art building,
a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college
center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main,
and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby
Hall and to acquire additional athletic
field space.
Enrollment - To increase enrollment to
1600 students.
Faculty - To increase by ten the number
of full-time faculty members.
Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels
judged to keep the cost of education a t
Augsburg within the range of its
constituency.
Library - To increase the holdings of
George Sverdrup library by 50%.
-
Budget
To increase the educational
budget to $2,000,000.
Student aid - To increase expenditures
for scholarships and grants to $209,000.
Endowment - To establish a fund of
$50,000 per year for endowed scholarships.
DEVELOPMEN1
PROGRAM
Show less
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n... Show more
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e
p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the
r e g u l a r t e nn.
GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete
35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses
( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time
enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one
i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1.
There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course.
One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m
and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one
course d u r i n g the period.
LISTINGS
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e
of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o
r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses
a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s
i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower
d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers
l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g
f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l
assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d .
OPTIONS
June I n t e r i m
A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y
o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school
( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science).
An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course
i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n
charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e
June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n .
Internships
Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course
assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o
s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term
o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the
s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous
work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which
draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t
a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than
Monday, December 12.
Independent o r Directed Study
Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study
(upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r
the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged
from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet departmental requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from
t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study
3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a
d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c ,
procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) .
Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled.
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4
i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement.
Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n
t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n
f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t
Students
Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d .
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the
i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s
s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) .
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4
s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges
provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o
charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term.
The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged
$390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m
should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e
a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though
r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e
of t h e interim d i r e c t o r .
CLASS
TIMES
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e
beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class
Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l
d a y s of the tnterim.
meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r
Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
November 7-10
Interim Registration
December 12
Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
9:00 a.m.
Class I
1:00 p.m.
Class I1
January 4
Last day f o r cancelladd
January 6
Last day f o r determining
grading sys tem
January 20
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
January 27
I n t e r i m ends
THIS
CATALOG
This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments
l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e
l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf
College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College
but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r
d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e .
NEED
MORE
HELP?
Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the
I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m
D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s
e x t e n s i o n 403.
AMERICAN STUDIES
08255
AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota
h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's
n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s
C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969).
-----,
A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small
group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ;
s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings;
and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time: I1
Room:
Gym 24
AMERICAN STUDIES 08377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music.
ART 10242/10342
'
FILM-MAKING I
FILM-MAKING II
Instructor.:
-Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n
and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s
o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m .
Lab f e e o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
None f o r Film-making I
You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I
i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11.
Humanities
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
ART 10247
LIFE DRAWING
Instructor:
Nonnan Holen
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t
s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l ,
and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model
fee.
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room:
A r t Studio 6
ART 10179/10379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and
P h i l i p Thompson
B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich,
Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f
a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums,
g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e
s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days
i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n
Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g .
While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both
music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d
from t h e f o l l o w i n g :
-
1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t )
D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e
drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e ,
crayon, i n k and wash.
4 . Independent Study
Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s
approval
-
-
-
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
C o s t : $995.00
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s )
A r t o r Music
Also c o u n t s toward a r t major
BIOLOGY 20102
PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n
human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography
and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom
w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
D i s tribution:
Time:
I
None
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 123
BIOLOGY 20491
TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY
Instructor:
Roberta L a m e r s
T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by
t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y
p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c .
I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y ,
and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms
i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n .
This
course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r
t h e b i o l o g y major.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Junior o r s e n i o r biology major
Room:
Main 7
BIOLOGY 20183120383
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson
Robert ~ e r f o r t h
L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s
of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e
a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and
i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d
w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n
studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the
n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d
a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y
r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n
l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena
discussed i n class.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y
and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 318 and 227
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
21140
INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS
Instructor:
Amin Kader
Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l
and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis
on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n
Economics and Business Administration.
Prerequisites:
Time:
None
I
Room:
Science H a l l 320
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255
RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS
AND ECONOMICS
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) .
Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental
r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s .
Lab f e e of $30.00.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Main 23
CHEMISTRY 34 109
CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered
i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s
a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental
q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness
areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are
a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain
i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and
other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food,
and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed
solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living
s t a n d a r d s and economics.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Science
Time: I
~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315
ECONOMICS 22150
CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY
Instructor:
S a y t a Gupta
I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r
d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This
c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t
t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o
a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t
f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s .
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major
r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business
Administration.
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 23
EDUCATION
44251145251
FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS
(TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS)
Instructor:
Marie McNeff
Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y
o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a
cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s
a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s ,
t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g
d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f
i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled.
The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e
classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s .
S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g
c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n
D r . ~ c ~ e f f home
' s
s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o
saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t
D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th
c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m
placement.
Prerequisites:
Time:
11
E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265
Room:
D r . McNeff's home
EDUCATION 44375
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r
t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y
opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t
what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e
l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n
c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f
t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be
arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t
t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a
l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n
program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e .
Time:
I1
Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~
EDUCATION 45483
STUDENT TEACHING
Ins tructor :
E i n a r Johnson
S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days.
O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g
and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary
s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h
s c h o o l personnel.
Student teaching fee:
$15.00
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student
t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g .
S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December
t o a r r a n g e f o r placement.
ENGLISH
54220
FREE-LANCE WRITING
Instructor:
David Wood
E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y
an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and
submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
Advanced Composition
Room:
Main 21
ENGLISH
54217
THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT
OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring
popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l
emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about
the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course
w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common
d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y
cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o
a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r
of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be
upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r
own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g
process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind
the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot
be t a u g h t , the
of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry,
f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included.
S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the
dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t
e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g
t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room: Main 21
ENGLISH 54230
MODERN WOMEN WRITERS
I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark
Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin,
S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets
and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on
such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e
modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with
a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r
views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny.
Prerequisiteb:
Distributibn:
/
Time:
None
Humanities
I'
Room: Main 7
ENGLISH 5436 2
CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION
I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o
Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e
Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen,
on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e
English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop.
The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o
read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t
t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of
s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s '
c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be
taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t
Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared
t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e
English Department by November 1.
Time:
I1
Room:
212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas
ENGLISH 54437
SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY
Instructor:
Richard Sargent
We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare,
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family.
A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing
of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We
w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n ,
however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop
a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This
course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology,
and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y
had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l
be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the
theme of t h e family.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Humanities
Room:
Main 2
ENGLISH
54445
POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS
FOR DISCUSSION
I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make
i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must
be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a
d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
interim session.
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Main 22
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245
THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY
A S REFLECTED
LITERATURE
Instructor:
William Oyler
These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f
t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German,
b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l
i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e
s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f
power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h
u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t
German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s
w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e
d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on
German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers
n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e
p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l ,
s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and
v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a
minor i n German.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 2
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
70453
LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE
(THE FRENCH SHORT STORY)
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and
n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d
l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and
f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n
e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r
modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y
p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and
a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e
u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o
e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r
c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f
Francophone l i t e r a t u r e .
Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g ,
d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French.
P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r )
Room: Main 4
I1
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
76312
SPANISH EXPRESSION
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f
w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand
them.
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n
e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y ,
s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar.
Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l
background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine
articles.
Conducted i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n
Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor)
Room:
Main 4
HISTORY 56136
OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE
INTHE ANCIENT WORLD
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson
Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l
consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t
Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and
p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students
w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a
paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do
something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s ,
b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
History
ROO^:
Main 18
HISTORY 56495
SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE
NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l
s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l
develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and
i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o
t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the
Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n
N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s
w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed
f o r travel.
Prerequisites :
Time: I
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
L i b r a r y 201
HISTORY 56382
AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
-CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL
IN THE 21ST CENTURY
I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder
The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of
Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary
concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n
the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d
dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern
w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages
w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students
w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t
and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of
concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l
p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s
a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l
a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A
s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments
w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately
prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t
.
Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r
d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c .
HISTORY 56215
WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS
ESTHETIC TRADITION
I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
-
Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n
a
P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe
t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through
i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th
Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s ,
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s
.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution: History
Time: Summer S e s s i o n I
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325
LOOKING AT THE FUTURE
Instructor:
Sheldon F a r d i g
Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club
o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r
o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s
b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g.
c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science
f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r .
Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e
d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and
games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s :
Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s .
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Library 4
LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361
TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Instructor:
Grace S u l e r u d
W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y
o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h
c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f
t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s
h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing
f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view.
S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s
o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose
i n consultation with the instructor.
Prerequisites :
Time :
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
I
Main 8
MATHEMATICS 61136
AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN
MODERN COSMIC MODELS
I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d
An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f
t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d
c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l
impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses
o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas.
New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y
o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology,
g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s .
Prerequisties :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 212
MATHEMATICS 61130
SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC
I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper
I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r
t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics
a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t
p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both
t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e
t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the
s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many
canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important
( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f
t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s
s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Tim: I
Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical
prerequisites
Natural Science and Mathematics
Room: Main 27
MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2
THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF
ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS
Instructor:
Bev Durkee
Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t
l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t ,
b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l
c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y
s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c
Concepts o f Mathematics.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
Science H a l l 320
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS
I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson
With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l
and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips".
T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a
micro-processor.
The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s ,
i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors:
( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i )
programming t e c h n i q u e s .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with
d i g i t a l "chips".
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
I1
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5
MUSIC 82115
PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker
A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence
Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company,
i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of
organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities.
Prerequisites:
An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Music 10
MUSIC 82377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson
Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n
to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ;
a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop;
Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ;
The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
I
Ro-om:
Olivet Hall
MUSIC 82179182379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t .
MUSIC 82110
MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW
I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler
V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l
s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s
i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a
neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n
t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music
therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy
majors.
$10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n .
Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be
scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps
ove rnigh t
-
.
( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy).
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
Summer, Term I
MUSIC 82119182319
JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF
MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e
v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a
c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m .
A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper
division credit.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Music Auditorium
NURSING 8 1320
TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING
Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e ,
Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash
A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends
and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
Admission t o Augsburg nursing program
o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
None
Room:
Main 19
NURSING 81322
TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED
HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson
This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of
nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s
and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e
d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The
s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S.
Prerequisites :
Cost: $895.00
Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership
i n Nursing.
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
PHILOSOPHY 83135
TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION :
OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t ,
w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and
r e l i g i o u s thought.
It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n
c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
l i e f l y , we w i l l
be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s
p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c
m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
None
Hurnani t i e s
I1
Room: Main 25
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
MODERN DANCE
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and
c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement,
e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e
necessary.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Time :
I1
Room: Melby Gym
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d
H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h
s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h
program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n
h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n
c l a s s room and community.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
Room: Gym 1 2
I
PHYSICS 84150
SCIENCE AND SOCIETY
--
THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP?
I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson
No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today,
r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n
has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed,
r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of
s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a
s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be
demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f
b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r
and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s
course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e
f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of
s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Room: L i b r a r y 1
PHYSICS 84105
N =R F
F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR
P E L I E
EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE
Instructor:
Dan P e t e r s o n
Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances
i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of
e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s
i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The
e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved
i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of
s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s
on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e
of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n .
I n t h i s course, we w i l l
e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e
by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio
be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y
s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous
s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider
methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the
consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e .
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e
o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Natural Science
Room: Science H a l l 22
POLITICAL SCIENCE
85228 o r 85428
POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM
I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l
P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t
model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e
United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c
o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both
governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which
a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model
w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t
p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example,
the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e ,
e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f
p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l
be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ,
a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s
coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics.
F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n
c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e .
Distribution:
Time:
P o l i t i c a l Science
I
Room: A r t S t u d i o
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495
INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan
The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c
p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y ,
both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h
c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e
may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t .
S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n
format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r
s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h
mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and
content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be
i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o
e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s ,
Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass
communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n
London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s
i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s .
Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be
devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g
a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n
news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o
overseas programming, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Cost:
Approximately $995.00
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES
I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson
Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s
on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop.
Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t
and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e
i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed
f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s
and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development.
Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych)
Time:
I
Room:
Main 28
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology.
RELIGION 87328
THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS
Instructor :
John Benson
An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s
and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y
e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what
the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special
emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l
meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s
such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and
basketball.
The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n
t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker
(homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r
(homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from
among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r ,
R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss,
Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.)
T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Some o f
t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular
e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s .
S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e
and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n .
S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . "
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l
permission
Religion
Room: Main 1 9
RELIGION 87375
-
ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN
Instructor:
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography.
A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f
a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n
I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There
w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l
i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e
planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e
Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and
Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e
such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t
a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n
Jordan.
Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning
and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Cost:
One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e
Religion
$1,100.00
RELIGION 87377
CULTS: OLD AND NEW
Instructor:
Douglas O l l i l a
An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with
emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h
l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of
God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s
Religion
Time: I1
Room:
Science H a l l 22
SOCIOLOGY 94241
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
Instructor:
J e r r y Gerasimo
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s
r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g
element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination
of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt',
a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t
c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of
s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time: I1
None
S o c i a l Science
Room: Science 212
SOCIOLOGY 941 21
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Instructor:
Garry Hesser
Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest
an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r
i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y
h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems
regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power,
t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s
t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course
provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r
i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course
c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s
each of which provides
an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect
of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through
a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and
assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s
being learned.
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
11'
None
S o c i a l Science
Room :
Main 28
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science.
SOCIAL WORK 95257
PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Doug P e r r y
Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would
you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency?
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e
a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s
w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s
v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human
s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e
d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and
supportive
academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum.
This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether
o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e
remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet
w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements
Prerequisites :
Time :
None
I
Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium
SOCIAL WORK 95457
SOCIAL POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Nagwa F a r a g
S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h
u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom?
F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ?
Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s ,
readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r
i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s
t h e U.S. and abroad.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r .
r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
~ o o m : Main 25
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285
STORY THEATER: PREPARATION
AND PERFORMANCE
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l
a s p e c t s of the production
the play, scenery, l i g h t s ,
costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e
w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s .
strike
Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f
t h e term.
-
-
None
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Humanities
+ performance
Time:
9:30-12 and 1-3
Room:
Theater auditorium
times
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21
ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work
toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition
and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s
and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way
on performance.
e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each
s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
A beginning c o u r s e i n speech
high school o r college
-
Humanities
Room:
Library 1
either
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS
98329
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION &
THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery
i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o
Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a
s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s
a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore
ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal,
and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the
p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o
i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how
t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s .
Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r
working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y
possible.
Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t
w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e
urbanmonastic
as well
community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e
a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved
i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e .
A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop,
s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and
a f i n a l paper w i l l be required.
-
Prerequisites:
Grading:
Pass/No c r e d i t only
Distribution:
Cost:
None
Humanities
$495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
-
ST.
OLAF
INTERNATIONAL
INTERIMS
The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d
by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t
e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from
Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of
Memorial H a l l .
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n
one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1.
19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark,
Norway, Sweden)
Mediterranean Culture (Greece)
I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d )
French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s )
Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany)
T h e a t e r i n London
Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London)
Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France,
Ne t h e r l a n d )
a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y )
Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain)
Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America
(Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan)
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l
elations
(Hawaii)
COURSES
These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not
connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t
by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r
expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t .
F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College.
55106
SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals
o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah.
THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS
ENCOUNTER
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58210
RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER
ENVIRONMENT
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58208
58212
OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM
Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri
Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and
meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e .
10163
BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING
10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH
Weavers Guild o f Minnesota
Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7)
S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104
10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. .
e
..
Interims Abroad, January,1978
Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col
3rograms in Europe
Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in
Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00
Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg
Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg
Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich,
Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of
art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate
sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in
Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in
Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg.
While all partici Ants will be required to study both music
and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the
following:
I . Music History and Appreciation
- Journal and/or re..
search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper
3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive
drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite,
crayon,
- .
ink and wash. .
4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval
Counts toward art major only.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music).
Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s)
Enrollment: 35
Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art
Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf
Cost: $1,050.00
Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden,
and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends
with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism.
Counts toward art or Norwegian major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0).
Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 20
Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture
Richard Olson, St. Olaf
Cost: $995 -00
Thc civilizntio~~
ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through
Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns.
klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc
hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu,
ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical
sites.
Counts toward Classics or History Major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 25
English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature
Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf
Cost: $925.00
Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course
provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily
ll
lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs
on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday
~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf
personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and
other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area
i l ~ ~ . o l iday
~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4
d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl
lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc
h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin
via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick.
r.
Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit,
O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal
and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice.
Counts toward English major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Enrollment: 20
French IIIa: French Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Paris
Herve Pensec, St. Olaf
For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy
.
uf ilcnls of
iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc
no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol'
s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind
is ltic h~ir
hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc
cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting
as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French
life.
Counts toward French major.
lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun
requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-.
t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only
E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C
. ~~:
German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys
Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~
wuyY
C
of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo
wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic
will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay
~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic
oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen
~
w l ~ i c thuve
~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations.
In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~
in
Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to
uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location
I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will
live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is
stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at-
tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all
times. Each student is required to keep a journal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51
Grflding: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollmrnr: 26
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Ronald Lee, St. Olaf
Cost: $895.00
Study of drama through attendance a t performances.
More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of
the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London,
Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative
rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls.
Counts toward English or speech major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Grading: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollment: 2 l
Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe
Allen Hanson, St. Olaf
Cost: $975.00
Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p
men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl
nd
ThO Dmrtdws M w in~
rnuqcums i n wmM
Mynda FEB~~IFW
techfinlo
p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b
in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and
B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w
Iwtit~iastml~
are h b # t i tifife
m.
1
rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a*
tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~
London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c
Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical
Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt
from
a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat
chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls
will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be
cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history.
Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab)
Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of
Instructor
Enrollment 25
m
4
Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian
Leif Hansen, Augsburg
Cost: $1,050.00
A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the
Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the
prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc
iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc
o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn
~
lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall.
Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith
iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon
n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will
travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6
days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue
on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo
by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include
final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which
students will have an opportunity to find out how much they
have learned of the Norwegian language.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Enrollment: 20
Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized
Health Care Systems
$895'00
Pamela Larson, Augsburg
An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be
explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health
care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the
knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present
U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization
would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S.
Counts toward nursing major
Political Science I ~ c :
Comparative Legal Systems
G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law
in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and
the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison
shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great
~ ~ i ~civil~ law
i ~systems
) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~
~ ~ ~
adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and
F ~ ~and~ the~operation
~ ) of
, the international legal system
(the world court
in -l-he H ~ ~ students
~ ~ will
) . both meet
systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le
suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems
~n operation.
Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr
Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C).
Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a
short reading list.
Enrollment: 15
Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway:
Mutual Impact
Cost: $1,050.00
Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn
pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of
N~~~~
convcr5elv,
of~orwcgian
political erspectives
irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h
rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the
tics of oil from varying
a small
ex er
ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc:
ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state.
be shared with the group
arrangements
the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~.
'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas.
dents will
See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion
n
for itinerary and family stay plans,
counts
towardpolitical science major,
~ u l f i l ~distribution
s
tcclurremonr.
Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n
c.rcrlit possible.
- one political science course.
Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion
Program
in the Middle East
Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern
Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00
Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography.
Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel.
Frnu ,,ill
live primllrllj in J
~ T-hcrcaill
~
leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~
~
~
~,.isits~
t. o
s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol
l
;lnd nluscl,nn,
Tivu [rips I'rur~~
Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc
1,
,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,,
~
~
~
~1,lumr,
~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild
, , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd
.
r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs
i
:is As'liod. Uccr
Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc
possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be
spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the
interim,
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion).
Prerequisite: One religion course
w;lrki,ll:
,,,,,
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $925.00
Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf
A study designed to makeChristian history comealive
through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of
Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites,
monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of
the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the
seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center
and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages.
Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will
be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa.
Counts toward rel~gionmajor.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history
Enrollment: 35
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Madrid
L~~~ N
~st.olaf~
~
~
~
Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater.
) perience,
,
Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley
of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with
analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts
of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural
functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services.
Students will keep a journal in Spanish.
Counts towardSpanish major.
Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only.
Enrollment: 15
~
,
.,
,,,
~
~
~
l
~
~
~
~
,
,
rograms in Mexico
Religion IIf: Proclamation and
Development: Dynamics of Christian Social
Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a
Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf
Cost: $350.00
plus lransporlalion
'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin
L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~
u
\vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr
r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s
ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y
irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which
the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an
integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca,
the crafts city o f Taxco, etc.
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshman religion
Enrollment: 12
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish
Cost: $450.00
in Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus lransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors,
a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11.
~ci~
guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on
I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc
il
skills [I; thc upper.
intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is
also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii
i ~ :{lid
~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32
Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cost: $450.00
Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus fransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc
f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc
h
at (1icuilv;inccd
lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor
llic Cucrnrivac~~
l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn.
S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd
e
lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l
a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall
ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Prerequisite: S anish 51
Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil
o
only
Program in Taiwan
Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural
Communication and the Quest for
Global Justice
Cost: $495.00
includes rransporlation
Joel Mugge, Augsburg
Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan
Cost: $995.00
round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast
Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf
The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special
Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII
~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system
icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l
lo
Mcvicir will hc hg bus
lrllin, Mrxjvc>
Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg
maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in
whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri]
iil.
lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f
dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill
and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across
w l ~ i c ll~cvr.
l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur
the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field
~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc
barriers that block effective communication can be broken
trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and
cx:lnlilll. the plllilical
ccoll.
eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time
(loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill
at the Ocean i n
villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the
i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind
t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T
n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita
centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc],
I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica.
pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the
SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S,
Elnr)h;isis Will
lIC
Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3
National Palace Museum.
~~cspo~isihililirs
fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I
Counts loward religion major.
jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy
Fulrills general requirement.
ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion
ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~
t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y
involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr,
several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la
final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl.
Counts toward major.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollmenl: 15
~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman
:
Program in Hawaii
Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian
Intercultural Relations
Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ
Cost: $975.00
A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each
other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic
familiarity with the American component and the course will
therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as
shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the
consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the
University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed
by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at
Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will
conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed
on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major
un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and
course p r o j c c ~ lours
,
a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f
historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines,
schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living
laboratory o f intercultural relations.
Counts toward Asian sludies major
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and
faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions
and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible
during the regular term.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at
least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of
full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two
years is required t o complete one interim for graduation).
A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major
Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course
requirement in religious studies.
There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim
course.
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted
t o register for more than one course during the period.
(;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI'
INGS
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students
generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses
are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim
courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering
for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more
rigorous grading standard.
OIBTIONS
June Interim
At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer
school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the
January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect
the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students
wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay
regular summer course tuition.
Independent or Directed Study
Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or
directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed
study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must:
1)
meet departmental requirements
2)
present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who
will direct the study
submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended
study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not
submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration
cancelled.
Interims at Other Schools
3)
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal
interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the
Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City
colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period.
Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult
with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall).
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not
include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged
$310 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim
Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their
own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can
be made t o the office of the interim director.
CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time.
I
I1
-
8:OO - 12:30
12:30 - 5:OO
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be
arranged the first day of class.
All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes
scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for
Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO.
October 27-30
Interim Registration
January 5
First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January 6
Last day for cancelladd
January 9
Last day for determining grading system
January 23
Last day for canceling class
January 30
Interim ends
Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475).
Instructor: Paul Rusten
Film-making I, Film-making I1
Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and
structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Lab Fee of $70.00.
Prerequisites: None for Film-making I.
NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to
take Film-making 11.
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: East Hall
Life Drawing
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil,
contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk.
There will be a $10.00 per student model fee.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Art Studio 6
The Arts of Spain
Instructor: Philip Thompson
A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on
the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern
civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of
expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of
the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great
wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists
have led revolutions in the arts.
The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and
around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th
Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic
cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created.
Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125.
Distribution: Humanities
Scientific Racism
Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers
What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the
biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will
be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current
controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors
we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard
Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams.
Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent
Distribution: Science/Math, Urban
Time: I1
Room: Science 21 3
Evolution: Believe It or Not
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by
a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past
few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the
subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the
present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms
o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course
some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be
examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some
o f the sessions.
Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Biological Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the
student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and
radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may
receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division,
and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent
in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special
Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally
available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students.
The cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Seminar: The Cutting Edge
Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe
Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research.
The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present
seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will
present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the
biology major.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 212
BUS. AIDMIN.
Principles of Managerial Accounting
Instructor: Arnin Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting.
Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.
Prerequisites: Business Administration 101
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Office Technology
Instructor: Gertrude Lund
Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office
duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and
international trade.
Prerequisites: Typewriting
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences
Instructor: Margaret Etter
The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a
spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists
enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will
explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner
in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of
symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied,
using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C.
Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail.
One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline
will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Instructor: Roy Hanson
This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will
give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by
chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take
Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116
Distribution: None
Time: I & I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Chemical Research
Instructor: Courtland Agre
This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with
chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with
students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or
particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in
industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before
the start o f the interim.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 318
Principles of Economics
- Micro
Instructor: Peter Morici
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 120 or 122.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 28
Welfare Economics
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory.
Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
1%IBIJCATION
Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary
and Pre-school Use
Instructor: Steven Reuter
Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool
environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their
creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will
include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools.
Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Library 4
1%I)IJCATl'
ION
SIJDIMIER
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(Elementary)
Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton
This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore
various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various
exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity.
Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing
Distribution: None
Time: Summer Session
11I)UCATl'
ION
Audio-visual Media
Instructor: Mary Alexander
This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary
or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment
and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that
assignments can be made with specific schools.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Distribution: None
Time: I (and arranged)
Room: Old Main 7
Things That Go Bump In The Night:
The Literature of Fantasy
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and
ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old
Scottish prayer puts it:
"From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties
And things that go bump in the night
Good Lord, deliver us. "
We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The
Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If
January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will
give us some additional fun.
The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or
devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The
instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the
four Tolkien books on the third day o f class.
-
Prerequisites: See above
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror,
Mystery and Detection
Instructor: Lorraine Livingston
Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You
will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery
stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe,
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone
by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du
Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha
Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief
be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject
lectures
o f his choice.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 1
Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More:
The Short Story and Archetypes
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence,
Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view,
but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from
anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories
will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized,
and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning
how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who
wished to learn more about archetypal criticism.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book:
Instructor: Toni Thornton
James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses.
The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus
will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those
planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey.
Prerequisites: One literature course
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Intermediate French I1
Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov
Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a
little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic
interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there
will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for
leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading.
--
There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the
group.
Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7
The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected
in Literature
Instructor: William Oyler
Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed.
These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not
uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of
urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political
change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and
women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those
discussed in class.
This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200
years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students
who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a
minor in German.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 8
History of the German Language
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other?
What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be
considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of
German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the
development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern
standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference
between Low and High German.
Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 1
Norwegian Composition and Conversation
Instructor: Leif E. Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition.
Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now
residing in the Twin Cities area.
Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field
experience.
Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 3
Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous
Literary Figures
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction
with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the
conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . .
Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: Summer Session
Room:
Spanish Expression
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a
secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in
Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian
Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them;
After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying
grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive,
passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish
grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish.
Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level
Distribution: Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 3
History of London
Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist
"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"
(Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer
much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant
that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least
four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world
for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European
culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic
preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was
conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our
study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available.
Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography,
architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both
in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to
reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is
understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence
the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban or Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 19
The Japanese-American Experience
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their
immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and
society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans
during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice.
Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this
ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience?
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will
be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American
Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable
alternate project will be required.
Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities
on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f
topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts,
recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW
Philadelphia and the Quest for a
Humane City
Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock
A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city.
The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic
origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course
will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American
Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of
the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social
sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia
where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused
upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central
city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political
developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's
present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city"
will be a guiding theme for the course.
Approximate cost: $235. plus meals.
Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor.
Distribution: Urban studies
Time: I1
Room: Science 34
60272
Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European
Civilizations in Transition
Instructor: F. Mark Davis
A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on
the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained
independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in
population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in
institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs.
The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation.
Harold Mitchell,
Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s,
Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean;
Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction
and Poetry.
Caribbean:
In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and
the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica.
In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in
Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in
Cap-Haitien.
Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate
Cathedral of America.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: None
60308
Victorian Woman
INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images
of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings,
letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied,
either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters),
the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early
feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual
figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen
Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in
most cases) a class presentation.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I 1
Room: Library 201
Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American
Civilizations
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and
intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of
the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes,
agricultural techniques, and daily life.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
R o ~ m :Old Main 19
Exploring the Future
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is
happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us.
Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge
background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may
impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking.
Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting
into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and
individual projects.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 318
Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical
materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school
mathematics)
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 320
The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making:
An Introduction to Operations Research
Instructor: Warren L. Persons
Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and
coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the
course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing
ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a
decision pro blem.
Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality.
Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications.
There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is
necessary).
Lab fee: $10.
Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 213
DIIJSIC
Electronic Music
Instructor: Robert Karlen
Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional,
contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer.
Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students
have access to a tape recorder.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 20
American Band Music (1776-1976)
Instructor: Jim Carlson
This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred
year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will
begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary
times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore
and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands
will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the
American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band
music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with
persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore;
Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in
Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus.
Student cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Olivet Hall
82290
Brigadoon
DI USIC
Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson
The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography,
lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances.
Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score
andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome).
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 11
Revelation and Human Knowledge
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is
possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception.
The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and
mystical insight.
Prerequisite: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Safety and Drug Education
Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss
First Aid course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Melby 12
Recreational Activities and Rhythms
Instructor: LaVonne Peterson
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized
games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and
square dancing.
Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Melby 12
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will
bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will
be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and
college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the
judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is
required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team.
Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's
gymnastics team.
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Melby 13
'r
1'1 1T SICS
The History of Astronomy
Instructor: Ted Hanwick
This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century.
While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton,
and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development
of this subject.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 123
1'111 T SICS
'r
Understanding the Weather
Instructor: Ken Erickson
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in
weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical
quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation
weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation,
forecasting and guest speakers.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 22
1'111 T SICS
'r
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Physical Science Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge
Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study
from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training
Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will
be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU
Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not
normally available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants.
The cost d l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court
on Church and State
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
85295
An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious
liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of
principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential
impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required.
85495
Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their
studies to the combined group and in a paper.
Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission
of the instructor.
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Science 22
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The
essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass
media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in
England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the
British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film,
might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British
views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions,
involving interviews with relevant public officials.
The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the
instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news
production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select
topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a
separate cost and be individually arranged in England.
The cost will be approximately $850-895.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Social Science
America's International Politicians
Instructor: Norma Noonan
Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision
process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format
with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements:
project and final examination.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Library 201
Creativity in Preschool Children
Instructor: Duane Johnson
What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to
consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction,
and activities.
Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready
access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the
first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be
available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child.
Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 8
Your Personality and its Measurement
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are
thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other
means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 22
Computer Applications in Behavioral Science
Instructor: Richard Marken
An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of
behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as
correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in
FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting
behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be
required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied
and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in
crowds.
A lab fee of approximately $1 0.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Israel: A study in Social Change
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot
of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in
Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a
center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be
viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and
secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the
Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and
others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time:
Room:
The Behavior of Nerve Cells
Instructor : Norm Ferguson
Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system.
Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one
another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying
nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated
activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors.
Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 34
World Order and Religion
Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe
The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order
would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and
principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their
world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order?
What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world
order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to
religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting
speakers.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
RELIGION
Contemporary Religious Movements
Instructor: Douglas Ollila
A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the
Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna.
Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t
leaders.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Israel: Ancient and Modern
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and
Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great
importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in
the whole o f the Middle East.
The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become
acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results.
Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially
as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned
reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make
possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City.
In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places
such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit
places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a
few days in London before returning to the U.S.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Religion
Practicum in Human Services
Instructor: Paul Steen
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career
aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor
Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors
Time: I 1
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Human Service Issues in Selected Areas
Instructor: Tony Wagner
A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas
such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social
security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience.
Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor.
Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2
Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing
Instructor : Gordon Nelson
An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension
between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine
the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing.
During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis
Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods.
The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination
designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan
Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo
There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the
instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form,
content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and
ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos
Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and
D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 28
Advanced Public Speaking
Instructor: Ray Anderson
This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition
and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will
be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop
each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship.
Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective
Instructor: Joel Mugge
The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f
Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of
the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to
clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the
Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only
be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well.
While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of
the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in
agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community
within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will
be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an
extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required.
The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Humanities
Theater Practicum
Instructor: Ailene Cole
The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical
preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.)
Room: Speech Auditorium
SIDEIICII
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
See description under Political Science.
SIBBIICII
Advanced Acting
Instructor: Esther Olson
A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style.
Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from
these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included.
(Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.)
Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Speech 43
Show less
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible ... Show more
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and
academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to
any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty
adviser or the dean of the college.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 25, EXPENSES
PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 98, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC . . . . .
. . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the
interim in January.
. .
MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8
de~artments.
. . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
. . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
MINOR . . . . .
ELECTIVE..
.
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. .
Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . .
. . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER.
,
. . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and
activities are available to enrich your educafion,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or cofee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding o f the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities o f character compatible with the
Christian faith.
The Campus
I
1
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
The Quadrangle
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
--=
--Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21 st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as
well as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences and
in theology is available. Pre-professional
preparation for such fields as engineering,
medicine, law and the Christian ministry is
offered. The College prepares students for
graduate study in several disciplines.
Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The 4- 1 -4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with
class size averaging 2 5 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses
in economics, history, political science,
sociology, and foreign languages or literature
are available. Proficiency in English writing
must be demonstrated. One course from an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required
as well as physical education activities. (For
details, see "Academic Administration"
section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Recommended Programs for students in Dual
Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and
Engineering at Augsburg College.
Any Augsburg academic major that meets the
recommendations listed below would be eligible
to participate in the Engineering program at
Michigan Technical University or Washington
University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg,
and two years at either university. The majors
that would most typically meet the
recommendations would be physics, chemistry,
and mathematics.
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors such as linguistics and library
science are available through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student
exchange program. The Office of the Registrar
should be consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
First Year
English 11 1
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2
Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
Religion 11 1
Electives in English or Social Science
Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3
Second Year
Economics 1 2 2
Math 2 2 4 , 226
Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6
Physics 245
Foreign Language
Religion
Electives in Humanities or Social Science
Third Year
Advanced Math or Science
Political Science 121
Electives to meet distribution requirements and
to make a total of 2 6 courses
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
1 1 1,
English - 2 courses; General Biology
11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic
course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course
Some variation from these recommendations
can be accommodated since not all courses
listed above are required in every Engineering
curriculum and some may be transferred as
free electives in some curricula. Questions may
be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at
Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct
communications with the head of the
appropriate department at either Michigan
Technological University or Washington
University in St. Louis.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty advisor early in the freshman year.
*Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
-
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English
and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ;
Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral
Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 ,
3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course;
English 1 1 1 and a second course (English
21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are
acceptable second courses, Students
exempted from the freshman English
requirement may elect higher level English
courses or general electives).
Health Ed. 11 0
Math 11 4 (students who have a math
proficiency beyond college algebra may elect
to take calculus or general electives).
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses)
Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour
requirements courses should be chosen so as
to fulfill the distribution requirements in
humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer
to the bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g.. history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg
Freshman English1Communications 2 courses;
Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course;
Chemistry (must include laboratory): General
11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 ,
1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory
level; Other - anthropology, economics,
geography, history and political science,
psychology, social science and sociology
courses can usually be used to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature,
music, humanities, theater and upper division
foreign languages).
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill
the minimum requirements of the college
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films. The library is
open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual
Center includes audio and television studios,
and provides film rental and related services.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some
independent studies. See under "Independent
Study" for further details. Students may elect
to participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. [he interim term may also be taken
on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students free between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange
s,
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research
projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and
development of programs consistent with the
needs and resources of the community
organizations of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
sociology or psychology with a chemical
dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical
dependency problems. Courses are taken both
on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan
camwses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a center for the severely
physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg
campus. The classes offered through several
departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response of students involved in
the courses, both from Augsburg and the
institutions, has been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a
final twelve-month program is completed at one
of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the intercollegiate programs
requires an application to be approved by the
Director of Physical Education. Application
should be made during the spring semester of
the sophomore year. Candidates are required
to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work
completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon
as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice auring the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; The University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec.
In addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg
students may take part in the Scandinavian
Urban Studies Term and through the
Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs in
Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany,
Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia. This type of study must be
approved before departure by the Director of
lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser,
and the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg College is
undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to
pursue an honors program should address
inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean.
lnternship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
Bachelor of Science degree. The degree
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need
supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student or
commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The
women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and
tennis.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to campus and
local performances, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble,
and several student-organized groups such as
the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater
arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a
member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by a student and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life, and the stimulation of faith
through discussion and service. Chapel
services are held three times a week and are
both experimental and traditional in character
Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The staff of the Center for Student
Development is available for personal, career,
and academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, student
activities, and residence living.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students may desire a second
adviser: one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Career Planning and Placement services are
available to all students, and a Minority
Coordinator provides special support services
and programs for minority students on campus.
The office of Student Financial Services
provides assistance with financial problems. A
special Foreign Student Adviser works with
students from other countries.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Assistants who are able to facilitate the
process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live
in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise
houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service
facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence halls
eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
students' rights, and provides the means for
discussions and action on all issues pertaining
to student life at Augsburg. Student
government is organized into three branches:
the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch.
Student Government
The Buckley Amendment
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files, and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office, and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Challenges may be made to the judicial council
for a hearing.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its
educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic
background.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average for
araduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission, complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 1 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5 . After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
The Transfer Process
1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made andlor
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical history
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1 . After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student is
encouraged to withdraw applications made to
other colleges. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through the
junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 .
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school, and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can take
the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of education.
A prospective student who qualifies for tHe
program may choose Augsburg as a home
school and carry on a pre-planned course of
study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 80% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record. Application
for aid is made by completing the Family
Financial Statement (FFS) of the American
College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required for
students applying to the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program, students may
instead submit the Parents Confidential
Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship
Service to be considered for financial aid.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately
80% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0
from Augsburg and all other sources. And
federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 .
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, and Federally Insured
Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg College.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods.
If the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students
who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit
rate for that course.
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from
all new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge will be $230.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
- See Study Abroad
Adviser,
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a
semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson
during the interim.
- $2,850.
SPECIAL FEES
Study Abroad
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $20
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an
interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an
interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy,
$1 . o o .
Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or
$7.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Partial Board and Room - $1,310
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences)
- $915
5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per
week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner
or noon lunch and dinners.
Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract.''
Student Teaching, $ 3 5
A lunch contract is available to non-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company at about $50 per year,
1977-78 Cost Summary
Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0
Tuition - $2,850.
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.)
Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident
students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required
at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September, and applied to the room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration, $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half year
billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second
half year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 .
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his
registration and/or being released from his
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule.. .
100% through the first five days of classes
90% from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student to forced to cancel his
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of
a report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
Students required by military law to enter the
service will receive a full refund of tuition and
proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 1 3 in one
department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of
Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed and
independent study, 4 courses of internship and
8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major
[except Elementary Education] and one in the
minor if approved by the department chairman)
may apply toward the 3 5 total courses
required.
5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature
(from the Department of English);
philosophy; speech or drama.
c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, psychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following
departments (two different departments):
economics, history, political science,
sociology; and one or two courses from
the Department of Foreign Languages to
make a total of three courses in these
five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or
demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one or two additional activities in a
semester.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each
division is elected for a two-year term.
Registration
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or four courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students.
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
Probation and Dismissal
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
JUNIOR,
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
SENIOR,
below 1 . 6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7 - 15
courses
below 1 . 9 having taken
1 6 - 2 4 courses
below 2.0 having taken
2 5 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, he is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made during the
first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded PIN.
Grading
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester. If the
incomplete is not removed during the following
semester, it becomes the grade submitted by
the teacher along with the incomplete.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to
0 with definitions as follows:
4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0 . Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system
the grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students may select
the traditional grading system in other courses.
Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade
option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
For transfer students all grades are averaged to
determine graduation with distinction.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 3 5 courses required for the degree.
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for
exceptions to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean. The
student will be charged for any special costs
attached to independent study by the host
campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with
department chairmen or with the Registrar.
Credit may be earned through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore . .
7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points
Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points
.
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the
approximate value of 4 semester credits. A
total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation.
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of
classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower
division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are
primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores;
3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The
first number indicates the level of the course;
the second is the division within the
department; and the third identifies the course.
Symbol
# Courses may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
"Meets urban requirement.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8
are given on the following pages. See
preceding pages for information on numbering
and credit value. The symbol # indicates that
the course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and
3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others): *
History of the United States
American Studies 2 3 1, 260
History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5
(American emphasis)
Religion 352, 3 6 3
Humanities in the United
States
American Studies 232, 2 6 5
Art 102
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78 #
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381, 3 8 3
Social Work 3 5 1, 463
* "American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus
2 courses in each of the above groupings
under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring) *
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Spring)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions
of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines
to the topic and practice in the integration of
primary source materials. Occasional use of
Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open
to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. Intended for
majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3
art history courses, including 107; and three
from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 .
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white photographic processes.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1
art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from
1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 ,
386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY.
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis
on design, materials and process.
221 SCULPTURE l
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388.
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
223 PRINTMAKING I
Fine arts and the environment in the local and
world setting. Topics include art history, urban
archaeology and environmental design leading
towards appreciation and criticism.
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING 1
Introduction to painting media. Application of
historical and contemporary techniques in
acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial
images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines,
television, film, advertising symbols, and other
mass media. Practice in areas of photography.
typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall.
Spring)
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
350 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Spring)
screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times.
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
351 CERAMICS II
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on the
Mediterranean region and Europe.
Creative clay pieces with the throwing and
handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall,
Spring)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
355 PAINTING II
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8.
Fall, Spring)
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor.
(Prereq. : 10 7 or #)
399 INTERNSHIP
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school) (K-12)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
Advanced work in various media, including silk
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
478 SCULPTURE II
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1
(Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 ,
4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
(or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also
required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses only.
Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring)
111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I);
3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill);
4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V);
Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to
teach in secondary schools often select this
major.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . )
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as well
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring)
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours
lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall,
19 78. Offered alternate years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate
years).
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
103 or 122 or #. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq..
112, 361, or 4'. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
491 SEMINAR
A study of the physical and chemical
processes occurring in animals with emphasis
on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in biology)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
476 MICROBIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381,
and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123,
251 and one additional course selected from
258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least
three upper division courses are required. For
those planning on careers in accounting,
completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is
recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 ,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course
from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics
1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course
selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also
required. At least five upper division courses are
required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381;
and Economics 1 2 2 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major,
with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and
completed at least 5 courses but not more than
1 2 courses of related business subjects
(Economics, Finance, and Mathematics).
Students who have completed the above
requirements are qualified under the rules of
the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through
literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Business Education
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110,
364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high
school typewriting or equivalent required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are recommended.
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295, 495 TOPICS
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
completion of the following: Business Education
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
general education requirements.
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the areas of
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Spring. Offered alternate years)
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
(Interim)
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.
Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76)
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 19 76- 77)
Economics
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
three other courses of economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also
required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
379. In addition, courses in data processing
and computer programming are strongly
recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income
distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income
Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to
major in either Economics, Business
Administration or Business Education. Students
who plan to major in the above three areas
should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 .
1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal
policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 .
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be
taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120.
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems of
minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.:
2 5 1 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Department of Chemistry
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required.
Participation in seminar. Since upper division
courses have mathematics and physics
prerequisites, students should plan to have
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and
Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or
1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above
3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken
during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ;
and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading ability in
German equivalent to 2 semesters also
required.
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Certification after July,
1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and
life sciences. Students are also advised to
consult with the Education Department early in
their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or
course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and
1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 .
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a
variety of examples including organic and
environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3
hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with
frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 11 5. Spring)
325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
This course is intended to meet the needs of
medical technology majors and others not
working toward a chemistry major. Theory and
practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric
.
analysis and electrochemistry is covered in
some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed.
Theory and practice of spectroscopic,
chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods
is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences
are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three
lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not
meet requirements for a chemistry major.)
351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1,
Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered
Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.)
361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate.
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
Major Concentration
A major concentration plan is constructed for
each student with the advice and assistance of
his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally
consists of ten to twelve courses distributed
under one of the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; two
or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
East Asian Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; and
two or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
certification in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and
Nursery School, and Secondary Education.
Certification programs are offered in the
following majors: American Studies, Art,
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry,
English-Language Arts, French, German,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become certified teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for certification requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification
in Elementary Education:
1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional
semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 ,
4 8 2 and electives
2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the
major.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hidher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs,
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms.
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim)
425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #.)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Certification Program:
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2 . 0
overall.
3 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary
Education
c ) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology
f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching
Certification Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 ,
3 72. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 .
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's
major field adviser.
-
1 , B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug
Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special
certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their area. A person
working for certification in one of these
areas follows the secondary education
program even though he or she plans to
teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 ,
the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major
in Music for Educ. 373.
2 , For social studies certification: The program
leading to certification in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for
further information.
3 . The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently with
School and Society in one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon
and/or evening seminars are held during the
term as part of the professional work. A
student taking two courses in student
teaching may elect to take one course in
Independent Study. All students are
expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
(Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING
READING (See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major
concentration. The two phases must be taken
concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ.
265 and admission into the secondary
education program)
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Fall)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (See Language
Department for information)
Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high school
level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and high school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
during the student teaching experience.
(Prereq.: senior standing and completion of
teacher aide work and human relations
elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall,
Spring)
school library. Extensive study of-evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Library Science
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
AND GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the
secondary school level, with attention to their
use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological Univeristy in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
-
financial aid who are participants in the Three.
Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics
121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer
Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses
to meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math
124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in
the freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and
three courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or
448) and one must survey a number of writers
(for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors
must take Advanced Writing: Expository.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in their
college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to
Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult
their departmental advisor regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that
involves considerable work in the English
department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican
literature, Shakespeare and film are
recommended.
Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Group Leadership,
Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation,
Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage
Direction
Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an adviser in the
Department of Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and
3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of elective
courses in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 ,
3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8
and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 .
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American
Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 ,
3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A
student with an American literature
concentration should take some of the courses
listed under the American Studies major which
are selected from the offerings of several
departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ;
Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244;
French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian
Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 ,
2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration. A student with a double major or
special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the English
department.
Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theatre Arts. (Spring)
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term,
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance.
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Fall or Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
-
A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language.
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
(19 76- 77)
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students will study the
works of historical, pyschological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their
relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
(Spring)
368 MODERN DRAMA
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions,
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century as the
dominant literary form.
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies,
histories, tragedies - with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and
poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading
analysis. (Fall, Spring)
490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman.
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Chinese
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their
particular level of preparation. Basically,
placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college foreign
language. However, final placement is made
according to the results of a placement test
which may be taken at pre-registration time
after consultation with the department.
Students who register below their level may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and
minors must consult with the Department of
Education for program. Methods courses by
language are joint five-college offerings and
should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A
3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for
certification.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0
GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult
department chairperson for details.
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary
of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken
language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters. (Offered
19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic
Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second.semester,
selections from contemporary Chinese history
and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two
in conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. lnterim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two
hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses.
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials.
In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 )
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered
alternate years.)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.:
352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and
alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate
years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution
of this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous
background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had
1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of
high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture
and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall,
Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing
basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on
extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary German
life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years
War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of
German cultural self-awareness during the
Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Spring 19 7 7)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions
in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Fall, 19 76)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7)
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall 1 9 76)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1
and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1
plus required education courses, including
special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 ,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring)
I
I
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
#. Fall)
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some
laboratory work and field experience required.
Offered 1 9 77 Interim)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.
3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate
years.)
standing, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 ,
Spring)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language.
(Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered
Spring, 19 77. Alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 .
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies.
Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: under-
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred.
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
(Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Systematic study of the refinements of
grammatical usage. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of
instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (On demand)
A first course in the theory and practice of
literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature,
literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the
class will divide into small groups according to
foreign language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of foreign literature
in the language. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish
literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral
reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353,
Fall, 1977)
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Spring 19 78)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate
years)
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar.
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of the
four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern
Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become certified teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and
3 . 0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1 200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the last
2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairperson of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions
(Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise
of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts
and sciences and Rome's contributions in law
and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman.
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history, (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples, The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(SPrin g)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a
major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 )
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years)
Interdisciplinary Studies
357 FIELD EXPERIENCE
lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions,
aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life
and learning in Urban Scandinavia.
The student works in a community agency or
institution. Reports and logs required.
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN
STUDIES
A review of current literature on urbanism,
Seminar discussions.
This interdisciplinary core course in urban
studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines
the extent, the nature, and the processes of
urbanization taking place in contemporary
Scandinavia and the changing settlement
patterns and community developments that
were associated with it.
Minneapolis Urban Studies Term
359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS
An overall view of the city as a political,
economic, social system.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
This course includes a two-week intensive
language study coupled with a series of
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
This is the second core urban studies course.
In addition to the study of the housing
developments themselves, this course pays
close attention to the policies, the structures,
the processes and character of the
comprehensive social planning integrally related
to the housing programs.
Department of Math
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher certification, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become certified teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics in finite mathematics including linear
programming, probability, and statistics with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. (Fall)
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics.
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. (Spring)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and math models which have had a
primary historical impact on the other liberal
arts. Primarily for students not intending further
study of mathematics. No course credit will be
given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.:
224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78,
offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, regression and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
215 LINEAR ALGEBRA
399 INTERNSHIP
A study of vector spaces, linear
tran~f~rmations,
the algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics in real and complex
analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability,
statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods. COBOL
and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Machine language and FORTRAN.
Materials primarily from science areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 .
Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted towards a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of
instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1,
11 2 and two additional upper division (usually
3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or
11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 .
Metro-Urban Studies
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political
Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a
minimum of one course of internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ;
Business Administration 131 ; Computer
Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ;
History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ;
Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including
interims, internships, and independent studies,
by approval of the Director and the Advisory
Council.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, business
education, history, political science,
psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The
following core courses are required for the
Concentration: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ;
an approved Social Science Research course;
an approved internship andlor independent
study.
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST)
A "semester in the city" program focused
upon the Twin City metro area.
2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
A "semester in the city" located at the
University of Oslo and focused upon
Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning.
Other electives in Urban Studies can also be
taken at other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
For further information on these electives
through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning
either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies,
consult the director of the program.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karlen
MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224,
260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or
3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance
Studies, 2 years in a music organization;
Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and
3 music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102,
223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458,
two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of
Performance Studies; 2 years in a music
organization; Performance Workshop; piano
proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
Consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last two years; 2 years in a
music organization; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223,
224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476,
or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies
including organ and voice; Performance
Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music
Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435,
495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 ,
352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of
11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical
education (folk dancing recommended);
elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6
recommended). Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six-month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therpy.
MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off
campus; the performing organizations; the
creation andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for
vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less
than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee or a solo recital of graduate quality;
(3) a senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 ,
260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 ,
457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of
Performance Studies; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 ,
121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music
and electives in physical education,
psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261,
4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and two music repertoire
tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops
and campus recitals also required.
Students intending to major in Music or Music
Therapy must declare their intent not later than
the end of their Freshman year, or at the
completion of Theory 1 0 2 .
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 1 0 2 .
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in
Music Therapy: 7 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: All
majors: 2 years; minor, one year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and
minors are required to pass a piano proficiency
examination by the end of the sophomore year.
Confer with department regarding specific
requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his
concentration without extra cost. The total of
Performance Studies credits earned under this
provision may not exceed four terms of weekly
half-hour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a
placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient.
Transfer students must pass the Piano
Proficiency test by the end of their first term in
Augsburg.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102,
224, Spring)
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
458 CONDUCTING
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
457 CONDUCTING
476 ORCHESTRATION
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music Therapy
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual research
projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to
all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT.
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression. Membership for the full
year required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 .
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
1 9 79).
MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and
3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total
of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or
3 5 1 and 3 6 1 .
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are
required; two additional courses to be chosen
after consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 ,
11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) ,
351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4
and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing. For admission
to the program, a student must have completesd
an associate degree or a diploma program in
nursing, with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.3, and have a current license to
practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or
be preparing to sit for the state board
examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing
students are expected to complete course
work in: Introductory sociology, introductory
psychology, English composition, inorganic
chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and
physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. Students
enrolling without course work in these areas, or
having taken course work at non-accredited
institutions, are expected either to test out of
the courses or to take the required course
work before undertaking the last year of the
program.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 ,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402,
and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425,
426. Speech 354, Interpersonal
Communications, is also required in addition to
the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry,
and biology listed above.
301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR
I, 11, Ill, IV
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and
to assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars.
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0 .
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Seminarilaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clients/families in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
3 2 0 , and 325).
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343, and 344.
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of
the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know
about the world? What impact did oma antic ism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
130 LOGIC
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis,
pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is man
really immortal? Are miracles possible? We
intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 )
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 )
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 )
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and
literary - of prominent Existentialist authors
We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox,
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 ,
2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Physical Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses
H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 ,
351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350,
351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing
to become certified teachers are advised to
consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231,
232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472,
4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
major must be secured from Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10,
11 1, 350, 351, 360.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 ,
243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in
coaching. (Practicum requires registration for
499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 .
Sprin g)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of physical education. Survey of basic
statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
223 TEAM SPORTS
Consult department chairman.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating
team sports. (Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors
and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming.
Fall)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention
and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50,
3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 ,
35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA
Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge
State Hospital. Includes actual hospital
experience in the following four areas of
corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical
Health Education
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of
the school health program. (Offered alternate
years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 ,
3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ,
and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore
year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and
three courses above 1 2 2 .
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation
of a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
witti the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in SPS is open to all students
interested in physics.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but
also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to
the life sciences. The course is designed to
serve students in biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs.
The course is also a very suitable elective or
distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour
laboratory. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent
registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122, Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226,
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226,
362, Fall; 363, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring)
261 ELECTRONICS
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two
independent yet complementary viewpoints; the
experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions,
expectation values, angular momentum, and
approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.:
245, 351, 352, Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to systematically
explore a problem in experimental or theoretical
physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors
with departmental approval.
Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ;
3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or
1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year. For specific
information, consult the Honors Adviser in the
department.
* The five areas are American Government and
Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122,
158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be filled by
Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship,
Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information on these and pending options.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #,
Fall term of election years.)
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists. *
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation,
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1
course in Political Science or #)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation
in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd.
Prereq.: #).
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
opinion research and political public relations. *
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judical process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist
nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union
and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decision-
making, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
conservative and liberal authors. The
contemporary search for political processes
and structures appropriate to human potentials
and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:
158 or #. Offered alternate years.)
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq.: One course in
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding
political philosophers from Plato through the
eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of
their thought having continuing significance for
an understanding of contemporary political
issues and the problems of human society.
(Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology.
including readings from individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic,
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics: Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq. :#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
I
I
MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting
courses from other departments will also be
required; Physics 103 is one of the required
courses. The major program is planned in
consultation with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include 105,
264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 105, 264,
265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one
course in Personality or Developmental
Psychology. The major program will include
105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the
freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior
or senior year. Beginning the Experimental
Psychology sequence (264-265) in the
freshman year is recommended. The overall
plan will be directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational, and professional interests and goals
of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by
the beginning of the junior year. The plan,
which may indicate one or more electives in
psychology, should be completed early in the
sequence of psychology courses. Completion
of a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning
is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
some course work from among the following
courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355,
367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics
261. It is recommended that students
interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
A structure the field
psychology include psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede
2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 ,
Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq. : 105, Fall)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of persons
in the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq.: 35 1, Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the
fundamentals of neuroanatomy,
neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis will be given to interactions of the
central nervous system with environmental
events including the effects of drugs on
behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology; two courses in biology are
recommended, Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105, Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of
theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1, Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Does not count
toward Natural Science General Education
requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of
instructor.)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 ,
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General
Education requirement.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq..
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific
topics will be published prior to registration.
(Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 ,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3
and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major
and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. Religion
11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other
courses.
The Minnesota State Department of Education
does not at this time certify a Religion major or
minor. In order to prepare for teaching about
religion in public schools the student should
work closely with the Religion Department in
designing a program which includes: (a) a major
in an academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching, and
(b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 ,
3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 .
11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church. (Fall)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions.
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the
legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed. (Spring)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
(See under Department of Music)
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing
to the present of some of the major religious
traditions and forms of faith found in India,
China, and Japan (special attention will be
given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist,
Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose
of this survey is to introduce both the variety
and the continuity of these traditions and to
illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of
its environing culture.
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the vadety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 19 76- 77)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
475 JUDAISM
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological
and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions
of the church. (Fall)
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end
of the Old Testament period to modern times.
with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Spring)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
495 SEMINAR
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor.
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJCR: 8 upper division courses.
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate
level study of a Scandinavian language.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from
the community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 19 76)
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 )
372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 19 76)
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
See under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is particularly designed for those
preparing for secondary school teaching in
social studies. The requirements for
certifications are in the process of being
changed. For those graduating after July 1,
1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will
be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social
Studies Education Adviser, or the Education
Department for further details. The Social
Science major is also recommended for others,
such as pre-law students who desire a broad
major in this area. This major consists of 1 4
courses, which may be earned in any one of
four distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of the
several component disciplines unless the
distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other
major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses in history; a distribution of these
courses among the fields of American,
European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper
division and one a seminar; 2 courses in
political science; 4 courses: 1 each in
geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 ,
Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9
or 4 9 5 )
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384;
Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363
or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and
economics.
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365
or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each
discipline and at least 3 upper division courses;
1 additional upper division course in
economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology.
For a Social Science major with a Non-Western
emphasis to meet the requirements of the State
of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the
social studies, there must be among the
courses taken at least 7 courses in history or
in political science, sociology, economics,
anthropology combined.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382,
495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following:
Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353,
461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103,
104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474,
495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
Sociology and Social Work
-
Sociology
Chairman: Robert Grams
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
[Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.] This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above)
HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April 1
of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed.
Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see the
world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture. (Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Aubsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following
term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data processing equipment
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.:
121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in
urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy
systems; major issues related to shaping the
future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan
area is utilized as an important learning
laboratory.
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1.
Spring)
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional
social work position. Core program consists of
psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1
and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 ,
231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257
(optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461,
463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5
courses in the Department of Sociology and
Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one
CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or
1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 .
Specializations in social work are available by
appropriate selection of field experience and
selection of a course as follows: for Aging,
social work 372; for Corrections, sociology
373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer
School).
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Anthony R. Wagner
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans not
to enter social work practice after graduation.
The core program consists of the same courses
as specified for the BS except that Sociology
231 is not required and only one of Social Work
461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a
second major, but cannot take a Social Work
Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in
Sociology and Social Work is allowed.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political
Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325,
and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and
Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 .
SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may
be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering
specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth. A specialization consists of one
Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional
and programmatic aspects of the special area,
plus field work assignments in two senior year
Social Work courses in the area of
specialization. Completion of a specialization
sequence will be noted on the student's
transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in
a social agency or institution. Opportunity to
know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review
conferences. Especially recommended for
freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL
WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods (a
lecture-discussion session and a laboratory
session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per
week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall)
362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per
week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination
of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8
hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week.
(Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections
specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring.
Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra
class period per week.)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and
change, 3 ) examination of the structure,
function and dysfunction of various community
organizations and other corporate and political
systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall)
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional
social worker in selected social welfare agency
with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.:
46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examinatiqn in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ;
Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases - journalism, advertising and public
relations, radio-television-film, human relations,
and supervisory management. Program guides
for each area are available from the Department
Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 ,
Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and
Philosophy 1 3 0 .
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1
and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in
forensics.
11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English.
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
An introduction to commercial television with an
emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting,
casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
and communication. (Fall)
See under Department of Political Science.
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Spring)
Theater Arts
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 ,
366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2
courses in drarntic literature may be counted
toward a theater arts major. This major should
be supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
(Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND
DISCUSSION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective group
functioning. (Fall)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241
or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476
SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech An introduction to
principles and methods of speech correction.
f SP rin g)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the
following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241
or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course,
and participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for
elementary and secondary school teachers and
recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
399 INTERNSHIP
232 ACTING
Consult Department Chairman for details.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design, and sign, a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year; (the contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906
Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0
Summary of Graduates
Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,315
Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of
Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 ,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D,
1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary;
L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
*RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa
Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 ,
Duke University
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of
America
'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music
MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State
University, Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D.
1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
*DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of
Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota
*CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College
ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach)
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University
of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington
GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D.
1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director
of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota
ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
"ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 ,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska
*ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H.
1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
(Organ, Piano)
ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music
CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College
*GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University,
Department Chairman
'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of
Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 ,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of
Minnesota
"ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern
University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 ,
Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
*IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois,
and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota
*DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice)
*NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of
Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin,
Department Chairman
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University
PERSONNEL
ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A. Anderson
Bruce Gildseth
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Eugene Ecklund
Carl Stromer
Douglas P. Wasko
Robert Gores
Herald Johnson
Charles Gerster
Mildred Nelson
Therese Morrison
Michael Walgren
James Carey
Joseph Roberts
Edwin Hovey
Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . .
AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charles Anderson
F. Mark Davis
Mildred Joel
Beverly Wegge
Marjorie Sibley
James Olson
Louise McColl
Cynthia Mandl
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glen W. Johnson
Sigvald Hjelmeland
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Irene Steenson
a
.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pat Mattos
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Benzel
Jennifer Harvey
Kathryn Lange
Raymond Dahlof
Leslie Samuelson
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson
Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh
........................
..................................
.........................
................ .
..........
Academic Administration
27
Academic Life.................................
-12
Accreditation
7
Administration .................................
97
Admission to the College
22
Advanced Placement
23
AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3
American Studies
32
Anthropology
.84
Art. Department of
-3-2
Bachelor of Music Degree
17, R 3
Biology. Department of
-34
Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5
Business Administration
38
Business Education ............................ -30
Calendar
12
Campus
7
CampusMap
8
-41
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
51
Classification ..................................
31
Communications
87
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-62
Conservation of Human
15
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
1 5 70
Courses of Study
31 -32
Course Descriptions
32
31
Credit by Examination
Degrees ...................................... 1 7
Divisional Organization
27
Early Admission ................................
23
Early Decision
23
East Asian Studies .............................. 43
Economics .................................... 3 9
Education. Department of
43
Education. Elementary
44
Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5
Engineering
1 5 . 47
English. Department of .......................... 4 8
Enrollment
89
Expenses
25
12. 9 0
Faculty ...................................
Financial Aid
-24
Financial Information
-25
Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5
Foodservice
19
51
French
ForeignLanguages .............................
51
25
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
12
Geography ....................................
59
53
German
Grading ......................................
29
89
Graduates (1870.1975)
Graduates. Summary of
89
27
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
30
...............................
..................................
.............................
....................
..........................
.........................
......................................
......................................
...................................
.......................
.......................................
...............................
.
.............
..............................
.......................... .
...........................
.............................
...........................
..........................
..................................
........................
...........................
...............................
....................................
.....................................
.................................
...........................
...................................
........................................
........................
..................
....................................
...........................
..........................
........................
......................
Greek ........................................ 55
HealthEducation
72
History of Augsburg College ...................... 8
History Department of
57
Honors Program ................................ 1 7
Housing
19
Identification ..................................
6
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-30
Inter-Institutional Programs
14
Intercollegiate Athletics
18
Journalism ................................... -87
Library Science ................................ 4 R
Location
6
Majors ........................................ 12
Mathematics. Department of
60
Medical Technology ......................... 15 â¬32
Metro-Urban Studies
62
Metro-Urban Studies
17
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of ............................
63
Music Therapy ................................. 6 5
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
67
New Dimensions Program ........................
19
Norwegian
55
Numbering of Courses ........................... 31
Nursing
67
Personnel of the College
97
Pre-Professional Training
13
Philosophy Department of
68
Physical Education
70
Physics Department of .......................... 7 2
Political Science Department of
74
Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8
Psychology. Department of
77
Recreation
18
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
Registration
-28
Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9
Religious Life .................................. 1 8
Room Costs
-25
Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81
Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2
Social Work ....................................
85
Sociology. Department of
-83
Spanish ....................................... 5 6
-87
Speech. Department of
Student Life ................................... 1 8
18
Student Services ...............................
Summer School
17
Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7
Symbol(#)
31 . 3 2
88
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
89
Transfer to Augsburg
22
25
Tuition and Fees ................................
7
Visiting the Campus
...............................
...........................
.
......................................
.
............
.......................
..........................
......................................
......................
.
............................
....................
.................
................................
....................................
.......................................
.........................
........................
........................
.
.
..............................
.
...................
.......................
....................................
..................................
..................................
........................
..........................
................................
.................................
...................................
..........................
............................
.............................
Academic Calendar For 1977-78
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1977
Sept. 6-7
Sept. 8
Sept. 21
Oct. 2 4
Nov. 2 3
Nov. 2 3
NOV.24-27
Nov. 2 8
Dec. 1 4
Dec. 1 5
Dec. 16-21
Dec. 22-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
lnterim 1978
Jan. 3
Jan, 27
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1 978
Feb. 1
Feb. 1 4
Mar. 1 7
Mar. 18-Mar. 26
Mar. 2 7
Apr. 21
May 1 2
May 15-18
May 21
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of cl... Show more
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of classes
Final examinations
M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. ....................
Classes begin
Final examinations
......................
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970
July 17
.................
July 20
Aug. 14
..................
..................
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 4 .....................
Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . .
WINTER TERM
Dec.1 .....................
Dec. 2 .................
Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. ..........
Jan.4,7:45a.m. ...........
Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2 2 . . ..................
Feb. 23 ....................
Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ...........
March 3-9 .................
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 10 ..................
March 16 ..................
April 7,9:00 p.m. ..........
April 13,7:45 a.m. .........
May5 .....................
May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 19 ....................
May21 ....................
May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May30 ....................
....
Fri.-Tues. ................
Tues., Wed, ..............
Thurs. ...................
Wed. ....................
Wed. ....................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues.
Wed.-Tues. ...............
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Tues. ....................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Fri. ......................
Mon. ....................
Tues. .....-......-.......
M o n .....................
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ...................
Fri. ......................
Wed. ....................
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
Classes resume
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
...............
Fri.
......................
Mon.-Fri. ................
Sun. .....................
Academic Calendar
FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
......................
June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final registration and
Beginning of classes
Holiday
Final examinations
S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M o n.......................
Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes begin
Final examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72
FALL TERM
Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N o .
..............
N0v.p ....................
NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . .
...
N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2
1..
7""
WINTER TERM
Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F e b . M d p 3 - 3 .........
kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b
T
W
~
I
.lYI.\
.IL'VE 1 K 1
P
---. I. 1
2
3
l'GI
I
JL
1
......................
Tucs.
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
, Classet resyne,;,
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . .
..........--.......-..
Tues.
Wed. ......................
Tues.......................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri.
%
.......................
Wed. ......................
Fri. .......................
Mon-Fri. ..................
Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lq-I
!
.....................
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
S M T W T F
nr'TORTR 1971
SEPTEilRER 1 9 2
t"T1
Al1(;li-
910
6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8
11213
13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617
20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30
35 26 27 23 P.30 31
1 9P( T\IFlEH
1 . 1
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Mon.
SS H T W T F S
1
T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ......................
Mon.......................
SPRING TERM
March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . .
March 14 . . . . . . . ,
........
March 29,9:00 p.m. ........
April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . .
May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May5 .....................
May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . .
May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr i. .......................
/
'
S
Fri.-Tues. .................
Tues., Wed. ...............
Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. ......................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues. ................
Wed.-Tues. ................
s
f
1314 51617
8 910111213114
~
1
M
T
W
T
F
NOVEMBER 1971
IMIWT-F-S
S SLT-W-T-PS
. 1 2,314
5 6 7 8 91011 3
1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10
22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17
2'3'30 31
1
1
.
I,,
FEBKI' Z H I I'I':
242728230
I
1.
MARCH 1972
2425262718330212030
31
APRIL
1'1":
\ l A Y lq7>
Mile
6
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran
Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges
and Universities.
COURSES O F STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of
Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching,
business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work,
and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs
and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals.
In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban
society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate
in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared
faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided
funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus.
GENERAL INFORMrK>N
Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The
administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th
Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South
at 7% Street.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment.
A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions
Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181.
AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church.
The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their
understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
To contribute to the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the
Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the
Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith,
the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society.
Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming
advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination
or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth
and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and
physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits
and skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind,
both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the
enrichment of their homes and communities.
To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an
increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel
in its relation to every area of life and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work
appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities
of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation,
and an opportunity for service to God and man.
DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which
i s appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by
Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life
and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the
college community today.
As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an
urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the
growing metropolitan community in which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices;
well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory,
on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was
erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary
architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a
visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach
and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and
physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general
auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and
Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide
vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity
on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student
publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious
lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building
providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second
floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s
an observation lounge at the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for
some faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named
in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The
building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident
head.
The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married
students and for faculty and staff members.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books,
and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate,
fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals,
manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample
resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000
volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth
rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves.
Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff.
Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library
science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to
the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library
include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first
floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other
microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm
or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject
fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room.
A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide
students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of
750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services
from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University,
the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The
proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis
Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student.
NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for
physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An
astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72
R
t/
TUITION ($1.650)
New freshmen, transfer. or returning students
(not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or
$550 per quarter.
Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term.
$45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying
1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour.
Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students
carrying more than 18 credits per term are
charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science, $20.
Student Teaching, $SO.
Improvement of Reading, $25.
Music Lessons (10 per term). $45.
Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day):
Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5.
Cinema Arts. $1 0.
BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020)
For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per
quarter) partial or full board.
For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per
quarter) partial or full board.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week;
a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week
(excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters
is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday,
for $68 per quarter.
Linen service, required in residence halls.
approximately $30 per year.
FEES, required but not refundable or
transferable:
General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o
costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper.
admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic
events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for
the support of Student Society activities and the
College Center.) Part-time students are charged
on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students.
OTHER COSTS
Change in registration after first three days of
classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration
after classes begin: $5 per day.
Graduation Fee: $1 5.
Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy.
$1.
Arrangements for special examinations are made
in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according
t o schedule on file.
Students required t o enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate
refund on room charges.
Books and supplies are available from the
bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a
charge account.basis.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
Fees and costs are subject t o
minor adjustments.
DEPOSITS
Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not
refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; t o
be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied
t o the tuition charge (under early decision
program. payment is due January 1 ).
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students,
$25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge.
Not refundable.
Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0
Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another
institution, or discontinuing educational program
at Augsburg College.
SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded t o the student
early in August. Payment of one-third of the
annual charge is due August 20, November 20,
and February 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior
t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is
available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a
service charge of $25 per year.
No student is permitted t o register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides t o cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed
as follows: during the first week of classes,
80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and
during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given
after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o
cancel his registration because of accident or
illness during the first five weeks of the term.
the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial Aid in the form of scholarships,
Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and
employment is available.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe t o the principle that the amount of
financial aid granted a student should be based
upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's
financial aid officer in determining the student's
need for financial assistance. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required t o
submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential
Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship
Service. designating Augsburg College as one of
the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may
be obtained from a secondary school or the College
Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois
60204.
All upper-class students are required t o submit
a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form
each year.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the
basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for
in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic
grant or financial award. These awards range in
Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to
amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable
$1 500 a year and renewable for four years.
for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
All applicants must take the National Merit (C average).
Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the
spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for
state financed scholarships and grants while atselor.
tending Augsburg College. Applications must be
obtained through the high school counselor. The
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable
with outstanding high school records and high for four years.
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are
guaranteed enrollment in honors course work.
These awards range in amount from $100 t o full
tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO
dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN
student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband,
of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded
The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music.
vidual's interests, abilities, and character.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from
who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide
at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the
have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry.
tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will
are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry
dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee
or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from
based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and
$2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability.
fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of
his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and
objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a
provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on
research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and
department.
academic achievement.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE
TO FRESHMEN
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty
from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their
son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student
selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of
athletics.
The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established
in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship
worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert
selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award
of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student
ship Committee of the College.
who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships
Preference is given to such students from Chetek
each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or
tries. These scholarships may be awarded in
the Northern Wisconsin District of the American
amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition.
Lutheran Church.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the
awarding of one or more scholarships each year
t o upperclass male students interested in careers
in the field of business.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds
given by friends and family t o honor the memory
of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at
Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern
ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan
on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career.
ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in
The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides
lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran
one year's full tuition for a student from Norway
Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200
who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient
is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It
is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student
way set up for this purpose.
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic
need.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund
was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships
dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and
annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students.
tory with preference given t o those who plan a
career in the field.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard.
One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in
conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was
established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver
lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded
annually to a student in the College. The award.
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
was established in 1956 by members of the family
t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award-
ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic
achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise
of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical
education.
. .
~
~-
-
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500
each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood
Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to
outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring
of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were
established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These
scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time
students in need of financial assistance during
the term in which they are doing student teachIng.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962
by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded
annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg
student or graduate who is preparing for service
in the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth.
former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established
in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue
higher education without assistance.
The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund,
established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous
donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf
Rogne. business administrator of the college from.
1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are
made annually t o selected students preparing for
Christian service.
'I.
?ii.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial
Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family
and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically
t o an American Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American
Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or
three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each
year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran
faith who are enrolled in social work courses and
plan t o continue training in a graduate school of
social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement.
a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the
Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time
of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by
her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her
brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who
shows outstanding promise or achievement in the
art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial
Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family
and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship
of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee.
The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor
the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of
variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded
annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students
who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the
Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota.
The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by
the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An
annual award of one or more scholarships will be
made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre-
paring for service as a missionary through the
World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris
E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the scholarship committee.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the
Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of
Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award
is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department
of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse.
professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to
1942. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic record indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family
and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o
honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in
June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic background indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by
the chemistry staff. The award is made annually
t o a chemistry student whose record indicates
promise in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr.
Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at
the University of Minnesota. The annual award is
made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of
chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis-
try at Augsburg until the time of his death in
January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic background indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This
annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry.
Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by
the Federal Government. The grants vary from
$ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students
including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial
need as determined by C.S.S.
The grants are restricted t o students taking a
full time load and are renewable for four years.
--
LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Student Loans established by the
National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good
standing in their chosen course of study. Loans
will normally be granted for the academic year.
September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for
each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment
begins nine months after graduation or leaving
school.
United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which
an educational loan is obtained directly from a
bank or other commercial lender. The federal
government guarantees the loan t o the lender and
assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine
months after graduation or leaving school.
Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic
year. Applications are available in the Office of
the Dean of Students.
State Loan Programs are provided by some
states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New
York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which
have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state
regardless of where they attend college.
Applications for these loans must be obtained
from the specific state agency that is responsible
for administering the program.
These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the
school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs
are available.
The college also participates in the federally
financed College Work Study Program. Under this
program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work
per week during the academic year and the job
must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school.
type of course program, scores on college
aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation,
and recommendations are important factors in
considering an application for admission.
Augsburg College seeks students who rank high
in their high school graduation class, at least in
the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have at least
12 academic credits in his college preparatory
curriculum, which should include four credits of
English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign
language, social studies. mathematics, and
science. A credit is defined as a course covering
one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120
hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required.
Students will be provided with blanks early in
the summer t o be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will
be permitted t o register.
required t o make the $100 tuition deposit
within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance.
The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies
t o the cost of tuition.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10
application fee (non-refundable) and a
photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results.
Transfer students will request the previous
college or colleges t o send an official
transcript of grades together with results of
standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the
College Entrance Examination Board is
required for admission. The test should be
taken early in the senior year or late in the
junior year. A student can apply before taking
the SAT. See your counselor about registering
for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance
Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing
Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the
SAT.
4. An interview on campus is encouraged.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and
submitted t o the Office of Admissions.
Applications may be obtained by visiting.
writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the
applications are received between September
and January of the students' senior year in high
school. Although the closing date for making
application for the fall term is August 1. the class
may be filled well in advance of this date.
Students applying under the Early Decision
Program which is described below will receive
the admissions decision about December 1. All
other applicants will be notified concerning
admission about two weeks after their
application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit
is due before April 1, with earlier payment
giving preference in the assignment of campus
housing. Students admitted after April 1 are
EARLY DECISION
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December I . After notification of
admission and adequate financial aid, if needed.
has been provided, the student must agree t o
withdraw applications made t o other colleges.
The admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition
deposit which is non-refundable is required by
January 1.
EARLY ADMISSION
An Early Admission Program is offered for a few
high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from the
high school, and the maturity to cope with a
college course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high school
diploma during the summer or during the first
year of college. A student applying for early
admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
in January or March of his junior year.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. test results, and
recommendations. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108
quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a
junior college. The college reserves the right
not t o grant credit for courses where it considers
the work unsatisfactory. and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited
institutions. The grade point average for
graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted t o students who
qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond
the beginning course. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is
granted t o high school students who have
successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on
the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg College will also award credit on the
basis of scores received on the College-Level
Examinations offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the Registrar.
CAMPUS LIFE
CAMPUS LIFE
There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom,
laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented
by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly
influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus.
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg
Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student.
who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious
life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation
t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services.
both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved
in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus
community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered.
including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS
In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities
on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom
occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational,
educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom
experience and t o enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and
elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances,
talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are
Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's
society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students
and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is
governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program
under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition
t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview
Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally
organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic
contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus
transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center
there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is
also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall.
The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted
free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under
the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the
finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries.
The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives
access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities
such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic
Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special
college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota
Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports
center.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may
develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad
objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the
democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating
in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven
commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch
of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the
President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus
problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole,
and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College
Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects
include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week,
Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International
Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community
organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women
to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote
and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation
in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national
organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems
and programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a
voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience
in the many phases of journalistic work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work
on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the
Office of Public Relations.
CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom
For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several
of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered
in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the
Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities.
and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings
consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research
experiences in various areas of chemistry.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in
the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching
profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood
children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show
their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement.
Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity
t o participate actively in local. state and national politics.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn
from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players
represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper
classmen.
The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization
is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and
t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness
among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual
interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries.
The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish.
In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding
appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that
expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There
are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of
social service.
The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent,
agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness
of the problems and concerns in politics and education.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members
associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers
with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic
Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
'
. q..
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n
t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local
appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally
t o Canada.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and
sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as
well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra
tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational
activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual
performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for
the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented
annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony
with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the
players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play
are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program,
gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests.
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should
acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests.
and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational
leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal
or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either
contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student
spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as
self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program
should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for
intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility
requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the
College Center for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert
Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading.
student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of
chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level
of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college
community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic
excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved
the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for
at least t w o years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or
minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement
and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average
are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may
be admitted as pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is
affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election t o membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the
previous term of work at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in
athletics and scholarship.
The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the
student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's
Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship,
leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music
organizations, societies, student government and community activities.
STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship
t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts
college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the
whole man.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be
worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of
community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College.
Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its
students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It
reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources
of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a
hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on
certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the
posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls,
in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law
forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling,
Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service.
Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these
services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial
aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling
can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these
services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits
from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational
choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social
adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in
counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic
understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available
t o them as they meet the problems of daily life.
A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate
in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h
him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor.
In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for
dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling
program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the
Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel
Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These
records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in
non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information.
The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies.
including the constitutions, activities and schedules.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college
physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the
campus.
Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required
t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment
is prescribed where needed.
A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students
take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students.
w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement
test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories
and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make
a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect
difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college
are especially urged t o enroll i n this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful
consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional
adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the
responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents
and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems
of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these
counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off
campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental
permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1.
All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing.
Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement
from the Office of the Director of Housing.
All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides
a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options.
Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the
beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after
the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a
reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service
is available t o students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit
is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by
May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from
the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1.
All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of
each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture
is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is
maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and
national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking
the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement
fee.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student
officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions
and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the
Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg
Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the
College Master Calendar is also kept by the office.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below.
Completion of a major.
A total of 180 quarter credits.
At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50.
A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply
toward the major.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
4
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................................
5
Religion
11
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
1
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine
Arts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
4
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that
students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history
or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements
be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the
sophomore, junior, and/or senior years.
The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12:
(2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon
high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations.
t:.
The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech
41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings.
Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement.
The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement.
If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three
options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete
t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign
country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms
of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make
a total of four terms.
.his
I
Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign
language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics,
or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation.
In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain
a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for
the second course.
Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in
political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15.
or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Classical Languages
Economics
Economics and
Business Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech. Communication, and
Theater Arts
Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department
offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year.
A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek,
Latin, and Library Science.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those
which are required for the major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number
of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is
made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics
are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied
toward the 180 credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate
a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
...
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+
. -3.49+
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
grade average
grade average
grade average
To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg,
and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very
.
good. 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit
f ........................................................
- . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
..
W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not
affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five
weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks
of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an
incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only
the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar
for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes
begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning
of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered.
The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period
a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding
term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working
part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's
Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes.
No course may be added after the first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may
be cancelled after the eighth week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration
at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work
in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number
of credit hours and grade points:
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are
part-time students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation:
Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5
Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6
Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8
Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0
A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed
above,
If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the
end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised
t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation
until the end of the spring term.
Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be
reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must
have special permission t o re-enroll.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper
division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on
absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report
the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness.
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from
the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean
of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the
Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility
for reporting their presence to the teacher.
EXAM INATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades
attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and
advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may
arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final
examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination.
Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and
bring it t o the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is
granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University.
But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg.
Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at
the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals
in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the
Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first
three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a
joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the
sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The
University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute
for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible
through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee
on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must
be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records
whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through
foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or,
occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general
education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in
physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical
Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are
required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical
Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as
philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors
seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the
student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of
particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For
students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements
are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are
r
t:.
.his
'.
I
interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program
for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are
selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural
exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered
into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place.
This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the
schedules of.the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of
his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further
general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require
a grade-point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President
of the Student Society.
-
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of
one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows:
1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a
regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not
be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's
Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for
graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point
Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system
at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week
of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning
the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent
of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS
Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in
courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the
departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary
Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and
at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area
of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in
the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being
planned.
In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include
material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer
with the chairmen of these departments.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's
credits in the Augsburg Summer School.
In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20
through August 14.
In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will
be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours.
Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and
of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college
work.
Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe
availability of desired courses, and, depending
the date of application,
may. .permit reduced
- upon
.
..
tuition charges.
For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions,
interested persons should write to:
Summer School Office
/
Augsburg College
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
. .--
raw d
.
,-
& ..& w:
.
.
M
'M
,-
I
.
.
-
.
.
II.
i
r
.--.
I
-
-
.
. ,.
-
-2
I
i , . . .
A
I
m
-&,.
-
1-
m=F
d
f
W'".@a""'lrl
-d -k -gH&
f
'
1-
hn
ma-
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in
planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include
the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives or Major
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Electives or Major
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
1/3
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
5
- 5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 4-5
16 12 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Electives or Major
SENIOR
Religion
Electives or Major
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
- - 4
6
6
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 15 12 15
AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21,22
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Religion 63*
History 55*
Psychology 81'
Sociology 58,* 59*
Philosophy 65*
Electives (non-major)
*Electives in the major program
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4-5 - - 4
- - 5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20,* 21
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
4
4
5
Term
SENIOR
Religion 60*
Political Sci. 56*
History 56*
Education 87*
English 82*
Political Sci. 22*
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
1
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 r =
-
4
4
-
4, 4 -- 4 -
i
s
&
-
4-6
+
-
ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Religion II
English 11,12
Foreign Lang.
History I
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology II
H. P.E. 1,2,3
I
Cr.
5
5
2
4
lh
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
4
2
4
1/3
5
5
;
4
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Natural Sci. or Math
Philosophy
Art 21
Art 18,55
History 2
History 61
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Art 87,88
Art 50,67
History 3
Speech-Communication
Music 30
History 21,22
Electives
- 4
4 4
4 4-5 4 - 5
-
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 86,68,78
Art 98
History 71,95
Art 99
Electives
4
-
-
5
8
Term
I
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
5
4
4
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Art.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion II
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
- 5
- 5
5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
JUNIOR
Teim
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
Art 88,86,87
Art 50,67
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,58
Education 52,53,54
Education 62,59
Music 30
Elective
5
5
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
-
0
2
4
-
4
5
2
0
3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Sci. or Math.
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Art 21
Art 18,55
Psychology 5
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83,87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 68,99
Art 78
Electives
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
4 5 4
- 4 - 4-5 - 4
4 - 4
- - 5
4
.
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr.. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
3
8
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for
teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When
making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various
disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series
are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall
term.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 5 , 6
Biology l l , l 2
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 6 6
6 6 Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Speech-Communication
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Education 50,59,74
Education 52,53,54
Biology 67
Biology Electives
-
4
4
4
0
4
-
5 - 4-5
4 - 5
0 0
5-6 5-6
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
H. P.E. 10
Chemistry 23
Mathematics 40
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
-
-
5
-
5
5
5
5
6
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
6
6
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 83,87
Education 84
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,93
Elective
5
4
- 10 4
- - 4
6
5-6
1
1
4-6 -
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology.
Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance
with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology
72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry
1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology 11,12
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
6 6 6 6 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Speech-Communication
Chemistry 51,52
Mathematics 40,41,42
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4-5
6 6
5 5
6
-
5
5
6
-
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Electives
Elective
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
-
5 5 5
5-6 5-6
- 4-6
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,92,93
Biology 99
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
6
1
-
- 5
4 4-5 5-6 1 1
- 3-5
- 6-8
M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance.
Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Business Ad. 31
Speech-Communication
Economics 51
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
5
4
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
-
5
-
4 - - 5
- 4-5
- 12 5
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 61
Business Ad. 62,63
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Fine Arts
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83 or 84
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - - 5
12 12 12
5
M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History I , 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E.1,2,3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
5 5
5-6 5-6
lh 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 61
4
4
4-5
4
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
-
-
4
5
8
-
SENIOR
Term
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
5
5 - 10 10 15
I
-
10
BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Business Ed. 1
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 31
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ed. 60
Philosophy
Electives
*Accounting Specialization
**Office Specialization
Term
II HI
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
I
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
0
4
5
4
5
0
5
4
4
-
3
0
2
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Computer Science 45
Accounting 62,63*
Psychology 5
Economics 22,23
Foreign Language
Business Ed. 8
Speech-Communication
Busirless Ed. 10,50**
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 83
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Business Educ. 64
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I I I III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 . - 5 - 10 4
- 4
4-5 5 . 8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Economics 22,23
History 1 or 2or 3
Business Educ. 1
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Econ. 51,58,91 or 92
Sec. Education 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 31
Business Ed. 60
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
4 4 4
1
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 5
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 4 4
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ad. 1,2
Psychology 5
Computer Science 45
H. P.E. 10
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Sec. Educ. 83
Business Ed. 64
Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
5
- - 5
4
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 4
5
- - 4
4-5 4-5 4
8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL
SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ed. 1,lO
Sociology 11
Philosophy
Fine Arts
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 1,2
Economics 22,23
Business Education 50
Business Educ. 60,64
Computer Science 45
*Comprehensive Major
**Secretarial Specialization
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
1
5
- 4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 3
4
0
0 0
2
5
5
4
4
- 5 4
4
4
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Psychology 5
Business td. 21,22,53
Speech-Communication
Business Ed. 8*
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84
Sec. Educ. 83,87
Business Ad. 31
H. P.E. 10
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
4
4
5
- 4-5 4
5
4** I
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 5
4
5
5
4-5 -
-
-
8
- -
-
CHEMISTRY M A J O R
The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students
who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5 4
6 5 5
1/3 1/3
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15,16
Mathematics 41,42
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
6
113
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 61,62
Chemistry 63
Foreign Language
Chemistry 91
Electives (Math., Physics)
6
5
0
4
SOPHOMORE
6
5
0
4
I
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr, Cr.
Philosophy 23
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SENIOR
5
5
0
5
6
5
5
-
5
6
5
-
5
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 81,83
Chemistry 72
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Chemistry 91
Electives
5
4
0
5
4
4
4
0
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
0
-
M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English l l , l 2 , 3 5
History 1
Sociology 11
Latin 1, 2
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5
5 5 5
4
- - 4
5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 5 -
JUNIOR
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art 83
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Creek or Latin
Mythology 65
Electives
4
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
Religion 21
Natural Sci. or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Latin 3,4
Creek 11,12,13
5
4
5
5
4
5
5
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Creek 99 or Latin 99
History 60 or 61
Electives
- 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16
COMMUNICATION MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Speech 40
Speech 51
Speech 52
Sociology 75
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
4
-
-
1/3
5
4
5
1/3
-
5
1/3
4
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Psychology 5
Speech I 5
English 21
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 80
Speech 87
Linguistics
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
4
-
4
5
5
-
-
5
5
4
3
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 1-5 5
5 5 15
10
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry,
and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools.
Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they
are interested about specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Mathematics 40,41
Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6
H. P.E.1,2,3
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 6
SOPHOMORE
Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22
Speech or Lit.
Psychology 5
Chemistry 51,52
Physics 21,22,23
Biology 11,12
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
6
5
6
6
5
6
4
4
5
5
-
ECONOMICS MAJORS
The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1 , 2 or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
-
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5-6
4
1/3 1/3
5
10
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
4
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
4
5
5
-
5
8
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Economics 54
Electives
- 4 15 12 15
ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Combined Major)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
- 5 5
4
5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Electives
15
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Business Ad. 61
Speech-Communication
Electives
4
5
5
-
4
5
4
5
4-5
8
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete
the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made
only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects
and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the
Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci.
20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement
in general education.
The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen
i s subject to departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, 3
Biological Science
*H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Elem. Educ. 52,53,54
**Elern. Educ. 55
**Elem. Educ. 56
Elern. Educ. 57
Elern. Educ. 61
Elem. Educ. 63
Elem. Educ. 64
**Mathematics 56
**Art 48
Elem. Educ. 58
Elective (minor)
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
5
5
4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
0 0 0
(4) 4
5 (5) 2
2
- - 4
6
(4) 4
2 (2) (2)
- (2)
2
4 4 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
**Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23
**Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Religion
**Elem. Ed. 84
**Philosophy
**Speech11
**Elern. Ed. 65
**Elern. Ed. 87
**Elem. Ed. 79
Elective or minor
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 - - 5
(4-6) 4-6
4
4 (4)
5
4 4 5
-
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
(4) 4
15 (15) (15)
(4) 4
(4) 4
2
(2) - (4) 4
- (3) 3
(4) 8 4
*Highly recommended but not specifically required
**Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program
outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high
school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during
his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the
education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can
proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior
year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are:
Art
Biology
Business Education
Chemistry
English (Language Arts)
French
German
Health & Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Physical Education
Physics
Scandinavian Studies
Social Science
Spanish
Speech
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
SOPHOMORE
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
I
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1,2, or 3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5 5 5 5
- 4
lh 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Psychology 5
Electives
- 5 4 4 4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
5
5
4
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Electives in major
5
5 - 10 4
- 12 12
Philosophy
Speech 11
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76
H. P.E. 10
Electives in major
7
- 4
4
0 0
- 5
12 8
4
3
0
2
8
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of
engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years
of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter
Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University
of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics)
and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M .
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Mathematics 41,42,43
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Physics 21,22,23
5
- 5 5
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
5 5 5
SOPHOMORE
Physics 61
History 1,2, or 3
Literature or Pol. Sci.
Sociology, Econ. or Phil.
Physics 45
Mathematics 58
Art 1
Chemistry 5,6
Speech 11
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
6
-
4
4
6
-
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11
English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
- 5 5
5 5 4
4 - -
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 30,35,40,45
or Elective in the major
English 60; and 21 or 22
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
+
5
5
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
English 61,62,84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
English 90,91, or 92
Electives*
3
12 15 15
-
5
5
*Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11
English 12, or 30,35,40,45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
4
lh
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,65
English 61,62,55
English 72 or 74,84
Speech 60 or 66
5
0
5
5
5
5 5
5 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
4
0
5
4
-
0
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 60, 21
English 30,35,40,45, or 55
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
H. P.E. 10
English 86 or 88
English 90,91, or 92
Library Science 75
Fine Arts
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 4-5 4
- 4 - 5 5
5 4 - 5
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
3
4
-
10
5
-
-
-
-
4
4
5
4
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Beg. Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5-6
1/3
Religion
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech
Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Fine Arts
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56,57
5
5
5-6
1/3
5
5
4
-
1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
4
4
4
9
4
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
JUNIOR
Education 50*, 59*
Education 52,53,54*
Education 66*, 67*, or 75*
Psychology 5*
Conversation 55
Survey 63,64**
Literature 72 or 74
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 5
- 5
5
- - 5
8
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*
Education 87*
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 10
5
- - 4
I
-
5
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
5
5
-
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92,
99 or other electives for these courses.
**Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education.
Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History l,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 43
H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M)
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 69
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
H. P.E. 57*
H. P.E. 51,52
H. P.E. 71,72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
5
- - 5
7
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
3
0 0 0
-
-
2
6
5
2
4
4
4-5
4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Biology 6
Chemistry 5
H. P.E. 31,32,23
H. P.E. 50*
Fine Arts
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy
H. P.E. 73*
H. P.E. 60*
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
- - 5
5
- 6 5 4 5
1
4
4
--
Term
II Ill
Cr, Cr. Cr.
5
- 10
- 5 ;
I
-
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
4
-
4
-
*Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY M A J O R
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of History.
---
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2,3
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Fine Arts
Minor or Elective
Literature
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
5
8
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
4
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Sci. or Math.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 4
- - 5
5-6 5-6 -
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Speech-Communication
4
4
8
-
5
4
8
-
4
3
4
4
HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2,3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Geography I 4
Political Science 20,21
H. P.E. 10
History
0
4
5
8
5 5
5 5
4 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
0
4
4
4
3
0
2
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
4
5
5-6
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Sociology I 2
Speech-Communication
History
History 95
4
5
5-6
5
4
5
-
-
5
10
5
4
- 4
- 4-5
8 4
- 3
-
-
-
-
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of
study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study
the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies,
English, History, Political Science.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors
are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts
constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission,
it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree
program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized
Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser,
chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R
The following course of study is suggested:
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , l 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40,41,42
or
*Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 71,72,73
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Computer Science 55
Electives
or
*Mathematics 83,84
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5
5
5
-
5
-
5
4
5
-
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4-5
4
4
5
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43,64,67 or
*Mathematics 58,64,67
SENIOR
Mathematics 58,83,84
or
*Mathematics 93,94,95
Electives
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
- 4
5-6 5-6
5 4
4
4
4
4
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
*For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education:
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11, I2
Foreign Language
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Mathematics 40,41,
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Mathematics 43,64,67
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 4
- 4
5 4
5-6 5-6
4
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
Education 50,59
Speech-Communication
Psychology 5
Mathematics 71,72,60
Education 52,53,54
Philosophy
Computer Science 55
Education 71
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 4
3
- 4-5
5
4 4 4
0 0 0
4
- 4 - - 2
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Mathematics 83,84
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10 4
5
4
4
5
- 8 8
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with
a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg
graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular
alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students
taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Sociology 11
Biology 11,12
Chemistry 5,6
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Chemistry 53
Biology 67,72
Biology 76
Biology 71 or 73
Biology 91,92
Elective (upper division)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- + 5
5
5
4
6
6
6
6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
- 6
- 6
4
6
6
1
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Mathematics 40 (or 5)
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Chemistry 23
Philosophy
Physics 3
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5 (5) (4) 4
- 4-5 - - 4
- - 6
4
- - 5
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical work at
General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months.
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information
for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the
Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make
application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows:
Credits
Biology 11, I 2
Chemistry 15,16
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
English l l , 1 2
Literature elective
Mathematics 40,41
Physics 21,22,23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
12
12
12
5
10
4
10
15
27
34
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements.
In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional
courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in
medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for
a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under
Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical
School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Music.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Music l , 2 , 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 - 4
4 4 5
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4 , 5 , 6
Applied Music
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 68,73
Music 53*, 54
Music 60,61
Music 57,58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Speech-Communication
4
0
4
5
0
1
-
3
0 0
4
2
4 4 3 3
0 0
1 1
- 4-5
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy
Music Organization
Art 1
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
4
1
5
4
5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
10
5
-
-
0
-
5
-
-
4
5
0
4
-
4
-
-
4
0
4
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Music 1,2,3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4,5,6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
4
-
JUNIOR
Art 1
Music 60,61,62
Music 53*, 54 ,,
Music57,58 Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
5
4
4
4
4
-
1
0
3
1
0
-
3
1
0
8
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
4
4
1
0
I
0
1
0
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cd Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
5'- -
-
.
-
-'
4
1
0
4
:I '
8
4
4
-
a
--I
0
1
0
- 10 ..5
'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS
-b
=
This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary
coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should
choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical
schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper..
t
division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be
u ~ ~division
e r credits.)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
Religion' 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H, P.E. < 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology l l , 1 2
-6
6
,
-
Religiqn
Foreign Language
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Elective
Electives
5
5
4
I h
6 6
5
5
5
5
5
6
4 4-6
IF
I
II
Ill
Chemis~ry51,52,53
Mathematics40.41.42
,
.
,5
5
5
S~IOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-'
-,
T;
Speech-Cammunicat ion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
,
Biology Electii~e
-
erm
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
?
;
Term
SOPHOMORE
-
- 5
4
- I h 1h
"*
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology S'eminar
Electives
-
4
-
5
4
4
-
4
--
1 -A
9
1
R
.
e
*-a
-
I
P
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least
27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits
in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Education 50,59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52,53,54
H. P.E. 10
Education 74
Fine Arts
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
I n
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
-
4
Foreign Language
Natural Science o r Math.
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
11 11 11
- - 5
5-6 I n 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
4
-
4
4
4
0
-
5
0
5
-
3
5
0
2
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
4
4
4
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 52
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
-
4
4
-
-
4
I h 1/3 1/3
-
-
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Philosophy 41,42,43
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 5-6 5-6
4
4
5
4 4 4
- 5 -
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
-
5
SOPHOMORE
5 5
10 10
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
2-5 5 5 5
- 11 10
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Physics.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 40,41,42
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
French or German
Physics 51,52
Physics 62,63
Physics 77
Mathematics 58,83,84
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
lh 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
-
4
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Mathematics 43
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Physics 45
French or German
Fine Arts
Sociology 11
History 1,2, or 3
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Physics 86,87
Physics 77
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
4
5
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
1
4 4
1 1
- - 4-5
11 11 8
8
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged
to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20,21
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 23
Sociology 61
Computer Science 45
Pol. Sci. 30,49
Pol. Sci. Electives
Art 1 or Music 30
JUNIOR
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. Electives
Economics 22,23
Psychology 5
Inter. Disc. St. 96
5
- 4 4 7-8 4 4-6
- 4 4
5
- 3 -
5
5-6
4
1/3
5
-
--
5-6
4
1/3
SENIOR
Political Sci. Electives
Lit. or Speech
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
5
5
4 - - 4 4
- 4 4
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8
8
4
4
8
16
PSYCHOLOGY
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
General Psychology
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Computer Science 45
Psychology 59
Psychology 61,62
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
113
- 5
5 5 4
4
5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 4 4 4 4
8 8 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Natural Science
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Speech-Communication
Sociology 61
Psychology 64
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology 81
Psychology 93
Psychology 99 (any term)
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
--
4-5
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
- - 3
4
4 4 4
8 4 10
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Philosophy 21
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 23
Foreign Lang.
Psychology 5
Electives
Philosophy
5
6
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
6
4
-
5
4
4
4
5
4
8
-
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
4
- 4-5
4
4
Term
I I Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
8
5
4
8
5
4
8
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Scand. I , 2
History I , 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5*
Education 50*, 59:
Education 52,53,54*
Scand. 84,74
Philosophy 21
Scand. 62
Electives
Education 67*
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
- - 5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
0
5
-
5
4
0
-
4
3
0
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Scand. 3,4
Scand. 55
Scand. 51,26
Speech-Communication
Pol. Sci. o r Econ.
H. P.E. lo*
Fine Arts
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*, 87*
Scand. 72
Scand. 99
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
4 5
- 5
- 4-5 - 4 - - 5
4
4 4 -
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
-
10 - 5 4
5 - 1-5 - 1-5
0-5 - 5-10
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives
for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions.
Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his
proficiency in the subject.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program.
A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11,12
Business Ed. 1,lO
Business Ed. 21,22
Business Ed. 50,53
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 5 5 1
5
4 4 - 5 5
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
SECOND YEAR
Religion
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Business Ad. 1,2
Business Ed. 8,60,64
Sociology 11
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
4
4
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission
into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student
may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History l , 2 , 3
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Greek
Philosophy 41,42,43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- - 5 5
4 4 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5
4 4 4
4
4 8 8
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
I
Cr.
5
5-6
4
-
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5-6 4
4
4
4
6
4
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4-5 4 12 16
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of
the following distributions:
A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and
47 credits distributed as follows:
42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum
of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each
of the three disciplines;
4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology.
Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (history concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2 , 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4 4 4
- 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Political Science 30,21
Economics 23
History
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 12
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 3
0 0 0
- - 2
4
- 4 4
4
8
4
- 5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Speech-Communication
Interdisciplinary St. 90
History 95
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
4
- 4-5
2-3 - 3
12 4
-
Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (behavioral science concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11, I 2
Political Science 20 or 21
Math. or Natural Science
Geography I 4
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. (upper div.)
Social Science*
Economics 58
Foreign Language
Interdisc. Studies 90
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,59
Ed. 52,53,54
Education 70
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
- 5
- 5
4 4 5 5
4 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4-5 - 5
- 5
- 2-3
- - 4
0 0
-
-
-
-
5
5
3
0
2
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Economics 22,23
History 21,22
Sociology 61
Political Science 30
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Speech-Communication
4
5
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Foreign Language
Social Science**
Electives
10 5 - 4
- 4 4
- 4-5 - 8 8
4
5
4
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
*Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science.
**Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology,
or sociology.
SPANISH M A J O R
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH M A J O R
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Fine Arts
JUNIOR
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 60
Speech 51,55
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,76
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5
4 - 0 0 0
- - 5
- 5 - - 8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 16 or 67
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
-
-
4 - - 6 6
5
- 4-5 - - 4
5 Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr,
5
4-5
- - 5
- - 5
- 10 - 5
- - 4
8 - -
-- --
-
-
THEATER ARTS MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate
school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2 o r 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Philosophy
English 74
English 76
Speech 60
Speech 61
Electives
Term
1 II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 4
- 4 - 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
5 - Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4 - - 4
- 4 5
5 - 7 11
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Nat. Sci. o r Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 16
Speech 28
Speech 32
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
English 84
Speech 66
Speech 67
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
4
-
4
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 -
5
-
5
5
-
5
10 10
-
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11,12
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy 63
Sociology 61,' 62*
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 5
5 5 4
4
4 4 4
lh 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 4
5 10 10
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Natural Science or Math
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Sociology 41,58,59
Psychology 5
- - 5
5-6 5-6 - 4 4
- 4 4 4 4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75*
Sociology 91,* 82
Soc. 85,86,87 or
SOC. 92,93,94
Electives
5
-
5
-
*Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology l l , l 2
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion.
Sociology 51,* 52,* 53*
Spciology 54,* 55,* 56*
Sociology 61*
Psychology 5*
Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or
Economics
Electives
*Required for the major.
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
5
,
5 5
5 - - 4
4 4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1134
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
1
5
5
4
1
-
4
1
5
-
-
4
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Sociology 31,58,59
Elective
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4
5 4 4
- - 9
SENIOR
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75,82,73
Psychology 61,62
Electives
I
5
5
5
-
5
5
5
5
5
7
PERSONNEL
THE B O A R D O F REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chairman
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mr. Jerome Formo
Vice-chairman
john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - .
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Luther Theological Seminary (Retired)
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange
Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri
Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co.
Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Nelson Resource Corp.
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota
Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co.
Secretary
. . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota
President, Security Bank &Trust Co.
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
President
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
......................................
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vice President and Executive
Assistant to the President
Vice President for Development
Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
.......................................
Vice President for Student Affairs
Thomas Holman
Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
...............
Assistant Registrar
Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator
StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau
Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions
David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services
Carl Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center
Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D.Strong Company
Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc.
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Northern States Power Company (Retired)
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired)
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Lutheran Brotherhood
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judgeof the District Court
General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank (Retired)
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson
PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund,
M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones
FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari,
Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud
EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck,
Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe
LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick
STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs.
Sibley, Dewey
ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT
Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman
STANDING:
Bailey,
Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson
ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive
FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols,
Mrs. Baltina
TEACHER EDUCATION: E.
J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson
Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman,
Mrs.
Parker,
Miss
Lund,
FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren
*JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg
*STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson,
Johnsrud, Herforth
*CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko
*RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer
ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan.
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954.
ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948.
MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia
College, 1963.
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota.
*ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota.
KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e
College and Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota.
VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933,
University o f Latvia.
*Part-Time Faculty
STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and
Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University.
*NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949.
*VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School,
1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
*LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967.
CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota.
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank
of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1964.
AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
*EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science
B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota.
WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager
B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967.
K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English
B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1966.
CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955.
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964.
SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.
1950.
BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
*EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D.,
of Colorado, 1968.
LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration
B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian
B.A., City College of New York, 1961.
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of
Wisconsin.
ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of
Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York
University, 1950.
THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services
University
MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919
and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs,
Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966.
JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Dana College, 1965.
CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969.
*IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History
(on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70).
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology
I
B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota
m
State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington.
GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958.
.
*MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
*JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962.
*GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., Augustana College, 1962.
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota
KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965.
RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
*PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., University of Arizona, 1968.
*MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska.
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave
of absence 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964.
J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., Maryville College, 1962.
*AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of
Centennial Committee
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928.
J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of
Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61.
D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics
B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965.
ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938.
EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947.
G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965.
RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History
B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70)
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D.,
University o f Minnesota, 1964.
CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
* J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass)
B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963.
N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term
I and one-half Term 11,1969-70)
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University.
D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965.
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston
University, 1963.
ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota.
*NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
*WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German
B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota.
KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961
and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963.
WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968.
HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953.
*KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical
Education for Women
B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962.
RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
*OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Delaware, 1964.
MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th.,
1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary.
LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969.
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University.
ri.
Yir
JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America.
FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary,
1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965.
*THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960.
RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg
College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965.
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963.
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion
A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College.
JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota.
*MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University
of Heidelberg, 1962.
DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota.
DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
*CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1969.
MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of
Music.
VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.S., Winona State College, 1968.
ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park
Seminary, 1955.
EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center
B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop-
ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967.
DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State
University.
L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs
B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M.,
Union Theological Seminary, 1955.
Non-Returning Faculty
*CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology
B.A., Kent State University, 1956.
JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1967.
CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965.
GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965.
*CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University.
*JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967
*ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, 1966.
*WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935.
*KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music
Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943.
WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959.
*JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek
B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966.
*WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota.
*ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University, 1963.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1967 to AUGUST 31,1968
Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield,
Minn.
Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis.
Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck,
N. Dak.
Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis.
Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI.
Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn.
Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn.
Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn.
Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn.
Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn.
Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn.
Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa
Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn.
Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn.
Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn.
Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn.
Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn.
Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn.
Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park,
Minn.
Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn.
Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn.
Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn.
Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis.
Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn.
Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn.
Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass.
Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn.
Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn.
Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn.
Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn.
Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn.
Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis.
Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn.
Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa
Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center,
Minn.
Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn.
Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park,
Minn.
Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn.
Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn.
Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn.
Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village,
Minn.
Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn.
Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn.
Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn.
Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn.
Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn.
Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn.
Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn.
Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn.
Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn.
Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn.
Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn.
Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn.
Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn.
Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn.
Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn.
Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn.
Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn.
Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn.
Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn.
Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn.
Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn.
Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn.
Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center,
Minn.
Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park,
Minn.
Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn.
Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn.
Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect,
111.
Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis.
Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn.
Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn.
Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn.
Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo,
Norway
Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn.
Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn.
Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn.
Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn.
Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn.
Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn.
Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn.
Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn.
Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis.
Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn.
Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis,
Minn.
Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn.
Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven,
Minn.
Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy
Republic
Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich.
Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn.
Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn.
Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn.
Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn.
Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn.
Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill.
Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn.
Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak.
Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn.
Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn.
Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn.
Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn.
Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio
Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis.
Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif.
Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis.
Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn.
Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville,
Minn.
Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis.
Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md.
Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn.
Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn.
Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn.
Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn.
Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn.
Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn.
McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn.
Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul,
Minn.
Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn.
Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa
Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis.
Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak.
Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn.
Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn.
Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn.
Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn.
Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill.
Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn.
Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn.
Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn.
Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la.
Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn.
Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn.
Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn.
Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich.
Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn.
Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill.
Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen,
Denmark
Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn.
Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn.
Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn.
Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London,
Minn.
Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn.
Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn.
Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn.
Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn.
Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn.
Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn.
Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby,
inn.
Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn.
Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn.
Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak.
Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn.
Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc.
Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn.
Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc.
Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn.
Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn.
Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn.
Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa
Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn.
Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn.
Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong
Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak.
Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak.
Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn.
Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois
Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn.
Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn.
Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn.
Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn.
Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn.
Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn.
Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn.
Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn.
Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn.
Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn.
/ North Branch, Minn.
Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e
Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn.
Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn.
Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn.
Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn.
Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak.
Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn.
Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn.
Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn.
Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart,
Minn.
Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc.
Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1968 to AUGUST 31,1969
Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn.
Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill.
Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn.
Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn.
Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn.
Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill.
Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn.
Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield,
Minn.
Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn.
Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn.
Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton,
Minn.
Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn.
Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn.
Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn.
Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn.
Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights,
Minn.
Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn.
Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn.
Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn.
Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn.
Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana
Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn.
Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn.
Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn.
Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn.
Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal.
Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights
Minn.
Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn.
Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill.
Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn.
Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn.
DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn.
Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc.
DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn.
Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn.
Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix,
Minn.
Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla.
Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn.
Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn.
Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill.
Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill.
Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn.
Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn.
Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc.
Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn.
Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn.
Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen /
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la.
Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc.
Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn.
Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn.
Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn.
Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn.
Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn.
Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc.
Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn.
Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn.
Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill.
Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian,
Minn.
Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas
Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak.
Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc.
Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn.
Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn.
Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn.
Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn.
Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc.
Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc.
Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn.
Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn.
Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn.
Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich,
Rhode Island
Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn.
Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc.
Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie,
Minn.
Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn.
Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc.
Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn.
Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn.
Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn.
Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn.
Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn.
Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y.
Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn.
Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn.
Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn.
Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn.
King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn.
King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn.
Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn.
Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa
Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn.
Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn.
Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich.
Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn.
Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn.
Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn.
Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash.
Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal.
Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong
Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn.
La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn.
Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash.
Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn.
Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn.
Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill.
Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn.
Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn.
Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn.
Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn.
Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls,
Minn.
Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa
Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa
Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn.
Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood,
Wisc.
Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn.
Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc.
Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn.
Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn.
Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn.
Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn.
Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa
Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn.
Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn.
Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn.
Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn.
Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn.
Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn.
Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn.
Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn.
Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn.
Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn.
Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn.
Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn.
Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn.
Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn.
Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn.
Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc.
Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn.
Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn.
Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn.
Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn.
Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn.
Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn.
Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn.
Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn.
Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn.
Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn.
Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn.
Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn.
Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn.
Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111.
Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc.
Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn.
Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis,
Minn.
Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn.
Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc.
Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn.
Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn.
Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida
Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. /
Bloomington, Minn.
Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence,
Iowa
Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn.
Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn.
Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil
Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc.
Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn.
Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn.
Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway
Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn.
Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn.
Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn.
Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn.
Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn.
Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak.
Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn.
Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md.
Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn.
Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn.
Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn.
Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn.
Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn.
Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn.
Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn.
,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn.
Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak.
Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn.
Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn.
Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn.
Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn.
Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn.
Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal.
Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn.
Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn.
Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn.
Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota,
Minn.
Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn.
Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn.
Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n .
Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn.
Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn.
Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn.
Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn.
Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn.
Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc.
Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn.
Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn.
Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn.
Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn.
Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn.
Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn.
Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
TOTAL
1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743
1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222
1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258
282
1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4505
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968
FIRST TERM
SECOND TERM
THIRD TERM
SUMMER SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
M e n Women Total
142
164
206
242
16
0
0
0
0
770
140
161
202
234
11
0
0
0
0
748
138
155
198
227
13
0
0
0
0
731
134 276
164 328
197 403
280 522
11
27
49
49
4 4
44
43
43
62
62
984 1754
124 264
165 326
197 399
272 506
9
20
49
49
4 0
40
42
42
60
60
958 1706
116 254
156 311
190 388
265 492
8
21
48
48
64
64
4 0
40
56
56
943 1674
Total Academic Year (1967-1968)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women Total
155 136 291
173 170 343
221 204 425
253 290 543
24
18
42
0
49
49
0
78
78
0
43
43
0
62
62
826 1050 1876
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968
SLA
Men Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
40
26
16
3
3
31
25
19
8
10
71
51
35
11
13
88 93 181
ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y
Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969
SUMMER SESSION
FIRST TERM
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
SECOND TERM
Women Total
Men
161 158 319
168 157 325
214 214 428
242 266 508
13
20
33
0 4 8 4 8
0
50
50
0
56
56
0
74
74
798 1043 1841
140
161
213
241
12
Men
Women Total
139 279
151 312
199 412
259 500
18
30
47
47
43
43
55
55
71
71
767 982 1749
THIRD TERM
1ST SESSION
2ND SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
126
174
202
236
25
135 261
148 312
192 394
250 486
26
51
44
44
66
66
52
52
61
61
753 974 1727
Total Academic Year (1968-1969)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D. H
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women
Total
169 166 335
179 163 342
233 219 452
261 274 535
66
29
37
48
0
48
86
0
86
56
0
56
74
0
74
871 1123 1994
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969
SLA
M e n Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
38
39
19
12
5
34
28
15
8
5 1
72
67
34
20
0
113 90 203
20
10
7
4
2
7 17
8 18
5 12
1 5
1 3
33 22 55
INDEX
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Accreditation
....................... 6
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46
Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
10
Business Administration ......... 56. 101
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy .................46
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104
Degree
..............................
38
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.
Education. Department of ...........
Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64.
Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.
Electives
...........................
Eligibility Requirements
...........
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67.
Enrollment
........................
Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examinations
......................
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
63
106
107
39
31
108
108
148
22
42
14
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Assistance ................ 15
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109
.
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Graduates (1870-1966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
34
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50
Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7..
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
......
Laboratories. Natural Science
12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8
Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
............................
..................
...........
Majors
38
Mathematics
74. 112
45. 733
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113
Membership i n Educational
Associations
......................
6
Metropolitan Opportunities
27
Ministry. Preparation for the
123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
M o d e r n Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83
Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
........
.......
-
Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Norwegian ......................... 78
Numbering o f Courses ..............
50
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Objectives and Aims ................
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
9
34
~ass/No Credit Grading System
48
Payment of Accounts ..............I5
Personnel Services. Student ........ 33
Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117
Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117
pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120
President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Registration
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119
Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Social and Recreational Programs . . 26
Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
w
w
ii
b
w
w
1
-
rn
1
...>-;;
b
r,.
.
..
1
-
+:?
.
'-
-
-
.?:
I:?
.
-
.I$.
3
Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107
Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Upper Division Requirements ....... 38
:+r
?>.
"
I
.
Additions to the Augsburg College Now
CHANGES EFFECTIVE
-
SEPTEMBER, 1972
1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR
(The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14)
Tuition
General Fee
Room and Board
2.
$1750
$ 150
$1017 to $1050
TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED
(The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15)
The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50.
3.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
(The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22)
Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is
required for admission of all freshmen.
4.
METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM
Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies.
A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s
history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology.
5.
THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972
The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses
each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken.
6.
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students
may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of
St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester
College.
(over)
Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and
December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg
College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn.
TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972
-
73 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester
....................................
2qaknke-4
September 5, 6
Welcome-Week
.......................................
September 7
..........................
December 15
.........................................
December 18 - 22
Classes Begin
...............................
Registration
- Fall
Semester
Classes End
Final Examinations
Interim
January 3 - 30
.............................
..
.
.
.
,
January Interim
Spring Semester
r',
..........................................
&-mr33
February
6 .........................
Easter Recess
.............................................
Classes End
May 14 - 18
May 20
Classes Begin - Spring Semester
........................................
April 19 - 23
May 11
Registration
...................................
.........................................
Final Examinations
Commencement
Show less